/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.6.19. By combining all the individual C code files into this
-** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
+** version 3.7.7.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this
+** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements
-** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
+** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other
** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming
** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a
** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library.
-**
-** This amalgamation was generated on 2009-10-14 11:35:02 UTC.
*/
#define SQLITE_CORE 1
#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
*************************************************************************
**
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.10 2009/01/10 16:15:09 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
#endif
/*
+** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before
+** checkpointing the database in WAL mode.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT
+# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000
+#endif
+
+/*
** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0
-** and 30. The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap
+** and 62. The upper bound on 62 is because a 64-bit integer bitmap
** is used internally to track attached databases.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
#endif
-/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit
-** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
-** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
+/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit
+** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page.
**
-** If this limit is changed, then the compiled library is technically
-** incompatible with an SQLite library compiled with a different limit. If
-** a process operating on a database with a page-size of 65536 bytes
-** crashes, then an instance of SQLite compiled with the default page-size
-** limit will not be able to rollback the aborted transaction. This could
-** lead to database corruption.
+** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at
+** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates
+** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library
+** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database
+** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite
+** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback
+** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
+#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+# undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
+#define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536
/*
** may be executed.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH
-#if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK)
-# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10
-#else
# define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000
#endif
-#endif
/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif
+/*
+** The number of samples of an index that SQLite takes in order to
+** construct a histogram of the table content when running ANALYZE
+** and with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+*/
#define SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES 10
/*
-** This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
-** value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler. Casting
-** non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with
-** the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid.
+** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and
+** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler
+** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements
+** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers.
**
-** A simple compiler pragma or casting sequence could not be found
-** to correct this in all situations, so this macro was introduced.
-**
-** It could be argued that the intptr_t type could be used in this
-** case, but that type is not available on all compilers, or
-** requires the #include of specific headers which differs between
-** platforms.
+** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type.
+** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or
+** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers
+** that vary from one machine to the next.
**
** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on
** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)).
** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the
** compiler.
*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-# if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
-# else
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X))
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X))
-# endif
-#else
-# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
-# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X))
+#elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
+#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X))
+#else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */
+# define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X))
+# define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X))
#endif
-
/*
-** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
+** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2.
+** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never
+** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest
+** level of threadsafety. 2 means the libary is multithreaded - multiple
+** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same
+** database connection at the same time.
+**
** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
-** We support that for legacy
+** We support that for legacy.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
#if defined(THREADSAFE)
# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
#else
-# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1
+# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */
#endif
#endif
**
** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc()
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc()
-** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE // internal allocator #1
-** SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE // internal mmap() allocator
-** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE // internal power-of-two allocator
+**
+** (Historical note: There used to be several other options, but we've
+** pared it down to just these two.)
**
** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
** the default.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
- defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
- defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)>1
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
- is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG, SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE,\
- SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE, SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE"
+ is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG"
#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
- defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
- defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0
+#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif
**
** See also ticket #2741.
*/
-#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(VXWORKS)
+#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
# define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500 /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
#endif
#endif
/*
+** Return true (non-zero) if the input is a integer that is too large
+** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase()
+** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support.
+*/
+#define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0)
+
+/*
** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds
** a boolean expression that is usually true. GCC is able to
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
#define _SQLITE3_H_
-
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-# define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-# define NO_GETTOD
-# include <ioLib.h>
-#endif
-
#include <stdarg.h> /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
/*
#endif
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
-**
-** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
-** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
-** that header file is associated.
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers
**
-** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "W.X.Y" or "W.X.Y.Z".
-** The W value is major version number and is always 3 in SQLite3.
-** The W value only changes when backwards compatibility is
-** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
-** The X value is the minor version number and only changes when
-** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
-** but not backwards compatible.
-** The Y value is the release number and is incremented with
-** each release but resets back to 0 whenever X is incremented.
-** The Z value only appears on branch releases.
-**
-** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER is an integer that is computed as
-** follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER = W*1000000 + X*1000 + Y
-** </pre></blockquote>
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header
+** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the
+** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for
+** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^
+** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer
+** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same
+** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^
+** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also
+** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will
+** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented
+** and Z will be reset to zero.
**
** Since version 3.6.18, SQLite source code has been stored in the
-** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">fossil configuration management
-** system</a>. The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
-** macro is a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
-** within its configuration management system. The string contains the
-** date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1 hash of the entire
-** source tree.
+** <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">Fossil configuration management
+** system</a>. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to
+** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite
+** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID
+** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
+** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-**
-** Requirements: [H10011] [H10014]
*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.6.19"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3006019
-#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2009-10-14 11:33:55 c1d499afc50d54b376945b4efb65c56c787a073d"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION "3.7.7.1"
+#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007007
+#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2011-06-28 17:39:05 af0d91adf497f5f36ec3813f04235a6e195a605f"
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
+** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #defines in the header,
-** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. Cautious
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
+** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious
** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to
** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in
** the header, and thus insure that the application is
** <blockquote><pre>
** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID)==0 );
-** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion,SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
-** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The function is provided
-** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
-** constants within the DLL. Similarly, the sqlite3_sourceid() function
-** returns the same information as is in the [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] #define of
-** the header file.
+** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION]
+** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the
+** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion()
+** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have
+** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The
+** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to
+** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns
+** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro.
**
** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
-**
-** Requirements: [H10021] [H10022] [H10023]
*/
SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1
+** indicating whether the specified option was defined at
+** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the
+** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used().
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating
+** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by
+** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range,
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_
+** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by
+** sqlite3_compileoption_get().
+**
+** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used()
+** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the
+** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time.
+**
+** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and
+** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma].
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName);
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if
+** SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to the
+** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0.
**
** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When
** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes
** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
+** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
**
** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the
** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
**
** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
+** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but
** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. The return value of this function shows
-** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
-** to that setting.
+** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]. ^(The return value of the
+** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of
+** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by
+** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe()
+** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^
**
** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** Requirements: [H10101] [H10102]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} <S40200>
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle
** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
**
** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} <S10110>
+** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types
** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
**
** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
** compatibility only.
**
-** Requirements: [H10201] [H10202]
+** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values
+** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The
+** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values
+** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
#endif
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} <S30100><S40200>
+** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection
**
-** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^The sqlite3_close() routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() return SQLITE_OK if the [sqlite3] object is
+** successfully destroyed and all associated resources are deallocated.
**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
+** Applications must [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
-** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
-** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all
-** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired.
-** Typical code might look like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
-** sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-** }
-** </pre></blockquote>
+** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If
+** sqlite3_close() is called on a [database connection] that still has
+** outstanding [prepared statements] or [BLOB handles], then it returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY.
**
-** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
+** ^If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
**
** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12011] [H12012] [H12013] [H12014] [H12015] [H12019]
+** ^Calling sqlite3_close() with a NULL pointer argument is a
+** harmless no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} <S10000>
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more
-** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code. The UTF-8 encoded
-** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec().
-** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or
-** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done. The 3rd parameter
-** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query
-** results produced by the SQL statements. The 5th parameter tells where
-** to write any error messages.
+** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface
+**
+** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()],
+** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL
+** without having to use a lot of C code.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded,
+** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument,
+** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st
+** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row
+** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to
+** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each
+** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec()
+** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are
+** ignored.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into
+** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and
+** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained
+** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter.
+** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()]
+** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of
+** of sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed.
+** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors
+** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to
+** NULL before returning.
+**
+** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec()
+** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and
+** without running any subsequent SQL statements.
+**
+** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the
+** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec()
+** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from
+** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a
+** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the
+** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each
+** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained
+** from [sqlite3_column_name()].
+**
+** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer
+** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or
+** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database
+** is not changed.
+**
+** Restrictions:
**
-** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held
-** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. To avoid a memory leak,
-** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error
-** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using
-** the error message.
-**
-** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string
-** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL
-** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed.
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done
-** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-**
-** The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
-** [database connection].
-**
-** The database connection must not be closed while
-** [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-**
-** The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
-** the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
-** message is no longer needed.
-**
-** The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
-** must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12101] [H12102] [H12104] [H12105] [H12107] [H12110] [H12113] [H12116]
-** [H12119] [H12122] [H12125] [H12131] [H12134] [H12137] [H12138]
+** <ul>
+** <li> The application must insure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec()
+** is a valid and open [database connection].
+** <li> The application must not close [database connection] specified by
+** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** <li> The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into
+** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running.
+** </ul>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
sqlite3*, /* An open database */
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
**
**
** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
+** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes],
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | result codes].
*/
#define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */
/* beginning-of-error-codes */
#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
#define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
#define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
+#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */
#define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */
#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
+#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */
#define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Database is empty */
#define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */
#define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
/* end-of-error-codes */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes
** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
**
#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8))
#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8))
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8) )
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8))
+#define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8))
+#define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8))
+#define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8))
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
+** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations
**
** These bit values are intended for use in the
** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object.
+** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method.
*/
#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
#define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */
+#define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */
+
+/* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
+** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics
**
-** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
+** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
** to xWrite().
*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400
+#define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800
/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250} <H11120> <H11310>
+** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels
**
** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} <H11120>
+** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags
**
** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics.
** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means
** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync().
+**
+** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags
+** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL
+** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the
+** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms.
+** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how
+** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and
+** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code.
+** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction
+** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the
+** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX
+** cares about the difference.)
*/
#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002
#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003
#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010
/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle
**
** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the
** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} <S20110>
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object
**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an
+** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an
** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
**
-** If the xOpen method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method
-** may be invoked even if the xOpen reported that it failed. The
-** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed xOpen
-** is for the xOpen to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element to NULL.
+** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The
+** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]
+** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element
+** to NULL.
**
** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync().
** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.
+** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should
+** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not
+** recognize.
**
** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the
int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
+ /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */
+ int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**);
+ int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags);
+ void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*);
+ int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag);
+ /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */
/* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} <S30800>
+** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes
**
** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
** is defined.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS
+** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the
+** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it
+** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database
+** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database
+** file run faster.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS
+** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified
+** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should
+** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use
+** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large
+** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and
+** improve performance on some systems.
+**
+** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer
+** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database
+** connection. See the [sqlite3_file_control()] documentation for
+** additional information.
+**
+** ^(The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED] opcode is generated internally by
+** SQLite and sent to all VFSes in place of a call to the xSync method
+** when the database connection has [PRAGMA synchronous] set to OFF.)^
+** Some specialized VFSes need this signal in order to operate correctly
+** when [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] is set, but most
+** VFSes do not need this signal and should silently ignore this opcode.
+** Applications should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this
+** opcode as doing so may disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes
+** that do require it.
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO 4
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7
+#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8
+
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} <S20130>
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks
typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} <S20100>
+** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object
**
** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".
+** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See
+** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information.
**
** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
** future versions of SQLite. Additional fields may be appended to this
** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must
** be unique across all VFS modules.
**
-** SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]]
+** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname(). SQLite further guarantees that
+** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added.
+** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will
+** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than
+** 10 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters.
+** ^SQLite further guarantees that
** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
** called. Because of the previous sentence,
** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invent its own temporary name for the file. Whenever the
+** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
+** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the
** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
**
** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
**
-** SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
+** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
** call, depending on the object being opened:
**
** <ul>
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** </ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL]
+** </ul>)^
**
** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application
** </ul>
**
** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed. The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP databases, journals and for subjournals.
+** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
+** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient
+** databases, and subjournals.
**
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction
** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly
** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open()
** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the
** It is <i>not</i> used to indicate the file should be opened
** for exclusive access.
**
-** At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
+** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to
** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that
** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success
** or failure of the xOpen call.
**
-** The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
+** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]]
+** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a
** directory.
**
-** SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
+** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer
** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer
** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces
-** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
+** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64()
+** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is
** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given. The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
-**
+** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime()
+** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as
+** a floating point value.
+** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian
+** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in
+** a 24-hour day).
+** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current
+** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or
+** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back
+** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable.
+**
+** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces
+** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided
+** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding
+** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can
+** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult
+** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden
+** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the
+** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any
+** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change
+** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access
+** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
+typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void);
struct sqlite3_vfs {
- int iVersion; /* Structure version number */
+ int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */
int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */
sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */
int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
- /* New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion
- ** value will increment whenever this happens. */
+ /*
+ ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object
+ ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later
+ */
+ int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*);
+ /*
+ ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+ ** Those below are for version 3 and greater.
+ */
+ int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr);
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+ const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName);
+ /*
+ ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object.
+ ** New fields may be appended in figure versions. The iVersion
+ ** value will increment whenever this happens.
+ */
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} <H11140>
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method
**
** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END} They determine
+** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine
** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
** simply checks whether the file exists.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
+** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable
+** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within
+** the directory).
+** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the
+** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future
+** release of SQLite.
** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.
+** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is
+** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of
+** SQLite.
*/
#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */
+#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} <S20000><S30100>
+** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method
+**
+** These integer constants define the various locking operations
+** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The
+** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the
+** xShmLock method:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li> SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED
+** <li> SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE
+** </ul>
+**
+** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as
+** was given no the corresponding lock.
**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library. The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
+** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or
+** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED
+** and EXCLUSIVE.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1
+#define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2
+#define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4
+#define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index
+**
+** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values
+** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument.
+** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a
+** lock outside of this range
+*/
+#define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
+** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
+** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and
+** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using
+** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines.
**
** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). Only an effective call
+** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call
** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.
+** are harmless no-ops.)^
**
** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first
-** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). Only
+** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only
** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization.
-** All other calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.
+** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^
+**
+** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown()
+** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a
+** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all
+** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking
+** sqlite3_shutdown().
**
-** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
-** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
+** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke
+** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown()
+** will invoke sqlite3_os_end().
**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
-** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success.
+** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK].
**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
+** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()]
** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already. However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
+** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT]
** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability,
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H14100} <S20000><S30200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library
**
** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
+** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before
+** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
**
** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines
+** [configuration option] that determines
** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
+** vary depending on the [configuration option]
** in the first argument.
**
-** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
-** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
+** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H14103] [H14106] [H14120] [H14123] [H14126] [H14129] [H14132] [H14135]
-** [H14138] [H14141] [H14144] [H14147] [H14150] [H14153] [H14156] [H14159]
-** [H14162] [H14165] [H14168]
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections {H14200} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections
**
** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to
** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). The
-** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after
-** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()],
-** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
+** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).
**
** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the
-** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what
-** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
-** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
+** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code
+** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
+** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H14203] [H14206] [H14209] [H14212] [H14215]
+** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if
+** the call is considered successful.
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} <S20120>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines
**
** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
** and low-level memory allocation routines.
** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
-** deallocation. SQLite guaranteeds that the second argument to
+** deallocation. ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options
+** KEYWORDS: {configuration option}
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. This option disables
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables
** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. This option disables
+** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default
+** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
+** configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables
** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
** The application is responsible for serializing access to
** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes
** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time. See the [threading mode]
-** documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. This option enables
+** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
+** <dd>There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the
+** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables
** all mutexes including the recursive
** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and
+** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The argument specifies
** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.</dd>
+** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes
+** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure
+** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.
+** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^
** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example.</dd>
+** tracks memory usage, for example. </dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a
** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation
-** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become
-** non-operational:
+** statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are disabled, the
+** following SQLite interfaces become non-operational:
** <ul>
** <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
** <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()]
+** <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
** <li> [sqlite3_status()]
-** </ul>
+** </ul>)^
+** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is
+** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory
+** allocation statistics are disabled by default.
** </dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
** scratch memory. There are three arguments: A pointer an 8-byte
-** aligned memory buffer from which the scrach allocations will be
+** aligned memory buffer from which the scratch allocations will be
** drawn, the size of each scratch allocation (sz),
** and the maximum number of scratch allocations (N). The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes
-** larger than the actual scratch space required due to internal overhead.
-** The first argument should pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
+** argument must be a multiple of 16.
+** The first argument must be a pointer to an 8-byte aligned buffer
** of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so
-** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads. The sz
-** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size.
-** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation. If
-** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by
-** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite
-** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache with the default page cache implemenation.
+** ^SQLite will use no more than two scratch buffers per thread. So
+** N should be set to twice the expected maximum number of threads.
+** ^SQLite will never require a scratch buffer that is more than 6
+** times the database page size. ^If SQLite needs needs additional
+** scratch memory beyond what is provided by this configuration option, then
+** [sqlite3_malloc()] will be used to obtain the memory needed.</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
+** the database page cache with the default page cache implementation.
** This configuration should not be used if an application-define page
** cache implementation is loaded using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE option.
** There are three arguments to this option: A pointer to 8-byte aligned
** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page
** (a power of two between 512 and 32768) plus a little extra for each
-** page header. The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
-** the host architecture. It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
+** page header. ^The page header size is 20 to 40 bytes depending on
+** the host architecture. ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory,
** to make sz a little too large. The first
** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. If additional
+** ^SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
+** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache. ^If additional
** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold
-** memory accounting information. The pointer in the first argument must
+** The pointer in the first argument must
** be aligned to an 8-byte boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite
** will be undefined.</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
** There are three arguments: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory,
** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.
-** If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
+** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. If the
+** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the
** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.
** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte
-** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.</dd>
+** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined.
+** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2^12. Reasonable values
+** for the minimum allocation size are 2^5 through 2^8.</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The argument specifies
** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the
+** content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The
** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
+** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^
** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allocation lookaside optimization. The first argument is the
+** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with
+** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then
+** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to
+** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will
+** return [SQLITE_ERROR].</dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes two arguments that determine the default
+** memory allocation for the lookaside memory allocator on each
+** [database connection]. The first argument is the
** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection. This option sets the
-** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
+** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(This option sets the
+** <i>default</i> lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE]
** verb to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside
-** configuration on individual connections.</dd>
+** configuration on individual connections.)^ </dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to
** an [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. This object specifies the interface
-** to a custom page cache implementation. SQLite makes a copy of the
+** to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of the
** object and uses it for page cache memory allocations.</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE</dt>
+** <dd> ^(This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
** [sqlite3_pcache_methods] object. SQLite copies of the current
-** page cache implementation into that object.</dd>
-**
+** page cache implementation into that object.)^ </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG</dt>
+** <dd> ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a
+** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*),
+** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is
+** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the
+** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op.
+** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is
+** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger
+** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to
+** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding
+** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an
+** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is
+** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()].
+** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function
+** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface.
+** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger
+** function must be threadsafe. </dd>
+**
+** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]] <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_URI
+** <dd> This option takes a single argument of type int. If non-zero, then
+** URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling
+** is globally disabled. If URI handling is globally enabled, all filenames
+** passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], [sqlite3_open16()] or
+** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless
+** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database
+** connection is opened. If it is globally disabled, filenames are
+** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the
+** database connection is opened. By default, URI handling is globally
+** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the
+** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */
+#define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options
**
** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications
** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked. The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
+** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
** is invoked.
**
** <dl>
** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
+** <dd> ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the
** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to an memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
-** The first argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
-** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
+** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
+** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.
+** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb
+** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the
+** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the
+** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of
** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer
-** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. If the second argument is not
-** a multiple of 8, it is internally rounded down to the next smaller
-** multiple of 8. See also: [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]</dd>
+** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to
+** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally
+** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory
+** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that
+** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words
+** when the "current value" returned by
+** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero.
+** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside
+** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns
+** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^</dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of
+** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement,
+** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement
+** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on
+** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back. </dd>
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER</dt>
+** <dd> ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers].
+** There should be two additional arguments.
+** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers,
+** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged.
+** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which
+** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled
+** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in
+** which case the trigger setting is not reported back. </dd>
**
** </dl>
*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */
+#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} <S10700>
-**
-** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations.
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12201] [H12202]
+** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
+** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result
+** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid
**
-** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. The rowid is always available
+** ^Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
+** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available
** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
+** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If
** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column
** is another alias for the rowid.
**
-** This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
+** ^This routine returns the [rowid] of the most recent
** successful [INSERT] into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument. If no successful [INSERT]s
+** in the first argument. ^As of SQLite version 3.7.7, this routines
+** records the last insert rowid of both ordinary tables and [virtual tables].
+** ^If no successful [INSERT]s
** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
**
-** If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger, then the [rowid] of the inserted
-** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
-** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
-** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
+** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger or within a [virtual table]
+** method, then this routine will return the [rowid] of the inserted
+** row as long as the trigger or virtual table method is running.
+** But once the trigger or virtual table method ends, the value returned
+** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger or virtual
+** table method began.)^
**
-** An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
+** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine. Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
+** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails. When INSERT OR REPLACE
+** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE
** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The
** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.
+** the return value of this interface.)^
**
-** For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
+** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to
** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12221] [H12223]
+** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the
+** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same
** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} <S10600>
+** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified
**
-** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
+** ^This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
+** ^(Only changes that are directly specified by the [INSERT], [UPDATE],
** or [DELETE] statement are counted. Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted. Use the
+** triggers or [foreign key actions] are not counted.)^ Use the
** [sqlite3_total_changes()] function to find the total number of changes
** including changes caused by triggers and foreign key actions.
**
-** Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
+** ^Changes to a view that are simulated by an [INSTEAD OF trigger]
** are not counted. Only real table changes are counted.
**
-** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
+** ^(A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. Rows that
** are changed as side effects of [REPLACE] constraint resolution,
** rollback, ABORT processing, [DROP TABLE], or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
+** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.)^
**
** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
** ends with the script of a [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger].
** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
** trigger. Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
**
-** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
+** ^Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
** not create a new trigger context.
**
-** This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
+** ^This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
** trigger context.
**
-** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
+** ^Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level. Within the body of a trigger,
+** that also occurred at the top level. ^(Within the body of a trigger,
** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** statement within the body of the same trigger.
** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
+** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.)^
**
-** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface and the
-** [count_changes pragma].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12241] [H12243]
+** See also the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [changes() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
+** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified
**
-** This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
+** ^This function returns the number of row changes caused by [INSERT],
** [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** The count includes all changes from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger]
-** contexts and changes made by [foreign key actions]. However,
+** ^(The count returned by sqlite3_total_changes() includes all changes
+** from all [CREATE TRIGGER | trigger] contexts and changes made by
+** [foreign key actions]. However,
** the count does not include changes used to implement [REPLACE] constraints,
** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or [DROP TABLE] processing. The
** count does not include rows of views that fire an [INSTEAD OF trigger],
** though if the INSTEAD OF trigger makes changes of its own, those changes
-** are counted.
-** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
-** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface and the
-** [count_changes pragma].
+** are counted.)^
+** ^The sqlite3_total_changes() function counts the changes as soon as
+** the statement that makes them is completed (when the statement handle
+** is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]).
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12261] [H12263]
+** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface, the
+** [count_changes pragma], and the [total_changes() SQL function].
**
** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} <S30500>
+** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query
**
-** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
+** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
** immediately.
**
-** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
+** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it
** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
**
-** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
+** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
**
-** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
+** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
+** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
** will be rolled back automatically.
**
-** The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
-** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. Any new SQL statements
+** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running
+** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the
** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been
-** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. New SQL statements
+** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements
** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are
** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt().
-** A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
+** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running
** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements
** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12271] [H12272]
-**
** If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
** is running then bad things will likely happen.
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete
**
** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the
** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or
** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing. These routines return 1 if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement. A statement is judged to be
+** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string
+** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be
** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a
-** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. Semicolons that are embedded within
+** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within
** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. Whitespace
+** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace
** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored.
**
-** These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. If a
+** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a
** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
**
-** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
+** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
**
-** If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
+** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior
** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails,
** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero
-** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.
-**
-** Requirements: [H10511] [H10512]
+** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^
**
** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
** UTF-8 string.
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} <S40400>
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors
**
-** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
+** ^This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
** or process has locked.
**
-** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments.
+** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback
+** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments.
**
-** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). The second argument to
-** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event. If the
+** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
+** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to
+** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
+** been invoked for this locking event. ^If the
** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
-** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
+** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
**
** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
+** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
** the second process to proceed.
**
-** The default busy callback is NULL.
+** ^The default busy callback is NULL.
**
-** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
+** ^The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache. SQLite will
** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers. If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
+** readers. ^If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. This error code promotion
+** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]. ^This error code promotion
** forces an automatic rollback of the changes. See the
** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
** this is important.
**
-** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler. Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
+** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
** will also set or clear the busy handler.
**
** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
** database connection that invoked the busy handler. Any such actions
** result in undefined behavior.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12311] [H12312] [H12314] [H12316] [H12318]
-**
** A busy handler must not close the database connection
** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} <S40410>
+** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout
**
-** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. The handler
+** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
+** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler
** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
+** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
**
-** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
+** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
** turns off all busy handlers.
**
-** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
+** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
** [database connection] any any given moment. If another busy handler
** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12341] [H12343] [H12344]
+** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} <S10000>
+** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries
+**
+** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility.
+** Use of this interface is not recommended.
**
** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the
** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
**
-** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
+** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
** is as follows:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** azResult[5] = "28";
** azResult[6] = "Cindy";
** azResult[7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
+** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter. It returns a result table to the
+** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the
** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
**
-** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should
-** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
+** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(),
+** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the
** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only
** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public
** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the
** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12371] [H12373] [H12374] [H12376] [H12379] [H12382]
+** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
+** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
**
-** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
+** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()]. Both routines return a
+** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
**
-** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
+** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
** the standard C library. The result is written into the
** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf(). This is an
+** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an
** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility. Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
+** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer. We admit that
+** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that
** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
** now without breaking compatibility.
**
-** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. The first
+** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
+** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first
** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
+** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
+**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply. In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
-** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
+** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
** string from the argument list. But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal. By doubling each '\''
+** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^ By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
** This second example is an SQL syntax error. As a general rule you should
** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
**
-** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
+** ^(The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
** the outside of the total string. Additionally, if the parameter in the
** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes) in place of the %Q option. So, for example, one could say:
+** single quotes).)^ So, for example, one could say:
**
** <blockquote><pre>
** char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
-** The "%z" formatting option works exactly like "%s" with the
+** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17403] [H17406] [H17407]
+** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} <S20000>
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem
**
-** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
+** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own
** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The
** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
**
-** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
+** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. If the parameter N to
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
+** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to
** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
** a NULL pointer.
**
-** Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
+** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused. The sqlite3_free() routine is
+** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is
** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer
** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory
** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed
** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc().
**
-** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
+** ^(The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
** second parameter. The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter. If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
+** parameter.)^ ^ If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
+** ^If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
+** ^sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
-** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
+** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
+** ^If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
** is not freed.
**
-** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
-**
-** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
-** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
-** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
-** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=<i>NNN</i> C preprocessor macro (where <i>NNN</i>
-** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
-** <i>NNN</i> bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
-** memory allocation needs. {END} Additional memory allocator options
-** may be added in future releases.
+** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
+** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a
+** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time
+** option is used.
**
** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17303] [H17304] [H17305] [H17306] [H17310] [H17312] [H17315] [H17318]
-** [H17321] [H17322] [H17323]
-**
** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} <S30210>
+** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics
**
** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17371] [H17373] [H17374] [H17375]
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
+** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
+** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
+** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
+** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
+** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
+** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
+** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
+**
+** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
+** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
+** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned
+** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
+** prior to the reset.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} <S20000>
+** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator
**
** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that
** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows
** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
**
-** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
+** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
**
-** The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
+** ^The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
+** ^On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
** method.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17392]
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} <S70100>
+** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks
**
-** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
+** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular
** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
+** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. At various
+** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()]. ^At various
** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed. The authorizer callback should
+** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should
** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error. If the authorizer callback returns
+** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns
** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
**
** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok. When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
+** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
** access is denied.
**
-** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
+** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
+** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter
** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
+** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters
** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
** details about the action to be authorized.
**
-** If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ]
** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
** columns of a table.
-** If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
+** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns
** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the
** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually.
**
** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
** in addition to using an authorizer.
**
-** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
+** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call. Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
+** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
** The authorizer is disabled by default.
**
** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
-** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
+** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a
** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the
** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
**
-** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
+** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not
** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless
** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes
** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12501] [H12502] [H12503] [H12504] [H12505] [H12506] [H12507] [H12510]
-** [H12511] [H12512] [H12520] [H12521] [H12522]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
sqlite3*,
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} <H12500>
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the
** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
** information.
+**
+** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [SQLITE_ROLLBACK | return code]
+** from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface.
*/
#define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} <H12500>
+** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes
**
** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The
** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter. The 5th parameter to the
+** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the
** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable. The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
+** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
** top-level SQL code.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12551] [H12552] [H12553] [H12554]
*/
/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */
#define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} <S60400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions
**
** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
-** as the statement first begins executing. Additional callbacks occur
+** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the
+** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing.
+** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur
** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
+** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^
**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes. The profile callback contains
+** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
+** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains
** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12281] [H12282] [H12283] [H12284] [H12285] [H12287] [H12288] [H12289]
-** [H12290]
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
+** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback
+** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation
+** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant
+** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite
+** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The
+** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is
+** subject to change in future versions of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} <S60400>
+** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks
**
-** This routine configures a callback function - the
-** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
-** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
-** [sqlite3_get_table()]. An example use for this
+** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback
+** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to
+** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for
+** database connection D. An example use for this
** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
**
-** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
+** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the
+** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the number of
+** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive
+** invocations of the callback X.
+**
+** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per
+** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the
+** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler.
+** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less
+** than 1.
+**
+** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a
** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
**
-** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
+** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12911] [H12912] [H12913] [H12914] [H12915] [H12916] [H12917] [H12918]
-**
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} <S40200>
+** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection
**
-** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
-** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
+** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the
+** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
+** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually
** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that
** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned. The
+** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
+** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The
** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error.
+** an English language description of the error following a failure of any
+** of the sqlite3_open() routines.
**
-** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
+** ^The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
**
**
** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection. The flags parameter can take one of
+** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to
+** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of
** the following three values, optionally combined with the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE],
-** and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flags:
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
+** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>
+** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
+** ^(<dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
+** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if
** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>)^
** </dl>
**
** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX],
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flags,
+** combinations shown above optionally combined with other
+** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits]
** then the behavior is undefined.
**
-** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
+** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. If the
+** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the
** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-** The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
+** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be
** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared
-** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. The
+** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The
** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not
** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled.
**
-** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection. This in-memory database will vanish when
+** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
+** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
+** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is
+** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+**
+** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
+** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when
** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might
** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
**
-** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created. This private database will be
+** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
+** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be
** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
**
-** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use. If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
+** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]] <h3>URI Filenames</h3>
+**
+** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument
+** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI
+** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is
+** set in the fourth argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has
+** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the
+** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option.
+** As of SQLite version 3.7.7, URI filename interpretation is turned off
+** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename
+** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional
+** information.
+**
+** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an
+** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string
+** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an
+** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if
+** present, is ignored.
+**
+** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file
+** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character,
+** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin
+** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI)
+** then the path is interpreted as a relative path.
+** ^On windows, the first component of an absolute path
+** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").
+**
+** [[core URI query parameters]]
+** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted
+** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation].
+** SQLite interprets the following three query parameters:
+**
+** <ul>
+** <li> <b>vfs</b>: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of
+** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should
+** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to
+** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown
+** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is
+** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over
+** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2().
+**
+** <li> <b>mode</b>: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw" or
+** "rwc". Attempting to set it to any other value is an error)^.
+** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only
+** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the
+** third argument to sqlite3_prepare_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to
+** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create)
+** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had
+** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both
+** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is
+** used, it is an error to specify a value for the mode parameter that is
+** less restrictive than that specified by the flags passed as the third
+** parameter.
+**
+** <li> <b>cache</b>: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or
+** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the
+** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to
+** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is
+** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit.
+** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in
+** a URI filename, its value overrides any behaviour requested by setting
+** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag.
+** </ul>
+**
+** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an
+** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query
+** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for
+** additional information.
+**
+** [[URI filename examples]] <h3>URI filename examples</h3>
+**
+** <table border="1" align=center cellpadding=5>
+** <tr><th> URI filenames <th> Results
+** <tr><td> file:data.db <td>
+** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db<br>
+** file:///home/fred/data.db <br>
+** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db <br> <td>
+** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db".
+** <tr><td> file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db <td>
+** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority.
+** <tr><td style="white-space:nowrap">
+** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db
+** <td> Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive
+** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly
+** necessary - space characters can be used literally
+** in URI filenames.
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private <td>
+** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access.
+** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by
+** default, use a private cache.
+** <tr><td> file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-nolock <td>
+** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-nolock".
+** <tr><td> file:data.db?mode=readonly <td>
+** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter.
+** </table>
+**
+** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and
+** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a
+** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits
+** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a
+** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all
+** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the
+** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding,
+** the results are undefined.
**
** <b>Note to Windows users:</b> The encoding used for the filename argument
** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international
** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12701] [H12702] [H12703] [H12704] [H12706] [H12707] [H12709] [H12711]
-** [H12712] [H12713] [H12714] [H12717] [H12719] [H12721] [H12723]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} <S60200>
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters
+**
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
**
-** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+**
+** If the zFilename argument to this function is not a pointer that SQLite
+** passed into the xOpen VFS method, then the behavior of this routine
+** is undefined and probably undesirable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam);
+
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
+** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined. ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode()
** interface is the same except that it always returns the
** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are
** disabled.
**
-** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
+** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
+** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
+** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^
**
** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the
** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between
** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the
** error code and message may or may not be set.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12801] [H12802] [H12803] [H12807] [H12808] [H12809]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} <H13010>
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object
** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
**
** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} <S20600>
+** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits
**
-** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
+** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the
** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The
** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct. The function returns the old limit.
+** new limit for that construct.)^
**
-** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a
+** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
+** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_<i>NAME</i> there is a
** [limits | hard upper bound]
-** set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named
-** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_XYZ].
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
-** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
-**
-** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
+** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called
+** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_<i>NAME</i>].
+** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^
+** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
+** silently truncated to the hard upper bound.
+**
+** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the
+** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit.
+** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it,
+** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1.
+**
+** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a
** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and
** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
**
** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12762] [H12766] [H12769]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} <H12760>
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
+** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories
+** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories}
**
** These constants define various performance limits
** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()].
** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite].
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.<dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.<dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>
+** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.</dd>
+** used to implement an SQL statement. This limit is not currently
+** enforced, though that might be added in some future release of
+** SQLite.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or
-** [GLOB] operators.</dd>
+** [GLOB] operators.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
-** be bound.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>
+** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH</dt>
+** <dd>The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.</dd>)^
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0
#define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
+** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement
** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
**
** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
** use UTF-16.
**
-** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of bytes read from zSql. When nByte is non-negative, the
+** ^If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
+** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
+** number of bytes read from zSql. ^When nByte is non-negative, the
** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
** the nul-terminator bytes.
**
-** If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
+** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte
** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only
** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to
** what remains uncompiled.
**
-** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL. If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
+** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
+** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
+** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
** ppStmt may not be NULL.
**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
+** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK];
+** otherwise an [error code] is returned.
**
** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
+** ^In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave a differently in two ways:
+** behave differently in three ways:
**
** <ol>
** <li>
-** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
+** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again. If the schema has changed in
-** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
-** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA]. But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
-** now a fatal error. Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
-** error go away. Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
-** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
+** statement and try to run it again.
** </li>
**
** <li>
-** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. The legacy behavior was that
+** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
+** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that
** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
-** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
+** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()]
+** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
** </li>
-** </ol>
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13011] [H13012] [H13013] [H13014] [H13015] [H13016] [H13019] [H13021]
**
+** <li>
+** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the
+** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement,
+** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been
+** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change
+** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter].
+** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the
+** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE]
+** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column
+** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2] compile-time option is enabled.
+** the
+** </li>
+** </ol>
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL
**
-** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
+** ^This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13101] [H13102] [H13103]
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if
+** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to
+** the content of the database file.
+**
+** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or
+** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect.
+** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that
+** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would
+** change the database file through side-effects:
+**
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
+** </pre></blockquote>
+**
+** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file
+** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^
+**
+** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK],
+** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true,
+** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but
+** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the
+** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause
+** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements
+** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make
+** changes to the content of the database files on disk.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object
** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
**
** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
+** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
**
** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
**
** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held. A internal mutex is held for a protected
+** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected
** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However,
** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
+** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected
** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
**
-** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
+** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** The sqlite3_value object returned by
+** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by
** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object
**
** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object. A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
+** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements
** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
**
-** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
+** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following
** templates:
**
** </ul>
**
** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal,
-** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifer. The values of these
+** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these
** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
**
-** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
+** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
**
-** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. When the same named
+** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
+** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named
** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. The index
+** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index
** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
+** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
**
-** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
+** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
**
-** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
+** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.
-** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
+** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.)^
+** ^If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
**
-** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
+** ^The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is
+** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called
+** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to sqlite3_bind_blob(),
+** sqlite3_bind_text(), or sqlite3_bind_text16() fails.
+** ^If the fifth argument is
** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
+** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
**
-** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes. A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
+** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
** content is later written using
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
-** before [sqlite3_step()].
-** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
-** anything goes wrong. [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range. [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
-** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
-** Detection of misuse is unreliable. Applications should not depend
-** on SQLITE_MISUSE returns. SQLITE_MISUSE is intended to indicate a
-** a logic error in the application. Future versions of SQLite might
-** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
+** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
+** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer
+** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which
+** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()],
+** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_()
+** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the
+** result is undefined and probably harmful.
+**
+** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
+** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13506] [H13509] [H13512] [H13515] [H13518] [H13521] [H13524] [H13527]
-** [H13530] [H13533] [H13536] [H13539] [H13542] [H13545] [H13548] [H13551]
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an
+** [error code] if anything goes wrong.
+** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
+** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
**
+** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
+** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters
**
-** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
+** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the
** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
** to the parameters at a later time.
**
-** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
+** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.
+** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used,
+** there may be gaps in the list.)^
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13601]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter
**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
-** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
-** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
+** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns
+** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P.
+** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
** respectively.
** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.
-** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
+** is included as part of the name.)^
+** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
+** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters".
**
-** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
+** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
**
-** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned. The returned string is
+** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is
+** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is
** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13621]
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name
**
-** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. The
+** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The
** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found. The parameter
+** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero
+** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter
** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
**
** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13641]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement
**
-** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
+** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13661]
+** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set
**
-** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
+** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
+** [prepared statement]. ^This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13711]
+** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set
**
-** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. The sqlite3_column_name()
+** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
+** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name()
** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string. The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
-** column number. The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
+** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
+** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the
+** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0.
+**
+** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
+** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the next call to
** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
**
-** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
+** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
** NULL pointer is returned.
**
-** The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
+** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause
** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
** one release of SQLite to the next.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13721] [H13723] [H13724] [H13725] [H13726] [H13727]
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result
**
-** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
-** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
-** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. The _database_ routines return
+** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and
+** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in
+** [SELECT] statement.
+** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
+** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return
** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
+** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
+** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically
+** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run
+** or until the same information is requested
** again in a different encoding.
**
-** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
+** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
** database, table, and column.
**
-** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
-** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
+** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement].
+** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by
** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
+** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines.
**
-** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
+** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL. These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs. Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
-** and column that query result column was extracted from.
+** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
+** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table,
+** or column that query result column was extracted from.
**
-** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
+** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return
+** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8.
**
-** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
+** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol.
**
-** {A13751}
** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
** undefined.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13741] [H13742] [H13743] [H13744] [H13745] [H13746] [H13748]
-**
** If two or more threads call one or more
** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
** for the same [prepared statement] and result column
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result
**
-** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
+** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned. If the Nth column of the result set is an
+** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an
** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
+** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded.
**
-** For example, given the database schema:
+** ^(For example, given the database schema:
**
** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
**
** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
**
** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
+** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^
**
-** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. So just because a column
+** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column
** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. Type
+** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type
** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
** used to hold those values.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13761] [H13762] [H13763]
*/
SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} <S10000>
+** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement
**
** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
** interface will continue to be supported.
**
-** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
+** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
+** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
**
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job. If the statement is a [COMMIT]
+** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
+** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT]
** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
+** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an
** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
** continuing.
**
-** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
+** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
** machine back to its initial state.
**
-** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
+** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
**
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
+** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
+** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement]. In the "v2" interface,
+** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface,
** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
**
** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
** more threads at the same moment in time.
**
+** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to
+** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything
+** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of
+** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using
+** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from
+** sqlite3_step(). But after version 3.6.23.1, sqlite3_step() began
+** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather
+** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility
+** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error
+** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option
+** can be used to restore the legacy behavior.
+**
** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call
** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13202] [H15304] [H15306] [H15308] [H15310]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set
**
-** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the
+** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P.
+** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return
+** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of
+** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0.
+** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13771] [H13772]
+** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} <S10110><S10120>
+** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes
** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
**
-** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
+** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
**
** <ul>
** <li> 64-bit signed integer
** <li> string
** <li> BLOB
** <li> NULL
-** </ul> {END}
+** </ul>)^
**
** These constants are codes for each of those types.
**
#define SQLITE3_TEXT 3
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} <S10700>
+** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query
** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
**
-** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
+** These routines form the "result set" interface.
**
-** These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query. In every case the first argument is a pointer
+** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current
+** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer
** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned. The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
+** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using
+** [sqlite3_column_count()].
**
** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
** are pending, then the results are undefined.
**
-** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
+** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
+** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. The value
** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
** conversions have occurred as described below. After a type conversion,
** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
** following a type conversion.
**
-** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
+** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
** the number of bytes in that string.
-** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end
-** of the string. For clarity: the value returned is the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero.
+**
+** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
+** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts
+** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes.
+** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses
+** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns
+** the number of bytes in that string.
+** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero.
**
-** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
-** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
+** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end
+** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by
+** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of
+** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
**
-** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
-** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
+** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
+** even empty strings, are always zero terminated. ^The return
+** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer.
**
-** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
+** ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. An unprotected sqlite3_value object
** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. For
+** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate. ^For
** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically. The following table details the conversions
+** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions
** that are applied:
**
** <blockquote>
** <tr><td> BLOB <td> FLOAT <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
** <tr><td> BLOB <td> TEXT <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
** </table>
-** </blockquote>
+** </blockquote>)^
**
** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
** and atof(). SQLite does not really use these functions. It has its
** to UTF-8.</li>
** </ul>
**
-** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
+** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified. Other kinds
+** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds
** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
**
** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
**
-** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
+** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. The memory space used to hold strings
+** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings
** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
** [sqlite3_free()].
**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
+** ^(If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
** of these routines, a default value is returned. The default value
** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
** pointer. Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H13803] [H13806] [H13809] [H13812] [H13815] [H13818] [H13821] [H13824]
-** [H13827] [H13830]
+** [SQLITE_NOMEM].)^
*/
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} <S70300><S30100>
+** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
+** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors
+** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns
+** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then
+** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or
+** [extended error code].
**
-** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
-** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during
+** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S:
+** before statement S is ever evaluated, after
+** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call
+** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has
+** completed execution.
**
-** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
-** [prepared statement]. If the virtual machine has not
-** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
-** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
-** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
-** depending on the circumstances, and the
-** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op.
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H11302] [H11304]
+** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid
+** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use
+** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared
+** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and
+** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} <S70300>
+** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object
**
** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
+** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
**
-** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-** back to the beginning of its program.
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
+** back to the beginning of its program.
**
-** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
+** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
+** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
**
-** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
+** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
+** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
+** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
**
-** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
+** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
+** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions
** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
**
-** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
+** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only difference between the
-** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
-** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
-** for sqlite3_create_function16().
-**
-** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added. If a single program uses more than one database
-** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
-** each database connection.
-**
-** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined. The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
-** the zero-terminator. Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
-** characters. Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
-**
-** The third parameter (nArg)
+** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between
+** these routines are the text encoding expected for
+** the second parameter (the name of the function being created)
+** and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for
+** the application data pointer.
+**
+** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
+** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database
+** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added
+** to each database connection separately.
+**
+** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
+** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8
+** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name
+** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes.
+** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
+** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned.
+**
+** ^The third parameter (nArg)
** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
+** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or
** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit
** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third
** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is
** undefined.
**
-** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
+** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters. Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
-** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another. An application may
+** its parameters. Every SQL function implementation must be able to work
+** with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be. But some implementations may be
+** more efficient with one encoding than another. ^An application may
** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
-** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
+** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
**
-** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
+** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the
+** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^
**
-** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
+** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
+** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
+** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal
+** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
+** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing
+** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function
+** callbacks.
**
-** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
+** ^(If the ninth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() is not NULL,
+** then it is destructor for the application data pointer.
+** The destructor is invoked when the function is deleted, either by being
+** overloaded or when the database connection closes.)^
+** ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails.
+** ^When the destructor callback of the tenth parameter is invoked, it
+** is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application data
+** pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2().
+**
+** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. SQLite will use
+** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use
** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used. A function implementation with a non-negative
+** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative
** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg. A function where the preferred text encoding
+** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding
** matches the database encoding is a better
** match than a function where the encoding is different.
-** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
+** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
** between UTF8 and UTF16.
**
-** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
-** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
-** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override
-** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
-** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
+** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
**
-** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
+** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other
** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not
** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
** statement in which the function is running.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16103] [H16106] [H16109] [H16112] [H16118] [H16121] [H16127]
-** [H16130] [H16133] [H16136] [H16139] [H16142]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
sqlite3 *db,
void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunctionName,
+ int nArg,
+ int eTextRep,
+ void *pApp,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ void(*xDestroy)(void*)
+);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267} <S50200> <H16100>
+** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings
**
** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
** text encodings supported by SQLite.
#endif
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values
**
** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
+** The 3rd parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
** each parameter to the SQL function. These routines are used to
** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
** object results in undefined behavior.
**
-** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
+** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
**
-** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine. The
+** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
+** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The
** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
**
-** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
+** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is
** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If
** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
+** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^
**
** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread as
** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H15103] [H15106] [H15109] [H15112] [H15115] [H15118] [H15121] [H15124]
-** [H15127] [H15130] [H15133] [H15136]
*/
SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context
+**
+** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this
+** routine to allocate memory for storing their state.
**
-** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
-** a structure for storing their state.
+** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called
+** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite
+** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer
+** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance,
+** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally
+** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one
+** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match
+** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function
+** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once.
+** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the
+** first time from within xFinal().)^
**
-** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
-** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
-** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
-** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
-** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
+** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer if N is
+** less than or equal to zero or if a memory allocate error occurs.
**
-** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
-** query concludes.
+** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is
+** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the
+** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within
+** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory
+** allocation.)^
**
-** The first parameter should be a copy of the
+** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by
+** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes.
+**
+** The first parameter must be a copy of the
** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
+** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate
+** function.
**
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16211] [H16213] [H16215] [H16217]
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions
**
-** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
+** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function. {END}
+** registered the application defined function.
**
** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
** the application-defined function is running.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16243]
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} <S60600><S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions
**
-** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
+** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16253]
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data
**
** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
**
-** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
+** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
+** value to the application-defined function. ^If no metadata has been ever
** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
**
-** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
+** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
** argument of the application-defined function. Subsequent
** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
** not been destroyed.
-** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
+** ^If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
**
** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
-** parameter of any function at any time. The only guarantee is that
+** parameter of any function at any time. ^The only guarantee is that
** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
**
-** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
+** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
-** values and SQL variables.
+** values and [parameters].)^
**
** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
** the SQL function is running.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16272] [H16274] [H16276] [H16277] [H16278] [H16279]
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} <S30100>
+** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior
**
** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. If the destructor
+** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor
** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. The
+** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The
** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
** the content before returning.
#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} <S20200>
+** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function
**
** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See
** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
+** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
** third parameter.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
+** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
+** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
** by its 2nd argument.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
+** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message. SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
+** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error
+** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite
** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order. If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
+** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
+** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
+** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
+** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default,
+** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
+** ^The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
+** ^The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
+** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
** value given in the 2nd argument.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
+** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
+** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
+** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from
** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
** through the first zero character.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
** function result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
** finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to
** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content
** when it has finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
+** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
**
-** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
+** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
** the application-defined function to be a copy the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. The
+** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The
** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
+** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
**
** If these routines are called from within the different thread
** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16403] [H16406] [H16409] [H16412] [H16415] [H16418] [H16421] [H16424]
-** [H16427] [H16430] [H16433] [H16436] [H16439] [H16442] [H16445] [H16448]
-** [H16451] [H16454] [H16457] [H16460] [H16463]
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} <S20300>
+** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences
**
-** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
-** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
+** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated
+** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument.
**
-** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
+** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string
** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
-** the name is passed as the second function argument.
-**
-** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE], or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
-** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
-** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
-** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16] to indicate that the routine
-** expects pointers to be UTF-16 strings in the native byte order, or the
-** argument can be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] if the
-** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
-** of UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
-** argument. If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
-** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
-** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
-** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
-** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
-**
-** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
-** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
-** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
-** registered. {END} The application defined collation routine should
-** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
-** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
-**
-** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
-** the collation. The destructor is called when the collation is
-** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
-** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
-** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
-** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
-** using [sqlite3_close()].
+** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16().
+** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are
+** considered to be the same name.
**
-** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
+** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants:
+** <ul>
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF8],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16LE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16], or
+** <li> [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED].
+** </ul>)^
+** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed
+** to the collating function callback, xCallback.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep
+** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order.
+** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin
+** on an even byte address.
+**
+** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed
+** through as the first argument to the collating function callback.
+**
+** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function.
+** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but
+** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever
+** function requires the least amount of data transformation.
+** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is
+** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted,
+** that collation is no longer usable.
+**
+** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg
+** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified
+** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an
+** integer that is negative, zero, or positive
+** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second,
+** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer
+** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered
+** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all
+** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings.
+** The collating function must obey the following properties for all
+** strings A, B, and C:
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16603] [H16604] [H16606] [H16609] [H16612] [H16615] [H16618] [H16621]
-** [H16624] [H16627] [H16630]
+** <ol>
+** <li> If A==B then B==A.
+** <li> If A==B and B==C then A==C.
+** <li> If A<B THEN B>A.
+** <li> If A<B and B<C then A<C.
+** </ol>
+**
+** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that
+** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite
+** is undefined.
+**
+** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
+** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when
+** the collating function is deleted.
+** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later
+** calls to the collation creation functions or when the
+** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
+**
+** ^The xDestroy callback is <u>not</u> called if the
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke
+** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should
+** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer
+** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them.
+** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency
+** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards
+** compatibility.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
sqlite3*,
const char *zName,
int eTextRep,
- void*,
+ void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
sqlite3*,
const char *zName,
int eTextRep,
- void*,
+ void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
void(*xDestroy)(void*)
);
sqlite3*,
const void *zName,
int eTextRep,
- void*,
+ void *pArg,
int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} <S20300>
+** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks
**
-** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
+** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
+** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation
** sequence is required.
**
-** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
+** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
+** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
+** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback.
**
-** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
+** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database
** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.
+** required collation sequence.)^
**
** The callback function should register the desired collation using
** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16702] [H16704] [H16706]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
sqlite3*,
void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
);
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
/*
** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be
** called right after sqlite3_open().
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} <S40410>
+** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless
+** activated, none of the SEE routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see(
+ const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+/*
+** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless
+** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod(
+ const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */
+);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time
**
** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
** requested from the operating system is returned.
**
-** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** Requirements: [H10533] [H10536]
+** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
+** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method
+** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at
+** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description
+** in the previous paragraphs.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} <S20000>
+** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files
**
-** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
+** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory. If this variable
+** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS]
+** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable
** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
** temporary file directory.
**
** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged
** thereafter.
**
-** The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
-** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. Furthermore,
+** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause
+** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore,
** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string
** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from
** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
+** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode
** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
**
-** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
+** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively. Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
+** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default.
+** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
+** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
**
** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
** connection while this routine is running, then the return value
** is undefined.
-**
-** Requirements: [H12931] [H12932] [H12933] [H12934]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} <S60600>
+** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement
**
-** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. The [database connection]
-** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] that was the first argument
+** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
+** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection]
+** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection]
+** that was the first argument
** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
** create the statement in the first place.
-**
-** Requirements: [H13123]
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} <S60600>
+** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement
**
-** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. If pStmt is NULL
+** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
+** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL
** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb. If no prepared statement
+** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement
** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
**
** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-**
-** Requirements: [H13143] [H13146] [H13149] [H13152]
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} <S60400>
+** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks
**
-** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed].
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
+** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back].
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook()
** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
+** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
+** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
**
-** If another function was previously registered, its
-** pArg value is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions
+** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call for each function on D.
**
** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
-** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
+** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
**
-** When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
-** operation is allowed to continue normally. If the commit hook
+** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT]
+** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook
** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK].
-** The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
+** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit
** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback.
**
-** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
+** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
+** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
-** <todo> Check on this </todo>
**
** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12951] [H12952] [H12953] [H12954] [H12955]
-** [H12961] [H12962] [H12963] [H12964]
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} <S60400>
+** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks
**
-** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
+** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function
** for the same database connection is overridden.
**
-** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
+** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
+** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
+** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
** to be invoked.
-** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
+** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
-** In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
+** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row.
+** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place.
**
-** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
+** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
+** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^
**
-** In the current implementation, the update hook
+** ^In the current implementation, the update hook
** is not invoked when duplication rows are deleted because of an
-** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. Nor is the update hook
+** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook
** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization].
** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future
** release of SQLite.
** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
**
-** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
-** is returned. Otherwise NULL is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function
+** returns the P argument from the previous call
+** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for
+** the first call on D.
**
** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()] and [sqlite3_rollback_hook()]
** interfaces.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H12971] [H12973] [H12975] [H12977] [H12979] [H12981] [H12983] [H12986]
*/
SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
sqlite3*,
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} <S30900>
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache
** KEYWORDS: {shared cache}
**
-** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
+** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.
+** and disabled if the argument is false.)^
**
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
+** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process.
** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
**
-** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
+** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
+** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^
**
-** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache. When shared
-** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
-** virtual tables will always return an error.
+** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
+** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
-** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.
-**
-** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
+** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
-**
-** Requirements: [H10331] [H10336] [H10337] [H10339]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} <S30220>
+** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory
**
-** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library. {END} Memory used to cache database
+** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database
** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
+** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-**
-** Requirements: [H17341] [H17342]
+** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero
+** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} <S30220>
+** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size
**
-** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
-** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
-** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
-** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
+** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the
+** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
+** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap
+** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache
+** as heap memory usages approaches the limit.
+** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay
+** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate
+** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit
+** is advisory only.
**
-** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
-** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
+** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of
+** the soft heap limit prior to the call. ^If the argument N is negative
+** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current
+** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument.
**
-** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
-** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
+** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled.
**
-** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
-** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
-** continue without error or notification. This is why the limit is
-** called a "soft" limit. It is advisory only.
+** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation
+** if one or more of following conditions are true:
**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
-** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine
-** runs. Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is
-** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit
-** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In
-** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
-** individual threads.
+** <ul>
+** <li> The soft heap limit is set to zero.
+** <li> Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and
+** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option.
+** <li> An alternative page cache implementation is specified using
+** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE],...).
+** <li> The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied
+** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than
+** from the heap.
+** </ul>)^
+**
+** Beginning with SQLite version 3.7.3, the soft heap limit is enforced
+** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]
+** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT],
+** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without
+** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced
+** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because
+** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most
+** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without
+** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT].
+**
+** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may
+** changes in future releases of SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface
+** DEPRECATED
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H16351] [H16352] [H16353] [H16354] [H16355] [H16358]
+** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()]
+** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility
+** only. All new applications should use the
+** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N);
+
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} <S60300>
+** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table
**
-** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
+** ^This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
** passed as the first function argument.
**
-** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
+** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
+** this function. ^The second parameter is either the name of the database
+** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified
+** table or NULL. ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
** resolve unqualified table references.
**
-** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
** may be NULL.
**
-** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
+** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
+** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be
** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
**
-** <blockquote>
** <table border="1">
** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th> Description
**
** <tr><td> 8th <td> int <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
** <tr><td> 9th <td> int <td> True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT]
** </table>
-** </blockquote>
+** </blockquote>)^
**
-** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
+** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
** call to any SQLite API function.
**
-** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
+** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
**
-** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
+** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
+** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no
** explicitly declared [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the output
** parameters are set as follows:
**
** not null: 0
** primary key: 1
** auto increment: 0
-** </pre>
+** </pre>)^
**
-** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
+** ^(This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
-** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
+** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).)^
**
-** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} <S20500>
-**
-** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
+** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension
**
-** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
+** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
**
-** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
+** SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
**
-** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
-** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^The entry point is zProc.
+** ^zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
+** defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
+** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns
+** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
+** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
+** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
+** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function
+** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
**
-** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
-** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
+** ^Extension loading must be enabled using
+** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
+** otherwise an error will be returned.
**
-** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END} The calling function
-** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
-** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-** otherwise an error will be returned.
+** See also the [load_extension() SQL function].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} <S20500>
+** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading
**
-** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
+** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
**
-** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
-**
-** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-** it back off again.
-**
-** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
+** ^Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
+** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
+** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
+** it back off again.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} <S20500>
-**
-** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
-** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
-** to all new [database connections]. {END}
-**
-** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. If you run a memory leak checker
-** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
-** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
-**
-** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
-** automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
-** is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-** or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
+** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions
**
-** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
-** multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
+** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for
+** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that
+** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked SQLite extension
+** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections.
**
-** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
-** that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
+** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes
+** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three
+** arguments and expects and integer result as if the signature of the
+** entry point where as follows:
**
-** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
+** <blockquote><pre>
+** int xEntryPoint(
+** sqlite3 *db,
+** const char **pzErrMsg,
+** const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
+** );
+** </pre></blockquote>)^
+**
+** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg
+** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()])
+** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg
+** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke
+** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any
+** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
+** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail.
+**
+** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already
+** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point
+** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()].
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xEntryPoint)(void));
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} <S20500>
-**
-** This function disables all previously registered automatic
-** extensions. {END} It undoes the effect of all prior
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
+** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading
**
-** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
-** automatic extensions.
-**
-** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
+** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously
+** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()].
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
/*
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
-**
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways.
** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module}
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** This structure, sometimes called a a "virtual table module",
+** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module",
** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables].
** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module.
**
-** A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
+** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent
** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance
** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()].
-** The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
+** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different
** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content
** of this structure must not change while it is registered with
** any database connection.
void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
void **ppArg);
int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
+ /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those
+ ** below are for version 2 and greater. */
+ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+ int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
+ int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int);
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
+** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part
+** of the [virtual table] interface to
** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex]
** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the
** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its
** results into the **Outputs** fields.
**
-** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
+** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
**
-** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
+** <blockquote>column OP expr</blockquote>
**
-** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=. The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op. The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn. aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
+** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is
+** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the
+** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^
+** ^(The index of the column is stored in
+** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.
+** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^
**
-** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
+** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
-** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
+** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are
+** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried.
**
-** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
+** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
+** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
**
** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. If argvIndex>0 then
+** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then
** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. If aConstraintUsage[].omit
+** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit
** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
+** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^
**
-** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
+** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the
** [xFilter] method.
-** [sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only iff
+** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if
** needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
**
-** The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
+** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in
** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
** sorting step is required.
**
-** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
+** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
** particular lookup. A full scan of a table with N entries should have
** a cost of N. A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
** cost of approximately log(N).
int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */
double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */
};
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes
+**
+** These macros defined the allowed values for the
+** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents
+** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of
+** a query that uses a [virtual table].
+*/
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8
#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation
**
-** This routine is used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
-** Module names must be registered before
-** creating a new [virtual table] using the module, or before using a
+** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name.
+** ^Module names must be registered before
+** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a
** preexisting [virtual table] for the module.
**
-** The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
-** by the first parameter. The name of the module is given by the
-** second parameter. The third parameter is a pointer to
-** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. The fourth
+** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified
+** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the
+** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to
+** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth
** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through
** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module
** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized.
**
-** This interface has exactly the same effect as calling
-** [sqlite3_create_module_v2()] with a NULL client data destructor.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which
+** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will
+** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
+** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also
+** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails.
+** ^The sqlite3_create_module()
+** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL
+** destructor.
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */
const char *zName, /* Name of the module */
const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */
void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method,
-** except that it has an extra parameter to specify
-** a destructor function for the client data pointer. SQLite will
-** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite
-** no longer needs the pClientData pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */
const char *zName, /* Name of the module */
const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass
-** of the following structure to describe a particular instance
+** of this object to describe a particular instance
** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will
** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
** common to all module implementations.
**
-** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
+** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should
** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. After the error message
+** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message
** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.
*/
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object {H18020} <S20400>
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor}
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the
** following structure to describe cursors that point into the
** [virtual table] and are used
** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the
** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed
-** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cussors are used
+** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used
** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods
** of the module. Each module implementation will define
** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table
**
-** The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
+** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a
** [virtual table module] call this interface
** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
** the virtual tables they implement.
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table
**
-** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
+** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module].
** But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.
+** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^
**
-** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
+** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created. The implementation
+** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation
** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So
** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only
** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
** by a [virtual table].
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
/*
** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
**
** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-**
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
*/
/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB
** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
**
** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
+** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
+** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O
**
-** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
+** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
**
** <pre>
** SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
-** </pre> {END}
+** </pre>)^
**
-** If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
-** It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary
+** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read
+** and write access. ^If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
+** ^It is not possible to open a column that is part of an index or primary
** key for writing. ^If [foreign key constraints] are enabled, it is
** not possible to open a column that is part of a [child key] for writing.
**
-** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
+** ^Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
-** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
-** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
+** appears after the AS keyword when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
+** ^For the main database file, the database name is "main".
+** ^For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
+** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and *ppBlob is set
-** to be a null pointer.
-** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
+** to be a null pointer.)^
+** ^This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related
-** functions. Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
+** functions. ^Note that the *ppBlob variable is always initialized in a
** way that makes it safe to invoke [sqlite3_blob_close()] on *ppBlob
** regardless of the success or failure of this routine.
**
-** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
+** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
-** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
-**
-** Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
-** the opened blob. The size of a blob may not be changed by this
+** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^
+** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
+** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
+** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
+** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually
+** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^
+**
+** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of
+** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this
** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a
** blob.
**
-** The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
+** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces
** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function can be used, if desired,
** to create an empty, zero-filled blob in which to read or write using
** this interface.
**
** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually
** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17813] [H17814] [H17816] [H17819] [H17821] [H17824]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
sqlite3*,
);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row
+**
+** ^This function is used to move an existing blob handle so that it points
+** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified
+** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be
+** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open
+** remain the same. Moving an existing blob handle to a new row can be
+** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one.
**
-** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] -
+** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in
+** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if
+** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an
+** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted.
+** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or
+** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return
+** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle
+** always returns zero.
**
-** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
+** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message.
+*/
+SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle
+**
+** ^Closes an open [BLOB handle].
+**
+** ^Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
+** ^If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
** until the close operation if they will fit.
**
-** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
+** ^(Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
** at the time when the BLOB is closed. Any errors that occur during
-** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
-**
-** The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns
-** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
+** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.)^
**
-** Calling this routine with a null pointer (which as would be returned
-** by failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
+** ^(The BLOB is closed unconditionally. Even if this routine returns
+** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.)^
**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17833] [H17836] [H17839]
+** ^Calling this routine with a null pointer (such as would be returned
+** by a failed call to [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB
**
-** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
-** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. The
+** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the
+** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The
** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing
** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob.
**
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17843]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally
**
-** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
+** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
+** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^
**
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. If N or iOffset is
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is
** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-** The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
+** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
**
-** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17853] [H17856] [H17859] [H17862] [H17863] [H17865] [H17868]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} <S30230>
+** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally
**
-** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
+** ^This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
+** caller-supplied buffer. ^N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
**
-** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
+** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
**
-** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
+** ^This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. If N is
+** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
+** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ^If N is
** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
** The size of the BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset)
** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface.
**
-** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. Writes to the BLOB that occurred
+** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
+** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred
** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
** or by other independent statements.
**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
+** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^
**
** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created
** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not
** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()].
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H17873] [H17874] [H17875] [H17876] [H17877] [H17879] [H17882] [H17885]
-** [H17888]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} <S20100>
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects
**
** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
** that SQLite uses to interact
** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
** The following interfaces are provided.
**
-** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** Names are case sensitive.
-** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
+** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
+** ^Names are case sensitive.
+** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
+** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
+** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
**
-** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
+** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
+** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
+** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
+** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the
** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a
** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
** then the behavior is undefined.
**
-** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
-**
-** Requirements:
-** [H11203] [H11206] [H11209] [H11212] [H11215] [H11218]
+** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
+** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
+** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} <S20000>
+** CAPI3REF: Mutexes
**
** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
**
** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following
+** is selected automatically at compile-time. ^(The following
** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
**
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>
+** </ul>)^
**
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
+** ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
+** a single-threaded application. ^The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
**
-** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
+** ^(If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
+** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().)^
**
-** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
+** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^If it returns NULL
+** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. ^SQLite
+** will unwind its stack and return an error. ^(The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>
+** </ul>)^
**
-** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
+** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE)
+** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
+** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to. {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one. {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
+** not want to. ^SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
+** cases where it really needs one. ^If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
-** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END} Six static mutexes are
+** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other
+** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
-** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call. {H17034} But for the static
+** returns a different mutex on every call. ^But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
**
-** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
-** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
-** a static mutex. {END}
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
+** allocated dynamic mutex. ^SQLite is careful to deallocate every
+** dynamic mutex that it allocates. The dynamic mutexes must not be in
+** use when they are deallocated. Attempting to deallocate a static
+** mutex results in undefined behavior. ^SQLite never deallocates
+** a static mutex.
**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
+** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025} The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry. {H17026} Mutexes created using
+** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
+** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** {H17027} In such cases the,
+** In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter. {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
+** can enter.)^ ^(If the same thread tries to enter any other
** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
+** SQLite will never exhibit
+** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.)^
**
-** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
+** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
+** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses
+** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.)^
**
-** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread. {A17032} The behavior
+** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
+** previously entered by the same thread. ^(The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated. {H17033} SQLite will
-** never do either. {END}
+** calling thread or is not currently allocated. SQLite will
+** never do either.)^
**
-** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
** behave as no-ops.
**
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} <S20130>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object
**
** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
** used to allocate and use mutexes.
** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
**
-** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
+** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each
** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
**
-** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
+** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
-** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd()
+** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
**
-** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
+** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
**
** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
** <li> [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>
+** </ul>)^
**
** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
** it is passed a NULL pointer).
**
-** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to
-** invoke xMutexInit() mutiple times within the same process and without
+** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. ^It must be harmless to
+** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without
** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to
** xMutexInit() must be no-ops.
**
-** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
-** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
-** allocation for a static mutex. However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
+** ^xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()]
+** and its associates). ^Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory
+** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite
** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex.
**
-** SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
+** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is
** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK.
** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself
** prior to returning.
};
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080} <S20130> <S30800>
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines
**
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
+** are intended for use inside assert() statements. ^The SQLite core
** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core. {H17082} The core only
+** are advised to follow the lead of the core. ^The SQLite core only
** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. {A17087} External mutex implementations
+** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. ^External mutex implementations
** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
**
-** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
+** ^These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
**
-** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
+** ^The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
**
-** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1. {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But the
+** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
+** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since
+** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But
** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the
** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do. {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
+** the appropriate thing to do. ^The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
*/
+#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
+#endif
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} <H17000>
+** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types
**
** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
** which is one of these integer constants.
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_random() */
#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* lru page list */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */
+#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection {H17002} <H17000>
+** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection
**
-** This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
+** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that
** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument
** when the [threading mode] is Serialized.
-** If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
+** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this
** routine returns a NULL pointer.
*/
SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} <S30800>
+** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files
**
-** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
+** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
-** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
-** <a href="lang_attach.html">ATTACH</a> SQL command that opened the
-** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
-** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
+** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The
+** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the
+** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for
+** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command.
+** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the
+** main database file.
+** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine
** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method. {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
+** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl
** method becomes the return value of this routine.
**
-** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
+** ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER value for the op parameter causes
+** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into
+** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. ^The SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER
+** case is a short-circuit path which does not actually invoke the
+** underlying sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method.
+**
+** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
+** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error
** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR. {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
+** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might
+** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between
** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method. {END}
+** xFileControl method.
**
** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} <S30800>
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface
**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
+** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes. The first parameter is an operation code that determines
+** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines
** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
**
** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} <H11400>
+** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes
**
** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
*/
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks. The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure. Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
-** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. If the
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ 17
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 18
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 19
+#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 19
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
+**
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
+** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for
+** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes
+** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^
+** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
+** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the
** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
+** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest
** value. For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
-** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
+** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^
+** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
+** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^
**
-** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
-** [error code] on failure.
+** ^The sqlite3_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
**
** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic. This routine can be
** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
**
** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} <H17200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters
+** KEYWORDS: {status parameters}
**
** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The
** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>
+** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations
+** currently checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>
+** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The
** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>
+** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]. The value returned is in allocations, not
** in bytes. Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>
+** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
+** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The values
** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
** slots were available.
-** </dd>
+** </dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
** handed to [scratch memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the
** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
+** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>)^
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack. It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>
+** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>)^
** </dl>
**
** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6
#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7
#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8
+#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17500} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status
**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about a single [database connection]. The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated. The second argument
-** is the parameter to interrogate. Currently, the only allowed value
-** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
-** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
+** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
+** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the
+** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument
+** is an integer constant, taken from the set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that
+** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of
+** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely
+** to grow in future releases of SQLite.
**
-** The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. If
+** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur
+** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If
** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
** reset back down to the current value.
**
+** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a
+** non-zero [error code] on failure.
+**
** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()].
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17520} <H17500>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options}
**
** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as
** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface.
** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked.
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>
+** checked out.</dd>)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were
+** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of
+** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]]
+** ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have
+** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside
+** memory already being in use.
+** Only the high-water value is meaningful;
+** the current value is always zero.)^
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated
+** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^
+** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the
+** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to
+** [shared cache mode] being enabled.
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0.
+**
+** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(<dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED</dt>
+** <dd>This parameter returns the approximate number of of bytes of heap
+** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with
+** the database connection.)^
+** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0.
+** </dd>
** </dl>
*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6
+#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 6 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status {H17550} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status
**
-** Each prepared statement maintains various
-** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counters] that measure the number
-** of times it has performed specific operations. These counters can
+** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various
+** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number
+** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can
** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared
** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds
** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate
** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than
** an index.
**
-** This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
+** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from
** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement
** object to be interrogated. The second argument
-** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT | counter]
-** to be interrogated.
-** The current value of the requested counter is returned.
-** If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
+** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter]
+** to be interrogated.)^
+** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned.
+** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this
** interface call returns.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()].
*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg);
/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements {H17570} <H17550>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
+** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements
+** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters}
**
** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter
** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface.
** The meanings of the various counters are as follows:
**
** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
-** <dd>This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in
** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter
** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through
** careful use of indices.</dd>
**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
-** <dd>This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred.
** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
** improvement performance through careful use of indices.</dd>
**
+** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]] <dt>SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX</dt>
+** <dd>^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that
+** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster.
+** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to
+** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not
+** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.</dd>
+**
** </dl>
*/
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1
#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2
+#define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3
/*
** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by
** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of
/*
** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache.
** KEYWORDS: {page cache}
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
+** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE], ...) interface can
** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an
-** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure. The majority of the
-** heap memory used by SQLite is used by the page cache to cache data read
-** from, or ready to be written to, the database file. By implementing a
-** custom page cache using this API, an application can control more
-** precisely the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
+** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure.)^
+** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by
+** SQLite is used for the page cache.
+** By implementing a
+** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control
+** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which
** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to
** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for
** how long.
**
-** The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
+** The alternative page cache mechanism is an
+** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications.
+** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses.
+**
+** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods structure are copied to an
** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence
** the application may discard the parameter after the call to
-** [sqlite3_config()] returns.
-**
-** The xInit() method is called once for each call to [sqlite3_initialize()]
-** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). It is passed
-** a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value. It can be used to set
-** up global structures and mutexes required by the custom page cache
-** implementation.
-**
-** The xShutdown() method is called from within [sqlite3_shutdown()],
-** if the application invokes this API. It can be used to clean up
+** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^
+**
+** [[the xInit() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective
+** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^
+** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit()
+** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods.pArg value.)^
+** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures
+** required by the custom page cache implementation.
+** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+** page cache.)^
+**
+** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]]
+** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
+** It can be used to clean up
** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required.
+** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL.
**
-** SQLite holds a [SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE] mutex when it invokes
-** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The
+** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method,
+** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The
** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does
** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe
** in multithreaded applications.
**
-** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
+** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening
** call to xShutdown().
**
-** The xCreate() method is used to construct a new cache instance. SQLite
-** will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
-** though this is not guaranteed. The
+** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]]
+** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance.
+** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file,
+** though this is not guaranteed. ^The
** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must
-** be allocated by the cache. szPage will not be a power of two. szPage
+** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will not be a power of two. ^szPage
** will the page size of the database file that is to be cached plus an
-** increment (here called "R") of about 100 or 200. SQLite will use the
+** increment (here called "R") of less than 250. SQLite will use the
** extra R bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying
** database page on disk. The value of R depends
** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled.
-** R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. The second argument to
+** ^(R is constant for a particular build of SQLite. Except, there are two
+** distinct values of R when SQLite is compiled with the proprietary
+** ZIPVFS extension.)^ ^The second argument to
** xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being created will
** be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or
** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation
** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable;
-** it is purely advisory. On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
+** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will
** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page.
-** In other words, a cache created with bPurgeable set to false will
+** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to
+** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true.
+** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will
** never contain any unpinned pages.
**
-** The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
+** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]]
+** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the
** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache
** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using
-** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command. As with the bPurgeable parameter,
-** the implementation is not required to do anything with this
+** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable
+** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this
** value; it is advisory only.
**
-** The xPagecount() method should return the number of pages currently
-** stored in the cache.
+** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]]
+** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently
+** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned.
**
-** The xFetch() method is used to fetch a page and return a pointer to it.
-** A 'page', in this context, is a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
-** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. The
-** mimimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page
+** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]]
+** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to
+** the page, or a NULL pointer.
+** A "page", in this context, means a buffer of szPage bytes aligned at an
+** 8-byte boundary. The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The
+** minimum key value is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page
** is considered to be "pinned".
**
** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache
** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content
** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the
-** behavior of the cache implementation is determined by the value of the
-** createFlag parameter passed to xFetch, according to the following table:
+** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag
+** parameter to help it determined what action to take:
**
** <table border=1 width=85% align=center>
** <tr><th> createFlag <th> Behaviour when page is not already in cache
** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible.
** </table>
**
-** SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. If
-** a call to xFetch() with createFlag==1 returns NULL, then SQLite will
+** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite
+** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1
+** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may
** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of
-** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. After
-** attempting to unpin pages, the xFetch() method will be invoked again with
-** a createFlag of 2.
-**
-** xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
-** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
-** then the page should be evicted from the cache. In this case SQLite
-** assumes that the next time the page is retrieved from the cache using
-** the xFetch() method, it will be zeroed. If the discard parameter is
-** zero, then the page is considered to be unpinned. The cache implementation
+** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache.
+**
+** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]]
+** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page
+** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero,
+** then the page must be evicted from the cache.
+** ^If the discard parameter is
+** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of
+** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation
** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time.
**
-** The cache is not required to perform any reference counting. A single
+** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single
** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls
** to xFetch().
**
+** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]]
** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the
-** page passed as the second argument from oldKey to newKey. If the cache
-** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it should be
-** discarded. Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
+** page passed as the second argument. If the cache
+** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be
+** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not
** to be pinned.
**
** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all
** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that
** they can be safely discarded.
**
-** The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
-** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. After
+** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]]
+** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate().
+** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After
** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*]
** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods
** functions.
/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing
-** online backup operation. The sqlite3_backup object is created by
+** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by
** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to
** [sqlite3_backup_finish()].
**
/*
** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API.
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** This API is used to overwrite the contents of one database with that
-** of another. It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
+** The backup API copies the content of one database into another.
+** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or
** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API]
**
-** Exclusive access is required to the destination database for the
-** duration of the operation. However the source database is only
-** read-locked while it is actually being read, it is not locked
-** continuously for the entire operation. Thus, the backup may be
-** performed on a live database without preventing other users from
-** writing to the database for an extended period of time.
+** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file
+** for the duration of the backup operation.
+** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read;
+** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation.
+** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without
+** preventing other database connections from
+** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway.
**
-** To perform a backup operation:
+** ^(To perform a backup operation:
** <ol>
** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b> is called once to initialize the
** backup,
** the data between the two databases, and finally
** <li><b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b> is called to release all resources
** associated with the backup operation.
-** </ol>
+** </ol>)^
** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each
** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
-**
-** The first two arguments passed to [sqlite3_backup_init()] are the database
-** handle associated with the destination database and the database name
-** used to attach the destination database to the handle. The database name
-** is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the temporary database, or
-** the name specified as part of the [ATTACH] statement if the destination is
-** an attached database. The third and fourth arguments passed to
-** sqlite3_backup_init() identify the [database connection]
-** and database name used
-** to access the source database. The values passed for the source and
-** destination [database connection] parameters must not be the same.
-**
-** If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(), then NULL is returned
-** and an error code and error message written into the [database connection]
-** passed as the first argument. They may be retrieved using the
-** [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
-** Otherwise, if successful, a pointer to an [sqlite3_backup] object is
-** returned. This pointer may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
+** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_init()</b>
+**
+** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the
+** [database connection] associated with the destination database
+** and the database name, respectively.
+** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the
+** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in
+** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database.
+** ^The S and M arguments passed to
+** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection]
+** and database name of the source database, respectively.
+** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D)
+** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with
+** an error.
+**
+** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is
+** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the
+** destination [database connection] D.
+** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init()
+** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or
+** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions.
+** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an
+** [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and
** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup
** operation.
**
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
-**
-** Function [sqlite3_backup_step()] is used to copy up to nPage pages between
-** the source and destination databases, where nPage is the value of the
-** second parameter passed to sqlite3_backup_step(). If nPage is a negative
-** value, all remaining source pages are copied. If the required pages are
-** succesfully copied, but there are still more pages to copy before the
-** backup is complete, it returns [SQLITE_OK]. If no error occured and there
-** are no more pages to copy, then [SQLITE_DONE] is returned. If an error
-** occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned. As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
+** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_step()</b>
+**
+** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between
+** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B.
+** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied.
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there
+** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK].
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages
+** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE].
+** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N),
+** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and
** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY],
** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code.
**
-** As well as the case where the destination database file was opened for
-** read-only access, sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
-** the destination is an in-memory database with a different page size
-** from the source database.
-**
-** If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
+** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if
+** <ol>
+** <li> the destination database was opened read-only, or
+** <li> the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling
+** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or
+** <li> the destination database is an in-memory database and the
+** destination and source page sizes differ.
+** </ol>)^
+**
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then
** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function]
-** is invoked (if one is specified). If the
+** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the
** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. In this case the call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. If the source
+** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source
** [database connection]
** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step()
-** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. Again, in this
-** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. If
+** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this
+** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If
** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or
** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then
** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These
-** errors are considered fatal. At this point the application must accept
+** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept
** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle
** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources.
**
-** Following the first call to sqlite3_backup_step(), an exclusive lock is
-** obtained on the destination file. It is not released until either
+** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock
+** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either
** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete
-** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. Additionally, each time
-** a call to sqlite3_backup_step() is made a [shared lock] is obtained on
-** the source database file. This lock is released before the
-** sqlite3_backup_step() call returns. Because the source database is not
-** locked between calls to sqlite3_backup_step(), it may be modified mid-way
-** through the backup procedure. If the source database is modified by an
+** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to
+** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that
+** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call.
+** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to
+** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way
+** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an
** external process or via a database connection other than the one being
-** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be transparently
-** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source
+** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically
+** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source
** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used
-** by the backup operation, then the backup database is transparently
+** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically
** updated at the same time.
**
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
+** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] <b>sqlite3_backup_finish()</b>
**
-** Once sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
-** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the [sqlite3_backup]
-** object should be passed to sqlite3_backup_finish(). This releases all
-** resources associated with the backup operation. If sqlite3_backup_step()
-** has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any active write-transaction on the
-** destination database is rolled back. The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
+** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the
+** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application
+** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish().
+** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all
+** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object.
+** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any
+** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back.
+** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid
** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish().
**
-** The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no error
-** occurred, regardless or whether or not sqlite3_backup_step() was called
-** a sufficient number of times to complete the backup operation. Or, if
-** an out-of-memory condition or IO error occured during a call to
-** sqlite3_backup_step() then [SQLITE_NOMEM] or an
-** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] error code
-** is returned. In this case the error code and an error message are
-** written to the destination [database connection].
-**
-** A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() is
-** not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
+** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no
+** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not
+** sqlite3_backup_step() completed.
+** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior
+** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then
+** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code].
+**
+** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step()
+** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of
** sqlite3_backup_finish().
**
-** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining(), sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
+** [[sqlite3_backup__remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]]
+** <b>sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount()</b>
**
-** Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values stored internally
-** by an [sqlite3_backup] object. The number of pages still to be backed
-** up, which may be queried by sqlite3_backup_remaining(), and the total
-** number of pages in the source database file, which may be queried by
-** sqlite3_backup_pagecount().
+** ^Each call to sqlite3_backup_step() sets two values inside
+** the [sqlite3_backup] object: the number of pages still to be backed
+** up and the total number of pages in the source database file.
+** The sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() interfaces
+** retrieve these two values, respectively.
**
-** The values returned by these functions are only updated by
-** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified during a backup
+** ^The values returned by these functions are only updated by
+** sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source database is modified during a backup
** operation, then the values are not updated to account for any extra
** pages that need to be updated or the size of the source database file
** changing.
**
** <b>Concurrent Usage of Database Handles</b>
**
-** The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
+** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other
** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized.
-** If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
+** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database
** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently
** from within other threads.
**
-** However, the application must guarantee that the destination database
-** connection handle is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
+** However, the application must guarantee that the destination
+** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after
** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to
-** sqlite3_backup_finish(). Unfortunately SQLite does not currently check
-** for this, if the application does use the destination [database connection]
-** for some other purpose during a backup operation, things may appear to
-** work correctly but in fact be subtly malfunctioning. Use of the
-** destination database connection while a backup is in progress might
-** also cause a mutex deadlock.
-**
-** Furthermore, if running in [shared cache mode], the application must
+** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see
+** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection]
+** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction
+** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a
+** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock.
+**
+** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must
** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database
** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means
-** that the application must guarantee that the file-system file being
+** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being
** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process,
** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init().
**
/*
** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
+** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with
** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or
** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See
** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking.
-** This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
+** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke
** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it.
-** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
+** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
**
** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature].
**
-** Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
+** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes
** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back.
**
-** When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
+** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a
** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the
** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that
-** has locked the required resource is stored internally. After an
+** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an
** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the
** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as
** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked
-** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. The
+** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The
** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close]
** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction.
**
-** If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
+** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application,
** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already
** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked.
** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately,
-** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().
+** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^
**
-** If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
+** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a
** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds
** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of
** the other connections to use as the blocking connection.
**
-** There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
+** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a
** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the
** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback,
-** then the new callback replaces the old. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
+** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is
** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing
-** unlock-notify callback is cancelled. The blocked connections
+** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections
** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked
** connection using [sqlite3_close()].
**
** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a
** crash or deadlock may be the result.
**
-** Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
+** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always
** returns SQLITE_OK.
**
** <b>Callback Invocation Details</b>
**
** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be
** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify
-** callback. If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
+** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the
** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function
** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers
** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array.
** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely.
**
** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock
-** detection. If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
+** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the
** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no
** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in
** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify
** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection
** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection
-** A's transaction is concluded. Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
+** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so
** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has
** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection
-** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. Any
+** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any
** number of levels of indirection are allowed.
**
** <b>The "DROP TABLE" Exception</b>
** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result.
**
** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned
-** by an sqlite3_step() call. If there is a blocking connection, then the
+** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the
** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in
** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.
+** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */
/*
** CAPI3REF: String Comparison
-** EXPERIMENTAL
**
-** The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
+** ^The [sqlite3_strnicmp()] API allows applications and extensions to
** compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a
-** case-indendent fashion, using the same definition of case independence
+** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of case independence
** that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int);
/*
+** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the error log
+** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()].
+** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are
+** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string.
+**
+** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as
+** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is
+** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so
+** is considered bad form.
+**
+** The zFormat string must not be NULL.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine
+** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in
+** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than
+** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the
+** buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that
+** will be invoked each time a database connection commits data to a
+** [write-ahead log] (i.e. whenever a transaction is committed in
+** [journal_mode | journal_mode=WAL mode]).
+**
+** ^The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and
+** the associated write-lock on the database released, so the implementation
+** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required.
+**
+** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked
+** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when
+** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle.
+** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to -
+** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter
+** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file,
+** including those that were just committed.
+**
+** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error
+** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the
+** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback
+** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the
+** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value
+** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results
+** are undefined.
+**
+** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback
+** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any
+** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the
+** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will
+** those overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+ sqlite3*,
+ int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int),
+ void*
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around
+** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D
+** to automatically [checkpoint]
+** after committing a transaction if there are N or
+** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or
+** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic
+** checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback
+** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+**
+** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL.
+**
+** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint
+** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT]
+** pages. The use of this interface
+** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal
+** for a particular application.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** ^The [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X)] interface causes database named X
+** on [database connection] D to be [checkpointed]. ^If X is NULL or an
+** empty string, then a checkpoint is run on all databases of
+** connection D. ^If the database connection D is not in
+** [WAL | write-ahead log mode] then this interface is a harmless no-op.
+**
+** ^The [wal_checkpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface
+** from SQL. ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the
+** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to cause this interface to be
+** run whenever the WAL reaches a certain size threshold.
+**
+** See also: [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database
+**
+** Run a checkpoint operation on WAL database zDb attached to database
+** handle db. The specific operation is determined by the value of the
+** eMode parameter:
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE<dd>
+** Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database
+** readers or writers to finish. Sync the db file if all frames in the log
+** are checkpointed. This mode is the same as calling
+** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(). The busy-handler callback is never invoked.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<dd>
+** This mode blocks (calls the busy-handler callback) until there is no
+** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database
+** snapshot. It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the
+** database file. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+** but not database readers.
+**
+** <dt>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART<dd>
+** This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, except after
+** checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the busy-handler callback)
+** until all readers are reading from the database file only. This ensures
+** that the next client to write to the database file restarts the log file
+** from the beginning. This call blocks database writers while it is running,
+** but not database readers.
+** </dl>
+**
+** If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in
+** the log file before returning. If pnCkpt is not NULL, then *pnCkpt is set to
+** the total number of checkpointed frames (including any that were already
+** checkpointed when this function is called). *pnLog and *pnCkpt may be
+** populated even if sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() returns other than SQLITE_OK.
+** If no values are available because of an error, they are both set to -1
+** before returning to communicate this to the caller.
+**
+** All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. If
+** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the
+** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. Even if there is a
+** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case.
+**
+** The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL and RESTART modes also obtain the exclusive
+** "writer" lock on the database file. If the writer lock cannot be obtained
+** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the writer
+** lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock is
+** successfully obtained. The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for
+** database readers as described above. If the busy-handler returns 0 before
+** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the
+** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as
+** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible
+** without blocking any further. SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case.
+**
+** If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the
+** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases. In this case the
+** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. If
+** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the
+** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining
+** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned to the caller. If any other
+** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned
+** and the error code returned to the caller immediately. If no error
+** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached
+** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+**
+** If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL
+** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. If
+** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any
+** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint operation parameters
+**
+** These constants can be used as the 3rd parameter to
+** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]
+** documentation for additional information about the meaning and use of
+** each of these values.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1
+#define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration
+**
+** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure
+** various facets of the virtual table interface.
+**
+** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or
+** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined.
+**
+** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using
+** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options
+** may be added in the future.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options
+**
+** These macros define the various options to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations
+** can use to customize and optimize their behavior.
+**
+** <dl>
+** <dt>SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT
+** <dd>Calls of the form
+** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported,
+** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose
+** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not
+** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if
+** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire
+** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been
+** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual
+** ON CONFLICT mode specified.
+**
+** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees
+** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before
+** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made.
+** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite
+** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon
+** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate.
+** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns
+** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode
+** had been ABORT.
+**
+** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE
+** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the
+** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON
+** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should
+** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and
+** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT
+** constraint handling.
+** </dl>
+*/
+#define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy
+**
+** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method
+** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The
+** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL],
+** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the
+** [virtual table].
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *);
+
+/*
+** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes
+**
+** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to
+** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode
+** is for the SQL statement being evaluated.
+**
+** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential
+** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that
+** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code].
+*/
+#define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1
+/* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */
+#define SQLITE_FAIL 3
+/* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */
+#define SQLITE_REPLACE 5
+
+
+
+/*
** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
** builds on processors without floating point support.
*/
#endif
#endif
+/*
+** 2010 August 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+#define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_
+
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry;
+
+/*
+** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an
+** R-Tree geometry query as follows:
+**
+** SELECT ... FROM <rtree> WHERE <rtree col> MATCH $zGeom(... params ...)
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zGeom,
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int nCoord, double *aCoord, int *pRes),
+ void *pContext
+);
+
+
+/*
+** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first
+** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback().
+*/
+struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry {
+ void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */
+ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */
+ double *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */
+ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */
+ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */
+};
+
+
+#if 0
+} /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */
+
/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.h,v 1.15 2009/05/02 13:29:38 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define TK_REFERENCES 102
#define TK_AUTOINCR 103
#define TK_ON 104
-#define TK_DELETE 105
-#define TK_UPDATE 106
-#define TK_SET 107
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE 108
-#define TK_FOREIGN 109
-#define TK_DROP 110
-#define TK_UNION 111
-#define TK_ALL 112
-#define TK_EXCEPT 113
-#define TK_INTERSECT 114
-#define TK_SELECT 115
-#define TK_DISTINCT 116
-#define TK_DOT 117
-#define TK_FROM 118
-#define TK_JOIN 119
-#define TK_USING 120
-#define TK_ORDER 121
-#define TK_GROUP 122
-#define TK_HAVING 123
-#define TK_LIMIT 124
-#define TK_WHERE 125
-#define TK_INTO 126
-#define TK_VALUES 127
-#define TK_INSERT 128
+#define TK_INSERT 105
+#define TK_DELETE 106
+#define TK_UPDATE 107
+#define TK_SET 108
+#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109
+#define TK_FOREIGN 110
+#define TK_DROP 111
+#define TK_UNION 112
+#define TK_ALL 113
+#define TK_EXCEPT 114
+#define TK_INTERSECT 115
+#define TK_SELECT 116
+#define TK_DISTINCT 117
+#define TK_DOT 118
+#define TK_FROM 119
+#define TK_JOIN 120
+#define TK_USING 121
+#define TK_ORDER 122
+#define TK_GROUP 123
+#define TK_HAVING 124
+#define TK_LIMIT 125
+#define TK_WHERE 126
+#define TK_INTO 127
+#define TK_VALUES 128
#define TK_INTEGER 129
#define TK_FLOAT 130
#define TK_BLOB 131
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
# define double sqlite_int64
+# define float sqlite_int64
# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50)
#endif
/*
-** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
-** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
-** in a UNIQUE index. This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
-** OCELOT, and Firebird all work. The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
-** is the way things are suppose to work.
-**
-** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
-** a UNIQUE index. In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
-** for a column declared UNIQUE. This is the way Informix and SQL Server
-** work.
-*/
-#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
-
-/*
** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the
** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
#endif
+/*
+** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be
+** changed at run-time using a pragma.
+*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0
#endif
#define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7)
/*
-** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
+** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This
+** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets
+** all alignment restrictions correct.
+**
+** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the
+** underlying malloc() implemention might return us 4-byte aligned
+** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment.
*/
-#define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0)
+#else
+# define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0)
+#endif
/*
typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo;
typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
-typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
typedef struct Column Column;
typedef struct Db Db;
typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
typedef struct ExprSpan ExprSpan;
typedef struct FKey FKey;
+typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor;
typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
typedef struct IdList IdList;
typedef struct Module Module;
typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
typedef struct Parse Parse;
+typedef struct RowSet RowSet;
typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint;
typedef struct Select Select;
typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
typedef struct Table Table;
typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
typedef struct Token Token;
+typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg;
typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
-typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
typedef struct VTable VTable;
+typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx;
typedef struct Walker Walker;
typedef struct WherePlan WherePlan;
typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.120 2009/07/22 00:35:24 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_
typedef struct Btree Btree;
typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray;
-
-/*
-** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold
-** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are
-** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way,
-** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly.
-*/
-struct BtreeMutexArray {
- int nMutex;
- Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1];
-};
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */
const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */
sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */
Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
** pager.h.
*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */
+#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */
-#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */
-#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */
-#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */
+#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* This is an in-memory DB */
+#define BTREE_SINGLE 8 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
+#define BTREE_UNORDERED 16 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the following flags:
+** of the flags shown below.
+**
+** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set.
+** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data
+** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With
+** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored
+** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL
+** indices.)
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
-#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */
+#define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion);
+
#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *);
+#endif
+
/*
** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*);
#endif
#else
+# define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0
# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
+# define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1
#endif
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
-**
-** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.142 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
struct VdbeOp {
u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
- u8 opflags; /* Not currently used */
+ u8 opflags; /* Mask of the OPFLG_* flags in opcodes.h */
u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
int p1; /* First operand */
int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */
int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */
int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */
+ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */
};
/*
#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */
-#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
+#define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
-#define OP_VNext 1
-#define OP_Affinity 2
-#define OP_Column 3
-#define OP_SetCookie 4
-#define OP_Seek 5
+#define OP_Goto 1
+#define OP_Gosub 2
+#define OP_Return 3
+#define OP_Yield 4
+#define OP_HaltIfNull 5
+#define OP_Halt 6
+#define OP_Integer 7
+#define OP_Int64 8
#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
-#define OP_Sequence 6
-#define OP_Savepoint 7
-#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */
-#define OP_RowKey 8
-#define OP_SCopy 9
-#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */
-#define OP_OpenWrite 10
-#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
-#define OP_If 11
-#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */
-#define OP_CollSeq 12
-#define OP_OpenRead 13
-#define OP_Expire 14
-#define OP_AutoCommit 15
-#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */
-#define OP_Pagecount 16
-#define OP_IntegrityCk 17
-#define OP_Sort 18
-#define OP_Copy 20
-#define OP_Trace 21
-#define OP_Function 22
-#define OP_IfNeg 23
-#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */
+#define OP_String 9
+#define OP_Null 10
+#define OP_Blob 11
+#define OP_Variable 12
+#define OP_Move 13
+#define OP_Copy 14
+#define OP_SCopy 15
+#define OP_ResultRow 16
+#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
+#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */
#define OP_Subtract 87 /* same as TK_MINUS */
-#define OP_Noop 24
-#define OP_Program 25
-#define OP_Return 26
-#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */
-#define OP_NewRowid 27
#define OP_Multiply 88 /* same as TK_STAR */
-#define OP_FkCounter 28
-#define OP_Variable 29
-#define OP_String 30
-#define OP_RealAffinity 31
-#define OP_VRename 32
-#define OP_ParseSchema 33
-#define OP_VOpen 34
-#define OP_Close 35
-#define OP_CreateIndex 36
-#define OP_IsUnique 37
-#define OP_NotFound 38
-#define OP_Int64 39
-#define OP_MustBeInt 40
-#define OP_Halt 41
-#define OP_Rowid 42
-#define OP_IdxLT 43
-#define OP_AddImm 44
-#define OP_RowData 45
-#define OP_MemMax 46
-#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */
-#define OP_NotExists 47
-#define OP_Gosub 48
#define OP_Divide 89 /* same as TK_SLASH */
-#define OP_Integer 49
-#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_Prev 50
-#define OP_RowSetRead 51
-#define OP_Concat 91 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
-#define OP_RowSetAdd 52
+#define OP_Remainder 90 /* same as TK_REM */
+#define OP_CollSeq 17
+#define OP_Function 18
#define OP_BitAnd 82 /* same as TK_BITAND */
-#define OP_VColumn 53
-#define OP_CreateTable 54
-#define OP_Last 55
-#define OP_SeekLe 56
-#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
-#define OP_IncrVacuum 57
-#define OP_IdxRowid 58
-#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
-#define OP_ResetCount 59
-#define OP_Yield 60
-#define OP_DropTrigger 61
-#define OP_DropIndex 62
-#define OP_Param 63
-#define OP_IdxGE 64
-#define OP_IdxDelete 65
-#define OP_Vacuum 66
-#define OP_IfNot 67
-#define OP_DropTable 70
-#define OP_SeekLt 71
-#define OP_MakeRecord 72
-#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
-#define OP_ResultRow 81
-#define OP_Delete 92
-#define OP_AggFinal 95
-#define OP_Compare 96
+#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */
#define OP_ShiftLeft 84 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
-#define OP_Goto 97
-#define OP_TableLock 98
-#define OP_Clear 99
-#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */
-#define OP_VerifyCookie 100
-#define OP_AggStep 101
+#define OP_ShiftRight 85 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
+#define OP_AddImm 20
+#define OP_MustBeInt 21
+#define OP_RealAffinity 22
#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
-#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */
+#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
+#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
+#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
-#define OP_Transaction 102
-#define OP_VFilter 103
+#define OP_Eq 76 /* same as TK_EQ */
#define OP_Ne 75 /* same as TK_NE */
-#define OP_VDestroy 104
-#define OP_BitOr 83 /* same as TK_BITOR */
-#define OP_Next 105
-#define OP_Count 106
-#define OP_IdxInsert 107
#define OP_Lt 79 /* same as TK_LT */
-#define OP_FkIfZero 108
-#define OP_SeekGe 109
-#define OP_Insert 110
-#define OP_Destroy 111
-#define OP_ReadCookie 112
-#define OP_RowSetTest 113
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis 114
-#define OP_Explain 115
-#define OP_HaltIfNull 116
-#define OP_OpenPseudo 117
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral 118
-#define OP_Null 119
-#define OP_Move 120
-#define OP_Blob 121
-#define OP_Add 86 /* same as TK_PLUS */
-#define OP_Rewind 122
-#define OP_SeekGt 123
-#define OP_VBegin 124
-#define OP_VUpdate 125
-#define OP_IfZero 126
+#define OP_Le 78 /* same as TK_LE */
+#define OP_Gt 77 /* same as TK_GT */
+#define OP_Ge 80 /* same as TK_GE */
+#define OP_Permutation 23
+#define OP_Compare 24
+#define OP_Jump 25
+#define OP_And 69 /* same as TK_AND */
+#define OP_Or 68 /* same as TK_OR */
+#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */
#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
-#define OP_VCreate 127
-#define OP_Found 128
-#define OP_IfPos 129
-#define OP_NullRow 131
-#define OP_Jump 132
-#define OP_Permutation 133
+#define OP_If 26
+#define OP_IfNot 27
+#define OP_IsNull 73 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
+#define OP_NotNull 74 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
+#define OP_Column 28
+#define OP_Affinity 29
+#define OP_MakeRecord 30
+#define OP_Count 31
+#define OP_Savepoint 32
+#define OP_AutoCommit 33
+#define OP_Transaction 34
+#define OP_ReadCookie 35
+#define OP_SetCookie 36
+#define OP_VerifyCookie 37
+#define OP_OpenRead 38
+#define OP_OpenWrite 39
+#define OP_OpenAutoindex 40
+#define OP_OpenEphemeral 41
+#define OP_OpenPseudo 42
+#define OP_Close 43
+#define OP_SeekLt 44
+#define OP_SeekLe 45
+#define OP_SeekGe 46
+#define OP_SeekGt 47
+#define OP_Seek 48
+#define OP_NotFound 49
+#define OP_Found 50
+#define OP_IsUnique 51
+#define OP_NotExists 52
+#define OP_Sequence 53
+#define OP_NewRowid 54
+#define OP_Insert 55
+#define OP_InsertInt 56
+#define OP_Delete 57
+#define OP_ResetCount 58
+#define OP_RowKey 59
+#define OP_RowData 60
+#define OP_Rowid 61
+#define OP_NullRow 62
+#define OP_Last 63
+#define OP_Sort 64
+#define OP_Rewind 65
+#define OP_Prev 66
+#define OP_Next 67
+#define OP_IdxInsert 70
+#define OP_IdxDelete 71
+#define OP_IdxRowid 72
+#define OP_IdxLT 81
+#define OP_IdxGE 92
+#define OP_Destroy 95
+#define OP_Clear 96
+#define OP_CreateIndex 97
+#define OP_CreateTable 98
+#define OP_ParseSchema 99
+#define OP_LoadAnalysis 100
+#define OP_DropTable 101
+#define OP_DropIndex 102
+#define OP_DropTrigger 103
+#define OP_IntegrityCk 104
+#define OP_RowSetAdd 105
+#define OP_RowSetRead 106
+#define OP_RowSetTest 107
+#define OP_Program 108
+#define OP_Param 109
+#define OP_FkCounter 110
+#define OP_FkIfZero 111
+#define OP_MemMax 112
+#define OP_IfPos 113
+#define OP_IfNeg 114
+#define OP_IfZero 115
+#define OP_AggStep 116
+#define OP_AggFinal 117
+#define OP_Checkpoint 118
+#define OP_JournalMode 119
+#define OP_Vacuum 120
+#define OP_IncrVacuum 121
+#define OP_Expire 122
+#define OP_TableLock 123
+#define OP_VBegin 124
+#define OP_VCreate 125
+#define OP_VDestroy 126
+#define OP_VOpen 127
+#define OP_VFilter 128
+#define OP_VColumn 129
+#define OP_VNext 131
+#define OP_VRename 132
+#define OP_VUpdate 133
+#define OP_Pagecount 134
+#define OP_MaxPgcnt 135
+#define OP_Trace 136
+#define OP_Noop 137
+#define OP_Explain 138
/* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_134 134
-#define OP_NotUsed_135 135
-#define OP_NotUsed_136 136
-#define OP_NotUsed_137 137
-#define OP_NotUsed_138 138
#define OP_NotUsed_139 139
#define OP_NotUsed_140 140
#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0020 /* out3: P3 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT2 0x0020 /* out2: P2 is an output */
+#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0040 /* out3: P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x08, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 16 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
-/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x04,\
-/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02,\
-/* 40 */ 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x08, 0x11,\
-/* 48 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x21, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
-/* 56 */ 0x11, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 64 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11,\
-/* 72 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
-/* 88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x08, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x15, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
-/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00,\
-/* 128 */ 0x11, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\
+/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\
+/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\
+/* 48 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
+/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x08, 0x00,\
+/* 72 */ 0x02, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
+/* 80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
+/* 88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x02,\
+/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
+/* 112 */ 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
+/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
+/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *, SubProgram *, int);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe*, int, u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*);
#endif
+
SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *);
+#endif
+
#ifndef NDEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.104 2009/07/24 19:01:19 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _PAGER_H_
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
+#define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0004 /* In-memory database */
/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode().
+** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode.
*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY -1
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
+#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */
/*
** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager);
+
/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
+#endif
+
/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.20 2009/07/25 11:46:49 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
**
** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
** being included by every source file.
-**
-** $Id: os.h,v 1.108 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
-#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000)
+#else
+# define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
+#endif
#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE 510
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int);
/*
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*);
/*
** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
** include this one indirectly.
-**
-** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.9 2008/10/07 15:25:48 drh Exp $
*/
#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1
+#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1)
+#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1)
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
/*
** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
**
-** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the
-** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table
-** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection
-** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been
-** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated,
-** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare
-** statements.
+** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is
+** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing.
+** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple
+** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object.
+**
+** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that
+** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by
+** sqlite3_close().
+*
+** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order
+** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be
+** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree.
+** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required.
*/
struct Schema {
int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */
+ int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */
Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */
Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */
u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */
u16 flags; /* Flags associated with this schema */
int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3 *db; /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
-#endif
};
/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the
-** Db.flags field.
+** Db.pSchema->flags field.
*/
#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
/*
-** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
+** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field.
**
** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
** read into internal hash tables.
u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
int nOut; /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
int mxOut; /* Highwater mark for nOut */
+ int anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */
LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */
void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */
void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */
};
/*
-** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
+** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure.
**
** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
** insert statement. Inserts on views do not affect its value. Each
int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */
Db *aDb; /* All backends */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags. See below */
- int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */
u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */
u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
- u8 dfltJournalMode; /* Default journal mode for attached dbs */
signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
+ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */
+ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */
int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
int nTable; /* Number of tables in the database */
CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */
int activeVdbeCnt; /* Number of VDBEs currently executing */
int writeVdbeCnt; /* Number of active VDBEs that are writing */
+ int vdbeExecCnt; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Trace function */
void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */
void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */
void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
void *pUpdateArg;
void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int);
+ void *pWalArg;
+#endif
void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
void *pCollNeededArg;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
- Table *pVTab; /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
+ VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */
VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */
int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */
u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */
i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */
+ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
/* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER
#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
-**
-** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
-** executed a BEGIN. On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
-** transaction is active on that particular database file.
+** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags.
*/
-#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000001 /* True to trace VDBE execution */
-#define SQLITE_InTrans 0x00000008 /* True if in a transaction */
-#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000010 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
-#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000020 /* Show full column names on SELECT */
-#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */
-#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x00000100 /* True to trace VDBE execution */
+#define SQLITE_InternChanges 0x00000200 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
+#define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000400 /* Show full column names on SELECT */
+#define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000800 /* Show short columns names */
+#define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00001000 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
/* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
/* the count using a callback. */
-#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */
+#define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00002000 /* Invoke the callback once if the */
/* result set is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00000200 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00000400 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000800 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
-#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00001000 /* Readlocks are omitted when
+#define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x00004000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
+#define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x00008000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
+#define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00010000 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
+#define SQLITE_NoReadlock 0x00020000 /* Readlocks are omitted when
** accessing read-only databases */
-#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00002000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */
-#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
-#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00008000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */
-#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00010000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */
-#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension */
-
-#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00040000 /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00100000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
-#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00200000 /* Enable recursive triggers */
-#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00400000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */
+#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00040000 /* Do not enforce check constraints */
+#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x0080000 /* For shared-cache mode */
+#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00100000 /* Create new databases in format 1 */
+#define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00200000 /* Use full fsync on the backend */
+#define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00400000 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */
+#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode 0x00800000 /* Ignore schema errors */
+#define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x01000000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */
+#define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x02000000 /* Enable recursive triggers */
+#define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x04000000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */
+#define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x08000000 /* Enable automatic indexes */
+#define SQLITE_PreferBuiltin 0x10000000 /* Preference to built-in funcs */
+#define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x20000000 /* Enable load_extension */
+#define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x40000000 /* True to enable triggers */
+
+/*
+** Bits of the sqlite3.flags field that are used by the
+** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface.
+** These must be the low-order bits of the flags field.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x01 /* Disable query flattening */
+#define SQLITE_ColumnCache 0x02 /* Disable the column cache */
+#define SQLITE_IndexSort 0x04 /* Disable indexes for sorting */
+#define SQLITE_IndexSearch 0x08 /* Disable indexes for searching */
+#define SQLITE_IndexCover 0x10 /* Disable index covering table */
+#define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x20 /* Disable GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */
+#define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x40 /* Disable factoring out constants */
+#define SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt 0x80 /* Store REAL as INT in indices */
+#define SQLITE_OptMask 0xff /* Mask of all disablable opts */
/*
** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Aggregate finalizer */
char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */
FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */
+};
+
+/*
+** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as
+** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When
+** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor,
+** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to
+** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether
+** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor
+** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated
+** FuncDestructor.
+**
+** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference
+** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor
+** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed.
+*/
+struct FuncDestructor {
+ int nRef;
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *);
+ void *pUserData;
};
/*
#define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x08 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_PRIVATE 0x10 /* Allowed for internal use only */
#define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x20 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */
+#define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x40 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() function */
/*
** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
*/
#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
{nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \
{nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+ pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
- {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0}
+ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName, 0, 0}
#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
{nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL, \
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0}
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal,#zName,0,0}
/*
** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at
** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database
** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method
** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may
-** then used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
+** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables
** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers
** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database
** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table.
Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */
int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
+ u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */
+ int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */
VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */
};
** of a SELECT statement.
*/
struct Table {
- sqlite3 *dbMem; /* DB connection used for lookaside allocations. */
char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */
int iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
int nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */
Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */
Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
int tnum; /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
+ unsigned nRowEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */
Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */
u16 nRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */
u8 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */
*/
struct KeyInfo {
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
+ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */
u16 nField; /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
- u8 *aSortOrder; /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
+ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. May be NULL */
CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
};
int tnum; /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
u8 autoIndex; /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
+ u8 bUnordered; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */
char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */
Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */
Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
};
/*
+** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit.
+** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater
+** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because
+** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user
+** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications
+** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want
+** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them
+** the option is available (at compile-time).
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767
+typedef i16 ynVar;
+#else
+typedef int ynVar;
+#endif
+
+/*
** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
** of this structure.
**
u16 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */
union {
char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */
- int iValue; /* Integer value if EP_IntValue */
+ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */
} u;
/* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no
int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column
** TK_REGISTER: register number
** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old */
- i16 iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid */
+ ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid.
+ ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). */
i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
u8 flags2; /* Second set of flags. EP2_... */
#define EP_DblQuoted 0x0040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */
#define EP_InfixFunc 0x0080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100 /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
-#define EP_AnyAff 0x0200 /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
-#define EP_FixedDest 0x0400 /* Result needed in a specific register */
-#define EP_IntValue 0x0800 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
-#define EP_xIsSelect 0x1000 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
+#define EP_FixedDest 0x0200 /* Result needed in a specific register */
+#define EP_IntValue 0x0400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */
+#define EP_xIsSelect 0x0800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */
-#define EP_Reduced 0x2000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_TokenOnly 0x4000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
-#define EP_Static 0x8000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
+#define EP_Reduced 0x1000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_TokenOnly 0x2000 /* Expr struct is EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
+#define EP_Static 0x4000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
/*
** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags2 field.
** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way.
** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
+**
+** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table
+** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used.
*/
struct SrcList {
i16 nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
u8 isPopulated; /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
u8 notIndexed; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ u8 iSelectId; /* If pSelect!=0, the id of the sub-select in EQP */
+#endif
int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */
IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */
struct WherePlan {
u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags that describe the strategy */
u32 nEq; /* Number of == constraints */
+ double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows (for EQP) */
union {
Index *pIdx; /* Index when WHERE_INDEXED is true */
struct WhereTerm *pTerm; /* WHERE clause term for OR-search */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
#define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0008 /* Ok to return a row more than once */
-#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursor are already open */
+#define WHERE_OMIT_OPEN 0x0010 /* Table cursors are already open */
#define WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE 0x0020 /* Omit close of table & index cursors */
#define WHERE_FORCE_TABLE 0x0040 /* Do not use an index-only search */
+#define WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY 0x0080 /* Only code the 1st table in pTabList */
/*
** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The
Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */
u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
u8 okOnePass; /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
+ u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */
SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */
int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */
int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
int nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */
struct WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */
+ double savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */
+ double nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */
WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */
};
Expr *pOffset; /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
int addrOpenEphm[3]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
+ double nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */
};
/*
** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same
** values for both pTrigger and orconf.
**
-** The TriggerPrg.oldmask variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
+** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns
** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT
-** statements).
+** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to
+** a mask of new.* columns used by the program.
*/
struct TriggerPrg {
Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */
int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */
SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */
- u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns accessed */
+ u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */
TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */
};
/*
+** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
+ typedef sqlite3_uint64 yDbMask;
+#else
+ typedef unsigned int yDbMask;
+#endif
+
+/*
** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through
** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
struct yColCache {
int iTable; /* Table cursor number */
int iColumn; /* Table column number */
- u8 affChange; /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
u8 tempReg; /* iReg is a temp register that needs to be freed */
int iLevel; /* Nesting level */
int iReg; /* Reg with value of this column. 0 means none. */
int lru; /* Least recently used entry has the smallest value */
} aColCache[SQLITE_N_COLCACHE]; /* One for each column cache entry */
- u32 writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
- u32 cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
+ yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
+ yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may affect/insert multiple rows */
u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */
int cookieGoto; /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */
Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */
u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */
+ u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */
u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */
u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */
+ double nQueryLoop; /* Estimated number of iterations of a query */
/* Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after
** each recursion */
int nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
- int nVarExpr; /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
- int nVarExprAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
- Expr **apVarExpr; /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
+ int nzVar; /* Number of available slots in azVar[] */
+ char **azVar; /* Pointers to names of parameters */
+ Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */
int nAlias; /* Number of aliased result set columns */
int nAliasAlloc; /* Number of allocated slots for aAlias[] */
int *aAlias; /* Register used to hold aliased result */
int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSelectId;
+ int iNextSelectId;
+#endif
};
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
int nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
int mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed string length */
u8 mallocFailed; /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
- u8 useMalloc; /* True if zText is enlargeable using realloc */
+ u8 useMalloc; /* 0: none, 1: sqlite3DbMalloc, 2: sqlite3_malloc */
u8 tooBig; /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
};
int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */
int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */
int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */
+ int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */
int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */
int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */
int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */
int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */
sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
+ void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */
+ void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */
+ int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */
};
/*
}
/*
-** The SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production
-** builds) or a function call (for debugging). If it is a function call,
-** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database
-** corruption is first detected.
+** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with
+** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke
+** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated
+** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place
+** to set a debugger breakpoint.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Corrupt(void);
-# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt()
-#else
-# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int);
+#define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__)
+#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__)
+
+
+/*
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
#endif
/*
** Internal function prototypes
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*);
#define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void*, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void);
/*
** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make
#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
+#else
+# define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0
+#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum*, const char*, ...);
+#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Dequote(char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,ExprSpan*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*,
+ sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u16);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePush(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCachePop(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse*, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheClear(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(Vdbe*, const Expr*, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, Trigger *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3SafetyOn(A) 0
-# define sqlite3SafetyOff(A) 0
-#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerOldmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,Table*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int);
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p))
#else
# define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0
# define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F)
# define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0
# define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p
-# define sqlite3TriggerOldmask(A,B,C,D,E) 0
+# define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
- int omitJournal, int nCache, int flags, Btree **ppBtree);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8**);
/*
** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr*, CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y)
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
void(*)(void*));
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf8to16(sqlite3 *, u8, char *, int, int *);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[];
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte;
#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *,
void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*));
+ void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*),
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *);
# define sqlite3VtabLock(X)
# define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X)
# define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X)
+# define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK
#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int);
# define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0)
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int);
/* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by
** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign
#define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(Table*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*);
#else
- #define sqlite3FkDelete(a)
+ #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b)
#endif
# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
#endif
+/*
+** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator
+** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory
+** allocations are properly tracked by the system.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of
+** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with
+** a single bit set.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements.
+**
+** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second
+** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType().
+**
+** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP
+** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means
+** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was
+** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify
+** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not
+** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the
+** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify
+** this constraint.
+**
+** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into
+** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8);
+#else
+# define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */
+# define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1
+# define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1
#endif
+#define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Might have been lookaside memory */
+#define MEMTYPE_SCRATCH 0x04 /* Scratch allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x08 /* Page cache allocations */
+#define MEMTYPE_DB 0x10 /* Uses sqlite3DbMalloc, not sqlite_malloc */
+
+#endif /* _SQLITEINT_H_ */
/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
*/
-
/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character.
**
** isalnum() 0x06
** isxdigit() 0x08
** toupper() 0x20
+** SQLite identifier character 0x40
**
** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
**
+** Bit 0x40 is set if the character non-alphanumeric and can be used in an
+** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any
+** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is
+** part of an identifier is 0x46.
+**
** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
*/
0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */
- 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
+ 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */
0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */
0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */
0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */
0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */
0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */
- 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
+ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 80..87 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 88..8f ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 90..97 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 98..9f ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a0..a7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a8..af ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b0..b7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b8..bf ........ */
-
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c0..c7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c8..cf ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d0..d7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d8..df ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e0..e7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e8..ef ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* f0..f7 ........ */
- 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 /* f8..ff ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */
+
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */
+ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */
};
#endif
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI
+# define SQLITE_USE_URI 0
+#endif
/*
** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */
1, /* bCoreMutex */
SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */
+ SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */
0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
100, /* szLookaside */
500, /* nLookaside */
0, /* isPCacheInit */
0, /* pInitMutex */
0, /* nRefInitMutex */
+ 0, /* xLog */
+ 0, /* pLogArg */
+ 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */
};
SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
/*
+** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = {
+ { "0", 1 },
+ { "1", 1 }
+};
+
+
+/*
** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses
** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts
** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
** and dileterious behavior.
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
+** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
+** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
+** the vdbe.c file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 June 18
+** 2010 February 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
-** functionality.
-**
-** $Id: status.c,v 1.9 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
+** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options
+** SQLite was built with.
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+
+
/*
-** Variables in which to record status information.
+** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should
+** be sorted A-Z.
+**
+** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses
+** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually
+** rather short and uses little memory space.
*/
-typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
- int nowValue[9]; /* Current value */
- int mxValue[9]; /* Maximum value */
-} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
+static const char * const azCompileOpt[] = {
+/* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define
+** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt
+#define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt)
-/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
-** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
+#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
+ "32BIT_ROWID",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC
+ "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
+ "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ "CHECK_PAGES",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+ "COVERAGE_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ "DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+ "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
+ "DISABLE_DIRSYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
+ "DISABLE_LFS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
+ "ENABLE_CEROD",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+ "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+ "ENABLE_FTS1",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+ "ENABLE_FTS2",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+ "ENABLE_FTS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+ "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4
+ "ENABLE_FTS4",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ "ENABLE_ICU",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
+ "ENABLE_IOTRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+ "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+ "ENABLE_MEMSYS3",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+ "ENABLE_MEMSYS5",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK
+ "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+ "ENABLE_RTREE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ "ENABLE_STAT2",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT
+ "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ "HAS_CODEC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
+ "HAVE_ISNAN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
+ "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
+ "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
+ "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
+ "INT64_TYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
+ "LOCK_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
+ "MEMDEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+ "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+ "NO_SYNC",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ "OMIT_ALTERTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
+ "OMIT_ANALYZE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
+ "OMIT_ATTACH",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
+ "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
+ "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ "OMIT_AUTOINIT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+ "OMIT_AUTORESET",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
+ "OMIT_BTREECOUNT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ "OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+ "OMIT_CAST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
+ "OMIT_CHECK",
+#endif
+/* // redundant
+** #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+** "OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS",
+** #endif
*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+ "OMIT_COMPLETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+ "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+ "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+ "OMIT_DECLTYPE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+ "OMIT_DEPRECATED",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+ "OMIT_DISKIO",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ "OMIT_EXPLAIN",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
+ "OMIT_GET_TABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ "OMIT_INCRBLOB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+ "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
+ "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+ "OMIT_PRAGMA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+ "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
+ "OMIT_REINDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
+ "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ "OMIT_SUBQUERY",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
+ "OMIT_TEMPDB",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ "OMIT_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ "OMIT_TRIGGER",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
+ "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ "OMIT_UTF16",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
+ "OMIT_VACUUM",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
+ "OMIT_VIEW",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ "OMIT_WAL",
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
-# define wsdStat x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdStatInit
-# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
+ "OMIT_WSD",
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
+ "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
+ "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
+ "PROXY_DEBUG",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+ "SECURE_DELETE",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SMALL_STACK
+ "SMALL_STACK",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
+ "SOUNDEX",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TCL
+ "TCL",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
+ "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ "TEST",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE),
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA
+ "USE_ALLOCA",
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+ "ZERO_MALLOC"
+#endif
+};
/*
-** Return the current value of a status parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-}
-
-/*
-** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the
-** caller holds appropriate locks.
+** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option
+** was used and false if not.
+**
+** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix
+** is not required for a match.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
- if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- }
-}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){
+ int i, n;
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName);
-/*
-** Set the value of a status to X.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
- wsdStatInit;
- assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
- wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
- if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ /* Since ArraySize(azCompileOpt) is normally in single digits, a
+ ** linear search is adequate. No need for a binary search. */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azCompileOpt); i++){
+ if( (sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, azCompileOpt[i], n)==0)
+ && ( (azCompileOpt[i][n]==0) || (azCompileOpt[i][n]=='=') ) ) return 1;
}
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Query status information.
-**
-** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
-** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true,
-** then this routine is not threadsafe.
+** Return the N-th compile-time option string. If N is out of range,
+** return a NULL pointer.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
- wsdStatInit;
- if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N){
+ if( N>=0 && N<ArraySize(azCompileOpt) ){
+ return azCompileOpt[N];
}
- *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
- if( resetFlag ){
- wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
}
-/*
-** Query status information for a single database connection
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */
- int op, /* Status verb */
- int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */
- int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */
- int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */
-){
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
- *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
- *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
- if( resetFlag ){
- db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
-/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
+/************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2003 October 31
+** 2008 June 18
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** $Id: date.c,v 1.107 2009/05/03 20:23:53 drh Exp $
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system.
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
**
-** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
+** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
+** functionality.
+*/
+/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2003 September 6
**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually
-** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Jean Meeus
-** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-** Willmann-Bell, Inc
-** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for information that is private to the
+** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single
+** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over
+** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
+** this header information was factored out.
*/
-#include <time.h>
+#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
+#define _VDBEINT_H_
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+/*
+** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
+** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance
+** of the following structure.
+*/
+typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
/*
-** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
-** order of the parameters is reversed.
-**
-** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
-**
-** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
-** localtime_s().
+** Boolean values
*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
- defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
-#endif
+typedef unsigned char Bool;
/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
+** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
+** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
+** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree
+** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
+** is currently pointing to.
+**
+** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
+** instance of the following structure.
*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
- sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
- int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */
- int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
- int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
- double s; /* Seconds */
- char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
- char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
- char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
- char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */
-};
+struct VdbeCursor {
+ BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
+ Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
+ int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
+ int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
+ int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
+ Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
+ Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */
+ Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */
+ Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
+ Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
+ Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
+ Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
+ Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
+ Bool isOrdered; /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
+ i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
+ i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
+ i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
+
+ /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or
+ ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
+ int seekResult;
+ /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
+ ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches
+ ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
+ ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
+ ** the cache is out of date.
+ **
+ ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
+ ** be NULL.
+ */
+ u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
+ int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
+ u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */
+ u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
+ u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
+};
+typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
+** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
+** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
+** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
+** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
+** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
+** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
+** began executing.
**
-** N number of digits in the integer
-** min minimum allowed value of the integer
-** max maximum allowed value of the integer
-** nextC first character after the integer
-** pVal where to write the integers value.
+** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory
+** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or
+** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it
+** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame
+** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing
+** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the
+** child frame are released.
**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
+** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is
+** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program.
*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int val;
- int N;
- int min;
- int max;
- int nextC;
- int *pVal;
- int cnt = 0;
- va_start(ap, zDate);
- do{
- N = va_arg(ap, int);
- min = va_arg(ap, int);
- max = va_arg(ap, int);
- nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
- pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
- val = 0;
- while( N-- ){
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
- zDate++;
- }
- if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
- goto end_getDigits;
- }
- *pVal = val;
- zDate++;
- cnt++;
- }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
- va_end(ap);
- return cnt;
-}
+typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
+struct VdbeFrame {
+ Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */
+ int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */
+ Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */
+ int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */
+ Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */
+ int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */
+ u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */
+ void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
+ int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
+ int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */
+ i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
+ int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
+ VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */
+};
+
+#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
/*
-** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number. Return
-** the number of digits converted.
+** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
-#define getValue sqlite3AtoF
+#define CACHE_STALE 0
/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-** (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** Or the "zulu" notation:
-**
-** Z
+** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
+** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
+** integer etc.) of the same value.
+*/
+struct Mem {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
+ char *z; /* String or BLOB value */
+ double r; /* Real value */
+ union {
+ i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */
+ int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
+ FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
+ RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
+ } u;
+ int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
+ u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
+ u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
+ u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */
+ void *pFiller; /* So that sizeof(Mem) is a multiple of 8 */
+#endif
+ void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
+};
+
+/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
+** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs,
-** return non-zero.
+** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
+** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
+** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
+** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
+** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
+** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
+** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int sgn = 0;
- int nHr, nMn;
- int c;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- p->tz = 0;
- c = *zDate;
- if( c=='-' ){
- sgn = -1;
- }else if( c=='+' ){
- sgn = +1;
- }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
- zDate++;
- goto zulu_time;
- }else{
- return c!=0;
- }
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
-zulu_time:
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
- return *zDate!=0;
-}
+#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */
+#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */
+#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
+#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
+#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
+#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
+#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
+#define MEM_Invalid 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */
+#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
+/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
+** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
+** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
+** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int h, m, s;
- double ms = 0.0;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 5;
- if( *zDate==':' ){
- zDate++;
- if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 2;
- if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
- double rScale = 1.0;
- zDate++;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
- ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
- rScale *= 10.0;
- zDate++;
- }
- ms /= rScale;
- }
- }else{
- s = 0;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = h;
- p->m = m;
- p->s = s + ms;
- if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
- p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
- return 0;
-}
+#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
+#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
+#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
+#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
+#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
+#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ #undef MEM_Zero
+ #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
+#endif
/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** Reference: Meeus page 61
+** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
-
- if( p->validJD ) return;
- if( p->validYMD ){
- Y = p->Y;
- M = p->M;
- D = p->D;
- }else{
- Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
- M = 1;
- D = 1;
- }
- if( M<=2 ){
- Y--;
- M += 12;
- }
- A = Y/100;
- B = 2 - A + (A/4);
- X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
- X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
- p->validJD = 1;
- if( p->validHMS ){
- p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
- if( p->validTZ ){
- p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- }
- }
-}
+#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
+ ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
/*
-** Parse dates of the form
-**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-** YYYY-MM-DD
-**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
+** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro
+** is for use inside assert() statements only.
*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
- int Y, M, D, neg;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Invalid)==0
+#endif
- if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
- zDate++;
- neg = 1;
- }else{
- neg = 0;
- }
- if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
- return 1;
- }
- zDate += 10;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
- if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- /* We got the time */
- }else if( *zDate==0 ){
- p->validHMS = 0;
- }else{
- return 1;
- }
- p->validJD = 0;
- p->validYMD = 1;
- p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
- p->M = M;
- p->D = D;
- if( p->validTZ ){
- computeJD(p);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-/*
-** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
+/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
+** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
+** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
+** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
+** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This
+** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
+** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
+** invocations.
*/
-static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
- double r;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r);
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->validJD = 1;
-}
+struct VdbeFunc {
+ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */
+ int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
+ struct AuxData {
+ void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
+ void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */
+ } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */
+};
/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an
+** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
+** implement the SQL functions.
**
-** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
-** DDDD.DD
-** now
+** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines,
+** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
+** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
+** structure are known.
**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
+** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
+** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- const char *zDate,
- DateTime *p
-){
- int isRealNum; /* Return from sqlite3IsNumber(). Not used */
- if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
- setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
- return 0;
- }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, &isRealNum, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
- double r;
- getValue(zDate, &r);
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->validJD = 1;
- return 0;
- }
- return 1;
-}
+struct sqlite3_context {
+ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */
+ Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
+ int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */
+};
/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
+** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete
+** state of the virtual machine.
+**
+** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare()
+** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
+**
+** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
+** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
+** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
+** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
+** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
+** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table
+** method function.
*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
- int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
- if( p->validYMD ) return;
- if( !p->validJD ){
- p->Y = 2000;
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- }else{
- Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
- A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
- A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
- B = A + 1524;
- C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
- D = (36525*C)/100;
- E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
- X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
- p->D = B - D - X1;
- p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
- p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
- }
- p->validYMD = 1;
-}
+struct Vdbe {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */
+ Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
+ Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
+ Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
+ Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
+ Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
+ int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
+ int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
+ int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
+ int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
+ int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
+ int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
+ u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
+ u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
+ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
+ Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
+ Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
+ char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
+ ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
+ ynVar nzVar; /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
+ u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
+ int pc; /* The program counter */
+ int rc; /* Value to return */
+ u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
+ u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
+ u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */
+ u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
+ u8 runOnlyOnce; /* Automatically expire on reset */
+ u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
+ u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */
+ u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */
+ u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
+ int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
+ yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
+ yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */
+ int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
+ int aCounter[3]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
+#endif
+ i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
+ i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
+ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
+ void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
+#endif
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */
+ VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */
+ int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
+ u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */
+ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */
+};
/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
- int s;
- if( p->validHMS ) return;
- computeJD(p);
- s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
- p->s = s/1000.0;
- s = (int)p->s;
- p->s -= s;
- p->h = s/3600;
- s -= p->h*3600;
- p->m = s/60;
- p->s += s - p->m*60;
- p->validHMS = 1;
-}
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */
+#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
+** Function prototypes
*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
- computeYMD(p);
- computeHMS(p);
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
+void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
+
+int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+# define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64
+#else
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
+# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
+#else
+# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
+#endif
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
+#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
+#else
+ #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
+
+/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/
/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+** Variables in which to record status information.
*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
- p->validYMD = 0;
- p->validHMS = 0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
-}
+typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
+ int nowValue[10]; /* Current value */
+ int mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */
+} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** Windows CE does not declare the localtime
-** function as it is not defined anywhere.
-** Anyway we need the forward-declaration to be
-** able to define it later on.
+
+/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
+** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) && (_WIN32_WCE >= 0x600)
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
+# define wsdStat x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdStatInit
+# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
#endif
/*
-** Compute the difference (in milliseconds)
-** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
+** Return the current value of a status parameter.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+}
-** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
+/*
+** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the
+** caller holds appropriate locks.
*/
-static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
- DateTime x, y;
- time_t t;
- x = *p;
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
- x.Y = 2000;
- x.M = 1;
- x.D = 1;
- x.h = 0;
- x.m = 0;
- x.s = 0.0;
- } else {
- int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
- x.s = s;
- }
- x.tz = 0;
- x.validJD = 0;
- computeJD(&x);
- t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
-#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
- {
- struct tm sLocal;
- localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
- y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
- y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
- y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
- y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
- }
-#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_S
- {
- struct tm sLocal;
- localtime_s(&sLocal, &t);
- y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
- y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
- y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
- y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
-#else
- {
- struct tm *pTm;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- pTm = localtime(&t);
- y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
- y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
- y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
- y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
- y.m = pTm->tm_min;
- y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the value of a status to X.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
+ wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
+ if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
-#endif
- y.validYMD = 1;
- y.validHMS = 1;
- y.validJD = 0;
- y.validTZ = 0;
- computeJD(&y);
- return y.iJD - x.iJD;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-** NNN days
-** NNN hours
-** NNN minutes
-** NNN.NNNN seconds
-** NNN months
-** NNN years
-** start of month
-** start of year
-** start of week
-** start of day
-** weekday N
-** unixepoch
-** localtime
-** utc
+** Query status information.
**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
+** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
+** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true,
+** then this routine is not threadsafe.
*/
-static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
- int rc = 1;
- int n;
- double r;
- char *z, zBuf[30];
- z = zBuf;
- for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
- z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
+ wsdStatInit;
+ if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
- z[n] = 0;
- switch( z[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
- case 'l': {
- /* localtime
- **
- ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
- ** show local time.
- */
- if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
- computeJD(p);
- p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
+ *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Query status information for a single database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */
+ int op, /* Status verb */
+ int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */
+ int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */
+ int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
+ *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
+ *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
}
break;
}
-#endif
- case 'u': {
- /*
- ** unixepoch
- **
- ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
- ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
- */
- if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
- p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
- else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
- sqlite3_int64 c1;
- computeJD(p);
- c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
- p->iJD -= c1;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
- rc = 0;
+
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE:
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: {
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT );
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE );
+ testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL );
+ assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 );
+ assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 );
+ *pCurrent = 0;
+ *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT];
+ if( resetFlag ){
+ db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0;
}
-#endif
break;
}
- case 'w': {
- /*
- ** weekday N
- **
- ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
- ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the
- ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
- && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
- sqlite3_int64 Z;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
- if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
- p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- rc = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used
+ ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The
+ ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: {
+ int totalUsed = 0;
+ int i;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt);
+ totalUsed += sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+ *pCurrent = totalUsed;
+ *pHighwater = 0;
break;
}
- case 's': {
- /*
- ** start of TTTTT
- **
- ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
- ** or month or year.
- */
- if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
- z += 9;
- computeYMD(p);
- p->validHMS = 1;
- p->h = p->m = 0;
- p->s = 0.0;
- p->validTZ = 0;
- p->validJD = 0;
- if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- computeYMD(p);
- p->M = 1;
- p->D = 1;
- rc = 0;
- }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- rc = 0;
+
+ /*
+ ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+ ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed
+ ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: {
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */
+ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
+ if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){
+ HashElem *p;
+
+ nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * (
+ pSchema->tblHash.count
+ + pSchema->trigHash.count
+ + pSchema->idxHash.count
+ + pSchema->fkeyHash.count
+ );
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->tblHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->trigHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->idxHash.ht);
+ nByte += sqlite3MallocSize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht);
+
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p));
+ }
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p));
+ }
+ }
}
+ db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+ *pHighwater = 0;
+ *pCurrent = nByte;
break;
}
- case '+':
- case '-':
- case '0':
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9': {
- double rRounder;
- n = getValue(z, &r);
- assert( n>=1 );
- if( z[n]==':' ){
- /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
- ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
- ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be
- ** omitted.
- */
- const char *z2 = z;
- DateTime tx;
- sqlite3_int64 day;
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
- memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
- if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
- computeJD(&tx);
- tx.iJD -= 43200000;
- day = tx.iJD/86400000;
- tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
- if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
- computeJD(p);
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
- p->iJD += tx.iJD;
- rc = 0;
- break;
- }
- z += n;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
- if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
- computeJD(p);
- rc = 0;
- rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
- if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
- }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
- int x, y;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->M += (int)r;
- x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
- p->Y += x;
- p->M -= x*12;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- y = (int)r;
- if( y!=r ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
- }
- }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
- int y = (int)r;
- computeYMD_HMS(p);
- p->Y += y;
- p->validJD = 0;
- computeJD(p);
- if( y!=r ){
- p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
- }
- }else{
- rc = 1;
+
+ /*
+ ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used
+ ** to store all prepared statements.
+ ** *pHighwater is set to zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: {
+ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */
+ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */
+
+ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte;
+ for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, pVdbe);
}
- clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ db->pnBytesFreed = 0;
+
+ *pHighwater = 0;
+ *pCurrent = nByte;
+
break;
}
+
default: {
- break;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
+/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
/*
-** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+** 2003 October 31
**
-** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
-** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
+** functions for SQLite.
+**
+** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
+** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
+** All other code has file scope.
+**
+** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers. The
+** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
+** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
+** calendar system.
+**
+** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
+** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
+**
+** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
+** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
+** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
+** range of dates.
+**
+** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
+** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually
+** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
+** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference.
+**
+** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
+** in the following text:
+**
+** Jean Meeus
+** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
+** ISBM 0-943396-61-1
+** Willmann-Bell, Inc
+** Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
-static int isDate(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv,
- DateTime *p
-){
- int i;
- const unsigned char *z;
- int eType;
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
- if( argc==0 ){
- setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
- }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
- || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
- p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
- p->validJD = 1;
- }else{
- z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
- if( (z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]))==0 || parseModifier((char*)z, p) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
+#include <time.h>
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-/*
-** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
-** of SQLite.
-*/
/*
-** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
+** A structure for holding a single date and time.
*/
-static void juliandayFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- computeJD(&x);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
- }
-}
+typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
+struct DateTime {
+ sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
+ int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */
+ int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */
+ int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */
+ double s; /* Seconds */
+ char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */
+ char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */
+ char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */
+ char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */
+};
+
/*
-** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Convert zDate into one or more integers. Additional arguments
+** come in groups of 5 as follows:
**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+** N number of digits in the integer
+** min minimum allowed value of the integer
+** max maximum allowed value of the integer
+** nextC first character after the integer
+** pVal where to write the integers value.
+**
+** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
+** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
*/
-static void datetimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
- x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }
+static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int val;
+ int N;
+ int min;
+ int max;
+ int nextC;
+ int *pVal;
+ int cnt = 0;
+ va_start(ap, zDate);
+ do{
+ N = va_arg(ap, int);
+ min = va_arg(ap, int);
+ max = va_arg(ap, int);
+ nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
+ pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ val = 0;
+ while( N-- ){
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+ goto end_getDigits;
+ }
+ val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
+ zDate++;
+ }
+ if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
+ goto end_getDigits;
+ }
+ *pVal = val;
+ zDate++;
+ cnt++;
+ }while( nextC );
+end_getDigits:
+ va_end(ap);
+ return cnt;
}
/*
-** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
+** The extension is of the form:
**
-** Return HH:MM:SS
+** (+/-)HH:MM
+**
+** Or the "zulu" notation:
+**
+** Z
+**
+** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
+** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs,
+** return non-zero.
+**
+** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
*/
-static void timeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeHMS(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int sgn = 0;
+ int nHr, nMn;
+ int c;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ p->tz = 0;
+ c = *zDate;
+ if( c=='-' ){
+ sgn = -1;
+ }else if( c=='+' ){
+ sgn = +1;
+ }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
+ zDate++;
+ goto zulu_time;
+ }else{
+ return c!=0;
}
+ zDate++;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 5;
+ p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
+zulu_time:
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; }
+ return *zDate!=0;
}
/*
-** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
+** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The
+** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD
+** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
*/
-static void dateFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
- char zBuf[100];
- computeYMD(&x);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int h, m, s;
+ double ms = 0.0;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 5;
+ if( *zDate==':' ){
+ zDate++;
+ if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 2;
+ if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){
+ double rScale = 1.0;
+ zDate++;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){
+ ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
+ rScale *= 10.0;
+ zDate++;
+ }
+ ms /= rScale;
+ }
+ }else{
+ s = 0;
}
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 1;
+ p->h = h;
+ p->m = m;
+ p->s = s + ms;
+ if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
+ p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows:
+** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume
+** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
**
-** %d day of month
-** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS
-** %H hour 00-24
-** %j day of year 000-366
-** %J ** Julian day number
-** %m month 01-12
-** %M minute 00-59
-** %s seconds since 1970-01-01
-** %S seconds 00-59
-** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0
-** %W week of year 00-53
-** %Y year 0000-9999
-** %% %
+** Reference: Meeus page 61
*/
-static void strftimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- DateTime x;
- u64 n;
- size_t i,j;
- char *z;
- sqlite3 *db;
- const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- char zBuf[100];
- if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
- db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
- if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
- switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
- case 'd':
- case 'H':
- case 'm':
- case 'M':
- case 'S':
- case 'W':
- n++;
- /* fall thru */
- case 'w':
- case '%':
- break;
- case 'f':
- n += 8;
- break;
- case 'j':
- n += 3;
- break;
- case 'Y':
- n += 8;
- break;
- case 's':
- case 'J':
- n += 50;
- break;
- default:
- return; /* ERROR. return a NULL */
- }
- i++;
- }
- }
- testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
- testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
- testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
- testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
- if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
- z = zBuf;
- }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- return;
+static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
+ int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
+
+ if( p->validJD ) return;
+ if( p->validYMD ){
+ Y = p->Y;
+ M = p->M;
+ D = p->D;
}else{
- z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
- if( z==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- return;
- }
+ Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
+ M = 1;
+ D = 1;
}
- computeJD(&x);
- computeYMD_HMS(&x);
- for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
- if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
- z[j++] = zFmt[i];
- }else{
- i++;
- switch( zFmt[i] ){
- case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
- case 'f': {
- double s = x.s;
- if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
- sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
- j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
- case 'W': /* Fall thru */
- case 'j': {
- int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
- DateTime y = x;
- y.validJD = 0;
- y.M = 1;
- y.D = 1;
- computeJD(&y);
- nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
- if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
- int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
- wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
- j += 2;
- }else{
- sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
- j += 3;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'J': {
- sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
- j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
- case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
- case 's': {
- sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
- (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
- j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
- case 'w': {
- z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
- break;
- }
- case 'Y': {
- sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
- break;
- }
- default: z[j++] = '%'; break;
- }
+ if( M<=2 ){
+ Y--;
+ M += 12;
+ }
+ A = Y/100;
+ B = 2 - A + (A/4);
+ X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100;
+ X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000;
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ if( p->validHMS ){
+ p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000);
+ if( p->validTZ ){
+ p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
+ p->validYMD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
}
}
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
- z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
-** current_time()
+** Parse dates of the form
**
-** This function returns the same value as time('now').
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
+** YYYY-MM-DD
+**
+** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
+** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
+** date.
*/
-static void ctimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
+ int Y, M, D, neg;
+
+ if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
+ zDate++;
+ neg = 1;
+ }else{
+ neg = 0;
+ }
+ if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ zDate += 10;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
+ if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+ /* We got the time */
+ }else if( *zDate==0 ){
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
+ }
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ p->validYMD = 1;
+ p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
+ p->M = M;
+ p->D = D;
+ if( p->validTZ ){
+ computeJD(p);
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** current_date()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as date('now').
+** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
*/
-static void cdateFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
+static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->iJD);
+ p->validJD = 1;
}
/*
-** current_timestamp()
+** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number. Return
+** the number of errors.
**
-** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
+** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
+**
+** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM
+** DDDD.DD
+** now
+**
+** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional
+** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion
+** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long
+** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long
+** as there is a year and date.
*/
-static void ctimestampFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int NotUsed,
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+static int parseDateOrTime(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ const char *zDate,
+ DateTime *p
){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+ double r;
+ if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
+ setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+ return 0;
+ }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return 1;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
/*
-** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
-** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
-** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
-** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
-** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
-**
-** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
-** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
-** as the user-data for the function.
+** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
*/
-static void currentTimeFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- time_t t;
- char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- sqlite3 *db;
- double rT;
- char zBuf[20];
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-
- db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5;
-#else
- /* without floating point support, rT will have
- ** already lost fractional day precision.
- */
- t = 86400 * (rT - 2440587) - 43200;
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
- {
- struct tm sNow;
- gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
- }
-#else
- {
- struct tm *pTm;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- pTm = gmtime(&t);
- strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
+ int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
+ if( p->validYMD ) return;
+ if( !p->validJD ){
+ p->Y = 2000;
+ p->M = 1;
+ p->D = 1;
+ }else{
+ Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000);
+ A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25);
+ A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
+ B = A + 1524;
+ C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25);
+ D = (36525*C)/100;
+ E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001);
+ X1 = (int)(30.6001*E);
+ p->D = B - D - X1;
+ p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
+ p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
}
-#endif
+ p->validYMD = 1;
+}
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+/*
+** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
+*/
+static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
+ int s;
+ if( p->validHMS ) return;
+ computeJD(p);
+ s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000);
+ p->s = s/1000.0;
+ s = (int)p->s;
+ p->s -= s;
+ p->h = s/3600;
+ s -= p->h*3600;
+ p->m = s/60;
+ p->s += s - p->m*60;
+ p->validHMS = 1;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
+** Compute both YMD and HMS
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
- static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
- FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
- FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ),
- FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ),
- FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ),
- FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ),
- FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ),
- FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
- FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ),
-#else
- STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
- STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc),
- STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
-#endif
- };
- int i;
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
+static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
+ computeYMD(p);
+ computeHMS(p);
+}
- for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
- sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
- }
+/*
+** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
+*/
+static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
+ p->validYMD = 0;
+ p->validHMS = 0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
}
-/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
/*
-** 2005 November 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
+** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
+** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to
+** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the
+** order of the parameters is reversed.
**
-** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
-** architectures.
+** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
**
-** $Id: os.c,v 1.127 2009/07/27 11:41:21 danielk1977 Exp $
+** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
+** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides
+** localtime_s().
*/
-#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
-#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
+#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
+ defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
+#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
-** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
-** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
-** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
-** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
-** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
-**
-** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure
-** testing:
-**
-** sqlite3OsOpen()
-** sqlite3OsRead()
-** sqlite3OsWrite()
-** sqlite3OsSync()
-** sqlite3OsLock()
+** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r()
+** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that
+** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and
+** non-zero on any kind of error.
**
+** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this
+** routine will always fail.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0)
- #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) if (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x)) { \
- void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \
- if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \
- sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \
- }
+static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){
+ int rc;
+#if (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) \
+ && (!defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) || !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
+ struct tm *pX;
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ pX = localtime(t);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0;
+#endif
+ if( pX ) *pTm = *pX;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ rc = pX==0;
#else
- #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1;
#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
+ rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0;
+#else
+ rc = localtime_s(pTm, t);
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */
+#endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
/*
-** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
-** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
-** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
-** C++ instead of plain old C.
+** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC
+** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs,
+** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value
+** is undefined in this case.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pId->pMethods ){
- rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
- pId->pMethods = 0;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
- return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
- return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
- return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
- return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
- int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
- return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset(
+ DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */
+ int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */
+){
+ DateTime x, y;
+ time_t t;
+ struct tm sLocal;
+
+ /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */
+ memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal));
+
+ x = *p;
+ computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+ if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
+ x.Y = 2000;
+ x.M = 1;
+ x.D = 1;
+ x.h = 0;
+ x.m = 0;
+ x.s = 0.0;
+ } else {
+ int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5);
+ x.s = s;
+ }
+ x.tz = 0;
+ x.validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(&x);
+ t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000);
+ if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
+ y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
+ y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
+ y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
+ y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
+ y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
+ y.validYMD = 1;
+ y.validHMS = 1;
+ y.validJD = 0;
+ y.validTZ = 0;
+ computeJD(&y);
+ *pRc = SQLITE_OK;
+ return y.iJD - x.iJD;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
/*
-** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
-** VFS methods.
+** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are
+** as follows:
+**
+** NNN days
+** NNN hours
+** NNN minutes
+** NNN.NNNN seconds
+** NNN months
+** NNN years
+** start of month
+** start of year
+** start of week
+** start of day
+** weekday N
+** unixepoch
+** localtime
+** utc
+**
+** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error
+** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written
+** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is
+** written to pCtx.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- sqlite3_file *pFile,
- int flags,
- int *pFlagsOut
-){
- int rc;
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
- /* 0x7f1f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
- ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
- ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
- ** reaching the VFS. */
- rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x7f1f, pFlagsOut);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+static int parseModifier(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
+ int rc = 1;
+ int n;
+ double r;
+ char *z, zBuf[30];
+ z = zBuf;
+ for(n=0; n<ArraySize(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
+ z[n] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zMod[n]];
+ }
+ z[n] = 0;
+ switch( z[0] ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ case 'l': {
+ /* localtime
+ **
+ ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
+ ** show local time.
+ */
+ if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
+ computeJD(p);
+ p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+ case 'u': {
+ /*
+ ** unixepoch
+ **
+ ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
+ ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number.
+ */
+ if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
+ p->iJD = (p->iJD + 43200)/86400 + 21086676*(i64)10000000;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
+ else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 c1;
+ computeJD(p);
+ c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->iJD -= c1;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'w': {
+ /*
+ ** weekday N
+ **
+ ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
+ ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the
+ ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0
+ && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8)
+ && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 Z;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
+ if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
+ p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 's': {
+ /*
+ ** start of TTTTT
+ **
+ ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
+ ** or month or year.
+ */
+ if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
+ z += 9;
+ computeYMD(p);
+ p->validHMS = 1;
+ p->h = p->m = 0;
+ p->s = 0.0;
+ p->validTZ = 0;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+ p->D = 1;
+ rc = 0;
+ }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+ computeYMD(p);
+ p->M = 1;
+ p->D = 1;
+ rc = 0;
+ }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case '+':
+ case '-':
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9': {
+ double rRounder;
+ for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){}
+ if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
+ rc = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( z[n]==':' ){
+ /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
+ ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
+ ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be
+ ** omitted.
+ */
+ const char *z2 = z;
+ DateTime tx;
+ sqlite3_int64 day;
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++;
+ memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
+ if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
+ computeJD(&tx);
+ tx.iJD -= 43200000;
+ day = tx.iJD/86400000;
+ tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
+ if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
+ computeJD(p);
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ p->iJD += tx.iJD;
+ rc = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ z += n;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
+ if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
+ computeJD(p);
+ rc = 0;
+ rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5;
+ if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/24.0) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + rRounder);
+ }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
+ int x, y;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->M += (int)r;
+ x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
+ p->Y += x;
+ p->M -= x*12;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ y = (int)r;
+ if( y!=r ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }
+ }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
+ int y = (int)r;
+ computeYMD_HMS(p);
+ p->Y += y;
+ p->validJD = 0;
+ computeJD(p);
+ if( y!=r ){
+ p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)((r - y)*365.0*86400000.0 + rRounder);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
- return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int flags,
- int *pResOut
-){
- DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
- return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zPath,
- int nPathOut,
- char *zPathOut
-){
- return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
- return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
- pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
- return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
- pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
- return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
- return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
- return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
- const char *zFile,
- sqlite3_file **ppFile,
- int flags,
- int *pOutFlags
+/*
+** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
+** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write
+** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0
+** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
+**
+** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
+** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
+*/
+static int isDate(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv,
+ DateTime *p
){
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3_file *pFile;
- pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
- if( pFile ){
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pFile);
- }else{
- *ppFile = pFile;
+ int i;
+ const unsigned char *z;
+ int eType;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ if( argc==0 ){
+ setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
+ }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
+ || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
+ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5);
+ p->validJD = 1;
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
+ return 1;
}
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pFile );
- rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
- sqlite3_free(pFile);
- return rc;
+ for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
+ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
+ if( z==0 || parseModifier(context, (char*)z, p) ) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
+
/*
-** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
-** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
-** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
-** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
+** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
+** of SQLite.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
- void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return sqlite3_os_init();
-}
/*
-** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
*/
-static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
-#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
+static void juliandayFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ computeJD(&x);
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the
-** first VFS on the list.
+** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return 0;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
- if( zVfs==0 ) break;
- if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+static void datetimeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
+ x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return pVfs;
}
/*
-** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return HH:MM:SS
*/
-static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
- if( pVfs==0 ){
- /* No-op */
- }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
- vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
- }else if( vfsList ){
- sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
- while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
- p = p->pNext;
- }
- if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
- p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
- }
+static void timeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeHMS(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}
/*
-** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same
-** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
-** true.
+** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
+**
+** Return YYYY-MM-DD
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
- mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- vfsUnlink(pVfs);
- if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
- pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
- vfsList = pVfs;
- }else{
- pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
- vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+static void dateFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
+ char zBuf[100];
+ computeYMD(&x);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
- assert(vfsList);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- vfsUnlink(pVfs);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
**
-*************************************************************************
+** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows:
**
-** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
+** %d day of month
+** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS
+** %H hour 00-24
+** %j day of year 000-366
+** %J ** Julian day number
+** %m month 01-12
+** %M minute 00-59
+** %s seconds since 1970-01-01
+** %S seconds 00-59
+** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0
+** %W week of year 00-53
+** %Y year 0000-9999
+** %% %
*/
+static void strftimeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ DateTime x;
+ u64 n;
+ size_t i,j;
+ char *z;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ char zBuf[100];
+ if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
+ db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
+ if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
+ switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
+ case 'd':
+ case 'H':
+ case 'm':
+ case 'M':
+ case 'S':
+ case 'W':
+ n++;
+ /* fall thru */
+ case 'w':
+ case '%':
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ n += 8;
+ break;
+ case 'j':
+ n += 3;
+ break;
+ case 'Y':
+ n += 8;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ case 'J':
+ n += 50;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return; /* ERROR. return a NULL */
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 );
+ testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) );
+ testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 );
+ testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
+ if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
+ z = zBuf;
+ }else if( n>(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
+ return;
+ }else{
+ z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
+ if( z==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ computeJD(&x);
+ computeYMD_HMS(&x);
+ for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
+ if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
+ z[j++] = zFmt[i];
+ }else{
+ i++;
+ switch( zFmt[i] ){
+ case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
+ case 'f': {
+ double s = x.s;
+ if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
+ j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
+ case 'W': /* Fall thru */
+ case 'j': {
+ int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
+ DateTime y = x;
+ y.validJD = 0;
+ y.M = 1;
+ y.D = 1;
+ computeJD(&y);
+ nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000);
+ if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
+ int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
+ wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
+ j += 2;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
+ j += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'J': {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
+ j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
+ case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
+ case 's': {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld",
+ (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000));
+ j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
+ case 'w': {
+ z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0';
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'Y': {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: z[j++] = '%'; break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ z[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
+ z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+}
/*
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
-** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
-** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0).
+** current_time()
**
-** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
-** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
-** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
-** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
-** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-
-/*
-** Global variables.
-*/
-typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
- void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
- void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
-} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
-** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+** This function returns the same value as time('now').
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdHooksInit \
- BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
-# define wsdHooks x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdHooksInit
-# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
-#endif
-
+static void ctimeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
+}
/*
-** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
-** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+** current_date()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as date('now').
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
- void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
- void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+static void cdateFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
- wsdHooksInit;
- wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
- wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
/*
-** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
-** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+** current_timestamp()
+**
+** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
- wsdHooksInit;
- if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
- wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
- }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
- wsdHooksInit;
- if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
- wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
- }
+static void ctimestampFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
/*
-** 2008 October 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
-** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented
-** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These
-** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using
-** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
+** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
+** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
+** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
+** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
**
-** $Id: mem0.c,v 1.1 2008/10/28 18:58:20 drh Exp $
+** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
+** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
+** as the user-data for the function.
*/
+static void currentTimeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ time_t t;
+ char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ sqlite3_int64 iT;
+ char zBuf[20];
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
-/*
-** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+ db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iT);
+ t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676;
+#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
+ {
+ struct tm sNow;
+ gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
+ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
+ }
+#else
+ {
+ struct tm *pTm;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ pTm = gmtime(&t);
+ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
+** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
+** external linkage.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
- static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
- sqlite3MemMalloc,
- sqlite3MemFree,
- sqlite3MemRealloc,
- sqlite3MemSize,
- sqlite3MemRoundup,
- sqlite3MemInit,
- sqlite3MemShutdown,
- 0
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
+ FUNCTION(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
+ FUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ),
+#else
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+ STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
+#endif
};
- sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
-}
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
-#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+ }
+}
-/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
/*
-** 2007 August 14
+** 2005 November 29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+******************************************************************************
**
-** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.30 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
+** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
+** architectures.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
+#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
/*
-** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
-** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
+** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
+** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
+** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
+** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
**
-** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
-** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
-** routines.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
- sqlite3_int64 *p;
- assert( nByte>0 );
- nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
- p = malloc( nByte+8 );
- if( p ){
- p[0] = nByte;
- p++;
- }
- return (void *)p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
-** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure
+** testing:
**
-** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
-** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
-** by higher-level routines.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
- sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
- assert( pPrior!=0 );
- p--;
- free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+** sqlite3OsOpen()
+** sqlite3OsRead()
+** sqlite3OsWrite()
+** sqlite3OsSync()
+** sqlite3OsLock()
**
-** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where
-** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
-** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
-** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
-** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
- sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
- assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
- nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
- p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
- p--;
- p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
- if( p ){
- p[0] = nByte;
- p++;
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1;
+ #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \
+ if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3IsMemJournal(x))) { \
+ void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \
+ if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \
+ sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \
}
- return (void*)p;
-}
+#else
+ #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x)
+#endif
/*
-** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
-** or xRealloc().
+** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
+** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
+** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
+** C++ instead of plain old C.
*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
- sqlite3_int64 *p;
- if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
- p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
- p--;
- return (int)p[0];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pId->pMethods ){
+ rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
+ pId->pMethods = 0;
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
- return ROUND8(n);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- return;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
+ return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
+ return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id);
+ return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
+ return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+ int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
+ return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
+ return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){
+ return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){
+ id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){
+ return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */
+ int iPage,
+ int pgsz,
+ int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */
+){
+ return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp);
+}
+
+/*
+** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
+** VFS methods.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ sqlite3_file *pFile,
+ int flags,
+ int *pFlagsOut
+){
+ int rc;
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+ /* 0x87f3f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed
+ ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example,
+ ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before
+ ** reaching the VFS. */
+ rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f3f, pFlagsOut);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
+ return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int flags,
+ int *pResOut
+){
+ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0);
+ return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zPath,
+ int nPathOut,
+ char *zPathOut
+){
+ zPathOut[0] = 0;
+ return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
+ return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+ pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
+ return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
+ pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
+ return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
+ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){
+ int rc;
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64()
+ ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available
+ ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and
+ ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is
+ ** unavailable.
+ */
+ if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){
+ rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut);
+ }else{
+ double r;
+ rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r);
+ *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
+ const char *zFile,
+ sqlite3_file **ppFile,
+ int flags,
+ int *pOutFlags
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_file *pFile;
+ pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
+ if( pFile ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pFile);
+ }else{
+ *ppFile = pFile;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pFile );
+ rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of
+** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the
+** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an
+** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){
+ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10);
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return sqlite3_os_init();
+}
+
+/*
+** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
+*/
+static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
+#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
+
+/*
+** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the
+** first VFS on the list.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return 0;
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
+ if( zVfs==0 ) break;
+ if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return pVfs;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
+*/
+static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
+ if( pVfs==0 ){
+ /* No-op */
+ }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
+ vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
+ }else if( vfsList ){
+ sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
+ while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
+ if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
+ p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same
+** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
+** true.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+ mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+ if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
+ pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
+ vfsList = pVfs;
+ }else{
+ pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
+ vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
+ }
+ assert(vfsList);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ vfsUnlink(pVfs);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 Jan 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
+** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
+** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
+** and returns 0).
+**
+** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
+** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
+** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
+** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
+** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
+** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
+** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+
+/*
+** Global variables.
+*/
+typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
+static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
+ void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
+ void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
+} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
+
+/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
+** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
+** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
+** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
+** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+# define wsdHooksInit \
+ BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
+# define wsdHooks x[0]
+#else
+# define wsdHooksInit
+# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
+** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
+ void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
+ void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
+){
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
+ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
+}
+
+/*
+** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
+** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
+** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
+ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
+ wsdHooksInit;
+ if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
+ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+
+/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 October 28
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
+** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented
+** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These
+** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using
+** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
+
+/*
+** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
+**
+** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
+** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
+ sqlite3MemMalloc,
+ sqlite3MemFree,
+ sqlite3MemRealloc,
+ sqlite3MemSize,
+ sqlite3MemRoundup,
+ sqlite3MemInit,
+ sqlite3MemShutdown,
+ 0
+ };
+ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
+}
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */
+
+/************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2007 August 14
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
+** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
+** to obtain the memory it needs.
+**
+** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
+** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
+*/
+
+/*
+** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
+** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
+** macros.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
+
+/*
+** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
+** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
+** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
+** routines.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+ sqlite3_int64 *p;
+ assert( nByte>0 );
+ nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+ p = malloc( nByte+8 );
+ if( p ){
+ p[0] = nByte;
+ p++;
+ }else{
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte);
+ }
+ return (void *)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
+** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
+**
+** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
+** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
+** by higher-level routines.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
+ sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+ assert( pPrior!=0 );
+ p--;
+ free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
+** or xRealloc().
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
+ sqlite3_int64 *p;
+ if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
+ p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+ p--;
+ return (int)p[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from
+** sqlite3MemMalloc().
+**
+** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where
+** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
+** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
+** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
+** routines and redirected to xFree.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
+ sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
+ assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
+ assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
+ p--;
+ p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
+ if( p ){
+ p[0] = nByte;
+ p++;
+ }else{
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
+ "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes",
+ sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte);
+ }
+ return (void*)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
+ return ROUND8(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize this module.
+*/
+static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize this module.
+*/
+static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ return;
}
/*
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
-**
-** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.45 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */
- short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+ u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
+ u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */
int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */
};
}
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset
+** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and
+** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values.
*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
- struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
- void **pBt;
- char *z;
+static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){
+ unsigned int x, y, r;
+ x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf);
+ y = nByte | 1;
+ while( nByte >= 4 ){
+ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+ y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+ r = x ^ y;
+ *(int*)pBuf = r;
+ pBuf += 4;
+ nByte -= 4;
+ }
+ while( nByte-- > 0 ){
+ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(x&1) & 0xd0000001);
+ y = y*1103515245 + 12345;
+ r = x ^ y;
+ *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
+*/
+static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
+ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+ void **pBt;
+ char *z;
int *pInt;
void *p = 0;
int totalSize;
}
mem.pLast = pHdr;
pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
+ pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP;
pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
if( mem.nBacktrace ){
adjustStats(nByte, +1);
pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
- memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
+ randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte);
+ memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte);
p = (void*)pInt;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
- assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0
+ || mem.mutex!=0 );
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
z = (char*)pBt;
z -= pHdr->nTitle;
adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
- memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
- pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
+ randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
+ pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
free(z);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
void *pNew;
assert( mem.disallow==0 );
+ assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
if( pNew ){
memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
- memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
+ randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
}
sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
}
}
/*
+** Set the "type" of an allocation.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+ pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+ assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
+ pHdr->eType = eType;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the
+** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation. For example:
+**
+** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){
+ int rc = 1;
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+ pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+ assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */
+ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the
+** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL.
+**
+** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to
+** verify the type of an allocation. For example:
+**
+** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){
+ int rc = 1;
+ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){
+ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
+ pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
+ assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */
+ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){
+ rc = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded
** up to a multiple of 2.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
-**
-** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.25 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
*/
u8 *aCtrl;
-} mem5 = { 0 };
+} mem5;
/*
** Access the static variable through a macro for SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
*/
for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
- if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
+ if( iBin>LOGMAX ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte);
+ return 0;
+ }
i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
while( iBin>iLogsize ){
int newSize;
int nOld;
void *p;
assert( pPrior!=0 );
- assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 );
+ assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */
assert( nBytes>=0 );
if( nBytes==0 ){
return 0;
*/
static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
int iLog;
- for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
+ for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
return iLog;
}
zByte = (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
assert( zByte!=0 ); /* sqlite3_config() does not allow otherwise */
+ /* boundaries on sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq are enforced in sqlite3_config() */
nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
mem5.szAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.szAtom ){
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
-
-**
-** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.31 2009/07/16 18:21:18 drh Exp $
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT)
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
- /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
- ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
- ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
- ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_methods *pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
- sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
+ /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
+ ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
+ ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
+ ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom;
+ sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
- memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
- sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
- pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
+ }else{
+ pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex();
}
- rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexAlloc));
+ memcpy(&pTo->xMutexFree, &pFrom->xMutexFree,
+ sizeof(*pTo) - offsetof(sqlite3_mutex_methods, xMutexFree));
+ pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc;
}
+ rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1;
** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
** called correctly.
-**
-** $Id: mutex_noop.c,v 1.3 2008/12/05 17:17:08 drh Exp $
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
**
** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
*/
-static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
-static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; }
-static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
-static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
-static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8;
+}
+static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; }
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
noopMutexInit,
noopMutexEnd,
noopMutexAlloc,
noopMutexTry,
noopMutexLeave,
- noopMutexHeld,
- noopMutexNotheld
+ 0,
+ 0,
};
return &sMutex;
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+#endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any
/*
** The mutex object
*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
+typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex {
int id; /* The mutex type */
int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
-};
+} sqlite3_debug_mutex;
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
-static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
}
-static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
}
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
- static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
- sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
+ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[6];
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0;
switch( id ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
break;
}
}
- return pNew;
+ return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
}
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
-static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
assert( p->cnt==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
sqlite3_free(p);
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
-static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
+static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
p->cnt++;
}
-static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
+static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
p->cnt++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
-static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( debugMutexHeld(p) );
+static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
+ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
+ assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) );
p->cnt--;
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) );
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
debugMutexInit,
debugMutexEnd,
debugMutexAlloc,
return &sMutex;
}
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+
+/*
+** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation
+** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+ return sqlite3NoopMutex();
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */
+#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT */
/************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/
/************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
-**
-** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.11 2008/11/22 19:50:54 pweilbacher Exp $
*/
/*
struct sqlite3_mutex {
HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
int id; /* Mutex type */
- int nRef; /* Number of references */
- TID owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ int trace; /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
};
-#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0,0,0,0
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0, 0 }
+#endif
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are
+** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
}
default: {
static volatile int isInit = 0;
- static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
- { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
+ static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6] = {
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
};
if ( !isInit ){
APIRET rc;
** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- assert( p->nRef==0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ TID tid;
+ PID pid;
+ ULONG ulCount;
+ DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+ assert( ulCount==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
sqlite3_free( p );
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
+** intended for use inside assert() statements.
+*/
+static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ TID tid;
+ PID pid;
+ ULONG ulCount;
+ PTIB ptib;
+ DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+ if( ulCount==0 || ( ulCount>1 && p->id!=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) )
+ return 0;
+ DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
+ return tid==ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
+}
+static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+ TID tid;
+ PID pid;
+ ULONG ulCount;
+ PTIB ptib;
+ DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+ if( ulCount==0 )
+ return 1;
+ DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
+ return tid!=ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
+}
+static void os2MutexTrace(sqlite3_mutex *p, char *pAction){
+ TID tid;
+ PID pid;
+ ULONG ulCount;
+ DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
+ printf("%s mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%ld\n", pAction, (void*)p, p->trace, ulCount);
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID holder1;
- ULONG holder2;
- if( p==0 ) return;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
- p->owner = tid;
- p->nRef++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "enter");
+#endif
}
static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- int rc;
- TID tid;
- PID holder1;
- ULONG holder2;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
- if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) {
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
- p->owner = tid;
- p->nRef++;
+ if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR ) {
rc = SQLITE_OK;
- } else {
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "try");
+#endif
}
-
return rc;
}
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID holder1;
- ULONG holder2;
- if( p==0 ) return;
- assert( p->nRef>0 );
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
- assert( p->owner==tid );
- p->nRef--;
- assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+ assert( os2MutexHeld(p) );
DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
-}
-
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- PTIB ptib;
- if( p!=0 ) {
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- } else {
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
- tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
- }
- return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid);
-}
-static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- TID tid;
- PID pid;
- ULONG ulCount;
- PTIB ptib;
- if( p!= 0 ) {
- DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
- } else {
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
- tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
- }
- return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
-}
+ if( p->trace ) os2MutexTrace(p, "leave");
#endif
+}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
os2MutexInit,
os2MutexEnd,
os2MutexAlloc,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
os2MutexHeld,
os2MutexNotheld
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0
#endif
};
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
-**
-** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.16 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $
*/
/*
#include <pthread.h>
+/*
+** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields
+** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using
+** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX)
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1
+#else
+# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0
+#endif
/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
int id; /* Mutex type */
- int nRef; /* Number of entrances */
- pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */
+ volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */
int trace; /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 }
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
#endif
/*
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
p->id = iType;
+#endif
}
break;
}
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
p->id = iType;
+#endif
pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
}
break;
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
p->id = iType;
+#endif
break;
}
}
/* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
*/
pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
+ assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
p->owner = pthread_self();
p->nRef++;
#endif
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( p->trace ){
/* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
*/
if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
p->owner = pthread_self();
p->nRef++;
+#endif
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
*/
static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
+#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
p->nRef--;
+ if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
+#endif
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
#endif
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
pthreadMutexInit,
pthreadMutexEnd,
pthreadMutexAlloc,
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
-**
-** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.18 2009/08/10 03:23:21 shane Exp $
*/
/*
struct sqlite3_mutex {
CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
int id; /* Mutex type */
- int nRef; /* Number of enterances */
- DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */
+ volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
+ int trace; /* True to trace changes */
+#endif
};
+#define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 }
+#else
+#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#endif
/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}
+static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){
+ return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
+}
static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid);
}
#endif
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
-static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6];
+static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[6] = {
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
+ SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+};
static int winMutex_isInit = 0;
/* As winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() are called as part
** of the sqlite3_initialize and sqlite3_shutdown()
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
+** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->id = iType;
+#endif
InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
}
break;
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
p->id = iType;
+#endif
break;
}
}
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p );
- assert( p->nRef==0 );
+ assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
sqlite3_free(p);
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
+#endif
EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
- p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 );
+ p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
+ if( p->trace ){
+ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ }
+#endif
}
static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
+#endif
int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
+ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) );
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always
*/
#if 0
if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
- p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
+ p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
+ printf("try mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ }
+#endif
return rc;
}
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId();
assert( p->nRef>0 );
- assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
+ assert( p->owner==tid );
p->nRef--;
+ if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0;
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
+#endif
LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( p->trace ){
+ printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
+ }
+#endif
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
- static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
+ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
winMutexInit,
winMutexEnd,
winMutexAlloc,
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
-**
-** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.66 2009/07/17 11:44:07 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
-** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
-** limit.
-*/
-static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
- void *NotUsed,
- sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
- int allocSize
-){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or
-** negative value indicates no limit.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
- sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
- int overage;
- if( n<0 ){
- iLimit = 0;
- }else{
- iLimit = n;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- sqlite3_initialize();
-#endif
- if( iLimit>0 ){
- sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
- }else{
- sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
- }
- overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
- if( overage>0 ){
- sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
- }
-}
/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
- int nRet = 0;
-#if 0
- nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
-#endif
- nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
- return nRet;
+ return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n);
#else
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine
+ ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with
+ ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */
UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 0;
#endif
}
/*
+** An instance of the following object records the location of
+** each unused scratch buffer.
+*/
+typedef struct ScratchFreeslot {
+ struct ScratchFreeslot *pNext; /* Next unused scratch buffer */
+} ScratchFreeslot;
+
+/*
** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
- /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
- u32 nScratchFree;
- u32 nPageFree;
-
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */
/*
void *alarmArg;
/*
- ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and
- ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records
- ** which pages are available.
+ ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch memory
+ ** (so that a range test can be used to determine if an allocation
+ ** being freed came from pScratch) and a pointer to the list of
+ ** unused scratch allocations.
+ */
+ void *pScratchEnd;
+ ScratchFreeslot *pScratchFree;
+ u32 nScratchFree;
+
+ /*
+ ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the
+ ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting.
*/
- u32 *aScratchFree;
- u32 *aPageFree;
+ int nearlyFull;
} mem0 = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
- sqlite3MemSetDefault();
- }
- memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
- && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){
- int i;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch-4);
- mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)
- [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch];
- for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
- mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
- }else{
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage>=512
- && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){
- int i;
- int overhead;
- int sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage);
- int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
- overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead;
- mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)
- [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage];
- for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
- mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
- }else{
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
- }
- return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
- }
- memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
- int n, mx;
- sqlite3_int64 res;
- sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
- res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
- return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
+** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
+** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
+** limit.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
- int n, mx;
- sqlite3_int64 res;
- sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
- res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
- return res;
+static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
+ void *NotUsed,
+ sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
+ int allocSize
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
}
/*
** Change the alarm callback
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
+static int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
void *pArg,
sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
){
+ int nUsed;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
+ nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
+ mem0.nearlyFull = (iThreshold>0 && iThreshold<=nUsed);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
/*
+** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or
+** negative value indicates no limit.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){
+ sqlite3_int64 priorLimit;
+ sqlite3_int64 excess;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ sqlite3_initialize();
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+ priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+ if( n<0 ) return priorLimit;
+ if( n>0 ){
+ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, n);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
+ if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff));
+ return priorLimit;
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
+ if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n);
+}
+
+/*
+** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
+ sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+ }
+ memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
+ }
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
+ && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>0 ){
+ int i, n, sz;
+ ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = sz;
+ pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
+ n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
+ mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+ mem0.nScratchFree = n;
+ for(i=0; i<n-1; i++){
+ pSlot->pNext = (ScratchFreeslot*)(sz+(char*)pSlot);
+ pSlot = pSlot->pNext;
+ }
+ pSlot->pNext = 0;
+ mem0.pScratchEnd = (void*)&pSlot[1];
+ }else{
+ mem0.pScratchEnd = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512
+ || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<1 ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = 0;
+ }
+ return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other
+** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by
+** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){
+ return mem0.nearlyFull;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
+ }
+ memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
+ int n, mx;
+ sqlite3_int64 res;
+ sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
+ res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
+** checked out since either the beginning of this process
+** or since the most recent reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
+ int n, mx;
+ sqlite3_int64 res;
+ sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
+ res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*
** Trigger the alarm
*/
static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
- if( nUsed+nFull >= mem0.alarmThreshold ){
+ if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){
+ mem0.nearlyFull = 1;
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
+ }else{
+ mem0.nearlyFull = 0;
}
}
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
}
+#endif
if( p ){
nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1);
}
*pp = p;
return nFull;
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
void *p;
- if( n<=0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){
+ if( n<=0 /* IMP: R-65312-04917 */
+ || n>=0x7fffff00
+ ){
/* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum
** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the
** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving
}else{
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
return p;
}
void *p;
assert( n>0 );
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
- /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
- ** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the
- ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
- ** would be much more complicated.) */
- assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
-#endif
-
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch<n ){
- goto scratch_overflow;
- }else{
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- if( mem0.nScratchFree==0 ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+ if( mem0.nScratchFree && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=n ){
+ p = mem0.pScratchFree;
+ mem0.pScratchFree = mem0.pScratchFree->pNext;
+ mem0.nScratchFree--;
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+ }else{
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
+ n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
+ if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- goto scratch_overflow;
}else{
- int i;
- i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree];
- i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)[i];
- assert( (((u8*)p - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 );
+ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH);
}
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
- scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
-#endif
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(mem0.mutex) );
- return p;
-scratch_overflow:
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
- n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
- if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
- }else{
- p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
- }
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
- scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
+ /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocations per thread
+ ** are outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the
+ ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
+ ** would be much more complicated.) */
+ assert( scratchAllocOut<=1 );
+ if( p ) scratchAllocOut++;
#endif
- return p;
+
+ return p;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
if( p ){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
- /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
+ /* Verify that no more than two scratch allocation per thread
** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the
** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
** would be much more complicated.) */
- assert( scratchAllocOut==1 );
- scratchAllocOut = 0;
+ assert( scratchAllocOut>=1 && scratchAllocOut<=2 );
+ scratchAllocOut--;
#endif
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0
- || p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch
- || p>=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
+ if( p>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && p<mem0.pScratchEnd ){
+ /* Release memory from the SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH allocation */
+ ScratchFreeslot *pSlot;
+ pSlot = (ScratchFreeslot*)p;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
+ pSlot->pNext = mem0.pScratchFree;
+ mem0.pScratchFree = pSlot;
+ mem0.nScratchFree++;
+ assert( mem0.nScratchFree <= (u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
+ }else{
+ /* Release memory back to the heap */
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, ~MEMTYPE_SCRATCH) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
- }else{
- int i;
- i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch);
- i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
- assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
- assert( mem0.nScratchFree<(u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
- mem0.aScratchFree[mem0.nScratchFree++] = i;
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}
}
}
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
- return db && p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
+ return p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
}
#else
#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+ if( db && isLookaside(db, p) ){
return db->lookaside.sz;
}else{
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
}
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
+ if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, -1);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
- LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
- pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
- db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
- db->lookaside.nOut--;
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(p);
+ if( db ){
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+ *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p);
+ return;
+ }
+ if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
+ LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
+ pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+ db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
+ db->lookaside.nOut--;
+ return;
+ }
}
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
- int nOld, nNew;
+ int nOld, nNew, nDiff;
void *pNew;
if( pOld==0 ){
- return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
+ return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-28354-25769 */
}
if( nBytes<=0 ){
- sqlite3_free(pOld);
+ sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-31593-10574 */
return 0;
}
if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){
return 0;
}
nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second
+ ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to
+ ** xRoundup. */
nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
if( nOld==nNew ){
pNew = pOld;
}else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
- if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >=
- mem0.alarmThreshold ){
- sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
+ nDiff = nNew - nOld;
+ if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >=
+ mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){
+ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff);
}
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, ~MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
}else{
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-04675-44850 */
return pNew;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
void *p;
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
if( db ){
LookasideSlot *pBuf;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return 0;
}
- if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz
- && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){
- db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
- db->lookaside.nOut++;
- if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
- db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+ if( db->lookaside.bEnabled ){
+ if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){
+ db->lookaside.anStat[1]++;
+ }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)==0 ){
+ db->lookaside.anStat[2]++;
+ }else{
+ db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
+ db->lookaside.nOut++;
+ db->lookaside.anStat[0]++;
+ if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
+ db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
+ }
+ return (void*)pBuf;
}
- return (void*)pBuf;
}
}
#else
if( !p && db ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB |
+ ((db && db->lookaside.bEnabled) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
return p;
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
}else{
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_DB) );
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
if( !pNew ){
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_DB|MEMTYPE_HEAP);
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, MEMTYPE_DB |
+ (db->lookaside.bEnabled ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP));
}
}
return pNew;
** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
-** $Id: printf.c,v 1.104 2009/06/03 01:24:54 drh Exp $
-**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
v = va_arg(ap,int);
}
if( v<0 ){
- longvalue = -v;
+ if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+ longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63;
+ }else{
+ longvalue = -v;
+ }
prefix = '-';
}else{
longvalue = v;
case etEXP:
case etGENERIC:
realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ length = 0;
+#else
if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */
if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
if( realvalue<0.0 ){
while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
length = width;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
break;
case etSIZE:
*(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
case etSQLESCAPE:
case etSQLESCAPE2:
case etSQLESCAPE3: {
- int i, j, n, isnull;
+ int i, j, k, n, isnull;
int needQuote;
char ch;
char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */
char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
isnull = escarg==0;
if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
- for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
+ k = precision;
+ for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){
if( ch==q ) n++;
}
needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
}
j = 0;
if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
- for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
- bufpt[j++] = ch;
+ k = i;
+ for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+ bufpt[j++] = ch = escarg[i];
if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
}
if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
bufpt[j] = 0;
length = j;
- /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
- /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
+ /* The precision in %q and %Q means how many input characters to
+ ** consume, not the length of the output...
+ ** if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
break;
}
case etTOKEN: {
return;
}
}else{
+ char *zOld = (p->zText==p->zBase ? 0 : p->zText);
i64 szNew = p->nChar;
szNew += N + 1;
if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
}else{
p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
}
- zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
+ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+ zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc);
+ }else{
+ zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOld, p->nAlloc);
+ }
if( zNew ){
- memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
- sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
+ if( zOld==0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
p->zText = zNew;
}else{
p->mallocFailed = 1;
if( p->zText ){
p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
- p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+ p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
+ }else{
+ p->zText = sqlite3_malloc(p->nChar+1);
+ }
if( p->zText ){
memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
}else{
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+ if( p->useMalloc==1 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(p->zText);
+ }
}
p->zText = 0;
}
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+ acc.useMalloc = 2;
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
return z;
** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we
** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
** specified by some locales.
+**
+** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards
+** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change
+** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the
+** mistake.
+**
+** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version.
*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
- char *z;
- va_list ap;
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
StrAccum acc;
-
- if( n<=0 ){
- return zBuf;
- }
+ if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
acc.useMalloc = 0;
- va_start(ap,zFormat);
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
+}
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ char *z;
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap,zFormat);
+ z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
- z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
return z;
}
+/*
+** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message.
+** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using
+** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled.
+**
+** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically
+** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator
+** mutex is held.
+*/
+static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
+ StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */
+ char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */
+
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0);
+ acc.useMalloc = 0;
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode,
+ sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc));
+}
+
+/*
+** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap; /* Vararg list */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging.
}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+/*
+** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3VXPrintf().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3XPrintf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap,zFormat);
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(p, 1, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+#endif
+
/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
/*
**
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
-**
-** $Id: random.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
-** $Id: utf.c,v 1.73 2009/04/01 18:40:32 drh Exp $
-**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value
** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
-/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for information that is private to the
-** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single
-** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over
-** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
-** this header information was factored out.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.174 2009/06/23 14:15:04 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
-#define _VDBEINT_H_
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
-** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
-** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance
-** of the following structure.
+** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
+** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
-typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
/*
-** Boolean values
+** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
+** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
*/
-typedef unsigned char Bool;
+static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+ 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
+ 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
+ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
+};
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
-** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
-** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree
-** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-**
-** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-**
-** If the VdbeCursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
-** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
-** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in VdbeCursor.pData and
-** the rowid is in VdbeCursor.iKey.
-*/
-struct VdbeCursor {
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
- int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
- i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
- Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
- Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */
- Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */
- Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
- Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
- Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
- Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
- Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
- i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
- Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
- int pseudoTableReg; /* Register holding pseudotable content. */
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
- int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
- i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */
- const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
- /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or
- ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
- int seekResult;
+#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<0x00080 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \
+ } \
+ else if( c<0x00800 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ } \
+ else if( c<0x10000 ){ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
+ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
+ } \
+}
- /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
- ** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheStatus matches
- ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of
- ** CACHE_STALE and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that
- ** the cache is out of date.
- **
- ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
- ** be NULL.
- */
- u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
- int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
- u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */
- u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
- u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
+#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
+ } \
+}
-/*
-** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type
-** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as
-** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific
-** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished,
-** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure,
-** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program
-** began executing.
-**
-** Frames are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pParent. Vdbe.pParent
-** is the parent of the current frame, or zero if the current frame
-** is the main Vdbe program.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame;
-struct VdbeFrame {
- Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */
- int pc; /* Program Counter */
- Op *aOp; /* Program instructions */
- int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */
- Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells */
- int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */
- VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Element of Vdbe cursors */
- u16 nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */
- void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */
- int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */
- int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */
- i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
- int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
- VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame */
-};
+#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \
+ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ }else{ \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
+ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
+ } \
+}
-#define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))])
+#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \
+ c = (*zIn++); \
+ c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
+ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \
+ int c2 = (*zIn++); \
+ c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
+ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
+ } \
+}
-/*
-** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
-*/
-#define CACHE_STALE 0
+#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \
+ c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
+ c += (*zIn++); \
+ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \
+ int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
+ c2 += (*zIn++); \
+ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
+ } \
+}
/*
-** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
-** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
-** integer etc.) of the same value. A value (and therefore Mem structure)
-** has the following properties:
+** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value.
**
-** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
-** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
-** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
-** SQLITE_BLOB.
-*/
-struct Mem {
- union {
- i64 i; /* Integer value. */
- int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
- FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
- RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Used when flags==MEM_Frame */
- } u;
- double r; /* Real value */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
- char *z; /* String or BLOB value */
- int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
- u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
- u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
- u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
- void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
- char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
-};
-
-/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
-** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
+** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
+** is a 0x00.
**
-** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
-** No other flags may be set in this case.
+** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
**
-** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
-** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
-** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
-** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
+** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
**
-** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags. But only one
-** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
-*/
-#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */
-#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */
-#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
-#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
-#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
-#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
-#define MEM_Frame 0x0040 /* Value is a VdbeFrame object */
-#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */
-
-/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
-** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
-** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
-** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
+** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
+** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that
+** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
+** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
+** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
+**
+** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
+** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
+** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
+** invalid characters.
+**
+** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
+** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length
+** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
*/
-#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
+#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
+ c = *(zIn++); \
+ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \
+ while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \
+ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \
+ } \
+ if( c<0x80 \
+ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \
+ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \
+ }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(
+ const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
+ const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
+){
+ unsigned int c;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- #undef MEM_Zero
- #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
-#endif
+ /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
+ ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
+ */
+ c = *(zIn++);
+ if( c>=0xc0 ){
+ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
+ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
+ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
+ }
+ if( c<0x80
+ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
+ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; }
+ }
+ *pzNext = zIn;
+ return c;
+}
-/*
-** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
-*/
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
- ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
-/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
-** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
-** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
-** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
-** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This
-** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
-** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
-** invocations.
-*/
-struct VdbeFunc {
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */
- int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
- struct AuxData {
- void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
- void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */
- } apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */
-};
+/*
+** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
+** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
+*/
+/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an
-** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
-** implement the SQL functions.
-**
-** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines,
-** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
-** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
-** structure are known.
-**
-** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
-** (Mem) which are only defined there.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_context {
- FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */
- Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */
- Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
- int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */
-};
-
-/*
-** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
-** is part of a small set. Sets are used to implement code like
-** this:
-** x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
-*/
-typedef struct Set Set;
-struct Set {
- Hash hash; /* A set is just a hash table */
- HashElem *prev; /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete
-** state of the virtual machine.
-**
-** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
-** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
-**
-** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
-** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
-** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
-** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
-** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
-** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table
-** method function.
-*/
-struct Vdbe {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */
- Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
- int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
- int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
- Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
- int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
- int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
- int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
- Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
- Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
- Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
- u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
- u16 nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
- VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
- u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
- u8 okVar; /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
- u16 nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
- Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
- char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
- u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
- int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
- Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
- u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
- int pc; /* The program counter */
- int rc; /* Value to return */
- char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
- u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
- u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */
- u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
- u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
- u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */
- u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */
- u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */
- u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
- int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
- int btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
- i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
- BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
- int aCounter[2]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
- char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
- void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
- i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */
- i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */
- int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
-#endif
- VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */
- int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
-*/
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
-
-/*
-** Function prototypes
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
-void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
-
-int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor *, i64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
-#else
-# define sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p)
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
-#else
- #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
-
-/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-/*
-** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
-** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-/*
-** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
-** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
-*/
-static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
- 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
- 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
- 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
- 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
- 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
-};
-
-
-#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \
- if( c<0x00080 ){ \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \
- } \
- else if( c<0x00800 ){ \
- *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
- } \
- else if( c<0x10000 ){ \
- *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
- }else{ \
- *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
- *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
- } \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \
- if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
- }else{ \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
- } \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \
- if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
- *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
- }else{ \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
- *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
- } \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){ \
- c = (*zIn++); \
- c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \
- int c2 = (*zIn++); \
- c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
- } \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){ \
- c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c += (*zIn++); \
- if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \
- int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
- c2 += (*zIn++); \
- c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
- } \
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value.
-**
-** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
-** is a 0x00.
-**
-** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
-**
-** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
-**
-** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
-** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that
-** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
-** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
-** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
-** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
-** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
-** invalid characters.
-**
-** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
-** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length
-** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
-*/
-#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
- c = *(zIn++); \
- if( c>=0xc0 ){ \
- c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \
- while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \
- c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \
- } \
- if( c<0x80 \
- || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \
- || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \
- }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
- const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
- const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
-){
- int c;
-
- /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
- ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
- */
- c = *(zIn++);
- if( c>=0xc0 ){
- c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
- while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
- c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
- }
- if( c<0x80
- || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
- || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; }
- }
- *pzNext = zIn;
- return c;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
-** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/
-/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
-** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
-** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
+** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
+** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
+** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c);
+ READ_UTF16LE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}else{
/* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
- READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c);
+ READ_UTF16BE(zIn, zIn<zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}
** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
** UTF-8. Miscoded characters are removed.
**
-** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
-** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
+** The translation is done in-place and aborted if the output
+** overruns the input.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
u32 c;
- while( zIn[0] ){
+ while( zIn[0] && zOut<=zIn ){
c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
if( c!=0xfffd ){
WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
**
** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte, u8 enc){
Mem m;
memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
m.db = db;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
}
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
- return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
+ assert( (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
+ assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed );
+ return m.z;
}
/*
#endif
/*
-** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
+** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative.
*/
int c;
unsigned char const *z = zIn;
int n = 0;
+
if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
- /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
- ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
- ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
- ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and
- ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
- ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
- ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
- ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
- */
while( n<nChar ){
- READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+ READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
n++;
}
}else{
while( n<nChar ){
- READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+ READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
n++;
}
}
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
- READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
+ READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c);
assert( c==i );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
- READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
+ READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c);
assert( c==i );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
- static int dummy = 0;
- dummy += x;
+ static unsigned dummy = 0;
+ dummy += (unsigned)x;
}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
**
testcase( rc );
return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
/*
** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ char *zMsg;
va_list ap;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- pParse->nErr++;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
va_start(ap, zFormat);
- pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
+ zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pParse->zErrMsg);
- pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
- pParse->nErr = 0;
+ if( db->suppressErr ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg);
+ }else{
+ pParse->nErr++;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
+ pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg;
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
}
/*
/*
** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20522-24639 The sqlite3_strnicmp() API allows
+** applications and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers
+** containing UTF-8 strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same
+** definition of case independence that SQLite uses internally when
+** comparing identifiers.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
register unsigned char *a, *b;
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string. Return FALSE and leave
-** *realnum unchanged if the string contains any character which is not
-** part of a number.
+** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number.
+** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult.
**
-** If the string is pure numeric, set *realnum to TRUE if the string
-** contains the '.' character or an "E+000" style exponentiation suffix.
-** Otherwise set *realnum to FALSE. Note that just becaue *realnum is
-** false does not mean that the number can be successfully converted into
-** an integer - it might be too big.
+** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and
+** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated.
**
-** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
- int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
- if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
- return 0;
- }
- z += incr;
- *realnum = 0;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
- if( *z=='.' ){
- z += incr;
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
- *realnum = 1;
- }
- if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
- z += incr;
- if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
- *realnum = 1;
- }
- return *z==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The string z[] is an ASCII representation of a real number.
-** Convert this string to a double.
+** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE
+** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers
+** are in one of these formats:
**
-** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number. If it
-** is not, the result is undefined.
+** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits]
+** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits]
+** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits]
**
-** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
-** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
-** of "." depending on how locale is set. But that would cause problems
-** for SQL. So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
+** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining
+** validity.
+**
+** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine
+** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result
+** into *pResult.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- const char *zBegin = z;
+ int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ const char *zEnd = z + length;
/* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */
- int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */
- i64 s = 0; /* significand */
- int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
- int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */
- int e = 0; /* exponent */
+ int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */
+ i64 s = 0; /* significand */
+ int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */
+ int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */
+ int e = 0; /* exponent */
+ int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */
double result;
int nDigits = 0;
+ *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */
+
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
+
/* skip leading spaces */
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+ if( z>=zEnd ) return 0;
+
/* get sign of significand */
if( *z=='-' ){
sign = -1;
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
}else if( *z=='+' ){
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
}
+
/* skip leading zeroes */
- while( z[0]=='0' ) z++, nDigits++;
+ while( z<zEnd && z[0]=='0' ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
/* copy max significant digits to significand */
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
- z++, nDigits++;
+ z+=incr, nDigits++;
}
+
/* skip non-significant significand digits
** (increase exponent by d to shift decimal left) */
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++, d++;
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++, d++;
+ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
/* if decimal point is present */
if( *z=='.' ){
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
/* copy digits from after decimal to significand
** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) && s<((LARGEST_INT64-9)/10) ){
s = s*10 + (*z - '0');
- z++, nDigits++, d--;
+ z+=incr, nDigits++, d--;
}
/* skip non-significant digits */
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z++, nDigits++;
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) z+=incr, nDigits++;
}
+ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
/* if exponent is present */
if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
+ eValid = 0;
+ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc;
/* get sign of exponent */
if( *z=='-' ){
esign = -1;
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
}else if( *z=='+' ){
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
}
/* copy digits to exponent */
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
e = e*10 + (*z - '0');
- z++;
+ z+=incr;
+ eValid = 1;
}
}
+ /* skip trailing spaces */
+ if( nDigits && eValid ){
+ while( z<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z+=incr;
+ }
+
+do_atof_calc:
/* adjust exponent by d, and update sign */
e = (e*esign) + d;
if( e<0 ) {
/* store the result */
*pResult = result;
- /* return number of characters used */
- return (int)(z - zBegin);
+ /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */
+ return z>=zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid;
#else
- return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
+ return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}
** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive
** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
+** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters.
**
** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
** last digit. So, for example,
**
-** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800")
+** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1)
**
** will return -8.
*/
-static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
- int c;
- c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18)*10;
+static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){
+ int c = 0;
+ int i;
+ /* 012345678901234567 */
+ const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580";
+ for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){
+ c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10;
+ }
if( c==0 ){
- c = zNum[18] - '8';
+ c = zNum[18*incr] - '8';
+ testcase( c==(-1) );
+ testcase( c==0 );
+ testcase( c==(+1) );
}
return c;
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
-** the value of the integer into *pNum. If zNum is not an integer
-** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
-** then return false.
+** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer.
**
-** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
-** 32-bit numbers. At that time, it was much faster than the
-** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
- i64 v = 0;
- int neg;
- int i, c;
- const char *zStart;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++;
- if( *zNum=='-' ){
- neg = 1;
- zNum++;
- }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
- neg = 0;
- zNum++;
- }else{
- neg = 0;
- }
- zStart = zNum;
- while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
- for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
- v = v*10 + c - '0';
- }
- *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
- if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){
- /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
- ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
- return 0;
- }else if( i<19 ){
- /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
- return 1;
- }else{
- /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive
- ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative. Note that 9223372036854665808
- ** is 2^63. */
- return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** The string zNum represents an unsigned integer. The zNum string
-** consists of one or more digit characters and is terminated by
-** a zero character. Any stray characters in zNum result in undefined
-** behavior.
+** If the zNum value is representable as a 64-bit twos-complement
+** integer, then write that value into *pNum and return 0.
**
-** If the unsigned integer that zNum represents will fit in a
-** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE. Otherwise return FALSE.
+** If zNum is exactly 9223372036854665808, return 2. This special
+** case is broken out because while 9223372036854665808 cannot be a
+** signed 64-bit integer, its negative -9223372036854665808 can be.
**
-** If the negFlag parameter is true, that means that zNum really represents
-** a negative number. (The leading "-" is omitted from zNum.) This
-** parameter is needed to determine a boundary case. A string
-** of "9223373036854775808" returns false if negFlag is false or true
-** if negFlag is true.
+** If zNum is too big for a 64-bit integer and is not
+** 9223372036854665808 then return 1.
**
-** Leading zeros are ignored.
+** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters).
+** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is
+** given by enc.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){
+ int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ u64 u = 0;
+ int neg = 0; /* assume positive */
int i;
- int neg = 0;
-
- assert( zNum[0]>='0' && zNum[0]<='9' ); /* zNum is an unsigned number */
-
- if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
- while( *zNum=='0' ){
- zNum++; /* Skip leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
+ int c = 0;
+ const char *zStart;
+ const char *zEnd = zNum + length;
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) zNum++;
+ while( zNum<zEnd && sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum+=incr;
+ if( zNum<zEnd ){
+ if( *zNum=='-' ){
+ neg = 1;
+ zNum+=incr;
+ }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
+ zNum+=incr;
+ }
+ }
+ zStart = zNum;
+ while( zNum<zEnd && zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum+=incr; } /* Skip leading zeros. */
+ for(i=0; &zNum[i]<zEnd && (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){
+ u = u*10 + c - '0';
+ }
+ if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){
+ *pNum = SMALLEST_INT64;
+ }else if( neg ){
+ *pNum = -(i64)u;
+ }else{
+ *pNum = (i64)u;
}
- for(i=0; zNum[i]; i++){ assert( zNum[i]>='0' && zNum[i]<='9' ); }
- if( i<19 ){
- /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
+ testcase( i==18 );
+ testcase( i==19 );
+ testcase( i==20 );
+ if( (c!=0 && &zNum[i]<zEnd) || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19*incr ){
+ /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
+ ** than 19 digits (thus guaranteeing that it is too large) */
return 1;
- }else if( i>19 ){
- /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */
+ }else if( i<19*incr ){
+ /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
+ assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
return 0;
}else{
- /* Compare against 2^63. */
- return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
+ /* zNum is a 19-digit numbers. Compare it against 9223372036854775808. */
+ c = compare2pow63(zNum, incr);
+ if( c<0 ){
+ /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */
+ assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 );
+ return 0;
+ }else if( c>0 ){
+ /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The
+ ** special case 2 overflow if positive */
+ assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 );
+ assert( (*pNum)==SMALLEST_INT64 );
+ return neg ? 0 : 2;
+ }
}
}
** 1234567890
** 2^31 -> 2147483648
*/
+ testcase( i==10 );
if( i>10 ){
return 0;
}
+ testcase( v-neg==2147483647 );
if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
return 0;
}
}
/*
+** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the
+** string is not an integer, just return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){
+ int x = 0;
+ if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x);
+ return x;
+}
+
+/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
}
/*
+** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants
+** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions
+** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler.
+**
+** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f
+**
+** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0
+*/
+#define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f
+#define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f
+
+
+/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v.
*/
return 2;
}
+ /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */
+ assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+ assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) );
+
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
- a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ a &= SLOT_2_0;
b &= 0x7f;
b = b<<7;
a |= b;
}
/* CSE1 from below */
- a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ a &= SLOT_2_0;
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
- b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ b &= SLOT_2_0;
/* moved CSE1 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
a = a<<7;
/* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
/* moved CSE1 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
- b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ b &= SLOT_2_0;
s = a;
/* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
{
/* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
/* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
- a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ a &= SLOT_2_0;
a = a<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>18;
/* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
- a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
- b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+ b &= SLOT_2_0;
b = b<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>11;
}
/* CSE2 from below */
- a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ a &= SLOT_2_0;
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
- b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
/* moved CSE2 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
a = a<<7;
/* moved CSE2 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
- b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ b &= SLOT_2_0;
b = b<<8;
a |= b;
/* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
- /* Walues between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
- a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
- b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
+ /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */
+ a &= SLOT_4_2_0;
+ b &= SLOT_4_2_0;
b = b<<7;
*v = a | b;
return 5;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character: 0..9a..fA..F
*/
-static u8 hexToInt(int h){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){
assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#endif
return (u8)(h & 0xf);
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
n--;
if( zBlob ){
for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
- zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
+ zBlob[i/2] = (sqlite3HexToInt(z[i])<<4) | sqlite3HexToInt(z[i+1]);
}
zBlob[i/2] = 0;
}
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
/*
-** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
-** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** when this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API. The SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
-** open and is not being used by another thread. By changing the value
-** to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
-** sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** when the API exits.
-**
-** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
-** same sqlite* pointer at the same time. There is a race
-** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
-** But usually the problem will be seen. The result will be an
-** error which can be used to debug the application that is
-** using SQLite incorrectly.
-**
-** Ticket #202: If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
-** to modify the db structure at all. It could be that db is a stale
-** pointer. In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
-** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated. And we do
-** not want to write into deallocated memory.
+** Log an error that is an API call on a connection pointer that should
+** not have been used. The "type" of connection pointer is given as the
+** argument. The zType is a word like "NULL" or "closed" or "invalid".
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- return 0;
- }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
- }
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
-** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
-** when this routine is called.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- return 0;
- }else{
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
- return 1;
- }
+static void logBadConnection(const char *zType){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "API call with %s database connection pointer",
+ zType
+ );
}
-#endif
/*
** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer. This test is not
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
u32 magic;
- if( db==0 ) return 0;
+ if( db==0 ){
+ logBadConnection("NULL");
+ return 0;
+ }
magic = db->magic;
- if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
-#endif
- ){
+ if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
+ if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ logBadConnection("unopened");
+ }
return 0;
}else{
return 1;
magic = db->magic;
if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
- magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
- return 1;
+ magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ logBadConnection("invalid");
+ return 0;
+ }else{
+ return 1;
+ }
}
+/*
+** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against
+** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA.
+** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an
+** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+ i64 iA = *pA;
+ testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 );
+ testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 );
+ if( iB>=0 ){
+ testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB );
+ testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 );
+ if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1;
+ *pA += iB;
+ }else{
+ testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 );
+ testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 );
+ if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1;
+ *pA += iB;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+ testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 );
+ if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+ testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 );
+ if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1;
+ *pA -= iB;
+ return 0;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB);
+ }
+}
+#define TWOPOWER32 (((i64)1)<<32)
+#define TWOPOWER31 (((i64)1)<<31)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){
+ i64 iA = *pA;
+ i64 iA1, iA0, iB1, iB0, r;
+
+ iA1 = iA/TWOPOWER32;
+ iA0 = iA % TWOPOWER32;
+ iB1 = iB/TWOPOWER32;
+ iB0 = iB % TWOPOWER32;
+ if( iA1*iB1 != 0 ) return 1;
+ assert( iA1*iB0==0 || iA0*iB1==0 );
+ r = iA1*iB0 + iA0*iB1;
+ testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31)-1 );
+ testcase( r==(-TWOPOWER31) );
+ testcase( r==TWOPOWER31 );
+ testcase( r==TWOPOWER31-1 );
+ if( r<(-TWOPOWER31) || r>=TWOPOWER31 ) return 1;
+ r *= TWOPOWER32;
+ if( sqlite3AddInt64(&r, iA0*iB0) ) return 1;
+ *pA = r;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or
+** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){
+ if( x>=0 ) return x;
+ if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff;
+ return -x;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
+/*
+** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAME is set at compile-time and if the database
+** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and
+** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than
+** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three
+** characters of the original suffix.
+**
+** Examples:
+**
+** test.db-journal => test.nal
+** test.db-wal => test.wal
+** test.db-shm => test.shm
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){
+ const char *zOk;
+ zOk = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names");
+ if( zOk && sqlite3GetBoolean(zOk) ){
+ int i, sz;
+ sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){}
+ if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memcpy(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
/*
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.c,v 1.38 2009/05/09 23:29:12 drh Exp $
*/
/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
- /* 1 */ "VNext",
- /* 2 */ "Affinity",
- /* 3 */ "Column",
- /* 4 */ "SetCookie",
- /* 5 */ "Seek",
- /* 6 */ "Sequence",
- /* 7 */ "Savepoint",
- /* 8 */ "RowKey",
- /* 9 */ "SCopy",
- /* 10 */ "OpenWrite",
- /* 11 */ "If",
- /* 12 */ "CollSeq",
- /* 13 */ "OpenRead",
- /* 14 */ "Expire",
- /* 15 */ "AutoCommit",
- /* 16 */ "Pagecount",
- /* 17 */ "IntegrityCk",
- /* 18 */ "Sort",
+ /* 1 */ "Goto",
+ /* 2 */ "Gosub",
+ /* 3 */ "Return",
+ /* 4 */ "Yield",
+ /* 5 */ "HaltIfNull",
+ /* 6 */ "Halt",
+ /* 7 */ "Integer",
+ /* 8 */ "Int64",
+ /* 9 */ "String",
+ /* 10 */ "Null",
+ /* 11 */ "Blob",
+ /* 12 */ "Variable",
+ /* 13 */ "Move",
+ /* 14 */ "Copy",
+ /* 15 */ "SCopy",
+ /* 16 */ "ResultRow",
+ /* 17 */ "CollSeq",
+ /* 18 */ "Function",
/* 19 */ "Not",
- /* 20 */ "Copy",
- /* 21 */ "Trace",
- /* 22 */ "Function",
- /* 23 */ "IfNeg",
- /* 24 */ "Noop",
- /* 25 */ "Program",
- /* 26 */ "Return",
- /* 27 */ "NewRowid",
- /* 28 */ "FkCounter",
- /* 29 */ "Variable",
- /* 30 */ "String",
- /* 31 */ "RealAffinity",
- /* 32 */ "VRename",
- /* 33 */ "ParseSchema",
- /* 34 */ "VOpen",
- /* 35 */ "Close",
- /* 36 */ "CreateIndex",
- /* 37 */ "IsUnique",
- /* 38 */ "NotFound",
- /* 39 */ "Int64",
- /* 40 */ "MustBeInt",
- /* 41 */ "Halt",
- /* 42 */ "Rowid",
- /* 43 */ "IdxLT",
- /* 44 */ "AddImm",
- /* 45 */ "RowData",
- /* 46 */ "MemMax",
- /* 47 */ "NotExists",
- /* 48 */ "Gosub",
- /* 49 */ "Integer",
- /* 50 */ "Prev",
- /* 51 */ "RowSetRead",
- /* 52 */ "RowSetAdd",
- /* 53 */ "VColumn",
- /* 54 */ "CreateTable",
- /* 55 */ "Last",
- /* 56 */ "SeekLe",
- /* 57 */ "IncrVacuum",
- /* 58 */ "IdxRowid",
- /* 59 */ "ResetCount",
- /* 60 */ "Yield",
- /* 61 */ "DropTrigger",
- /* 62 */ "DropIndex",
- /* 63 */ "Param",
- /* 64 */ "IdxGE",
- /* 65 */ "IdxDelete",
- /* 66 */ "Vacuum",
- /* 67 */ "IfNot",
+ /* 20 */ "AddImm",
+ /* 21 */ "MustBeInt",
+ /* 22 */ "RealAffinity",
+ /* 23 */ "Permutation",
+ /* 24 */ "Compare",
+ /* 25 */ "Jump",
+ /* 26 */ "If",
+ /* 27 */ "IfNot",
+ /* 28 */ "Column",
+ /* 29 */ "Affinity",
+ /* 30 */ "MakeRecord",
+ /* 31 */ "Count",
+ /* 32 */ "Savepoint",
+ /* 33 */ "AutoCommit",
+ /* 34 */ "Transaction",
+ /* 35 */ "ReadCookie",
+ /* 36 */ "SetCookie",
+ /* 37 */ "VerifyCookie",
+ /* 38 */ "OpenRead",
+ /* 39 */ "OpenWrite",
+ /* 40 */ "OpenAutoindex",
+ /* 41 */ "OpenEphemeral",
+ /* 42 */ "OpenPseudo",
+ /* 43 */ "Close",
+ /* 44 */ "SeekLt",
+ /* 45 */ "SeekLe",
+ /* 46 */ "SeekGe",
+ /* 47 */ "SeekGt",
+ /* 48 */ "Seek",
+ /* 49 */ "NotFound",
+ /* 50 */ "Found",
+ /* 51 */ "IsUnique",
+ /* 52 */ "NotExists",
+ /* 53 */ "Sequence",
+ /* 54 */ "NewRowid",
+ /* 55 */ "Insert",
+ /* 56 */ "InsertInt",
+ /* 57 */ "Delete",
+ /* 58 */ "ResetCount",
+ /* 59 */ "RowKey",
+ /* 60 */ "RowData",
+ /* 61 */ "Rowid",
+ /* 62 */ "NullRow",
+ /* 63 */ "Last",
+ /* 64 */ "Sort",
+ /* 65 */ "Rewind",
+ /* 66 */ "Prev",
+ /* 67 */ "Next",
/* 68 */ "Or",
/* 69 */ "And",
- /* 70 */ "DropTable",
- /* 71 */ "SeekLt",
- /* 72 */ "MakeRecord",
+ /* 70 */ "IdxInsert",
+ /* 71 */ "IdxDelete",
+ /* 72 */ "IdxRowid",
/* 73 */ "IsNull",
/* 74 */ "NotNull",
/* 75 */ "Ne",
/* 78 */ "Le",
/* 79 */ "Lt",
/* 80 */ "Ge",
- /* 81 */ "ResultRow",
+ /* 81 */ "IdxLT",
/* 82 */ "BitAnd",
/* 83 */ "BitOr",
/* 84 */ "ShiftLeft",
/* 89 */ "Divide",
/* 90 */ "Remainder",
/* 91 */ "Concat",
- /* 92 */ "Delete",
+ /* 92 */ "IdxGE",
/* 93 */ "BitNot",
/* 94 */ "String8",
- /* 95 */ "AggFinal",
- /* 96 */ "Compare",
- /* 97 */ "Goto",
- /* 98 */ "TableLock",
- /* 99 */ "Clear",
- /* 100 */ "VerifyCookie",
- /* 101 */ "AggStep",
- /* 102 */ "Transaction",
- /* 103 */ "VFilter",
- /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
- /* 105 */ "Next",
- /* 106 */ "Count",
- /* 107 */ "IdxInsert",
- /* 108 */ "FkIfZero",
- /* 109 */ "SeekGe",
- /* 110 */ "Insert",
- /* 111 */ "Destroy",
- /* 112 */ "ReadCookie",
- /* 113 */ "RowSetTest",
- /* 114 */ "LoadAnalysis",
- /* 115 */ "Explain",
- /* 116 */ "HaltIfNull",
- /* 117 */ "OpenPseudo",
- /* 118 */ "OpenEphemeral",
- /* 119 */ "Null",
- /* 120 */ "Move",
- /* 121 */ "Blob",
- /* 122 */ "Rewind",
- /* 123 */ "SeekGt",
+ /* 95 */ "Destroy",
+ /* 96 */ "Clear",
+ /* 97 */ "CreateIndex",
+ /* 98 */ "CreateTable",
+ /* 99 */ "ParseSchema",
+ /* 100 */ "LoadAnalysis",
+ /* 101 */ "DropTable",
+ /* 102 */ "DropIndex",
+ /* 103 */ "DropTrigger",
+ /* 104 */ "IntegrityCk",
+ /* 105 */ "RowSetAdd",
+ /* 106 */ "RowSetRead",
+ /* 107 */ "RowSetTest",
+ /* 108 */ "Program",
+ /* 109 */ "Param",
+ /* 110 */ "FkCounter",
+ /* 111 */ "FkIfZero",
+ /* 112 */ "MemMax",
+ /* 113 */ "IfPos",
+ /* 114 */ "IfNeg",
+ /* 115 */ "IfZero",
+ /* 116 */ "AggStep",
+ /* 117 */ "AggFinal",
+ /* 118 */ "Checkpoint",
+ /* 119 */ "JournalMode",
+ /* 120 */ "Vacuum",
+ /* 121 */ "IncrVacuum",
+ /* 122 */ "Expire",
+ /* 123 */ "TableLock",
/* 124 */ "VBegin",
- /* 125 */ "VUpdate",
- /* 126 */ "IfZero",
- /* 127 */ "VCreate",
- /* 128 */ "Found",
- /* 129 */ "IfPos",
+ /* 125 */ "VCreate",
+ /* 126 */ "VDestroy",
+ /* 127 */ "VOpen",
+ /* 128 */ "VFilter",
+ /* 129 */ "VColumn",
/* 130 */ "Real",
- /* 131 */ "NullRow",
- /* 132 */ "Jump",
- /* 133 */ "Permutation",
- /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
- /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
- /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
- /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
- /* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
+ /* 131 */ "VNext",
+ /* 132 */ "VRename",
+ /* 133 */ "VUpdate",
+ /* 134 */ "Pagecount",
+ /* 135 */ "MaxPgcnt",
+ /* 136 */ "Trace",
+ /* 137 */ "Noop",
+ /* 138 */ "Explain",
/* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
/* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
/* 141 */ "ToText",
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
-**
-** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.63 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X)
#endif
/*
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_
/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct os2File os2File; /* The file structure */
+typedef struct os2ShmNode os2ShmNode; /* A shared descritive memory node */
+typedef struct os2ShmLink os2ShmLink; /* A connection to shared-memory */
+
/*
** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2
** protability layer.
*/
-typedef struct os2File os2File;
struct os2File {
const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
HFILE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
- char* pathToDel; /* Name of file to delete on close, NULL if not */
- unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+ int flags; /* Flags provided to os2Open() */
+ int locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
+ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
+ char *zFullPathCp; /* Full path name of this file */
+ os2ShmLink *pShmLink; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
};
#define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */
+/*
+** Missing from some versions of the OS/2 toolkit -
+** used to allocate from high memory if possible
+*/
+#ifndef OBJ_ANY
+# define OBJ_ANY 0x00000400
+#endif
+
/*****************************************************************************
** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
** Close a file.
*/
static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- os2File *pFile;
- if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){
- OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
- rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- if( pFile->pathToDel != NULL ){
- rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel );
- free( pFile->pathToDel );
- pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
- }
- id = 0;
- OpenCounter( -1 );
- }
+ APIRET rc;
+ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ OSTRACE(( "CLOSE %d (%s)\n", pFile->h, pFile->zFullPathCp ));
+
+ rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
+ if( pFile->flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE )
+ DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->zFullPathCp );
+
+ free( pFile->zFullPathCp );
+ pFile->zFullPathCp = NULL;
+ pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->h = (HFILE)-1;
+ pFile->flags = 0;
+
+ OpenCounter( -1 );
return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
}
os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
assert( id!=0 );
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ );
- OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
assert( id!=0 );
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE );
SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
- OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
+ APIRET rc;
os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte );
+ assert( id!=0 );
+ OSTRACE(( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte ));
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
+
+ /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+ ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+ ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+ ** size).
+ */
+ if( pFile->szChunk ){
+ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+ }
+
rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
}
*/
static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){
sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
- OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
return res;
}
UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res ));
return res;
}
memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
assert( pFile!=0 );
- OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ));
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet.
*/
if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype ));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L );
if( res == NO_ERROR ){
gotPendingLock = 1;
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
}
if( res == NO_ERROR ){
newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
}
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
/* Acquire a RESERVED lock
if( res == NO_ERROR ){
newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
}
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
/* Acquire a PENDING lock
if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
gotPendingLock = 0;
- OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n",
+ pFile->h ));
}
/* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
+ OSTRACE(( "unreadlock = %d\n", res ));
LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
if( res == NO_ERROR ){
newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
}else{
- OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res );
+ OSTRACE(( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res ));
getReadLock(pFile);
}
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
/* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r ));
}
/* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
if( res == NO_ERROR ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+ locktype, newLocktype ));
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
- OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
return rc;
}
assert( pFile!=0 );
if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
r = 1;
- OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r );
+ OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r ));
}else{
FILELOCK LockArea,
UnlockArea;
UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc );
+ OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc ));
if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */
LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu );
+ OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu ));
}
r = !(rc == NO_ERROR);
- OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r );
+ OSTRACE(( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r ));
}
*pOut = r;
return SQLITE_OK;
memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
assert( pFile!=0 );
assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype ));
type = pFile->locktype;
if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
/* This should never happen. We should always be able to
** reacquire the read lock */
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype ));
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}
}
UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n",
+ pFile->h, type, locktype, res ));
}
if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res ));
}
pFile->locktype = locktype;
- OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype ));
return rc;
}
switch( op ){
case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
*(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
- OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
+ OSTRACE(( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n",
+ ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype ));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+ ((os2File*)id)->szChunk = *(int*)pArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+ sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ os2Truncate(id, sz);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
/*
** same for both.
*/
static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
}
** Return a vector of device characteristics.
*/
static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
- return 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+ return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN;
}
return out;
}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Use main database file for interprocess locking. If un-defined
+** a separate file is created for this purpose. The file will be
+** used only to set file locks. There will be no data written to it.
+*/
+#define SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
+
+#if 0
+static void _ERR_TRACE( const char *fmt, ... ) {
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ fflush(stderr);
+}
+#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg) \
+ if( (rc) != SQLITE_OK ) _ERR_TRACE msg;
+#else
+#define ERR_TRACE(rc, msg)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect os2ShmNodeList.
+**
+** Function os2ShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+** os2ShmEnterMutex()
+** assert( os2ShmMutexHeld() );
+** os2ShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void os2ShmEnterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+static void os2ShmLeaveMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int os2ShmMutexHeld(void) {
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+int GetCurrentProcessId(void) {
+ PPIB pib;
+ DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &pib);
+ return (int)pib->pib_ulpid;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent a the shared memory area for a single log file.
+** When multiple threads all reference the same log-summary, each thread has
+** its own os2File object, but they all point to a single instance of this
+** object. In other words, each log-summary is opened only once per process.
+**
+** os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+** nRef
+** pNext
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+**
+** szRegion
+** hLockFile
+** shmBaseName
+**
+** Either os2ShmNode.mutex must be held or os2ShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** os2ShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+**
+*/
+struct os2ShmNode {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
+ os2ShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all os2ShmNode objects */
+
+ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+
+ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ void **apRegion; /* Array of pointers to shared-memory regions */
+
+ int nRef; /* Number of os2ShmLink objects pointing to this */
+ os2ShmLink *pFirst; /* First os2ShmLink object pointing to this */
+
+ HFILE hLockFile; /* File used for inter-process memory locking */
+ char shmBaseName[1]; /* Name of the memory object !!! must last !!! */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+** os2Shm.pShmNode
+** os2Shm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write. The os2Shm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct os2ShmLink {
+ os2ShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying os2ShmNode object */
+ os2ShmLink *pNext; /* Next os2Shm with the same os2ShmNode */
+ u32 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u32 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its os2ShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+
+/*
+** A global list of all os2ShmNode objects.
+**
+** The os2ShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static os2ShmNode *os2ShmNodeList = NULL;
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
+#define OS2_SHM_BASE (PENDING_BYTE + 0x10000) /* first lock byte */
+#else
+#define OS2_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+#endif
+
+#define OS2_SHM_DMS (OS2_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+*/
+#define _SHM_UNLCK 1 /* no lock */
+#define _SHM_RDLCK 2 /* shared lock, no wait */
+#define _SHM_WRLCK 3 /* exlusive lock, no wait */
+#define _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT 4 /* exclusive lock, wait */
+static int os2ShmSystemLock(
+ os2ShmNode *pNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+ int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, _SHM_WRLCK or _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT */
+ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+ APIRET rc;
+ FILELOCK area;
+ ULONG mode, timeout;
+
+ /* Access to the os2ShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pNode->mutex) || pNode->nRef==0 );
+
+ mode = 1; /* shared lock */
+ timeout = 0; /* no wait */
+ area.lOffset = ofst;
+ area.lRange = nByte;
+
+ switch( lockType ) {
+ case _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT:
+ timeout = (ULONG)-1; /* wait forever */
+ case _SHM_WRLCK:
+ mode = 0; /* exclusive lock */
+ case _SHM_RDLCK:
+ rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile,
+ NULL, &area, timeout, mode);
+ break;
+ /* case _SHM_UNLCK: */
+ default:
+ rc = DosSetFileLocks(pNode->hLockFile,
+ &area, NULL, 0, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n",
+ pNode->hLockFile,
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed",
+ lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "Unlock" : "Lock",
+ rc));
+
+ ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmSystemLock: %d %s\n", rc, pNode->shmBaseName))
+
+ return ( rc == 0 ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+}
+
+/*
+** Find an os2ShmNode in global list or allocate a new one, if not found.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static int os2OpenSharedMemory( os2File *fd, int szRegion ) {
+ os2ShmLink *pLink;
+ os2ShmNode *pNode;
+ int cbShmName, rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char shmName[CCHMAXPATH + 30];
+#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
+ ULONG action;
+#endif
+
+ /* We need some additional space at the end to append the region number */
+ cbShmName = sprintf(shmName, "\\SHAREMEM\\%s", fd->zFullPathCp );
+ if( cbShmName >= CCHMAXPATH-8 )
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN;
+
+ /* Replace colon in file name to form a valid shared memory name */
+ shmName[10+1] = '!';
+
+ /* Allocate link object (we free it later in case of failure) */
+ pLink = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLink) );
+ if( !pLink )
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* Access node list */
+ os2ShmEnterMutex();
+
+ /* Find node by it's shared memory base name */
+ for( pNode = os2ShmNodeList;
+ pNode && stricmp(shmName, pNode->shmBaseName) != 0;
+ pNode = pNode->pNext ) ;
+
+ /* Not found: allocate a new node */
+ if( !pNode ) {
+ pNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNode) + cbShmName );
+ if( pNode ) {
+ memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(*pNode) );
+ pNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+ pNode->hLockFile = (HFILE)-1;
+ strcpy(pNode->shmBaseName, shmName);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
+ if( DosDupHandle(fd->h, &pNode->hLockFile) != 0 ) {
+#else
+ sprintf(shmName, "%s-lck", fd->zFullPathCp);
+ if( DosOpen((PSZ)shmName, &pNode->hLockFile, &action, 0, FILE_NORMAL,
+ OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW,
+ OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE |
+ OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR,
+ NULL) != 0 ) {
+#endif
+ sqlite3_free(pNode);
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR;
+ } else {
+ pNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( !pNode->mutex ) {
+ sqlite3_free(pNode);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) {
+ pNode->pNext = os2ShmNodeList;
+ os2ShmNodeList = pNode;
+ } else {
+ pNode = NULL;
+ }
+ } else if( pNode->szRegion != szRegion ) {
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+ pNode = NULL;
+ }
+
+ if( pNode ) {
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
+
+ memset(pLink, 0, sizeof(*pLink));
+
+ pLink->pShmNode = pNode;
+ pLink->pNext = pNode->pFirst;
+ pNode->pFirst = pLink;
+ pNode->nRef++;
+
+ fd->pShmLink = pLink;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
+
+ } else {
+ /* Error occured. Free our link object. */
+ sqlite3_free(pLink);
+ }
+
+ os2ShmLeaveMutex();
+
+ ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2OpenSharedMemory: %d %s\n", rc, fd->zFullPathCp))
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Purge the os2ShmNodeList list of all entries with nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void os2PurgeShmNodes( int deleteFlag ) {
+ os2ShmNode *pNode;
+ os2ShmNode **ppNode;
+
+ os2ShmEnterMutex();
+
+ ppNode = &os2ShmNodeList;
+
+ while( *ppNode ) {
+ pNode = *ppNode;
+
+ if( pNode->nRef == 0 ) {
+ *ppNode = pNode->pNext;
+
+ if( pNode->apRegion ) {
+ /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */
+ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
+
+ while( pNode->nRegion-- ) {
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ int rc =
+#endif
+ DosFreeMem(pNode->apRegion[pNode->nRegion]);
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n",
+ (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pNode->nRegion,
+ rc == 0 ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ }
+
+ /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */
+ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
+
+ sqlite3_free(pNode->apRegion);
+ }
+
+ DosClose(pNode->hLockFile);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OS2_NO_WAL_LOCK_FILE
+ if( deleteFlag ) {
+ char fileName[CCHMAXPATH];
+ /* Skip "\\SHAREMEM\\" */
+ sprintf(fileName, "%s-lck", pNode->shmBaseName + 10);
+ /* restore colon */
+ fileName[1] = ':';
+
+ DosForceDelete(fileName);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(pNode->mutex);
+
+ sqlite3_free(pNode);
+
+ } else {
+ ppNode = &pNode->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+
+ os2ShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file id. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int os2ShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* Handle open on database file */
+ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
+ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
+ int bExtend, /* True to extend block if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+ PVOID pvTemp;
+ void **apRegion;
+ os2ShmNode *pNode;
+ int n, rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char shmName[CCHMAXPATH];
+ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+
+ *pp = NULL;
+
+ if( !pFile->pShmLink )
+ rc = os2OpenSharedMemory( pFile, szRegion );
+
+ if( rc == SQLITE_OK ) {
+ pNode = pFile->pShmLink->pShmNode ;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
+
+ assert( szRegion==pNode->szRegion );
+
+ /* Unmapped region ? */
+ if( iRegion >= pNode->nRegion ) {
+ /* Prevent other processes from resizing the shared memory */
+ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_WRLCK_WAIT, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
+
+ apRegion = sqlite3_realloc(
+ pNode->apRegion, (iRegion + 1) * sizeof(apRegion[0]));
+
+ if( apRegion ) {
+ pNode->apRegion = apRegion;
+
+ while( pNode->nRegion <= iRegion ) {
+ sprintf(shmName, "%s-%u",
+ pNode->shmBaseName, pNode->nRegion);
+
+ if( DosGetNamedSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName,
+ PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE) != NO_ERROR ) {
+ if( !bExtend )
+ break;
+
+ if( DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion,
+ PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT | OBJ_ANY) != NO_ERROR &&
+ DosAllocSharedMem(&pvTemp, (PSZ)shmName, szRegion,
+ PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | PAG_COMMIT) != NO_ERROR ) {
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ apRegion[pNode->nRegion++] = pvTemp;
+ }
+
+ /* zero out remaining entries */
+ for( n = pNode->nRegion; n <= iRegion; n++ )
+ pNode->apRegion[n] = NULL;
+
+ /* Return this region (maybe zero) */
+ *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+ } else {
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* Allow other processes to resize the shared memory */
+ os2ShmSystemLock(pNode, _SHM_UNLCK, OS2_SHM_DMS, 1);
+
+ } else {
+ /* Region has been mapped previously */
+ *pp = pNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
+ }
+
+ ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmMap: %s iRgn = %d, szRgn = %d, bExt = %d : %d\n",
+ pFile->zFullPathCp, iRegion, szRegion, bExtend, rc))
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+**
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+static int os2ShmUnmap(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* The underlying database file */
+ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+ os2ShmLink *pLink = pFile->pShmLink;
+
+ if( pLink ) {
+ int nRef = -1;
+ os2ShmLink **ppLink;
+ os2ShmNode *pNode = pLink->pShmNode;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pNode->mutex);
+
+ for( ppLink = &pNode->pFirst;
+ *ppLink && *ppLink != pLink;
+ ppLink = &(*ppLink)->pNext ) ;
+
+ assert(*ppLink);
+
+ if( *ppLink ) {
+ *ppLink = pLink->pNext;
+ nRef = --pNode->nRef;
+ } else {
+ ERR_TRACE(1, ("os2ShmUnmap: link not found ! %s\n",
+ pNode->shmBaseName))
+ }
+
+ pFile->pShmLink = NULL;
+ sqlite3_free(pLink);
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pNode->mutex);
+
+ if( nRef == 0 )
+ os2PurgeShmNodes( deleteFlag );
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+**
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int os2ShmLock(
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
+ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+ int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+ u32 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
+ os2ShmLink *p = pFile->pShmLink; /* The shared memory being locked */
+ os2ShmLink *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
+ os2ShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Our node */
+
+ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+ assert( n>=1 );
+ assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+ assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+
+ mask = (u32)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+ assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+ u32 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( pX==p ) continue;
+ assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+ allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the local locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+ u32 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+ ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the local shared locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+ ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
+ ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = os2ShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+OS2_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+ p->exclMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n",
+ p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+ rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
+ ERR_TRACE(rc, ("os2ShmLock: ofst = %d, n = %d, flags = 0x%x -> %d \n",
+ ofst, n, flags, rc))
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void os2ShmBarrier(
+ sqlite3_file *id /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
+ os2ShmEnterMutex();
+ os2ShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+#else
+# define os2ShmMap 0
+# define os2ShmLock 0
+# define os2ShmBarrier 0
+# define os2ShmUnmap 0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+
/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
** sqlite3_file for os2.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- os2Close,
- os2Read,
- os2Write,
- os2Truncate,
- os2Sync,
- os2FileSize,
- os2Lock,
- os2Unlock,
- os2CheckReservedLock,
- os2FileControl,
- os2SectorSize,
- os2DeviceCharacteristics
+ 2, /* iVersion */
+ os2Close, /* xClose */
+ os2Read, /* xRead */
+ os2Write, /* xWrite */
+ os2Truncate, /* xTruncate */
+ os2Sync, /* xSync */
+ os2FileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ os2Lock, /* xLock */
+ os2Unlock, /* xUnlock */
+ os2CheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ os2FileControl, /* xFileControl */
+ os2SectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
+ os2DeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ os2ShmMap, /* xShmMap */
+ os2ShmLock, /* xShmLock */
+ os2ShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */
+ os2ShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */
};
+
/***************************************************************************
** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
**
** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
*/
static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
- static const unsigned char zChars[] =
+ static const char zChars[] =
"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
"0123456789";
int i, j;
- char zTempPathBuf[3];
- PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf;
- if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory;
- }else{
- if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
- if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
- if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
- ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
- DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
- sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
- }
- }
- }
+ PSZ zTempPathCp;
+ char zTempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
+ ULONG ulDriveNum, ulDriveMap;
+
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
+ if( sqlite3_temp_directory ) {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
+ } else if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ||
+ DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ||
+ DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPathCp ) == NO_ERROR ) {
+ char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( (char *)zTempPathCp );
+ sqlite3_snprintf(CCHMAXPATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zTempPathUTF);
+ free( zTempPathUTF );
+ } else if( DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap ) == NO_ERROR ) {
+ zTempPath[0] = (char)('A' + ulDriveNum - 1);
+ zTempPath[1] = ':';
+ zTempPath[2] = '\0';
+ } else {
+ zTempPath[0] = '\0';
}
+
/* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
* multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail. *
* Trailing spaces are not allowed, either. */
j = sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath);
- while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/'
- || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
+ while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/' ||
+ zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
j--;
}
zTempPath[j] = '\0';
- if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
- char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath );
- sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
- "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF );
- free( zTempPathUTF );
- }else{
- sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
- "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
- }
- j = sqlite3Strlen30( zBuf );
+
+ /* We use 20 bytes to randomize the name */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-22, zBuf,
+ "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
+ j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
- zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
+ zBuf[j] = zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
}
zBuf[j] = 0;
- OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
+
+ OSTRACE(( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf ));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0";
char *zFullUTF;
- APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp,
- CCHMAXPATH );
+ APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME,
+ zFullCp, CCHMAXPATH );
free( zRelativeCp );
zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
*/
static int os2Open(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used */
- const char *zName, /* Name of the file */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
int flags, /* Open mode flags */
int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */
){
HFILE h;
- ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
+ ULONG ulAction = 0;
+ ULONG rc;
os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- ULONG ulAction;
+ const char *zUtf8Name = zName;
char *zNameCp;
- char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1]; /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */
+ char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH];
+
+ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+ int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+ int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+ int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+ int eType = (flags & 0xFFFFFF00);
+ int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ ));
+#endif
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ assert( id!=0 );
+
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
+ **
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+ ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ */
+ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+ assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+ assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+ assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+ /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
+
+ memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
+ pFile->h = (HFILE)-1;
/* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
** temporary file name to use
*/
- if( !zName ){
- int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname);
+ if( !zUtf8Name ){
+ assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal);
+ rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH, zTmpname);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
- zName = zTmpname;
+ zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
}
-
- memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
-
- OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags );
-
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ if( isReadWrite ){
ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" );
}else{
ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" );
- }
-
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
- ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" );
- }else{
- ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" );
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" );
- }else{
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" );
- }
+ /* Open in random access mode for possibly better speed. Allow full
+ ** sharing because file locks will provide exclusive access when needed.
+ ** The handle should not be inherited by child processes and we don't
+ ** want popups from the critical error handler.
+ */
+ ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE |
+ OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
- char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH];
-#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */
- ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;
-#endif
- os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
- pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 );
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" );
+ /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
+ ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
+ ** as it is usually understood.
+ */
+ if( isExclusive ){
+ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
+ /* If the file exists, it fails. */
+ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_EXISTS;
+ }else if( isCreate ){
+ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
+ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS;
}else{
- pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
- OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" );
+ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
+ ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS;
}
- /* always open in random access mode for possibly better speed */
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM;
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
- ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
-
- zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName );
+ zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zUtf8Name );
rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp,
&h,
&ulAction,
0L,
- ulFileAttribute,
+ FILE_NORMAL,
ulOpenFlags,
ulOpenMode,
(PEAOP2)NULL );
free( zNameCp );
+
if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
- OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
- rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode );
- if( pFile->pathToDel )
- free( pFile->pathToDel );
- pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
- OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) );
+ OSTRACE(( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
+ rc, zUtf8Name, ulAction, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode ));
+
+ if( isReadWrite ){
return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id,
- ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE),
+ ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)),
pOutFlags );
}else{
return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
}
if( pOutFlags ){
- *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
+ *pOutFlags = isReadWrite ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
}
+ os2FullPathname( pVfs, zUtf8Name, sizeof( zTmpname ), zTmpname );
+ pFile->zFullPathCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zTmpname );
pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod;
+ pFile->flags = flags;
pFile->h = h;
+
OpenCounter(+1);
- OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags );
+ OSTRACE(( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags ));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */
int syncDir /* Not used on os2 */
){
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
+ APIRET rc;
+ char *zFilenameCp;
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE );
+ zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
free( zFilenameCp );
- OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
- return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+ OSTRACE(( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename ));
+ return (rc == NO_ERROR ||
+ rc == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ||
+ rc == ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
}
/*
int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */
int *pOut /* Write results here */
){
+ APIRET rc;
FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
- APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
- char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
+ char *zFilenameCp;
- memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+
+ zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD,
&fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
free( zFilenameCp );
- OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n",
- fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc );
+ OSTRACE(( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n",
+ fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc ));
+
switch( flags ){
- case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
- rc = (rc == NO_ERROR);
- OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
+ /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+ ** as if it does not exist.
+ */
+ if( fsts3ConfigInfo.cbFile == 0 )
+ rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
break;
case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
- rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 );
- OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
+ if( fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY )
+ rc = ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED;
break;
default:
+ rc = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
assert( !"Invalid flags argument" );
}
- *pOut = rc;
+
+ *pOut = (rc == NO_ERROR);
+ OSTRACE(( "ACCESS %s flags %d: rc=%d\n", zFilename, flags, *pOut ));
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
*/
static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
- UCHAR loadErr[256];
HMODULE hmod;
APIRET rc;
char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename);
- rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilenameCp, &hmod);
+ rc = DosLoadModule(NULL, 0, (PSZ)zFilenameCp, &hmod);
free(zFilenameCp);
return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod;
}
static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
/* no-op */
}
-static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
+static void (*os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol))(void){
PFN pfn;
APIRET rc;
- rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
+ rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)zSymbol, &pfn);
if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
/* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
* symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
* on the calling convention */
char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
- strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255);
- rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn);
+ strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 254);
+ rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, (PSZ)_zSymbol, &pfn);
}
- return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn;
+ return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void(*)(void))pfn;
}
static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
n = nBuf;
memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
#else
- int sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
- if( (int)sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
- DATETIME x;
- DosGetDateTime(&x);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
- n += sizeof(x);
- }
-
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- PPIB ppib;
- DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
-
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- PTIB ptib;
- DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
-
- /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */
- /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX];
- DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX);
-
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
-
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
- if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
- memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong);
- n += sizeofULong;
- }
- }
+ int i;
+ PPIB ppib;
+ PTIB ptib;
+ DATETIME dt;
+ static unsigned c = 0;
+ /* Ordered by variation probability */
+ static ULONG svIdx[6] = { QSV_MS_COUNT, QSV_TIME_LOW,
+ QSV_MAXPRMEM, QSV_MAXSHMEM,
+ QSV_TOTAVAILMEM, QSV_TOTRESMEM };
+
+ /* 8 bytes; timezone and weekday don't increase the randomness much */
+ if( (int)sizeof(dt)-3 <= nBuf - n ){
+ c += 0x0100;
+ DosGetDateTime(&dt);
+ dt.year = (USHORT)((dt.year - 1900) | c);
+ memcpy(&zBuf[n], &dt, sizeof(dt)-3);
+ n += sizeof(dt)-3;
+ }
+
+ /* 4 bytes; PIDs and TIDs are 16 bit internally, so combine them */
+ if( (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n ){
+ DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, &ppib);
+ *(PULONG)&zBuf[n] = MAKELONG(ppib->pib_ulpid,
+ ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid);
+ n += sizeof(ULONG);
+ }
+
+ /* Up to 6 * 4 bytes; variables depend on the system state */
+ for( i = 0; i < 6 && (int)sizeof(ULONG) <= nBuf - n; i++ ){
+ DosQuerySysInfo(svIdx[i], svIdx[i],
+ (PULONG)&zBuf[n], sizeof(ULONG));
+ n += sizeof(ULONG);
+ }
#endif
return n;
#endif
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
-int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
- double now;
- SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */
- USHORT second, hour,
- day, month, year;
+static int os2CurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
+ int year, month, datepart, timepart;
+
DATETIME dt;
DosGetDateTime( &dt );
- second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
- minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
- hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
- day = (USHORT)dt.day;
- month = (USHORT)dt.month;
- year = (USHORT)dt.year;
+
+ year = dt.year;
+ month = dt.month;
/* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
- http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
- /* Calculate the Julian days */
- now = day - 32076 +
+ ** http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c
+ ** Calculate the Julian days
+ */
+ datepart = (int)dt.day - 32076 +
1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;
- /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
- now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
- now += minute/1440.0;
- now += second/86400.0;
- *prNow = now;
+ /* Time in milliseconds, hours to noon added */
+ timepart = 12*3600*1000 + dt.hundredths*10 + dt.seconds*1000 +
+ ((int)dt.minutes + dt.timezone)*60*1000 + dt.hours*3600*1000;
+
+ *piNow = (sqlite3_int64)datepart*86400*1000 + timepart;
+
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
}
#endif
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
return 0;
}
+/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_int64 i;
+ rc = os2CurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+ if( !rc ){
+ *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
+** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
+** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
+** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
+** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
+** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
+** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling
+** thread.
+**
+** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
+** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
+** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
+** in the output buffer.
+**
+** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
+** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
+** returns an error message:
+**
+** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
+** return 0;
+** }
+**
+** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
+** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
+** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
+*/
static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
return 0;
}
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
+ 3, /* iVersion */
sizeof(os2File), /* szOsFile */
CCHMAXPATH, /* mxPathname */
0, /* pNext */
os2Randomness, /* xRandomness */
os2Sleep, /* xSleep */
os2CurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
- os2GetLastError /* xGetLastError */
+ os2GetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
+ os2CurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+ 0, /* xSetSystemCall */
+ 0, /* xGetSystemCall */
+ 0 /* xNextSystemCall */
};
sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1);
initUconvObjects();
+/* sqlite3OSTrace = 1; */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */
-#include <qconfig.h>
-
/*
** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency
** control:
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
-#ifdef VXWORKS
-# include <sys/times.h>
-#else
-# include <sys/time.h>
-#endif
+#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# else
# include <sys/file.h>
# include <sys/param.h>
-# include <sys/mount.h>
# endif
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || (SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS)
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+# include <utime.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags
+*/
+#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1
+
/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
-#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
#endif
*/
#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */
+typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */
+typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */
+typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */
/*
** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor
** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an
** opportunity to either close or reuse it.
*/
-typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd;
struct UnixUnusedFd {
int fd; /* File descriptor to close */
int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
- struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Info about locks on this inode */
- int h; /* The file descriptor */
- int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
- unsigned char locktype; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
- int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
- void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
- int fileFlags; /* Miscellanous flags */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */
+ int h; /* The file descriptor */
+ int dirfd; /* File descriptor for the directory */
+ unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */
+ unsigned char ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */
+ int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
+ void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
+ const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */
+ unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */
+ int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
- int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */
+ int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */
#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
- pthread_t tid; /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__)
+ unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */
#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
- int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */
- struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */
+ int isDelete; /* Delete on close if true */
+ struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the
};
/*
-** The following macros define bits in unixFile.fileFlags
+** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
*/
-#define SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING 0x0001 /* Use whole-file locking */
+#define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */
+#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */
/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X)
#endif
/*
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_
#endif
/*
+** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for
+** testing and debugging only.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+#define threadid pthread_self()
+#else
+#define threadid 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use
+** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...).
+** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function.
+**
+** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
+** which always has the same well-defined interface.
+*/
+static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
+ return open(zFile, flags, mode);
+}
+
+/*
+** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
+** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
+** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers
+** to all overrideable system calls.
+*/
+static struct unix_syscall {
+ const char *zName; /* Name of the sytem call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */
+} aSyscall[] = {
+ { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 },
+#define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent)
+
+ { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 },
+#define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent)
+
+ { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 },
+#define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent)
+
+ { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 },
+#define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent)
+
+ { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 },
+#define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent)
+
+/*
** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something
** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under
** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect?
*/
#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
+ { "fstat", 0, 0 },
+#define osFstat(a,b,c) 0
+#else
+ { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 },
+#define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent)
#endif
-/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#define threadid pthread_self()
+ { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 },
+#define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent)
+
+ { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 },
+#define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent)
+
+ { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 },
+#define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 },
#else
-#define threadid 0
+ { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
#endif
+#define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent)
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent)
+
+ { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 },
+#define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+ aSyscall[12].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(USE_PREAD64)
+ { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 },
+#else
+ { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\
+ aSyscall[13].pCurrent)
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 },
+#else
+ { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+ { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 },
+#else
+ { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 },
+#endif
+#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)
+
+}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */
+
+/*
+** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
+** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
+** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
+** system call named zName.
+*/
+static int unixSetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */
+ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */
+){
+ unsigned int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ if( zName==0 ){
+ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default
+ ** settings and return NULL
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault ){
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* If zName is specified, operate on only the one system call
+ ** specified.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pDefault==0 ){
+ aSyscall[i].pDefault = aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pNewFunc==0 ) pNewFunc = aSyscall[i].pDefault;
+ aSyscall[i].pCurrent = pNewFunc;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a system call. Return NULL if zName is not a
+** recognized system call name. NULL is also returned if the system call
+** is currently undefined.
+*/
+static sqlite3_syscall_ptr unixGetSystemCall(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed,
+ const char *zName
+){
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed);
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(aSyscall)/sizeof(aSyscall[0]); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) return aSyscall[i].pCurrent;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the first system call after zName. If zName==NULL
+** then return the name of the first system call. Return NULL if zName
+** is the last system call or if zName is not the name of a valid
+** system call.
+*/
+static const char *unixNextSystemCall(sqlite3_vfs *p, const char *zName){
+ int i = -1;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aSyscall)-1; i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aSyscall[i].zName)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ for(i++; i<ArraySize(aSyscall); i++){
+ if( aSyscall[i].pCurrent!=0 ) return aSyscall[i].zName;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Retry open() calls that fail due to EINTR
+*/
+static int robust_open(const char *z, int f, int m){
+ int rc;
+ do{ rc = osOpen(z,f,m); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
-** global mutex is used to protect the unixOpenCnt, unixLockInfo and
+** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and
** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be
** shared by multiple threads.
**
** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
** integer lock-type.
*/
-static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
- switch( locktype ){
+static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){
+ switch( eFileLock ){
case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
}else if( op==F_SETLK ){
zOpName = "SETLK";
}else{
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
return s;
}
assert( 0 );
}
assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
- s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
+ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p);
savedErrno = errno;
sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
struct flock l2;
l2 = *p;
- fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
+ osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
zType = "RDLCK";
}else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
errno = savedErrno;
return s;
}
-#define fcntl lockTrace
+#undef osFcntl
+#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
+/*
+** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
+*/
+static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
+ int rc;
+ do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
*/
static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
switch (posixError) {
+#if 0
+ /* At one point this code was not commented out. In theory, this branch
+ ** should never be hit, as this function should only be called after
+ ** a locking-related function (i.e. fcntl()) has returned non-zero with
+ ** the value of errno as the first argument. Since a system call has failed,
+ ** errno should be non-zero.
+ **
+ ** Despite this, if errno really is zero, we still don't want to return
+ ** SQLITE_OK. The system call failed, and *some* SQLite error should be
+ ** propagated back to the caller. Commenting this branch out means errno==0
+ ** will be handled by the "default:" case below.
+ */
case 0:
return SQLITE_OK;
-
+#endif
+
case EAGAIN:
case ETIMEDOUT:
case EBUSY:
case EPERM:
return SQLITE_PERM;
+ /* EDEADLK is only possible if a call to fcntl(F_SETLKW) is made. And
+ ** this module never makes such a call. And the code in SQLite itself
+ ** asserts that SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED is never returned. For these reasons
+ ** this case is also commented out. If the system does set errno to EDEADLK,
+ ** the default SQLITE_IOERR_XXX code will be returned. */
+#if 0
case EDEADLK:
return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
+#endif
#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
case EOPNOTSUPP:
**
** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released. To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
-** a pointer to an unixOpenCnt structure. There is one unixOpenCnt structure
-** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
-** unixOpenCnt. When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
+** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object
+** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode.
+** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The unixOpenCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
+** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
** clears.
**
** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which
** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at
** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B.
-** We have to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
+** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the
** current process.
**
-** On systems where thread A is unable to modify locks created by
-** thread B, we have to keep track of which thread created each
-** lock. Hence there is an extra field in the key to the unixLockInfo
-** structure to record this information. And on those systems it
-** is illegal to begin a transaction in one thread and finish it
-** in another. For this latter restriction, there is no work-around.
-** It is a limitation of LinuxThreads.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Set or check the unixFile.tid field. This field is set when an unixFile
-** is first opened. All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
-** same thread is operating on the unixFile. Some operating systems do
-** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
-** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
-** to another while locks are held.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15): unixFile can be moved from one thread to
-** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
-** overriding each others locks (which is now the most common behavior)
-** or if no locks are held. But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
-** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id. See the
-** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
-# define SET_THREADID(X) (X)->tid = pthread_self()
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
- !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
-#else
-# define SET_THREADID(X)
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
-#endif
+** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads
+** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with
+** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection
+** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections
+** do not move across threads.
+*/
/*
** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular unixOpenCnt structure given its inode. This
-** is the same as the unixLockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
+** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object.
*/
struct unixFileId {
dev_t dev; /* Device number */
};
/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular unixLockInfo structure given its inode.
-**
-** If threads cannot override each others locks (LinuxThreads), then we
-** set the unixLockKey.tid field to the thread ID. If threads can override
-** each others locks (Posix and NPTL) then tid is always set to zero.
-** tid is omitted if we compile without threading support or on an OS
-** other than linux.
-*/
-struct unixLockKey {
- struct unixFileId fid; /* Unique identifier for the file */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
- pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID of lock owner. Zero if not using LinuxThreads */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for
** each inode opened by each thread.
** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
*/
-struct unixLockInfo {
- struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* The lookup key */
- int cnt; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
- int locktype; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+struct unixInodeInfo {
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */
+ int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */
+ unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
+ unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */
int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- struct unixLockInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixLockInfo objects */
- struct unixLockInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode. This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
-** inode. If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
-** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
-** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
-**
-** TODO: Consider changing this so that there is only a single file
-** descriptor for each open file, even when it is opened multiple times.
-** The close() system call would only occur when the last database
-** using the file closes.
-*/
-struct unixOpenCnt {
- struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */
- int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */
- int nLock; /* Number of outstanding locks */
- UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */
+ int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */
+ unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */
+ unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */
+#endif
#if OS_VXWORKS
- sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */
- char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */
+ sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */
+ char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */
#endif
- struct unixOpenCnt *pNext, *pPrev; /* List of all unixOpenCnt objects */
};
/*
-** Lists of all unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt objects. These used to be hash
-** tables. But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
-** never exceeds a few thousand. And lookup is not on a critical
-** path so a simple linked list will suffice.
+** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects.
*/
-static struct unixLockInfo *lockList = 0;
-static struct unixOpenCnt *openList = 0;
+static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0;
/*
-** This variable remembers whether or not threads can override each others
-** locks.
**
-** 0: No. Threads cannot override each others locks. (LinuxThreads)
-** 1: Yes. Threads can override each others locks. (Posix & NLPT)
-** -1: We don't know yet.
+** This function - unixLogError_x(), is only ever called via the macro
+** unixLogError().
**
-** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
-** others locks. On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
-** will be set appropriately. On other systems, we have to check at
-** runtime. On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
-** undefined.
+** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been
+** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or
+** strerror_r().
**
-** This variable normally has file scope only. But during testing, we make
-** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
-** that the right stuff happens in either case.
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the the associated file-system path,
+** if any.
*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
-# ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
-# endif
-# ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-# else
-static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-# endif
+#define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int unixLogErrorAtLine(
+ int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
+ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
+ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+ char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */
+ int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */
+
+ /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use
+ ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message
+ ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r().
+ */
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R)
+ char aErr[80];
+ memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr));
+ zErr = aErr;
+
+ /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined,
+ ** assume that the system provides the the GNU version of strerror_r() that
+ ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer
+ ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere.
+ ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of
+ ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[].
+ **
+ ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is
+ ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a
+ ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available
+ ** could lead to a segfault though.
+ */
+#if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU)
+ zErr =
+# endif
+ strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1);
+
+#elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */
+ zErr = "";
+#else
+ /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */
+ zErr = strerror(iErrno);
#endif
-/*
-** This structure holds information passed into individual test
-** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
-*/
-struct threadTestData {
- int fd; /* File to be locked */
- struct flock lock; /* The locking operation */
- int result; /* Result of the locking operation */
-};
+ assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+ sqlite3_log(errcode,
+ "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+ iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr
+ );
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
-/*
-** This function is used as the main routine for a thread launched by
-** testThreadLockingBehavior(). It tests whether the shared-lock obtained
-** by the main thread in testThreadLockingBehavior() conflicts with a
-** hypothetical write-lock obtained by this thread on the same file.
-**
-** The write-lock is not actually acquired, as this is not possible if
-** the file is open in read-only mode (see ticket #3472).
-*/
-static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
- struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
- pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_GETLK, &pData->lock);
- return pArg;
+ return errcode;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
/*
-** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
-** can override each others locks then sets the
-** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
-*/
-static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
- int fd;
- int rc;
- struct threadTestData d;
- struct flock l;
- pthread_t t;
-
- fd = dup(fd_orig);
- if( fd<0 ) return;
- memset(&l, 0, sizeof(l));
- l.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- l.l_len = 1;
- l.l_start = 0;
- l.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- rc = fcntl(fd_orig, F_SETLK, &l);
- if( rc!=0 ) return;
- memset(&d, 0, sizeof(d));
- d.fd = fd;
- d.lock = l;
- d.lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- if( pthread_create(&t, 0, threadLockingTest, &d)==0 ){
- pthread_join(t, 0);
- }
- close(fd);
- if( d.result!=0 ) return;
- threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = (d.lock.l_type==F_UNLCK);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__) */
-
-/*
-** Release a unixLockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+** Close a file descriptor.
**
-** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
-** when this function is called.
+** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a
+** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail.
+** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the
+** error.
+**
+** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the
+** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread.
+** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error
+** and move on.
*/
-static void releaseLockInfo(struct unixLockInfo *pLock){
- assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- if( pLock ){
- pLock->nRef--;
- if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
- if( pLock->pPrev ){
- assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
- pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
- }else{
- assert( lockList==pLock );
- lockList = pLock->pNext;
- }
- if( pLock->pNext ){
- assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock );
- pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev;
- }
- sqlite3_free(pLock);
- }
+static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
+ if( osClose(h) ){
+ unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
+ pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
}
}
/*
-** Release a unixOpenCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
+** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
+*/
+static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ UnixUnusedFd *p;
+ UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
+ for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
+ pNext = p->pNext;
+ robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+ pInode->pUnused = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo().
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
*/
-static void releaseOpenCnt(struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen){
+static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
assert( unixMutexHeld() );
- if( pOpen ){
- pOpen->nRef--;
- if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
- if( pOpen->pPrev ){
- assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
- pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
+ if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){
+ pInode->nRef--;
+ if( pInode->nRef==0 ){
+ assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 );
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
+ if( pInode->pPrev ){
+ assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode );
+ pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext;
}else{
- assert( openList==pOpen );
- openList = pOpen->pNext;
+ assert( inodeList==pInode );
+ inodeList = pInode->pNext;
}
- if( pOpen->pNext ){
- assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
- pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
+ if( pInode->pNext ){
+ assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode );
+ pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev;
}
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
- assert( !pOpen->pUnused || threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 );
-#endif
-
- /* If pOpen->pUnused is not null, then memory and file-descriptors
- ** are leaked.
- **
- ** This will only happen if, under Linuxthreads, the user has opened
- ** a transaction in one thread, then attempts to close the database
- ** handle from another thread (without first unlocking the db file).
- ** This is a misuse. */
- sqlite3_free(pOpen);
+ sqlite3_free(pInode);
}
}
}
/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate unixLockInfo and unixOpenCnt structures that
-** describes that file descriptor. Create new ones if necessary. The
-** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
+** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that
+** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The
+** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
**
** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held
** when this function is called.
**
** Return an appropriate error code.
*/
-static int findLockInfo(
+static int findInodeInfo(
unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */
- struct unixLockInfo **ppLock, /* Return the unixLockInfo structure here */
- struct unixOpenCnt **ppOpen /* Return the unixOpenCnt structure here */
+ unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */
){
int rc; /* System call return code */
int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */
- struct unixLockKey lockKey; /* Lookup key for the unixLockInfo structure */
- struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixOpenCnt struct */
+ struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */
struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */
- struct unixLockInfo *pLock = 0;/* Candidate unixLockInfo object */
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen; /* Candidate unixOpenCnt object */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */
assert( unixMutexHeld() );
** create a unique name for the file.
*/
fd = pFile->h;
- rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+ rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
if( rc!=0 ){
pFile->lastErrno = errno;
#ifdef EOVERFLOW
** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
*/
- if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){
- rc = write(fd, "S", 1);
+ if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
+ do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
if( rc!=1 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
- rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
+ rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
if( rc!=0 ){
pFile->lastErrno = errno;
return SQLITE_IOERR;
}
#endif
- memset(&lockKey, 0, sizeof(lockKey));
- lockKey.fid.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+ memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
+ fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
#if OS_VXWORKS
- lockKey.fid.pId = pFile->pId;
+ fileId.pId = pFile->pId;
#else
- lockKey.fid.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+ fileId.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
#endif
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
- if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
- testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
+ pInode = inodeList;
+ while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
+ pInode = pInode->pNext;
}
- lockKey.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
-#endif
- fileId = lockKey.fid;
- if( ppLock!=0 ){
- pLock = lockList;
- while( pLock && memcmp(&lockKey, &pLock->lockKey, sizeof(lockKey)) ){
- pLock = pLock->pNext;
- }
- if( pLock==0 ){
- pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
- if( pLock==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- memcpy(&pLock->lockKey,&lockKey,sizeof(lockKey));
- pLock->nRef = 1;
- pLock->cnt = 0;
- pLock->locktype = 0;
- pLock->pNext = lockList;
- pLock->pPrev = 0;
- if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
- lockList = pLock;
- }else{
- pLock->nRef++;
- }
- *ppLock = pLock;
- }
- if( ppOpen!=0 ){
- pOpen = openList;
- while( pOpen && memcmp(&fileId, &pOpen->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){
- pOpen = pOpen->pNext;
- }
- if( pOpen==0 ){
- pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
- if( pOpen==0 ){
- releaseLockInfo(pLock);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exit_findlockinfo;
- }
- memset(pOpen, 0, sizeof(*pOpen));
- pOpen->fileId = fileId;
- pOpen->nRef = 1;
- pOpen->pNext = openList;
- if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
- openList = pOpen;
- }else{
- pOpen->nRef++;
+ if( pInode==0 ){
+ pInode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pInode) );
+ if( pInode==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- *ppOpen = pOpen;
- }
-
-exit_findlockinfo:
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
-** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
-** over to the current thread.
-**
-** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems that use LinuxThreads.
-**
-** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
-** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
-** SQLITE_MISUSE. SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(__linux__)
-static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
- int rc;
- pthread_t hSelf;
- if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
- /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- hSelf = pthread_self();
- if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
- /* We are still in the same thread */
- OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
- /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n",
- pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf);
- pFile->tid = hSelf;
- if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
- releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
- rc = findLockInfo(pFile, &pFile->pLock, 0);
- OSTRACE5("LOCK %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
- locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
- return rc;
- } else {
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode));
+ memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId));
+ pInode->nRef = 1;
+ pInode->pNext = inodeList;
+ pInode->pPrev = 0;
+ if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode;
+ inodeList = pInode;
+ }else{
+ pInode->nRef++;
}
+ *ppInode = pInode;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#else /* if not SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
- /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
-# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
/*
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
assert( pFile );
- unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
+ unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
*/
#ifndef __DJGPP__
- if( !reserved ){
+ if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){
struct flock lock;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
lock.l_len = 1;
lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) {
- int tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
} else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
#endif
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Perform a file locking operation on a range of bytes in a file.
-** The "op" parameter should be one of F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, or F_UNLCK.
-** Return 0 on success or -1 for failure. On failure, write the error
-** code into *pErrcode.
+** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is
+** described by pLock.
**
-** If the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING bit is clear, then only lock
-** the range of bytes on the locking page between SHARED_FIRST and
-** SHARED_SIZE. If SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is set, then lock all
-** bytes from 0 up to but not including PENDING_BYTE, and all bytes
-** that follow SHARED_FIRST.
+** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock
+** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once
+** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking
+** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally,
+** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections
+** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the
+** operating system does not participate.
**
-** In other words, of SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING if false (the historical
-** default case) then only lock a small range of bytes from SHARED_FIRST
-** through SHARED_FIRST+SHARED_SIZE-1. But if SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING is
-** true then lock every byte in the file except for PENDING_BYTE and
-** RESERVED_BYTE.
+** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using
+** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl"
+** and is read-only.
**
-** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true overlaps SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=false
-** and so the locking schemes are compatible. One type of lock will
-** effectively exclude the other type. The reason for using the
-** SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING=true is that by indicating the full range
-** of bytes to be read or written, we give hints to NFS to help it
-** maintain cache coherency. On the other hand, whole file locking
-** is slower, so we don't want to use it except for NFS.
+** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call
+** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()).
*/
-static int rangeLock(unixFile *pFile, int op, int *pErrcode){
- struct flock lock;
+static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){
int rc;
- lock.l_type = op;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- if( (pFile->fileFlags & SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING)==0 ){
- lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
- rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- *pErrcode = errno;
- }else{
- lock.l_len = 0;
- rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- *pErrcode = errno;
- if( NEVER(op==F_UNLCK) || rc!=(-1) ){
- lock.l_start = 0;
- lock.l_len = PENDING_BYTE;
- rc = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- if( ALWAYS(op!=F_UNLCK) && rc==(-1) ){
- *pErrcode = errno;
- lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
- lock.l_len = 0;
- fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- }
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+ assert( pInode!=0 );
+ if( ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_EXCL)!=0 || pInode->bProcessLock)
+ && ((pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0)
+ ){
+ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ struct flock lock;
+ assert( pInode->nLock==0 );
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
+ rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
+ if( rc<0 ) return rc;
+ pInode->bProcessLock = 1;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ }else{
+ rc = 0;
}
+ }else{
+ rc = osFcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, pLock);
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
/* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
*/
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- struct unixLockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
struct flock lock;
- int s = 0;
- int tErrno;
+ int tErrno = 0;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE7("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
- locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+ azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype));
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock)));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
*/
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+ /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
*/
unixEnterMutex();
-
- /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
- */
- rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- unixLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
- }
- pLock = pFile->pLock;
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
/* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype &&
- (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto end_lock;
** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
** return SQLITE_OK.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK &&
- (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
- assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
- assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- pLock->cnt++;
- pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+ assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nShared++;
+ pInode->nLock++;
goto end_lock;
}
*/
lock.l_len = 1L;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
- || (
locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ || (
eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
- lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
+ lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
- s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- if( s==(-1) ){
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
tErrno = errno;
rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
goto end_lock;
/* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
- assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
/* Now get the read-lock */
- s = rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno);
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
+ }
/* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
lock.l_len = 1L;
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
- if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
- if( s != -1 ){
- /* This could happen with a network mount */
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- goto end_lock;
- }
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This could happen with a network mount */
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}
- if( s==(-1) ){
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+
+ if( rc ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
+ goto end_lock;
}else{
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
- pLock->cnt = 1;
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ pInode->nShared = 1;
}
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
/* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
** already.
*/
- assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
+ assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
- switch( locktype ){
- case RESERVED_LOCK:
- lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
- s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
- tErrno = errno;
- break;
- case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
- s = rangeLock(pFile, F_WRLCK, &tErrno);
- break;
- default:
- assert(0);
+
+ assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
+ lock.l_len = 1L;
+ }else{
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
}
- if( s==(-1) ){
+
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
}
** write operation (not a hot journal rollback).
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK
- && pFile->locktype<=SHARED_LOCK
- && locktype==RESERVED_LOCK
+ && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK
+ && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK
){
pFile->transCntrChng = 0;
pFile->dbUpdate = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- pLock->locktype = locktype;
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
- pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+ pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
}
end_lock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixOpenCnt->pUnused list.
-** If all such file descriptors are closed without error, the list is
-** cleared and SQLITE_OK returned.
-**
-** Otherwise, if an error occurs, then successfully closed file descriptor
-** entries are removed from the list, and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned.
-** not deleted and SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE returned.
-*/
-static int closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
- UnixUnusedFd *pError = 0;
- UnixUnusedFd *p;
- UnixUnusedFd *pNext;
- for(p=pOpen->pUnused; p; p=pNext){
- pNext = p->pNext;
- if( close(p->fd) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
- p->pNext = pError;
- pError = p;
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(p);
- }
- }
- pOpen->pUnused = pError;
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
** pUnused list.
*/
static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pUnused;
- p->pNext = pOpen->pUnused;
- pOpen->pUnused = p;
+ p->pNext = pInode->pUnused;
+ pInode->pUnused = p;
pFile->h = -1;
pFile->pUnused = 0;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+**
+** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED
+** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then
+** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works
+** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to
+** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set.
*/
-static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; /* The open file */
- struct unixLockInfo *pLock; /* Structure describing current lock state */
- struct flock lock; /* Information passed into fcntl() */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from this interface */
- int h; /* The underlying file descriptor */
- int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
+static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+ struct flock lock;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int h;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE7("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+ getpid()));
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
unixEnterMutex();
h = pFile->h;
- pLock = pFile->pLock;
- assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
- assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
*/
+#if 0
assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
|| pFile->dbUpdate==0
|| pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+#endif
pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
#endif
+ /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock
+ ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade
+ ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a
+ ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
+ ** 1: [WWWWW]
+ ** 2: [....W]
+ ** 3: [RRRRW]
+ ** 4: [RRRR.]
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- if( rangeLock(pFile, F_RDLCK, &tErrno)==(-1) ){
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ (void)handleNFSUnlock;
+ assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
+#endif
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ if( handleNFSUnlock ){
+ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */
+ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1;
+
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
+ tErrno = errno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
+ }
+ goto end_unlock;
+ }
+ }else
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+ {
+ lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
+ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
+ lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
+ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
+ ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this
+ ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
+ ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes
+ ** an assert to fail). */
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ goto end_unlock;
}
- goto end_unlock;
}
}
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
- if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
- pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
}else{
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
goto end_unlock;
}
}
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen;
-
+ if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
/* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
** the lock.
*/
- pLock->cnt--;
- if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
+ pInode->nShared--;
+ if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
- if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
- pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
+ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
}else{
- tErrno = errno;
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
- pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
}
}
** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
*/
- pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
- pOpen->nLock--;
- assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
- if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
- int rc2 = closePendingFds(pFile);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
+ pInode->nLock--;
+ assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+ if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
}
}
end_unlock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
/*
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+**
+** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0);
+}
+
+/*
** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation
** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
*/
static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- if( pFile ){
- if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- int err = close(pFile->dirfd);
- if( err ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
- }else{
- pFile->dirfd=-1;
- }
- }
- if( pFile->h>=0 ){
- int err = close(pFile->h);
- if( err ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
- }
- }
+ if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
+ pFile->dirfd=-1;
+ }
+ if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ }
#if OS_VXWORKS
- if( pFile->pId ){
- if( pFile->isDelete ){
- unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
- }
- vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
- pFile->pId = 0;
+ if( pFile->pId ){
+ if( pFile->isDelete ){
+ unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
}
-#endif
- OSTRACE2("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h);
- OpenCounter(-1);
- sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
- memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
+ vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
+ pFile->pId = 0;
}
+#endif
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h));
+ OpenCounter(-1);
+ sqlite3_free(pFile->pUnused);
+ memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
*/
static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( id ){
- unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
- unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
- unixEnterMutex();
- if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
- /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
- ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pOpen->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
- ** when the last lock is cleared.
- */
- setPendingFd(pFile);
- }
- releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
- releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
- rc = closeUnixFile(id);
- unixLeaveMutex();
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
+ unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+
+ /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close
+ ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead.
+ */
+ assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+ if( ALWAYS(pFile->pInode) && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
+ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
+ ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
+ ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed
+ ** when the last lock is cleared.
+ */
+ setPendingFd(pFile);
}
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
return rc;
}
assert( pFile );
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
/* Either this connection or some other connection in the same process
** holds a lock on the file. No need to check further. */
reserved = 1;
}else{
/* The lock is held if and only if the lockfile exists */
const char *zLockFile = (const char*)pFile->lockingContext;
- reserved = access(zLockFile, 0)==0;
+ reserved = osAccess(zLockFile, 0)==0;
}
- OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE.
** But we track the other locking levels internally.
*/
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int fd;
char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
/* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have
** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level.
*/
- if( pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
-#if !OS_VXWORKS
+ if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
/* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIME
+ utime(zLockFile, NULL);
+#else
utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* grab an exclusive lock */
- fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
+ fd = robust_open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
if( fd<0 ){
/* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
int tErrno = errno;
}
return rc;
}
- if( close(fd) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
- }
+ robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
**
** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file.
*/
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
/* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the
** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
- assert( locktype==NO_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
if( unlink(zLockFile) ){
int rc = 0;
int tErrno = errno;
if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
- rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
}
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
}
return rc;
}
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORKS
/*
+** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR
+*/
+#ifdef EINTR
+static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){
+ int rc;
+ do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ return rc;
+}
+#else
+# define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value
assert( pFile );
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
/* attempt to get the lock */
- int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
+ int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
if( !lrc ){
/* got the lock, unlock it */
- lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
+ lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
if ( lrc ) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* unlock failed with an error */
- lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
+ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
rc = lrc;
}
}
}
- OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
/* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
- if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* grab an exclusive lock */
- if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
+ if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
int tErrno = errno;
/* didn't get, must be busy */
rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
}
} else {
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
}
- OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
if( (rc & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
/* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
- if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* no, really, unlock. */
- int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
- if (rc) {
- int r, tErrno = errno;
- r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
- if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
- }
+ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
- if( (r & SQLITE_IOERR) == SQLITE_IOERR ){
- r = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */
-
- return r;
- } else {
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
assert( pFile );
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
/* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
if( !reserved ){
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
struct stat statBuf;
if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
} else {
/* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
- reserved = (pFile->locktype < SHARED_LOCK);
+ reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
}
}else{
/* we could have it if we want it */
sem_post(pSem);
}
}
- OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int semLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int fd;
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
/* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.
** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
- if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
goto sem_end_lock;
}
}
/* got it, set the type and return ok */
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
sem_end_lock:
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int semUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- sem_t *pSem = pFile->pOpen->pSem;
+ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;
assert( pFile );
assert( pSem );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, getpid()));
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
/* no-op if possible */
- if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
- if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
+ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) {
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
return rc;
}
- pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
semUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
assert( pFile );
unixEnterMutex();
- releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
- releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
unixLeaveMutex();
closeUnixFile(id);
}
*/
typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
struct afpLockingContext {
- unsigned long long sharedByte;
+ int reserved;
const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
};
pb.length = length;
pb.fd = pFile->h;
- OSTRACE6("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n",
(setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""),
- offset, length);
+ offset, length));
err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
if ( err==-1 ) {
int rc;
int tErrno = errno;
- OSTRACE4("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
- path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno));
+ OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n",
+ path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno)));
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
#else
assert( pFile );
afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ if( context->reserved ){
+ *pResOut = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
/* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
reserved = 1;
}
}
}
- OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));
*pResOut = reserved;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
+static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock),
+ azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , getpid()));
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
*/
- if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
- OSTRACE3("LOCK %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
- locktypeName(locktype));
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h,
+ azFileLock(eFileLock)));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
+ ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock.
+ ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock.
+ ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested.
*/
- assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
- assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+ assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
- /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
+ /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads
*/
unixEnterMutex();
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
- /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
+ /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
+ ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
*/
- rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- unixLeaveMutex();
- return rc;
+ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
+ }
+
+ /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
+ ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
+ ** return SQLITE_OK.
+ */
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK &&
+ (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
+ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 );
+ assert( pInode->nShared>0 );
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nShared++;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ goto afp_end_lock;
}
/* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
** be released.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK
- || (
locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK
+ || (
eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock<PENDING_LOCK)
){
int failed;
failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
/* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
** operating system calls for the specified lock.
*/
- if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
- int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
+ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
+ long lk, mask;
+ assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
+
+ mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
/* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
/* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
lk = random();
- context->sharedByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
+ pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
- SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedByte, 1, 1);
+ SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1);
if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
}
} else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
rc = lrc1;
} else {
- pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
- pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
+ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
+ pInode->nLock++;
+ pInode->nShared = 1;
}
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){
+ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+ ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
/* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is
** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
** already.
*/
int failed = 0;
- assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
- if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
+ assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock );
+ if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) {
/* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
+ if( !failed ){
+ context->reserved = 1;
+ }
}
- if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
+ if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
/* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
/* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to
** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock
*/
if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
- context->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
+ pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){
int failed2 = SQLITE_OK;
/* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST,
SHARED_SIZE, 1);
if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile,
- SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
+ SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){
/* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is
** a critical I/O error
*/
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock;
+ }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
+ pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK;
}
afp_end_lock:
unixLeaveMutex();
- OSTRACE4("LOCK %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype),
- rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock),
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
- afpLockingContext *pCtx = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
+ afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
+ int skipShared = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ int h = pFile->h;
+#endif
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, getpid());
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock,
+ pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared,
+ getpid()));
- assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
+ assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
unixEnterMutex();
- if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ pInode = pFile->pInode;
+ assert( pInode->nShared!=0 );
+ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){
+ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock );
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start
+ ** reading the database file again, make sure that the
+ ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database
+ ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated,
+ ** other connections to the same file might not realize that
+ ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their
+ ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption.
+ */
+ assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0
+ || pFile->dbUpdate==0
+ || pFile->transCntrChng==1 );
+ pFile->inNormalWrite = 0;
+#endif
- if( pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){
/* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */
- int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
- rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
+ } else {
+ skipShared = 1;
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK ){
- rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
- rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
+ if( !rc ){
+ context->reserved = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){
+ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
}
- }else if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- /* clear the shared lock */
- int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pCtx->sharedByte;
- rc = afpSetLock(pCtx->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
- struct unixOpenCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
- pOpen->nLock--;
- assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
- if( pOpen->nLock==0 ){
- rc = closePendingFds(pFile);
+ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an
+ ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
+ ** the lock.
+ */
+ unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte;
+ pInode->nShared--;
+ if( pInode->nShared==0 ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ if( !skipShared ){
+ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
+ }
+ if( !rc ){
+ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInode->nLock--;
+ assert( pInode->nLock>=0 );
+ if( pInode->nLock==0 ){
+ closePendingFds(pFile);
}
}
}
+
unixLeaveMutex();
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pFile->locktype = locktype;
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
return rc;
}
** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context
*/
static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( id ){
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
unixEnterMutex();
- if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
+ if( pFile->pInode && pFile->pInode->nLock ){
/* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file
- ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
+ ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when
** the last lock is cleared.
*/
setPendingFd(pFile);
}
- releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
+ releaseInodeInfo(pFile);
sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
- closeUnixFile(id);
+ rc = closeUnixFile(id);
unixLeaveMutex();
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
********************* End of the AFP lock implementation **********************
******************************************************************************/
+/******************************************************************************
+*************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+/*
+ ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
+ ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
+ ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
+ */
+static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){
+ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1);
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
+/*
+** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific
+** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative
+** is available.
+**
+********************* End of the NFS lock implementation **********************
+******************************************************************************/
/******************************************************************************
**************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods *****************************
*/
static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
int got;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
i64 newOffset;
+#endif
TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ do{ got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ do{ got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
}
return -1;
}
- got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
+ do{ got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#endif
TIMER_END;
if( got<0 ){
((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
}
- OSTRACE5("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+ OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
return got;
}
/* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
assert( pFile->pUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
|| offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
+#endif
got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
if( got==amt ){
*/
static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
int got;
+#if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64))
i64 newOffset;
+#endif
TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
- got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
- got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
+ do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
+ SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
if( newOffset!=offset ){
if( newOffset == -1 ){
((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
}
return -1;
}
-# ifndef VXWORKS
- got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-# else
- got = write(id->h, (char *)pBuf, cnt);
-# endif
+ do{ got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#endif
TIMER_END;
if( got<0 ){
((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
}
- OSTRACE5("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
return got;
}
/* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp
** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */
+#if 0
assert( pFile->pUnused==0
|| offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512
|| offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE
);
+#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
}
SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
+
if( amt>0 ){
- if( wrote<0 ){
+ if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
/* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
}else{
return SQLITE_FULL;
}
}
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
rc = SQLITE_OK;
#elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC
if( fullSync ){
- rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
+ rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
}else{
rc = 1;
}
*/
if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
+#elif defined(__APPLE__)
+ /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly
+ ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync
+ */
+ rc = fsync(fd);
#else
rc = fdatasync(fd);
#if OS_VXWORKS
SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
assert( pFile );
- OSTRACE2("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h);
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h));
rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
if( rc ){
pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
}
if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
- int err;
- OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
- HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
+ OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
+ HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
/* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
** turned off or unavailable. If a full_fsync occurred above,
/* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
}
#endif
- err = close(pFile->dirfd); /* Only need to sync once, so close the */
- if( err==0 ){ /* directory when we are done */
- pFile->dirfd = -1;
- }else{
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
- }
+ /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory when we are done */
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
+ pFile->dirfd = -1;
}
return rc;
}
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
+ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
int rc;
- assert( id );
+ assert( pFile );
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
- rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
+
+ /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+ ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+ ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+ ** size).
+ */
+ if( pFile->szChunk ){
+ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+ }
+
+ rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, (off_t)nByte);
if( rc ){
- ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
}else{
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
+ ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
+ ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
+ ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen
+ ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length
+ ** source.
+ */
+ if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){
+ pFile->transCntrChng = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
int rc;
struct stat buf;
assert( id );
- rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
+ rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
if( rc!=0 ){
((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
}
*pSize = buf.st_size;
- /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
+ /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper
** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif
+/*
+** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT
+** file-control operation.
+**
+** If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, it could be
+** that the file needs to be extended at this point. Otherwise, the
+** SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT operation is a no-op for Unix.
+*/
+static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
+ if( pFile->szChunk ){
+ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */
+ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
+
+ if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+
+ nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
+ if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
+ /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate()
+ ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success,
+ ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */
+ int err;
+ do{
+ err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size);
+ }while( err==EINTR );
+ if( err ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+#else
+ /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. First use
+ ** ftruncate() to set the file size, then write a single byte to
+ ** the last byte in each block within the extended region. This
+ ** is the same technique used by glibc to implement posix_fallocate()
+ ** on systems that do not have a real fallocate() system call.
+ */
+ int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */
+ i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */
+
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nSize) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
+ }
+ iWrite = ((buf.st_size + 2*nBlk - 1)/nBlk)*nBlk-1;
+ while( iWrite<nSize ){
+ int nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1);
+ if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
+ iWrite += nBlk;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
** Information and control of an open file handle.
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
switch( op ){
case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
- *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
+ *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->eFileLock;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
*(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+ ((unixFile*)id)->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+ return fcntlSizeHint((unixFile *)id, *(i64 *)pArg);
+ }
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done
** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and
return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
+ return SQLITE_OK; /* A no-op */
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
/*
return 0;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer.
+**
+** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread
+** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance
+** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened
+** only once per process.
+**
+** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object.
+** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean
+** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most
+** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So
+** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object
+** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed.
+**
+** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+** nRef
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+**
+** fid
+** zFilename
+**
+** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+*/
+struct unixShmNode {
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */
+ int h; /* Open file descriptor */
+ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+ u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */
+ char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */
+ int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */
+ unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+ u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+** unixShm.pFile
+** unixShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct unixShm {
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
+ unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
+ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
+ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+#define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1.
+**
+** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking
+** otherwise.
+*/
+static int unixShmSystemLock(
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+ int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */
+ int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */
+ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+ struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */
+
+ /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) || pShmNode->nRef==0 );
+
+ /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */
+ assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK );
+
+ /* Locks are within range */
+ assert( n>=1 && n<SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+ memset(&f, 0, sizeof(f));
+ f.l_type = lockType;
+ f.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
+ f.l_start = ofst;
+ f.l_len = n;
+
+ rc = osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_SETLK, &f);
+ rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { u16 mask;
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK "));
+ mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("unlock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }else{
+ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+ OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst));
+ pShmNode->exclMask |= mask;
+ pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst));
+ }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){
+ OSTRACE(("read-lock failed"));
+ }else{
+ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK );
+ OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst));
+ }
+ }
+ OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n",
+ pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Purge the unixShmNodeList list of all entries with unixShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void unixShmPurge(unixFile *pFd){
+ unixShmNode *p = pFd->pInode->pShmNode;
+ assert( unixMutexHeld() );
+ if( p && p->nRef==0 ){
+ int i;
+ assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode );
+ if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+ if( p->h>=0 ){
+ munmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion);
+ if( p->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__);
+ p->h = -1;
+ }
+ p->pInode->pShmNode = 0;
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd.
+** This particular implementation uses mmapped files.
+**
+** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory
+** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database
+** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file
+** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped
+** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm".
+**
+** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an
+** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory
+** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions
+** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same
+** database to end up using different files for shared memory -
+** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting
+** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage
+** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm"
+** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time
+** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite
+** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the
+** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely
+** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered
+** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+**
+** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS
+** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and
+** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In
+** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory
+** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory.
+*/
+static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){
+ struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */
+ struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */
+ char *zShmFilename; /* Name of the file used for SHM */
+ int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */
+
+ /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */
+ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 );
+
+ /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing
+ ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
+ */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+ pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
+ if( pShmNode==0 ){
+ struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */
+
+ /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
+ ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
+ ** with the same permissions. The actual permissions the file is created
+ ** with are subject to the current umask setting.
+ */
+ if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+ nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 30;
+#else
+ nShmFilename = 5 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
+#endif
+ pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
+ if( pShmNode==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+ memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode));
+ zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
+#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename,
+ SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
+ (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
+#else
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
+#endif
+ pShmNode->h = -1;
+ pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+ pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
+ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+
+ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
+ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT,
+ (sStat.st_mode & 0777));
+ if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+ const char *zRO;
+ zRO = sqlite3_uri_parameter(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm");
+ if( zRO && sqlite3GetBoolean(zRO) ){
+ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShmFilename, O_RDONLY,
+ (sStat.st_mode & 0777));
+ pShmNode->isReadonly = 1;
+ }
+ if( pShmNode->h<0 ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShmFilename);
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+ ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "ftruncate", zShmFilename);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ }
+ if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */
+ p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+ pShmNode->nRef++;
+ pDbFd->pShm = p;
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+
+ /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+ ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+ ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+ ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+ ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+ ** mutex.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+ pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+ unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int unixShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
+ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
+ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
+ int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+ unixShm *p;
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
+ if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){
+ rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+ assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+ char **apNew; /* New apRegion[] array */
+ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
+ struct stat sStat; /* Used by fstat() */
+
+ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+ ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+ ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+ */
+ if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+
+ if( sStat.st_size<nByte ){
+ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If bExtend is set to
+ ** false, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+ **
+ ** Alternatively, if bExtend is true, use ftruncate() to allocate
+ ** the requested memory region.
+ */
+ if( !bExtend ) goto shmpage_out;
+ if( robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, nByte) ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "ftruncate",
+ pShmNode->zFilename);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+ apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc(
+ pShmNode->apRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(char *)
+ );
+ if( !apNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ pShmNode->apRegion = apNew;
+ while(pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion){
+ void *pMem;
+ if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){
+ pMem = mmap(0, szRegion,
+ pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE,
+ MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion
+ );
+ if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pMem = sqlite3_malloc(szRegion);
+ if( pMem==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ memset(pMem, 0, szRegion);
+ }
+ pShmNode->apRegion[pShmNode->nRegion] = pMem;
+ pShmNode->nRegion++;
+ }
+ }
+
+shmpage_out:
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+ *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion];
+ }else{
+ *pp = 0;
+ }
+ if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+**
+** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little
+** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked
+** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may
+** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared.
+*/
+static int unixShmLock(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
+ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+ int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
+ unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
+ unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+ assert( n>=1 );
+ assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+ assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 );
+ assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 );
+
+ mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<<ofst);
+ assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( pX==p ) continue;
+ assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+ allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the local locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+ ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the local shared locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+ ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
+ ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pShmNode, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+ p->exclMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n",
+ p->id, getpid(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask));
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void unixShmBarrier(
+ sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+**
+** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this
+** routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+static int unixShmUnmap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */
+ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */
+){
+ unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
+ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+ unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
+ unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */
+
+ pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode );
+ assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode );
+
+ /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+ ** with pShmNode */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+
+ /* Free the connection p */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+ ** shared-memory file, too */
+ unixEnterMutex();
+ assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+ pShmNode->nRef--;
+ if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+ if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) unlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
+ unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
+ }
+ unixLeaveMutex();
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+#else
+# define unixShmMap 0
+# define unixShmLock 0
+# define unixShmBarrier 0
+# define unixShmUnmap 0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
/*
** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
**
** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
*/
-#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \
+#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK) \
static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \
- 1, /* iVersion */ \
+ VERSION, /* iVersion */ \
CLOSE, /* xClose */ \
unixRead, /* xRead */ \
unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \
CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \
unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \
unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \
- unixDeviceCharacteristics /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
+ unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \
+ unixShmMap, /* xShmMap */ \
+ unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \
+ unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \
+ unixShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */ \
}; \
static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \
UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \
IOMETHODS(
posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 2, /* shared memory is enabled */
unixClose, /* xClose method */
unixLock, /* xLock method */
unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
IOMETHODS(
nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
nolockClose, /* xClose method */
nolockLock, /* xLock method */
nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
IOMETHODS(
dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
dotlockClose, /* xClose method */
dotlockLock, /* xLock method */
dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
IOMETHODS(
flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
flockClose, /* xClose method */
flockLock, /* xLock method */
flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
IOMETHODS(
semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
semClose, /* xClose method */
semLock, /* xLock method */
semUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
IOMETHODS(
afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
afpClose, /* xClose method */
afpLock, /* xLock method */
afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
#endif
/*
-** The "Whole File Locking" finder returns the same set of methods as
-** the posix locking finder. But it also sets the SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING
-** flag to force the posix advisory locks to cover the whole file instead
-** of just a small span of bytes near the 1GiB boundary. Whole File Locking
-** is useful on NFS-mounted files since it helps NFS to maintain cache
-** coherency. But it is a detriment to other filesystems since it runs
-** slower.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods *posixWflIoFinderImpl(const char*z, unixFile*p){
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(z);
- p->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
- return &posixIoMethods;
-}
-static const sqlite3_io_methods
- *(*const posixWflIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile *p) = posixWflIoFinderImpl;
-
-/*
** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it
** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and
** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those
IOMETHODS(
proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
proxyClose, /* xClose method */
proxyLock, /* xLock method */
proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
)
#endif
+/* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+IOMETHODS(
+ nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */
+ nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */
+ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */
+ unixClose, /* xClose method */
+ unixLock, /* xLock method */
+ nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */
+ unixCheckReservedLock /* xCheckReservedLock method */
+)
+#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
/*
{ "hfs", &posixIoMethods },
{ "ufs", &posixIoMethods },
{ "afpfs", &afpIoMethods },
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB
{ "smbfs", &afpIoMethods },
-#else
- { "smbfs", &flockIoMethods },
-#endif
{ "webdav", &nolockIoMethods },
{ 0, 0 }
};
lockInfo.l_start = 0;
lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
- pNew->fileFlags = SQLITE_WHOLE_FILE_LOCKING;
- return &posixIoMethods;
+ if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){
+ return &nfsIoMethods;
+ } else {
+ return &posixIoMethods;
+ }
}else{
return &dotlockIoMethods;
}
lockInfo.l_start = 0;
lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
- if( fcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
+ if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
return &posixIoMethods;
}else{
return &semIoMethods;
sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */
int noLock, /* Omit locking if true */
- int isDelete /* Delete on close if true */
+ int isDelete, /* Delete on close if true */
+ int isReadOnly /* True if the file is opened read-only */
){
const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
- assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
+ assert( pNew->pInode==NULL );
/* Parameter isDelete is only used on vxworks. Express this explicitly
** here to prevent compiler warnings about unused parameters.
*/
UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDelete);
- OSTRACE3("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);
+ /* Usually the path zFilename should not be a relative pathname. The
+ ** exception is when opening the proxy "conch" file in builds that
+ ** include the special Apple locking styles.
+ */
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/'
+ || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
+#else
+ assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
+#endif
+
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
pNew->h = h;
pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
- SET_THREADID(pNew);
- pNew->fileFlags = 0;
+ pNew->zPath = zFilename;
+ if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){
+ pNew->ctrlFlags = UNIXFILE_EXCL;
+ }else{
+ pNew->ctrlFlags = 0;
+ }
+ if( isReadOnly ){
+ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
+ }
#if OS_VXWORKS
pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
#endif
}
- if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods ){
+ if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods
+#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods
+#endif
+ ){
unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If an error occured in findLockInfo(), close the file descriptor
- ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findLockInfo() may fail
+ /* If an error occured in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor
+ ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail
** in two scenarios:
**
** (a) A call to fstat() failed.
** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other
** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file
** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by
- ** findLockInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
+ ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close
** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released
** by doing so.
**
** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in
** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much.
*/
- close(h);
+ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
h = -1;
}
unixLeaveMutex();
** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a
** copy of the filename. */
pCtx->dbPath = zFilename;
+ pCtx->reserved = 0;
srandomdev();
unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(pNew, NULL, &pNew->pOpen);
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext);
+ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ h = -1;
+ }
unixLeaveMutex();
}
}
** included in the semLockingContext
*/
unixEnterMutex();
- rc = findLockInfo(pNew, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
- if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pOpen->pSem==NULL) ){
- char *zSemName = pNew->pOpen->aSemName;
+ rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode);
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){
+ char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName;
int n;
sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem",
pNew->pId->zCanonicalName);
for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ )
if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_';
- pNew->pOpen->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
- if( pNew->pOpen->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
+ pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1);
+ if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pNew->pOpen->aSemName[0] = '\0';
+ pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
}
}
unixLeaveMutex();
pNew->lastErrno = 0;
#if OS_VXWORKS
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
+ h = -1;
unlink(zFilename);
isDelete = 0;
}
pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd); /* silent leak if fail, already in error */
- if( h>=0 ) close(h);
+ if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, dirfd, __LINE__);
+ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
}else{
pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
OpenCounter(+1);
for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
if( ii>0 ){
zDirname[ii] = '\0';
- fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
+ fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
if( fd>=0 ){
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+ osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
- OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
+ OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
}
}
*pFd = fd;
- return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
+ return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
}
/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
+** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
static const char *azDirs[] = {
0,
0,
"/var/tmp",
"/usr/tmp",
"/tmp",
- ".",
+ 0 /* List terminator */
};
+ unsigned int i;
+ struct stat buf;
+ const char *zDir = 0;
+
+ azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
+ if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
+ for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); zDir=azDirs[i++]){
+ if( zDir==0 ) continue;
+ if( osStat(zDir, &buf) ) continue;
+ if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
+ if( osAccess(zDir, 07) ) continue;
+ break;
+ }
+ return zDir;
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated
+** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
+** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
+*/
+static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
static const unsigned char zChars[] =
"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
"0123456789";
unsigned int i, j;
- struct stat buf;
- const char *zDir = ".";
+ const char *zDir;
/* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
*/
SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
- azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
- if (NULL == azDirs[1]) {
- azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR");
- }
-
- for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
- if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
- if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
- if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
- if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
- zDir = azDirs[i];
- break;
- }
+ zDir = unixTempFileDir();
+ if( zDir==0 ) zDir = ".";
/* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
}
zBuf[j] = 0;
- }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
+ }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of
** not searching for a resusable file descriptor are not dire. */
if( 0==stat(zPath, &sStat) ){
- struct unixOpenCnt *pO;
- struct unixFileId id;
- id.dev = sStat.st_dev;
- id.ino = sStat.st_ino;
+ unixInodeInfo *pInode;
unixEnterMutex();
- for(pO=openList; pO && memcmp(&id, &pO->fileId, sizeof(id)); pO=pO->pNext);
- if( pO ){
+ pInode = inodeList;
+ while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev
+ || pInode->fileId.ino!=sStat.st_ino) ){
+ pInode = pInode->pNext;
+ }
+ if( pInode ){
UnixUnusedFd **pp;
- for(pp=&pO->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
+ for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
pUnused = *pp;
if( pUnused ){
*pp = pUnused->pNext;
}
/*
+** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions
+** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned
+** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is
+** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is
+** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified.
+**
+** If the file being opened is a temporary file, it is always created with
+** the octal permissions 0600 (read/writable by owner only). If the file
+** is a database or master journal file, it is created with the permissions
+** mask SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS.
+**
+** Finally, if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then
+** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the
+** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever
+** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions
+** as the associated database file.
+**
+** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the
+** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for
+** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use
+** the default permissions.
+*/
+static int findCreateFileMode(
+ const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */
+ int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */
+ mode_t *pMode /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ *pMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS;
+ if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){
+ char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */
+ int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */
+ struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */
+
+ /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives
+ ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles
+ ** the following naming conventions:
+ **
+ ** "<path to db>-journal"
+ ** "<path to db>-wal"
+ ** "<path to db>-journalNN"
+ ** "<path to db>-walNN"
+ **
+ ** where NN is a 4 digit decimal number. The NN naming schemes are
+ ** used by the test_multiplex.c module.
+ */
+ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1;
+ while( nDb>0 && zPath[nDb]!='-' ) nDb--;
+ if( nDb==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb);
+ zDb[nDb] = '\0';
+
+ if( 0==stat(zDb, &sStat) ){
+ *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+ *pMode = 0600;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
** Open the file zPath.
**
** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
+#endif
/* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
*/
- int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate &&
- (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
- );
+ int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ ));
/* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
- /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
- ** deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
/* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
|| eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
- || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
);
memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
}else if( !zName ){
/* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
- rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
+ rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
if( fd<0 ){
- mode_t openMode = (isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
- OSTRACE4("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags);
+ mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */
+ rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( !p->pUnused );
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ return rc;
+ }
+ fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags));
if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
/* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT);
flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
openFlags |= O_RDONLY;
- fd = open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
+ isReadonly = 1;
+ fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode);
}
if( fd<0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName);
goto open_finished;
}
}
** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held
** on the file by this process. */
assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
- close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, already in error */
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
goto open_finished;
}
}
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
- fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
+ osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+
+#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+ if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
+ if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+ }
+ if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
+ ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
#if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING
- if( zPath!=NULL && !noLock && pVfs->xOpen ){
+ isAutoProxy = 1;
+#endif
+ if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){
char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING");
int useProxy = 0;
** the same file are working. */
p->lastErrno = errno;
if( dirfd>=0 ){
- close(dirfd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+ robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
}
- close(fd); /* silently leak if fail, in error */
+ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
goto open_finished;
}
useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
}
if( useProxy ){
- rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
+ isDelete, isReadonly);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile
+ ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically,
+ ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op
+ */
+ unixClose(pFile);
+ return rc;
+ }
}
goto open_finished;
}
}
#endif
- rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock, isDelete);
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
+ isDelete, isReadonly);
open_finished:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
- unlink(zPath);
+ if( unlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
+ }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
if( dirSync ){
int fd;
if( fsync(fd) )
#endif
{
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
- }
- if( close(fd)&&!rc ){
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE;
+ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
}
+ robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
}
}
#endif
default:
assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
}
- *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
+ *pResOut = (osAccess(zPath, amode)==0);
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && *pResOut ){
+ struct stat buf;
+ if( 0==stat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size==0 ){
+ *pResOut = 0;
+ }
+ }
return SQLITE_OK;
}
sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
}else{
int nCwd;
- if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
+ return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath);
}
nCwd = (int)strlen(zOut);
sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
** error message.
*/
static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
- char *zErr;
+ const char *zErr;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
unixEnterMutex();
zErr = dlerror();
#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
{
int pid, fd;
- fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
+ fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0);
if( fd<0 ){
time_t t;
time(&t);
memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
-#ifndef VXWORKS
- pid = getpid();
-#else
- pid = (int)taskIdCurrent();
-#endif
+ pid = getpid();
memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(pid)<=(size_t)nBuf );
nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(pid);
}else{
- nBuf = read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
- close(fd);
+ do{ nBuf = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( nBuf<0 && errno==EINTR );
+ robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
}
}
#endif
#endif
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
+ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#if defined(NO_GETTOD)
time_t t;
time(&t);
- *prNow = (((sqlite3_int64)t)/8640 + 24405875)/10;
-#elif defined(NO_GETTOD)
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch;
#elif OS_VXWORKS
struct timespec sNow;
clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow);
- *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_nsec/86400000000000.0;
+ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000;
#else
struct timeval sNow;
gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
- *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
+ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
+ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
}
#endif
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
}
/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){
+ sqlite3_int64 i;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i);
+ *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
** We added the xGetLastError() method with the intention of providing
** better low-level error messages when operating-system problems come up
** during SQLite operation. But so far, none of that has been implemented
return 0;
}
+
/*
************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods ***************************
******************************************************************************/
** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same
** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file).
**
-** There is a third file - the host ID file - used as a persistent record
-** of a unique identifier for the host, a 128-byte unique host id file
-** in the path defined by the HOSTIDPATH macro (default value is
-** /Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId).
-**
** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is
** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made.
** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where
** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file
** retrieval and creation
**
-** HOSTIDPATH
-**
-** Overrides the default host ID file path location
-**
** LOCKPROXYDIR
**
** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
-#endif
-
/*
** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote
** and local proxy files in it
unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */
char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */
char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */
- int conchHeld; /* True if the conch is currently held */
+ int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */
};
-/* HOSTIDLEN and CONCHLEN both include space for the string
-** terminating nul
-*/
-#define HOSTIDLEN 128
-#define CONCHLEN (MAXPATHLEN+HOSTIDLEN+1)
-#ifndef HOSTIDPATH
-# define HOSTIDPATH "/Library/Caches/.com.apple.sqliteConchHostId"
-#endif
-
-/* basically a copy of unixRandomness with different
-** test behavior built in */
-static int proxyGenerateHostID(char *pHostID){
- int pid, fd, len;
- unsigned char *key = (unsigned char *)pHostID;
-
- memset(key, 0, HOSTIDLEN);
- len = 0;
- fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
- if( fd>=0 ){
- len = read(fd, key, HOSTIDLEN);
- close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
- }
- if( len < HOSTIDLEN ){
- time_t t;
- time(&t);
- memcpy(key, &t, sizeof(t));
- pid = getpid();
- memcpy(&key[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
- }
-
-#ifdef MAKE_PRETTY_HOSTID
- {
- int i;
- /* filter the bytes into printable ascii characters and NUL terminate */
- key[(HOSTIDLEN-1)] = 0x00;
- for( i=0; i<(HOSTIDLEN-1); i++ ){
- unsigned char pa = key[i]&0x7F;
- if( pa<0x20 ){
- key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa+0x40 : pa+0x20;
- }else if( pa==0x7F ){
- key[i] = (key[i]&0x80 == 0x80) ? pa=0x20 : pa+0x7E;
- }
- }
- }
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* writes the host id path to path, path should be an pre-allocated buffer
-** with enough space for a path
-*/
-static void proxyGetHostIDPath(char *path, size_t len){
- strlcpy(path, HOSTIDPATH, len);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- if( sqlite3_hostid_num>0 ){
- char suffix[2] = "1";
- suffix[0] = suffix[0] + sqlite3_hostid_num;
- strlcat(path, suffix, len);
- }
-#endif
- OSTRACE3("GETHOSTIDPATH %s pid=%d\n", path, getpid());
-}
-
-/* get the host ID from a sqlite hostid file stored in the
-** user-specific tmp directory, create the ID if it's not there already
+/*
+** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath,
+** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
+** file path.
*/
-static int proxyGetHostID(char *pHostID, int *pError){
- int fd;
- char path[MAXPATHLEN];
- size_t len;
- int rc=SQLITE_OK;
-
- proxyGetHostIDPath(path, MAXPATHLEN);
- /* try to create the host ID file, if it already exists read the contents */
- fd = open(path, O_CREAT|O_WRONLY|O_EXCL, 0644);
- if( fd<0 ){
- int err=errno;
-
- if( err!=EEXIST ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
- fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error creating host ID file %s: %s\n",
- path, strerror(err));
-#endif
- return SQLITE_PERM;
- }
- /* couldn't create the file, read it instead */
- fd = open(path, O_RDONLY|O_EXCL);
- if( fd<0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG /* set the sqlite error message instead */
- int err = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "sqlite error opening host ID file %s: %s\n",
- path, strerror(err));
-#endif
- return SQLITE_PERM;
- }
- len = pread(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0);
- if( len<0 ){
- *pError = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
- }else if( len<HOSTIDLEN ){
- *pError = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
- }
- close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
- OSTRACE3("GETHOSTID read %s pid=%d\n", pHostID, getpid());
- return rc;
- }else{
- /* we're creating the host ID file (use a random string of bytes) */
- proxyGenerateHostID(pHostID);
- len = pwrite(fd, pHostID, HOSTIDLEN, 0);
- if( len<0 ){
- *pError = errno;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
- }else if( len<HOSTIDLEN ){
- *pError = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
- }
- close(fd); /* silently leak the fd if it fails */
- OSTRACE3("GETHOSTID wrote %s pid=%d\n", pHostID, getpid());
- return rc;
- }
-}
-
static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){
int len;
int dbLen;
#else
# ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR
{
- confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen);
- len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
- if( mkdir(lPath, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
- /* if mkdir fails, handle as lock file creation failure */
-# ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- int err = errno;
- if( err!=EEXIST ){
- fprintf(stderr, "proxyGetLockPath: mkdir(%s,0%o) error %d %s\n", lPath,
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS, err, strerror(err));
- }
-# endif
- }else{
- OSTRACE3("GETLOCKPATH mkdir %s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid());
+ if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){
+ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n",
+ lPath, errno, getpid()));
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
}
-
+ len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen);
}
# else
len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen);
/* transform the db path to a unique cache name */
dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath);
- for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<maxLen; i++){
+ for( i=0; i<dbLen && (i+len+7)<(int)maxLen; i++){
char c = dbPath[i];
lPath[i+len] = (c=='/')?'_':c;
}
lPath[i+len]='\0';
strlcat(lPath, ":auto:", maxLen);
+ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lPath, getpid()));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+/*
+ ** Creates the lock file and any missing directories in lockPath
+ */
+static int proxyCreateLockPath(const char *lockPath){
+ int i, len;
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+ int start = 0;
+
+ assert(lockPath!=NULL);
+ /* try to create all the intermediate directories */
+ len = (int)strlen(lockPath);
+ buf[0] = lockPath[0];
+ for( i=1; i<len; i++ ){
+ if( lockPath[i] == '/' && (i - start > 0) ){
+ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */
+ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/')
+ || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){
+ buf[i]='\0';
+ if( mkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){
+ int err=errno;
+ if( err!=EEXIST ) {
+ OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, "
+ "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",
+ buf, strerror(err), lockPath, getpid()));
+ return err;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ start=i+1;
+ }
+ buf[i] = lockPath[i];
+ }
+ OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", lockPath, getpid()));
+ return 0;
+}
+
/*
** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from
** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor.
** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor
** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor.
*/
-static int proxyCreateUnixFile(const char *path, unixFile **ppFile) {
+static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
+ const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */
+ unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
+ int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
+) {
+ int fd = -1;
+ int dirfd = -1;
unixFile *pNew;
- int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
-
- pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unixFile));
- if( !pNew ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ int terrno = 0;
+ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;
+
+ /* 1. first try to open/create the file
+ ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating
+ ** the parent directories and then try again.
+ ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only
+ ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file
+ */
+ pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags);
+ if( pUnused ){
+ fd = pUnused->fd;
+ }else{
+ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pUnused));
+ if( !pUnused ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ terrno = errno;
+ if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){
+ if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ openFlags = O_RDONLY;
+ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ terrno = errno;
+ }
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ if( islockfile ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ switch (terrno) {
+ case EACCES:
+ return SQLITE_PERM;
+ case EIO:
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */
+ default:
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
+ if( pNew==NULL ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto end_create_proxy;
}
memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
- /* Call unixOpen() to open the proxy file. The flags passed to unixOpen()
- ** suggest that the file being opened is a "main database". This is
- ** necessary as other file types do not necessarily support locking. It
- ** is better to use unixOpen() instead of opening the file directly with
- ** open(), as unixOpen() sets up the various mechanisms required to
- ** make sure a call to close() does not cause the system to discard
- ** POSIX locks prematurely.
- **
- ** It is important that the xOpen member of the VFS object passed to
- ** unixOpen() is NULL. This tells unixOpen() may try to open a proxy-file
- ** for the proxy-file (creating a potential infinite loop).
- */
+ pNew->openFlags = openFlags;
+ memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
- dummyVfs.xOpen = 0;
- rc = unixOpen(&dummyVfs, path, (sqlite3_file *)pNew, flags, &flags);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) ){
- pNew->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pNew);
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
+ pUnused->fd = fd;
+ pUnused->flags = openFlags;
+ pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
+
+ rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppFile = pNew;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+end_create_proxy:
+ robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ sqlite3_free(pUnused);
+ return rc;
+}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pNew);
- pNew = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+/* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0;
+#endif
+
+#define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */
+
+/* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */
+extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait);
+
+/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN
+** bytes of writable memory.
+*/
+static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
+ assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
+ memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
+ && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
+ {
+ static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
+ if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
+ int err = errno;
+ if( pError ){
+ *pError = err;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ }
}
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
+ if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
+ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path
+ */
+#define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */
+#define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */
+#define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN)
+#define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN)
+
+/*
+** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves
+** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the
+** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is
+** closed. Returns zero if successful.
+*/
+static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ char tPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+ char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath;
+ size_t readLen = 0;
+ size_t pathLen = 0;
+ char errmsg[64] = "";
+ int fd = -1;
+ int rc = -1;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID);
+
+ /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */
+ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 ||
+ (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen);
+ goto end_breaklock;
+ }
+ /* read the conch content */
+ readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( readLen<PROXY_PATHINDEX ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"read error (len %d)",(int)readLen);
+ goto end_breaklock;
+ }
+ /* write it out to the temporary break file */
+ fd = robust_open(tPath, (O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL),
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ if( fd<0 ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "create failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
+ }
+ if( osPwrite(fd, buf, readLen, 0) != (ssize_t)readLen ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "write failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
+ }
+ if( rename(tPath, cPath) ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg), errmsg, "rename failed (%d)", errno);
+ goto end_breaklock;
+ }
+ rc = 0;
+ fprintf(stderr, "broke stale lock on %s\n", cPath);
+ robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
+ conchFile->h = fd;
+ conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
+
+end_breaklock:
+ if( rc ){
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ unlink(tPath);
+ robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
+ }
+ fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the
+** host id matches.
+*/
+static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
+ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
+ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nTries = 0;
+ struct timespec conchModTime;
+
+ do {
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+ nTries ++;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* If the lock failed (busy):
+ * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again.
+ * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait
+ * 10 sec and try again
+ * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
+ */
+ struct stat buf;
+ if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ }
+
+ if( nTries==1 ){
+ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
+ usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
+ continue;
+ }
- *ppFile = pNew;
+ assert( nTries>1 );
+ if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec ||
+ conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ if( nTries==2 ){
+ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
+ if( len<0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = errno;
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
+ }
+ if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
+ /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
+ if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ assert( nTries==3 );
+ if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+ if( !rc ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
+
return rc;
}
-/* takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
+/* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if
** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL
** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the
** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically
static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- char testValue[CONCHLEN];
- char conchValue[CONCHLEN];
+ uuid_t myHostID;
+ int pError = 0;
+ char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN];
- char *tLockPath = NULL;
+ char *tempLockPath = NULL;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int readRc = SQLITE_OK;
- int syncPerms = 0;
-
- OSTRACE4("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
- (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
+ int createConch = 0;
+ int hostIdMatch = 0;
+ int readLen = 0;
+ int tryOldLockPath = 0;
+ int forceNewLockPath = 0;
+
+ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int pError = 0;
- memset(testValue, 0, CONCHLEN); /* conch is fixed size */
- rc = proxyGetHostID(testValue, &pError);
- if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = pError;
- }
- if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- }
+ rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
+ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = pError;
+ goto end_takeconch;
}
+ rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto end_takeconch;
}
-
- readRc = unixRead((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, conchValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
- if( readRc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- if( readRc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+ /* read the existing conch file */
+ readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
+ if( readLen<0 ){
+ /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
+ pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ||
+ readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
+ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new
+ ** conch file.
+ */
+ createConch = 1;
+ }
+ /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch
+ ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll
+ ** retry with a new auto-generated path
+ */
+ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */
+
+ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){
+ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID,
+ PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+ /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
+ ** use the local lock file path that's already in there
+ */
+ if( hostIdMatch ){
+ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX);
+
+ if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){
+ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1;
+ }
+ memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen);
+ lockPath[pathLen] = 0;
+ tempLockPath = lockPath;
+ tryOldLockPath = 1;
+ /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */
+ goto end_takeconch;
+ }
+ }else if( hostIdMatch
+ && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX],
+ readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX)
+ ){
+ /* conch host and lock path match */
+ goto end_takeconch;
}
- rc = readRc;
+ }
+
+ /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */
+ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
goto end_takeconch;
}
- /* if the conch has data compare the contents */
+
+ /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */
if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll
- ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */
- if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, HOSTIDLEN) ){
- tLockPath = (char *)&conchValue[HOSTIDLEN];
- goto end_takeconch;
+ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ tempLockPath = lockPath;
+ /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */
+ }
+
+ /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
+ ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big
+ ** stick.
+ */
+ futimes(conchFile->h, NULL);
+ if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){
+ if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){
+ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
+ ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ } else {
+ rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
}else{
- /* we've got the conch if conchValue matches our path and host ID */
- if( !memcmp(testValue, conchValue, CONCHLEN) ){
- goto end_takeconch;
- }
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
- }else{
- /* a short read means we're "creating" the conch (even though it could
- ** have been user-intervention), if we acquire the exclusive lock,
- ** we'll try to match the current on-disk permissions of the database
- */
- syncPerms = 1;
- }
-
- /* either conch was emtpy or didn't match */
- if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
- proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- tLockPath = lockPath;
- strlcpy(&testValue[HOSTIDLEN], lockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
- }
-
- /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process
- ** has a shared lock already) */
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, testValue, CONCHLEN, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && syncPerms ){
- struct stat buf;
- int err = fstat(pFile->h, &buf);
- if( err==0 ){
- /* try to match the database file permissions, ignore failure */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
+ int writeSize = 0;
+
+ writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
+ memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
+ if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
+ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }else{
+ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ }
+ writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
+ robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
+ rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
+ fsync(conchFile->h);
+ /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a
+ ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){
+ struct stat buf;
+ int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf);
+ if( err==0 ){
+ mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP |
+ S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+ /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */
#ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
- fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode);
+ osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
#else
- if( fchmod(conchFile->h, buf.st_mode)!=0 ){
+ do{
+ rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode);
+ }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR );
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ int code = errno;
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
+ cmode, code, strerror(code));
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode);
+ }
+ }else{
int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n",
- buf.st_mode, code, strerror(code));
- } else {
- fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",buf.st_mode);
+ fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
+ err, code, strerror(code));
+#endif
}
+ }
+ }
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
+
+ end_takeconch:
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
+ if( pFile->h>=0 ){
+ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
+ }
+ pFile->h = -1;
+ int fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd));
+ if( fd>=0 ){
+ pFile->h = fd;
}else{
- int code = errno;
- fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n",
- err, code, strerror(code));
-#endif
+ rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
+ during locking */
}
}
- }
- conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
-
-end_takeconch:
- OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
- if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-#ifdef STRICT_CLOSE_ERROR
- if( close(pFile->h) ){
- pFile->lastErrno = errno;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
+ char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){
+ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path
+ ** so try again via auto-naming
+ */
+ forceNewLockPath = 1;
+ tryOldLockPath = 0;
+ continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */
}
-#else
- close(pFile->h); /* silently leak fd if fail */
-#endif
}
- pFile->h = -1;
- int fd = open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
- OSTRACE2("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd);
- if( fd>=0 ){
- pFile->h = fd;
- }else{
- rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
- during locking */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value
+ ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack
+ */
+ if( tempLockPath ){
+ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath);
+ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
}
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){
- char *path = tLockPath ? tLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath;
- /* ACS: Need to make a copy of path sometimes */
- rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
-
- if( tLockPath ){
- pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tLockPath);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCtx->conchHeld = 1;
+
if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
- ((afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext)->dbPath =
- pCtx->lockProxyPath;
+ afpLockingContext *afpCtx;
+ afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext;
+ afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
}
+ } else {
+ conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
}
- } else {
- conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
- }
- OSTRACE3("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed");
- return rc;
+ OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+ rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed"));
+ return rc;
+ } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file -
+ ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */
}
}
** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock.
*/
static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){
- int rc; /* Subroutine return code */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */
proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */
unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */
pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
- OSTRACE4("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
+ OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
(pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"),
- getpid());
+ getpid()));
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
+ }
pCtx->conchHeld = 0;
- rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK);
- OSTRACE3("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
- (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
return rc;
}
char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
/* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field
** of the struct */
assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
- strcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath);
- }else
+ strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);
+ } else
#endif
if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
/* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
}else{
/* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */
assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
- strcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext);
+ strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
char *lockPath=NULL;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
+ if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath);
lockPath=(char *)path;
}
- OSTRACE4("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
- (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid());
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
+ (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));
pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
if( pCtx==0 ){
rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile);
+ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){
+ /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and
+ ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access.
+ ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts
+ ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR.
+ */
+ struct statfs fsInfo;
+ struct stat conchInfo;
+ int goLockless = 0;
+
+ if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) {
+ int err = errno;
+ if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){
+ goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY;
+ }
+ }
+ if( goLockless ){
+ pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){
pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
+ if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned,
** switch the locking context and pMethod then return.
*/
- pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath);
pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext;
pFile->lockingContext = pCtx;
pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod;
pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods;
}else{
if( pCtx->conchFile ){
- rc = pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile);
sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
sqlite3_free(pCtx);
}
- OSTRACE3("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
- (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h,
+ (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")));
return rc;
}
int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut);
+ }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ pResOut=0;
+ }
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
+** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one
** of the following:
**
** (1) SHARED_LOCK
** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
** routine to lower a locking level.
*/
-static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
- pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+ pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+ }else{
+ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ }
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype. locktype
+** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock
** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
**
** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
+static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) {
unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext;
- unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
- rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, locktype);
- pFile->locktype = proxy->locktype;
+ if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){
+ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy;
+ rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock);
+ pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock;
+ }else{
+ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */
+ }
}
return rc;
}
if( rc ) return rc;
sqlite3_free(conchFile);
}
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->lockProxyPath);
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath);
sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath);
- sqlite3_free(pCtx->dbPath);
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath);
/* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */
pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext;
pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod;
** that filesystem time.
*/
#define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \
- 1, /* iVersion */ \
+ 3, /* iVersion */ \
sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \
MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \
0, /* pNext */ \
unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \
unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \
unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \
- unixGetLastError /* xGetLastError */ \
+ unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \
+ unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \
+ unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \
+ unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \
+ unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \
}
/*
#endif
UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ),
UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ),
- UNIXVFS("unix-wfl", posixWflIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ),
#if OS_VXWORKS
UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ),
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ),
+ UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ),
UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
};
unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */
+ /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
+ ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
+ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==16 );
+
/* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
*/
-#include <qconfig.h>
-
#include <winbase.h>
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
/*
** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
*/
-#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
#endif
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
- if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
+#define OSTRACE(X)
#endif
/*
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-# define GetDiskFreeSpaceW() 0
+# define FormatMessageW(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) 0
#endif
+/* Forward references */
+typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */
+typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */
+
/*
** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
** with some code of our own.
*/
typedef struct winFile winFile;
struct winFile {
- const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */
HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */
unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
DWORD sectorSize; /* Sector size of the device file is on */
+ winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */
+ const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */
+ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */
HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */
#endif
};
+
/*
** Forward prototypes.
*/
** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string. Space to hold the
** returned string is obtained from malloc().
*/
-static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zFilename){
char *zFilenameMbcs;
WCHAR *zTmpWide;
return zFilenameMbcs;
}
+
+/*
+** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
+** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
+** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
+*/
+static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
+ /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
+ ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
+ ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
+ */
+ DWORD error = GetLastError();
+ DWORD dwLen = 0;
+ char *zOut = 0;
+
+ if( isNT() ){
+ WCHAR *zTempWide = NULL;
+ dwLen = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+ NULL,
+ error,
+ 0,
+ (LPWSTR) &zTempWide,
+ 0,
+ 0);
+ if( dwLen > 0 ){
+ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+ zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTempWide);
+ /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+ LocalFree(zTempWide);
+ }
+/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
+** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
+** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
+*/
+#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
+ }else{
+ char *zTemp = NULL;
+ dwLen = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
+ NULL,
+ error,
+ 0,
+ (LPSTR) &zTemp,
+ 0,
+ 0);
+ if( dwLen > 0 ){
+ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */
+ zOut = sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(zTemp);
+ /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */
+ LocalFree(zTemp);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ if( 0 == dwLen ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
+ }else{
+ /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut);
+ /* free the UTF8 buffer */
+ free(zOut);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+**
+** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro
+** winLogError().
+**
+** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function.
+** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of
+** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from
+** FormatMessage.
+**
+** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that
+** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN).
+** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that
+** failed and the the associated file-system path, if any.
+*/
+#define winLogError(a,b,c) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__)
+static int winLogErrorAtLine(
+ int errcode, /* SQLite error code */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */
+ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */
+ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */
+){
+ char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ DWORD iErrno = GetLastError(); /* Error code */
+
+ zMsg[0] = 0;
+ getLastErrorMsg(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg);
+ assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( zPath==0 ) zPath = "";
+ for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){}
+ zMsg[i] = 0;
+ sqlite3_log(errcode,
+ "os_win.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s",
+ iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg
+ );
+
+ return errcode;
+}
+
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function. So create a
** substitute.
*/
-static struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
+struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
{
static struct tm y;
FILETIME uTm, lTm;
pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
if (!pFile->hMutex){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename);
free(zName);
return FALSE;
}
/* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
if (!pFile->shared){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, "winceCreateLock2", zFilename);
CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
pFile->hShared = NULL;
}
******************************************************************************/
/*
+** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
+*/
+#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
+# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first
+** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0.
+** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero.
+*/
+static int seekWinFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){
+ LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+ LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */
+ DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */
+
+ upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
+ lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff);
+
+ /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword
+ ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails,
+ ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN,
+ ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine
+ ** whether an error has actually occured, it is also necessary to call
+ ** GetLastError().
+ */
+ dwRet = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
+ if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR) ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, "seekWinFile", pFile->zPath);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
** Close a file.
**
** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
+ assert( pFile->pShm==0 );
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h));
do{
rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
+ /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */
}while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
}
#endif
+ OSTRACE(("CLOSE %d %s\n", pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed"));
OpenCounter(-1);
- return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
+ return rc ? SQLITE_OK
+ : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "winClose", pFile->zPath);
}
/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all
** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
** wrong.
int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */
sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
- LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
- LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
- DWORD rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD error;
- DWORD got;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */
+ DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */
assert( id!=0 );
SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
- OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
- rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = error;
+ OSTRACE(("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+ if( seekWinFile(pFile, offset) ){
return SQLITE_FULL;
}
- if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
+ if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, "winRead", pFile->zPath);
}
- if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
+ if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){
/* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
- memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
+ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead);
return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** or some other error code on failure.
*/
static int winWrite(
- sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
- const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
- sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
+ sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */
+ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */
+ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
){
- LONG upperBits = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
- LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff);
- DWORD rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD error;
- DWORD wrote = 0;
+ int rc; /* True if error has occured, else false */
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */
- assert( id!=0 );
+ assert( amt>0 );
+ assert( pFile );
SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
- OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
- rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = error;
- return SQLITE_FULL;
- }
- assert( amt>0 );
- while(
- amt>0
- && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
- && wrote>0
- ){
- amt -= wrote;
- pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
+
+ OSTRACE(("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+ rc = seekWinFile(pFile, offset);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */
+ int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */
+ DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */
+
+ while( nRem>0 && WriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) && nWrite>0 ){
+ aRem += nWrite;
+ nRem -= nWrite;
+ }
+ if( nRem>0 ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ rc = 1;
+ }
}
- if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
- pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return SQLITE_FULL;
+
+ if( rc ){
+ if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL )
+ || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){
+ return SQLITE_FULL;
+ }
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, "winWrite", pFile->zPath);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
- LONG upperBits = (LONG)((nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff);
- LONG lowerBits = (LONG)(nByte & 0xffffffff);
- DWORD rc;
- winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- DWORD error;
+ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */
- assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
+ assert( pFile );
+
+ OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte));
SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
- rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
- if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && (error=GetLastError())!=NO_ERROR ){
- pFile->lastErrno = error;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+
+ /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
+ ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
+ ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
+ ** size).
+ */
+ if( pFile->szChunk ){
+ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
}
- /* SetEndOfFile will fail if nByte is negative */
- if( !SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
+
+ /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
+ if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
+ }else if( 0==SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE %d %lld %s\n", pFile->h, nByte, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ return rc;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
*/
static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-#ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
- assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
+ BOOL rc;
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
#endif
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
+ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
+ || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+ );
+
+ OSTRACE(("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype));
+
+ /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This
+ ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems.
+ */
+ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
+
#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
#else
- if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
+ if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
}
sqlite3_sync_count++;
#endif
+
/* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
** no-op
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
#else
- if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
+ rc = FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h);
+ SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE );
+ if( rc ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}else{
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
- return SQLITE_IOERR;
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "winSync", pFile->zPath);
}
#endif
}
&& ((error = GetLastError()) != NO_ERROR) )
{
pFile->lastErrno = error;
- return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
+ return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath);
}
*pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( res == 0 ){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ /* No need to log a failure to lock */
}
return res;
}
res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
#endif
}
- if( res == 0 ){
+ if( res==0 && GetLastError()!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED ){
pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "unlockReadLock", pFile->zPath);
}
return res;
}
DWORD error = NO_ERROR;
assert( id!=0 );
- OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
- pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
+ pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
/* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
/* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. The pending lock might be
** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
*/
- OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
+ OSTRACE(("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt));
Sleep(1);
}
gotPendingLock = res;
if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
- OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
+ OSTRACE(("unreadlock = %d\n", res));
res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
if( res ){
newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
}else{
error = GetLastError();
- OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", error);
+ OSTRACE(("error-code = %d\n", error));
getReadLock(pFile);
}
}
if( res ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
- OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
- locktype, newLocktype);
+ OSTRACE(("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
+ locktype, newLocktype));
pFile->lastErrno = error;
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
int rc;
winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
+
assert( id!=0 );
if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
rc = 1;
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc));
}else{
rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
if( rc ){
UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
}
rc = !rc;
- OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
+ OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc));
}
*pResOut = rc;
return SQLITE_OK;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( pFile!=0 );
assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
- OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
- pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
+ OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
+ pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte));
type = pFile->locktype;
if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
/* This should never happen. We should always be able to
** reacquire the read lock */
- rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, "winUnlock", pFile->zPath);
}
}
if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
*(int*)pArg = (int)((winFile*)id)->lastErrno;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
+ ((winFile*)id)->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
+ sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ winTruncate(id, sz);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED: {
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}
/*
*/
static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(id);
- return 0;
+ return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+/*
+** Windows will only let you create file view mappings
+** on allocation size granularity boundaries.
+** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo()
+** to get the granularity size.
+*/
+SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo;
+
+/*
+** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The
+** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by
+** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads.
+**
+** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex
+** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert()
+** statements. e.g.
+**
+** winShmEnterMutex()
+** assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+** winShmLeaveMutex()
+*/
+static void winShmEnterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
+static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int winShmMutexHeld(void) {
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide
+** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same
+** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all
+** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each
+** log-summary is opened only once per process.
+**
+** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying
+** this object or while reading or writing the following fields:
+**
+** nRef
+** pNext
+**
+** The following fields are read-only after the object is created:
+**
+** fid
+** zFilename
+**
+** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and
+** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field
+** in this structure.
+**
+*/
+struct winShmNode {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */
+ char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */
+ winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */
+
+ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */
+ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */
+ struct ShmRegion {
+ HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */
+ void *pMap;
+ } *aRegion;
+ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */
+
+ int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */
+ winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */
+ winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** A global array of all winShmNode objects.
+**
+** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list.
+*/
+static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0;
+
+/*
+** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an
+** open shared memory connection.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and
+** are read-only thereafter:
+**
+** winShm.pShmNode
+** winShm.id
+**
+** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held
+** while accessing any read/write fields.
+*/
+struct winShm {
+ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */
+ winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */
+ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */
+ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */
+ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Constants used for locking
+*/
+#define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */
+#define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */
+
+/*
+** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst.
+*/
+#define _SHM_UNLCK 1
+#define _SHM_RDLCK 2
+#define _SHM_WRLCK 3
+static int winShmSystemLock(
+ winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */
+ int lockType, /* _SHM_UNLCK, _SHM_RDLCK, or _SHM_WRLCK */
+ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */
+ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */
+){
+ OVERLAPPED ovlp;
+ DWORD dwFlags;
+ int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */
+
+ /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) || pFile->nRef==0 );
+
+ /* Initialize the locking parameters */
+ dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY;
+ if( lockType == _SHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
+
+ memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED));
+ ovlp.Offset = ofst;
+
+ /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */
+ if( lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ){
+ rc = UnlockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp);
+ }else{
+ rc = LockFileEx(pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, 0, nByte, 0, &ovlp);
+ }
+
+ if( rc!= 0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK %d %s %s 0x%08lx\n",
+ pFile->hFile.h,
+ rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed",
+ lockType==_SHM_UNLCK ? "UnlockFileEx" : "LockFileEx",
+ pFile->lastErrno));
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/* Forward references to VFS methods */
+static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*);
+static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int);
+
+/*
+** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0.
+**
+** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called
+** by VFS shared-memory methods.
+*/
+static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){
+ winShmNode **pp;
+ winShmNode *p;
+ BOOL bRc;
+ assert( winShmMutexHeld() );
+ pp = &winShmNodeList;
+ while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){
+ if( p->nRef==0 ){
+ int i;
+ if( p->mutex ) sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nRegion; i++){
+ bRc = UnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d unmap region=%d %s\n",
+ (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i,
+ bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ bRc = CloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid-%d close region=%d %s\n",
+ (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), i,
+ bRc ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ }
+ if( p->hFile.h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ }
+ if( deleteFlag ){
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
+ winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
+ }
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(p->aRegion);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ }else{
+ pp = &p->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd.
+**
+** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that
+** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then
+** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared.
+*/
+static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){
+ struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */
+ struct winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+ struct winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */
+ int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */
+
+ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */
+
+ /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively
+ ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename.
+ */
+ p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) );
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
+ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath);
+ pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 15 );
+ if( pNew==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
+ pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename);
+
+ /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used.
+ ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one.
+ */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){
+ /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps
+ ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( pShmNode ){
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ }else{
+ pShmNode = pNew;
+ pNew = 0;
+ ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+ pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList;
+ winShmNodeList = pShmNode;
+
+ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+
+ rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs,
+ pShmNode->zFilename, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
+ (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, /* File handle here */
+ SQLITE_OPEN_WAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, /* Mode flags */
+ 0);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if another process is holding the dead-man switch.
+ ** If not, truncate the file to zero length.
+ */
+ if( winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, "winOpenShm", pDbFd->zPath);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ }
+ if( rc ) goto shm_open_err;
+ }
+
+ /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */
+ p->pShmNode = pShmNode;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++;
+#endif
+ pShmNode->nRef++;
+ pDbFd->pShm = p;
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+ /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under
+ ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the
+ ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is
+ ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting
+ ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex
+ ** mutex.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst;
+ pShmNode->pFirst = p;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here on any error */
+shm_open_err:
+ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1);
+ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ sqlite3_free(pNew);
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying
+** storage if deleteFlag is true.
+*/
+static int winShmUnmap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */
+ int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */
+ winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */
+ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */
+ winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */
+
+ pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+ /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated
+ ** with pShmNode */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){}
+ *pp = p->pNext;
+
+ /* Free the connection p */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ pDbFd->pShm = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+
+ /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
+ ** shared-memory file, too */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
+ pShmNode->nRef--;
+ if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
+ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag);
+ }
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment.
+*/
+static int winShmLock(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */
+ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */
+ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */
+ int flags /* What to do with the lock */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */
+ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */
+ winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */
+ winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */
+ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */
+
+ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK );
+ assert( n>=1 );
+ assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED)
+ || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) );
+ assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 );
+
+ mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<<ofst));
+ assert( n>1 || mask==(1<<ofst) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){
+ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */
+
+ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( pX==p ) continue;
+ assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 );
+ allMask |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Unlock the system-level locks */
+ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo the local locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->exclMask &= ~mask;
+ p->sharedMask &= ~mask;
+ }
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){
+ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */
+
+ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections.
+ ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ allShared |= pX->sharedMask;
+ }
+
+ /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the local shared locks */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->sharedMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this
+ ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away.
+ */
+ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){
+ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful
+ ** also mark the local connection as being locked.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, _SHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 );
+ p->exclMask |= mask;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x %s\n",
+ p->id, (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask,
+ rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory.
+**
+** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before
+** any load or store begun after the barrier.
+*/
+static void winShmBarrier(
+ sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd);
+ /* MemoryBarrier(); // does not work -- do not know why not */
+ winShmEnterMutex();
+ winShmLeaveMutex();
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the
+** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions
+** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion
+** bytes in size.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL.
+**
+** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory
+** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a
+** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If
+** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet
+** been allocated, it is allocated by this function.
+**
+** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by
+** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes
+** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped
+** memory and SQLITE_OK returned.
+*/
+static int winShmMap(
+ sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */
+ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */
+ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */
+ int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */
+ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */
+){
+ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
+ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ winShmNode *pShmNode;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( !p ){
+ rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ p = pDbFd->pShm;
+ }
+ pShmNode = p->pShmNode;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
+ assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );
+
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+ struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */
+ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */
+ sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */
+
+ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion;
+
+ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space.
+ ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is
+ ** large enough to contain the requested region).
+ */
+ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+
+ if( sz<nByte ){
+ /* The requested memory region does not exist. If isWrite is set to
+ ** zero, exit early. *pp will be set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned.
+ **
+ ** Alternatively, if isWrite is non-zero, use ftruncate() to allocate
+ ** the requested memory region.
+ */
+ if( !isWrite ) goto shmpage_out;
+ rc = winTruncate((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, nByte);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */
+ apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc(
+ pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0])
+ );
+ if( !apNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+ pShmNode->aRegion = apNew;
+
+ while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
+ HANDLE hMap; /* file-mapping handle */
+ void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */
+
+ hMap = CreateFileMapping(pShmNode->hFile.h,
+ NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, nByte, NULL
+ );
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d create region=%d nbyte=%d %s\n",
+ (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte,
+ hMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ if( hMap ){
+ int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion;
+ int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+ pMap = MapViewOfFile(hMap, FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ,
+ 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift
+ );
+ OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP pid-%d map region=%d offset=%d size=%d %s\n",
+ (int)GetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, szRegion,
+ pMap ? "ok" : "failed"));
+ }
+ if( !pMap ){
+ pShmNode->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath);
+ if( hMap ) CloseHandle(hMap);
+ goto shmpage_out;
+ }
+
+ pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap;
+ pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap;
+ pShmNode->nRegion++;
+ }
+ }
+
+shmpage_out:
+ if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){
+ int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion;
+ int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity;
+ char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap;
+ *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift];
+ }else{
+ *pp = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#else
+# define winShmMap 0
+# define winShmLock 0
+# define winShmBarrier 0
+# define winShmUnmap 0
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/*
+** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods.
+**
+********************** End sqlite3_file Methods *******************************
+******************************************************************************/
/*
** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
** sqlite3_file for win32.
*/
static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- winClose,
- winRead,
- winWrite,
- winTruncate,
- winSync,
- winFileSize,
- winLock,
- winUnlock,
- winCheckReservedLock,
- winFileControl,
- winSectorSize,
- winDeviceCharacteristics
+ 2, /* iVersion */
+ winClose, /* xClose */
+ winRead, /* xRead */
+ winWrite, /* xWrite */
+ winTruncate, /* xTruncate */
+ winSync, /* xSync */
+ winFileSize, /* xFileSize */
+ winLock, /* xLock */
+ winUnlock, /* xUnlock */
+ winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */
+ winFileControl, /* xFileControl */
+ winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */
+ winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ winShmMap, /* xShmMap */
+ winShmLock, /* xShmLock */
+ winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */
+ winShmUnmap /* xShmUnmap */
};
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
+/****************************************************************************
+**************************** sqlite3_vfs methods ****************************
**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
+** This division contains the implementation of methods on the
+** sqlite3_vfs object.
+*/
/*
** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
}else{
- zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
+ zConverted = sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(zFilename);
#endif
}
/* caller will handle out of memory */
"0123456789";
size_t i, j;
char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
+
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
+
if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
}else if( isNT() ){
}
#endif
}
+
+ /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file
+ ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
+ */
+ if( (sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath) + sqlite3Strlen30(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
for(i=sqlite3Strlen30(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
zTempPath[i] = 0;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf,
"%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf);
- sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
- for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
+ sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
+ for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
}
zBuf[j] = 0;
- OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
-*/
-static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
- DWORD error = GetLastError();
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
-#else
- /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it
- ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
- ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
- */
- if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
- NULL,
- error,
- 0,
- zBuf,
- nBuf-1,
- 0))
- {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
- }
-#endif
-
- return 0;
+ OSTRACE(("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
int isTemp = 0;
#endif
winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
- void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
- const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
- char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+ void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */
+ const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
+
+ /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
+ ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
+ */
+ char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1]; /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
+
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */
+#endif
+
+ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
+ int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
+ int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
+#endif
+ int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && (
+ eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ ));
+#endif
+
+ /* Check the following statements are true:
+ **
+ ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and
+ ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
+ ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
+ */
+ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
+ assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
+ assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
+ assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
+
+ /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never
+ ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL );
+ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL );
+
+ /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
+ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL
+ || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
assert( id!=0 );
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+ pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
/* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a
** temporary file name to use
*/
if( !zUtf8Name ){
- int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
+ assert(isDelete && !isOpenJournal);
+ rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ if( isReadWrite ){
dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
}else{
dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
}
+
/* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is
** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access"
** as it is usually understood.
*/
- assert(!(flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE));
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ){
+ if( isExclusive ){
/* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */
/* If the file exists, it fails. */
dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW;
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
+ }else if( isCreate ){
/* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */
dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
}else{
/* Opens a file, only if it exists. */
dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
}
+
dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
+
+ if( isDelete ){
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
isTemp = 1;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#endif
+
if( isNT() ){
h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
dwDesiredAccess,
);
#endif
}
+
+ OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n",
+ h, zName, dwDesiredAccess,
+ h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok"));
+
if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
+ pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
+ winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, "winOpen", zUtf8Name);
free(zConverted);
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ if( isReadWrite ){
return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id,
- ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
+ ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags);
}else{
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
}
+
if( pOutFlags ){
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
+ if( isReadWrite ){
*pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
}else{
*pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
}
}
+
memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
pFile->h = h;
pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR;
+ pFile->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pFile->pShm = 0;
+ pFile->zPath = zName;
pFile->sectorSize = getSectorSize(pVfs, zUtf8Name);
+
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
- if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
- (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
+ if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB
&& !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
){
CloseHandle(h);
free(zConverted);
- return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
if( isTemp ){
pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
{
free(zConverted);
}
+
OpenCounter(+1);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
int cnt = 0;
DWORD rc;
DWORD error = 0;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ void *zConverted;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir);
+
+ SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
+ zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
if( zConverted==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
if( isNT() ){
do{
DeleteFileW(zConverted);
#endif
}
free(zConverted);
- OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
+ OSTRACE(("DELETE \"%s\" %s\n", zFilename,
+ ( (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (error==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ?
+ "ok" : "failed" ));
+
return ( (rc == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
- && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
+ && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK :
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "winDelete", zFilename);
}
/*
){
DWORD attr;
int rc = 0;
- void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
+ void *zConverted;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
+
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
+ zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
if( zConverted==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( isNT() ){
- attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
+ WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData;
+ memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData));
+ if( GetFileAttributesExW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
+ GetFileExInfoStandard,
+ &sAttrData) ){
+ /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file
+ ** as if it does not exist.
+ */
+ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS
+ && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0
+ && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){
+ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ }else{
+ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes;
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( GetLastError()!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND ){
+ winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, "winAccess", zFilename);
+ free(zConverted);
+ return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
+ }else{
+ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+ }
+ }
/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed.
** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
){
#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
/* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
int nByte;
void *zConverted;
char *zOut;
+
+ /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic
+ ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname.
+ */
+ if( zRelative[0]=='/' && sqlite3Isalpha(zRelative[1]) && zRelative[2]==':' ){
+ zRelative++;
+ }
+
+ /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
+ ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
+ ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
+ ** current working directory has been unlinked.
+ */
+ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull);
zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
if( isNT() ){
** to get the drive letter to look up the sector
** size.
*/
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
rc = winFullPathname(pVfs, zRelative, MAX_PATH, zFullpath);
+ SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
if( rc == SQLITE_OK )
{
void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFullpath);
&dwDummy);
}else{
/* trim path to just drive reference */
- CHAR *p = (CHAR *)zConverted;
+ char *p = (char *)zConverted;
for(;*p;p++){
if( *p == '\\' ){
*p = '\0';
break;
}
}
- dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((CHAR*)zConverted,
+ dwRet = GetDiskFreeSpaceA((char*)zConverted,
&dwDummy,
&bytesPerSector,
&dwDummy,
}
/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime(). This is used for testing.
+** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as
+** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of
+** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */
#endif
/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow
+** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In
+** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian
+** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the
+** proleptic Gregorian calendar.
+**
+** On success, return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
*/
-int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
- FILETIME ft;
+static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){
/* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of
100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5).
*/
- sqlite3_int64 timeW; /* Whole days */
- sqlite3_int64 timeF; /* Fractional Days */
-
- /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in a single day */
- static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerDay =
- 10000000*(sqlite3_int64)86400;
-
- /* Number of 100-nanosecond intervals in half of a day */
- static const sqlite3_int64 ntuPerHalfDay =
- 10000000*(sqlite3_int64)43200;
-
+ FILETIME ft;
+ static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000;
+#endif
/* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */
static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue =
(sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296;
#else
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
#endif
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
- timeW = (((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime;
- timeF = timeW % ntuPerDay; /* fractional days (100-nanoseconds) */
- timeW = timeW / ntuPerDay; /* whole days */
- timeW = timeW + 2305813; /* add whole days (from 2305813.5) */
- timeF = timeF + ntuPerHalfDay; /* add half a day (from 2305813.5) */
- timeW = timeW + (timeF/ntuPerDay); /* add whole day if half day made one */
- timeF = timeF % ntuPerDay; /* compute new fractional days */
- *prNow = (double)timeW + ((double)timeF / (double)ntuPerDay);
+
+ *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch +
+ ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) +
+ (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000;
+
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
if( sqlite3_current_time ){
- *prNow = ((double)sqlite3_current_time + (double)43200) / (double)86400 + (double)2440587;
+ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch;
}
#endif
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs);
return 0;
}
/*
+** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the
+** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
+** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
+*/
+int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_int64 i;
+ rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i);
+ if( !rc ){
+ *prNow = i/86400000.0;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
}
+
+
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
- 1, /* iVersion */
- sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
- MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */
- 0, /* pNext */
- "win32", /* zName */
- 0, /* pAppData */
-
- winOpen, /* xOpen */
- winDelete, /* xDelete */
- winAccess, /* xAccess */
- winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
- winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
- winDlError, /* xDlError */
- winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
- winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
- winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
- winSleep, /* xSleep */
- winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
- winGetLastError /* xGetLastError */
+ 3, /* iVersion */
+ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */
+ MAX_PATH, /* mxPathname */
+ 0, /* pNext */
+ "win32", /* zName */
+ 0, /* pAppData */
+ winOpen, /* xOpen */
+ winDelete, /* xDelete */
+ winAccess, /* xAccess */
+ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */
+ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */
+ winDlError, /* xDlError */
+ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */
+ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */
+ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */
+ winSleep, /* xSleep */
+ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */
+ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */
+ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */
+ 0, /* xSetSystemCall */
+ 0, /* xGetSystemCall */
+ 0, /* xNextSystemCall */
};
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ /* get memory map allocation granularity */
+ memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
+ GetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
+ assert(winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity > 0);
+#endif
+
sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.17 2009/07/25 17:33:26 drh Exp $
*/
/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
-#define BITVEC_SZ (sizeof(void*)*128) /* 512 on 32bit. 1024 on 64bit */
+#define BITVEC_SZ 512
/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements that page cache.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.47 2009/07/25 11:46:49 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the
+ ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined
+ ** page cache. */
sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
}
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
}
}
if( pCache->pCache ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
pCache->pCache = 0;
+ pCache->pPage1 = 0;
}
pCache->szPage = szPage;
}
pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
);
+ pCache->pSynced = pPg;
if( !pPg ){
for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
}
if( pPg ){
int rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL,
+ "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d",
+ pPg->pgno, pgno,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache),
+ pCache->nMax);
+#endif
rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
return rc;
if( pPage ){
if( !pPage->pData ){
- memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra);
- pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1];
- pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra];
+ memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
+ pPage->pData = (void *)&pPage[1];
+ pPage->pExtra = (void*)&((char *)pPage->pData)[pCache->szPage];
+ memset(pPage->pExtra, 0, pCache->szExtra);
pPage->pCache = pCache;
pPage->pgno = pgno;
}
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
assert( pPage->pgno==pgno );
- assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] );
+ assert( pPage->pData==(void *)&pPage[1] );
+ assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&((char *)&pPage[1])[pCache->szPage] );
if( 0==pPage->nRef ){
pCache->nRef++;
PgHdr *pNext;
for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
- if( p->pgno>pgno ){
+ /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right
+ ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages,
+ ** it must be that pgno==0.
+ */
+ assert( p->pgno>0 );
+ if( ALWAYS(p->pgno>pgno) ){
assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
}
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.19 2009/07/17 11:44:07 drh Exp $
*/
typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
+typedef struct PGroup PGroup;
-/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
-** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles
+/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set
+** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
+** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of
+** the following object.
+**
+** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
+**
+** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is
+** one PGroup per PCache.
+**
+** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member
+** of.
+**
+** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob
+** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex,
+** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be
+** threadsafe, but is able recycle pages more efficient.
+**
+** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single
+** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is
+** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU.
+*/
+struct PGroup {
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
+ int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
+ int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
+ int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
+ int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
+ PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
+};
+
+/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every
+** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
+** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
+** is an instance of this object.
+**
+** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
+** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
*/
struct PCache1 {
/* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be
** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method.
- ** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
+ ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
*/
+ PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */
int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */
unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */
+ unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */
/* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
- ** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex()
- ** and pcache1LeaveMutex()).
+ ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex.
*/
unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */
** Global data used by this cache.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
-
- int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
- int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
- int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
- PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
-
- /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
- int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
- void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
- PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
- int isInit; /* True if initialized */
+ PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */
+
+ /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The
+ ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all
+ ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection.
+ ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection.
+ */
+ int isInit; /* True if initialized */
+ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
+ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */
+ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */
+ void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
+ /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */
+ int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */
+ PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
+ /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on
+ ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and
+ ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this
+ ** is really just an optimization. */
+ int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */
} pcache1_g;
/*
#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage)
/*
-** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex.
+** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
*/
-#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex)
-#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex)
+#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
+#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)
/******************************************************************************/
/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
+**
+** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed
+** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
if( pcache1.isInit ){
PgFreeslot *p;
sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
pcache1.szSlot = sz;
+ pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n;
+ pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1);
pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
pcache1.pFree = 0;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0;
while( n-- ){
p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
** back to sqlite3Malloc().
+**
+** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables
+** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex.
*/
static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
- void *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
- if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){
- assert( pcache1.isInit );
+ void *p = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
+ if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
- pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
- sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
- }else{
-
- /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
- ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is
- ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the
- ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
- ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
+ if( p ){
+ pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
+ pcache1.nFreeSlot--;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+ assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot>=0 );
+ sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
+ }
+ if( p==0 ){
+ /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get
+ ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead.
*/
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
- pcache1EnterMutex();
if( p ){
int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
}
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
}
return p;
}
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
*/
static void pcache1Free(void *p){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
if( p==0 ) return;
if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
PgFreeslot *pSlot;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
+ pcache1.nFreeSlot++;
+ pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot<pcache1.nReserve;
+ assert( pcache1.nFreeSlot<=pcache1.nSlot );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
}else{
- int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ int iSize;
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+ iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+/*
+** Return the size of a pcache allocation
+*/
+static int pcache1MemSize(void *p){
+ if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
+ return pcache1.szSlot;
+ }else{
+ int iSize;
+ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE) );
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP);
+ iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
+ sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
+ return iSize;
+ }
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
+
/*
** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
if( pPg ){
p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- pcache1.nCurrentPage++;
+ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
}
}else{
p = 0;
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
if( ALWAYS(p) ){
- if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
- pcache1.nCurrentPage--;
+ PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
+ pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
}
pcache1Free(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
}
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
- void *p;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- p = pcache1Alloc(sz);
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
- return p;
+ return pcache1Alloc(sz);
}
/*
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
- pcache1EnterMutex();
pcache1Free(p);
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache
+** entry.
+**
+** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using
+** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then
+** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because
+** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient
+** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the
+** allocation onto the heap.
+**
+** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory put the heap is
+** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid
+** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing
+** the heap even further.
+*/
+static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){
+ if( pcache1.nSlot && pCache->szPage<=pcache1.szSlot ){
+ return pcache1.bUnderPressure;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull();
+ }
}
/******************************************************************************/
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
-** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
PgHdr1 **apNew;
unsigned int nNew;
unsigned int i;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) );
nNew = p->nHash*2;
if( nNew<256 ){
nNew = 256;
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup);
if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
- pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup);
if( apNew ){
memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
-** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global
+** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
-** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
+**
+** If pPage is NULL then this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
- if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){
+ PCache1 *pCache;
+ PGroup *pGroup;
+
+ if( pPage==0 ) return;
+ pCache = pPage->pCache;
+ pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+ if( pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pGroup->pLruTail ){
if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
}
if( pPage->pLruNext ){
pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
}
- if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){
- pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
+ if( pGroup->pLruHead==pPage ){
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
}
- if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){
- pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
+ if( pGroup->pLruTail==pPage ){
+ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
}
pPage->pLruNext = 0;
pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
**
-** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
unsigned int h;
PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
PgHdr1 **pp;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
*pp = (*pp)->pNext;
}
/*
-** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try
-** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage.
+** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try
+** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage.
*/
-static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
- while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){
- PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail;
+static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PGroup *pGroup){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
+ while( pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage && pGroup->pLruTail ){
+ PgHdr1 *p = pGroup->pLruTail;
+ assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup );
pcache1PinPage(p);
pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
pcache1FreePage(p);
** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
-** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
+** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
- PCache1 *pCache,
- unsigned int iLimit
+ PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */
+ unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */
){
- TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* Used to assert pCache->nPage is correct */
+ TESTONLY( unsigned int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */
unsigned int h;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
PgHdr1 *pPage;
assert( pcache1.isInit==0 );
memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+ pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
+ pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM);
}
+ pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10;
pcache1.isInit = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){
- PCache1 *pCache;
+ PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */
+ PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */
+ int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */
- pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1));
+ /*
+ ** The seperateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own private
+ ** PGroup. In other words, separateCache is true for mode (1) where no
+ ** mutexing is required.
+ **
+ ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+ **
+ ** * Always use a unified cache in single-threaded applications
+ **
+ ** * Otherwise (if multi-threaded and ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT is off)
+ ** use separate caches (mode-1)
+ */
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0
+ const int separateCache = 0;
+#else
+ int separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0;
+#endif
+
+ sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*separateCache;
+ pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sz);
if( pCache ){
- memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1));
+ memset(pCache, 0, sz);
+ if( separateCache ){
+ pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1];
+ pGroup->mxPinned = 10;
+ }else{
+ pGroup = &pcache1.grp;
+ }
+ pCache->pGroup = pGroup;
pCache->szPage = szPage;
pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
if( bPurgeable ){
pCache->nMin = 10;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
}
}
return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
pCache->nMax = nMax;
- pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
}
}
*/
static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
int n;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage;
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p;
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
+ n = pCache->nPage;
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
return n;
}
** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
** returned.
**
-** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache,
-** and if either of the following are true, return NULL:
+** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then
+** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following
+** conditions are true:
**
** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
** PCache1.nMax, or
+**
** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
-** nMin for all other purgeable caches.
+** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or
**
** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
** purgeable caches,
**
+** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid
+** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations
+**
** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
** proceed to step 5.
** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){
- unsigned int nPinned;
+ int nPinned;
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
+ PGroup *pGroup;
PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 );
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 );
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 );
+ assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable );
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup = pCache->pGroup);
- /* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
+ /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
}
+ /* Step 2: Abort if no existing page is found and createFlag is 0 */
if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
pcache1PinPage(pPage);
goto fetch_out;
}
- /* Step 3 of header comment. */
+ /* The pGroup local variable will normally be initialized by the
+ ** pcache1EnterMutex() macro above. But if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT is defined,
+ ** then pcache1EnterMutex() is a no-op, so we have to initialize the
+ ** local variable here. Delaying the initialization of pGroup is an
+ ** optimization: The common case is to exit the module before reaching
+ ** this point.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
+ pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+#endif
+
+
+ /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */
nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
+ assert( nPinned>=0 );
+ assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage );
+ assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 );
if( createFlag==1 && (
- nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage)
- || nPinned>=(pCache->nMax * 9 / 10)
+ nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned
+ || nPinned>=(int)pCache->n90pct
+ || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
)){
goto fetch_out;
}
goto fetch_out;
}
- /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
- if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
- (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
+ /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */
+ if( pCache->bPurgeable && pGroup->pLruTail && (
+ (pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax)
+ || pGroup->nCurrentPage>=pGroup->nMaxPage
+ || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)
)){
- pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
+ PCache1 *pOtherCache;
+ pPage = pGroup->pLruTail;
pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
pcache1PinPage(pPage);
- if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
+ if( (pOtherCache = pPage->pCache)->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
pcache1FreePage(pPage);
pPage = 0;
}else{
- pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
+ pGroup->nCurrentPage -=
+ (pOtherCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
}
}
** attempt to allocate a new one.
*/
if( !pPage ){
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
+ if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}
if( pPage ){
if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
}
- if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0);
}
static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
- pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
/* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
- ** part of the global LRU list.
+ ** part of the PGroup LRU list.
*/
assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
- assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage );
+ assert( pGroup->pLruHead!=pPage && pGroup->pLruTail!=pPage );
- if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){
+ if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nCurrentPage>pGroup->nMaxPage ){
pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
pcache1FreePage(pPage);
}else{
- /* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to
- ** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the
- ** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added
- ** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled).
- */
- if( pcache1.pLruHead ){
- pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
- pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead;
- pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
+ /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */
+ if( pGroup->pLruHead ){
+ pGroup->pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
+ pPage->pLruNext = pGroup->pLruHead;
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
}else{
- pcache1.pLruTail = pPage;
- pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
+ pGroup->pLruTail = pPage;
+ pGroup->pLruHead = pPage;
}
pCache->nRecyclable++;
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}
/*
assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
- pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
pPage->iKey = iNew;
pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-
- /* The xRekey() interface is only used to move pages earlier in the
- ** database file (in order to move all free pages to the end of the
- ** file where they can be truncated off.) Hence, it is not possible
- ** for the new page number to be greater than the largest previously
- ** fetched page. But we retain the following test in case xRekey()
- ** begins to be used in different ways in the future.
- */
- if( NEVER(iNew>pCache->iMaxKey) ){
+ if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}
/*
*/
static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
}
/*
*/
static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
+ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
+ assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) );
+ pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
- pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
- pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
- pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
+ pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
+ pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage;
+ pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pGroup);
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
sqlite3_free(pCache);
}
** already provided an alternative.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
- static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
+ static const sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
0, /* pArg */
pcache1Init, /* xInit */
pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
int nFree = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
PgHdr1 *p;
- pcache1EnterMutex();
- while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && (p=pcache1.pLruTail) ){
- nFree += sqlite3MallocSize(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
+ pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
+ while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
+ nFree += pcache1MemSize(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
pcache1PinPage(p);
pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
pcache1FreePage(p);
}
- pcache1LeaveMutex();
+ pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp);
}
return nFree;
}
){
PgHdr1 *p;
int nRecyclable = 0;
- for(p=pcache1.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
+ for(p=pcache1.grp.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
nRecyclable++;
}
- *pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage;
- *pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage;
- *pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage;
+ *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nCurrentPage;
+ *pnMax = pcache1.grp.nMaxPage;
+ *pnMin = pcache1.grp.nMinPage;
*pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
#endif
**
** There is an added cost of O(N) when switching between TEST and
** SMALLEST primitives.
-**
-** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.7 2009/05/22 01:00:13 drh Exp $
*/
** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
** another is writing.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.629 2009/08/10 17:48:57 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+/************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/
+/*
+** 2010 February 1
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging
+** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to
+** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WAL_H_
+#define _WAL_H_
+
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+# define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y)
+# define sqlite3WalClose(w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z)
+# define sqlite3WalRead(v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0
+# define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0
+# define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0
+# define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z)
+# define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0
+# define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0
+#else
+
+#define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4
+
+/* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file.
+** There is one object of this type for each pager.
+*/
+typedef struct Wal Wal;
+
+/* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, int sync_flags, int, u8 *);
+
+/* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64);
+
+/* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A
+** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database
+** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and
+** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes
+** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the
+** transaction and releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(Wal *pWal, Pgno pgno, int *pInWal, int nOut, u8 *pOut);
+
+/* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx);
+
+/* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write
+** position in the WAL */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in
+** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData);
+
+/* Write a frame or frames to the log. */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int);
+
+/* Copy pages from the log to the database file */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */
+ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */
+ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+);
+
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal);
+
+/* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released)
+** by the pager layer on the database file.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op);
+
+/* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal);
+
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+#endif /* _WAL_H_ */
+
+/************** End of wal.h *************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/
+
+
+/******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
+**
+** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
+** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
+** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
+**
+** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
+** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
+** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
+** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
+**
+** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
+** one or more of the following are true about the page:
+**
+** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
+** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
+** synced.
+**
+** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
+**
+** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
+** the database file at the start of the transaction.
+**
+** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
+** following are true:
+**
+** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
+**
+** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
+** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
+** number consists of a single page change.
+**
+** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
+** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
+** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
+** transaction.
+**
+** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
+** in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
+**
+** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
+** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
+** first 100 bytes of the database file.
+**
+** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
+** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
+**
+** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
+** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
+**
+** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
+** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
+** all queries. Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
+** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
+** of the database.
+**
+** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
+** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
+** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
+** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
+**
+** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
+** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
+** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
+** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
+** invoke it.)
+**
+** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
+** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
+** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
+** database to flush their caches.
+**
+** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
+** than one billion transactions.
+**
+** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
+** of every transaction.
+**
+** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
+** the database file.
+**
+** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
+** content out of the database file.
+**
+******************************************************************************/
/*
** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off
#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
/*
-** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
-** states:
-**
-** PAGER_UNLOCK The page cache is not currently reading or
-** writing the database file. There is no
-** data held in memory. This is the initial
-** state.
-**
-** PAGER_SHARED The page cache is reading the database.
-** Writing is not permitted. There can be
-** multiple readers accessing the same database
-** file at the same time.
-**
-** PAGER_RESERVED This process has reserved the database for writing
-** but has not yet made any changes. Only one process
-** at a time can reserve the database. The original
-** database file has not been modified so other
-** processes may still be reading the on-disk
-** database file.
-**
-** PAGER_EXCLUSIVE The page cache is writing the database.
-** Access is exclusive. No other processes or
-** threads can be reading or writing while one
-** process is writing.
-**
-** PAGER_SYNCED The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
-** after all dirty pages have been written to the
-** database file and the file has been synced to
-** disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
-** truncate the journal file and the transaction
-** will be committed.
-**
-** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time a
-** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
-** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
-** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK. The first time
-** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
-** PAGER_RESERVED. (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
-** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
-** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
-** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
-** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
-** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
-** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED. After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
-** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
-** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
-*/
-#define PAGER_UNLOCK 0
-#define PAGER_SHARED 1 /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_RESERVED 2 /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_SYNCED 5
+** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
+** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
+** state diagram.
+**
+** OPEN <------+------+
+** | | |
+** V | |
+** +---------> READER-------+ |
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
+** | | ^
+** | V |
+** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
+** | | |
+** | V |
+** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
+**
+**
+** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
+**
+** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
+** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
+**
+** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin]
+** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal]
+** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal]
+** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
+** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction]
+**
+** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error]
+** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock]
+**
+**
+** OPEN:
+**
+** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
+** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
+** unknown. The database may not be read or written.
+**
+** * No read or write transaction is active.
+** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
+** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
+**
+** READER:
+**
+** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
+** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
+** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
+** open. The database size is known in this state.
+**
+** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
+** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
+** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
+** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
+** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
+** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
+** is via the ERROR state (see below).
+**
+** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
+** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
+** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
+** may not be trusted at this point.
+** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
+** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
+** there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
+**
+** WRITER_LOCKED:
+**
+** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
+** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
+** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
+** modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
+**
+** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
+** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
+** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
+** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
+** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
+** file.
+**
+** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
+** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
+** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
+** lock is held on the database file.
+** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
+** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
+** called).
+** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
+** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
+** * The journal file may or may not be open.
+** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
+**
+** WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+**
+** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
+** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
+** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
+** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
+** * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
+**
+** WRITER_DBMOD:
+**
+** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
+** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
+** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
+** just the log file).
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
+** and synced to disk.
+** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
+** written to disk).
+**
+** WRITER_FINISHED:
+**
+** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
+**
+** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
+** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
+** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
+** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
+** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
+** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
+**
+** * A write transaction is active.
+** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
+** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
+** If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
+** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
+** to rollback the transaction.
+**
+** ERROR:
+**
+** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
+** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
+** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
+** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
+**
+** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
+** cannot.
+**
+** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
+** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
+** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
+** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
+** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
+** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
+** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
+** instead of READER following such an error.
+**
+** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
+** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
+** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
+** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
+** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
+** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
+** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
+** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
+** from the error.
+**
+** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
+**
+** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
+** function sqlite3PagerRollback().
+**
+** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
+** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
+**
+** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
+** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
+** memory.
+**
+** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
+** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
+** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
+**
+** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
+** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
+** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
+** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
+** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
+** state.
+**
+** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
+** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
+** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
+** * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
+**
+**
+** Notes:
+**
+** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
+** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
+** of the first four states.
+**
+** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
+** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
+** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
+** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
+**
+** * See also: assert_pager_state().
+*/
+#define PAGER_OPEN 0
+#define PAGER_READER 1
+#define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2
+#define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3
+#define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4
+#define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5
+#define PAGER_ERROR 6
+
+/*
+** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
+** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
+** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
+** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
+**
+** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
+** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
+** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
+** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
+** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
+** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
+** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
+** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
+**
+** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
+** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
+** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
+**
+** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
+** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
+** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
+** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
+** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
+** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
+** of hot-journal detection.
+**
+** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
+** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
+** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
+** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
+** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
+** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
+** without rolling it back.
+**
+** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
+** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
+** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
+** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
+** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
+** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
+** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
+**
+** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
+** PAGER_OPEN state.
+*/
+#define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
/*
** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */
Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */
+#endif
};
/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
+** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
+** some of the more important member variables follows:
**
-** errCode
+** eState
+**
+** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
+** diagram above for a description of the pager state.
+**
+** eLock
+**
+** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
+** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
**
-** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
-** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
-** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call. The
-** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
-** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
-** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
-** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
-**
-** dbSizeValid, dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
-**
-** Managing the size of the database file in pages is a little complicated.
-** The variable Pager.dbSize contains the number of pages that the database
-** image currently contains. As the database image grows or shrinks this
-** variable is updated. The variable Pager.dbFileSize contains the number
-** of pages in the database file. This may be different from Pager.dbSize
-** if some pages have been appended to the database image but not yet written
-** out from the cache to the actual file on disk. Or if the image has been
-** truncated by an incremental-vacuum operation. The Pager.dbOrigSize variable
-** contains the number of pages in the database image when the current
-** transaction was opened. The contents of all three of these variables is
-** only guaranteed to be correct if the boolean Pager.dbSizeValid is true.
-**
-** TODO: Under what conditions is dbSizeValid set? Cleared?
+** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
+** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
+** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
+** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
+** need (and no reason to release them).
+**
+** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
+** details.
**
** changeCountDone
**
** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
** committed.
**
-** dbModified
-**
-** The dbModified flag is set whenever a database page is dirtied.
-** It is cleared at the end of each transaction.
-**
-** It is used when committing or otherwise ending a transaction. If
-** the dbModified flag is clear then less work has to be done.
-**
-** journalStarted
-**
-** This flag is set whenever the the main journal is synced.
-**
-** The point of this flag is that it must be set after the
-** first journal header in a journal file has been synced to disk.
-** After this has happened, new pages appended to the database
-** do not need the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag set, as they do not need
-** to wait for a journal sync before they can be written out to
-** the database file (see function pager_write()).
-**
** setMaster
**
-** This variable is used to ensure that the master journal file name
-** (if any) is only written into the journal file once.
-**
-** When committing a transaction, the master journal file name (if any)
-** may be written into the journal file while the pager is still in
-** PAGER_RESERVED state (see CommitPhaseOne() for the action). It
-** then attempts to upgrade to an exclusive lock. If this attempt
-** fails, then SQLITE_BUSY may be returned to the user and the user
-** may attempt to commit the transaction again later (calling
-** CommitPhaseOne() again). This flag is used to ensure that the
-** master journal name is only written to the journal file the first
-** time CommitPhaseOne() is called.
-**
-** doNotSync
-**
-** This variable is set and cleared by sqlite3PagerWrite().
-**
-** needSync
-**
-** TODO: It might be easier to set this variable in writeJournalHdr()
-** and writeMasterJournal() only. Change its meaning to "unsynced data
-** has been written to the journal".
+** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
+** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
+** journal file before it is synced to disk.
+**
+** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
+** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
+** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
+** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
+** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
+** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
+** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
+** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
+**
+** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
+** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
+** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
+** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
+**
+** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
+** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
+** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
+** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
+**
+** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
+**
+** These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
+** (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
+** write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
+**
+** When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+** is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
+** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
+** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
+** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
+**
+** If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
+** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
+** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
+** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
+** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
**
** subjInMemory
**
** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
+**
+** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
+** write-transaction is opened.
+**
+** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
+**
+** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
+** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
+** OPEN and ERROR).
+**
+** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
+** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
+** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
+** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
+** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
+** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
+** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
+** to dbSize==1).
+**
+** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
+** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
+** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
+** dbSize is updated.
+**
+** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
+** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
+** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
+** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
+** being modified.
+**
+** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
+** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
+** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
+** to write or truncate the database file on disk.
+**
+** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
+** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
+** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
+** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
+** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
+** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
+** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
+** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
+** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
+** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
+**
+** dbHintSize
+**
+** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
+** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
+**
+** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
+** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
+** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
+** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
+** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
+** details.
+**
+** errCode
+**
+** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
+** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
+** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
+** sub-codes.
*/
struct Pager {
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */
u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
- u8 journalMode; /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
+ u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
u8 noReadlock; /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */
u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
- u8 sync_flags; /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
+ u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
+ u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */
u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */
u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
- /* The following block contains those class members that are dynamically
- ** modified during normal operations. The other variables in this structure
- ** are either constant throughout the lifetime of the pager, or else
- ** used to store configuration parameters that affect the way the pager
- ** operates.
- **
- ** The 'state' variable is described in more detail along with the
- ** descriptions of the values it may take - PAGER_UNLOCK etc. Many of the
- ** other variables in this block are described in the comment directly
- ** above this class definition.
- */
- u8 state; /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
- u8 dbModified; /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
- u8 needSync; /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
- u8 journalStarted; /* True if header of journal is synced */
+ /**************************************************************************
+ ** The following block contains those class members that change during
+ ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed
+ ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
+ ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
+ ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe
+ ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
+ ** "configuration" of the pager.
+ */
+ u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
+ u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */
u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
- u8 doNotSync; /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
- u8 dbSizeValid; /* Set when dbSize is correct */
+ u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
+ u8 doNotSyncSpill; /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */
Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */
Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */
+ Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */
int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */
i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
+ sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */
- u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
+ /*
+ ** End of the routinely-changing class members
+ ***************************************************************************/
u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+ u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */
Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
+ i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */
char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
#endif
char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
- i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */
- sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
+ char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */
+#endif
};
/*
*/
#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
+/*
+** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
+** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+**
+** This is so that expressions can be written as:
+**
+** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
+**
+** instead of
+**
+** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+*/
+#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+
+/*
+** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
+** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
+ return (pPager->pWal!=0);
+}
+#else
+# define pagerUseWal(x) 0
+# define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
+# define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0
+# define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
+# define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Usage:
**
** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+**
+** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
+** the internal state of the Pager object.
*/
-static int assert_pager_state(Pager *pPager){
+static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
+ Pager *pPager = p;
+
+ /* State must be valid. */
+ assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || p->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+ || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
- /* A temp-file is always in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE or PAGER_SYNCED state. */
- assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+ /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
+ ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
+ ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
+ */
+ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
- /* The changeCountDone flag is always set for temp-files */
- assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
+ /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
+ ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
+ */
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
+ assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
+
+ /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
+ ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
+ ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
+ ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
+ ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
+ ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
+ ** state.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( p->noSync );
+ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ );
+ assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
+ }
+
+ /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
+ ** on the file.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
+
+ switch( p->eState ){
+ case PAGER_OPEN:
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_READER:
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ }
+ assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
+ assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
+ ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
+ ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
+ ** to journal_mode=wal.
+ */
+ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ }
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
+ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
+ assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ break;
+
+ case PAGER_ERROR:
+ /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
+ ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
+ ** back to OPEN state.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
+ break;
+ }
return 1;
}
+#endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
+** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
+** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
+** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
+**
+** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
+*/
+static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
+ static char zRet[1024];
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
+ "Filename: %s\n"
+ "State: %s errCode=%d\n"
+ "Lock: %s\n"
+ "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n"
+ "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n"
+ "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
+ "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
+ "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
+ , p->zFilename
+ , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
+ p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
+ , (int)p->errCode
+ , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" :
+ p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" :
+ p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
+ p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" :
+ p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
+ , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
+ , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
+ p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?"
+ , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
+ , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
+ , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
+ );
+
+ return zRet;
+}
#endif
/*
*/
#define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
+
/*
** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK
** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
}
/*
-** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
-** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
+** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
+** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
+** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
**
-** This is so that expressions can be written as:
-**
-** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
-**
-** instead of
-**
-** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
+** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
*/
-#define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
+static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
+ assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
+ assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
+ rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+ if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
+** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
+** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
+** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
+**
+** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
+** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
+** of this.
*/
-static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
- if( !isOpen(pFd) ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
+ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
+ IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
+ }
}
- return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
+ return rc;
}
/*
#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode
- || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
}
#else
#define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0
#define pager_pagehash(X) 0
+#define pager_set_pagehash(X)
#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
#endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
}
/* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */
- u32 nHeader = pPager->pageSize; /* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
+ u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */
int ii; /* Loop counter */
** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
*/
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
- if( (pPager->noSync) || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
+ if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
|| (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
){
memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
}
if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */
u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */
- u16 iPageSize16; /* Copy of iPageSize in 16-bit variable */
/* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
return rc;
}
+ /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
+ ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
+ ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
+ */
+ if( iPageSize==0 ){
+ iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+ }
+
/* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
- ** of two greater than or equal to 512, and not greater than their
+ ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
** respective compile time maximum limits.
*/
- if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<512
+ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32
|| iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
|| ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
){
** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
*/
- iPageSize16 = (u16)iPageSize;
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize16, -1);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iPageSize16==(u16)iPageSize );
/* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */
u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */
- if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster
+ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ if( !zMaster
|| pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
|| pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
){
}
pPager->setMaster = 1;
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
/* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
return rc;
}
pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
- pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
/* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
}
/*
-** Unless the pager is in error-state, discard all in-memory pages. If
-** the pager is in error-state, then this call is a no-op.
-**
-** TODO: Why can we not reset the pager while in error state?
+** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
*/
static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
- if( SQLITE_OK==pPager->errCode ){
- sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
- sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
- pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
- }
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+ sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
}
/*
}
/*
-** Unlock the database file. This function is a no-op if the pager
-** is in exclusive mode.
+** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
+** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
+** state.
+**
+** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
+** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
+** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
+** closed (if it is open).
**
-** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of
-** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
-** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
-** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
-** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
+** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
+** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
+** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
+** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
+** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
+** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
*/
static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
- ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
- ** delete the file out from under us.
- */
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
- /* If the file is unlocked, somebody else might change it. The
- ** values stored in Pager.dbSize etc. might become invalid if
- ** this happens. TODO: Really, this doesn't need to be cleared
- ** until the change-counter check fails in PagerSharedLock().
- */
- pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
- rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
- if( rc ){
- pPager->errCode = rc;
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
+ int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
+
+ /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
+ ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise
+ ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
+ ** out from under us.
+ */
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+ if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
+ || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
+ ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
}
- IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
- /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
- ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
- ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
+ /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
+ ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
+ ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
+ ** is necessary.
*/
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- pager_reset(pPager);
+ rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
+ pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
}
+ /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
+ ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
+ ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
- pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
}
+
+ /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
+ ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
+ ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
+ ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
+ */
+ if( pPager->errCode ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
}
/*
-** This function should be called when an IOERR, CORRUPT or FULL error
-** may have occurred. The first argument is a pointer to the pager
-** structure, the second the error-code about to be returned by a pager
-** API function. The value returned is a copy of the second argument
-** to this function.
+** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
+** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
+** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
+** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
+** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
-** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
-** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same
-** error code.
+** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
+** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
+** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
+** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
**
-** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
+** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
);
if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
pPager->errCode = rc;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
-** database file.
-**
-** If the pager has already entered the error state, do not attempt
-** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
-** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
-** the database file and clear the error state. If this means that
-** there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next connection
-** to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) will
-** roll it back.
-**
-** If the pager has not already entered the error state, but an IO or
-** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
-** the pager to enter the error state. Which will be cleared by the
-** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK && pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
- pager_unlock(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
** database transaction.
**
-** If the pager is in PAGER_SHARED or PAGER_UNLOCK state when this
-** routine is called, it is a no-op (returns SQLITE_OK).
+** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
+** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
+** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
**
** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
**
** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
**
-** After the journal is finalized, if running in non-exclusive mode, the
-** pager moves to PAGER_SHARED state (and downgrades the lock on the
-** database file accordingly).
-**
-** If the pager is running in exclusive mode and is in PAGER_SYNCED state,
-** it moves to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE. No locks are downgraded when running in
-** exclusive mode.
+** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
+** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
+** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
**
** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
- if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
+ /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
+ ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
+ ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
+ ** held under two circumstances:
+ **
+ ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
+ ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
+ **
+ ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
+ ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
+ ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
+ */
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
+ releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
/* Finalize the journal file. */
if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
}
pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- }else if( pPager->exclusiveMode
- || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
){
rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
}else{
/* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
- ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. */
+ ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
+ */
assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
|| pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
);
sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
if( !pPager->tempFile ){
rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
}
}
+ }
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
+ if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+ PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
+ if( p ){
+ p->pageHash = 0;
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
+ }
+ }
#endif
- sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
- pPager->pInJournal = 0;
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- }
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
+ pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
- if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
- rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
+ ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock held on the database file.
+ */
+ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
+ && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
+ ){
+ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
- }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
}
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->needSync = 0;
- pPager->dbModified = 0;
-
- /* TODO: Is this optimal? Why is the db size invalidated here
- ** when the database file is not unlocked? */
- pPager->dbOrigSize = 0;
- sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
- if( !MEMDB ){
- pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
- }
return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
}
/*
+** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
+** database file.
+**
+** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
+** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
+** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
+** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
+** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
+** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
+** will roll it back.
+**
+** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
+** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
+** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
+** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
+*/
+static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+}
+
+/*
** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
}
/*
+** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
+** to the codec.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
+ if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
+ pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
+ (int)pPager->nReserve);
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
+#endif
+
+/*
** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
**
-** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and
-** false for the statement journal. The main rollback journal uses
-** checksums - the statement journal does not.
+** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
+** not.
**
** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
*/
static int pager_playback_one_page(
Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */
- int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
- int isUnsync, /* True if reading from unsynced main journal */
i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */
- int isSavepnt, /* True for a savepoint rollback */
- Bitvec *pDone /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+ Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
+ int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
+ int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */
){
int rc;
PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */
Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */
u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
- u8 *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
+ char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */
sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
+ int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */
assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
- aData = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
+
+ /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
+ ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
+ ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
+ ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
+ ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
+ );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
/* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
*pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
if( isMainJrnl ){
rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
if( rc ) return rc;
- if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
+ if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
+ /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
+ ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
+ */
if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
+ /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
+ */
+ if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
+ pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
+ pagerReportSize(pPager);
+ }
- /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
+ /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
**
** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
** assert()able.
**
- ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
- ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
+ ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
+ ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
+ ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
+ ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
+ ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
**
** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is
** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
*/
- pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ pPg = 0;
+ }else{
+ pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
+ }
assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData),
- (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
+ (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
));
- if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
- && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
- && isOpen(pPager->fd)
- && !isUnsync
+ if( isMainJrnl ){
+ isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
+ }else{
+ isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
+ }
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ && isSynced
){
i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
+ testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
}
if( pPager->pBackup ){
CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
- sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, aData);
- CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 0, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
+ CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
}
}else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
/* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
*/
assert( isSavepnt );
- if( (rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill++;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
+ assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
+ pPager->doNotSpill--;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
}
*/
void *pData;
pData = pPg->pData;
- memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
+ memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
/* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
- ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the.
+ ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
+ ** database.
**
** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
** database corruption may ensue.
*/
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
+
/* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
** Do this before any decoding. */
if( pgno==1 ){
sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */
+ char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
+ char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
+ int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
/* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
+ ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain
+ ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
+ ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
+ */
rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
+ if( !zMasterJournal ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
+ zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
+ zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
- if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
- char *zJournal;
- char *zMasterPtr = 0;
- int nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-
- /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
- ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.
- */
- zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
- if( !zMasterJournal ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ zJournal = zMasterJournal;
+ while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
+ int exists;
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto delmaster_out;
}
- zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
- zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
-
- zJournal = zMasterJournal;
- while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
- int exists;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( exists ){
+ /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
+ ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
+ ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
+ */
+ int c;
+ int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto delmaster_out;
}
- if( exists ){
- /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
- ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
- ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
- */
- int c;
- int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
- rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
- sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
+ rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto delmaster_out;
+ }
- c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
- if( c ){
- /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
- goto delmaster_out;
- }
+ c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
+ if( c ){
+ /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
+ goto delmaster_out;
}
- zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
}
+ zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
}
-
+
+ sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
delmaster_out:
- if( zMasterJournal ){
- sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
- }
+ sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
if( pMaster ){
sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
+ sqlite3_free(pMaster);
}
- sqlite3_free(pMaster);
return rc;
}
** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
**
-** If the main database file is not open, or an exclusive lock is not
-** held, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size of the file is
-** changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). If the file
-** on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
+** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
+** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
+** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
+** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
**
** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
*/
static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
+
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ ){
i64 currentSize, newSize;
+ int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
+ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
/* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize);
- newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
+ newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
if( currentSize>newSize ){
rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
}else{
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
+ char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
+ memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
+ testcase( (newSize-szPage) < currentSize );
+ testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
+ testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
**
** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
-** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 512 if
-** it is less than 512, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
+** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
+** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
*/
static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
*/
pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
}
- if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
+ if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
pPager->sectorSize = 512;
}
if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
** database to during a rollback.
** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header
** is this many bytes in size.
-** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
-** (7) 4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
-** name. The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
-** journal.)
-** (8) N bytes of the master journal name. The name will be nul-terminated
-** and might be shorter than the value read from (5). If the first byte
-** of the name is \000 then there is no master journal. The master
-** journal name is stored in UTF-8.
-** (9) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
+** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
+** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size.
+** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
** + 4 byte page number.
** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
** + 4 byte checksum
**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
+** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
+** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
**
** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of
** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the
*/
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto end_playback;
}
** occurs.
*/
while( 1 ){
- int isUnsync = 0;
-
/* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are
** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
- ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
+ ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
*/
rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
- isUnsync = 1;
}
/* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
pager_reset(pPager);
needPagerReset = 0;
}
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,1,isUnsync,&pPager->journalOff,0,0);
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
pPager->journalOff = szJ;
break;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
+ ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
+ ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that
+ ** case, the database should have never been written in the
+ ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto end_playback;
}else{
/* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state
rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
return rc;
}
+
+/*
+** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
+** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
+** file before this function is called.
+**
+** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
+** the value read from the database file.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
+ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
+ Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int isInWal = 0; /* True if page is in log file */
+ int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+
+ if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
+ assert( pPager->tempFile );
+ memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
+ rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
+ i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pgno==1 ){
+ if( rc ){
+ /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
+ ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy
+ ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be
+ ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
+ ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling
+ ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
+ **
+ ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes
+ ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of
+ ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
+ ** we should still be ok.
+ */
+ memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }else{
+ u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
+ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
+ }
+ }
+ CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
+
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
+ PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
+ IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
+ PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
+** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
+** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
+** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
+*/
+static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
+ u32 change_counter;
+
+ /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
+ change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
+
+ /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
+ ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
+ ** is valid. */
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
+ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
+** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
+** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
+** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
+**
+** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
+** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
+** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
+** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
+** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+
+ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
+ if( pPg ){
+ if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
+ }else{
+ rc = readDbPage(pPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
+ ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
+ ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
+ ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
+ ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
+ ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
+ ** the backups must be restarted.
+ */
+ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
+*/
+static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */
+
+ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
+ ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
+ ** following:
+ **
+ ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
+ ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
+ */
+ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
+ pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
+ rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
+ pList = pNext;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
+** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
+** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
+** changed.
+**
+** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
+** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
+*/
+static int pagerWalFrames(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */
+ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
+ int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
+ int syncFlags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
+ PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */
+#endif
+
+ assert( pPager->pWal );
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
+ for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
+ assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if( isCommit ){
+ /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
+ ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
+ ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
+ ** list here. */
+ PgHdr *p;
+ PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
+ for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){
+ if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty;
+ }
+ assert( pList );
+ }
+
+ if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+ rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
+ pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
+ PgHdr *p;
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
+ pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ pager_set_pagehash(p);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
+**
+** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
+** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
+** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
+** other writers or checkpointers.
+*/
+static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */
+
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+
+ /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
+ ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we
+ ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
+ ** the duplicate call is harmless.
+ */
+ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+
+ rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
+** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
+** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
+** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
+** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
+*/
+static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
+ Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
+
+ /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
+ ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
+ ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
+ ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
+ ** contains no valid committed transactions.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
+ nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
+
+ /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
+ ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
+ ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
+ ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
+ ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
+ */
+ if( nPage==0 ){
+ i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+ if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
+ if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){
+ nPage = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
+ ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
+ ** that the file can be read.
+ */
+ if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
+ pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
+ }
+
+ *pnPage = nPage;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
+** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
+** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
+**
+** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
+** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
+** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
+**
+** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
+** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
+** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
+** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
+** other connection.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile ){
+ int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */
+ Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */
+
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( nPage==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
+ isWal = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( isWal ){
+ testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
+ }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
+
/*
** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
/* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
if( pSavepoint ){
** being reverted was opened.
*/
pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
+
+ if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
+ }
/* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in
** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
*/
szJ = pPager->journalOff;
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
/* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they
** are played back.
*/
- if( pSavepoint ){
+ if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 1, 0, &pPager->journalOff, 1, pDone);
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
}else{
nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
}
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 1, 0, &pPager->journalOff, 1, pDone);
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff==szJ );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
/* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were
** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
if( pSavepoint ){
u32 ii; /* Loop counter */
i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
+ }
for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
- rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, 0, 0, &offset, 1, pDone);
+ rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pPager->journalOff = szJ;
}
+
return rc;
}
** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
** point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
**
+** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues
+** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
+** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
+** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
+** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for
+** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL
+** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
+** syncs associated with NORMAL.
+**
+** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The
+** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
+** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
+** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
+** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the
+** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
+** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
+**
** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
** and FULL=3.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
+ Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */
+ int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
+ int bFullFsync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
+ int bCkptFullFsync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
+){
+ assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
- pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
- if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
+ if( pPager->noSync ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = 0;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
+ }else if( bFullFsync ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
+ }else{
+ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ }
}
#endif
}
/*
-** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
-** to the codec.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
- pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
- (int)pPager->nReserve);
- }
-}
-#else
-# define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
-#endif
-
-/*
** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
** is passed in *pPageSize.
**
** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
-** one of SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT or SQLITE_FULL).
+** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
**
** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
**
** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
- int rc = pPager->errCode;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
- assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
- if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
- && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
- && pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize
- ){
- char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
- if( !pNew ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pager_reset(pPager);
- pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
- sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
- pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
- sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
- }
+ /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
+ ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
+ ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
+ **
+ ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
+ ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
+ ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
+ ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
+ */
+
+ u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
+ assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
+ if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
+ && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
+ && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
+ ){
+ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */
+ i64 nByte = 0;
+
+ if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
}
- *pPageSize = (u16)pPager->pageSize;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
+ if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pager_reset(pPager);
+ pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize);
+ pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
+ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
+ sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
if( mxPage>0 ){
pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
}
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
+ assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
return pPager->mxPgno;
}
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
memset(pDest, 0, N);
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
+
+ /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
+ ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition
+ ** to WAL mode yet.
+ */
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
}
/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the database file associated
-** with pPager. Normally, this is calculated as (<db file size>/<page-size>).
+** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
+** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
+**
** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
** this is considered a 1 page file.
-**
-** If the pager is in error state when this function is called, then the
-** error state error code is returned and *pnPage left unchanged. Or,
-** if the file system has to be queried for the size of the file and
-** the query attempt returns an IO error, the IO error code is returned
-** and *pnPage is left unchanged.
-**
-** Otherwise, if everything is successful, then SQLITE_OK is returned
-** and *pnPage is set to the number of pages in the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
- Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */
-
- /* If the pager is already in the error state, return the error code. */
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- return pPager->errCode;
- }
-
- /* Determine the number of pages in the file. Store this in nPage. */
- if( pPager->dbSizeValid ){
- nPage = pPager->dbSize;
- }else{
- int rc; /* Error returned by OsFileSize() */
- i64 n = 0; /* File size in bytes returned by OsFileSize() */
-
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
- if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))) ){
- pager_error(pPager, rc);
- return rc;
- }
- if( n>0 && n<pPager->pageSize ){
- nPage = 1;
- }else{
- nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
- }
- if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
- pPager->dbSize = nPage;
- pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
- pPager->dbSizeValid = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
- ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
- ** that the file can be read.
- */
- if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
- pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
- }
-
- /* Set the output variable and return SQLITE_OK */
- if( pnPage ){
- *pnPage = nPage;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
+ *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
}
static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
int rc; /* Return code */
- /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
- assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
- assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
- assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
- /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
-
/* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
*/
- assert( (pPager->state>=locktype)
- || (pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK && locktype==PAGER_SHARED)
- || (pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED && locktype==PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
+ assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
+ || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
+ || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
);
- if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- do {
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->state = (u8)locktype;
- IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
- }
- }
+ do {
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
return rc;
}
** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
- assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
pPager->dbSize = nPage;
assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
}
+
+/*
+** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
+** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
+** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
+** that the entire journal file has been synced.
+**
+** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
+** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
+** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
+** content as this process.
+**
+** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
+** an SQLite error code.
+*/
+static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files.
**
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
+ u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
+
disable_simulated_io_errors();
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- pPager->errCode = 0;
+ /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
+ pPager->pWal = 0;
+#endif
pager_reset(pPager);
if( MEMDB ){
pager_unlock(pPager);
}else{
- /* Set Pager.journalHdr to -1 for the benefit of the pager_playback()
- ** call which may be made from within pagerUnlockAndRollback(). If it
- ** is not -1, then the unsynced portion of an open journal file may
- ** be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs while
- ** this is happening, the database may become corrupt.
+ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
+ ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
+ ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
+ ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
+ **
+ ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
+ ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
+ ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
+ ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
+ ** rollback before accessing the database file.
*/
- pPager->journalHdr = -1;
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
+ }
pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
}
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
enable_simulated_io_errors();
PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
- sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
**
-** If the Pager.needSync flag is not set, then this function is a
-** no-op. Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode
-** and the device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
+** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
+** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
**
** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
** be taken.
** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
** }
**
-** The Pager.needSync flag is never be set for temporary files, or any
-** file operating in no-sync mode (Pager.noSync set to non-zero).
-**
** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
- if( pPager->needSync ){
+static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
assert( !pPager->tempFile );
- if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
- int rc; /* Return code */
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
- ** previous connections transaction), and a crash or power-failure
+ ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
*/
i64 iNextHdrOffset;
u8 aMagic[8];
- u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
+ u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
- memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
- put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
+ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
+ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
- );
+ );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags|
- (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
+ (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- }
- /* The journal file was just successfully synced. Set Pager.needSync
- ** to zero and clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on all pagess.
- */
- pPager->needSync = 0;
- pPager->journalStarted = 1;
- sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+ if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
+ }
}
+ /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
+ ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
+ ** all pages.
+ */
+ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
- Pager *pPager; /* Pager object */
- int rc; /* Return code */
-
- if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return SQLITE_OK;
- pPager = pList->pPager;
+static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
- ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
- ** call is a no-op.
- **
- ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
- ** through an intermediate state PENDING. A PENDING lock prevents new
- ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
- ** write. The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
- ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
- **
- ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
- ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
- ** journal into the original database file. Once we transition to
- ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
- ** will require a journal playback.
- */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
/* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
}
+ /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
+ ** file size will be.
+ */
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
+ sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
+ pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ }
+
while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */
char *pData; /* Data to write */
+ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+ if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
+
/* Encode the database */
CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
}else{
PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
-#endif
+ pager_set_pagehash(pList);
pList = pList->pDirty;
}
}
/*
+** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
+** function is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
+** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
+** fails.
+*/
+static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
+ }else{
+ rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
** that it is really required before calling this function.
static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
- if( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- void *pData = pPg->pData;
- i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
- char *pData2;
+ if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+
+ /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
+ assert( pPager->useJournal );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
+ || pageInJournal(pPg)
+ || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
+ );
+ rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
- CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
- PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
-
- assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
- rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+ /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
+ ** write the journal record into the file. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+ void *pData = pPg->pData;
+ i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
+ char *pData2;
+
+ CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
+ PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
+ }
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
-
/*
** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
- /* The doNotSync flag is set by the sqlite3PagerWrite() function while it
- ** is journalling a set of two or more database pages that are stored
- ** on the same disk sector. Syncing the journal is not allowed while
- ** this is happening as it is important that all members of such a
- ** set of pages are synced to disk together. So, if the page this function
- ** is trying to make clean will require a journal sync and the doNotSync
- ** flag is set, return without doing anything. The pcache layer will
- ** just have to go ahead and allocate a new page buffer instead of
- ** reusing pPg.
+ /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
+ ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs
+ ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
+ ** pages belonging to the same sector.
**
- ** Similarly, if the pager has already entered the error state, do not
- ** try to write the contents of pPg to disk.
- */
- if( NEVER(pPager->errCode)
- || (pPager->doNotSync && pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)
- ){
+ ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
+ ** or not a sync is required. This is set during a rollback.
+ **
+ ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
+ ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it
+ ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
+ ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
+ ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
+ ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- /* Sync the journal file if required. */
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
- rc = syncJournal(pPager);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync &&
- !(pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) &&
- !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
+ pPg->pDirty = 0;
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
+ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }else{
+
+ /* Sync the journal file if required. */
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
){
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
+ ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
+ ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
+ ** actually write data to the file in this case.
+ **
+ ** Consider the following sequence of events:
+ **
+ ** BEGIN;
+ ** <journal page X>
+ ** <modify page X>
+ ** SAVEPOINT sp;
+ ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
+ ** pagerStress(page X)
+ ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
+ **
+ ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
+ ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
+ ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
+ ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
+ ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
+ ** was executed.
+ **
+ ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
+ ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
+ ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
+ ** executed.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
+ ) ){
+ rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
}
- }
-
- /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
- ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
- ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
- ** actually write data to the file in this case.
- **
- ** Consider the following sequence of events:
- **
- ** BEGIN;
- ** <journal page X>
- ** <modify page X>
- ** SAVEPOINT sp;
- ** <shrink database file to Y pages>
- ** pagerStress(page X)
- ** ROLLBACK TO sp;
- **
- ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
- ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
- ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
- ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
- ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
- ** was executed.
- **
- ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
- ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
- ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
- ** executed.
- */
- if( NEVER(
- rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
- ) ){
- rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
- }
-
- /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPg->pDirty = 0;
- rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
}
/* Mark the page as clean. */
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
}
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0; /* True to omit read-lock */
int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
- u16 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
+ u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */
+ const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */
+ int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
/* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
/* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
*ppPager = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
+ memDb = 1;
+ zFilename = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+
/* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
*/
if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
+ const char *z;
nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
if( zPathname==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
- memDb = 1;
- zPathname[0] = 0;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
- rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
- }
-
+ zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
+ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
+ z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
+ while( *z ){
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
+ }
+ nUri = &z[1] - zUri;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
/* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
** check for a hot-journal before reading.
*/
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free(zPathname);
ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */
ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */
journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */
- nPathname + 1 + /* zFilename */
+ nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */
nPathname + 8 + 1 /* zJournal */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ + nPathname + 4 + 1 /* zWal */
+#endif
);
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
if( !pPtr ){
/* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
if( zPathname ){
- pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
+ assert( nPathname>0 );
+ pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
- if( pPager->zFilename[0]==0 ) pPager->zJournal[0] = 0;
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
+ memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
+ memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
+#endif
sqlite3_free(zPathname);
}
pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
/* Open the pager file.
*/
- if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
+ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
+ assert( !memDb );
readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
/* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
}else{
- szPageDflt = (u16)pPager->sectorSize;
+ szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
}
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
*/
tempFile = 1;
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
+ pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
}
/* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
/* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
/* pPager->nRef = 0; */
- pPager->dbSizeValid = (u8)memDb;
/* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
/* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
/* pPager->nPage = 0; */
pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
/* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
+#if 0
assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
+#endif
/* pPager->errMask = 0; */
pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
- /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
- pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
/* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
/* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
/* pPager->pLast = 0; */
/* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
/* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
+
*ppPager = pPager;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
*/
static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int rc; /* Return code */
- int exists; /* True if a journal file is present */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */
+ int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
- assert( pPager!=0 );
assert( pPager->useJournal );
assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
- assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+
+ assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
+ SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
+ ));
*pExists = 0;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
- int locked; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
+ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
/* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the
** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
*/
rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
- int nPage;
+ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */
/* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
** [H33020].
*/
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( nPage==0 ){
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
- sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
}
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}else{
** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
** it can be ignored.
*/
- int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
u8 first = 0;
rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( !jrnlOpen ){
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ }
*pExists = (first!=0);
}else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
/* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
}
/*
-** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
-** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
-** file before this function is called.
-**
-** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
-** the value read from the database file.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
-** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
- Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
- Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- i64 iOffset; /* Byte offset of file to read from */
-
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED && !MEMDB );
- assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
-
- if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
- assert( pPager->tempFile );
- memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
- rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pgno==1 ){
- u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
- memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
- }
- CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
-
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
- PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
- IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
- PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
**
** The following operations are also performed by this function.
**
-** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_UNLOCK state (no lock held
+** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
** file.
**
-** If the operation described by (2) above is not attempted, and if the
-** pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL when this is called,
-** the error state error code is returned. It is permitted to read the
-** database when in SQLITE_FULL error state.
-**
-** Otherwise, if everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
-** IO error occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal
-** file or rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
+** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
+** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
+** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- int isErrorReset = 0; /* True if recovering from error state */
/* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
- ** outstanding pages */
+ ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
+ ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
+ ** exclusive access mode.
+ */
assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
- /* If this database is in an error-state, now is a chance to clear
- ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and rollback
- ** any hot journal in the file-system.
- */
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->zJournal ){
- isErrorReset = 1;
- }
- pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
- pager_reset(pPager);
- }
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){
- sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
- int isHotJournal = 0;
assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
- if( pPager->noReadlock ){
- assert( pPager->readOnly );
- pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
- }else{
+ assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly );
+
+ if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){
rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
- return pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
+ goto failed;
}
}
- assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
/* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
*/
- if( !isErrorReset ){
- assert( pPager->state <= PAGER_SHARED );
- rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
+ if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
+ rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
}
- if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ if( bHotJournal ){
/* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
** on the database file.
+ **
+ ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
+ ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
*/
- if( pPager->state<EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- goto failed;
- }
- pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto failed;
}
- /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in
- ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
- ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
- ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
- ** a read/write file handle.
+ /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
+ ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
+ ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
+ ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
+ ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
+ ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
+ **
+ ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
+ ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
+ ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
+ ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
+ ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
*/
if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- int res;
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( res ){
- int fout = 0;
- int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
- assert( !pPager->tempFile );
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
- rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
- }
- }else{
- /* If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
- ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
- ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
- ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
- ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
+ int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
+ int fout = 0;
+ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
+ assert( !pPager->tempFile );
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
}
}
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto failed;
- }
-
- /* TODO: Why are these cleared here? Is it necessary? */
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
/* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write
** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
- ** an inconsistent cache.
+ ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing
+ ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
+ ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
+ ** the journal before playing it back.
*/
if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- goto failed;
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
}
+ }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
+ ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+ ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
+ ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
+ ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
+ ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
+ **
+ ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
+ ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
+ ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
+ ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
+ ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
+ ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
+ ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
+ ** references.
+ */
+ pager_error(pPager, rc);
+ goto failed;
}
- assert( (pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED)
- || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
+
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
+ || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
);
}
- if( pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
+ if( !pPager->tempFile
+ && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
+ ){
/* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database
** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that
** it can be neglected.
*/
+ Pgno nPage = 0;
char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
- if( pPager->errCode ){
- rc = pPager->errCode;
- goto failed;
- }
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
+ if( rc ) goto failed;
- assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
- if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
+ if( nPage>0 ){
IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pager_reset(pPager);
}
}
- assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED );
+
+ /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
+ ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
+ */
+ rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
+ }
+
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
}
failed:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
+ assert( !MEMDB );
pager_unlock(pPager);
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
+ }else{
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
}
return rc;
}
** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
*/
static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
- if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0)
- && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0)
- ){
+ if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
}
}
** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
**
** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
-** a new page into the cache to populate with the data read
+** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
** from the savepoint journal.
**
** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
int rc;
PgHdr *pPg;
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- assert( pPager->state>PAGER_UNLOCK );
if( pgno==0 ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
/* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
- if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
+ if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
rc = pPager->errCode;
}else{
rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
- if( (*ppPage)->pPager ){
+ if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
/* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
** the page. Return without further ado. */
assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
}else{
/* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
** be initialized. */
- int nMax;
PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
pPg = *ppPage;
goto pager_acquire_err;
}
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto pager_acquire_err;
- }
-
- if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || noContent ){
+ if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
- goto pager_acquire_err;
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ goto pager_acquire_err;
}
if( noContent ){
/* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }else{
- memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
}
+ memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
}else{
assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
goto pager_acquire_err;
}
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
/*
** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do
** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache. Also, return 0 if the
-** pager is in PAGER_UNLOCK state when this function is called,
-** or if the pager is in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL.
+** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
**
** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine
** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
assert( pPager!=0 );
assert( pgno!=0 );
assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
- assert( pPager->state > PAGER_UNLOCK );
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
return pPg;
}
}
/*
-** If the main journal file has already been opened, ensure that the
-** sub-journal file is open too. If the main journal is not open,
-** this function is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan.
-** An SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to
-** sqlite3OsOpen() fails.
-*/
-static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
- sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
- }else{
- rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
- }
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
** file when this routine is called.
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- assert( pPager->useJournal );
- assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
/* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on
** an error state. */
if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
- /* TODO: Is it really possible to get here with dbSizeValid==0? If not,
- ** the call to PagerPagecount() can be removed.
- */
- testcase( pPager->dbSizeValid==0 );
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-
- pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
- if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
- if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
- sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
- }else{
- const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- (pPager->tempFile ?
- (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
- (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+ if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+ pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
+ if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
+ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
+ }else{
+ const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ (pPager->tempFile ?
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
+ (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
+ );
+ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
+ pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
- pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
- );
-#else
- rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
+ #else
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
+ #endif
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
+ }
+
+
+ /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
+ ** the sub-journal if necessary.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
+ pPager->nRec = 0;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ pPager->setMaster = 0;
+ pPager->journalHdr = 0;
+ rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
- }
-
-
- /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
- ** the sub-journal if necessary.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
- pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
- pPager->journalStarted = 0;
- pPager->needSync = 0;
- pPager->nRec = 0;
- pPager->journalOff = 0;
- pPager->setMaster = 0;
- pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->nSavepoint ){
- rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
pPager->pInJournal = 0;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
}
+
return rc;
}
** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
** functions need be called.
**
-** If this is not a temporary or in-memory file and, the journal file is
-** opened if it has not been already. For a temporary file, the opening
-** of the journal file is deferred until there is an actual need to
-** write to the journal. TODO: Why handle temporary files differently?
-**
-** If the journal file is opened (or if it is already open), then a
-** journal-header is written to the start of it.
-**
** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
+
+ if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
+
+ if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- assert( !MEMDB && !pPager->tempFile );
- /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
- ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
- ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
- ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
- if( exFlag ){
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
+ ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
+ */
+ if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
+ ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
+ ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
+ ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
+ }else{
+ /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
+ ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
+ ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
+ ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
+ */
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
}
- /* If the required locks were successfully obtained, open the journal
- ** file and write the first journal-header to it.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
- }
- }else if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
- /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
- ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
- ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was
- ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
- ** overwritten with zeros.
- */
- assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
- assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==0 );
- assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
+ **
+ ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
+ ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
+ ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
+ ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
+ ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
+ ** WAL mode.
+ */
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
+ pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
+ pPager->journalOff = 0;
+ }
+
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
}
PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( !pPager->dbModified );
- /* Ignore any IO error that occurs within pager_end_transaction(). The
- ** purpose of this call is to reset the internal state of the pager
- ** sub-system. It doesn't matter if the journal-file is not properly
- ** finalized at this point (since it is not a valid journal file anyway).
- */
- pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
- }
return rc;
}
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* This routine is not called unless a transaction has already been
- ** started.
+ /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
+ ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
+ ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
*/
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- /* If an error has been previously detected, we should not be
- ** calling this routine. Repeat the error for robustness.
- */
+ /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
+ ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
/* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
** writable. But check anyway, just for robustness. */
if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
- assert( !pPager->setMaster );
-
CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
+ /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
+ ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
+ ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
+ **
+ ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
+ ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
+ ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
+ ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
+ */
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
/* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written
** to the journal then we can return right away.
*/
sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
+ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
}else{
-
- /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
- ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
- ** or both.
- **
- ** Higher level routines should have already started a transaction,
- ** which means they have acquired the necessary locks and opened
- ** a rollback journal. Double-check to makes sure this is the case.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPager, 0, pPager->subjInMemory);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
- assert( pPager->useJournal );
- rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
/* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to
** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
*/
- if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
+ if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
+ if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
u32 cksum;
char *pData2;
+ i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
/* We should never write to the journal file the page that
** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies
** that we do not. */
assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
+
+ assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
- pPager->journalOff + 4);
- pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
- pPager->journalOff += 4;
- }
- IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
- pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
- PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
- PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
- PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
- ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
- /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurred while journalling the
+ /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
** then corruption may follow.
*/
- if( !pPager->noSync ){
- pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- pPager->needSync = 1;
- }
+ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- /* An error has occurred writing to the journal file. The
- ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
- */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
+ pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
+ PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
+ PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
+ PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
+ ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
+ pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
pPager->nRec++;
assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
return rc;
}
}else{
- if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){
+ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
- pPager->needSync = 1;
}
PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
/* Update the database size and return.
*/
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
}
Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */
Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
- int nPage; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
+ int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
int ii; /* Loop counter */
int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
- /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
- ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
+ /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
+ ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
+ ** this function.
*/
assert( !MEMDB );
- assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
- pPager->doNotSync = 1;
+ assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
+ pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
/* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
*/
pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount);
+ nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
}else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
rc = pager_write(pPage);
if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
needSync = 1;
- assert(pPager->needSync);
}
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
}
** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
- assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 );
+ assert( !MEMDB );
for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
if( pPage ){
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
}
}
- assert(pPager->needSync);
}
- assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
- pPager->doNotSync = 0;
+ assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
+ pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
}else{
rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
}
PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
- pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
+ pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
}
}
/*
** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
-** byte offset 24 of the pager file.
+** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at
+** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
+**
+** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
+** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
+** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
+** unconditional update of the change counters.
**
** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
/* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
# define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
#endif
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
- if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
+ if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */
- u32 change_counter; /* Initial value of change-counter field */
assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
- change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
- change_counter++;
- put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter);
+ /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
+ pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
/* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
if( DIRECT_MODE ){
- const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
+ const void *zBuf;
assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+ CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
}
}
/*
-** Sync the pager file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory files
+** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
**
-** If successful, or called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
+** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
- int rc; /* Return code */
- assert( !MEMDB );
- if( pPager->noSync ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pPager->noSync ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
+ }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
+ assert( !MEMDB );
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
+** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
+** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
+**
+** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
+** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
+** returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
}
return rc;
}
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- /* The dbOrigSize is never set if journal_mode=OFF */
- assert( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pPager->dbOrigSize==0 );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
- /* If a prior error occurred, this routine should not be called. ROLLBACK
- ** is the appropriate response to an error, not COMMIT. Guard against
- ** coding errors by repeating the prior error. */
+ /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
- if( MEMDB && pPager->dbModified ){
+ /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
+ if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( MEMDB ){
/* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any
** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
*/
sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
- }else if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && pPager->dbModified ){
-
- /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
- ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
- ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
- ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
- **
- ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
- ** blocks of size page-size, and
- ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
- ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
- **
- ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
- ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
- ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
- ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
- ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
- ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
- ** mode.
- **
- ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
- ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
- ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
- ** created for this transaction.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
- PgHdr *pPg;
- assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
- if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
- && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
- && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbFileSize
- && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
- ){
- /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
- ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
- ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
- ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
- ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
- */
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+ }else{
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
+ PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
+ ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
+ pList = pPageOne;
+ pList->pDirty = 0;
+ }
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1,
+ (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0)
+ );
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
}
- }
-#else
- rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-#endif
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
- ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
- ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
- **
- ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
- ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
- ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
- ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
- ** reading data from the database file.
- **
- ** When journal_mode==OFF the dbOrigSize is always zero, so this
- ** block never runs if journal_mode=OFF.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
- && ALWAYS(pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF)
- ){
- Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */
- const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
- const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */
- pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
- for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
- if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
- PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }else{
+ /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
+ ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
+ ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
+ ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
+ **
+ ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
+ ** blocks of size page-size, and
+ ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
+ ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
+ ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
+ ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
+ ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
+ ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
+ ** mode.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
+ ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
+ ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
+ ** created for this transaction.
+ */
+ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
+ PgHdr *pPg;
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ );
+ if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
+ && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
+ && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
+ && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
+ ){
+ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
+ ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
+ ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
+ ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
+ ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
+ */
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ #else
+ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
+ #endif
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
+ ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
+ ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
+ **
+ ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
+ ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
+ ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
+ ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
+ ** reading data from the database file.
+ */
+ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
+ && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ ){
+ Pgno i; /* Iterator variable */
+ const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
+ const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize; /* Database image size */
+ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
+ for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
+ if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
+ PgHdr *pPage; /* Page to journal */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }
}
+ pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
}
- pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
- ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
- ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
- */
- rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* Sync the journal file. If the atomic-update optimization is being
- ** used, this call will not create the journal file or perform any
- ** real IO.
- */
- rc = syncJournal(pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
-
- /* Write all dirty pages to the database file. */
- rc = pager_write_pagelist(sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
- goto commit_phase_one_exit;
- }
- sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-
- /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
- ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
- */
- if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
- Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
- assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
- rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
+ ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
+ ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
+ */
+ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
+ ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
+ ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
+ **
+ ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
+ ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
+ ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
+ ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
+ ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
+ ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
+ */
+ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+
+ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
+ goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }
+ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
+
+ /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
+ ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
+ */
+ if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
+ Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
+ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, sync the database file. */
+ if( !noSync ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
+ }
+ IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
}
-
- /* Finally, sync the database file. */
- if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
- rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
- }
- IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-
- pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
}
commit_phase_one_exit:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
+ }
return rc;
}
** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
- /* This function should not be called if the pager is not in at least
- ** PAGER_RESERVED state. And indeed SQLite never does this. But it is
- ** nice to have this defensive test here anyway.
- */
- if( NEVER(pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
+ || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
/* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
** to drop any locks either.
*/
- if( pPager->dbModified==0 && pPager->exclusiveMode
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
+ && pPager->exclusiveMode
&& pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
){
- assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || MEMDB || !pPager->dbModified );
rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
-** Rollback all changes. The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
+** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
+** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
+** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
+** state if an error occurs.
+**
+** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
+** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
**
-** This function performs two tasks:
+** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
**
** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
** was opened, and
+**
** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
** rollback at any point in the future.
**
-** subject to the following qualifications:
-**
-** * If the journal file is not yet open when this function is called,
-** then only (2) is performed. In this case there is no journal file
-** to roll back.
-**
-** * If in an error state other than SQLITE_FULL, then task (1) is
-** performed. If successful, task (2). Regardless of the outcome
-** of either, the error state error code is returned to the caller
-** (i.e. either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_CORRUPT).
-**
-** * If the pager is in PAGER_RESERVED state, then attempt (1). Whether
-** or not (1) is succussful, also attempt (2). If successful, return
-** SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, enter the error state and return the first
-** error code encountered.
-**
-** In this case there is no chance that the database was written to.
-** So is safe to finalize the journal file even if the playback
-** (operation 1) failed. However the pager must enter the error state
-** as the contents of the in-memory cache are now suspect.
-**
-** * Finally, if in PAGER_EXCLUSIVE state, then attempt (1). Only
-** attempt (2) if (1) is successful. Return SQLITE_OK if successful,
-** otherwise enter the error state and return the error code from the
-** failing operation.
+** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
+** rollback is successful.
**
-** In this case the database file may have been written to. So if the
-** playback operation did not succeed it would not be safe to finalize
-** the journal file. It needs to be left in the file-system so that
-** some other process can use it to restore the database state (by
-** hot-journal rollback).
+** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
+** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
+** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
+** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
- if( !pPager->dbModified || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
- if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
- pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+
+ /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
+ ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
+ ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
+ */
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
+ if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ int rc2;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
+ rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ int eState = pPager->eState;
+ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
+ if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
+ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
+ ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
+ ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
+ */
+ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
+ return rc;
}
- rc = pPager->errCode;
}else{
- if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
- int rc2;
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
- rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
- }else{
- rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
- }
+ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
+ }
- if( !MEMDB ){
- pPager->dbSizeValid = 0;
- }
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
- /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
- ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error
- ** persistent.
- */
- rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
- }
- return rc;
+ /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
+ ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
+ */
+ return pager_error(pPager, rc);
}
/*
}
/*
+** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
+** used by the pager and its associated cache.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
+ int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
+ + 5*sizeof(void*);
+ return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
+ + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
+ + pPager->pageSize;
+}
+
+/*
** Return the number of references to the specified page.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
- a[3] = pPager->dbSizeValid ? (int) pPager->dbSize : -1;
- a[4] = pPager->state;
+ a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
+ a[4] = pPager->eState;
a[5] = pPager->errCode;
a[6] = pPager->nHit;
a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */
+ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
int ii; /* Iterator variable */
PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
- /* Either there is no active journal or the sub-journal is open or
- ** the journal is always stored in memory */
- assert( pPager->nSavepoint==0 || isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ||
- pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
-
/* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
}
memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
- pPager->nSavepoint = nSavepoint;
/* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
- assert( pPager->dbSizeValid );
aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && ALWAYS(pPager->journalOff>0) ){
+ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
}else{
aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
+ sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
+ }
+ pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
}
-
- /* Open the sub-journal, if it is not already opened. */
- rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
+ assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
}
** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */
assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- if( iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
+ if(
rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
int ii; /* Iterator variable */
int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
*/
- nNew = iSavepoint + (op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK);
+ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
}
pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
- /* If this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
+ /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
+ ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
+ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
+ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
+ if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ pPager->nSubRec = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
*/
- if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
+ else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
}
-
- /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
- ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
- if( nNew==0 && op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
- pPager->nSubRec = 0;
- }
}
+
return rc;
}
/*
** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
*/
-static void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
Pager *pPager,
void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
void *pCodec
){
if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
- pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
+ pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
pagerReportSize(pPager);
}
-static void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
return pPager->pCodec;
}
#endif
Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */
assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
+ || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
+ );
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+
+ /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
+ ** the page we are moving from.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
/* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
- if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
+ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
&& subjRequiresPage(pPg)
&& SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
){
needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
- assert( pPager->needSync );
}
/* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
- ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for
+ ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
** for the page moved there.
*/
assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
if( pPgOld ){
pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
- sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
+ ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
+ }
}
origPgno = pPg->pgno;
sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
- pPager->dbModified = 1;
+
+ /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
+ ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld
+ ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( pPgOld );
+ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
+ }
if( needSyncPgno ){
/* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
- ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync
+ ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** flag.
**
** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
- **
- ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
- ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
*/
PgHdr *pPgHdr;
- assert( pPager->needSync );
rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
}
return rc;
}
- pPager->needSync = 1;
- assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB );
pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
}
- /*
- ** For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
- ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. We allocate
- ** the page now, instead of at rollback, because we can better deal
- ** with an out-of-memory error now. Ticket #3761.
- */
- if( MEMDB ){
- DbPage *pNew;
- rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, origPgno, &pNew, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, origPgno);
- return rc;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pNew);
- }
-
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
|| eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
- if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
+ assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
+ if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
}
return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
}
/*
-** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
+** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
**
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
**
-** If the parameter is not _QUERY, then the journal_mode is set to the
-** value specified if the change is allowed. The change is disallowed
-** for the following reasons:
+** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
+** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
**
** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
** or _MEMORY.
**
-** * The journal mode may not be changed while a transaction is active.
+** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
**
** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
- assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
+ u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
+ ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
+ print_pager_state(pPager);
+#endif
+
+
+ /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
+ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
|| eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
- assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
- if( eMode>=0
- && (!MEMDB || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF)
- && !pPager->dbModified
- && (!isOpen(pPager->jfd) || 0==pPager->journalOff)
- ){
- if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
- sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+ /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
+ ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
+ ** to WAL mode.
+ */
+ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+ /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
+ ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
+ */
+ if( MEMDB ){
+ assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
+ if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
+ eMode = eOld;
}
+ }
+
+ if( eMode!=eOld ){
+
+ /* Change the journal mode. */
+ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
+
+ /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
+ ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
+ ** delete the journal file.
+ */
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
+ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
+
+ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
+ if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
+
+ /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
+ ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
+ ** here is an optimization only.
+ **
+ ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
+ ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
+ ** while it is in use by some other client.
+ */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+ if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }else{
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int state = pPager->eState;
+ assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
+ if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
+ }
+ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
+ pager_unlock(pPager);
+ }
+ assert( state==pPager->eState );
+ }
+ }
}
+
+ /* Return the new journal mode */
+ return (int)pPager->journalMode;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the current journal mode.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
return (int)pPager->journalMode;
}
/*
+** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
+** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
+** is unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
+ if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
**
** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
if( iLimit>=-1 ){
pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
+ sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
}
return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
}
return &pPager->pBackup;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** 2007 August 27
+** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
+** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
+** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pPager->pWal ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
+ pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
+ pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
+ pnLog, pnCkpt
+ );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
+ return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
+** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
+ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
+ return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
+}
+
+/*
+** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
+** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
+*/
+static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
+ ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */
+ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
+** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
+** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
+** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
+*/
+static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
+ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock);
+
+ /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
+ ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
+ ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
+ ** file, to make sure this is safe.
+ */
+ if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
+ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ }
+
+ /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
+ ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
+ pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
+ pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
+ );
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
+** this function.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
+** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
+** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
+** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
+** not modified in either case.
**
-*************************************************************************
+** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
+** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
+** without doing anything.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
+ Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */
+ int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen );
+ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
+ assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
+ assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
+
+ if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
+ if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+
+ /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
+ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
+
+ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
+ pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
+ }
+ }else{
+ *pbOpen = 1;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
+** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
**
-** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.17 2009/07/20 12:33:33 drh Exp $
+** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
+** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
+** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
+** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
+
+ /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
+ ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
+ ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
+ */
+ if( !pPager->pWal ){
+ int logexists = 0;
+ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
+ pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
+ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
+ ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
+ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
+ pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
+ pPager->pWal = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+/*
+** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
+** into the log file.
**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
+** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
+** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
*/
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
+ void *aData = 0;
+ CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
+ return aData;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
+
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
+
+/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/
/*
-** 2004 April 6
+** 2010 February 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.52 2009/07/15 17:25:46 drh Exp $
**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in
+** "journal_mode=WAL" mode.
+**
+** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT
+**
+** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames".
+** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the
+** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing
+** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that
+** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record
+** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is
+** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a
+** "checkpoint".
+**
+** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the
+** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new
+** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning
+** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are
+** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which
+** are leftovers from prior checkpoints.
+**
+** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight
+** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values:
+**
+** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683
+** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000
+** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024
+** 12: Checkpoint sequence number
+** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint
+** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt
+** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header).
+**
+** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each
+** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a <page-size> bytes
+** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned
+** integer values, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Page number.
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header)
+** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header)
+** 16: Checksum-1.
+** 20: Checksum-2.
+**
+** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are
+** true:
+**
+** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match
+** salt values in the wal-header
+**
+** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header
+** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the
+** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames
+** up to and including the current frame.
+**
+** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the
+** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it
+** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682.
+** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a
+** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute
+** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as
+** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The
+** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows:
+**
+** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2:
+** s0 += x[i] + s1;
+** s1 += x[i+1] + s0;
+** endfor
+**
+** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights
+** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element
+** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit
+** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term.
+**
+** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the
+** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed.
+** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched
+** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the
+** xSync begins.
+**
+** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2
+** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from
+** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together
+** following a crash.
+**
+** READER ALGORITHM
+**
+** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader
+** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the
+** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame
+** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL
+** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit
+** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from
+** the database file.
**
-** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last
+** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value
+** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended
+** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value
+** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot
+** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows
+** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database
+** content simultaneously.
+**
+** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but
+** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the
+** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the
+** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow,
+** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate
+** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the
+** search for frames of a particular page.
+**
+** WAL-INDEX FORMAT
+**
+** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations
+** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because
+** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL
+** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to
+** share memory.
+**
+** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should
+** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required
+** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last
+** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can
+** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform.
+** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values
+** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native
+** byte order of the host computer.
+**
+** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given
+** a page number P, return the index of the last frame for page P in the WAL,
+** or return NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL.
+**
+** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or
+** more index blocks.
+**
+** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL
+** in the the mxFrame field.
+**
+** Each index block except for the first contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and
+** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and
+** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the
+** wal-index.
+**
+** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the
+** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table
+** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number.
+** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE
+** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the
+** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the
+** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block
+** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in
+** the log, and so on.
+**
+** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full
+** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers,
+** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the
+** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely
+** contains unused entries.
+**
+** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P
+** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block
+** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and
+** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the
+** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame
+** holding the content for that page.
+**
+** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers.
+** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the
+** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash
+** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions
+** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an
+** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same
+** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in
+** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will
+** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block
+** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table
+** contain a value of 0.
+**
+** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on
+** P as follows:
+**
+** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT
+**
+** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey
+** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is
+** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot
+** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was
+** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full,
+** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let
+** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused,
+** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists
+** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the
+** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the
+** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references
+** page P.
+**
+** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the
+** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On
+** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be
+** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to
+** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block
+** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient
+** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10
+** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the
+** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This
+** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL.
+**
+** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one
+** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started
+** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL
+** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0.
+** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get
+** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with
+** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused
+** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as
+** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table
+** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the
+** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted
+** later, which is exactly what reader two wants.
+**
+** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries
+** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed
+** from the hash table at this point.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+
+
+/*
+** Trace output macros
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0;
+# define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
+#else
+# define WALTRACE(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats
+** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite.
**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum
+** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not
+** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
**
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
-** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the
+** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not
+** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite
+** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+#define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000
+
+/*
+** Indices of various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number
+** of available reader locks and should be at least 3.
+*/
+#define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0
+#define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1
+#define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1
+#define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2
+#define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I))
+#define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3)
+
+
+/* Object declarations */
+typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr;
+typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator;
+typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo;
+
+
+/*
+** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content.
**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
-** so forth.
+** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this
+** object.
**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive.
+** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was
+** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added.
+*/
+struct WalIndexHdr {
+ u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */
+ u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */
+ u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */
+ u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */
+ u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */
+ u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */
+ u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */
+ u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */
+ u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */
+ u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately
+** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores
+** information used by checkpoint.
+**
+** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written
+** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to
+** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than
+** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads
+** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread).
+** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from
+** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset.
+**
+** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader
+** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than
+** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff)
+** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is
+** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder
+** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content
+** directly from the database.
+**
+** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that
+** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of
+** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark
+** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K).
+**
+** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where
+** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is
+** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the
+** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there
+** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the
+** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything
+** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers
+** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will
+** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore
+** the WAL.
+**
+** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However,
+** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been
+** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL
+** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then
+** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start
+** writing new content beginning at frame 1.
+**
+** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in
+** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries.
+*/
+struct WalCkptInfo {
+ u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */
+ u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */
+};
+#define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff
+
+
+/* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at
+** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems
+** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data
+** from the region of the file on which locks are applied.
+*/
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2 + sizeof(WalCkptInfo))
+#define WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED 16
+#define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET+WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED)
+
+/* Size of header before each frame in wal */
+#define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24
+
+/* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */
+/* #define WAL_HDRSIZE 24 */
+#define WAL_HDRSIZE 32
+
+/* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least
+** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit
+** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file.
**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
-** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
+** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL
+** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit
+** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting
+** all data as 32-bit little-endian words.
+*/
+#define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682
+
+/*
+** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file,
+** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned
+** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header.
+*/
+#define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \
+ WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \
+)
+
+/*
+** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the
+** following object.
+*/
+struct Wal {
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */
+ sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */
+ sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */
+ u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */
+ i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */
+ int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */
+ volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */
+ u32 szPage; /* Database page size */
+ i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */
+ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */
+ u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */
+ u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */
+ u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */
+ WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */
+ const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */
+ u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */
+#endif
+};
+
+/*
+** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode.
+*/
+#define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0
+#define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1
+#define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2
+
+/*
+** Possible values for WAL.readOnly
+*/
+#define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */
+#define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */
+#define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */
+
+/*
+** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of
+** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type.
+*/
+typedef u16 ht_slot;
+
+/*
+** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through
+** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames
+** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the
+** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with
+** the largest index).
**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
+** The internals of this structure are only accessed by:
**
-** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
-** page.
+** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator,
+** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator,
+** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator.
**
-** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
+** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()).
+*/
+struct WalIterator {
+ int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */
+ int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */
+ struct WalSegment {
+ int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */
+ ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */
+ u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */
+ int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */
+ int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */
+ } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */
+};
+
+/*
+** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There
+** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the
+** wal-index.
**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
-** 18 1 File format write version
-** 19 1 File format read version
-** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
-** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
-** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
-** 24 4 File change counter
-** 28 4 Reserved for future use
-** 32 4 First freelist page
-** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
-** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and
+** create incompatibilities.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */
+#define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */
+#define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */
+
+/*
+** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a
+** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete
+** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index.
+*/
+#define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)))
+
+/* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */
+#define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \
+ sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index
+** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are
+** numbered from zero.
**
-** 40 4 Schema cookie
-** 44 4 File format of schema layer
-** 48 4 Size of page cache
-** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
-** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
-** 60 4 User version
-** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode
-** 68 4 unused
-** 72 4 unused
-** 76 4 unused
+** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs,
+** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0.
+*/
+static int walIndexPage(Wal *pWal, int iPage, volatile u32 **ppPage){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */
+ if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1);
+ volatile u32 **apNew;
+ apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte);
+ if( !apNew ){
+ *ppPage = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0,
+ sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData));
+ pWal->apWiData = apNew;
+ pWal->nWiData = iPage+1;
+ }
+
+ /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */
+ if( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ);
+ if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ,
+ pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage]
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){
+ pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage];
+ assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index.
+*/
+static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0];
+}
+
+/*
+** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian
+** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting
+** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it
+** returns the value that would be produced by intepreting the 4 bytes
+** of the input value as a little-endian integer.
+*/
+#define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \
+ (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \
+ + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \
+)
+
+/*
+** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in
+** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or
+** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL).
**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning.
**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8.
+*/
+static void walChecksumBytes(
+ int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */
+ u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */
+ int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */
+ const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */
+ u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */
+){
+ u32 s1, s2;
+ u32 *aData = (u32 *)a;
+ u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte];
+
+ if( aIn ){
+ s1 = aIn[0];
+ s2 = aIn[1];
+ }else{
+ s1 = s2 = 0;
+ }
+
+ assert( nByte>=8 );
+ assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 );
+
+ if( nativeCksum ){
+ do {
+ s1 += *aData++ + s2;
+ s2 += *aData++ + s1;
+ }while( aData<aEnd );
+ }else{
+ do {
+ s1 += BYTESWAP32(aData[0]) + s2;
+ s2 += BYTESWAP32(aData[1]) + s1;
+ aData += 2;
+ }while( aData<aEnd );
+ }
+
+ aOut[0] = s1;
+ aOut[1] = s2;
+}
+
+static void walShmBarrier(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index.
**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-** |----------------|
-** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
-** |----------------|
-** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
-** |----------------|
-** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
-** | array | | Grows downward
-** | | v
-** |----------------|
-** | unallocated |
-** | space |
-** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
-** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-** | area | | and free space fragments.
-** |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
-** 3 2 number of cells on this page
-** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
-** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
-** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
-** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
-** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
-** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
-** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
-** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
-** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
-** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-** * Payload
-** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
-**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next overflow page
-** * Data
-**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
-**
-** SIZE DESCRIPTION
-** 4 Page number of next trunk page
-** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
-** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
+** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written.
*/
+static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){
+ volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+ const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum);
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ pWal->hdr.isInit = 1;
+ pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION;
+ walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum);
+ memcpy((void *)&aHdr[1], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ memcpy((void *)&aHdr[0], (void *)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+}
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
+/*
+** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer
+** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of
+** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows:
+**
+** 0: Page number.
+** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages
+** after the commit. For all other records, zero.
+** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header)
+** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header)
+** 16: Checksum-1.
+** 20: Checksum-2.
*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8)
+static void walEncodeFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
+ u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */
+ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */
+ u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */
+){
+ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate);
+ memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
+ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]);
+}
/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
-**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
+** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content
+** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and
+** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
+static int walDecodeFrame(
+ Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */
+ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */
+ u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */
+ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */
+ u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */
+){
+ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */
+ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum;
+ u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */
+ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 );
+
+ /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header
+ ** match the salt values in the wal-header.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero.
+ */
+ pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]);
+ if( pgno==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header,
+ ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header,
+ ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8
+ ** bytes of this frame-header.
+ */
+ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum);
+ walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum);
+ if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16])
+ || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20])
+ ){
+ /* Checksum failed. */
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number
+ ** and the new database size.
+ */
+ *piPage = pgno;
+ *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
+** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not
+** a part of an ordinary build.
*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
+static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){
+ if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){
+ return "WRITE-LOCK";
+ }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){
+ return "CKPT-LOCK";
+ }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){
+ return "RECOVER-LOCK";
+ }else{
+ static char zName[15];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]",
+ lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ return zName;
+ }
+}
+#endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
+
/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive.
+** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go
+** through the unlocked state first.
**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
+** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops.
*/
-struct MemPage {
- u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
- u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
- u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
- u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
- u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
- u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
- u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
- u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
- u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
- u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
- u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
- struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
- u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
- } aOvfl[5];
- BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
- u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
- Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
-};
+static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+ int rc;
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+ (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1,
+ SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx)));
+}
+static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+ int rc;
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+ SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); )
+ return rc;
+}
+static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return;
+ (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n,
+ SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal,
+ walLockName(lockIdx), n));
+}
/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
+** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land
+** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances
+** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision.
*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
+static int walHash(u32 iPage){
+ assert( iPage>0 );
+ assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 );
+ return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){
+ return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on
+** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages
+** numbered starting from 0.
+**
+** Set output variable *paHash to point to the start of the hash table
+** in the wal-index file. Set *piZero to one less than the frame
+** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a
+** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number
+** (*piZero+N) in the log.
+**
+** Finally, set *paPgno so that *paPgno[1] is the page number of the
+** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (*piZero+1).
+*/
+static int walHashGet(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
+ int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */
+ volatile ht_slot **paHash, /* OUT: Pointer to hash index */
+ volatile u32 **paPgno, /* OUT: Pointer to page number array */
+ u32 *piZero /* OUT: Frame associated with *paPgno[0] */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &aPgno);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u32 iZero;
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+
+ aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+ if( iHash==0 ){
+ aPgno = &aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)];
+ iZero = 0;
+ }else{
+ iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+ }
+
+ *paPgno = &aPgno[-1];
+ *paHash = aHash;
+ *piZero = iZero;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
+** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table
+** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame
+** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages
+** are numbered starting from 0.
*/
-struct BtLock {
- Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
- Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
- u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
- BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
+static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){
+ int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE;
+ assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+ && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)
+ && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+ && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)
+ && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE))
+ );
+ return iHash;
+}
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK 1
-#define WRITE_LOCK 2
+/*
+** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL.
+*/
+static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){
+ int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame);
+ if( iHash==0 ){
+ return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1];
+ }
+ return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE];
+}
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
+/*
+** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater
+** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
-** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection
-** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
+** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due
+** to a rollback or savepoint.
**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
+** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be
+** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when
+** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are
+** actually needed.
*/
-struct Btree {
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
- BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
- u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
- u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
- u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
- int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
- int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
- Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
- Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */
-#endif
-};
+static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Pointer to hash table to clear */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array for hash table */
+ u32 iZero = 0; /* frame == (aHash[x]+iZero) */
+ int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */
+
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE );
+ testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 );
+
+ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return;
+
+ /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing
+ ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed
+ ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) );
+ assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] );
+ walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+ /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater
+ ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ */
+ iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - iZero;
+ assert( iLimit>0 );
+ for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){
+ if( aHash[i]>iLimit ){
+ aHash[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with
+ ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
+ */
+ nByte = (int)((char *)aHash - (char *)&aPgno[iLimit+1]);
+ memset((void *)&aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte);
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable
+ ** via the hash table even after the cleanup.
+ */
+ if( iLimit ){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int iKey; /* Hash key */
+ for(i=1; i<=iLimit; i++){
+ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+ }
+ assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+}
+
/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
+** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number
+** pPage into WAL frame iFrame.
*/
-#define TRANS_NONE 0
-#define TRANS_READ 1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
+static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ u32 iZero = 0; /* One less than frame number of aPgno[1] */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno = 0; /* Page number array */
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash = 0; /* Hash table */
+
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+
+ /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the
+ ** page number array and hash table entry.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iKey; /* Hash table key */
+ int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */
+ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */
+
+ idx = iFrame - iZero;
+ assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 );
+
+ /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the
+ ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceding.
+ */
+ if( idx==1 ){
+ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&aPgno[1]);
+ memset((void*)&aPgno[1], 0, nByte);
+ }
+
+ /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer
+ ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after
+ ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory).
+ ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from
+ ** the hash-table before writing any new entries.
+ */
+ if( aPgno[idx] ){
+ walCleanupHash(pWal);
+ assert( !aPgno[idx] );
+ }
+
+ /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */
+ nCollide = idx;
+ for(iKey=walHash(iPage); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ aPgno[idx] = iPage;
+ aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals
+ ** the number of entries in the mapping region.
+ */
+ {
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */
+ for(i=0; i<HASHTABLE_NSLOT; i++){ if( aHash[i] ) nEntry++; }
+ assert( nEntry==idx );
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is reachable
+ ** via the hash table. This turns out to be a really, really expensive
+ ** thing to check, so only do this occasionally - not on every
+ ** iteration.
+ */
+ if( (idx&0x3ff)==0 ){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ for(i=1; i<=idx; i++){
+ for(iKey=walHash(aPgno[i]); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ if( aHash[iKey]==i ) break;
+ }
+ assert( aHash[iKey]==i );
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
+ }
+
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-**
-** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
-** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-**
-** isPending:
-**
-** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
-** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
-** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
-** set to true.
-**
-** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
-** the following occur:
-**
-** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
-** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
-**
-** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
-** transaction.
+** Recover the wal-index by reading the write-ahead log file.
**
-** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
+** This routine first tries to establish an exclusive lock on the
+** wal-index to prevent other threads/processes from doing anything
+** with the WAL or wal-index while recovery is running. The
+** WAL_RECOVER_LOCK is also held so that other threads will know
+** that this thread is running recovery. If unable to establish
+** the necessary locks, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.
*/
-struct BtShared {
- Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
- sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
- BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
- MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
- u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
- u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
- u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+static int walIndexRecover(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ i64 nSize; /* Size of log file */
+ u32 aFrameCksum[2] = {0, 0};
+ int iLock; /* Lock offset to lock for checkpoint */
+ int nLock; /* Number of locks to hold */
+
+ /* Obtain an exclusive lock on all byte in the locking range not already
+ ** locked by the caller. The caller is guaranteed to have locked the
+ ** WAL_WRITE_LOCK byte, and may have also locked the WAL_CKPT_LOCK byte.
+ ** If successful, the same bytes that are locked here are unlocked before
+ ** this function returns.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+ assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 );
+ assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock;
+ nLock = SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK - iLock;
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal));
+
+ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto recovery_error;
+ }
+
+ if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){
+ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */
+ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */
+ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */
+ int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */
+ int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */
+ u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+ u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */
+
+ /* Read in the WAL header. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto recovery_error;
+ }
+
+ /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than
+ ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid
+ ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole
+ ** WAL file.
+ */
+ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]);
+ szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]);
+ if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC
+ || szPage&(szPage-1)
+ || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || szPage<512
+ ){
+ goto finished;
+ }
+ pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001);
+ pWal->szPage = szPage;
+ pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]);
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8);
+
+ /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */
+ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN,
+ aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum
+ );
+ if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24])
+ || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28])
+ ){
+ goto finished;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that
+ ** are able to understand */
+ version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]);
+ if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
+ goto finished;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */
+ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc(szFrame);
+ if( !aFrame ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto recovery_error;
+ }
+ aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE];
+
+ /* Read all frames from the log file. */
+ iFrame = 0;
+ for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){
+ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */
+ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */
+ int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */
+
+ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame);
+ if( !isValid ) break;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, ++iFrame, pgno);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+
+ /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */
+ if( nTruncate ){
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+ pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(aFrame);
+ }
+
+finished:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo;
+ int i;
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1];
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+
+ /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is
+ ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and
+ ** checkpointers.
+ */
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+ pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+
+ /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an
+ ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance
+ ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without
+ ** checkpointing the log file.
+ */
+ if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "Recovered %d frames from WAL file %s",
+ pWal->hdr.nPage, pWal->zWalName
+ );
+ }
+ }
+
+recovery_error:
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, nLock);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an open wal-index.
+*/
+static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pWal->nWiData; i++){
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]);
+ pWal->apWiData[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must
+** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points
+** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle.
+**
+** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function
+** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other
+** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process
+** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the
+** system would be badly broken.
+**
+** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and
+** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */
+ sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */
+ const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */
+ int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */
+ i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */
+ Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */
+ int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */
+
+ assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] );
+ assert( pDbFd );
+
+ /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before
+ ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets
+ ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value.
+ */
+#ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE
+ assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
#endif
- u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
- u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
- u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
- u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
- u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
- int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
- void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
- void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
- Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
- BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
- BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
- Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
- u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */
- u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */
+#ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE
+ assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET );
#endif
- u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
+
+
+ /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */
+ *ppWal = 0;
+ pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ pRet->pVfs = pVfs;
+ pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1];
+ pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd;
+ pRet->readLock = -1;
+ pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize;
+ pRet->zWalName = zWalName;
+ pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE);
+
+ /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */
+ flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL);
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
+ pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY;
+ }
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walIndexClose(pRet, 0);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd);
+ sqlite3_free(pRet);
+ }else{
+ *ppWal = pRet;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet));
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset.
*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
- i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
- u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
- u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
- u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
- u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
- u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
- u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){
+ if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit;
+}
/*
-** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
-** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
-** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
-** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that
+** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the
+** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where
+** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page
+** number.
**
-** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
-** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page
+** number larger than *piPage, then return 1.
*/
-#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
+static int walIteratorNext(
+ WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */
+ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */
+ u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */
+){
+ u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */
+ u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */
+ int i; /* For looping through segments */
+
+ iMin = p->iPrior;
+ assert( iMin<0xffffffff );
+ for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){
+ struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i];
+ while( pSegment->iNext<pSegment->nEntry ){
+ u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]];
+ if( iPg>iMin ){
+ if( iPg<iRet ){
+ iRet = iPg;
+ *piFrame = pSegment->iZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext];
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ pSegment->iNext++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet;
+ return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF);
+}
/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
+** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list.
**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is
+** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following
+** is guaranteed for all J<K:
**
-** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
- Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
- BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
- Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
- sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */
- CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
- u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
- u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
- u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
- u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
- void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
- i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
- int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
- Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-#endif
- i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
- MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
- u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
-};
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+** aContent[aLeft[J]] < aContent[aLeft[K]]
+** aContent[aRight[J]] < aContent[aRight[K]]
**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+** This routine overwrites aRight[] with a new (probably longer) sequence
+** of indices such that the aRight[] contains every index that appears in
+** either aLeft[] or the old aRight[] and such that the second condition
+** above is still met.
**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
-** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-** called.
+** The aContent[aLeft[X]] values will be unique for all X. And the
+** aContent[aRight[X]] values will be unique too. But there might be
+** one or more combinations of X and Y such that
**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
-** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
-** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-** seek the cursor to the saved position.
+** aLeft[X]!=aRight[Y] && aContent[aLeft[X]] == aContent[aRight[Y]]
**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
-** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+** When that happens, omit the aLeft[X] and use the aRight[Y] index.
*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
-#define CURSOR_VALID 1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
-#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
+static void walMerge(
+ const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal - keys for the sort */
+ ht_slot *aLeft, /* IN: Left hand input list */
+ int nLeft, /* IN: Elements in array *paLeft */
+ ht_slot **paRight, /* IN/OUT: Right hand input list */
+ int *pnRight, /* IN/OUT: Elements in *paRight */
+ ht_slot *aTmp /* Temporary buffer */
+){
+ int iLeft = 0; /* Current index in aLeft */
+ int iRight = 0; /* Current index in aRight */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Current index in output buffer */
+ int nRight = *pnRight;
+ ht_slot *aRight = *paRight;
+
+ assert( nLeft>0 && nRight>0 );
+ while( iRight<nRight || iLeft<nLeft ){
+ ht_slot logpage;
+ Pgno dbpage;
+
+ if( (iLeft<nLeft)
+ && (iRight>=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]<aContent[aRight[iRight]])
+ ){
+ logpage = aLeft[iLeft++];
+ }else{
+ logpage = aRight[iRight++];
+ }
+ dbpage = aContent[logpage];
-/*
-** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-*/
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
+ aTmp[iOut++] = logpage;
+ if( iLeft<nLeft && aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]==dbpage ) iLeft++;
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
+ assert( iLeft>=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage );
+ assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage );
+ }
+
+ *paRight = aLeft;
+ *pnRight = iOut;
+ memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut);
+}
/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key.
+** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the
+** larger aList[] values.
**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-** used in this case.
+** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in
+** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J<K:
**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
-** is not used in this case.
+** aContent[aList[J]] < aContent[aList[K]]
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+** For any X and Y such that
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-** page in the overflow page list.
+** aContent[aList[X]] == aContent[aList[Y]]
**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-** identifies the parent page in the btree.
+** Keep the larger of the two values aList[X] and aList[Y] and discard
+** the smaller.
*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
+static void walMergesort(
+ const u32 *aContent, /* Pages in wal */
+ ht_slot *aBuffer, /* Buffer of at least *pnList items to use */
+ ht_slot *aList, /* IN/OUT: List to sort */
+ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Number of elements in aList[] */
+){
+ struct Sublist {
+ int nList; /* Number of elements in aList */
+ ht_slot *aList; /* Pointer to sub-list content */
+ };
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
- assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
+ const int nList = *pnList; /* Size of input list */
+ int nMerge = 0; /* Number of elements in list aMerge */
+ ht_slot *aMerge = 0; /* List to be merged */
+ int iList; /* Index into input list */
+ int iSub = 0; /* Index into aSub array */
+ struct Sublist aSub[13]; /* Array of sub-lists */
+ memset(aSub, 0, sizeof(aSub));
+ assert( nList<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE && nList>0 );
+ assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) );
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
+ for(iList=0; iList<nList; iList++){
+ nMerge = 1;
+ aMerge = &aList[iList];
+ for(iSub=0; iList & (1<<iSub); iSub++){
+ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+ assert( p->aList && p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+ assert( p->aList==&aList[iList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+ walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+ }
+ aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge;
+ aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge;
+ }
+ for(iSub++; iSub<ArraySize(aSub); iSub++){
+ if( nList & (1<<iSub) ){
+ struct Sublist *p = &aSub[iSub];
+ assert( p->nList<=(1<<iSub) );
+ assert( p->aList==&aList[nList&~((2<<iSub)-1)] );
+ walMerge(aContent, p->aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer);
+ }
+ }
+ assert( aMerge==aList );
+ *pnList = nMerge;
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ {
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){
+ assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] );
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit().
*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
- BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
- Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
- Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
- int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
- int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
- int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
- int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
- StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-};
+static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(p);
+}
/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
+** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all
+** pages in the WAL in ascending order. The caller must hold the checkpoint
+** lock.
+**
+** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object
+** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine
+** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined.
+**
+** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the
+** WalIterator object when it has finished with it.
*/
-#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, WalIterator **pp){
+ WalIterator *p; /* Return value */
+ int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */
+ u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And
+ ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0).
+ */
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 );
+ iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
-/*
-** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
-** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
-** p->locked boolean to true.
-*/
-static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
- assert( p->locked==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */
+ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1;
+ nByte = sizeof(WalIterator)
+ + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment)
+ + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot);
+ p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(nByte);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
+ p->nSegment = nSegment;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- p->locked = 1;
+ /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block
+ ** of memory will be freed before this function returns.
+ */
+ aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3ScratchMalloc(
+ sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast)
+ );
+ if( !aTmp ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nSegment; i++){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash;
+ u32 iZero;
+ volatile u32 *aPgno;
+
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, i, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int j; /* Counter variable */
+ int nEntry; /* Number of entries in this segment */
+ ht_slot *aIndex; /* Sorted index for this segment */
+
+ aPgno++;
+ if( (i+1)==nSegment ){
+ nEntry = (int)(iLast - iZero);
+ }else{
+ nEntry = (int)((u32*)aHash - (u32*)aPgno);
+ }
+ aIndex = &((ht_slot *)&p->aSegment[p->nSegment])[iZero];
+ iZero++;
+
+ for(j=0; j<nEntry; j++){
+ aIndex[j] = (ht_slot)j;
+ }
+ walMergesort((u32 *)aPgno, aTmp, aIndex, &nEntry);
+ p->aSegment[i].iZero = iZero;
+ p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry;
+ p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex;
+ p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)aPgno;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(aTmp);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ walIteratorFree(p);
+ }
+ *pp = p;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
-** clear the p->locked boolean.
+** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and
+** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a
+** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the
+** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0.
*/
-static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
- assert( p->locked==1 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- assert( p->db==p->pBt->db );
+static int walBusyLock(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */
+ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */
+){
+ int rc;
+ do {
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n);
+ }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) );
+ return rc;
+}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
- p->locked = 0;
+/*
+** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function.
+** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database.
+*/
+static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){
+ return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
}
/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file
+** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent.
**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
+** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited
+** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page
+** that a concurrent reader might be using.
**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
+** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when
+** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if
+** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background
+** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call.
+**
+** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and
+** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent
+** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset.
+**
+** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire
+** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes
+** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the
+** database file.
+**
+** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header.
+** This is the only routine tha will increase the value of nBackfill.
+** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase
+** its value.)
+**
+** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other
+** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same
+** time.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
- Btree *pLater;
-
- /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
- ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
- ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
- ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
- assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
- assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
-
- /* Check for locking consistency */
- assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
- assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
+static int walCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
+ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+ int (*xBusyCall)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */
+ u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int szPage; /* Database page-size */
+ WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */
+ u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */
+ u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */
+ u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */
+ u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*) = 0; /* Function to call when waiting for locks */
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ szPage = walPagesize(pWal);
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill>=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
- ** should already be set correctly. */
- assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+ /* Allocate the iterator */
+ rc = walIteratorInit(pWal, &pIter);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pIter );
- if( !p->sharable ) return;
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( p->locked ) return;
+ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ) xBusy = xBusyCall;
- /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
- ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
- ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
+ /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is
+ ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might
+ ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus
+ ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL.
*/
- if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
- p->locked = 1;
- return;
+ mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ u32 y = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+ if( mxSafeFrame>y ){
+ assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ mxSafeFrame = y;
+ xBusy = 0;
+ }else{
+ goto walcheckpoint_out;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
- ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
- ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
- ** order.
- */
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- assert( pLater->sharable );
- assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
- assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
- if( pLater->locked ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill<mxSafeFrame
+ && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1))==SQLITE_OK
+ ){
+ i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */
+ u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill;
+
+ /* Sync the WAL to disk */
+ if( sync_flags ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
}
+
+ /* If the database file may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint
+ ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage);
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSize<nReq ){
+ sqlite3OsFileControl(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file. */
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){
+ i64 iOffset;
+ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage );
+ if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ) continue;
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */
+ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage;
+ testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ }
+
+ /* If work was actually accomplished... */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){
+ i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage;
+ testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) );
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sync_flags ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, sync_flags);
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1);
}
- lockBtreeMutex(p);
- for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- if( pLater->wantToLock ){
- lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure
+ ** just because there are active readers. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART operation, and the entire wal
+ ** file has been copied into the database file, then block until all
+ ** readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that the next
+ ** process to write to the database restarts the wal file.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+ assert( mxSafeFrame==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ }
}
}
+
+ walcheckpoint_out:
+ walIteratorFree(pIter);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
+** Close a connection to a log file.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
- if( p->sharable ){
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+ int nBuf,
+ u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( pWal ){
+ int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */
+
+ /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the
+ ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the
+ ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to
+ ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both
+ ** the wal and wal-index files.
+ **
+ ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ pWal, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ isDelete = 1;
+ }
}
+
+ walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete);
+ sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd);
+ if( isDelete ){
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0);
+ }
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal));
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData);
+ sqlite3_free(pWal);
}
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
-** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
+** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if
+** there is a problem.
**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might
+** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to
+** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected
+** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by
+** a checksum on the header.
+**
+** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from
+** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header
+** and *pChanged is set to 1.
+**
+** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header
+** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */
+ WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */
+ WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */
- return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
-}
-#endif
+ /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */
+ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] );
+ /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the
+ ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP,
+ ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read
+ ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero.
+ **
+ ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index.
+ ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order.
+ ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from
+ ** reordering the reads and writes.
+ */
+ aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal);
+ memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2));
+
+ if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){
+ return 1; /* Dirty read */
+ }
+ if( h1.isInit==0 ){
+ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */
+ }
+ walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum);
+ if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){
+ return 1; /* Checksum does not match */
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+ *pChanged = 1;
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+ testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 );
+ }
+ /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */
+ return 0;
+}
/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
+** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr.
+** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the
+** wal-index from the WAL before returning.
**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is
+** changed by this opertion. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged
+** to 0.
**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
+** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK.
+** Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p, *pLater;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
- if( p && p->sharable ){
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( !p->locked ){
- assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
- while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
- /* Reason for ALWAYS: There must be at least on unlocked Btree in
- ** the chain. Otherwise the !p->locked test above would have failed */
- while( p->locked && ALWAYS(p->pNext) ) p = p->pNext;
- for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
- if( pLater->locked ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
- }
- }
- while( p ){
- lockBtreeMutex(p);
- p = p->pNext;
+static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */
+ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */
+
+ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the
+ ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here.
+ */
+ assert( pChanged );
+ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ };
+ assert( page0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+
+ /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the
+ ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually
+ ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently
+ ** being modified by another thread or process.
+ */
+ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1);
+
+ /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race
+ ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again.
+ */
+ assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ if( badHdr ){
+ if( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ){
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK);
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY;
+ }
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){
+ badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ if( badHdr ){
+ /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding
+ ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and
+ ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that.
+ */
+ rc = walIndexRecover(pWal);
+ *pChanged = 1;
}
}
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
}
}
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- Btree *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable ){
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(p);
- }
- }
+
+ /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make
+ ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that
+ ** this version of SQLite cannot understand.
+ */
+ if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
}
+
+ return rc;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
-**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
- return 0;
+** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to
+** be retried.
+*/
+#define WAL_RETRY (-1)
+
+/*
+** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or
+** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to
+** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately.
+**
+** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an
+** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running
+** recovery) return a positive error code.
+**
+** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable
+** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely
+** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr()
+** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the
+** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication
+** to the caller that the local paget cache is obsolete and needs to be
+** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already
+** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused.
+**
+** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to
+** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY.
+** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the
+** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive
+** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The
+** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue
+** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small
+** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really
+** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that
+** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe.
+**
+** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on
+** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is
+** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1)
+** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not
+** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and
+** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will
+** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0
+** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL
+** completely and get all content directly from the database file.
+** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and
+** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success.
+** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the
+** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1.
+**
+** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header
+** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the
+** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might
+** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does
+** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding
+** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values.
+*/
+static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */
+ u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */
+ int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */
+
+ /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error.
+ **
+ ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest
+ ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the
+ ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But
+ ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get
+ ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve,
+ ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case,
+ ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free.
+ **
+ ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few
+ ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this
+ ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th
+ ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer,
+ ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 21 milliseconds.
+ ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 1 second.
+ */
+ if( cnt>5 ){
+ int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */
+ if( cnt>100 ){
+ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; )
+ return SQLITE_PROTOCOL;
+ }
+ if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*238; /* Max delay 21ms. Total delay 996ms */
+ sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay);
}
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p;
- p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && p->sharable &&
- (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
- return 0;
+
+ if( !useWal ){
+ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process
+ ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to
+ ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here
+ ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY
+ ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with
+ ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be
+ ** right on the second iteration.
+ */
+ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){
+ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY.
+ ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The
+ ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS
+ ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the
+ ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region
+ ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned.
+ */
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK);
+ rc = WAL_RETRY;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
}
- return 1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-/*
-** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray.
-** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
-** another database connection.
-**
-** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That
-** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
-** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
-** worrying about deadlock.
-**
-** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
-** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
- int i, j;
- BtShared *pBt;
- if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- {
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
+ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty).
+ ** and can be safely ignored.
+ */
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){
+ /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames
+ ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained.
+ ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file,
+ ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy
+ ** snapshoT. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from
+ ** happening, this is usually correct.
+ **
+ ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log
+ ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0)
+ ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may
+ ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before
+ ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file.
+ */
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ return WAL_RETRY;
+ }
+ pWal->readLock = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
}
}
-#endif
- assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
- assert( pArray->nMutex<ArraySize(pArray->aBtree)-1 );
- pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
- if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
- for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
- pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
+
+ /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use
+ ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is
+ ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to
+ ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry.
+ */
+ mxReadMark = 0;
+ mxI = 0;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ u32 thisMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i];
+ if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED );
+ mxReadMark = thisMark;
+ mxI = i;
+ }
+ }
+ /* There was once an "if" here. The extra "{" is to preserve indentation. */
+ {
+ if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0
+ && (mxReadMark<pWal->hdr.mxFrame || mxI==0)
+ ){
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++){
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ mxReadMark = pInfo->aReadMark[i] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ mxI = i;
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1);
+ break;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
}
- pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
- pArray->nMutex++;
- return;
+ }
+ if( mxI==0 ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 );
+ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK;
+ }
+
+ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc;
+ }
+ /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the
+ ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index
+ ** header have changed.
+ **
+ ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change
+ ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained
+ ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility
+ ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames
+ ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been
+ ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things
+ ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of
+ ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry
+ ** instead.
+ **
+ ** This does not guarantee that the copy of the wal-index header is up to
+ ** date before proceeding. That would not be possible without somehow
+ ** blocking writers. It only guarantees that a dangerous checkpoint or
+ ** log-wrap (either of which would require an exclusive lock on
+ ** WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)) has not occurred since the snapshot was valid.
+ */
+ walShmBarrier(pWal);
+ if( pInfo->aReadMark[mxI]!=mxReadMark
+ || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))
+ ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI));
+ return WAL_RETRY;
+ }else{
+ assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI;
}
}
- pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is
-** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are
-** exited at the end of the same function.
+** Begin a read transaction on the database.
+**
+** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason:
+** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current
+** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot.
+** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but
+** that extra content is ignored by the current thread.
+**
+** If the database contents have changes since the previous read
+** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The
+** Pager layer will use this to know that is cache is stale and
+** needs to be flushed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
- /* Some basic sanity checking */
- assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */
- /* The Btree is sharable because only sharable Btrees are entered
- ** into the array in the first place. */
- assert( p->sharable );
+ do{
+ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt);
+ }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY );
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
+}
- p->wantToLock++;
- if( !p->locked ){
- lockBtreeMutex(p);
- }
+/*
+** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the
+** read-lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+ if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+ pWal->readLock = -1;
}
}
/*
-** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
+** Read a page from the WAL, if it is present in the WAL and if the
+** current read transaction is configured to use the WAL.
+**
+** The *pInWal is set to 1 if the requested page is in the WAL and
+** has been loaded. Or *pInWal is set to 0 if the page was not in
+** the WAL and needs to be read out of the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
- Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
- /* Some basic sanity checking */
- assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
- assert( p->locked );
- assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalRead(
+ Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */
+ int *pInWal, /* OUT: True if data is read from WAL */
+ int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */
+ u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */
+){
+ u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */
+ u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */
+ int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */
- /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
- p->wantToLock--;
- if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
- unlockBtreeMutex(p);
- }
+ /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then
+ ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early
+ ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0,
+ ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the
+ ** WAL were empty.
+ */
+ if( iLast==0 || pWal->readLock==0 ){
+ *pInWal = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p ){
- p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number
+ ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one
+ ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames).
+ **
+ ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend()
+ ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash
+ ** table). This means the value just read from the hash
+ ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the
+ ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the
+ ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly -
+ ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume
+ ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was
+ ** opened remain unmodified.
+ **
+ ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner
+ ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required
+ ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table:
+ **
+ ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno):
+ ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions.
+ **
+ ** (iFrame<=iLast):
+ ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash
+ ** table after the current read-transaction had started.
+ */
+ for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=0 && iRead==0; iHash--){
+ volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Pointer to hash table */
+ volatile u32 *aPgno; /* Pointer to array of page numbers */
+ u32 iZero; /* Frame number corresponding to aPgno[0] */
+ int iKey; /* Hash slot index */
+ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */
+ int rc; /* Error code */
+
+ rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &aHash, &aPgno, &iZero);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT;
+ for(iKey=walHash(pgno); aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){
+ u32 iFrame = aHash[iKey] + iZero;
+ if( iFrame<=iLast && aPgno[aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){
+ assert( iFrame>iRead );
+ iRead = iFrame;
+ }
+ if( (nCollide--)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
}
}
-}
-#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btree.c,v 1.705 2009/08/10 03:57:58 shane Exp $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
+ /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search
+ ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the
+ ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */
+ {
+ u32 iRead2 = 0;
+ u32 iTest;
+ for(iTest=iLast; iTest>0; iTest--){
+ if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){
+ iRead2 = iTest;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( iRead==iRead2 );
+ }
#endif
+ /* If iRead is non-zero, then it is the log frame number that contains the
+ ** required page. Read and return data from the log file.
+ */
+ if( iRead ){
+ int sz;
+ i64 iOffset;
+ sz = pWal->hdr.szPage;
+ sz = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16);
+ testcase( sz<=32768 );
+ testcase( sz>=65536 );
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ *pInWal = 1;
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+ return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, nOut, iOffset);
+ }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
-** test builds.
-**
-** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
+ *pInWal = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
+/*
+** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){
+ return pWal->hdr.nPage;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /*
- ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
- ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
- ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
- ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
- ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
- ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
- ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
- */
- #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
- #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
- #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
- #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
- #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. It checks
-** that connection p holds the required locks to read or write to the
-** b-tree with root page iRoot. If so, true is returned. Otherwise, false.
-** For example, when writing to a table b-tree with root-page iRoot via
-** Btree connection pBtree:
+/*
+** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL.
**
-** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call
+** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction().
**
-** When writing to an index b-tree that resides in a sharable database, the
-** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
-** the corresponding table b-tree. This makes things a bit more complicated,
-** as this module treats each b-tree as a separate structure. To determine
-** the table b-tree corresponding to the index b-tree being written, this
-** function has to search through the database schema.
+** If another thread or process has written into the database since
+** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this
+** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine
+** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started.
**
-** Instead of a lock on the b-tree rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
-** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
-** acceptable.
+** There can only be a single writer active at a time.
*/
-static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
- Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */
- Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */
- int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
- int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
-){
- Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
- Pgno iTab = 0;
- BtLock *pLock;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc;
- /* If this b-tree database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
- ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
- ** In these cases return true immediately. If the client is reading
- ** or writing an index b-tree, but the schema is not loaded, then return
- ** true also. In this case the lock is required, but it is too difficult
- ** to check if the client actually holds it. This doesn't happen very
- ** often. */
- if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
- || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
- || (isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0 ))
- ){
- return 1;
+ /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read
+ ** transaction. */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+
+ if( pWal->readOnly ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
- ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
- ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
- ** table. */
- if( isIndex ){
- HashElem *p;
- for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
- Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
- if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
- iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
- }
- }
- }else{
- iTab = iRoot;
+ /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable.
+ */
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
- /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
- ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
- ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
- for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
- && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
- && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
- ){
- return 1;
- }
+ /* If another connection has written to the database file since the
+ ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then
+ ** the write is disallowed.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- /* Failed to find the required lock. */
- return 0;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This
+** routine merely releases the lock.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){
+ if( pWal->writeLock ){
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->writeLock = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This function is also used as part of assert() statements only. It
-** returns true if there exist one or more cursors open on the table
-** with root page iRoot that do not belong to either connection pBtree
-** or some other connection that has the read-uncommitted flag set.
+** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this
+** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction.
**
-** For example, before writing to page iRoot:
+** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written
+** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns
+** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is
+** returned to the caller.
**
-** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
+** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this
+** function returns SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
- BtCursor *p;
- for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
- && p->pBtree!=pBtree
- && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){
+ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ Pgno iFrame;
+
+ /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it
+ ** was in before the client began writing to the database.
+ */
+ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+
+ for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1;
+ ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax;
+ iFrame++
){
- return 1;
+ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number
+ ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and
+ ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op
+ ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b)
+ ** is false).
+ **
+ ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there
+ ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And
+ ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is
+ ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail.
+ */
+ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 );
+ rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame));
}
+ walCleanupHash(pWal);
}
- return 0;
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
-/*
-** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
-** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
+/*
+** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32
+** values. This function populates the array with values required to
+** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current
+** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()).
*/
-static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pIter;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0];
+ aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1];
+ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
+}
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
- assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
-
- /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
- ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
- ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
- */
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-
- /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
- if( !p->sharable ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+/*
+** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by
+** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array
+** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated
+** by a call to WalSavepoint().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
- ** requested lock may not be obtained.
- */
- if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
+ assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
- ** statement is a simplification of:
- **
- ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
- **
- ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
- ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
- ** only be a single writer).
+ if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){
+ /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction
+ ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around
+ ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match.
*/
- assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
- if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
- assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
- pBt->isPending = 1;
- }
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+ aWalData[0] = 0;
+ aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( aWalData[0]<pWal->hdr.mxFrame ){
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2];
+ walCleanupHash(pWal);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** This function assumes the following:
-**
-** (a) The specified b-tree connection handle is connected to a sharable
-** b-tree database (one with the BtShared.sharable) flag set, and
-**
-** (b) No other b-tree connection handle holds a lock that conflicts
-** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
-** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log
+** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending
+** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the
+** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so,
+** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left
+** unchanged.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether
+** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned
+** if an error occurs.
*/
-static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock *pLock = 0;
- BtLock *pIter;
+static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int cnt;
+
+ if( pWal->readLock==0 ){
+ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal);
+ assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame );
+ if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){
+ u32 salt1;
+ sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1);
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no
+ ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions
+ ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the
+ ** wal-index header to reflect this.
+ **
+ ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only
+ ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also
+ ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo()
+ ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back.
+ */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */
+
+ /* Limit the size of WAL file if the journal_size_limit PRAGMA is
+ ** set to a non-negative value. Log errors encountered
+ ** during the truncation attempt. */
+ if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){
+ i64 sz;
+ int rx;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz);
+ if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > pWal->mxWalSize) ){
+ rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, pWal->mxWalSize);
+ }
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ if( rx ){
+ sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName);
+ }
+ }
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( p->db!=0 );
+ pWal->nCkpt++;
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0;
+ sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0]));
+ aSalt[1] = salt1;
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+ pInfo->nBackfill = 0;
+ for(i=1; i<WAL_NREADER; i++) pInfo->aReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED;
+ assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 );
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0));
+ pWal->readLock = -1;
+ cnt = 0;
+ do{
+ int notUsed;
+ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt);
+ }while( rc==WAL_RETRY );
+ assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */
+ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL );
+ testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
- ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
- ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
- ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
- assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+/*
+** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock
+** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */
+ int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */
+ PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */
+ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */
+ int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */
+ int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
+){
+ int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */
+ u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */
+ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */
+ PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */
+ PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */
+ int nLast = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */
- /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
- ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
- assert( p->sharable );
- assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+ assert( pList );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock );
- /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
- pLock = pIter;
- break;
- }
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){}
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n",
+ pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill"));
}
+#endif
- /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
- ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+ /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the
+ ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame.
*/
- if( !pLock ){
- pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
- if( !pLock ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pLock->iTable = iTable;
- pLock->pBtree = p;
- pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = pLock;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){
+ return rc;
}
- /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
- ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
- ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
- */
- assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
- if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
- pLock->eLock = eLock;
+ /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL
+ ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of
+ ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format.
+ */
+ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ if( iFrame==0 ){
+ u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */
+ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */
+
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN));
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt);
+ sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt);
+ memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8);
+ walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]);
+ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]);
+
+ pWal->szPage = szPage;
+ pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN;
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0];
+ pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1];
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0);
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
}
+ assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage );
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+ /* Write the log file. */
+ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
+ u32 nDbsize; /* Db-size field for frame header */
+ i64 iOffset; /* Write offset in log file */
+ void *pData;
+
+ iOffset = walFrameOffset(++iFrame, szPage);
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+
+ /* Populate and write the frame header */
+ nDbsize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0;
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+ pData = p->pData;
+#endif
+ walEncodeFrame(pWal, p->pgno, nDbsize, pData, aFrame);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
-** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree handle p.
-**
-** This function assumes that handle p has an open read or write
-** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable
-** may be incorrectly cleared.
-*/
-static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+ /* Write the page data */
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame));
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pLast = p;
+ }
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
- assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+ /* Sync the log file if the 'isSync' flag was specified. */
+ if( sync_flags ){
+ i64 iSegment = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pWal->pWalFd);
+ i64 iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage);
- while( *ppIter ){
- BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
- assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
- assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
- if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
- *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
- assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
- if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
- sqlite3_free(pLock);
+ assert( isCommit );
+ assert( iSegment>0 );
+
+ iSegment = (((iOffset+iSegment-1)/iSegment) * iSegment);
+ while( iOffset<iSegment ){
+ void *pData;
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
+ if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pLast))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+#else
+ pData = pLast->pData;
+#endif
+ walEncodeFrame(pWal, pLast->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame);
+ /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- }else{
- ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+ iOffset += WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE;
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOffset);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ nLast++;
+ iOffset += szPage;
}
+
+ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, sync_flags);
}
- assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter );
- if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
- pBt->pWriter = 0;
- pBt->isExclusive = 0;
- pBt->isPending = 0;
- }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
- /* This function is called when connection p is concluding its
- ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
- ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
- ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
- ** set the isPending flag to 0.
- **
- ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must
- ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
- */
- pBt->isPending = 0;
+ /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the
+ ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index
+ ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may
+ ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten.
+ */
+ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){
+ iFrame++;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno);
+ }
+ while( nLast>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ iFrame++;
+ nLast--;
+ rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno);
}
-}
-/*
-** This function changes all write-locks held by connection p to read-locks.
-*/
-static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
- BtLock *pLock;
- pBt->pWriter = 0;
- pBt->isExclusive = 0;
- pBt->isPending = 0;
- for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
- assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
- pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Update the private copy of the header. */
+ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16));
+ testcase( szPage<=32768 );
+ testcase( szPage>=65536 );
+ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame;
+ if( isCommit ){
+ pWal->hdr.iChange++;
+ pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate;
+ }
+ /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */
+ if( isCommit ){
+ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal);
+ pWal->iCallback = iFrame;
}
}
+
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+/*
+** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and
+** related interfaces.
+**
+** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as
+** we can from WAL into the database.
+**
+** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler
+** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint(
+ Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */
+ int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */
+ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */
+ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
+ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */
+ int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */
+ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */
+ int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
+ assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 );
+ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
-/*
-** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
- return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
-#endif
+ if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal));
+ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc ){
+ /* Usually this is SQLITE_BUSY meaning that another thread or process
+ ** is already running a checkpoint, or maybe a recovery. But it might
+ ** also be SQLITE_IOERR. */
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pWal->ckptLock = 1;
+ /* If this is a blocking-checkpoint, then obtain the write-lock as well
+ ** to prevent any writers from running while the checkpoint is underway.
+ ** This has to be done before the call to walIndexReadHdr() below.
+ **
+ ** If the writer lock cannot be obtained, then a passive checkpoint is
+ ** run instead. Since the checkpointer is not holding the writer lock,
+ ** there is no point in blocking waiting for any readers. Assuming no
+ ** other error occurs, this function will return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller.
+ */
+ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){
+ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->writeLock = 1;
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
-*/
-static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
- pCur->aOverflow = 0;
+ /* Read the wal-index header. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged);
+ }
+
+ /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, eMode2, xBusy, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf);
+ }
+
+ /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame;
+ if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( isChanged ){
+ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was
+ ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now
+ ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that
+ ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that
+ ** the cache needs to be reset.
+ */
+ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr));
+ }
+
+ /* Release the locks. */
+ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal);
+ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1);
+ pWal->ckptLock = 0;
+ WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok"));
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc);
}
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+/* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the
+** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since
+** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since
+** the last call, then return 0.
*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- invalidateOverflowCache(p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){
+ u32 ret = 0;
+ if( pWal ){
+ ret = pWal->iCallback;
+ pWal->iCallback = 0;
}
+ return (int)ret;
}
/*
-** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
-** b-tree to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
-** row or one of the rows being modified.
+** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out
+** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.
**
-** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
-** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
-** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE
+** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock
+** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL
+** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the
+** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This
+** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive
+** lock on the main database file.
**
-** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
-** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
-** only those incrblob cursors open on this specific row.
+** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into
+** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must
+** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the
+** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this
+** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock
+** on the main database file before invoking this operation.
+**
+** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do
+** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it
+** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking
+** the op==1 case.
*/
-static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
- Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */
- i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */
- int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */
-){
- BtCursor *p;
- BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
- p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){
+ int rc;
+ assert( pWal->writeLock==0 );
+ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 );
+
+ /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a
+ ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot
+ ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock
+ ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to
+ ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error.
+ */
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError );
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) );
+
+ if( op==0 ){
+ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 0;
+ if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ }
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
+ }else{
+ /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */
+ rc = 0;
}
+ }else if( op>0 ){
+ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==0 );
+ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 );
+ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock));
+ pWal->exclusiveMode = 1;
+ rc = 1;
+ }else{
+ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==0;
}
+ return rc;
}
-#else
- #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
- #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
- #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
-#endif
+/*
+** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using
+** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the
+** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){
+ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE );
+}
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+/************** End of wal.c *************************************************/
+/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
-** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
-** page.
+** 2007 August 27
**
-** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
-** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
-** free-list leaf pages:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
-** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
-** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
-** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
-** why bother journalling it?).
-**
-** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
-** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
-** be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
-** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
-** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
-** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
-** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
-** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
-** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
-** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
-** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
-** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
-** optimization 2 above is ommitted if the corresponding bit is already
-** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
-** at the end of every transaction.
+** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
+** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
+** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
+** a good breakout.
*/
-static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
- int nPage = 100;
- sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- /* If sqlite3PagerPagecount() fails there is no harm because the
- ** nPage variable is unchanged from its default value of 100 */
- pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate((u32)nPage);
- if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
- rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
+/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
+/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
/*
-** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+** 2004 April 6
**
-** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
-** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
-** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
-*/
-static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
- return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
-** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
-*/
-static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
- sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
- pBt->pHasContent = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
-** prior to calling this routine.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
+**
+** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
+** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
+** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
+**
+** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
+** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
+**
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
+** ----------------------------------------------------------------
+**
+** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
+** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
+** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
+** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
+** so forth.
+**
+** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
+** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
+**
+** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
+** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
+** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
+** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
+** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
+** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
+** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
+** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
+** information such as the size of key and data.
+**
+** FORMAT DETAILS
+**
+** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
+** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
+** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536.
+** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow
+** page, or a pointer-map page.
+**
+** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
+** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
+** The format of the file header is as follows:
+**
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
+** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
+** 18 1 File format write version
+** 19 1 File format read version
+** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
+** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
+** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
+** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
+** 24 4 File change counter
+** 28 4 Reserved for future use
+** 32 4 First freelist page
+** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
+** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
+**
+** 40 4 Schema cookie
+** 44 4 File format of schema layer
+** 48 4 Size of page cache
+** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum)
+** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be
+** 60 4 User version
+** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode
+** 68 4 unused
+** 72 4 unused
+** 76 4 unused
+**
+** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
+**
+** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
+** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
+** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
+**
+** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
+** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
+** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
+** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
+** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
+**
+** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
+** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
+** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
+** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
+**
+** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
+** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
+** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
+** not specified in the header.
+**
+** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
+** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
+** file header that occurs before the page header.
+**
+** |----------------|
+** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
+** |----------------|
+** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
+** |----------------|
+** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
+** | array | | Grows downward
+** | | v
+** |----------------|
+** | unallocated |
+** | space |
+** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
+** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
+** | area | | and free space fragments.
+** |----------------|
+**
+** The page headers looks like this:
+**
+** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
+** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
+** 3 2 number of cells on this page
+** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
+** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
+** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
+**
+** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
+** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
+** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
+** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
+** the payload area.
+**
+** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
+** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
+** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
+** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
+** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
+** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
+**
+** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
+** beginning of the page.
+**
+** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
+** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
+** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
+** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
+** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
+** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
+** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
+** in the page header at offset 7.
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
+** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
+**
+** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
+** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
+** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
+** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
+**
+** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
+** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
+** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
+** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
+** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
+** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
+** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
+**
+** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
+** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
+** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
+** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
+** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
+** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
+**
+** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
+** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
+**
+** The content of a cell looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
+** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
+** * Payload
+** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
+**
+** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
+** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
+** as 1 byte of data.
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next overflow page
+** * Data
+**
+** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
+** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
+** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
+** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
+**
+** SIZE DESCRIPTION
+** 4 Page number of next trunk page
+** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
+** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
-
- assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
- assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */
- /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
- ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
- ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
- ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
- ** data.
- */
- if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
- void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
- if( pKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->pKey = pKey;
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(pKey);
- }
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
+/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
+** size give above.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8))
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
- pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
- }
- pCur->iPage = -1;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
- }
+/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
+** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
+** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
+** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
+*/
+#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- return rc;
-}
+/* Forward declarations */
+typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
+typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table
-** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
+** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
+**
+** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
+** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
+** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
+** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
+** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
+** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
+** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
- BtCursor *p;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
- for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
- p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
- int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
+# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
+#endif
/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
+** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
+** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-}
+#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
+#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
+#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
+#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
/*
-** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
-** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
-** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
+** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
+** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
+** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
+**
+** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
+** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
+** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
+** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
+**
+** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
+** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
*/
-static int btreeMoveto(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
- const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
- i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */
- int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */
- int *pRes /* Write search results here */
-){
- int rc; /* Status code */
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */
- char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
+struct MemPage {
+ u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
+ u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
+ u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
+ u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
+ u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
+ u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
+ u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
+ u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
+ u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
+ u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
+ struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
+ u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
+ } aOvfl[5];
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
+ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
+};
- if( pKey ){
- assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
- pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
- aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
- if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pIdxKey = 0;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
- if( pKey ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+/*
+** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
+** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
+** that extra information.
+*/
+#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
-** saveCursorPosition().
+** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
+** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
+** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
+** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
+** a btree handle is closed.
*/
-static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- return pCur->skipNext;
- }
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
- pCur->pKey = 0;
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
- }
- return rc;
-}
+struct BtLock {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
+ Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
+ u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
+ BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
+};
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
- (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
- btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
- SQLITE_OK)
+/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
+#define READ_LOCK 1
+#define WRITE_LOCK 2
-/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
-** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
-** at is deleted out from under them.
+/* A Btree handle
**
-** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The
-** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
+** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
+** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
+** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
+** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
+** this structure.
+**
+** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
+** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection
+** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object
+** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
+** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
+** the BtShared object.
+**
+** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
+** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
+** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
+** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
+** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
- int rc;
+struct Btree {
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
+ u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
+ u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
+ u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
+ int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
+ int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
+ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
+ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */
+#endif
+};
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
- return rc;
- }
- if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){
- *pHasMoved = 1;
- }else{
- *pHasMoved = 0;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
+** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
+**
+** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
+** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
+** but any number may have active read transactions.
*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- int nPagesPerMapPage;
- Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
- iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
- ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
- if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- ret++;
- }
- return ret;
-}
+#define TRANS_NONE 0
+#define TRANS_READ 1
+#define TRANS_WRITE 2
/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
+** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
+**
+** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
+** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
+** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
+** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
+** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
+** connections currently sharing this database file.
**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
+** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
+** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
+** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
+** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
**
-** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
-** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
-** into *pRC.
+** isPending:
+**
+** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
+** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
+** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
+** set to true.
+**
+** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
+** the following occur:
+**
+** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
+** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
+**
+** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
+** transaction.
+**
+** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
*/
-static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
- Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
- int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
- int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */
+struct BtShared {
+ Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
+ BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
+ MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
+ u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
+ u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
+ u8 secureDelete; /* True if secure_delete is enabled */
+ u8 initiallyEmpty; /* Database is empty at start of transaction */
+ u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
+ u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
+#endif
+ u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
+ u8 doNotUseWAL; /* If true, do not open write-ahead-log file */
+ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
+ u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
+ u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
+ u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
+ int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
+ u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
+ void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */
+ Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
+ BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
+ BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
+ Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
+ u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */
+ u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */
+#endif
+ u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
+};
- if( *pRC ) return;
+/*
+** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
+** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
+** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
+*/
+typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
+struct CellInfo {
+ i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
+ u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
+ u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
+ u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
+ u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
+ u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
+};
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
- assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
+/*
+** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
+** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
+** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
+** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
+**
+** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
+** assumed that the database is corrupt.
+*/
+#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- if( key==0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return;
- }
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- if( offset<0 ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto ptrmap_exit;
- }
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+/*
+** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
+** b-tree within a database file.
+**
+** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
+** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
+**
+** A single database file can shared by two more database connections,
+** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
+** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
+**
+** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
+** found at self->pBt->mutex.
+*/
+struct BtCursor {
+ Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
+ BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
+ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
+ sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */
+ CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
+ i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
+ void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
+ int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive */
+ u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
+ u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
+ u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
+ u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
+ u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
+#endif
+ i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
+ u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
+ MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
+};
- if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
- TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
- *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
- put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
- }
- }
+/*
+** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
+**
+** CURSOR_VALID:
+** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
+**
+** CURSOR_INVALID:
+** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
+** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
+** called.
+**
+** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
+** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
+** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
+** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
+** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
+** seek the cursor to the saved position.
+**
+** CURSOR_FAULT:
+** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
+** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
+** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
+** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
+** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
+*/
+#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
+#define CURSOR_VALID 1
+#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
+#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
-ptrmap_exit:
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-}
+/*
+** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
+*/
+# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
+** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
+** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
+** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
+** page number to look up in the pointer map.
**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
+** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
+** the offset of the requested map entry.
+**
+** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
+** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
+** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
+** this test.
*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
- DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
- int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
- u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
- int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
+#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
+#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
- iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- return rc;
- }
- pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+/*
+** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
+** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
+** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
+** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
+** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
+** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
+** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
+**
+** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
+** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
+** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
+** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
+**
+** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
+** used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
+** is not used in this case.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
+** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
+** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
+** page in the overflow page list.
+**
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
+** identifies the parent page in the btree.
+*/
+#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
+#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
+#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
+#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
- offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
- assert( pEType!=0 );
- *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
- if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
+** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
+*/
+#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
+ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
- #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
- #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
- #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+/*
+** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
+** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
+** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
+** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
+** So, this macro is defined instead.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
+#else
+#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
#endif
+
/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
+** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
+** in order to keep track of some global state information.
*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
- ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
+typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
+struct IntegrityCk {
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
+ Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
+ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
+ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
+ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
+ int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
+ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
+};
/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells.
+** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- int i;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
- int k;
- struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
- pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
- k = pOvfl->idx;
- if( k<=iCell ){
- if( k==iCell ){
- return pOvfl->pCell;
- }
- iCell--;
- }
- }
- return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
+#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
+#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
+#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
+#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
+
+/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
-** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a
-** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr()
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
-**
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
+** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
+** p->locked boolean to true.
*/
-static void btreeParseCellPtr(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
- u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
+static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->locked==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ p->locked = 1;
+}
- pInfo->pCell = pCell;
- assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
- n = pPage->childPtrSize;
- assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- }else{
- nPayload = 0;
- }
- n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
- pInfo->nData = nPayload;
- }else{
- pInfo->nData = 0;
- n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
- pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
- }
- pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
- pInfo->nHeader = n;
- testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
- /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
- ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
- */
- int nSize; /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
- nSize = nPayload + n;
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
- pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
- if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){
- nSize = 4; /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- }
- pInfo->nSize = (u16)nSize;
- }else{
- /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
- ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
- ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
- ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
- ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
- **
- ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
- ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
- */
- int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
- int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
- int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+/*
+** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
+** clear the p->locked boolean.
+*/
+static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( p->locked==1 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ assert( p->db==pBt->db );
- minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
- surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
- testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
- if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
- }else{
- pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
- }
- pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
- pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
- }
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
- btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-static void btreeParseCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
- int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
- CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
-){
- parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex);
+ p->locked = 0;
}
/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
+** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
+**
+** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
+** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
+** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
+** of this interface is recursive.
+**
+** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
+** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
+** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
+** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
+** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
+** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
+** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
- u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
- u32 nSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+ Btree *pLater;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
- ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
- ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
- ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
- CellInfo debuginfo;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
-#endif
+ /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
+ ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
+ ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
+ ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
+ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
+ assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- u8 *pEnd;
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
- }else{
- nSize = 0;
- }
+ /* Check for locking consistency */
+ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
- /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
- ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
- ** past the end of the key value. */
- pEnd = &pIter[9];
- while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
- }else{
- pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+ /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
+ ** should already be set correctly. */
+ assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
+
+ if( !p->sharable ) return;
+ p->wantToLock++;
+ if( p->locked ) return;
+
+ /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
+ ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
+ ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+ p->locked = 1;
+ return;
}
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
- int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
- nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
- testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
- if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
- nSize = minLocal;
+ /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
+ ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
+ ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
+ ** order.
+ */
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ assert( pLater->sharable );
+ assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
+ assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
+ if( pLater->locked ){
+ unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
}
- nSize += 4;
}
- nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
-
- /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
- if( nSize<4 ){
- nSize = 4;
+ lockBtreeMutex(p);
+ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
+ if( pLater->wantToLock ){
+ lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
+ }
}
-
- assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
- return (u16)nSize;
-}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
- return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
+** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
-static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
- CellInfo info;
- if( *pRC ) return;
- assert( pCell!=0 );
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
+ p->wantToLock--;
+ if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
+ unlockBtreeMutex(p);
+ }
}
}
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
+** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
+**
+** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+
+ return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
+}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
+** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
+** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
+** omitted if that module is not used.
*/
-static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
- int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
- int size; /* Size of a cell */
- int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
- int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
- int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
- unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
- unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
- int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */
- int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
- assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
- usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
- cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
- cbrk = usableSize;
- iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
- iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
- pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
- pc = get2byte(pAddr);
- testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
- testcase( pc==iCellLast );
-#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
- ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined
- */
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-#endif
- assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
- cbrk -= size;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-#else
- if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-#endif
- assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
- testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
- testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
- memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
- put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
+/*
+** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
+** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
+** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
+** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
+** reset out from under us.
+**
+** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
+**
+** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
+** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
+** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
+** at the same instant.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ) sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
}
- assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
- data[hdr+1] = 0;
- data[hdr+2] = 0;
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
-** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
-** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
-** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
-**
-** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
-** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
-** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using
-** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
-** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
-** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
+** Return true if a particular Btree requires a lock. Return FALSE if
+** no lock is ever required since it is not sharable.
*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
- const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
- u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
- int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
- int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
- int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
- int rc; /* Integer return code */
-
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( nByte<pPage->pBt->usableSize-8 );
-
- nFrag = data[hdr+7];
- assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
- gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- testcase( gap+2==top );
- testcase( gap+1==top );
- testcase( gap==top );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){
+ return p->sharable;
+}
- if( nFrag>=60 ){
- /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
- rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- }else if( gap+2<=top ){
- /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy
- ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in
- ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
- */
- int pc, addr;
- for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
- int size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); /* Size of free slot */
- if( size>=nByte ){
- int x = size - nByte;
- testcase( x==4 );
- testcase( x==3 );
- if( x<4 ){
- /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
- ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
- memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
- data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
- }else{
- /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
- ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
- put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
- }
- *pIdx = pc + x;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
+** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
+**
+** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
+ return 0;
}
-
- /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
- ** the allocation. If not, defragment.
- */
- testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
- if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
- rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- assert( gap+nByte<=top );
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p;
+ p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && p->sharable &&
+ (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
+ return 0;
+ }
}
-
-
- /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
- ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already
- ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there
- ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
- ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
- */
- top -= nByte;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- assert( top+nByte <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- *pIdx = top;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return 1;
}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
+** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the
+** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema
+** access are:
**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
+** (1) The mutex on db
+** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt.
+**
+** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and
+** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex().
*/
-static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
- int addr, pbegin, hdr;
- int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
- assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE
- ** option is enabled at compile-time */
- memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){
+ Btree *p;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema);
+ assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0;
+ if( iDb==1 ) return 1;
+ p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that
- ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
- ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
- ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the
- ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these
- ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
- ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
- ** the freelist.
- */
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- addr = hdr + 1;
- iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
- assert( start<=iLast );
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
- if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- addr = pbegin;
- }
- if( pbegin>iLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
- put2byte(&data[addr], start);
- put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
- put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
- pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
+#else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */
+/*
+** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use
+** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for
+** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and
+** are null #defines in btree.h.
+**
+** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including
+** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h.
+*/
- /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
- addr = hdr + 1;
- while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
- int pnext, psize, x;
- assert( pbegin>addr );
- assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
- pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
- psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
- int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
- if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
- x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
- put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
- x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
- put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
- }else{
- addr = pbegin;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p ){
+ p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
}
-
- /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
- if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
- int top;
- pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
+** 2004 April 6
**
-** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** PTF_ZERODATA
-** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
+** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
+** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
- BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
- assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
- flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
- pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
- if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
- pPage->intKey = 1;
- pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
- }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
- pPage->intKey = 0;
- pPage->hasData = 0;
- pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
- pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+/*
+** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
+** SQLite database.
+*/
+static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
+** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
+** macro.
*/
-static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
+#if 0
+int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */
+# define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
+#else
+# define TRACE(X)
+#endif
- assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
+/*
+** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes.
+** But if the value is zero, make it 65536.
+**
+** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value
+** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page
+** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero.
+** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536.
+*/
+#define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1)
- if( !pPage->isInit ){
- u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
- u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
- u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
- BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
- u16 usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
- u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
- u16 nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
- u16 top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
- int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
- int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
-
- pBt = pPage->pBt;
-
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- data = pPage->aData;
- if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
- pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
- /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
-
- /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
- ** of page when parsing a cell.
- **
- ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
- ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
- ** returned if it does.
- */
- iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
- {
- int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */
- int sz; /* Size of a cell */
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
- testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
- testcase( pc==iCellLast );
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
- testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
- if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
+** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds,
+** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for
+** test builds.
+**
+** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
+#else
+static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
- /* Compute the total free space on the page */
- pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
- while( pc>0 ){
- u16 next, size;
- if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
- /* Start of free block is off the page */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
- size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
- if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
- /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
- ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- nFree = nFree + size;
- pc = next;
- }
-
- /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
- ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
- ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
- ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
- ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
- ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
- */
- if( nFree>usableSize ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
- pPage->isInit = 1;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
+**
+** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
+** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
+** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
- unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- u16 first;
- assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/
- data[hdr] = (char)flags;
- first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
- memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
- data[hdr+7] = 0;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
- pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
- decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
- pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
- pPage->cellOffset = first;
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
- assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
- pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
- pPage->nCell = 0;
- pPage->isInit = 1;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ /*
+ ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(),
+ ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks()
+ ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
+ ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
+ ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
+ ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary.
+ ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
+ */
+ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
+ #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+ #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a)
+ #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1
+ #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0
+#endif
-/*
-** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
-** the btree layer.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
- pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
- pPage->pBt = pBt;
- pPage->pgno = pgno;
- pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
- return pPage;
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. ***
**
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
+** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the
+** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not.
+**
+** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via
+** Btree connection pBtree:
+**
+** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) );
+**
+** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the
+** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of
+** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated,
+** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine
+** the table corresponding to the index being written, this
+** function has to search through the database schema.
+**
+** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may
+** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also
+** acceptable.
*/
-static int btreeGetPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
- int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */
+static int hasSharedCacheTableLock(
+ Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */
+ Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */
+ int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */
+ int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */
){
- int rc;
- DbPage *pDbPage;
+ Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema;
+ Pgno iTab = 0;
+ BtLock *pLock;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading
+ ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required.
+ ** Return true immediately.
+ */
+ if( (pBtree->sharable==0)
+ || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted))
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is
+ ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if
+ ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true.
+ ** This case does not come up very often anyhow.
+ */
+ if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->flags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table
+ ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or
+ ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
+ ** table. */
+ if( isIndex ){
+ HashElem *p;
+ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
+ Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
+ if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
+ iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ iTab = iRoot;
+ }
+
+ /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a
+ ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a
+ ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */
+ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree
+ && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1))
+ && pLock->eLock>=eLockType
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Failed to find the required lock. */
+ return 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
-** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+**** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. ****
+**
+** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the
+** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are
+** simultaneously reading that same table or index.
+**
+** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that
+** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing
+** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the
+** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to
+** have a read cursor.
+**
+** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index
+** rooted at page iRoot, one should call:
+**
+** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) );
*/
-static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
- DbPage *pDbPage;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
- if( pDbPage ){
- return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot
+ && p->pBtree!=pBtree
+ && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)
+ ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
return 0;
}
+#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
-** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock
+** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
+** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling
+** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
*/
-static Pgno pagerPagecount(BtShared *pBt){
- int nPage = -1;
- int rc;
- assert( pBt->pPage1 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || nPage==-1 );
- return (Pgno)nPage;
+static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pIter;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+ assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 );
+
+ /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write
+ ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there
+ ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself.
+ */
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+ /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
+ if( !p->sharable ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
+ ** requested lock may not be obtained.
+ */
+ if( pBt->pWriter!=p && pBt->isExclusive ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db);
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }
+
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...)
+ ** statement is a simplification of:
+ **
+ ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK)
+ **
+ ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection
+ ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can
+ ** only be a single writer).
+ */
+ assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK);
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db);
+ if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){
+ assert( p==pBt->pWriter );
+ pBt->isPending = 1;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a
-** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and
-** btreeInitPage().
+** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
+** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or
+** WRITE_LOCK.
**
-** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
-** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
+** This function assumes the following:
+**
+** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable
+** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and
+**
+** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts
+** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has
+** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK).
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if a malloc attempt fails.
*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
- MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */
-){
- int rc;
- TESTONLY( Pgno iLastPg = pagerPagecount(pBt); )
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock *pLock = 0;
+ BtLock *pIter;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+
+ /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to
+ ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained
+ ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master
+ ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */
+ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
+
+ /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it
+ ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */
+ assert( p->sharable );
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
+
+ /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
+ pLock = pIter;
+ break;
}
}
- /* If the requested page number was either 0 or greater than the page
- ** number of the last page in the database, this function should return
- ** SQLITE_CORRUPT or some other error (i.e. SQLITE_FULL). Check that this
- ** is the case. */
- assert( (pgno>0 && pgno<=iLastPg) || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- testcase( pgno==0 );
- testcase( pgno==iLastPg );
+ /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
+ ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
+ */
+ if( !pLock ){
+ pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
+ if( !pLock ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pLock->iTable = iTable;
+ pLock->pBtree = p;
+ pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
+ pBt->pLock = pLock;
+ }
- return rc;
+ /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
+ ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
+ ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
+ */
+ assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
+ if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
+ pLock->eLock = eLock;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
/*
-** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
-** call to btreeGetPage.
+** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to
+** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p.
+**
+** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write
+** transaction. If it does not, then the BtShared.isPending variable
+** may be incorrectly cleared.
*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
- if( pPage ){
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pPage->pDbPage)>1 );
- assert( pPage->aData );
- assert( pPage->pBt );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
- assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
+static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
+ assert( p->inTrans>0 );
+
+ while( *ppIter ){
+ BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
+ assert( pBt->isExclusive==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree );
+ assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock );
+ if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
+ *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
+ assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock );
+ if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pLock);
+ }
+ }else{
+ ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( pBt->isPending==0 || pBt->pWriter );
+ if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+ pBt->pWriter = 0;
+ pBt->isExclusive = 0;
+ pBt->isPending = 0;
+ }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){
+ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its
+ ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not
+ ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other
+ ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case
+ ** set the isPending flag to 0.
+ **
+ ** If there is not currently a writer, then BtShared.isPending must
+ ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case.
+ */
+ pBt->isPending = 0;
}
}
/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
+** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks.
*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
- MemPage *pPage;
- pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
- assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
- if( pPage->isInit ){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
- /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page
- ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following
- ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
- ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that
- ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
- ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
- btreeInitPage(pPage);
+static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ if( pBt->pWriter==p ){
+ BtLock *pLock;
+ pBt->pWriter = 0;
+ pBt->isExclusive = 0;
+ pBt->isPending = 0;
+ for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){
+ assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p );
+ pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK;
}
}
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
+
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */
+
/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+***** This routine is used inside of assert() only ****
+**
+** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared
*/
-static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
- BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
- assert( pBt->db );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
- return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
+ return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Open a database file.
-**
-** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
-** a new database with a random name is created. This randomly named
-** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
-**
-** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
-** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
-** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared
-** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
-** to problems with locking.
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
- Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
- int flags, /* Options */
- int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS to use for this btree */
- BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
- Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */
- u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */
- unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */
-
- /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
- ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
- ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled
- ** into the library.
- */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
- #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- const int isMemdb = 0;
- #else
- const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
- #endif
-#endif
-
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
- pVfs = db->pVfs;
- p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- p->db = db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- p->lock.pBtree = p;
- p->lock.iTable = 1;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /*
- ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
- ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
- */
- if( isMemdb==0 && zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
- if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
- int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
- char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- p->sharable = 1;
- if( !zFullPathname ){
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
- mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
- assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
- if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
- && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
- int iDb;
- for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
- Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
- if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
- sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- }
- }
- p->pBt = pBt;
- pBt->nRef++;
- break;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- else{
- /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
- ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
- ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
- ** statements to find locking problems.
- */
- p->sharable = 1;
- }
-#endif
- }
-#endif
- if( pBt==0 ){
- /*
- ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
- ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
- ** when compiling on a different architecture.
- */
- assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
- assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
- assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-
- pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
- if( pBt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
- EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- pBt->db = db;
- sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
- p->pBt = pBt;
-
- pBt->pCursor = 0;
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
- pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
- if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
- || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
- pBt->pageSize = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
- ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
- ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
- ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
- ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
- */
- if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
- pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
- }
-#endif
- nReserve = 0;
- }else{
- nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
- if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
- assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
- */
- if( p->sharable ){
- sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
- pBt->nRef = 1;
- mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
- pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
- if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- goto btree_open_out;
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
- pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
- GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
- }
-#endif
- }
+static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
+ pCur->aOverflow = 0;
+}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
- /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
- ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
- ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
- */
- if( p->sharable ){
- int i;
- Btree *pSib;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
- while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
- if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
- p->pNext = pSib;
- p->pPrev = 0;
- pSib->pPrev = p;
- }else{
- while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
- pSib = pSib->pNext;
- }
- p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
- p->pPrev = pSib;
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p;
- }
- pSib->pNext = p;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
+** on the shared btree structure pBt.
+*/
+static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ invalidateOverflowCache(p);
}
-#endif
- *ppBtree = p;
+}
-btree_open_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+/*
+** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table
+** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the
+** row or one of the rows being modified.
+**
+** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the
+** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob
+** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot.
+**
+** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with
+** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate
+** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row.
+*/
+static void invalidateIncrblobCursors(
+ Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */
+ i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */
+ int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */
+){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->isIncrblobHandle && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){
+ p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- *ppBtree = 0;
}
- if( mutexOpen ){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
- }
- return rc;
}
+#else
+ /* Stub functions when INCRBLOB is omitted */
+ #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
+ #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
+ #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
+
/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
+** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called
+** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf
+** page.
+**
+** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure
+** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding
+** free-list leaf pages:
+**
+** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes
+** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database
+** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes
+** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified,
+** why bother journalling it?).
+**
+** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read
+** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it
+** be, if it is not at all meaningful?).
+**
+** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy
+** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if
+** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same
+** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when
+** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it
+** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data
+** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible
+** to restore the database to its original configuration.
+**
+** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is
+** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is
+** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list,
+** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already
+** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared
+** at the end of every transaction.
*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
- BtShared *pList;
- int removed = 0;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
- pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- pBt->nRef--;
- if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
- if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
- GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
- }else{
- pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
- while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
- pList=pList->pNext;
- }
- if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
- pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
- }
- }
- if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
- sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage );
+ pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage);
+ if( !pBt->pHasContent ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- removed = 1;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
- return removed;
-#else
- return 1;
-#endif
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
+** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector.
+**
+** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the
+** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the
+** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise.
*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
- pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
- }
+static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent;
+ return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno)));
}
/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
+** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be
+** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction.
*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
- sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
- pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
+static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){
+ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent);
+ pBt->pHasContent = 0;
}
/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
+** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey
+** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
+**
+** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID)
+** prior to calling this routine.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtCursor *pCur;
+static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
- /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- pCur = pBt->pCursor;
- while( pCur ){
- BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
- pCur = pCur->pNext;
- if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
- }
- }
+ assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
+ assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
- ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
- ** this handle.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* KeySize() cannot fail */
- /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
- ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
- ** up the shared-btree.
+ /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
+ ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
+ ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
+ ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key
+ ** data.
*/
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
- if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
- /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
- ** it without having to hold the mutex.
- **
- ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
- */
- assert( !pBt->pCursor );
- sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
- if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
- pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
+ if( 0==pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+ void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc( (int)pCur->nKey );
+ if( pKey ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->pKey = pKey;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(pKey);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- sqlite3_free(pBt);
}
+ assert( !pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
- assert( p->locked==0 );
- if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
- if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ pCur->apPage[i] = 0;
+ }
+ pCur->iPage = -1;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
+ }
- sqlite3_free(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
+** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on
+** the table with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
+** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
+ for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) &&
+ p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
+ int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
+** Clear the current cursor position.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
+** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the
+** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
- rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
+static int btreeMoveto(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
+ const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
+ i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */
+ int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
+){
+ int rc; /* Status code */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */
+ char aSpace[150]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
-/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
-** without changing anything.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
-**
-** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size
-** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
- if( nReserve<0 ){
- nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
+ if( pKey ){
+ assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey );
+ pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey,
+ aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
+ if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pIdxKey = 0;
}
- assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
- if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
- ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
- pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
+ if( pKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
}
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
- pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
- if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
-** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is
-** sometimes used by extensions.
+** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
+** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the
+** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
+** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each
+** saveCursorPosition().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
+static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
+ int rc;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ return pCur->skipNext;
+ }
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skipNext);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
+ pCur->pKey = 0;
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
- int n;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return n;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
+#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
+ (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
+ btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
+ SQLITE_OK)
/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
+** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
+** was last placed at. Cursors can move when the row they are pointing
+** at is deleted out from under them.
+**
+** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong. The
+** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
+ int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc ){
+ *pHasMoved = 1;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skipNext!=0 ){
+ *pHasMoved = 1;
}else{
- pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
- pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
+ *pHasMoved = 0;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
+** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
+** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
+** input page number.
+**
+** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is
+** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic
+** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = (
- (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
- (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
- BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
- );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-#endif
+static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ int nPagesPerMapPage;
+ Pgno iPtrMap, ret;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pgno<2 ) return 0;
+ nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
+ iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
+ ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2;
+ if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ ret++;
+ }
+ return ret;
}
-
/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
+** Write an entry into the pointer map.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory.
+** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
+** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
+**
+** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written
+** into *pRC.
*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage1;
- int nPage;
+static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */
+ Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */
+ int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */
+ int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */
+
+ if( *pRC ) return;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
+ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
- /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
- ** a valid database file.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+ if( key==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return;
+ }
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }else if( nPage>0 ){
- int pageSize;
- int usableSize;
- u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
- rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
- if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- if( page1[18]>1 ){
- pBt->readOnly = 1;
- }
- if( page1[19]>1 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ if( offset<0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto ptrmap_exit;
+ }
+ assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
- ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
- ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
- ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
- */
- if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
- if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
- (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
- ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
- }
- assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
- usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
- if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
- /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
- ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
- ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
- ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
- ** again with the correct page-size.
- */
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
- pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
- freeTempSpace(pBt);
- rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
- pageSize-usableSize);
- return rc;
- }
- if( usableSize<480 ){
- goto page1_init_failed;
+ if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
+ TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
+ *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
+ put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
}
- pBt->pageSize = (u16)pageSize;
- pBt->usableSize = (u16)usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
- pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
}
- /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
- ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
- ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
- ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
- ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
- ** 4-byte child pointer
- ** 9-byte nKey value
- ** 4-byte nData value
- ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
- ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
- ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
- ** page pointer.
- */
- pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23;
- pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
- pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
- pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
- assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-
-page1_init_failed:
- releasePage(pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- return rc;
+ptrmap_exit:
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
}
/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
+** Read an entry from the pointer map.
**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
- if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
- assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
- assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
- assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
- releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
- pBt->pPage1 = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
-** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
-** the database.
+** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
+** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
+** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
- MemPage *pP1;
- unsigned char *data;
+static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */
+ int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */
+ u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */
+ int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
int rc;
- int nPage;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- /* The database size has already been measured and cached, so failure
- ** is impossible here. If the original size measurement failed, then
- ** processing aborts before entering this routine. */
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || nPage>0 ){
+
+ iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
return rc;
}
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
- assert( pP1!=0 );
- data = pP1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
- assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
- put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
- data[18] = 1;
- data[19] = 1;
- assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
- data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
- data[21] = 64;
- data[22] = 32;
- data[23] = 32;
- memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
- zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
- pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
- assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
- put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
- put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
+ pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+
+ offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
+ if( offset<0 ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 );
+ assert( pEType!=0 );
+ *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
+ if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
+
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+ #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc)
+ #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
+ #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc)
+#endif
+
/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
-** changes to the database. None of the following routines
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
+** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
+** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
+** to the cell content.
**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
+** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
- sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- btreeIntegrity(p);
-
- /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
- ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
- ** is requested, this is a no-op.
- */
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
- goto trans_begun;
- }
+#define findCell(P,I) \
+ ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
+#define findCellv2(D,M,O,I) (D+(M&get2byte(D+(O+2*(I)))))
- /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
- if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
- ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
- ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
- */
- if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){
- pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
- }else if( wrflag>1 ){
- BtLock *pIter;
- for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
- if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
- pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
- break;
+/*
+** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
+** pages that do contain overflow cells.
+*/
+static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ int i;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int k;
+ struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
+ pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
+ k = pOvfl->idx;
+ if( k<=iCell ){
+ if( k==iCell ){
+ return pOvfl->pCell;
}
+ iCell--;
}
}
- if( pBlock ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- goto trans_begun;
- }
-#endif
+ return findCell(pPage, iCell);
+}
- /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
- ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
- ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
+/*
+** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. There
+** are two versions of this function. btreeParseCell() takes a
+** cell index as the second argument and btreeParseCellPtr()
+** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
+**
+** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
+** btreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
+*/
+static void btreeParseCellPtr(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ u16 n; /* Number bytes in cell content header */
+ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
- do {
- /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
- ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
- ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
- ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
- ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
- ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
- */
- while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- if( pBt->readOnly ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
- }
- }
+ pInfo->pCell = pCell;
+ assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
+ n = pPage->childPtrSize;
+ assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ if( pPage->hasData ){
+ n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+ }else{
+ nPayload = 0;
}
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
+ pInfo->nData = nPayload;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->nData = 0;
+ n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
+ pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
+ }
+ pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
+ pInfo->nHeader = n;
+ testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
+ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
+ ** on the local page. No overflow is required.
+ */
+ if( (pInfo->nSize = (u16)(n+nPayload))<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4;
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload;
+ pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
+ ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
+ ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
+ ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
+ ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
+ **
+ ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
+ ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
+ */
+ int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
+ int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
+ int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
+
+ minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+ maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
+ surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ testcase( surplus==maxLocal );
+ testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 );
+ if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal;
}
- }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
- btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
+ pInfo->iOverflow = (u16)(pInfo->nLocal + n);
+ pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
+ }
+}
+#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
+ btreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
+static void btreeParseCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */
+ int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */
+ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */
+){
+ parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
+}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
- pBt->nTransaction++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( p->sharable ){
- assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
- p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
- p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
- pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
- }
+/*
+** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
+** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell
+** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
+** the space used by the cell pointer.
+*/
+static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
+ u8 *pIter = &pCell[pPage->childPtrSize];
+ u32 nSize;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as
+ ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the
+ ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of
+ ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */
+ CellInfo debuginfo;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo);
#endif
+
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ u8 *pEnd;
+ if( pPage->hasData ){
+ pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
+ }else{
+ nSize = 0;
}
- p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
- if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( wrflag ){
- assert( !pBt->pWriter );
- pBt->pWriter = p;
- pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1);
- }
-#endif
+
+ /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length
+ ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte
+ ** past the end of the key value. */
+ pEnd = &pIter[9];
+ while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIter<pEnd );
+ }else{
+ pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nSize);
}
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+ int minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
+ nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal );
+ testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 );
+ if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){
+ nSize = minLocal;
+ }
+ nSize += 4;
+ }
+ nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell);
-trans_begun:
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
- /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
- ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
- ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
+ /* The minimum size of any cell is 4 bytes. */
+ if( nSize<4 ){
+ nSize = 4;
}
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize );
+ return (u16)nSize;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/* This variation on cellSizePtr() is used inside of assert() statements
+** only. */
+static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
+ return cellSizePtr(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell));
}
+#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+/*
+** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
+** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
+** for the overflow page.
+*/
+static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){
+ CellInfo info;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ assert( pCell!=0 );
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC);
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
+** Defragment the page given. All Cells are moved to the
+** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
+** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
+** pointer array and the cell content area.
*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
- int i; /* Counter variable */
- int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
+static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int pc; /* Address of a i-th cell */
+ int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */
+ int size; /* Size of a cell */
+ int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
+ int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
+ int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */
+ unsigned char *data; /* The page data */
+ unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */
+ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */
+ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
- }
+ temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
+ assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
+ usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+ cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
+ memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
+ cbrk = usableSize;
+ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell;
+ iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+ u8 *pAddr; /* The i-th cell pointer */
+ pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
+ pc = get2byte(pAddr);
+ testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+ testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ /* These conditions have already been verified in btreeInitPage()
+ ** if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK is defined
+ */
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast );
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
+ cbrk -= size;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ if( cbrk<iCellFirst ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+#else
+ if( cbrk<iCellFirst || pc+size>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+#endif
+ assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+ testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize );
+ testcase( pc+size==usableSize );
+ memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
+ put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
}
-
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+ assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst );
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
+ data[hdr+1] = 0;
+ data[hdr+2] = 0;
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
-
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so
-** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
-** be modified, as follows:
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
-** page of pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+** Allocate nByte bytes of space from within the B-Tree page passed
+** as the first argument. Write into *pIdx the index into pPage->aData[]
+** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or
+** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT).
**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-** overflow page in the list.
+** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the
+** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring
+** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using
+** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this
+** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will
+** also end up needing a new cell pointer.
*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){
+ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */
+ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */
+ int nFrag; /* Number of fragmented bytes on pPage */
+ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */
+ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */
+ int rc; /* Integer return code */
+ int usableSize; /* Usable size of the page */
+
assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
- /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
- if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
- }else{
- u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
- int i;
- int nCell;
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
+ assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
+ assert( nByte < usableSize-8 );
- btreeInitPage(pPage);
- nCell = pPage->nCell;
+ nFrag = data[hdr+7];
+ assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf );
+ gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ if( gap>top ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ testcase( gap+2==top );
+ testcase( gap+1==top );
+ testcase( gap==top );
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
- CellInfo info;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
- put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
- break;
- }
- }
- }else{
- if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
- put4byte(pCell, iTo);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if( i==nCell ){
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
- get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+ if( nFrag>=60 ){
+ /* Always defragment highly fragmented pages */
+ rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ }else if( gap+2<=top ){
+ /* Search the freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy
+ ** the request. The allocation is made from the first free slot in
+ ** the list that is large enough to accomadate it.
+ */
+ int pc, addr;
+ for(addr=hdr+1; (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0; addr=pc){
+ int size; /* Size of the free slot */
+ if( pc>usableSize-4 || pc<addr+4 ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( size>=nByte ){
+ int x = size - nByte;
+ testcase( x==4 );
+ testcase( x==3 );
+ if( x<4 ){
+ /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of
+ ** fragmented bytes within the page. */
+ memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
+ data[hdr+7] = (u8)(nFrag + x);
+ }else if( size+pc > usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account
+ ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */
+ put2byte(&data[pc+2], x);
+ }
+ *pIdx = pc + x;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
+ }
- pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
+ /* Check to make sure there is enough space in the gap to satisfy
+ ** the allocation. If not, defragment.
+ */
+ testcase( gap+2+nByte==top );
+ if( gap+2+nByte>top ){
+ rc = defragmentPage(pPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ assert( gap+nByte<=top );
}
+
+
+ /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
+ ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already
+ ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there
+ ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page.
+ ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence.
+ */
+ top -= nByte;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+ assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ *pIdx = top;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
+** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
+** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
+** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
**
-** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
-** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
-** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
-** page.
+** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
+** free blocks into a single big free block.
*/
-static int relocatePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
- MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
- u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
- Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
- int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
-){
- MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
- Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- int rc;
+static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
+ int addr, pbegin, hdr;
+ int iLast; /* Largest possible freeblock offset */
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
- assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
- eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize );
+ assert( (start + size) <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( size>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
- /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
- TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
- iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
- rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( pPage->pBt->secureDelete ){
+ /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete
+ ** option is enabled */
+ memset(&data[start], 0, size);
}
- pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
- /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
- ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
- ** pages need to be changed.
- **
- ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
- ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
- ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+ /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks. Note that
+ ** even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(),
+ ** btreeInitPage() did not detect overlapping cells or
+ ** freeblocks that overlapped cells. Nor does it detect when the
+ ** cell content area exceeds the value in the page header. If these
+ ** situations arise, then subsequent insert operations might corrupt
+ ** the freelist. So we do need to check for corruption while scanning
+ ** the freelist.
*/
- if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
- if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ addr = hdr + 1;
+ iLast = pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4;
+ assert( start<=iLast );
+ while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
+ if( pbegin<addr+4 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ addr = pbegin;
+ }
+ if( pbegin>iLast ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
+ put2byte(&data[addr], start);
+ put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
+ put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
+ pPage->nFree = pPage->nFree + (u16)size;
- /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
- ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
- ** iPtrPage.
- */
- if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- return rc;
- }
- rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
- releasePage(pPtrPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+ /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
+ addr = hdr + 1;
+ while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
+ int pnext, psize, x;
+ assert( pbegin>addr );
+ assert( pbegin <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
+ pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
+ psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+ if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
+ int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
+ if( (frag<0) || (frag>(int)data[hdr+7]) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ data[hdr+7] -= (u8)frag;
+ x = get2byte(&data[pnext]);
+ put2byte(&data[pbegin], x);
+ x = pnext + get2byte(&data[pnext+2]) - pbegin;
+ put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], x);
+ }else{
+ addr = pbegin;
}
}
- return rc;
-}
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+ /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
+ if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
+ int top;
+ pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
+ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
-** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
+** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
+** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
**
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the
-** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
-** is no longer in use.
+** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different
+** indicates a corrupt database files:
**
-** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes
-** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
-** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
-** number of pages the database file will contain after this
-** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that
-** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times
-** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum
-** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0.
+** PTF_ZERODATA
+** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
+** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
- Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
+ BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( iLastPg>nFin );
+ assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
+ flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
+ pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
+ pPage->intKey = 1;
+ pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
+ }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
+ pPage->intKey = 0;
+ pPage->hasData = 0;
+ pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
+ pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- int rc;
- u8 eType;
- Pgno iPtrPage;
+/*
+** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does
+** not contain a well-formed database page, then return
+** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
+** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that
+** we failed to detect any corruption.
+*/
+static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){
- nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- if( nFreeList==0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ if( !pPage->isInit ){
+ u16 pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
+ u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */
+ u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */
+ int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */
+ u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
+ int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
+ int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */
+ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */
+ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */
+
+ pBt = pPage->pBt;
+
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+ pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+ pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
+ /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) );
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- if( nFin==0 ){
- /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
- ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
- ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
- ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
- */
- Pgno iFreePg;
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }
- } else {
- Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
- MemPage *pLastPg;
+ /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end
+ ** of page when parsing a cell.
+ **
+ ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends
+ ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be
+ ** returned if it does.
+ */
+ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ iCellLast = usableSize - 4;
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK)
+ {
+ int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */
+ int sz; /* Size of a cell */
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+ pc = get2byte(&data[cellOffset+i*2]);
+ testcase( pc==iCellFirst );
+ testcase( pc==iCellLast );
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ sz = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ testcase( pc+sz==usableSize );
+ if( pc+sz>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
}
+ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++;
+ }
+#endif
- /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
- ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
- **
- ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
- ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
- ** of the file is found.
- */
- do {
- MemPage *pFreePg;
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- return rc;
- }
- releasePage(pFreePg);
- }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
- assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+ /* Compute the total free space on the page */
+ pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ nFree = data[hdr+7] + top;
+ while( pc>0 ){
+ u16 next, size;
+ if( pc<iCellFirst || pc>iCellLast ){
+ /* Start of free block is off the page */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- releasePage(pLastPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
+ size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
+ if( (next>0 && next<=pc+size+3) || pc+size>usableSize ){
+ /* Free blocks must be in ascending order. And the last byte of
+ ** the free-block must lie on the database page. */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
+ nFree = nFree + size;
+ pc = next;
}
- }
- if( nFin==0 ){
- iLastPg--;
- while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
- MemPage *pPg;
- int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
- releasePage(pPg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }
- iLastPg--;
+ /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start
+ ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within
+ ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size
+ ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also
+ ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content
+ ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page.
+ */
+ if( nFree>usableSize ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
+ pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst);
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
-**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
+** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
+** no entries.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
+ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ u16 first;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else{
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, pagerPagecount(pBt));
+ assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->secureDelete ){
+ memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ data[hdr] = (char)flags;
+ first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ?1:0);
+ memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
+ data[hdr+7] = 0;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
+ pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first);
+ decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
+ pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
+ pPage->cellOffset = first;
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+ assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 );
+ pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1);
+ pPage->nCell = 0;
+ pPage->isInit = 1;
}
+
/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
+** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
+** the btree layer.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
+ pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
+ pPage->pBt = pBt;
+ pPage->pgno = pgno;
+ pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
+ return pPage;
+}
+
+/*
+** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
+** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
+** the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk
+** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
+** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
+** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
+** read should occur at that point.
*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
- VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
+static int btreeGetPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */
+ int noContent /* Do not load page content if true */
+){
+ int rc;
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
- assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
- if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
- Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
- Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
- Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
- Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */
- int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
- Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */
-
- nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt);
- if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
- ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
- ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
- */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
-
- nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
- nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
- nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
- nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
- if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
- }
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- nFin--;
- }
- if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
- rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
- }
- if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
- put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
- }
+/*
+** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not
+** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
+** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
+*/
+static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
+ if( pDbPage ){
+ return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
}
-
- assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
- return rc;
+ return 0;
}
-#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
+/*
+** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of
+** error, return ((unsigned int)-1).
+*/
+static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){
+ return pBt->nPage;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x8000000)==0 );
+ return (int)btreePagecount(p->pBt);
+}
/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
+** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. This routine is just a
+** convenience wrapper around separate calls to btreeGetPage() and
+** btreeInitPage().
**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
+** If an error occurs, then the value *ppPage is set to is undefined. It
+** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+static int getAndInitPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */
+ MemPage **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+
+ if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
}
}
-#endif
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
+
+ testcase( pgno==0 );
+ assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT );
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
-** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior
+** call to btreeGetPage.
*/
-static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- BtCursor *pCsr;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-
- /* Search for a cursor held open by this b-tree connection. If one exists,
- ** then the transaction will be downgraded to a read-only transaction
- ** instead of actually concluded. A subsequent call to CommitPhaseTwo()
- ** or Rollback() will finish the transaction and unlock the database. */
- for(pCsr=pBt->pCursor; pCsr && pCsr->pBtree!=p; pCsr=pCsr->pNext);
- assert( pCsr==0 || p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
-
- btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
- if( pCsr ){
- downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
- p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
- }else{
- /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
- ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
- ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
- ** call below will unlock the pager. */
- if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
- clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
- pBt->nTransaction--;
- if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
- ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
- p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
+ if( pPage ){
+ assert( pPage->aData );
+ assert( pPage->pBt );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
}
-
- btreeIntegrity(p);
}
/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
+** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
+** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
+** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
-** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
-** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
-** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
-** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
-** drop locks.
+** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
+** page to agree with the restored data.
+*/
+static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 );
+ if( pPage->isInit ){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){
+ /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page
+ ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following
+ ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT.
+ ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that
+ ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make
+ ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */
+ btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
+*/
+static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){
+ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
+ assert( pBt->db );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
+ return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
+}
+
+/*
+** Open a database file.
+**
+** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL
+** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might
+** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache.
+** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted
+** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
+** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
+**
+** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits
+** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_NO_READLOCK. The BTREE_NO_READLOCK
+** bit is also set if the SQLITE_NoReadlock flags is set in db->flags.
+** These flags are passed through into sqlite3PagerOpen() and must
+** be the same values as PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK.
+**
+** If the database is already opened in the same database connection
+** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an
+** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared
+** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead
+** to problems with locking.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */
+ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */
+ Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
+ int flags, /* Options */
+ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */
+ Btree *p; /* Handle to return */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */
+ u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */
+ unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- btreeIntegrity(p);
+ /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */
+ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0;
- /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
- ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
+ /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or
+ ** false for a file-based database.
*/
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc;
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
+ const int isMemdb = 0;
+#else
+ const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0)
+ || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db));
+#endif
+
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( pVfs!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */
+
+ /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
+ assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );
+
+ /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
+ assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );
+
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
+ flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
+ }
+ if( isMemdb ){
+ flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
+ }
+ if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
+ vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
+ }
+ p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ p->db = db;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ p->lock.pBtree = p;
+ p->lock.iTable = 1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /*
+ ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
+ ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
+ */
+ if( isMemdb==0 && isTempDb==0 ){
+ if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){
+ int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
+ char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ if( !zFullPathname ){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
+ mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen);
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+ for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
+ assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
+ if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
+ && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
+ int iDb;
+ for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){
+ Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ }
+ }
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+ pBt->nRef++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ else{
+ /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
+ ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and
+ ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
+ ** statements to find locking problems.
+ */
+ p->sharable = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ /*
+ ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
+ ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result
+ ** when compiling on a different architecture.
+ */
+ assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
+ assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
+ assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
+
+ pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
+ if( pBt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename,
+ EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
+ }
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ goto btree_open_out;
}
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags;
+ pBt->db = db;
+ sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt);
+ p->pBt = pBt;
+
+ pBt->pCursor = 0;
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
+#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
+ pBt->secureDelete = 1;
+#endif
+ pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16);
+ if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
+ pBt->pageSize = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
+ ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
+ ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
+ ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
+ ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
+ */
+ if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+#endif
+ nReserve = 0;
+ }else{
+ nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
+ pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+ if( rc ) goto btree_open_out;
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
+ assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
+ */
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
+ pBt->nRef = 1;
+ mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
+ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
+ if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ goto btree_open_out;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
+ pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
+ }
+#endif
}
- btreeEndTransaction(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
+ /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
+ ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
+ ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
+ */
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ int i;
+ Btree *pSib;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
+ while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
+ if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
+ p->pNext = pSib;
+ p->pPrev = 0;
+ pSib->pPrev = p;
+ }else{
+ while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
+ pSib = pSib->pNext;
+ }
+ p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
+ p->pPrev = pSib;
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p;
+ }
+ pSib->pNext = p;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ *ppBtree = p;
+
+btree_open_out:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppBtree = 0;
+ }else{
+ /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
+ ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache,
+ ** do not change the pager-cache size.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){
+ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ if( mutexOpen ){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
+** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero,
+** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return
+** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
+** false if it is still positive.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
+static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
+ BtShared *pList;
+ int removed = 0;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
+ pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ pBt->nRef--;
+ if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
+ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
+ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
+ while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
+ pList=pList->pNext;
+ }
+ if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
+ pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
+ }
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
+ }
+ removed = 1;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ return removed;
+#else
+ return 1;
+#endif
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was
-** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
-** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of
+** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
*/
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
- BtCursor *pCur;
- int r = 0;
- for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
- if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
}
- return r;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
-**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
+** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
- BtCursor *p;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- int i;
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
- p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
- p->skipNext = errCode;
- for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
- p->apPage[i] = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
+static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
+ sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
+ pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
}
/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
+** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
- int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pPage1;
+ BtCursor *pCur;
+ /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
- ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
- ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
- ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
- ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
- ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
+ pCur = pBt->pCursor;
+ while( pCur ){
+ BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
+ pCur = pCur->pNext;
+ if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
+ }
}
-#endif
- btreeIntegrity(p);
- if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- int rc2;
-
- assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
- rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
- if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
+ /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
+ ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
+ ** this handle.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
- ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
- ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
- if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pPage1);
+ /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
+ ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans
+ ** up the shared-btree.
+ */
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
+ if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
+ /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
+ ** it without having to hold the mutex.
+ **
+ ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
+ */
+ assert( !pBt->pCursor );
+ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
+ if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
+ pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
}
- assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
- pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema);
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ sqlite3_free(pBt);
}
- btreeEndTransaction(p);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
+ assert( p->locked==0 );
+ if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
-** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
-** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
-** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
+** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
**
-** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
-** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
-** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
-** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
-** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
-** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
+** value of mxPage. If mxPage is negative, the pager will
+** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
+** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
+** continuing. Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
+** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
+** crashes. But if the operating system crashes or there is
+** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
+** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
+** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
+** normally a worry.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
- int rc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
- assert( iStatement>0 );
- assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
- if( NEVER(p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pBt->readOnly) ){
- rc = SQLITE_INTERNAL;
- }else{
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
- ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
- ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
- ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
- }
+ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
-** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
-** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
-** of op.
-**
-** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
-** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
-** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
-** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
-** transaction remains open.
+** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
+** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
+** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
+** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There
+** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the
+** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
- assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = newDatabase(pBt);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */
+ int level, /* PRAGMA synchronous. 1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
+ int fullSync, /* PRAGMA fullfsync. */
+ int ckptFullSync /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfync */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync, ckptFullSync);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1. In other
+** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
-** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
-** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
-** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
-** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-** the read cursors in the other database connection.
+** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
+** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY
+** without changing anything.
**
-** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page
+** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
+** changed.
**
-** 4: There must be an active transaction.
+** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
+** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
+** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
+** at the beginning of a page.
**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
+** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
+** bytes per page is left unchanged.
**
-** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorSize() bytes of memory
-** pointed to by pCur have been zeroed by the caller.
+** If the iFix!=0 then the pageSizeFixed flag is set so that the page size
+** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
*/
-static int btreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
-){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
-
- /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
- ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
- ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
- ** this lock. */
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
-
- /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
- assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
-
- if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- if( iTable==1 && pagerPagecount(pBt)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_EMPTY;
+ if( nReserve<0 ){
+ nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
}
-
- /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
- ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
- pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
- pCur->iPage = -1;
- pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- pCur->pBtree = p;
- pCur->pBt = pBt;
- pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
- pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
+ assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 );
+ if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
+ ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
+ pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
}
- pBt->pCursor = pCur;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- pCur->cachedRowid = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
- Btree *p, /* The btree */
- int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
- int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
- struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
- BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve);
+ pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve;
+ if( iFix ) pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
-**
-** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
-** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque
-** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
-** this routine.
+** Return the currently defined page size
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
- return sizeof(BtCursor);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
+ return p->pBt->pageSize;
}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
-** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file
-** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is
-** set to iRowid.
-**
-** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache.
-** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache.
-** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot
-** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or
-** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero
-** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem.
+** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
+** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is
+** sometimes used by extensions.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
- BtCursor *p;
- for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid;
- }
- assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
}
/*
-** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero
-** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be
-** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a
-** zero is returned.
+** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
+** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
+** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){
- return pCur->cachedRowid;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
+ int n;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return n;
}
/*
-** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
+** Set the secureDelete flag if newFlag is 0 or 1. If newFlag is -1,
+** then make no changes. Always return the value of the secureDelete
+** setting after the change.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
- Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
- if( pBtree ){
- int i;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
- if( pCur->pPrev ){
- pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
- }else{
- pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
- }
- if( pCur->pNext ){
- pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
- }
- for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
- }
- unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
- invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
- /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){
+ int b;
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( newFlag>=0 ){
+ p->pBt->secureDelete = (newFlag!=0) ? 1 : 0;
+ }
+ b = p->pBt->secureDelete;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return b;
}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
-** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
-**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
-**
-** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
+** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
+** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
+** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is
+** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- CellInfo info;
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
- assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
#else
- #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
- static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
- pCur->validNKey = 1;
- }else{
- assertCellInfo(pCur);
- }
- }
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
- /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
- if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
- int iPage = pCur->iPage; \
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
- pCur->validNKey = 1; \
- }else{ \
- assertCellInfo(pCur); \
- }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
-/*
-** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one
-** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
-** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
- return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum;
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-**
-** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
-**
-** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
- *pSize = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}else{
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
+ pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0;
+ pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+#endif
}
/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.
-**
-** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
-** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
-** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
-**
-** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
-** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
-** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
+** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is
+** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
+#else
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = (
+ (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
+ (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
+ BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
+ );
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+#endif
}
+
/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
-**
-** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
-** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
-** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will
+** also acquire a readlock on that file.
**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
-** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
-** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
-** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
-** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
-** *ppPage is set to zero.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a
+** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
+** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM
+** is returned if we run out of memory.
*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
- Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */
- MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
- Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
- Pgno next = 0;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+ MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */
+ int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
+ int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */
+ int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert(pPgnoNext);
+ assert( pBt->pPage1==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
- ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
- ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
- ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
- ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+ /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
+ ** a valid database file.
*/
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgno;
- Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
- u8 eType;
+ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile);
+ if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){
+ nPage = nPageFile;
+ }
+ if( nPage>0 ){
+ u32 pageSize;
+ u32 usableSize;
+ u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
+ if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
- while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- iGuess++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ if( page1[18]>1 ){
+ pBt->readOnly = 1;
+ }
+ if( page1[19]>1 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+#else
+ if( page1[18]>2 ){
+ pBt->readOnly = 1;
+ }
+ if( page1[19]>2 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
}
- if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
- next = iGuess;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed
+ ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then
+ ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1.
+ ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is
+ ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer
+ ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log
+ ** file.
+ */
+ if( page1[19]==2 && pBt->doNotUseWAL==0 ){
+ int isOpen = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }else if( isOpen==0 ){
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
}
- }
#endif
- assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+ /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%. And the minimum
+ ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
+ ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
+ ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
+ */
+ if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16);
+ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0
+ || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
+ || pageSize<=256
+ ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
+ usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
+ if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
+ /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
+ ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
+ ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
+ ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
+ ** again with the correct page-size.
+ */
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+ pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+ freeTempSpace(pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize,
+ pageSize-usableSize);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto page1_init_failed;
+ }
+ if( usableSize<480 ){
+ goto page1_init_failed;
}
+ pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
+ pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
+#endif
}
- *pPgnoNext = next;
- if( ppPage ){
- *ppPage = pPage;
- }else{
- releasePage(pPage);
- }
- return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
-}
+ /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
+ ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
+ ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header.
+ ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
+ ** 2-byte pointer to the cell
+ ** 4-byte child pointer
+ ** 9-byte nKey value
+ ** 4-byte nData value
+ ** 4-byte overflow page pointer
+ ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as
+ ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
+ ** page pointer.
+ */
+ pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23);
+ pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+ pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35);
+ pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23);
+ assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
+ pBt->nPage = nPage;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+page1_init_failed:
+ releasePage(pPage1);
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
+** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
+** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which
+** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
+** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
*/
-static int copyPayload(
- void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
- void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
- int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
- int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
- DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
- if( eOp ){
- /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
- int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
- }else{
- /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
- memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pBt->pCursor==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+ if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
+ assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
+ releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
+ pBt->pPage1 = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file
+** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of
+** the database.
+*/
+static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
+ MemPage *pP1;
+ unsigned char *data;
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pBt->nPage>0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ assert( pP1!=0 );
+ data = pP1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
+ assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
+ data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff);
+ data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff);
+ data[18] = 1;
+ data[19] = 1;
+ assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize);
+ data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize);
+ data[21] = 64;
+ data[22] = 32;
+ data[23] = 32;
+ memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
+ zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
+ pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
+ assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
+ put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
+#endif
+ pBt->nPage = 1;
+ data[31] = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
-** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
-** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
-** buffer pBuf).
-**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
+** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
+** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
+** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
+** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
+** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be
+** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
+** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
**
-** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
-** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
+** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any
+** changes to the database. None of the following routines
+** will work unless a transaction is started first:
**
-** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
-** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
-** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list
-** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
-** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
+** sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
+** sqlite3BtreeInsert()
+** sqlite3BtreeDelete()
+** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
+** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
+** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
+** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is
+** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
**
-** * An incremental vacuum,
-** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
+** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has
+** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
+** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
+** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
+** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
+** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
+** proceed.
*/
-static int accessPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
- u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
- unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
- int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
-){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
+ sqlite3 *pBlock = 0;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- u32 nKey;
- int iIdx = 0;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
- assert( pPage );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
- getCellInfo(pCur);
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
- nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
+ /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
+ ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
+ ** is requested, this is a no-op.
+ */
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
- if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData)
- || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
- ){
- /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
+ if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ goto trans_begun;
}
- /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
- if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
- int a = amt;
- if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
- a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction
+ ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
+ ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED.
+ */
+ if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->isPending ){
+ pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db;
+ }else if( wrflag>1 ){
+ BtLock *pIter;
+ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
+ if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
+ pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db;
+ break;
+ }
}
- rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
- offset = 0;
- pBuf += a;
- amt -= a;
- }else{
- offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
}
+ if( pBlock ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock);
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ goto trans_begun;
+ }
+#endif
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
- const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
- Pgno nextPage;
-
- nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
+ /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on
+ ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock
+ ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
- ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
- ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
- ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
- ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
- ** (the cache is lazily populated).
+ pBt->initiallyEmpty = (u8)(pBt->nPage==0);
+ do {
+ /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or
+ ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree()
+ ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after
+ ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database
+ ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update
+ ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk.
*/
- if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
- int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
- pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
- /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have
- ** been used instead of this routine. */
- if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ if( pBt->readOnly ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ }
}
}
-
- /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
- ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
- ** directly to it.
- */
- if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
- iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
- nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
- offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
-#endif
-
- for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
+ }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
+ btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
- if( pCur->aOverflow ){
- assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
- pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
+ pBt->nTransaction++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 );
+ p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK;
+ p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock;
+ pBt->pLock = &p->lock;
}
#endif
-
- if( offset>=ovflSize ){
- /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
- ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
- ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
- ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
- ** function.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
- nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
- } else
+ }
+ p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
+ if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
+ }
+ if( wrflag ){
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ assert( !pBt->pWriter );
+ pBt->pWriter = p;
+ pBt->isExclusive = (u8)(wrflag>1);
#endif
- rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
- offset -= ovflSize;
- }else{
- /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
- ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
- */
- DbPage *pDbPage;
- int a = amt;
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
+
+ /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old
+ ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing
+ ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely
+ ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction
+ ** rollback occurs within the transaction.
+ */
+ if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
- nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
- if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
- a = ovflSize - offset;
- }
- rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
- offset = 0;
- amt -= a;
- pBuf += a;
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
}
}
}
}
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+trans_begun:
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
+ /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of
+ ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and
+ ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint);
}
+
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
-** in the table.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
-}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
+** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
+** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
+** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
- int rc;
+static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
+ int i; /* Counter variable */
+ int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- return SQLITE_ABORT;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ rc = btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
}
-#endif
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, &rc);
+
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc);
}
+
+set_child_ptrmaps_out:
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
-** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
-** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written
-** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
-** a valid pointer.
+** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so
+** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to
+** be modified, as follows:
**
-** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
+** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child
+** page of pPage.
**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
+** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
+**
+** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
+** overflow page in the list.
*/
-static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
- int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */
- int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */
-){
- unsigned char *aPayload;
- MemPage *pPage;
- u32 nKey;
- u32 nLocal;
-
- assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){
- btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
- &pCur->info);
- }
- aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
- aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- nKey = 0;
- }else{
- nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
- }
- if( skipKey ){
- aPayload += nKey;
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
+static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
+ /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */
+ if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
}else{
- nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
- assert( nLocal<=nKey );
+ u8 isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
+ int i;
+ int nCell;
+
+ btreeInitPage(pPage);
+ nCell = pPage->nCell;
+
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
+ CellInfo info;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
+ put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
+ put4byte(pCell, iTo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( i==nCell ){
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE ||
+ get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
+ }
+
+ pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
}
- *pAmt = nLocal;
- return aPayload;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the
+** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- const void *p = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
- p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
- }
- return p;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
- const void *p = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
- p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
-**
-** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
-** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
-** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
-** vice-versa).
+** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that
+** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno
+** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that
+** page.
*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+static int relocatePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */
+ MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */
+ u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
+ Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */
+ int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */
+){
+ MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
+ Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
int rc;
- int i = pCur->iPage;
- MemPage *pNewPage;
- BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
- if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
- pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
- pCur->iPage++;
+ assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ||
+ eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
+ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n",
+ iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
-** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
-** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
-** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
-** the page.
-*/
-static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
- assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
- if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
- assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+ /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
+ ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
+ ** pages need to be changed.
+ **
+ ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
+ ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
+ ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
+ */
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
}else{
- assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
+ Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
+ if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
}
-}
-#else
-# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
-#endif
-/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
-**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
-*/
-static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assertParentIndex(
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
- );
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
- pCur->iPage--;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
+ ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
+ ** iPtrPage.
+ */
+ if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
+ releasePage(pPtrPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
}
+/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
+static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
+
/*
-** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
-**
-** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
-** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
-** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
-** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
+** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
**
-** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
-** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
-** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
-** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the
+** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
+** is no longer in use.
**
-** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
-** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
-** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
-** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
-** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
-** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
-** b-tree).
+** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, this function assumes
+** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
+** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
+** number of pages the database file will contain after this
+** process is complete. If nFin is zero, it is assumed that
+** incrVacuumStep() will be called a finite amount of times
+** which may or may not empty the freelist. A full autovacuum
+** has nFin>0. A "PRAGMA incremental_vacuum" has nFin==0.
*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
- MemPage *pRoot;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg){
+ Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
+ int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
- return pCur->skipNext;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
- }
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( iLastPg>nFin );
- if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ u8 eType;
+ Pgno iPtrPage;
+
+ nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ if( nFreeList==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
- pCur->iPage = 0;
- }else{
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
+
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
return rc;
}
- pCur->iPage = 0;
-
- /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
- ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
- ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
- ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */
- assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 );
- if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- }
- /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the
- ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either
- ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption
- ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags
- ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference
- ** to the page. */
- pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
- assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
- assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey );
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ if( nFin==0 ){
+ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
+ ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
+ ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't
+ ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
+ */
+ Pgno iFreePg;
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }
+ } else {
+ Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
+ MemPage *pLastPg;
- pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->atLast = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
- if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
- Pgno subpage;
- if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
- }else{
- pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
+ /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
+ ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
+ **
+ ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
+ ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
+ ** of the file is found.
+ */
+ do {
+ MemPage *pFreePg;
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ releasePage(pFreePg);
+ }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
+ assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
+
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
+ }
+ releasePage(pLastPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
}
- return rc;
+
+ if( nFin==0 ){
+ iLastPg--;
+ while( iLastPg==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+ if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) ){
+ MemPage *pPg;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pPg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+ releasePage(pPg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ iLastPg--;
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, iLastPg);
+ pBt->nPage = iLastPg;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
+** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
+** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
+** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occurred,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- MemPage *pPage;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
- pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else{
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0, btreePagecount(pBt));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
+** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
+** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
+** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process.
+** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
+** pages are in use.
*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
- Pgno pgno;
+static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
+ assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
+ if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
+ Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */
+ Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */
+ Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */
+ Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */
+ int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */
+ Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+ nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt);
+ if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page
+ ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one
+ ** is encountered, this indicates corruption.
+ */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
- if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
- ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+ nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
+ nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5;
+ nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry;
+ nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
+ if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
}
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
-#endif
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ nFin--;
+ }
+ if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- *pRes = 1;
- }else{
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
- pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
+ for(iFree=nOrig; iFree>nFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){
+ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree);
+ }
+ if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
+ put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin);
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, nFin);
+ pBt->nPage = nFin;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
}
}
+
+ assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
return rc;
}
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
-** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
-** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
-** is ignored.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
-** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
-** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
-** *pRes is as follows:
+#else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
+# define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine
+** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
+** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
+** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
+** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
+** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
+** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
+** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
+** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
+** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the
+** commit process.
**
-** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
-** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
**
-** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
+** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
+** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file
+** (single database transaction).
**
-** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
+** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
**
+** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
+** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
- UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
- i64 intKey, /* The table key */
- int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
- int *pRes /* Write search results here */
-){
- int rc;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( pRes );
- assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
- /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
- ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey
- && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey
- ){
- if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
- *pRes = -1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
}
+#endif
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
+ return rc;
+}
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
- *pRes = -1;
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
- for(;;){
- int lwr, upr;
- Pgno chldPg;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- int c;
-
- /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
- ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
- ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
- ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
- ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
- ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */
- assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
- assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
- lwr = 0;
- upr = pPage->nCell-1;
- if( biasRight ){
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)upr;
- }else{
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((upr+lwr)/2);
- }
- for(;;){
- int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]; /* Index of current cell in pPage */
- u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+/*
+** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback()
+** at the conclusion of a transaction.
+*/
+static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- i64 nCellKey;
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- u32 dummy;
- pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
- }
- getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
- if( nCellKey==intKey ){
- c = 0;
- }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
- c = -1;
- }else{
- assert( nCellKey>intKey );
- c = +1;
- }
- pCur->validNKey = 1;
- pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
- }else{
- /* The maximum supported page-size is 32768 bytes. This means that
- ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
- ** page is at most 8198 bytes, which may be stored as a 2-byte
- ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
- ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
- ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
- ** 2 bytes of the cell.
- */
- int nCell = pCell[0];
- if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){
- /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
- ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
- ** b-tree page. */
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
- }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
- && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
- ){
- /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
- ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
- }else{
- /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
- ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
- ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
- ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
- void *pCellKey;
- u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
- nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
- pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
- if( pCellKey==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
- if( rc ){
- sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
- sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
- }
- }
- if( c==0 ){
- if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
- lwr = idx;
- upr = lwr - 1;
- break;
- }else{
- *pRes = 0;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- }
- if( c<0 ){
- lwr = idx+1;
- }else{
- upr = idx-1;
- }
- if( lwr>upr ){
- break;
+ btreeClearHasContent(pBt);
+ if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && p->db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database
+ ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements
+ ** may still be reading from the database. */
+ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_READ;
+ }else{
+ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the
+ ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count
+ ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused()
+ ** call below will unlock the pager. */
+ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p);
+ pBt->nTransaction--;
+ if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
}
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)((lwr+upr)/2);
}
- assert( lwr==upr+1 );
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- chldPg = 0;
- }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
- chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- }else{
- chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
- }
- if( chldPg==0 ){
- assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
- *pRes = c;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- goto moveto_finish;
- }
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
- if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
+
+ /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the
+ ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */
+ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
}
-moveto_finish:
- return rc;
-}
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
+** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
+** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The
+** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should
+** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne()
+** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
+** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this
+** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the
+** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and
+** drop locks.
+**
+** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to
+** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and
+** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument
+** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file
+** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed
+** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this
+** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer,
+** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write
+** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have
+** transitioned to the error state.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
- /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
- ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
- ** as well as the boolean result value.
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){
+
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
+
+ /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees
+ ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
*/
- return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
+ }
+
+ btreeEndTransaction(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Do both phases of a commit.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
int rc;
- int idx;
- MemPage *pPage;
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pRes!=0 );
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0);
}
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- assert( idx<=pPage->nCell );
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
+** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
+** defined.
+**
+** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
+** is capable of writing to the databse. That means the cursor was
+** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
+** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
+*/
+static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
+ BtCursor *pCur;
+ int r = 0;
+ for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
+ if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++;
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- *pRes = 0;
- return rc;
- }
- do{
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- *pRes = 1;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+/*
+** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
+** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
+** references.
+**
+** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
+** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
+** the cache with pBtree.
+**
+** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
+** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
+** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
+** the rollback. The rollback may have deleted tables
+** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
+** save the state of the cursor. The cursor must be
+** invalidated.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p);
+ p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
+ p->skipNext = errCode;
+ for(i=0; i<=p->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(p->apPage[i]);
+ p->apPage[i] = 0;
}
- return rc;
- }
- *pRes = 0;
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
- rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
-
/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If
-** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
+** Rollback the transaction in progress. All cursors will be
+** invalided by this operation. Any attempt to use a cursor
+** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
+** in an error.
+**
+** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there
+** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
int rc;
- MemPage *pPage;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ MemPage *pPage1;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pCur->atLast = 0;
- if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
- *pRes = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occurred whilst
+ ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
+ ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then
+ ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
+ ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort
+ ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
}
- pCur->skipNext = 0;
+#endif
+ btreeIntegrity(p);
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
- }else{
- while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- *pRes = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
+ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ int rc2;
+
+ assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
+ rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
}
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So
+ ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
+ ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
+ if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData);
+ testcase( nPage==0 );
+ if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
+ testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage );
+ pBt->nPage = nPage;
+ releasePage(pPage1);
}
+ assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
+ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
}
- *pRes = 0;
+
+ btreeEndTransaction(p);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
-** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can can be rolled
+** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction
+** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically
+** if the main transaction commits or rolls back.
**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
+** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
+** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint
+** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
+** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
**
-** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
-** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
-*/
-static int allocateBtreePage(
- BtShared *pBt,
- MemPage **ppPage,
- Pgno *pPgno,
- Pgno nearby,
- u8 exact
-){
- MemPage *pPage1;
+** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The
+** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints,
+** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there
+** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open,
+** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back
+** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){
int rc;
- u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */
- u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
- MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
- MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
- Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
- mxPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
- n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
- if( n>=mxPage ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- if( n>0 ){
- /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */
- Pgno iTrunk;
- u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-
- /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
- ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
- ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){
- u8 eType;
- assert( nearby>0 );
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
- searchList = 1;
- }
- *pPgno = nearby;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
- ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
- /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
- ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
- ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
- */
- do {
- pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
- if( pPrevTrunk ){
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
- }else{
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
- }
- testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
- if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }else{
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
- }
- if( rc ){
- pTrunk = 0;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
-
- k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- if( k==0 && !searchList ){
- /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
- ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
- ** allocated page */
- assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- *pPgno = iTrunk;
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
- }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
- /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
- /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
- ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
- */
- assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
- *ppPage = pTrunk;
- searchList = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- if( k==0 ){
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }else{
- memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- }
- }else{
- /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
- ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
- ** page in this case.
- */
- MemPage *pNewTrunk;
- Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
- if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
- put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
- memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
- releasePage(pNewTrunk);
- if( !pPrevTrunk ){
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
- }
- }
- pTrunk = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
- }else if( k>0 ){
- /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
- u32 closest;
- Pgno iPage;
- unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc ){
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- if( nearby>0 ){
- u32 i;
- int dist;
- closest = 0;
- dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
- if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
- for(i=1; i<k; i++){
- int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
- if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
- if( d2<dist ){
- closest = i;
- dist = d2;
- }
- }
- }else{
- closest = 0;
- }
-
- iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
- testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( iPage>mxPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto end_allocate_page;
- }
- testcase( iPage==mxPage );
- if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
- int noContent;
- *pPgno = iPage;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
- ": %d more free pages\n",
- *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
- if( closest<k-1 ){
- memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
- }
- put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pTrunk->pDbPage) );
- noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- }
- searchList = 0;
- }
- }
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- pPrevTrunk = 0;
- }while( searchList );
- }else{
- /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
- ** end of the file */
- int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt);
- *pPgno = nPage + 1;
-
- if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- (*pPgno)++;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
- /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
- ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
- ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
- */
- MemPage *pPg = 0;
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, &pPg, 0);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
- releasePage(pPg);
- }
- if( rc ) return rc;
- (*pPgno)++;
- if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; }
- }
-#endif
-
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- }
- TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
- }
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->readOnly==0 );
+ assert( iStatement>0 );
+ assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with
+ ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using
+ ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any
+ ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+/*
+** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK
+** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the
+** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value
+** of op.
+**
+** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the
+** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different
+** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the
+** transaction remains open.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iSavepoint<0 && pBt->initiallyEmpty ) pBt->nPage = 0;
+ rc = newDatabase(pBt);
+ pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData);
-end_allocate_page:
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
- releasePage(*ppPage);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header
+ ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset
+ ** 28 is nonzero. */
+ assert( pBt->nPage>0 );
}
- (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
- }else{
- *ppPage = 0;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
-** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
+** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that
+** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open
+** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then
+** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction.
**
-** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
-** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
-** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
-** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
+** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
+** writing if other conditions for writing are also met. These
+** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
+** be allowed:
**
-** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
-** its reference count is not altered by this function.
+** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
+**
+** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache
+** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
+** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise
+** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
+** the read cursors in the other database connection.
+**
+** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
+**
+** 4: There must be an active transaction.
+**
+** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
+** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired
+** will not work correctly.
+**
+** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called
+** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine.
*/
-static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
- MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
- Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
- MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
+static int btreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */
+){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( iPage>1 );
- assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==1 );
- if( pMemPage ){
- pPage = pMemPage;
- sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
- }else{
- pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
- }
+ /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable
+ ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks,
+ ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with
+ ** this lock. */
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, wrFlag+1) );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) );
- /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
- nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
+ /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+ assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
- ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
- */
- if( (!pPage && (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)))
- || (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))
- ){
- goto freepage_out;
+ if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-#endif
-
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
- ** to indicate that the page is free.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
- if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+ if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_EMPTY;
}
- /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
- ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
- ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
- ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
- ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
- ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
- */
- if( nFree!=0 ){
- u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
-
- iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto freepage_out;
- }
-
- nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
- assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
- if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- goto freepage_out;
- }
- if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
- /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
- ** being freed as a new leaf.
- **
- ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
- ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
- ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
- ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
- ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order
- ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
- ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
- ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
- ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
- ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
- */
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
- put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- if( pPage ){
- sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- }
-#endif
- rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
- }
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
- goto freepage_out;
- }
+ /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
+ ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */
+ pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
+ pCur->iPage = -1;
+ pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ pCur->pBtree = p;
+ pCur->pBt = pBt;
+ pCur->wrFlag = (u8)wrFlag;
+ pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
}
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ pCur->cachedRowid = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree */
+ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */
+ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
+ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */
+ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
- ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
- ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
- ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
- ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
- */
- if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
- goto freepage_out;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto freepage_out;
- }
- put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
- put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
- put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
- TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+/*
+** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes.
+**
+** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate
+** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque
+** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call
+** this routine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){
+ return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor));
+}
-freepage_out:
- if( pPage ){
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- }
- releasePage(pPage);
- releasePage(pTrunk);
- return rc;
+/*
+** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object.
+**
+** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object
+** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays
+** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot
+** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){
+ memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, iPage));
}
-static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
- if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+
+/*
+** Set the cached rowid value of every cursor in the same database file
+** as pCur and having the same root page number as pCur. The value is
+** set to iRowid.
+**
+** Only positive rowid values are considered valid for this cache.
+** The cache is initialized to zero, indicating an invalid cache.
+** A btree will work fine with zero or negative rowids. We just cannot
+** cache zero or negative rowids, which means tables that use zero or
+** negative rowids might run a little slower. But in practice, zero
+** or negative rowids are very uncommon so this should not be a problem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){
+ BtCursor *p;
+ for(p=pCur->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
+ if( p->pgnoRoot==pCur->pgnoRoot ) p->cachedRowid = iRowid;
}
+ assert( pCur->cachedRowid==iRowid );
}
/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
+** Return the cached rowid for the given cursor. A negative or zero
+** return value indicates that the rowid cache is invalid and should be
+** ignored. If the rowid cache has never before been set, then a
+** zero is returned.
*/
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- CellInfo info;
- Pgno ovflPgno;
- int rc;
- int nOvfl;
- u16 ovflPageSize;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor *pCur){
+ return pCur->cachedRowid;
+}
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
- }
- ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
- assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
- ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
- nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
- assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
- while( nOvfl-- ){
- Pgno iNext = 0;
- MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
- if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
- /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
- ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
- ** file the database must be corrupt. */
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+/*
+** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released
+** when the last cursor is closed.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
+ if( pBtree ){
+ int i;
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
+ if( pCur->pPrev ){
+ pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
+ }else{
+ pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
}
- if( nOvfl ){
- rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( pCur->pNext ){
+ pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
}
- rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
- if( pOvfl ){
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+ for(i=0; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
}
- if( rc ) return rc;
- ovflPgno = iNext;
+ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
+** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
+** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call
+** btreeParseCell() to fill it in.
**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
+** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
+** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell().
+**
+** 2007-06-25: There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
+** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
+** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
+** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
+** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.) So we use a real function
+** for MSVC and a macro for everything else. Ticket #2457.
*/
-static int fillInCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */
- unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */
- const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */
- int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
- int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */
-){
- int nPayload;
- const u8 *pSrc;
- int nSrc, n, rc;
- int spaceLeft;
- MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
- MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
- unsigned char *pPrior;
- unsigned char *pPayload;
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
- int nHeader;
- CellInfo info;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
- /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
- ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
- assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
- /* Fill in the header. */
- nHeader = 0;
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- nHeader += 4;
- }
- if( pPage->hasData ){
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
- }else{
- nData = nZero = 0;
- }
- nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
- assert( info.nKey==nKey );
- assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
-
- /* Fill in the payload */
- nPayload = nData + nZero;
- if( pPage->intKey ){
- pSrc = pData;
- nSrc = nData;
- nData = 0;
- }else{
- if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- }
- nPayload += (int)nKey;
- pSrc = pKey;
- nSrc = (int)nKey;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ CellInfo info;
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage], pCur->aiIdx[iPage], &info);
+ assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
}
- *pnSize = info.nSize;
- spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
- pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
- pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
-
- while( nPayload>0 ){
- if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- do{
- pgnoOvfl++;
- } while(
- PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
- );
- }
-#endif
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
- ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
- ** for that page now.
- **
- ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
- ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
- ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
- ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
- ** wrong pages from the database.
- */
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pOvfl);
- }
- }
+#else
+ #define assertCellInfo(x)
#endif
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
- ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
- assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
-
- /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
- ** is still writeable */
- assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-
- put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
- releasePage(pToRelease);
- pToRelease = pOvfl;
- pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
- put4byte(pPrior, 0);
- pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
- spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+ /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
+ static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info);
+ pCur->validNKey = 1;
+ }else{
+ assertCellInfo(pCur);
}
- n = nPayload;
- if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-
- /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
- ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
- assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+ }
+#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
+ /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
+#define getCellInfo(pCur) \
+ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ \
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage; \
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[iPage],pCur->aiIdx[iPage],&pCur->info); \
+ pCur->validNKey = 1; \
+ }else{ \
+ assertCellInfo(pCur); \
+ }
+#endif /* _MSC_VER */
- /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
- ** is still writeable */
- assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
- || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+#ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */
+/*
+** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one
+** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table.
+** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){
+ return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID;
+}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
- if( nSrc>0 ){
- if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
- assert( pSrc );
- memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
- }else{
- memset(pPayload, 0, n);
- }
- nPayload -= n;
- pPayload += n;
- pSrc += n;
- nSrc -= n;
- spaceLeft -= n;
- if( nSrc==0 ){
- nSrc = nData;
- pSrc = pData;
- }
+/*
+** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
+** the key for the current entry. If the cursor is not pointing
+** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0.
+**
+** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
+** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
+**
+** The caller must position the cursor prior to invoking this routine.
+**
+** This routine cannot fail. It always returns SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+ *pSize = 0;
+ }else{
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
}
- releasePage(pToRelease);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
+** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
+** cursor currently points to.
**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
+** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL
+** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee
+** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** Failure is not possible. This function always returns SQLITE_OK.
+** It might just as well be a procedure (returning void) but we continue
+** to return an integer result code for historical reasons.
*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- int pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
- u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
- int rc; /* The return code */
- int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */
-
- if( *pRC ) return;
-
- assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
- assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- data = pPage->aData;
- ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
- pc = get2byte(ptr);
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
- testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- if( pc < get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
- *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
- return;
- }
- rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
- if( rc ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
- ptr[0] = ptr[2];
- ptr[1] = ptr[3];
- }
- pPage->nCell--;
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
- pPage->nFree += 2;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
+** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
+** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the
+** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
+** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so.
**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
+** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is
+** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked
+** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero.
+**
+** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding
+** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that
+** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage()
+** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because
+** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then
+** *ppPage is set to zero.
*/
-static void insertCell(
- MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */
- int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
- u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */
- int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */
- u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
- Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
- int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */
+static int getOverflowPage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */
+ Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */
+ MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */
+ Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
){
- int idx; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
- int j; /* Loop counter */
- int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
- int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
- int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
- u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */
- u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+ Pgno next = 0;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert(pPgnoNext);
- if( *pRC ) return;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
+ ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in
+ ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns
+ ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page
+ ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
+ */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
+ u8 eType;
- assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
- assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) );
- assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
- if( pTemp ){
- memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- pCell = pTemp;
- }
- if( iChild ){
- put4byte(pCell, iChild);
- }
- j = pPage->nOverflow++;
- assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) );
- pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
- pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i;
- }else{
- int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- *pRC = rc;
- return;
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- data = pPage->aData;
- cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
- end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
- ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
- rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
- if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
- /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
- ** if it returns success */
- assert( idx >= end+2 );
- assert( idx+sz <= pPage->pBt->usableSize );
- pPage->nCell++;
- pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
- memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
- if( iChild ){
- put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
- }
- for(j=end, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
- ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
- ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
+ while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ iGuess++;
}
- put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
- put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
- ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
- */
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
+
+ if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
+ next = iGuess;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }
}
-#endif
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
-*/
-static void assemblePage(
- MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */
- int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */
- u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */
- u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */
-){
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */
- int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */
- u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */
- const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */
- const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
-
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=5460 );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+#endif
- /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
- assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
- assert( get2byte(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
+ assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, 0);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
+ }
+ }
- pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2];
- cellbody = nUsable;
- for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
- pCellptr -= 2;
- cellbody -= aSize[i];
- put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
- memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
+ *pPgnoNext = next;
+ if( ppPage ){
+ *ppPage = pPage;
+ }else{
+ releasePage(pPage);
}
- put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
- put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
- pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
- pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
+ return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
}
/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
+** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
+** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
+** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
+** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
+** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
+** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
*/
-#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
+static int copyPayload(
+ void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */
+ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */
+ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */
+ int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
+ DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */
+){
+ if( eOp ){
+ /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
+ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
+ }else{
+ /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
+ memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
+** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
+** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
+** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
+** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
+** buffer pBuf).
**
-** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up. On average.
+** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
+** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+** The content being read or written might appear on the main page
+** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages.
**
-** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
-** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
-** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
-** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
-** least 13 bytes in size.
+** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
+** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
+** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list
+** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
+** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
+**
+** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
+** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
+** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
+** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
+**
+** * An incremental vacuum,
+** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
+** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
- BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */
- MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */
- int rc; /* Return Code */
- Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */
+static int accessPayload(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */
+ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */
+ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */
+ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
+){
+ unsigned char *aPayload;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u32 nKey;
+ int iIdx = 0;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; /* Btree page of current entry */
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
+ assert( pPage );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ getCellInfo(pCur);
+ aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
+ nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : (int)pCur->info.nKey);
- /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
- ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
- ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
- */
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+ if( NEVER(offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData)
+ || &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize]
+ ){
+ /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
+ if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
+ int a = amt;
+ if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
+ a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
+ }
+ rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
+ offset = 0;
+ pBuf += a;
+ amt -= a;
+ }else{
+ offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
+ }
- u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
- u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
- u8 *pStop;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+ const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
+ Pgno nextPage;
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
- assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
- zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
- assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+ nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
- ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
- ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
- ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
- ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
- ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
- ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
- ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
+ ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
+ ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
+ ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
+ ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
+ ** (the cache is lazily populated).
*/
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
- if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+ if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+ int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
+ pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
+ /* nOvfl is always positive. If it were zero, fetchPayload would have
+ ** been used instead of this routine. */
+ if( ALWAYS(nOvfl) && !pCur->aOverflow ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}
-
- /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
- ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
- ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
- ** largest key on pPage).
- **
- ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
- ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
- ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
- ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
- ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
- ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
- ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+
+ /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
+ ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
+ ** directly to it.
*/
- pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
- pStop = &pCell[9];
- while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
- pStop = &pCell[9];
- while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+ if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
+ iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
+ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
+ offset = (offset%ovflSize);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
- insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
- 0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+ for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
- /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
- put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-
- /* Release the reference to the new page. */
- releasePage(pNew);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
+ if( pCur->aOverflow ){
+ assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
+ pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if( offset>=ovflSize ){
+ /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
+ ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
+ ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
+ ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
+ ** function.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
+ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
+ } else
+#endif
+ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
+ offset -= ovflSize;
+ }else{
+ /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
+ ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
+ */
+ DbPage *pDbPage;
+ int a = amt;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
+ nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
+ if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
+ a = ovflSize - offset;
+ }
+ rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
+ offset = 0;
+ amt -= a;
+ pBuf += a;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-#if 0
/*
-** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
-** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
-** for setting pointer-map entries.
+** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
+**
+** The caller must ensure that pCur is pointing to a valid row
+** in the table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
*/
-static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
- int i, j;
- for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
- Pgno n;
- u8 e;
- MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
- BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
- assert( pPage->isInit );
-
- for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
- CellInfo info;
- u8 *z;
-
- z = findCell(pPage, j);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
- if( info.iOverflow ){
- Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno child = get4byte(z);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
- }
- }
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
- assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
- }
- }
- return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0);
}
-#endif
/*
-** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
-** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
-** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
-** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
-** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
-** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
-**
-** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
-** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
-**
-** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur. Exactly
+** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[]. The transfer
+** begins at "offset".
**
-** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
-** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
-** which are called often under normal circumstances.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
+** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
+** the available payload.
*/
-static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
- if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
- BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
- u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
- u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
- int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
- int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
- TESTONLY(int rc;)
- int iData;
-
-
- assert( pFrom->isInit );
- assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
- assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5])<=pBt->usableSize );
-
- /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
- iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
- memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
- memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
-
- /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
- ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo "cannot" fail, as the
- ** data copied from pFrom is known to be valid. */
- pTo->isInit = 0;
- TESTONLY(rc = ) btreeInitPage(pTo);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
- /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
- ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
- */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
+ int rc;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ return SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0);
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
-** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
-** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
-** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
-** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
-** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
-** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
-** participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
-** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
-** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
-** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
-** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
-**
-** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
-** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
-** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
-** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
-** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
+** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the
+** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of
+** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
+** skipKey==1. The number of bytes of available key/data is written
+** into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
+** a valid pointer.
**
-** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
-** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
-** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
-** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
-** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
-** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
-** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
-** enough for all overflow cells.
+** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key
+** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
+** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
+** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills
+** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble
+** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
**
-** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
-** SQLITE_NOMEM.
+** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
+** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time
+** any btree routine is called.
*/
-static int balance_nonroot(
- MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
- int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
- u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
- int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */
+static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
+ int *pAmt, /* Write the number of available bytes here */
+ int skipKey /* read beginning at data if this is true */
){
- BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
- int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
- int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
- int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
- int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
- int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
- int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */
- u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */
- int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
- int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
- int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
- int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
- int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
- int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
- int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */
- MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */
- MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
- MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
- u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
- u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */
- int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
- int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
- u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */
- u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
- u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
- Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */
-
- pBt = pParent->pBt;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-
-#if 0
- TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
-#endif
-
- /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
- ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
- ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
- ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
- */
- assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
- assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx );
+ unsigned char *aPayload;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ u32 nKey;
+ u32 nLocal;
- if( !aOvflSpace ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ if( NEVER(pCur->info.nSize==0) ){
+ btreeParseCell(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage],
+ &pCur->info);
}
-
- /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
- ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
- ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
- ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
- ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
- **
- ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
- ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
- ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
- ** have already been removed.
- */
- i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
- if( i<2 ){
- nxDiv = 0;
- nOld = i+1;
+ aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
+ aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ nKey = 0;
}else{
- nOld = 3;
- if( iParentIdx==0 ){
- nxDiv = 0;
- }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
- nxDiv = i-2;
- }else{
- nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
- }
- i = 2;
+ nKey = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
}
- if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
- pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+ if( skipKey ){
+ aPayload += nKey;
+ nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
}else{
- pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+ nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
+ assert( nLocal<=nKey );
}
- pgno = get4byte(pRight);
- while( 1 ){
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]);
- if( rc ){
- memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
- if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+ *pAmt = nLocal;
+ return aPayload;
+}
- if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){
- apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell;
- pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
- szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
- pParent->nOverflow = 0;
- }else{
- apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
- pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
- szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
- /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
- ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
- ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
- ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
- ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
- ** later on.
- **
- ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case,
- ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
- ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
- ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
- ** is allocated. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
- memcpy(&aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
- apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
-#endif
- dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
- }
+/*
+** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
+** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
+** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
+**
+** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move
+** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
+** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
+** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
+** this routine.
+**
+** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
+** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+ const void *p = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+ p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
+ const void *p = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){
+ p = (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
}
+ return p;
+}
- /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
- ** alignment */
- nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
- /*
- ** Allocate space for memory structures
- */
- k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
- szScratch =
- nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */
- + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */
- + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */
- + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */
- apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch );
- if( apCell==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto balance_cleanup;
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the
+** page number of the child page to move to.
+**
+** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of
+** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e.
+** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or
+** vice-versa).
+*/
+static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
+ int rc;
+ int i = pCur->iPage;
+ MemPage *pNewPage;
+ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage<BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH );
+ if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
- aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pCur->apPage[i+1] = pNewPage;
+ pCur->aiIdx[i+1] = 0;
+ pCur->iPage++;
- /*
- ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
- ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells
- ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells
- ** from pParent.
- **
- ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
- ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
- ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
- ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
- ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[]
- ** are alike.
- **
- ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf.
- ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
- */
- leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
- leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
- for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
- int limit;
-
- /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
- ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
- ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
- ** process of being overwritten. */
- MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
- memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
- pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
- memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ if( pNewPage->nCell<1 || pNewPage->intKey!=pCur->apPage[i]->intKey ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
- for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
- assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
- apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
- szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
- nCell++;
- }
- if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
- u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
- u8 *pTemp;
- assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
- szCell[nCell] = sz;
- pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
- iSpace1 += sz;
- assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 );
- assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize );
- memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
- apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
- assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
- szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
- if( !pOld->leaf ){
- assert( leafCorrection==0 );
- assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
- /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
- ** pointer of the divider cell */
- memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
- }else{
- assert( leafCorrection==4 );
- if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
- /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
- szCell[nCell] = 4;
- }
- }
- nCell++;
- }
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function
+** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th
+** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of
+** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of
+** the page.
+*/
+static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){
+ assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell );
+ if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){
+ assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild );
+ }else{
+ assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild );
}
+}
+#else
+# define assertParentIndex(x,y,z)
+#endif
- /*
- ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
- ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
- ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
- ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
- ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
- **
- ** Values computed by this block:
- **
- ** k: The total number of sibling pages
- ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
- ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
- ** the right of the i-th sibling page.
- ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
- **
- */
- usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
- for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- assert( i<nMaxCells );
- subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
- if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
- szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
- cntNew[k] = i;
- if( leafData ){ i--; }
- subtotal = 0;
- k++;
- if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
+/*
+** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
+**
+** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
+** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the
+** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
+** the largest cell index.
+*/
+static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ assert( pCur->iPage>0 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assertParentIndex(
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1],
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->pgno
+ );
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]);
+ pCur->iPage--;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure.
+**
+** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point
+** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a
+** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a
+** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1.
+**
+** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to
+** CURSOR_INVALID. Otherwise, the cursor is set to point to the first
+** cell located on the root (or virtual root) page and the cursor state
+** is set to CURSOR_VALID.
+**
+** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the
+** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected
+** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not
+** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D,
+** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo
+** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index
+** b-tree).
+*/
+static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
+ MemPage *pRoot;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return pCur->skipNext;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur);
}
- szNew[k] = subtotal;
- cntNew[k] = nCell;
- k++;
- /*
- ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
- ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
- ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts
- ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
- **
- ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might
- ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most
- ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional.
- */
- for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
- int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */
- int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
- int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
- int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
+ if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
+ }
+ pCur->iPage = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pCur->iPage = 0;
- r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
- d = r + 1 - leafData;
- assert( d<nMaxCells );
- assert( r<nMaxCells );
- while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
- szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
- szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
- cntNew[i-1]--;
- r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
- d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor
+ ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is
+ ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case,
+ ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. */
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==1 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==0 );
+ if( (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pCur->apPage[0]->intKey ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- szNew[i] = szRight;
- szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
}
- /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
- ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root
- ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
- */
- assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
+ /* Assert that the root page is of the correct type. This must be the
+ ** case as the call to this function that loaded the root-page (either
+ ** this call or a previous invocation) would have detected corruption
+ ** if the assumption were not true, and it is not possible for the flags
+ ** byte to have been modified while this cursor is holding a reference
+ ** to the page. */
+ pRoot = pCur->apPage[0];
+ assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
+ assert( pRoot->isInit && (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)==pRoot->intKey );
- TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ",
- apOld[0]->pgno,
- nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
- nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
- ));
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->atLast = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
- /*
- ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible.
- */
- if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
- rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
- goto balance_cleanup;
+ if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
+ Pgno subpage;
+ if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
+ }else{
+ pCur->eState = ((pRoot->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
}
- pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
- for(i=0; i<k; i++){
- MemPage *pNew;
- if( i<nOld ){
- pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
- apOld[i] = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
- nNew++;
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- }else{
- assert( i>0 );
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- apNew[i] = pNew;
- nNew++;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto balance_cleanup;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
+** entry to which it is currently pointing.
+**
+** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
+** in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pPage->nCell );
+ pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]));
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
}
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
- */
- while( i<nOld ){
- freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
- if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
- releasePage(apOld[i]);
- apOld[i] = 0;
- i++;
+/*
+** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
+** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference
+** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost()
+** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
+** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
+**
+** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
+** key in ascending order.
+*/
+static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Pgno pgno;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage])->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pPage->nCell-1;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
}
+ return rc;
+}
- /*
- ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to
- ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
- ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That
- ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
- ** from the disk more rapidly.
- **
- ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
- ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
- ** not be a problem.
- **
- ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
- ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
- */
- for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
- int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
- int minI = i;
- for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
- if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
- minI = j;
- minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
- }
- }
- if( minI>i ){
- int t;
- MemPage *pT;
- t = apNew[i]->pgno;
- pT = apNew[i];
- apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
- apNew[minI] = pT;
+/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ *pRes = 1;
+ }else{
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
}
}
- TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
- apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
- nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
- nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
- nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
- nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
+ return rc;
+}
- /*
- ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
- ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
- */
- j = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
- MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
- assert( j<nMaxCells );
- zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
- assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
- assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
- assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
+/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK
+** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
+** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- j = cntNew[i];
+ /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */
+ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && pCur->atLast ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point
+ ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pCur->iPage; ii++){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell );
+ }
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell-1 );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->leaf );
+#endif
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
- ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
- */
- assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
- if( j<nCell ){
- u8 *pCell;
- u8 *pTemp;
- int sz;
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ *pRes = 1;
+ }else{
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
+ pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- assert( j<nMaxCells );
- pCell = apCell[j];
- sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
- pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
- if( !pNew->leaf ){
- memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
- }else if( leafData ){
- /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
- ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider
- ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
- ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
- */
- CellInfo info;
- j--;
- btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
- pCell = pTemp;
- sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
- pTemp = 0;
- }else{
- pCell -= 4;
- /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
- ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
- ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
- ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
- ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
- ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
- **
- ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
- ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
- ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
- */
- if( szCell[j]==4 ){
- assert(leafCorrection==4);
- sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
- }
- }
- iOvflSpace += sz;
- assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 );
- assert( iOvflSpace<=pBt->pageSize );
- insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key
+** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code.
+**
+** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey
+** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
+** is ignored.
+**
+** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
+** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
+** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes
+** before or after the key.
+**
+** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of
+** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is
+** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into
+** *pRes is as follows:
+**
+** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty
+** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
+**
+** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
+** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey.
+**
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */
+ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
+ i64 intKey, /* The table key */
+ int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
+ int *pRes /* Write search results here */
+){
+ int rc;
- j++;
- nxDiv++;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pRes );
+ assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
+
+ /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
+ ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey
+ && pCur->apPage[0]->intKey
+ ){
+ if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
+ *pRes = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
+ *pRes = -1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- assert( j==nCell );
- assert( nOld>0 );
- assert( nNew>0 );
- if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
- u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
- memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
+ *pRes = -1;
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
+ for(;;){
+ int lwr, upr, idx;
+ Pgno chldPg;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ int c;
- if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
- /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
- ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
- ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
- ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
- ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
- **
- ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
- ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
- ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
- **
- ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
- ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
- ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
- ** image. */
- assert( nNew==1 );
- assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
- (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
- );
- copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
- freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
- }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around.
- ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
- ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
- ** many have not. The following is a summary:
- **
- ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
- ** siblings when this function was called. These have already
- ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
- ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
- ** of those.
- **
- ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
- ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These
- ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
- **
- ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
- ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
- **
- ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
- ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
- ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
- **
- ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
- ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
- ** to be updated.
- **
- ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
- ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
- ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
- ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
- ** actually moved between pages. */
- MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
- MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
- int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
- int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
- int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1);
- j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */
- k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- int isDivider = 0;
- while( i==iNextOld ){
- /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
- ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
- ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
- pOld = apCopy[++j];
- iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
- if( pOld->nOverflow ){
- nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
- iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx;
+ /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page
+ ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop
+ ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine
+ ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must
+ ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise
+ ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */
+ assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
+ assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) );
+ lwr = 0;
+ upr = pPage->nCell-1;
+ if( biasRight ){
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = upr);
+ }else{
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (upr+lwr)/2);
+ }
+ for(;;){
+ u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */
+
+ assert( idx==pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] );
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ i64 nCellKey;
+ if( pPage->hasData ){
+ u32 dummy;
+ pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
+ }
+ getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
+ if( nCellKey==intKey ){
+ c = 0;
+ }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
+ c = -1;
+ }else{
+ assert( nCellKey>intKey );
+ c = +1;
+ }
+ pCur->validNKey = 1;
+ pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
+ }else{
+ /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that
+ ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree
+ ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte
+ ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing
+ ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is
+ ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first
+ ** 2 bytes of the cell.
+ */
+ int nCell = pCell[0];
+ if( !(nCell & 0x80) && nCell<=pPage->maxLocal ){
+ /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a
+ ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main
+ ** b-tree page. */
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey);
+ }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80)
+ && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal
+ ){
+ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record
+ ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey);
+ }else{
+ /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In
+ ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated
+ ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the
+ ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. */
+ void *pCellKey;
+ u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info);
+ nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey;
+ pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell );
+ if( pCellKey==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
+ sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
}
- isDivider = !leafData;
}
-
- assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
- assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1);
- assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1);
- if( i==iOverflow ){
- isDivider = 1;
- if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
- iOverflow++;
+ if( c==0 ){
+ if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+ lwr = idx;
+ upr = lwr - 1;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ *pRes = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto moveto_finish;
}
}
-
- if( i==cntNew[k] ){
- /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
- ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
- ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */
- pNew = apNew[++k];
- if( !leafData ) continue;
+ if( c<0 ){
+ lwr = idx+1;
+ }else{
+ upr = idx-1;
}
- assert( j<nOld );
- assert( k<nNew );
-
- /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
- ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
- ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
- ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */
- if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
- if( !leafCorrection ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
- }
- if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
- ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
- }
+ if( lwr>upr ){
+ break;
}
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)(idx = (lwr+upr)/2);
}
-
- if( !leafCorrection ){
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
- ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
- }
+ assert( lwr==upr+1 );
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ chldPg = 0;
+ }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
+ chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ }else{
+ chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
}
-
-#if 0
- /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
- ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
- ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
- ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
- ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
- ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
-#endif
- }
-
- assert( pParent->isInit );
- TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
- nOld, nNew, nCell));
-
- /*
- ** Cleanup before returning.
- */
-balance_cleanup:
- sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
- for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
- releasePage(apOld[i]);
- }
- for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
- releasePage(apNew[i]);
+ if( chldPg==0 ){
+ assert( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]<pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ *pRes = c;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ goto moveto_finish;
+ }
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = (u16)lwr;
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
+ if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
}
-
+moveto_finish:
return rc;
}
/*
-** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
-** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
-**
-** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
-** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
-** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
-** pointer pointing to the new page.
-**
-** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
-** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
-** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
-** page is also updated.
+** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
**
-** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
-** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
-** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
-** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
+** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
+** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
+** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
- int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
- MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */
- Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */
- BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */
-
- assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
- /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
- ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
- ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
+ /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
+ ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
+ ** as well as the boolean result value.
*/
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
- copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
- if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
- }
- }
- if( rc ){
- *ppChild = 0;
- releasePage(pChild);
- return rc;
- }
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
- assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
-
- TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-
- /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
- memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0]));
- pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
-
- /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
- zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
- put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-
- *ppChild = pChild;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
}
/*
-** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
-** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
-** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
-** routine. Balancing routines are:
-**
-** balance_quick()
-** balance_deeper()
-** balance_nonroot()
+** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. If
+** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
*/
-static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
- u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
- u8 *pFree = 0;
-
- TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
- TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
-
- do {
- int iPage = pCur->iPage;
- MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
+ int rc;
+ int idx;
+ MemPage *pPage;
- if( iPage==0 ){
- if( pPage->nOverflow ){
- /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
- ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
- ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
- ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
- */
- assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
- rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCur->iPage = 1;
- pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
- pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
- assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
- }
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
- break;
- }else{
- MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
- int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pRes!=0 );
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ *pRes = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
- if( pPage->hasData
- && pPage->nOverflow==1
- && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell
- && pParent->pgno!=1
- && pParent->nCell==iIdx
- ){
- /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
- ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
- ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
- ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent
- ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
- ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
- ** buffer.
- **
- ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
- ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
- ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
- ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
- */
- assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
- rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
- }else
-#endif
- {
- /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
- ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
- ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
- ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
- ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
- **
- ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
- ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
- ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
- ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
- ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
- ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
- ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
- ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
- ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
- ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
- */
- u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
- rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1);
- if( pFree ){
- /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
- ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
- ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
- ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
- sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
- }
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ assert( idx<=pPage->nCell );
- /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
- ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
- ** comes first. */
- pFree = pSpace;
- }
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
+ *pRes = 0;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ do{
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
- pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-
- /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
- releasePage(pPage);
- pCur->iPage--;
+ moveToParent(pCur);
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ }while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pPage->nCell );
+ *pRes = 0;
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-
- if( pFree ){
- sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ *pRes = 0;
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is
-** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
-** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
-** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
-** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
-** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than
-** (pKey, nKey)).
-**
-** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
-** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
-** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
-** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
-** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
+** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. If
+** successful then set *pRes=0. If the cursor
+** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
+** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
- const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */
- const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */
- int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
- int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */
- int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
-){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
int rc;
- int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */
- int szNew;
- int idx;
MemPage *pPage;
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- unsigned char *oldCell;
- unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
- if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
- assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
- return pCur->skipNext;
- }
assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
-
- /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
- ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
- ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
- ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
- ** blob of associated data. */
- assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
-
- /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
- ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace
- ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */
- if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
-
- /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
- **
- ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
- ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
- ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
- ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
- ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
- ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
- ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
- ** not to clear the cursor here.
- */
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( !loc ){
- rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ pCur->atLast = 0;
+ if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
+ if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
+ *pRes = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ pCur->skipNext = 0;
pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
- assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
-
- TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
- pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
- loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
assert( pPage->isInit );
- allocateTempSpace(pBt);
- newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
- if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
- assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
- idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- if( loc==0 ){
- u16 szOld;
- assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ int idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx)));
if( rc ){
- goto end_insert;
- }
- oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
+ return rc;
}
- szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
- rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
- dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
- if( rc ) goto end_insert;
- }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
- assert( pPage->leaf );
- idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
}else{
- assert( pPage->leaf );
- }
- insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-
- /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
- ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
- ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey
- ** variables.
- **
- ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
- ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
- ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
- ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
- ** slightly faster.
- **
- ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
- ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
- ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
- ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
- ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
- ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
- ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
- ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
- */
- pCur->info.nSize = 0;
- pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
- rc = balance(pCur);
-
- /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
- ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
- ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
- ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
- pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
- pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
- }
- assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
-
-end_insert:
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
-** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
- Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- int rc; /* Return code */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
- unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
- int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
- int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
-
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
- assert( pCur->wrFlag );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
- assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
-
- if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell)
- || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
- ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */
- }
-
- /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
- ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */
- if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
- }
-
- iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
- iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
- pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
- pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
-
- /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
- ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
- ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
- ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
- ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
- ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
- ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- int notUsed;
- rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-
- /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
- ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be
- ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the
- ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.
- */
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
-
- /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
- ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
- ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
- ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
- ** node to replace the deleted cell. */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- int nCell;
- Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
- unsigned char *pTmp;
-
- pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
- nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
- assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=nCell );
-
- allocateTempSpace(pBt);
- pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
- insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
- dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-
- /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
- ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
- ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
- ** never true.
- **
- ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
- ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
- ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
- ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
- ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
- ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
- ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
- ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
- ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
- ** well. */
- rc = balance(pCur);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
- while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
- releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+ while( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]==0 ){
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
+ *pRes = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ moveToParent(pCur);
}
- rc = balance(pCur);
- }
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- moveToRoot(pCur);
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]--;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
+ *pRes = 0;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
+** Allocate a new page from the database file.
**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for
-** flags might not work:
+** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
+** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also
+** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
+** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
**
-** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
+** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates
+** an error. *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
+** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
+**
+** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to
+** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an
+** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
+** which in turn can make database access faster.
+**
+** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists
+** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
+** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- MemPage *pRoot;
- Pgno pgnoRoot;
+static int allocateBtreePage(
+ BtShared *pBt,
+ MemPage **ppPage,
+ Pgno *pPgno,
+ Pgno nearby,
+ u8 exact
+){
+ MemPage *pPage1;
int rc;
+ u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */
+ u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
+ MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
+ MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
+ Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
+ mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt);
+ n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+ testcase( n==mxPage-1 );
+ if( n>=mxPage ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
- MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
- /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
- ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
- ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
- ** held by open cursors.
- */
- invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-
- /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
- ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
- ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+ if( n>0 ){
+ /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */
+ Pgno iTrunk;
+ u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
+
+ /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
+ ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
+ ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
*/
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
- pgnoRoot++;
-
- /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
- ** PENDING_BYTE page.
- */
- while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
- pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
- pgnoRoot++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( exact && nearby<=mxPage ){
+ u8 eType;
+ assert( nearby>0 );
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ searchList = 1;
+ }
+ *pPgno = nearby;
}
- assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
+#endif
- /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
- ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
- ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+ /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
+ ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
*/
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
- /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
- ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
- ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
- ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
- ** is already journaled.
- */
- u8 eType = 0;
- Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
-
- releasePage(pPageMove);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
- /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
+ ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
+ ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
+ */
+ do {
+ pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
+ if( pPrevTrunk ){
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
+ }else{
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
}
- rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
- if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ testcase( iTrunk==mxPage );
+ if( iTrunk>mxPage ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+ if( rc ){
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
}
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
- assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
- releasePage(pRoot);
- /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+ k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); /* # of leaves on this trunk page */
+ if( k==0 && !searchList ){
+ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched.
+ ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly
+ ** allocated page */
+ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ *pPgno = iTrunk;
+ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ *ppPage = pTrunk;
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+ }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){
+ /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
+ /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
+ ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
+ */
+ assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
+ *ppPage = pTrunk;
+ searchList = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ if( k==0 ){
+ if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains
+ ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
+ ** page in this case.
+ */
+ MemPage *pNewTrunk;
+ Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
+ if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
+ put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
+ memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
+ releasePage(pNewTrunk);
+ if( !pPrevTrunk ){
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
+ }
+ }
+ pTrunk = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
+#endif
+ }else if( k>0 ){
+ /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
+ u32 closest;
+ Pgno iPage;
+ unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
+ if( nearby>0 ){
+ u32 i;
+ int dist;
+ closest = 0;
+ dist = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby);
+ for(i=1; i<k; i++){
+ int d2 = sqlite3AbsInt32(get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby);
+ if( d2<dist ){
+ closest = i;
+ dist = d2;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ closest = 0;
+ }
+
+ iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
+ testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+ if( iPage>mxPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto end_allocate_page;
+ }
+ testcase( iPage==mxPage );
+ if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
+ int noContent;
+ *pPgno = iPage;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
+ ": %d more free pages\n",
+ *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page;
+ if( closest<k-1 ){
+ memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
+ }
+ put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
+ noContent = !btreeGetHasContent(pBt, *pPgno);
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, noContent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ }
+ }
+ searchList = 0;
+ }
}
- }else{
- pRoot = pPageMove;
- }
+ releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+ pPrevTrunk = 0;
+ }while( searchList );
+ }else{
+ /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
+ ** end of the file */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pBt->nPage++;
+ if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++;
- /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
- ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){
+ /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
+ ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
+ ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
+ */
+ MemPage *pPg = 0;
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage));
+ assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage);
+ releasePage(pPg);
+ }
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ pBt->nPage++;
+ if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; }
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pRoot);
- return rc;
+#endif
+ put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage);
+ *pPgno = pBt->nPage;
+
+ assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
}
+ TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
+ }
+
+ assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+end_allocate_page:
+ releasePage(pTrunk);
+ releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){
+ releasePage(*ppPage);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
}else{
- rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
+ *ppPage = 0;
}
-#endif
- assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
- zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
- *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerIswriteable((*ppPage)->pDbPage) );
return rc;
}
/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return
-** the page to the freelist.
+** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list.
+** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list.
+**
+** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional.
+** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object
+** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value.
+** Otherwise, it may pass NULL.
+**
+** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument,
+** its reference count is not altered by this function.
*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
- BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
- Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
- int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */
- int *pnChange
-){
- MemPage *pPage;
- int rc;
- unsigned char *pCell;
- int i;
+static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){
+ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */
+ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */
+ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt) ){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ assert( iPage>1 );
+ assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage );
+
+ if( pMemPage ){
+ pPage = pMemPage;
+ sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }else{
+ pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage);
}
- rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
- pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
+ nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1);
+
+ if( pBt->secureDelete ){
+ /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then
+ ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
+ */
+ if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) )
+ || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0)
+ ){
+ goto freepage_out;
}
- rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
}
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
- if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
- }else if( pnChange ){
- assert( pPage->intKey );
- *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
+ ** to indicate that the page is free.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto freepage_out;
}
- if( freePageFlag ){
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
- zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+
+ /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two
+ ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first
+ ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a
+ ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the
+ ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it
+ ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf.
+ */
+ if( nFree!=0 ){
+ u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */
+
+ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+
+ nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
+ assert( pBt->usableSize>32 );
+ if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
+ /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page
+ ** being freed as a new leaf.
+ **
+ ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
+ ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
+ ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
+ ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
+ ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order
+ ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
+ ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
+ ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
+ ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
+ ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1);
+ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage);
+ if( pPage && !pBt->secureDelete ){
+ sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ }
+ rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage);
+ }
+ TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
}
-cleardatabasepage_out:
+ /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the
+ ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list.
+ ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the
+ ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed
+ ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list.
+ */
+ if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto freepage_out;
+ }
+ put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk);
+ put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
+ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage);
+ TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk));
+
+freepage_out:
+ if( pPage ){
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ }
releasePage(pPage);
+ releasePage(pTrunk);
return rc;
}
+static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){
+ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-**
-** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
-** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
-** entries in the table.
+** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ CellInfo info;
+ Pgno ovflPgno;
int rc;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ int nOvfl;
+ u32 ovflPageSize;
- /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
- ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
- ** a no-op). */
- invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
+ }
+ ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+ assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
+ ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+ nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
+ assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
+ while( nOvfl-- ){
+ Pgno iNext = 0;
+ MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+ if( ovflPgno<2 || ovflPgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an
+ ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the
+ ** file the database must be corrupt. */
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( nOvfl ){
+ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
- rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
- rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
+ if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) )
+ && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1
+ ){
+ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference
+ ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated.
+ ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it
+ ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt.
+ ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as
+ ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is
+ ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the
+ ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this
+ ** can be problematic.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno);
+ }
+
+ if( pOvfl ){
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
+ }
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ ovflPgno = iNext;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
+** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
+** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are
+** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure
+** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
+** for pCell[].
**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
+** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
+** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will
+** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
+** later.
*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
- int rc;
- MemPage *pPage = 0;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+static int fillInCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */
+ unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */
+ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key */
+ const void *pData,int nData, /* The data */
+ int nZero, /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
+ int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */
+){
+ int nPayload;
+ const u8 *pSrc;
+ int nSrc, n, rc;
+ int spaceLeft;
+ MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
+ MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
+ unsigned char *pPrior;
+ unsigned char *pPayload;
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
+ int nHeader;
+ CellInfo info;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
- /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
- ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
- ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
- ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would
- ** occur.
- **
- ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
- */
- if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
- sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
- return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+ /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary
+ ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */
+ assert( pCell<pPage->aData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
- if( rc ){
- releasePage(pPage);
- return rc;
+ /* Fill in the header. */
+ nHeader = 0;
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ nHeader += 4;
}
+ if( pPage->hasData ){
+ nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
+ }else{
+ nData = nZero = 0;
+ }
+ nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
+ assert( info.nKey==nKey );
+ assert( info.nData==(u32)(nData+nZero) );
+
+ /* Fill in the payload */
+ nPayload = nData + nZero;
+ if( pPage->intKey ){
+ pSrc = pData;
+ nSrc = nData;
+ nData = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( NEVER(nKey>0x7fffffff || pKey==0) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ nPayload += (int)nKey;
+ pSrc = pKey;
+ nSrc = (int)nKey;
+ }
+ *pnSize = info.nSize;
+ spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
+ pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
+ pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
- *piMoved = 0;
-
- if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
-#else
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- Pgno maxRootPgno;
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
-
- if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
- /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
- ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
- */
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- }else{
- /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
- ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
- ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
- */
- MemPage *pMove;
- releasePage(pPage);
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- pMove = 0;
- rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
- freePage(pMove, &rc);
- releasePage(pMove);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+ while( nPayload>0 ){
+ if( spaceLeft==0 ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ do{
+ pgnoOvfl++;
+ } while(
+ PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ );
}
-
- /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
- ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
- ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
- ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+#endif
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
+ ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
+ ** for that page now.
+ **
+ ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry
+ ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
+ ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
+ ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
+ ** wrong pages from the database.
*/
- maxRootPgno--;
- while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
- || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
- maxRootPgno--;
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pOvfl);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ return rc;
}
- assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+ /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPrior<pPage->aData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+ put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ pToRelease = pOvfl;
+ pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
+ put4byte(pPrior, 0);
+ pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
+ spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
+ }
+ n = nPayload;
+ if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
+
+ /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area
+ ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */
+ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) );
+
+ /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage
+ ** is still writeable */
+ assert( pPayload<pPage->aData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize]
+ || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+
+ if( nSrc>0 ){
+ if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
+ assert( pSrc );
+ memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
}else{
- freePage(pPage, &rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
+ memset(pPayload, 0, n);
+ }
+ nPayload -= n;
+ pPayload += n;
+ pSrc += n;
+ nSrc -= n;
+ spaceLeft -= n;
+ if( nSrc==0 ){
+ nSrc = nData;
+ pSrc = pData;
}
-#endif
- }else{
- /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
- ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
- ** database.
- */
- zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
- releasePage(pPage);
}
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
- int rc;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
+ releasePage(pToRelease);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
/*
-** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
-** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
+** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only.
+** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that
+** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just
+** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
**
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-**
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
+** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
- assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
- assert( pBt->pPage1 );
- assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
-
- *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){
+ u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
+ u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */
+ u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
+ u8 *endPtr; /* End of loop */
+ int rc; /* The return code */
+ int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */
- /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
- ** database, mark the database as read-only. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
-#endif
+ if( *pRC ) return;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
+ assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
+ pc = get2byte(ptr);
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
+ testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ if( pc < (u32)get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) || pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ return;
+ }
+ rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
+ if( rc ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ endPtr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell - 2];
+ assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
+ while( ptr<endPtr ){
+ *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[2];
+ ptr += 2;
+ }
+ pPage->nCell--;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
+ pPage->nFree += 2;
}
/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
+** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the
+** content of the cell.
+**
+** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it
+** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
+** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
+** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
+** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index.
+** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that
+** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
+**
+** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
+** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
+** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location
+** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- unsigned char *pP1;
- int rc;
- assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
- pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
- rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+static void insertCell(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */
+ int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
+ u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */
+ int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */
+ u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
+ Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */
+ int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */
+){
+ int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
+ int j; /* Loop counter */
+ int end; /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
+ int ins; /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
+ int cellOffset; /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
+ u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */
+ u8 *ptr; /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
+ u8 *endPtr; /* End of the loop */
+
+ int nSkip = (iChild ? 4 : 0);
+
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+
+ assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
+ assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) && MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->aOvfl) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a
+ ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size
+ ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size
+ ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence
+ ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */
+ assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) );
+ if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
+ if( pTemp ){
+ memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+ pCell = pTemp;
+ }
+ if( iChild ){
+ put4byte(pCell, iChild);
+ }
+ j = pPage->nOverflow++;
+ assert( j<(int)(sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0])) );
+ pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
+ pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = (u16)i;
+ }else{
+ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
+ end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell;
+ ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
+ rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx);
+ if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; }
+ /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following two properties
+ ** if it returns success */
+ assert( idx >= end+2 );
+ assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize );
+ pPage->nCell++;
+ pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz);
+ memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
+ if( iChild ){
+ put4byte(&data[idx], iChild);
+ }
+ ptr = &data[end];
+ endPtr = &data[ins];
+ assert( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(ptr)&1)==0 ); /* ptr is always 2-byte aligned */
+ while( ptr>endPtr ){
+ *(u16*)ptr = *(u16*)&ptr[-2];
+ ptr -= 2;
+ }
+ put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
+ put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
- assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
- assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
- pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+ if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
+ ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
+ */
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC);
}
#endif
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
/*
-** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
-** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
-** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
-** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
+** Add a list of cells to a page. The page should be initially empty.
+** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
- i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-
- /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
- ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
- */
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
- MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
-
- /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
- ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
- ** accordingly.
- */
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
- nEntry += pPage->nCell;
- }
+static void assemblePage(
+ MemPage *pPage, /* The page to be assemblied */
+ int nCell, /* The number of cells to add to this page */
+ u8 **apCell, /* Pointers to cell bodies */
+ u16 *aSize /* Sizes of the cells */
+){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 *pCellptr; /* Address of next cell pointer */
+ int cellbody; /* Address of next cell body */
+ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPage */
+ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPage */
+ const int nUsable = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* Usable size of page */
- /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
- ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
- ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
- ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
- ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
- ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
- **
- ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
- ** caller.
- */
- if( pPage->leaf ){
- do {
- if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
- /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
- *pnEntry = nEntry;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- moveToParent(pCur);
- }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( nCell>=0 && nCell<=(int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)
+ && (int)MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921);
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
- pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
- pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
- }
+ /* Check that the page has just been zeroed by zeroPage() */
+ assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
+ assert( get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5])==nUsable );
- /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
- ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
- */
- iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
- if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
- }else{
- rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
- }
+ pCellptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + nCell*2];
+ cellbody = nUsable;
+ for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){
+ u16 sz = aSize[i];
+ pCellptr -= 2;
+ cellbody -= sz;
+ put2byte(pCellptr, cellbody);
+ memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], sz);
}
-
- /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
- return rc;
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
+ put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cellbody);
+ pPage->nFree -= (nCell*2 + nUsable - cellbody);
+ pPage->nCell = (u16)nCell;
}
-#endif
/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
+** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
+** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side
+** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the
+** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
+** NN neighbors on either side.
+**
+** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1
+** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
+** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
+** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
- return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
+#define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
+#define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck,
- char *zMsg1,
- const char *zFormat,
- ...
-){
- va_list ap;
- if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
- pCheck->mxErr--;
- pCheck->nErr++;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
- }
- if( zMsg1 ){
- sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
- }
- sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
- if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
- pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
- }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
+** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
+** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
+** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
+** entry in the tree.
**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
+** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
+** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
+** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
+** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
+** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
+** fill up. On average.
+**
+** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
+** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry
+** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
+**
+** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider
+** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4
+** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other
+** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at
+** least 13 bytes in size.
*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
- if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
- if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
- return 1;
- }
- if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
- return 1;
+static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){
+ BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */
+ MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 );
+
+ /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */
+ if( pPage->nCell<=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+
+ /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of
+ ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell
+ ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed.
+ */
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+
+ u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4];
+ u8 *pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
+ u16 szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
+ u8 *pStop;
+
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) );
+ zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF);
+ assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
+
+ /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
+ ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the
+ ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these
+ ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents
+ ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below.
+ ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to
+ ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a
+ ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+ if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell
+ ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and
+ ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the
+ ** largest key on pPage).
+ **
+ ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most
+ ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the
+ ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size)
+ ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value).
+ ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length
+ ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the
+ ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer.
+ */
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
+ pStop = &pCell[9];
+ while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+ pStop = &pCell[9];
+ while( ((*(pOut++) = *(pCell++))&0x80) && pCell<pStop );
+
+ /* Insert the new divider cell into pParent. */
+ insertCell(pParent, pParent->nCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace),
+ 0, pPage->pgno, &rc);
+
+ /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */
+ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
+
+ /* Release the reference to the new page. */
+ releasePage(pNew);
}
- return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
+
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+#if 0
/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
+** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite.
+** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible
+** for setting pointer-map entries.
*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */
- Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */
- u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */
- Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
- char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */
-){
- int rc;
- u8 ePtrmapType;
- Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-
- rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
- return;
- }
+static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=0; i<nPage; i++){
+ Pgno n;
+ u8 e;
+ MemPage *pPage = apPage[i];
+ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
- if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
- iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
+ for(j=0; j<pPage->nCell; j++){
+ CellInfo info;
+ u8 *z;
+
+ z = findCell(pPage, j);
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, z, &info);
+ if( info.iOverflow ){
+ Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&z[info.iOverflow]);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, ovfl, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 );
+ }
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno child = get4byte(z);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+ }
+ }
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n);
+ assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE );
+ }
}
+ return 1;
}
#endif
/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
+** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored
+** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then
+** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the
+** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained
+** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer
+** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo.
+**
+** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the
+** MemPage.aOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo.
+**
+** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage().
+**
+** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by
+** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of
+** which are called often under normal circumstances.
*/
-static void checkList(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
- int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
- int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
- int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */
- char *zContext /* Context for error messages */
-){
- int i;
- int expected = N;
- int iFirst = iPage;
- while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
- DbPage *pOvflPage;
- unsigned char *pOvflData;
- if( iPage<1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
- N+1, expected, iFirst);
- break;
- }
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
- if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
- break;
- }
- pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
- if( isFreeList ){
- int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
- N--;
- }else{
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
- }
- N -= n;
- }
+static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){
+ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){
+ BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt;
+ u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData;
+ u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData;
+ int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset;
+ int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0);
+ int rc;
+ int iData;
+
+
+ assert( pFrom->isInit );
+ assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr );
+ assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize );
+
+ /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */
+ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]);
+ memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData);
+ memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell);
+
+ /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure
+ ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under
+ ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized
+ ** page pFrom.
+ */
+ pTo->isInit = 0;
+ rc = btreeInitPage(pTo);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- else{
- /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
- ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
- ** the following page matches iPage.
- */
- if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
- i = get4byte(pOvflData);
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
- }
+
+ /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries
+ ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to.
+ */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo);
}
-#endif
- iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
}
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
-** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-**
-** These checks are done:
+** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent
+** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the
+** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the
+** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one
+** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page
+** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page
+** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings
+** participate in the balancing.
**
-** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-** but combine to completely cover the page.
-** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order.
-** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-** the root of the tree.
+** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by
+** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full.
+**
+** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page
+** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen
+** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated
+** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning.
+**
+** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be
+** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so
+** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this
+** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct
+** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine).
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
+** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should
+** be rolled back.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a
+** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent
+** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is
+** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts
+** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum
+** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4
+** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large
+** enough for all overflow cells.
+**
+** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns
+** SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-static int checkTreePage(
- IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
- int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
- char *zParentContext /* Parent context */
+static int balance_nonroot(
+ MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */
+ int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */
+ u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */
+ int isRoot /* True if pParent is a root-page */
){
- MemPage *pPage;
- int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
- int hdr, cellStart;
- int nCell;
- u8 *data;
- BtShared *pBt;
- int usableSize;
- char zContext[100];
- char *hit = 0;
+ BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */
+ int nCell = 0; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
+ int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
+ int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
+ int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
+ int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */
+ int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */
+ u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */
+ int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
+ int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
+ int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
+ int subtotal; /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
+ int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
+ int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */
+ int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */
+ MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */
+ MemPage *apCopy[NB]; /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
+ MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
+ u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */
+ u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */
+ int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
+ int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
+ u8 **apCell = 0; /* All cells begin balanced */
+ u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
+ u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */
+ Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
+ pBt = pParent->pBt;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- /* Check that the page exists
+#if 0
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
+#endif
+
+ /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if
+ ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with
+ ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function
+ ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete().
*/
- pBt = pCheck->pBt;
- usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
- if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
- if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
- if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
- return 0;
- }
+ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 );
+ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aOvfl[0].idx==iParentIdx );
- /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
- ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */
- pPage->isInit = 0;
- if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
- assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
- "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
- releasePage(pPage);
- return 0;
+ if( !aOvflSpace ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- /* Check out all the cells.
+ /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent
+ ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on
+ ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however,
+ ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent
+ ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
+ **
+ ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This
+ ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any
+ ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will
+ ** have already been removed.
*/
- depth = 0;
- for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
- u8 *pCell;
- u32 sz;
- CellInfo info;
-
- /* Check payload overflow pages
- */
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
- "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
- pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
- btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
- sz = info.nData;
- if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
- assert( sz==info.nPayload );
- if( (sz>info.nLocal)
- && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
- ){
- int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
- Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
- }
-
- /* Check sanity of left child page.
- */
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
- }
-#endif
- d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
- if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
- }
- depth = d2;
+ i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell;
+ if( i<2 ){
+ nxDiv = 0;
+ nOld = i+1;
+ }else{
+ nOld = 3;
+ if( iParentIdx==0 ){
+ nxDiv = 0;
+ }else if( iParentIdx==i ){
+ nxDiv = i-2;
+ }else{
+ nxDiv = iParentIdx-1;
}
+ i = 2;
}
- if( !pPage->leaf ){
- pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
- "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
- checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
- }
-#endif
- checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext);
+ if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){
+ pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8];
+ }else{
+ pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
}
-
- /* Check for complete coverage of the page
- */
- data = pPage->aData;
- hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
- hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
- if( hit==0 ){
- pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else{
- u16 contentOffset = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
- assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
- memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
- nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
- cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
- for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
- int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
- u16 size = 1024;
- int j;
- if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
- size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
- }
- if( (pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
- }else{
- for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
- }
- }
- i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
- while( i>0 ){
- int size, j;
- assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
- assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
- j = get2byte(&data[i]);
- assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
- i = j;
+ pgno = get4byte(pRight);
+ while( 1 ){
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i]);
+ if( rc ){
+ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
- for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
- if( hit[i]==0 ){
- cnt++;
- }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
- break;
+ nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
+ if( (i--)==0 ) break;
+
+ if( i+nxDiv==pParent->aOvfl[0].idx && pParent->nOverflow ){
+ apDiv[i] = pParent->aOvfl[0].pCell;
+ pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+ szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+ pParent->nOverflow = 0;
+ }else{
+ apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow);
+ pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
+ szNew[i] = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
+
+ /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to
+ ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped.
+ ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first
+ ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first
+ ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use
+ ** later on.
+ **
+ ** Unless SQLite is compiled in secure-delete mode. In this case,
+ ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes.
+ ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[]
+ ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer
+ ** is allocated. */
+ if( pBt->secureDelete ){
+ int iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData);
+ if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*));
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]);
+ apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData];
+ }
}
- }
- if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
- checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
- "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
- cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+ dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc);
}
}
- sqlite3PageFree(hit);
- releasePage(pPage);
- return depth+1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
-**
-** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
-** this function.
-**
-** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory
-** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
-** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
- Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
- int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
- int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
- int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
- int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
- Pgno i;
- int nRef;
- IntegrityCk sCheck;
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- char zErr[100];
+ /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
+ ** alignment */
+ nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
- nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
- sCheck.pBt = pBt;
- sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
- sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pBt);
- sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
- sCheck.nErr = 0;
- sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
- *pnErr = 0;
- if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return 0;
- }
- sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
- if( !sCheck.anRef ){
- *pnErr = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return 0;
- }
- for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
- i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
- if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
- sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+ /*
+ ** Allocate space for memory structures
+ */
+ k = pBt->pageSize + ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage));
+ szScratch =
+ nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* apCell */
+ + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* szCell */
+ + pBt->pageSize /* aSpace1 */
+ + k*nOld; /* Page copies (apCopy) */
+ apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch );
+ if( apCell==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
- sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
+ szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
+ aSpace1 = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) );
- /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+ /*
+ ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
+ ** into the local apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells
+ ** into space obtained from aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells
+ ** from pParent.
+ **
+ ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
+ ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
+ ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
+ ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
+ ** apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in apCell[]
+ ** are alike.
+ **
+ ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf.
+ ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
*/
- checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
- get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+ leafCorrection = apOld[0]->leaf*4;
+ leafData = apOld[0]->hasData;
+ for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+ int limit;
+
+ /* Before doing anything else, take a copy of the i'th original sibling
+ ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
+ ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
+ ** process of being overwritten. */
+ MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)&aSpace1[pBt->pageSize + k*i];
+ memcpy(pOld, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
+ pOld->aData = (void*)&pOld[1];
+ memcpy(pOld->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
- /* Check all the tables.
- */
- for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
- if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
- checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
+ limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
+ if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){
+ for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
+ szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+ nCell++;
+ }
+ }else{
+ u8 *aData = pOld->aData;
+ u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage;
+ u16 cellOffset = pOld->cellOffset;
+ for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ apCell[nCell] = findCellv2(aData, maskPage, cellOffset, j);
+ szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
+ nCell++;
+ }
+ }
+ if( i<nOld-1 && !leafData){
+ u16 sz = (u16)szNew[i];
+ u8 *pTemp;
+ assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
+ szCell[nCell] = sz;
+ pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
+ iSpace1 += sz;
+ assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+ assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+ memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
+ apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
+ assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 );
+ szCell[nCell] = szCell[nCell] - leafCorrection;
+ if( !pOld->leaf ){
+ assert( leafCorrection==0 );
+ assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 );
+ /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
+ ** pointer of the divider cell */
+ memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4);
+ }else{
+ assert( leafCorrection==4 );
+ if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
+ /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
+ szCell[nCell] = 4;
+ }
+ }
+ nCell++;
}
-#endif
- checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ");
}
- /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
+ /*
+ ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
+ ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total
+ ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
+ ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.
+ ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
+ **
+ ** Values computed by this block:
+ **
+ ** k: The total number of sibling pages
+ ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
+ ** cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
+ ** the right of the i-th sibling page.
+ ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
+ **
*/
- for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
-#else
- /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
- ** references to pointer-map pages.
- */
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
- }
- if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 &&
- (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
+ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
+ for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ assert( i<nMaxCells );
+ subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
+ if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
+ szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
+ cntNew[k] = i;
+ if( leafData ){ i--; }
+ subtotal = 0;
+ k++;
+ if( k>NB+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; }
}
-#endif
}
+ szNew[k] = subtotal;
+ cntNew[k] = nCell;
+ k++;
- /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
- ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
- ** of the integrity check.
+ /*
+ ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
+ ** on the left side. The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
+ ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty. This block of code attempts
+ ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
+ **
+ ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might
+ ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most
+ ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional.
*/
- if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
- checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0,
- "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
- nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
- );
- }
+ for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
+ int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */
+ int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
+ int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
+ int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
- /* Clean up and report errors.
- */
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
- if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
- *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
- return 0;
+ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+ d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ assert( d<nMaxCells );
+ assert( r<nMaxCells );
+ while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
+ szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
+ szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
+ cntNew[i-1]--;
+ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
+ d = r + 1 - leafData;
+ }
+ szNew[i] = szRight;
+ szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
}
- *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
- if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
- return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
- assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
- return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
- assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
- assert( p );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
-}
+ /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or pPage is
+ ** a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when the real root
+ ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
+ */
+ assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
- assert( p );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- return p->nBackup!=0;
-}
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d ",
+ apOld[0]->pgno,
+ nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0,
+ nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0
+ ));
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned.
-**
-** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
-** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
-** allocated, it is returned as normal.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
-** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
- BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
- pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes);
- pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
+ /*
+ ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible.
+ */
+ if( apOld[0]->pgno<=1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ goto balance_cleanup;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
-** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
-** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
- int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
- if( p->sharable ){
- u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
- assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
- assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+ pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0];
+ for(i=0; i<k; i++){
+ MemPage *pNew;
+ if( i<nOld ){
+ pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
+ apOld[i] = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
+ nNew++;
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ }else{
+ assert( i>0 );
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, pgno, 0);
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ apNew[i] = pNew;
+ nNew++;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
- rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+ /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto balance_cleanup;
+ }
+ }
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
-**
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
-** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
-** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
-** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
- int rc;
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle );
-
- rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
- if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
- return SQLITE_ABORT;
}
- /* Check some assumptions:
- ** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
- ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
- ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
- ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
- ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+ /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
*/
- if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
- return SQLITE_READONLY;
+ while( i<nOld ){
+ freePage(apOld[i], &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ releasePage(apOld[i]);
+ apOld[i] = 0;
+ i++;
}
- assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
- assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
- assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
- assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
- return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the
-** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
-** for incremental blob IO only.
-**
-** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
-** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
-** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
-** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
- assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
- assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle);
- assert(!pCur->aOverflow);
- pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
-}
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** Put the new pages in accending order. This helps to
+ ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
+ ** of the table is a linear scan through the file. That
+ ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
+ ** from the disk more rapidly.
+ **
+ ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
+ ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
+ ** not be a problem.
+ **
+ ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
+ ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
+ int minV = apNew[i]->pgno;
+ int minI = i;
+ for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
+ if( apNew[j]->pgno<(unsigned)minV ){
+ minI = j;
+ minV = apNew[j]->pgno;
+ }
+ }
+ if( minI>i ){
+ MemPage *pT;
+ pT = apNew[i];
+ apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
+ apNew[minI] = pT;
+ }
+ }
+ TRACE(("new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
+ apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0],
+ nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
+ nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
+ nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
+ nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2009 January 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
-** API functions and the related features.
-**
-** $Id: backup.c,v 1.19 2009/07/06 19:03:13 drh Exp $
-*/
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
+ put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
-/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
-*/
-#ifndef MIN
-# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
+ ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
+ */
+ j = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
+ MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
+ assert( j<nMaxCells );
+ zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
+ assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
+ assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
+ assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
-/*
-** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_backup {
- sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
- Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
- u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
- int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
+ j = cntNew[i];
- Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
- sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
- Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
+ /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
+ ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
+ */
+ assert( i<nNew-1 || j==nCell );
+ if( j<nCell ){
+ u8 *pCell;
+ u8 *pTemp;
+ int sz;
- int rc; /* Backup process error code */
+ assert( j<nMaxCells );
+ pCell = apCell[j];
+ sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
+ pTemp = &aOvflSpace[iOvflSpace];
+ if( !pNew->leaf ){
+ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
+ }else if( leafData ){
+ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves,
+ ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider
+ ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of
+ ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
+ */
+ CellInfo info;
+ j--;
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
+ pCell = pTemp;
+ sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey);
+ pTemp = 0;
+ }else{
+ pCell -= 4;
+ /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
+ ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
+ ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this
+ ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
+ ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to
+ ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
+ **
+ ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
+ ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
+ ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
+ */
+ if( szCell[j]==4 ){
+ assert(leafCorrection==4);
+ sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
+ }
+ }
+ iOvflSpace += sz;
+ assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 );
+ assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize );
+ insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
- /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
- ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
- */
- Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
- Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
+ j++;
+ nxDiv++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( j==nCell );
+ assert( nOld>0 );
+ assert( nNew>0 );
+ if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
+ u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
+ memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
+ }
- int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
- sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
-};
+ if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){
+ /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling
+ ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the
+ ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the
+ ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower"
+ ** sub-algorithm in some documentation.
+ **
+ ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent()
+ ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages
+ ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied.
+ **
+ ** The second assert below verifies that the child page is defragmented
+ ** (it must be, as it was just reconstructed using assemblePage()). This
+ ** is important if the parent page happens to be page 1 of the database
+ ** image. */
+ assert( nNew==1 );
+ assert( apNew[0]->nFree ==
+ (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2)
+ );
+ copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc);
+ freePage(apNew[0], &rc);
+ }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ /* Fix the pointer-map entries for all the cells that were shifted around.
+ ** There are several different types of pointer-map entries that need to
+ ** be dealt with by this routine. Some of these have been set already, but
+ ** many have not. The following is a summary:
+ **
+ ** 1) The entries associated with new sibling pages that were not
+ ** siblings when this function was called. These have already
+ ** been set. We don't need to worry about old siblings that were
+ ** moved to the free-list - the freePage() code has taken care
+ ** of those.
+ **
+ ** 2) The pointer-map entries associated with the first overflow
+ ** page in any overflow chains used by new divider cells. These
+ ** have also already been taken care of by the insertCell() code.
+ **
+ ** 3) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the child pages of
+ ** cells stored on the sibling pages may need to be updated.
+ **
+ ** 4) If the sibling pages are not internal intkey nodes, then any
+ ** overflow pages used by these cells may need to be updated
+ ** (internal intkey nodes never contain pointers to overflow pages).
+ **
+ ** 5) If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer-map
+ ** entries for the right-child pages of each sibling may need
+ ** to be updated.
+ **
+ ** Cases 1 and 2 are dealt with above by other code. The next
+ ** block deals with cases 3 and 4 and the one after that, case 5. Since
+ ** setting a pointer map entry is a relatively expensive operation, this
+ ** code only sets pointer map entries for child or overflow pages that have
+ ** actually moved between pages. */
+ MemPage *pNew = apNew[0];
+ MemPage *pOld = apCopy[0];
+ int nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+ int iNextOld = pOld->nCell + nOverflow;
+ int iOverflow = (nOverflow ? pOld->aOvfl[0].idx : -1);
+ j = 0; /* Current 'old' sibling page */
+ k = 0; /* Current 'new' sibling page */
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ int isDivider = 0;
+ while( i==iNextOld ){
+ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on old
+ ** sibling page j. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+ ** intkey b-tree, then cell i was a divider cell. */
+ pOld = apCopy[++j];
+ iNextOld = i + !leafData + pOld->nCell + pOld->nOverflow;
+ if( pOld->nOverflow ){
+ nOverflow = pOld->nOverflow;
+ iOverflow = i + !leafData + pOld->aOvfl[0].idx;
+ }
+ isDivider = !leafData;
+ }
-/*
-** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
-**
-** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
-** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
-**
-** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
-** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
-** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
-** structure, in that order.
-**
-** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
-** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
-** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
-** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
-** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
-**
-** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
-** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
-** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
-** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
-** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
-** or backup_pagecount().
-**
-** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
-** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
-** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
-** associated mutexes.
-*/
+ assert(nOverflow>0 || iOverflow<i );
+ assert(nOverflow<2 || pOld->aOvfl[0].idx==pOld->aOvfl[1].idx-1);
+ assert(nOverflow<3 || pOld->aOvfl[1].idx==pOld->aOvfl[2].idx-1);
+ if( i==iOverflow ){
+ isDivider = 1;
+ if( (--nOverflow)>0 ){
+ iOverflow++;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
-** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
-** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
-**
-** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
-** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
-** error message to pErrorDb.
-*/
-static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
- int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
+ if( i==cntNew[k] ){
+ /* Cell i is the cell immediately following the last cell on new
+ ** sibling page k. If the siblings are not leaf pages of an
+ ** intkey b-tree, then cell i is a divider cell. */
+ pNew = apNew[++k];
+ if( !leafData ) continue;
+ }
+ assert( j<nOld );
+ assert( k<nNew );
- if( i==1 ){
- Parse *pParse;
- int rc = 0;
- pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( pParse==0 ){
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- pParse->db = pDb;
- if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
- sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ /* If the cell was originally divider cell (and is not now) or
+ ** an overflow cell, or if the cell was located on a different sibling
+ ** page before the balancing, then the pointer map entries associated
+ ** with any child or overflow pages need to be updated. */
+ if( isDivider || pOld->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
+ if( !leafCorrection ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[i]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc);
+ }
+ if( szCell[i]>pNew->minLocal ){
+ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, apCell[i], &rc);
+ }
}
- sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
}
- if( rc ){
- return 0;
+
+ if( !leafCorrection ){
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ u32 key = get4byte(&apNew[i]->aData[8]);
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc);
+ }
}
+
+#if 0
+ /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that
+ ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while
+ ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may
+ ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */
+ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew);
+ ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1);
+#endif
}
- if( i<0 ){
- sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
- return 0;
+ assert( pParent->isInit );
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
+ nOld, nNew, nCell));
+
+ /*
+ ** Cleanup before returning.
+ */
+balance_cleanup:
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
+ for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
+ releasePage(apOld[i]);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
+ releasePage(apNew[i]);
}
- return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
-** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
-** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
+** This function is called when the root page of a b-tree structure is
+** overfull (has one or more overflow pages).
**
-** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
-** stored in database handle pDestDb.
+** A new child page is allocated and the contents of the current root
+** page, including overflow cells, are copied into the child. The root
+** page is then overwritten to make it an empty page with the right-child
+** pointer pointing to the new page.
+**
+** Before returning, all pointer-map entries corresponding to pages
+** that the new child-page now contains pointers to are updated. The
+** entry corresponding to the new right-child pointer of the root
+** page is also updated.
+**
+** If successful, *ppChild is set to contain a reference to the child
+** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case the caller is required
+** to call releasePage() on *ppChild exactly once. If an error occurs,
+** an error code is returned and *ppChild is set to 0.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
- sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
- const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
- sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
- const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
-){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
+static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pRoot, MemPage **ppChild){
+ int rc; /* Return value from subprocedures */
+ MemPage *pChild = 0; /* Pointer to a new child page */
+ Pgno pgnoChild = 0; /* Page number of the new child page */
+ BtShared *pBt = pRoot->pBt; /* The BTree */
- /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
- ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
- ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
- ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
- ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
- ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
- if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
- sqlite3Error(
- pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
- );
- p = 0;
- }else {
- /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */
- p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
- if( !p ){
- sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+ /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new
+ ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents
+ ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0);
+ copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc);
+ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc);
}
}
+ if( rc ){
+ *ppChild = 0;
+ releasePage(pChild);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+ assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell );
- /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
- if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
- p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
- p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
- p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
- p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
- p->iNext = 1;
- p->isAttached = 0;
+ TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno));
- if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){
- /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has
- ** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left
- ** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure.
- */
- sqlite3_free(p);
- p = 0;
- }
- }
- if( p ){
- p->pSrc->nBackup++;
- }
+ /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */
+ memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pRoot->aOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aOvfl[0]));
+ pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
- return p;
-}
+ /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */
+ zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
+ put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-/*
-** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
-** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
-** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-static int isFatalError(int rc){
- return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
+ *ppChild = pChild;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
-** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
-** destination database.
+** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in
+** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the
+** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing
+** routine. Balancing routines are:
+**
+** balance_quick()
+** balance_deeper()
+** balance_nonroot()
*/
-static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
- Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
- const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
- int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
- const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
- const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
-
+static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- i64 iOff;
+ const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3;
+ u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13];
+ u8 *pFree = 0;
- assert( p->bDestLocked );
- assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
- assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
- assert( zSrcData );
+ TESTONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 );
- /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
- ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
- */
- if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){
- rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
- }
+ do {
+ int iPage = pCur->iPage;
+ MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[iPage];
- /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
- ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
- ** of the destination page.
- */
- for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
- DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
- Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
- if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
- ){
- const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
- u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
- u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+ if( iPage==0 ){
+ if( pPage->nOverflow ){
+ /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the
+ ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page
+ ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The
+ ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page.
+ */
+ assert( (balance_deeper_called++)==0 );
+ rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pCur->iPage = 1;
+ pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0;
+ pCur->aiIdx[1] = 0;
+ assert( pCur->apPage[1]->nOverflow );
+ }
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){
+ break;
+ }else{
+ MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1];
+ int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1];
- /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
- ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
- ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
- ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
- ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
- ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
- */
- memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
- ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
- }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
+ if( pPage->hasData
+ && pPage->nOverflow==1
+ && pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell
+ && pParent->pgno!=1
+ && pParent->nCell==iIdx
+ ){
+ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which
+ ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell
+ ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this
+ ** happens, the next interation of the do-loop will balance pParent
+ ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this
+ ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[]
+ ** buffer.
+ **
+ ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a
+ ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this
+ ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse
+ ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in.
+ */
+ assert( (balance_quick_called++)==0 );
+ rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells
+ ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves
+ ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to
+ ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop
+ ** will balance the parent page to correct this.
+ **
+ ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells
+ ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below.
+ ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by
+ ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first,
+ ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a
+ ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot()
+ ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by
+ ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been
+ ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new
+ ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot().
+ */
+ u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize);
+ rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1);
+ if( pFree ){
+ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used
+ ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are
+ ** now stored either on real database pages or within the
+ ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */
+ sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
+ }
- return rc;
-}
+ /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to
+ ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever
+ ** comes first. */
+ pFree = pSpace;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
-** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
-** this function is a no-op.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
-** code if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
- i64 iCurrent;
- int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
- rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
+ pPage->nOverflow = 0;
+
+ /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ pCur->iPage--;
+ }
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+ if( pFree ){
+ sqlite3PageFree(pFree);
}
return rc;
}
-/*
-** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
-** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
-*/
-static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
- sqlite3_backup **pp;
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
- pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
- p->pNext = *pp;
- *pp = p;
- p->isAttached = 1;
-}
/*
-** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
+** Insert a new record into the BTree. The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
+** and the data is given by (pData,nData). The cursor is used only to
+** define what table the record should be inserted into. The cursor
+** is left pointing at a random location.
+**
+** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used. pKey is
+** ignored. For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then a successful call to
+** MovetoUnpacked() to seek cursor pCur to (pKey, nKey) has already
+** been performed. seekResult is the search result returned (a negative
+** number if pCur points at an entry that is smaller than (pKey, nKey), or
+** a positive value if pCur points at an etry that is larger than
+** (pKey, nKey)).
+**
+** If the seekResult parameter is non-zero, then the caller guarantees that
+** cursor pCur is pointing at the existing copy of a row that is to be
+** overwritten. If the seekResult parameter is 0, then cursor pCur may
+** point to any entry or to no entry at all and so this function has to seek
+** the cursor before the new key can be inserted.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
+ const void *pKey, i64 nKey, /* The key of the new record */
+ const void *pData, int nData, /* The data of the new record */
+ int nZero, /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
+ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely an append */
+ int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */
+){
int rc;
+ int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */
+ int szNew = 0;
+ int idx;
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ unsigned char *oldCell;
+ unsigned char *newCell = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
+ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK );
+ return pCur->skipNext;
}
- rc = p->rc;
- if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
- Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
- Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
- int ii; /* Iterator variable */
- int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
- int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-
- /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
- ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
- */
- if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
- rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pCur->wrFlag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && !pBt->readOnly );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
- /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
- ){
- p->bDestLocked = 1;
- sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
- }
+ /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened
+ ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob
+ ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an
+ ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a
+ ** blob of associated data. */
+ assert( (pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) );
- /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
- ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
- ** before this function exits.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
- bCloseTrans = 1;
- }
-
- /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
- ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pSrcPager, &nSrcPage);
- }
- for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
- const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
- if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
- DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
- }
- }
- p->iNext++;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
- p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
- if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( !p->isAttached ){
- attachBackupObject(p);
- }
- }
-
- /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
- ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
- ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
- ** same schema version.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE
- && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK
- ){
- const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
- const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
- int nDestTruncate;
-
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0);
- }
+ /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob
+ ** cursors open on the row being replaced (assuming this is a replace
+ ** operation - if it is not, the following is a no-op). */
+ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, nKey, 0);
+ }
- /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
- ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
- ** size may be different to the source page size.
- **
- ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
- ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
- ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
- ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
- ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
- ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
- ** by the file truncation.
- */
- if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
- int ratio = nDestPagesize/nSrcPagesize;
- nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
- if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
- nDestTruncate--;
- }
- }else{
- nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize);
- }
- sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+ /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table.
+ **
+ ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For
+ ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer
+ ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the
+ ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the
+ ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes
+ ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without
+ ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important
+ ** not to clear the cursor here.
+ */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( !loc ){
+ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) );
- if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
- /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
- ** two extra things may need to happen:
- **
- ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
- **
- ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
- ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
- ** copied into the destination database.
- */
- const i64 iSize = (i64)nSrcPagesize * (i64)nSrcPage;
- sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
+ assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
- assert( pFile );
- assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)nDestPagesize >= iSize || (
- nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
- && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize
- ));
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager))
- ){
- i64 iOff;
- i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize);
- for(
- iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize;
- rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
- iOff+=nSrcPagesize
- ){
- PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
- const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/nSrcPagesize)+1);
- rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, nSrcPagesize, iOff);
- }
- sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
- }
- }
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
- }
-
- /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
+ pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
+ loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
+ assert( pPage->isInit );
+ allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+ newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
+ if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
+ if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+ assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
+ assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
+ idx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ if( loc==0 ){
+ u16 szOld;
+ assert( idx<pPage->nCell );
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ){
+ goto end_insert;
}
-
- /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
- ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
- ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
- ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
- */
- if( bCloseTrans ){
- TESTONLY( int rc2 );
- TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
- TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc);
- assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
}
-
- p->rc = rc;
+ szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
+ dropCell(pPage, idx, szOld, &rc);
+ if( rc ) goto end_insert;
+ }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
+ assert( pPage->leaf );
+ idx = ++pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ }else{
+ assert( pPage->leaf );
}
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 );
+
+ /* If no error has occured and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance()
+ ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move
+ ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BtCursor.validNKey
+ ** variables.
+ **
+ ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor
+ ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents
+ ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that,
+ ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations
+ ** slightly faster.
+ **
+ ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting
+ ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can
+ ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it
+ ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in
+ ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last
+ ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key
+ ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the
+ ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost.
+ */
+ pCur->info.nSize = 0;
+ pCur->validNKey = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow ){
+ rc = balance(pCur);
+
+ /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance()
+ ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise.
+ ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition()
+ ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */
+ pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow = 0;
+ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nOverflow==0 );
+
+end_insert:
return rc;
}
/*
-** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
+** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. The cursor
+** is left pointing at a arbitrary location.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
- sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */
- int rc; /* Value to return */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
+ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */
+ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */
+ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */
+ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */
- /* Enter the mutexes */
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
- mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- }
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( !pBt->readOnly );
+ assert( pCur->wrFlag );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) );
+ assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) );
- /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- p->pSrc->nBackup--;
- }
- if( p->isAttached ){
- pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
- while( *pp!=p ){
- pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
- }
- *pp = p->pNext;
+ if( NEVER(pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell)
+ || NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID)
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR; /* Something has gone awry. */
}
- /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
+ /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree,
+ ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */
+ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->info.nKey, 0);
+ }
- /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
- rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
- sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+ iCellDepth = pCur->iPage;
+ iCellIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iCellDepth];
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth];
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx);
- /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
- if( p->pDestDb ){
- sqlite3_free(p);
+ /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move
+ ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than
+ ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted
+ ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead
+ ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the
+ ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes
+ ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ int notUsed;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, ¬Used);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
-** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
- return p->nRemaining;
-}
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
-** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
- return p->nPagecount;
-}
+ /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before
+ ** making any modifications. Make the page containing the entry to be
+ ** deleted writable. Then free any overflow pages associated with the
+ ** entry and finally remove the cell itself from within the page.
+ */
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+ dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell), &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
-/*
-** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
-** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
-** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
-** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
-** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
-** complete.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
- for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
- if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
- /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
- ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
- ** the new data into the backup.
- */
- int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = rc;
- }
- }
- }
-}
+ /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor
+ ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed
+ ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal
+ ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal
+ ** node to replace the deleted cell. */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ int nCell;
+ Pgno n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno;
+ unsigned char *pTmp;
-/*
-** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
-** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
-** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
-** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
-** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
-**
-** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
-** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
-** called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
- sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
- for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
- p->iNext = 1;
- }
-}
+ pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1);
+ nCell = cellSizePtr(pLeaf, pCell);
+ assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
-** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
-** transaction is committed before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_backup b;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+ allocateTempSpace(pBt);
+ pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace;
- /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
- ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
- ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
- ** from this function, not directly by the user.
- */
- memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
- b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
- b.pSrc = pFrom;
- b.pDest = pTo;
- b.iNext = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage);
+ insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc);
+ dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ }
- /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
- ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
- ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
- ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
- ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
- ** or an error code.
- */
- sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
- assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
+ /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page,
+ ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first
+ ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is
+ ** never true.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then
+ ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to
+ ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly
+ ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may
+ ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm
+ ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the
+ ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has
+ ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node,
+ ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as
+ ** well. */
+ rc = balance(pCur);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+ while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){
+ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]);
+ }
+ rc = balance(pCur);
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ moveToRoot(pCur);
+ }
return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
+** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page
+** number for the root page of the new table.
**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
+** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the
+** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for
+** flags might not work:
**
-** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.152 2009/07/22 18:07:41 drh Exp $
+** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
+** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices
*/
+static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ MemPage *pRoot;
+ Pgno pgnoRoot;
+ int rc;
+ int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
- int rc;
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
- || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
- if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
}
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
#else
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
+ MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
- /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
- ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
- assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
- return rc;
-#endif
-}
+ /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
+ ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
+ ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
+ ** held by open cursors.
+ */
+ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
-** n bytes.
-**
-** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
-** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the
-** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
-** be discarded.
-**
-** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
-** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is
-** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
- assert( 1 >=
- ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
- (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) +
- ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) +
- ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
- );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
+ ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
+ ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot);
+ pgnoRoot++;
- if( n<32 ) n = 32;
- if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
- if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
- pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
- preserve = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
+ /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
+ ** PENDING_BYTE page.
+ */
+ while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
+ pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
+ pgnoRoot++;
}
- }
+ assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
- if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
- memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
- }
- if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
- pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
- }
+ /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
+ ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
+ ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
+ */
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
- pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
- if( pMem->z==0 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- }else{
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
- }
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
+ if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
+ /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
+ ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
+ ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
+ ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
+ ** is already journaled.
+ */
+ u8 eType = 0;
+ Pgno iPtrPage = 0;
-/*
-** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so
-** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
-** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
-** overwritten or altered.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
- int f;
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- expandBlob(pMem);
- f = pMem->flags;
- if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
- pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
- }
+ releasePage(pPageMove);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
+ if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
+ assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
+ releasePage(pRoot);
-/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- int nByte;
- assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pRoot = pPageMove;
+ }
- /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
- nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
- if( nByte<=0 ){
- nByte = 1;
+ /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
+ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
}
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in
+ ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the
+ ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
+ if( NEVER(rc) ){
+ releasePage(pRoot);
+ return rc;
}
- memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
- pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
- pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
+ }else{
+ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
+ if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){
+ ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF;
+ }else{
+ ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF;
}
- pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
- pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
+ assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 );
+ *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
-**
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the later is an internal programming error.
+** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return
+** the page to the freelist.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int fg = pMem->flags;
- const int nByte = 32;
-
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
- assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
- assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
- assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
+static int clearDatabasePage(
+ BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */
+ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */
+ int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */
+ int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */
+){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ int rc;
+ unsigned char *pCell;
+ int i;
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
+ if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
- /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
- ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
- ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
- **
- ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
- */
- if( fg & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
- }else{
- assert( fg & MEM_Real );
- sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
+ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
+ pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ }
+ rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
}
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), 1, pnChange);
+ if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
+ }else if( pnChange ){
+ assert( pPage->intKey );
+ *pnChange += pPage->nCell;
+ }
+ if( freePageFlag ){
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
+ zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
+ }
+
+cleardatabasepage_out:
+ releasePage(pPage);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is
+** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns,
+** the root page is empty, but still exists.
**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the
+** root of the table.
+**
+** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The
+** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of
+** entries in the table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
- ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
- ctx.pMem = pMem;
- ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
- pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
- assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
- sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
- memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
- rc = ctx.isError;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){
+ int rc;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+
+ /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable
+ ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is
+ ** a no-op). */
+ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, 0, 1);
+
+ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0);
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange);
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
-** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
-** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
+** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
+** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
+** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
+**
+** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
+** cursors on the table.
+**
+** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
+** root page in the database file, then the last root page
+** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
+** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
+** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all
+** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
+** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the
+** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
+** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
+** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
+** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
- assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
- testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
- if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
- if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
- assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
- assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- p->xDel((void *)p->z);
- p->xDel = 0;
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
- }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
- }
- }
-}
+static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){
+ int rc;
+ MemPage *pPage = 0;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-/*
-** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
-** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
-** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
- p->z = 0;
- p->zMalloc = 0;
- p->xDel = 0;
-}
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
-**
-** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
-** variables and without the extra range tests. But
-** there are reports that windows throws an expection
-** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
-** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
-** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
-** before attempting the conversion.
-*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
- /*
- ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
- ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
- ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
- ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
- ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+ /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
+ ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
+ ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
+ ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would
+ ** occur.
+ **
+ ** This error is caught long before control reaches this point.
*/
- static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
- static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
+ if( NEVER(pBt->pCursor) ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pCursor->pBtree->db);
+ return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }
- if( r<(double)minInt ){
- return minInt;
- }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
- /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning
- ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large
- ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware
- ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */
- return minInt;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ *piMoved = 0;
+
+ if( iTable>1 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+#else
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ Pgno maxRootPgno;
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno);
+
+ if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
+ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
+ ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list.
+ */
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
+ ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the
+ ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
+ */
+ MemPage *pMove;
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
+ releasePage(pMove);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pMove = 0;
+ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
+ freePage(pMove, &rc);
+ releasePage(pMove);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
+ ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
+ ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
+ ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
+ */
+ maxRootPgno--;
+ while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)
+ || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
+ maxRootPgno--;
+ }
+ assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
+ }else{
+ freePage(pPage, &rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ }
+#endif
}else{
- return (i64)r;
+ /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1.
+ ** This really never should happen except in a corrupt
+ ** database.
+ */
+ zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
+ releasePage(pPage);
}
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an
-** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
+** has a read or write transaction open on the database.
**
-** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
+** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0]
+** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1]
+** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0]
+** is read-only, the others are read/write.
+**
+** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema
+** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
+** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
- int flags;
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- flags = pMem->flags;
- if( flags & MEM_Int ){
- return pMem->u.i;
- }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
- return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
- }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- i64 value;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
- if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
- || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
- return 0;
- }
- assert( pMem->z );
- sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
- return value;
- }else{
- return 0;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE );
+ assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1 );
+ assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
+
+ *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]);
+
+ /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum
+ ** database, mark the database as read-only. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
+#endif
+
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
/*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
+** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is
+** read-only and may not be written.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
- return pMem->r;
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
- return (double)pMem->u.i;
- }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- double val = (double)0;
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
- if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
- || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- return (double)0;
- }
- assert( pMem->z );
- sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
- return val;
- }else{
- /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- return (double)0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ unsigned char *pP1;
+ int rc;
+ assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
+ pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){
+ assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
+ assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
+ pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta;
+ }
+#endif
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
+** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the
+** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed.
+** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
+** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
-
- pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
+ i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
- /* Only mark the value as an integer if
- **
- ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
- ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
- ** possible integer (ticket #3922)
- **
- ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
- ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
- ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always
- ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other
- ** architectures might behave differently.
+ /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
+ ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages).
*/
- if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
- && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64) ){
- pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
- }
-}
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */
+ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */
-/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then
+ ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter
+ ** accordingly.
+ */
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){
+ nEntry += pPage->nCell;
+ }
- pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it
+ ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of
+ ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The
+ ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell
+ ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page
+ ** to visit is the right-child of its parent.
+ **
+ ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the
+ ** caller.
+ */
+ if( pPage->leaf ){
+ do {
+ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){
+ /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */
+ *pnEntry = nEntry;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ moveToParent(pCur);
+ }while ( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]>=pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell );
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage]++;
+ pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
+ }
- pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently
+ ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell).
+ */
+ iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage];
+ if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
+ }else{
+ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx)));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */
+ return rc;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
+** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for
+** testing and debugging only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
- double r1, r2;
- i64 i;
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 );
- assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- r1 = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
- i = doubleToInt64(r1);
- r2 = (double)i;
- if( r1==r2 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
- }else{
- pMem->r = r1;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
+ return p->pBt->pPager;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+** Append a message to the error message string.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
- sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pMem->u.pFrame);
+static void checkAppendMsg(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck,
+ char *zMsg1,
+ const char *zFormat,
+ ...
+){
+ va_list ap;
+ if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
+ pCheck->mxErr--;
+ pCheck->nErr++;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
}
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
+ if( zMsg1 ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
+ }
+ sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
+ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
+** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second
+** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
+** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
+** if this is the first reference to the page.
+**
+** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
- pMem->n = 0;
- if( n<0 ) n = 0;
- pMem->u.nZero = n;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
- sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
- if( pMem->z ){
- pMem->n = n;
- memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
+static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage, char *zContext){
+ if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
+ if( iPage>pCheck->nPage ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
+ return 1;
}
-#endif
+ if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
+** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to
+** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
+** to pCheck.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->u.i = val;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-}
+static void checkPtrmap(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */
+ Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */
+ u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */
+ Pgno iParent, /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
+ char *zContext /* Context description (used for error msg) */
+){
+ int rc;
+ u8 ePtrmapType;
+ Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
- if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->r = val;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+ rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
+ return;
}
-}
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
-** empty boolean index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
- sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
- assert( db!=0 );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- }else{
- assert( pMem->zMalloc );
- pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc,
- sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
- assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
- pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
+ if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)",
+ iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
}
}
+#endif
/*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
+** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
+** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
- assert( p->db!=0 );
- if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- int n = p->n;
- if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += p->u.nZero;
+static void checkList(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */
+ int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */
+ int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */
+ int N, /* Expected number of pages in the list */
+ char *zContext /* Context for error messages */
+){
+ int i;
+ int expected = N;
+ int iFirst = iPage;
+ while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
+ DbPage *pOvflPage;
+ unsigned char *pOvflData;
+ if( iPage<1 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
+ N+1, expected, iFirst);
+ break;
}
- return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+ if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
+ if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
+ break;
+ }
+ pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
+ if( isFreeList ){
+ int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
+ N--;
+ }else{
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
+ }
+#endif
+ checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
+ }
+ N -= n;
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ else{
+ /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
+ ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
+ ** the following page matches iPage.
+ */
+ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
+ i = get4byte(pOvflData);
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
}
- return 0;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
+** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree. Return
+** the tree depth. Root pages return 0. Parents of root pages
+** return 1, and so forth.
+**
+** These checks are done:
+**
+** 1. Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
+** but combine to completely cover the page.
+** NO 2. Make sure cell keys are in order.
+** NO 3. Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
+** NO 4. Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
+** 5. Check the integrity of overflow pages.
+** 6. Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
+** 7. Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
+** 8. Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
+** the root of the tree.
*/
-#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
+static int checkTreePage(
+ IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Context for the sanity check */
+ int iPage, /* Page number of the page to check */
+ char *zParentContext, /* Parent context */
+ i64 *pnParentMinKey,
+ i64 *pnParentMaxKey
+){
+ MemPage *pPage;
+ int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
+ int hdr, cellStart;
+ int nCell;
+ u8 *data;
+ BtShared *pBt;
+ int usableSize;
+ char zContext[100];
+ char *hit = 0;
+ i64 nMinKey = 0;
+ i64 nMaxKey = 0;
-/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
- assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
- pTo->xDel = 0;
- if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 || pFrom->z==pFrom->zMalloc ){
- pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
- assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
- pTo->flags |= srcType;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
+
+ /* Check that the page exists
+ */
+ pBt = pCheck->pBt;
+ usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
+ if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
+ if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
+ if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
+ return 0;
}
-}
-/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in
+ ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */
+ pPage->isInit = 0;
+ if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ return 0;
+ }
- assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
- pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
+ /* Check out all the cells.
+ */
+ depth = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
+ u8 *pCell;
+ u32 sz;
+ CellInfo info;
- if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
- if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
- pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
+ /* Check payload overflow pages
+ */
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
+ "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
+ pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
+ btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
+ sz = info.nData;
+ if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += (int)info.nKey;
+ /* For intKey pages, check that the keys are in order.
+ */
+ else if( i==0 ) nMinKey = nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+ else{
+ if( info.nKey <= nMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (previous was %lld)", info.nKey, nMaxKey);
+ }
+ nMaxKey = info.nKey;
+ }
+ assert( sz==info.nPayload );
+ if( (sz>info.nLocal)
+ && (&pCell[info.iOverflow]<=&pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize])
+ ){
+ int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
+ Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
+ }
+#endif
+ checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
}
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ /* Check sanity of left child page.
+ */
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(pCell);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+ }
+#endif
+ d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, &nMinKey, i==0 ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+ if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
+ }
+ depth = d2;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
-**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
- assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
- assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
- assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
+ if( !pPage->leaf ){
+ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
+ "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
+ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
+ }
+#endif
+ checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, zContext, NULL, !pPage->nCell ? NULL : &nMaxKey);
+ }
+
+ /* For intKey leaf pages, check that the min/max keys are in order
+ ** with any left/parent/right pages.
+ */
+ if( pPage->leaf && pPage->intKey ){
+ /* if we are a left child page */
+ if( pnParentMinKey ){
+ /* if we are the left most child page */
+ if( !pnParentMaxKey ){
+ if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMinKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent min of %lld)",
+ nMaxKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMinKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent min of %lld)",
+ nMinKey, *pnParentMinKey);
+ }
+ if( nMaxKey > *pnParentMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (max larger than parent max of %lld)",
+ nMaxKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+ }
+ *pnParentMinKey = nMaxKey;
+ }
+ /* else if we're a right child page */
+ } else if( pnParentMaxKey ){
+ if( nMinKey <= *pnParentMaxKey ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
+ "Rowid %lld out of order (min less than parent max of %lld)",
+ nMinKey, *pnParentMaxKey);
+ }
+ }
+ }
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
- memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
- pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
- pFrom->xDel = 0;
- pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
+ /* Check for complete coverage of the page
+ */
+ data = pPage->aData;
+ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
+ hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
+ if( hit==0 ){
+ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
+ }else{
+ int contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]);
+ assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ memset(hit+contentOffset, 0, usableSize-contentOffset);
+ memset(hit, 1, contentOffset);
+ nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
+ cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
+ for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
+ int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
+ u32 size = 65536;
+ int j;
+ if( pc<=usableSize-4 ){
+ size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
+ }
+ if( (int)(pc+size-1)>=usableSize ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+ "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage);
+ }else{
+ for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
+ }
+ }
+ i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
+ while( i>0 ){
+ int size, j;
+ assert( i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
+ assert( i+size<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
+ j = get2byte(&data[i]);
+ assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ assert( j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */
+ i = j;
+ }
+ for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
+ if( hit[i]==0 ){
+ cnt++;
+ }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+ "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
+ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
+ "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d",
+ cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3PageFree(hit);
+ releasePage(pPage);
+ return depth+1;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
+** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is
+** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
+** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
+** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling
+** this function.
**
-** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
-** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be
-** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation
-** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In
-** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
+** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory
+** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from
+** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
+** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
- Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */
- const char *z, /* String pointer */
- int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
+ Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */
+ int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
+ int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
+ int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
+ int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
){
- int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */
- int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
- u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
-
- assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ Pgno i;
+ int nRef;
+ IntegrityCk sCheck;
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ char zErr[100];
- /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
- if( !z ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE );
+ nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
+ sCheck.pBt = pBt;
+ sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
+ sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt);
+ sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
+ sCheck.nErr = 0;
+ sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
+ *pnErr = 0;
+ if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return 0;
}
-
- if( pMem->db ){
- iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
- }else{
- iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+ sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
+ if( !sCheck.anRef ){
+ *pnErr = 1;
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return 0;
}
- flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
- if( nByte<0 ){
- assert( enc!=0 );
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
- }else{
- for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+ for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
+ i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
+ if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
+ sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
+ sCheck.errMsg.useMalloc = 2;
+
+ /* Check the integrity of the freelist
+ */
+ checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
+ get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
+
+ /* Check all the tables.
+ */
+ for(i=0; (int)i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+ if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
+ checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
}
- flags |= MEM_Term;
+#endif
+ checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], "List of tree roots: ", NULL, NULL);
}
- /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
- ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
- ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+ /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
*/
- if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
- int nAlloc = nByte;
- if( flags&MEM_Term ){
- nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
+ for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
+ if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
}
- if( nByte>iLimit ){
- return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+#else
+ /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
+ ** references to pointer-map pages.
+ */
+ if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
}
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 &&
+ (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
}
- memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
- }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->z = (char *)z;
- pMem->xDel = xDel;
- flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
+#endif
}
- pMem->n = nByte;
- pMem->flags = flags;
- pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
- pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages.
+ ** This is an internal consistency check; an integrity check
+ ** of the integrity check.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)) ){
+ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0,
+ "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
+ nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
+ );
}
-#endif
- if( nByte>iLimit ){
- return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ /* Clean up and report errors.
+ */
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
+ if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+ *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
+ return 0;
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
+ if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
/*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
+** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
**
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
- int rc;
- int f1, f2;
- int combined_flags;
-
- /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
- ** DESC order.
- */
- f1 = pMem1->flags;
- f2 = pMem2->flags;
- combined_flags = f1|f2;
- assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
-
- /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
- ** are NULL, return 0.
- */
- if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
- return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
- }
-
- /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
- ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
- ** if both values are integers.
- */
- if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
- if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
- return -1;
- }
- if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
- double r1, r2;
- if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
- }else{
- r1 = pMem1->r;
- }
- if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
- r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
- }else{
- r2 = pMem2->r;
- }
- if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
- if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }else{
- assert( f1&MEM_Int );
- assert( f2&MEM_Int );
- if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
- if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
- ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
- */
- if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
- if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return 1;
- }
- if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
- return -1;
- }
-
- assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
- assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
- pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+ return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
- /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
- ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
- ** compiled (this was not always the case).
- */
- assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+/*
+** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
+** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
+** has been created or not.
+**
+** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
+** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
+ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
+ return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
+}
- if( pColl ){
- if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
- /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the
- ** comparison function directly */
- return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
- }else{
- const void *v1, *v2;
- int n1, n2;
- Mem c1;
- Mem c2;
- memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
- memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
- v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
- n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
- v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
- n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
- rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
- return rc;
- }
- }
- /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
- ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
- }
-
- /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
- rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
- if( rc==0 ){
- rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
- }
- return rc;
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
+ assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
/*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
+** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument.
**
-** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content
-** is overwritten without being freed.
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open
+** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to.
**
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
- BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
- int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
- int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
- int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
- Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
- char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */
- int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
-
- /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
- ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- if( key ){
- zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
- }else{
- zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
- }
- assert( zData!=0 );
-
- if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- pMem->z = &zData[offset];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
- }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
- pMem->enc = 0;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
- if( key ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p ){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
}else{
- rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
- }
- pMem->z[amt] = 0;
- pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- pMem->n = amt;
-
return rc;
}
+#endif
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
-**
-** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
+/*
+** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
- if( !pVal ) return 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE;
+}
- assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
- assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
- assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){
+ assert( p );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ return p->nBackup!=0;
+}
- if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
- return 0;
- }
- assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
- pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
- expandBlob(pVal);
- if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
- if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
- assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
- }else{
- assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
- assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
- }
- assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
- || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
- if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
- return pVal->z;
- }else{
- return 0;
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
+** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
+** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with
+** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
+**
+** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
+** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent
+** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
+** of memory returned.
+**
+** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
+** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
+** allocated, it is returned as normal.
+**
+** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the
+** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the
+** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free()
+** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
+ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
+ pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes);
+ pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
}
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return pBt->pSchema;
}
/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
+** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared
+** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the
+** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
- Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
- if( p ){
- p->flags = MEM_Null;
- p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- p->db = db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
+ int rc;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE );
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+/*
+** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The
+** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
+** if it is false.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE );
+ if( p->sharable ){
+ u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
+ assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
+ assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
+
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
+ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
}
- return p;
+ return rc;
}
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
+** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an
+** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry.
+** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
+** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to
+** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with
+** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data,
+** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
- Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
- u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
- sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */
-){
- int op;
- char *zVal = 0;
- sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
+ int rc;
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pCsr->isIncrblobHandle );
- if( !pExpr ){
- *ppVal = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- op = pExpr->op;
- if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
- op = pExpr->op2;
+ assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
+ if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
+ return SQLITE_ABORT;
}
- if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
- if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue);
- }else{
- zVal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken);
- if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
- if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
- }
- if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
- }else{
- sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
- }
- if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
- }
- }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
- pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
- /* (double)-1 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
- pVal->r = (double)-1 * pVal->r;
- }
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
- int nVal;
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
- assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
- if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
- zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
- nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
- assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
- 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ /* Check some assumptions:
+ ** (a) the cursor is open for writing,
+ ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open,
+ ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required),
+ ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and
+ ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
+ */
+ if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
+ return SQLITE_READONLY;
}
-#endif
-
- *ppVal = pVal;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
+ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) );
+ assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) );
+ assert( pCsr->apPage[pCsr->iPage]->intKey );
-no_mem:
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- *ppVal = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1);
}
-/*
-** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
+/*
+** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the
+** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
+** for incremental blob IO only.
+**
+** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
+** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
+** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
+** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
- sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */
- int n, /* Length of string z */
- const void *z, /* Text of the new string */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */
-){
- if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
+ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
+ invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
+ pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
}
+#endif
/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
+** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and
+** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
+** header to iVersion.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
- if( !v ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
- sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
+ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( pBtree->inTrans==TRANS_NONE );
+ assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
-** that it uses the encoding "enc"
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
- Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
- if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- return p->n + p->u.nZero;
- }else{
- return p->n;
+ /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
+ ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
+ */
+ pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1);
+
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData;
+ if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ aData[18] = (u8)iVersion;
+ aData[19] = (u8)iVersion;
+ }
+ }
}
}
- return 0;
+
+ pBt->doNotUseWAL = 0;
+ return rc;
}
-/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
+/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/
/*
-** 2003 September 6
+** 2009 January 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior
-** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
-** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.480 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
+** API functions and the related features.
*/
-
-
-/*
-** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
-** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
-** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
-
/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
+** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- p->db = db;
- if( db->pVdbe ){
- db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
- }
- p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
- p->pPrev = 0;
- db->pVdbe = p;
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
- return p;
-}
+struct sqlite3_backup {
+ sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
+ Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
+ u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
+ int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
-/*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
- if( p==0 ) return;
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
-#endif
- assert( p->zSql==0 );
- p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
- p->isPrepareV2 = isPrepareV2 ? 1 : 0;
-}
+ Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
+ Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- return (p->isPrepareV2 ? p->zSql : 0);
-}
+ int rc; /* Backup process error code */
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
- Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
- char *zTmp;
- tmp = *pA;
- *pA = *pB;
- *pB = tmp;
- pTmp = pA->pNext;
- pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
- pB->pNext = pTmp;
- pTmp = pA->pPrev;
- pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
- pB->pPrev = pTmp;
- zTmp = pA->zSql;
- pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
- pB->zSql = zTmp;
- pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
-}
+ /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
+ ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
+ */
+ Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
+ Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Turn tracing on or off
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
- p->trace = trace;
-}
-#endif
+ int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */
+ sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
+};
/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than
-** it was.
+** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
-** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
-** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
-** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
-*/
-static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
- VdbeOp *pNew;
- int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
- pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
- if( pNew ){
- p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
- p->aOp = pNew;
- }
- return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction.
+** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
+** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
**
-** Parameters:
+** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
+** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
+** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
+** structure, in that order.
**
-** p Pointer to the VDBE
+** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
+** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
+** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
+** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
+** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
**
-** op The opcode for this instruction
+** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
+** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
+** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
+** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
+** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
+** or backup_pagecount().
**
-** p1, p2, p3 Operands
+** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
+** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
+** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
+** associated mutexes.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
+** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
+** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
+** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
+** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
+** error message to pErrorDb.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
- int i;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
+static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
+ int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
- i = p->nOp;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
- if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
- if( growOpArray(p) ){
- return 1;
+ if( i==1 ){
+ Parse *pParse;
+ int rc = 0;
+ pParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(pErrorDb, sizeof(*pParse));
+ if( pParse==0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, "out of memory");
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pParse->db = pDb;
+ if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
+ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, pParse->rc, "%s", pParse->zErrMsg);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, pParse->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3StackFree(pErrorDb, pParse);
+ }
+ if( rc ){
+ return 0;
}
}
- p->nOp++;
- pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
- pOp->p5 = 0;
- pOp->p1 = p1;
- pOp->p2 = p2;
- pOp->p3 = p3;
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- p->expired = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOp->zComment = 0;
- if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- pOp->cycles = 0;
- pOp->cnt = 0;
-#endif
- return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
- return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
+ if( i<0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
+}
/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size
+** of the source.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
- Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
- int op, /* The new opcode */
- int p1, /* The P1 operand */
- int p2, /* The P2 operand */
- int p3, /* The P3 operand */
- const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */
- int p4type /* P4 operand type */
-){
- int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
- return addr;
+static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
-**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
+** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
+** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
+** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
+** stored in database handle pDestDb.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- i = p->nLabel++;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
- int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5;
- p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
- n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
- p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]);
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
+ sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
+ const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
+ sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
+ const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
+){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
+
+ /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
+ ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
+ ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
+ ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
+ ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
+ ** a malfunction or a deadlock.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
+
+ if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3Error(
+ pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
+ );
+ p = 0;
+ }else {
+ /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object...
+ ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+ ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+ p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
+ }
}
- if( p->aLabel ){
- p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+
+ /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
+ if( p ){
+ memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
+ p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
+ p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
+ p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
+ p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
+ p->iNext = 1;
+ p->isAttached = 0;
+
+ if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM
+ ** error was hit. The error has already been written into the
+ ** pDestDb handle. All that is left to do here is free the
+ ** sqlite3_backup structure.
+ */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ p = 0;
+ }
}
- return -1-i;
+ if( p ){
+ p->pSrc->nBackup++;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return p;
}
/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
+** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
+** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
+** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
- int j = -1-x;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
- if( p->aLabel ){
- p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
- }
+static int isFatalError(int rc){
+ return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED));
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
-
/*
-** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
-** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
-** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
-**
-** Op *pOp;
-** VdbeOpIter sIter;
-**
-** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
-** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
-** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
-** // Do something with pOp
-** }
-** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
-**
+** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
+** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
+** destination database.
*/
-typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
-struct VdbeOpIter {
- Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
- SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */
- int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */
- int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */
- int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
-};
-static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
- Vdbe *v = p->v;
- Op *pRet = 0;
- Op *aOp;
- int nOp;
+static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
+ const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
+ const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pSrc);
+ int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
+#endif
- if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ i64 iOff;
- if( p->iSub==0 ){
- aOp = v->aOp;
- nOp = v->nOp;
- }else{
- aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
- nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
- }
- assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+ assert( p->bDestLocked );
+ assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
+ assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
+ assert( zSrcData );
- pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
- p->iAddr++;
- if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
- p->iSub++;
- p->iAddr = 0;
- }
-
- if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
- if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==p->nSub ){
- p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
- if( !p->apSub ){
- pRet = 0;
- }else{
- p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
- }
- }
- }
+ /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
+ ** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
- return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
-** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
-** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
-** sub-programs contains any of the following:
-**
-** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-** * OP_Destroy
-** * OP_VUpdate
-** * OP_VRename
-** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
-**
-** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
-** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
-** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
-** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
-**
-** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
- int hasAbort = 0;
- Op *pOp;
- VdbeOpIter sIter;
- memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
- sIter.v = v;
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing
+ ** and a codec is in use.
+ */
+ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
- while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
- int opcode = pOp->opcode;
- if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1)
+ /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ
+ ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to
+ ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible,
+ ** then the backup cannot proceed.
+ */
+ if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){
+ u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
#endif
- || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
- && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+
+ /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
+ ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
+ ** of the destination page.
+ */
+ for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
+ DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
+ Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
+ if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
){
- hasAbort = 1;
- break;
+ const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
+ u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
+ u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
+
+ /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
+ ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
+ ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
+ ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
+ ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
+ ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
+ */
+ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
+ ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
}
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
- /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
- ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
- ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
- ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
- ** from failing. */
- return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
/*
-** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
-** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the
-** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
-**
-** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
+** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
+** this function is a no-op.
**
-** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument
-** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
+** code if an error occurs.
*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
- int i;
- int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
- Op *pOp;
- int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
- p->readOnly = 1;
- for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
- u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
-
- if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
- if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
- if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
-#endif
- }else if( opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0 ){
- p->readOnly = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
- int n;
- assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
- assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
- n = pOp[-1].p1;
- if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-#endif
- }
-
- if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
- assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
- pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
- }
+static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
+ i64 iCurrent;
+ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
- p->aLabel = 0;
-
- *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
+** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for
+** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- return p->nOp;
+static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp;
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) );
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ p->pNext = *pp;
+ *pp = p;
+ p->isAttached = 1;
}
/*
-** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
-** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
-** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
-** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
-**
-** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
-** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
-** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
-** returned program.
+** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
- VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
- assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
+ int rc;
+ int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */
+ int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */
+ int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */
- /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
- assert( p->aMutex.nMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
- resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
- *pnOp = p->nOp;
- p->aOp = 0;
- return aOp;
-}
+ rc = p->rc;
+ if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
+ Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
+ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
+ int ii; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
+ int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
-/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
- int addr;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
- return 0;
- }
- addr = p->nOp;
- if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
- int i;
- VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
- for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
- int p2 = pIn->p2;
- VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
- pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
- pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
- if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
- pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+ /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
+ ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
+ */
+ if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
+ ){
+ p->bDestLocked = 1;
+ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, &p->iDestSchema);
+ }
+
+ /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
+ ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
+ ** before this function exits.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
+ bCloseTrans = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode
+ ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */
+ pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
+ pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
+ destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest));
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){
+ rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
+ }
+
+ /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
+ ** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
+ */
+ nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc);
+ assert( nSrcPage>=0 );
+ for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
+ if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
+ DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+ }
+ }
+ p->iNext++;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
+ p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
+ if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else if( !p->isAttached ){
+ attachBackupObject(p);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
+ ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
+ ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
+ ** same schema version.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE
+ && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK
+ ){
+ int nDestTruncate;
+
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1);
+ }
+
+ /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
+ ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
+ ** size may be different to the source page size.
+ **
+ ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
+ ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
+ ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
+ ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
+ ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
+ ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
+ ** by the file truncation.
+ */
+ assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
+ assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
+ if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+ int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
+ nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
+ if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
+ nDestTruncate--;
+ }
}else{
- pOut->p2 = p2;
+ nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
}
- pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
- pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- pOut->p4.p = 0;
- pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOut->zComment = 0;
- if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
+
+ if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
+ /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
+ ** two extra things may need to happen:
+ **
+ ** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
+ **
+ ** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
+ ** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
+ ** copied into the destination database.
+ */
+ const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
+ sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
+ i64 iOff;
+ i64 iEnd;
+
+ assert( pFile );
+ assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
+ nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
+ && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
+ ));
+
+ /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original
+ ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
+ ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
+ ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
+ ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the
+ ** journal file. */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);
+
+ /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required. */
+ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
+ for(
+ iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc;
+ rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
+ iOff+=pgszSrc
+ ){
+ PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
+ const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
+ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
+ }
+ sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
+ }
+
+ /* Sync the database file to disk. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
-#endif
}
- p->nOp += nOp;
+
+ /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
+ ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
+ ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
+ ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
+ */
+ if( bCloseTrans ){
+ TESTONLY( int rc2 );
+ TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
+ TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0);
+ assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->rc = rc;
}
- return addr;
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
+** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */
+ int rc; /* Value to return */
+
+ /* Enter the mutexes */
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
+ mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
+ /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ p->pSrc->nBackup--;
+ }
+ if( p->isAttached ){
+ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
+ while( *pp!=p ){
+ pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
+ }
+ *pp = p->pNext;
}
-}
-/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( addr>=0 );
- if( p->nOp>addr ){
- p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
+ /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
+
+ /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
+ rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
+ sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
+
+ /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
+ if( p->pDestDb ){
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a
+ ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
+** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
+** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
- assert( p!=0 );
- if( p->aOp ){
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nRemaining;
}
/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
+** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
+** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
+ return p->nPagecount;
}
-
/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
+** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
+** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
+** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
+** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
+** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
+** complete.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
- if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
+ /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
+ ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
+ ** the new data into the backup.
+ */
+ int rc;
+ assert( p->pDestDb );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ }
+ }
}
}
/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
+** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
+** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
+** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
+** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
+** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
+**
+** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
+** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
+** called.
*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
- if( p4 ){
- switch( p4type ){
- case P4_REAL:
- case P4_INT64:
- case P4_MPRINTF:
- case P4_DYNAMIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO:
- case P4_INTARRAY:
- case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
- break;
- }
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_MEM: {
- sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_VTAB : {
- sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
- break;
- }
- case P4_SUBPROGRAM : {
- sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, (SubProgram *)p4, 1);
- break;
- }
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
+ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
+ p->iNext = 1;
}
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
/*
-** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
-** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
-** nOp entries.
+** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
+** must be active for both files.
+**
+** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
+** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
+** transaction is committed before returning.
*/
-static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
- if( aOp ){
- Op *pOp;
- for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_backup b;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
+
+ /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
+ ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
+ ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
+ ** from this function, not directly by the user.
+ */
+ memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
+ b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
+ b.pSrc = pFrom;
+ b.pDest = pTo;
+ b.iNext = 1;
+
+ /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
+ ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
+ ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
+ ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
+ ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
+ ** or an error code.
+ */
+ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
+ assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
+
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
+ return rc;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
+/************** End of backup.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Decrement the ref-count on the SubProgram structure passed as the
-** second argument. If the ref-count reaches zero, free the structure.
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** The array of VDBE opcodes stored as SubProgram.aOp is freed if
-** either the ref-count reaches zero or parameter freeop is non-zero.
+*************************************************************************
**
-** Since the array of opcodes pointed to by SubProgram.aOp may directly
-** or indirectly contain a reference to the SubProgram structure itself.
-** By passing a non-zero freeop parameter, the caller may ensure that all
-** SubProgram structures and their aOp arrays are freed, even when there
-** are such circular references.
+** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem"
+** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible
+** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
+** name sqlite_value
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(sqlite3 *db, SubProgram *p, int freeop){
- if( p ){
- assert( p->nRef>0 );
- if( freeop || p->nRef==1 ){
- Op *aOp = p->aOp;
- p->aOp = 0;
- vdbeFreeOpArray(db, aOp, p->nOp);
- p->nOp = 0;
- }
- p->nRef--;
- if( p->nRef==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- }
- }
-}
+/*
+** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
+** P if required.
+*/
+#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
/*
-** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
+** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
+** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
+** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
+**
+** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
+** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
+** routine is a no-op.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
+** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
+** between formats.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
- if( p->aOp ){
- VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- while( N-- ){
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
- pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
- pOp++;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
+ int rc;
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE
+ || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+ if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+#else
+
+ /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
+ ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
+ assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
+ return rc;
+#endif
}
/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least
+** n bytes.
**
-** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
-** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
-** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
-** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The
-** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
-** finalized.
-**
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
+** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the
+** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
+** be discarded.
**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
+** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
+** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is
+** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
- Op *pOp;
- sqlite3 *db;
- assert( p!=0 );
- db = p->db;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
- if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) {
- freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
- }
- return;
- }
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
- assert( addr<p->nOp );
- if( addr<0 ){
- addr = p->nOp - 1;
- }
- pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
- freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- if( n==P4_INT32 ){
- /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
- ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
- pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
- pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
- }else if( zP4==0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = 0;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int nField, nByte;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
+ assert( 1 >=
+ ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
+ (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) +
+ ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) +
+ ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
+ );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
- nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
- pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte );
- pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- if( pKeyInfo ){
- u8 *aSortOrder;
- memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
- aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
- if( aSortOrder ){
- pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
- memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
- }
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ if( n<32 ) n = 32;
+ if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
+ if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
+ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
+ preserve = 0;
}else{
- p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
- pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
}
- }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
- }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
- sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
- assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
- }else if( n<0 ){
- pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
- pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
- }else{
- if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
- pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
- pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
}
-}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
-** in a production build.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- if( !p ) return;
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
+ if( pMem->z && preserve && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+ memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
}
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
- va_list ap;
- if( !p ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
- assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
- assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->nOp ){
- char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
- va_start(ap, zFormat);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
- *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
- va_end(ap);
+ if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
+ pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
+ }
+
+ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
+ if( pMem->z==0 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
}
+ pMem->xDel = 0;
+ return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then
-** return the most recently inserted opcode.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
-** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
-** is readable and writable, but it has no effect. The return of a dummy
-** opcode allows the call to continue functioning after a OOM fault without
-** having to check to see if the return from this routine is a valid pointer.
+** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn. In other words, make it so
+** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
+** malloc(). In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
+** overwritten or altered.
**
-** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called
-** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE,
-** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as
-** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without
-** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But
-** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to
-** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
- static VdbeOp dummy;
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
- if( addr<0 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( p->nOp==0 ) return &dummy;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
+ int f;
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ expandBlob(pMem);
+ f = pMem->flags;
+ if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+ pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
#endif
- addr = p->nOp - 1;
- }
- assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- return &dummy;
- }else{
- return &p->aOp[addr];
}
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
- || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
+** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
+** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
- char *zP4 = zTemp;
- assert( nTemp>=20 );
- switch( pOp->p4type ){
- case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
- case P4_KEYINFO: {
- int i, j;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
- i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
- for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
- CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
- if( pColl ){
- int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
- if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
- break;
- }
- zTemp[i++] = ',';
- if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
- zTemp[i++] = '-';
- }
- memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
- i += n;
- }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
- memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
- i += 4;
- }
- }
- zTemp[i++] = ')';
- zTemp[i] = 0;
- assert( i<nTemp );
- break;
- }
- case P4_COLLSEQ: {
- CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
- break;
- }
- case P4_FUNCDEF: {
- FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
- break;
- }
- case P4_INT64: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
- break;
- }
- case P4_INT32: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
- break;
- }
- case P4_REAL: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
- break;
- }
- case P4_MEM: {
- Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
- assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
- zP4 = pMem->z;
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
- }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
- }else{
- assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
- zP4 = "(blob)";
- }
- break;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- case P4_VTAB: {
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
- break;
- }
-#endif
- case P4_INTARRAY: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
- break;
- }
- case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
- sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
- break;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ int nByte;
+ assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+
+ /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
+ nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero;
+ if( nByte<=0 ){
+ nByte = 1;
}
- default: {
- zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
- if( zP4==0 ){
- zP4 = zTemp;
- zTemp[0] = 0;
- }
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+
+ memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero);
+ pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
}
- assert( zP4!=0 );
- return zP4;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
+
/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
+** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
- int mask;
- assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<sizeof(u32)*8 );
- assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
- mask = ((u32)1)<<i;
- if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
- p->btreeMask |= mask;
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */
+ }
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
+ pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
+** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers
+** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string
+** is a no-op.
+**
+** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
+**
+** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
+** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
+** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
+** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
+** user and the later is an internal programming error.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
- char *zP4;
- char zPtr[50];
- static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
- if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
- zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
- fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
- sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
-#else
- ""
-#endif
- );
- fflush(pOut);
-}
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int fg = pMem->flags;
+ const int nByte = 32;
-/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
-*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
- if( p && N ){
- Mem *pEnd;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
- for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
- assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
+ assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
+ assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
- ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
- ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
- **
- ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
- ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
- ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
- ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
- ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
- ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
- ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
- */
- if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
- }else if( p->zMalloc ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
- p->zMalloc = 0;
- }
- p->flags = MEM_Null;
- }
- db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
+ ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
+ ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
+ **
+ ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
+ */
+ if( fg & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+ }else{
+ assert( fg & MEM_Real );
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
}
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
-** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
+** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
+** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The
+** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK
+** otherwise.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
- int i;
- Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
- VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
- for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( ALWAYS(pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize) ){
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
+ ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+ ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
+ ctx.pMem = pMem;
+ ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
+ pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
+ sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
+ memcpy(pMem, &ctx.s, sizeof(ctx.s));
+ rc = ctx.isError;
}
- releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
- sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
+ return rc;
}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
- int ii;
- int nFree = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
- for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
- Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
- sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
- }
- if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
- assert( !pMem->xDel );
- nFree += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+/*
+** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
+** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
+** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
+ assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
+ testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
+ if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
+ if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
+ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
+ assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ p->xDel((void *)p->z);
+ p->xDel = 0;
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
+ }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
}
}
- return nFree;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
-**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
+** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
+** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
+** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
+ p->z = 0;
+ p->zMalloc = 0;
+ p->xDel = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
+** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
+** variables and without the extra range tests. But
+** there are reports that windows throws an expection
+** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
+** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
+** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
+** before attempting the conversion.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
-){
- int nRow; /* Total number of rows to return */
- int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
- SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
- Mem *pSub = 0;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
+static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */
+ return r;
+#else
+ /*
+ ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
+ ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
+ ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
+ ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
+ ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
+ */
+ static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
+ static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
- assert( p->explain );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
- assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
- assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-
- /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
- ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
- ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
- */
- releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
-
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
- ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
-
- /* Figure out total number of rows that will be returned by this
- ** EXPLAIN program. */
- nRow = p->nOp;
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pSub = &p->aMem[9];
- if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
- nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
- nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
- }
- }
-
- do{
- i = p->pc++;
- }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
- if( i>=nRow ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ if( r<(double)minInt ){
+ return minInt;
+ }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
+ /* minInt is correct here - not maxInt. It turns out that assigning
+ ** a very large positive number to an integer results in a very large
+ ** negative integer. This makes no sense, but it is what x86 hardware
+ ** does so for compatibility we will do the same in software. */
+ return minInt;
}else{
- char *z;
- Op *pOp;
- if( i<p->nOp ){
- pOp = &p->aOp[i];
- }else{
- int j;
- i -= p->nOp;
- for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
- i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
- }
- pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
- }
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
- if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
- int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
- if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
- }
- if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){
- apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
- apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
- }
- }
- }
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
-
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
-
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- pMem++;
- }
-
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
- if( z!=pMem->z ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
- }else{
- assert( pMem->z!=0 );
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- }
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem++;
-
- if( p->explain==1 ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
- assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->n = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem++;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( pOp->zComment ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
- pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
- pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
- pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- }
- }
-
- p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- rc = SQLITE_ROW;
- }
- return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
- while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
- printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+ return (i64)r;
}
-}
#endif
+}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
+** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
+** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
+** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is
+** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
+** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
+** it into a integer and return that. If pMem represents an
+** an SQL-NULL value, return 0.
+**
+** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
- int nOp = p->nOp;
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
- if( nOp<1 ) return;
- pOp = &p->aOp[0];
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
- int i, j;
- char z[1000];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
- for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
- for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
- if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
- if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
- z[j++] = ' ';
- }
- }else{
- z[j++] = z[i];
- }
- }
- z[j] = 0;
- sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
+ int flags;
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ flags = pMem->flags;
+ if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+ return pMem->u.i;
+ }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+ return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
+ }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ i64 value = 0;
+ assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 );
+ testcase( pMem->z==0 );
+ sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+ return value;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
/*
-** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
-** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
-**
-** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
-** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not
-** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
-** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not
-** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
-** is NULL.
-**
-** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
-**
-** *ppFrom point to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
-** available space.
-**
-** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
-** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
-** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
+** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
+** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
+** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
+** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
*/
-static void *allocSpace(
- void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */
- int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */
- u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
- u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
- int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
-){
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
- if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
- nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
- if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
- pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
- *ppFrom += nByte;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ return pMem->r;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ return (double)pMem->u.i;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ double val = (double)0;
+ sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc);
+ return val;
}else{
- *pnByte += nByte;
+ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */
+ return (double)0;
}
- return pBuf;
}
/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution. This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
-**
-** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
-**
-** This function may be called more than once on a single virtual machine.
-** The first call is made while compiling the SQL statement. Subsequent
-** calls are made as part of the process of resetting a statement to be
-** re-executed (from a call to sqlite3_reset()). The nVar, nMem, nCursor
-** and isExplain parameters are only passed correct values the first time
-** the function is called. On subsequent calls, from sqlite3_reset(), nVar
-** is passed -1 and nMem, nCursor and isExplain are all passed zero.
+** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a
+** MEM_Int if we can.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
- Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
- int nVar, /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
- int nMem, /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
- int nCursor, /* Number of cursors to allocate */
- int nArg, /* Maximum number of args in SubPrograms */
- int isExplain, /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
- int usesStmtJournal /* True to set Vdbe.usesStmtJournal */
-){
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-
- /* There should be at least one opcode.
- */
- assert( p->nOp>0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
- /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
- ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
- ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
- ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
- ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
- ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+ /* Only mark the value as an integer if
**
- ** See also: allocateCursor().
- */
- nMem += nCursor;
-
- /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and
- ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in. This is only done the
- ** first time this function is called for a given VDBE, not when it is
- ** being called from sqlite3_reset() to reset the virtual machine.
+ ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and
+ ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest
+ ** possible integer (ticket #3922)
+ **
+ ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces
+ ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes
+ ** values to wrap around. On x86 hardware, the third term is always
+ ** true and could be omitted. But we leave it in because other
+ ** architectures might behave differently.
*/
- if( nVar>=0 && ALWAYS(db->mallocFailed==0) ){
- u8 *zCsr = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOp];
- u8 *zEnd = (u8 *)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc];
- int nByte;
- resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
- p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)usesStmtJournal;
- if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
- nMem = 10;
- }
- memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
- zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
-
- do {
- nByte = 0;
- p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
- &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
- if( nByte ){
- p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
- }
- zCsr = p->pFree;
- zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
- }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
-
- p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor;
- if( p->aVar ){
- p->nVar = (u16)nVar;
- for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
- p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aVar[n].db = db;
- }
- }
- if( p->aMem ){
- p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
- p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
- for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
- p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
- p->aMem[n].db = db;
- }
- }
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- for(n=1; n<p->nMem; n++){
- assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
- }
-#endif
-
- p->pc = -1;
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- p->explain |= isExplain;
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
- p->nChange = 0;
- p->cacheCtr = 1;
- p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
- p->iStatement = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
- p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
- }
+ if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i && pMem->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64
+ && ALWAYS(pMem->u.i<LARGEST_INT64) ){
+ pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
}
-#endif
}
/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
-** happens to hold.
+** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
- if( pCx==0 ){
- return;
- }
- if( pCx->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
- /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
- ** the call above. */
- }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
- sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
- const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
- p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
- pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
- p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- }
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+ pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
-** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
-** control to the main program.
+** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
- Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
- v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
- v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
- v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
- v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
- v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
- v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
- v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
- v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
- return pFrame->pc;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+
+ pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Close all cursors.
+** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
+** Invalidate any prior representations.
**
-** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
-** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
-** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
-** open cursors.
+** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input
+** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert
+** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest.
*/
-static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
- if( p->pFrame ){
- VdbeFrame *pFrame = p->pFrame;
- for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
- sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
+ if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc) ){
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
+ }else{
+ pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pMem);
+ }
}
- p->pFrame = 0;
- p->nFrame = 0;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 );
+ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- if( p->apCsr ){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
- VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
- if( pC ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
- p->apCsr[i] = 0;
- }
- }
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Frame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame = pMem->u.pFrame;
+ pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame;
+ pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame;
}
- if( p->aMem ){
- releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ sqlite3RowSetClear(pMem->u.pRowSet);
}
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}
/*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
-**
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
+** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
+** n containing all zeros.
*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+ pMem->n = 0;
+ if( n<0 ) n = 0;
+ pMem->u.nZero = n;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
- ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 );
- for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null );
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
+ sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, n, 0);
+ if( pMem->z ){
+ pMem->n = n;
+ memset(pMem->z, 0, n);
+ }
#endif
-
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- p->pResultSet = 0;
}
/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type INTEGER.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
- Mem *pColName;
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->u.i = val;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+}
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
- p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
- p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
- if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
- while( n-- > 0 ){
- pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
- pColName->db = p->db;
- pColName++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+/*
+** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
+** manifest type REAL.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
+ if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->r = val;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
}
}
+#endif
/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
-** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
-** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
+** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an
+** empty boolean index.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
- Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */
- int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */
- int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
- const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */
-){
- int rc;
- Mem *pColName;
- assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
- assert( var<COLNAME_N );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){
+ sqlite3 *db = pMem->db;
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 64);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->zMalloc );
+ pMem->u.pRowSet = sqlite3RowSetInit(db, pMem->zMalloc,
+ sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pMem->zMalloc));
+ assert( pMem->u.pRowSet!=0 );
+ pMem->flags = MEM_RowSet;
}
- assert( p->aColName!=0 );
- pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
- assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
- return rc;
}
/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
+** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
+** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
- int i;
- int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int needXcommit = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
- ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
- */
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
-#endif
-
- /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
- ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
- ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
- ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
- ** to the transaction.
- */
- rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
- ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
- ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
- ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
- ** file is required for an atomic commit.
- */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- needXcommit = 1;
- if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
- }
- }
-
- /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
- if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- if( rc ){
- return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- }
- }
-
- /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
- ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
- ** master-journal.
- **
- ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
- ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
- ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
- ** simple case then too.
- */
- if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
- || nTrans<=1
- ){
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
- ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
- ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
- ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
- }
- }
-
- /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
- ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
- ** committed atomicly.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
- else{
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
- int needSync = 0;
- char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
- char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
- sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
- i64 offset = 0;
- int res;
-
- /* Select a master journal file name */
- do {
- u32 iRandom;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
- zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff);
- if( !zMaster ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* Open the master journal. */
- rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
- );
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
- ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
- ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
- ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
- ** back independently if a failure occurs.
- */
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( i==1 ) continue; /* Ignore the TEMP database */
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
- char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
- if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue; /* Ignore :memory: databases */
- if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
- needSync = 1;
- }
- rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
- offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
- ** flag is set this is not required.
- */
- if( needSync
- && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
- && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
- ){
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
- ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
- ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
- **
- ** If the error occurs during the first call to
- ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
- ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
- ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
- ** file before the failure occurred.
- */
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
- }
- }
- sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
- ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
- ** transaction files are deleted.
- */
- rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
- zMaster = 0;
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
- ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
- ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
- ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
- ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
- ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
- */
- disable_simulated_io_errors();
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
+ assert( p->db!=0 );
+ if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ int n = p->n;
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ n += p->u.nZero;
}
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
- sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}
-#endif
-
- return rc;
+ return 0;
}
-/*
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** This routine prepares a memory cell for modication by breaking
+** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow
+** copies of this cell as invalid.
**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
+** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow
+** copies are not misused.
*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- int cnt = 0;
- int nWrite = 0;
- p = db->pVdbe;
- while( p ){
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
- cnt++;
- if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){
+ int i;
+ Mem *pX;
+ for(i=1, pX=&pVdbe->aMem[1]; i<=pVdbe->nMem; i++, pX++){
+ if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){
+ pX->flags |= MEM_Invalid;
+ pX->pScopyFrom = 0;
}
- p = p->pNext;
}
- assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
- assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
+ pMem->pScopyFrom = 0;
}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
/*
-** For every Btree that in database connection db which
-** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
-** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
-** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback
-*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even
-** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
-** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
-** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
-** to the rollback.
-**
-** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
-** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save
-** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor
-** so that it is never used again.
+** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
*/
-static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
- sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
- }
+#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
+
+/*
+** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of
+** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If
+** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
+** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+ pTo->xDel = 0;
+ if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
+ pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
+ assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
+ pTo->flags |= srcType;
}
}
/*
-** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
-** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
-** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
-** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
-** statement transaction is commtted.
-**
-** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
-** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
+** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are
+** freed before the copy is made.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
- sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a
- ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
- ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback.
- ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
- */
- if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
- int i;
- const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
-
- assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
- assert( db->nStatement>0 );
- assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
-
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
- if( pBt ){
- if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
- }
- if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
- }
- }
- db->nStatement--;
- p->iStatement = 0;
+ assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
+ pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
- /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
- ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
- ** the statement transaction was opened. */
- if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+ if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
+ if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
+ pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
}
}
+
return rc;
}
/*
-** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
-** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
-** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it
-** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
-** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
-**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
-** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
-** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
-** associated with the VM. Of course only a subset of these structures
-** will be accessed by the VM, and we could use Vdbe.btreeMask to figure
-** that subset out, but there is no advantage to doing so.
+** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
+** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
**
-** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
-** function is a no-op.
+** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p){
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
-#else
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(p->db);
-#endif
-}
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
+ assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
+ assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
-/*
-** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
-** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
-** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
-** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
-** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write
-** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed");
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
+ memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
+ pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pFrom->xDel = 0;
+ pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
+** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
+** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
+** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the
+** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the
+** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
+** pointer copied.
**
-** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
+** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
+** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be
+** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation
+** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In
+** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
- int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
+ Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */
+ const char *z, /* String pointer */
+ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+ int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */
+ int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
+ u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */
- /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
- ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
- ** execution of this virtual machine.
- **
- ** If any of the following errors occur:
- **
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM
- ** SQLITE_IOERR
- ** SQLITE_FULL
- ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
- **
- ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
- ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
- ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
- */
+ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- closeAllCursors(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
+ if( !z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
- /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
- int eStatementOp = 0;
- int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
- /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
- sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);
+ if( pMem->db ){
+ iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
+ }else{
+ iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
+ }
+ flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
+ if( nByte<0 ){
+ assert( enc!=0 );
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
+ }else{
+ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
+ }
+ flags |= MEM_Term;
+ }
- /* Check for one of the special errors */
- mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
- assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */
- isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
- || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
- if( isSpecialError ){
- /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
- ** proceed with the special handling.
- */
- if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
- if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
- }else{
- /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
- ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
- */
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
- }
-
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
- ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
- **
- ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
- ** above has occurred.
- */
- if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
- && db->autoCommit
- && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0)
- ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
- if( sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1) ){
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
- ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
- ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
- ** is required. */
- rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
- if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }else{
- db->nDeferredCons = 0;
- sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- }
- db->nStatement = 0;
- }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
- if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
- }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
- eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
- }else{
- invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
- sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- }
- }
-
- /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
- ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
- ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
- ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then set the error
- ** code to the new value.
- */
- if( eStatementOp ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
- if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
- p->rc = rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
+ /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
+ ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
+ ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
+ */
+ if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+ int nAlloc = nByte;
+ if( flags&MEM_Term ){
+ nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
}
-
- /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
- ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
- */
- if( p->changeCntOn ){
- if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
- }
- p->nChange = 0;
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
-
- /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
- if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-
- /* Release the locks */
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+ memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
+ }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
+ pMem->xDel = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->z = (char *)z;
+ pMem->xDel = xDel;
+ flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
}
- /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- db->activeVdbeCnt--;
- if( !p->readOnly ){
- db->writeVdbeCnt--;
- }
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
- }
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
- checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pMem->n = nByte;
+ pMem->flags = flags;
+ pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
+ pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+#endif
- /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
- ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
- ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
- */
- if( db->autoCommit ){
- sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+ if( nByte>iLimit ){
+ return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
}
- assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
- p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
+** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
+** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
+** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
+** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
+** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
+** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- db = p->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
+ int rc;
+ int f1, f2;
+ int combined_flags;
- /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
- ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
- ** it now.
+ f1 = pMem1->flags;
+ f2 = pMem2->flags;
+ combined_flags = f1|f2;
+ assert( (combined_flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+ /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
+ ** are NULL, return 0.
*/
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
+ }
- /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
- ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
- ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
- ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+ /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
+ ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
+ ** if both values are integers.
*/
- if( p->pc>=0 ){
- if( p->zErrMsg ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- db->errCode = p->rc;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
- }else if( p->rc ){
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+ if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
+ if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
+ double r1, r2;
+ if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ r1 = (double)pMem1->u.i;
+ }else{
+ r1 = pMem1->r;
+ }
+ if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
+ r2 = (double)pMem2->u.i;
+ }else{
+ r2 = pMem2->r;
+ }
+ if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
+ if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
+ return 0;
}else{
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ assert( f1&MEM_Int );
+ assert( f2&MEM_Int );
+ if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
+ if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
+ return 0;
}
- }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
- /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
- ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
- ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
- */
- sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = 0;
}
- /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+ /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
+ ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
*/
- Cleanup(p);
+ if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
+ if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
+ return -1;
+ }
- /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
- */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- {
- FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
- if( out ){
- int i;
- fprintf(out, "---- ");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
- }
- fprintf(out, "\n");
- for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
- p->aOp[i].cnt,
- p->aOp[i].cycles,
- p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
- );
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+ assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
+ assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ||
+ pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
+
+ /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
+ ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
+ ** compiled (this was not always the case).
+ */
+ assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
+
+ if( pColl ){
+ if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
+ /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the
+ ** comparison function directly */
+ return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
+ }else{
+ const void *v1, *v2;
+ int n1, n2;
+ Mem c1;
+ Mem c2;
+ memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
+ memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
+ v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
+ n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
+ v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
+ n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
+ rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
+ return rc;
}
- fclose(out);
}
+ /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
+ ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */
}
-#endif
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
- return p->rc & db->errMask;
-}
-/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
-** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
- assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+ /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */
+ rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
}
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
return rc;
}
/*
-** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
-** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31
-** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
-** routine with mask==0.
+** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
+** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
+** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
+** key is true to get the key or false to get data. The result is written
+** into the pMem element.
+**
+** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized. Any prior content
+** is overwritten without being freed.
+**
+** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
+** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
- struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
- if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
- if( pAux->xDelete ){
- pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
- }
- pAux->pAux = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
+ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
+ int offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
+ int amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */
+ int key, /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
+ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
+){
+ char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */
+ int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+
+ /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert()
+ ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+ if( key ){
+ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
+ }else{
+ zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
+ }
+ assert( zData!=0 );
+
+ if( offset+amt<=available && (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ pMem->z = &zData[offset];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->enc = 0;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+ if( key ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
+ }
+ pMem->z[amt] = 0;
+ pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
}
}
+ pMem->n = amt;
+
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
+/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
+** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
+** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
+** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
+** SQLITE_UTF8.
+**
+** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
+** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
+** boundary.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
+ if( !pVal ) return 0;
- if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
- db = p->db;
- if( p->pPrev ){
- p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
+ assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
+ assert( (pVal->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
+
+ if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
+ pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
+ expandBlob(pVal);
+ if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
+ if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
+ assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-59893-45467 */
}else{
- assert( db->pVdbe==p );
- db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+ assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
+ assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) );
}
- if( p->pNext ){
- p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+ assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
+ || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
+ return pVal->z;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
}
- releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
- releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
- vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
- p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
/*
-** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
-** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
-** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
-**
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
-** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
-** a NULL row.
-**
-** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
-** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
- if( p->deferredMoveto ){
- int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
- assert( p->isTable );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
- p->rowidIsValid = ALWAYS(res==0) ?1:0;
- if( NEVER(res<0) ){
- rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
- p->deferredMoveto = 0;
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){
- int hasMoved;
- int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
- if( rc ) return rc;
- if( hasMoved ){
- p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
- p->nullRow = 1;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
+ Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
+ if( p ){
+ p->flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+ p->db = db;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
-**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
+** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob seperately.
-**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
-**
-** serial type bytes of data type
-** -------------- --------------- ---------------
-** 0 0 NULL
-** 1 1 signed integer
-** 2 2 signed integer
-** 3 3 signed integer
-** 4 4 signed integer
-** 5 6 signed integer
-** 6 8 signed integer
-** 7 8 IEEE float
-** 8 0 Integer constant 0
-** 9 0 Integer constant 1
-** 10,11 reserved for expansion
-** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
-** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
-**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
+** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
+** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
+** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
+** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
+** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
+** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
+ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */
+ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */
+){
+ int op;
+ char *zVal = 0;
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int negInt = 1;
+ const char *zNeg = "";
-/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- int n;
+ if( !pExpr ){
+ *ppVal = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ op = pExpr->op;
- if( flags&MEM_Null ){
- return 0;
+ /* op can only be TK_REGISTER if we have compiled with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2.
+ ** The ifdef here is to enable us to achieve 100% branch test coverage even
+ ** when SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 is omitted.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#else
+ if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2;
+#endif
+
+ /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the
+ ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808.
+ */
+ if( op==TK_UMINUS
+ && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){
+ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
+ op = pExpr->op;
+ negInt = -1;
+ zNeg = "-";
}
- if( flags&MEM_Int ){
- /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
- i64 i = pMem->u.i;
- u64 u;
- if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
- return 8+(u32)i;
+
+ if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt);
+ }else{
+ zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken);
+ if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
+ if( op==TK_FLOAT ) pVal->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
}
- u = i<0 ? -i : i;
- if( u<=127 ) return 1;
- if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
- if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
- if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
- if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
- return 6;
+ if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ }
+ if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+ if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc);
+ }
+ }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
+ /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal);
+ if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){
+ pVal->flags &= MEM_Int;
+ pVal->flags |= MEM_Real;
+ pVal->r = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
+ }else{
+ pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i;
+ }
+ pVal->r = -pVal->r;
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
+ }
+ }else if( op==TK_NULL ){
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem;
}
- if( flags&MEM_Real ){
- return 7;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
+ int nVal;
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' );
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' );
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
+ if( !pVal ) goto no_mem;
+ zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2];
+ nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1;
+ assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
+ 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
- assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
- n = pMem->n;
- if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
- n += pMem->u.nZero;
+#endif
+
+ if( pVal ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pVal);
}
- assert( n>=0 );
- return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+ *ppVal = pVal;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+no_mem:
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ *ppVal = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- return (serial_type-12)/2;
- }else{
- static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- return aSize[serial_type];
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
+ sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */
+ int n, /* Length of string z */
+ const void *z, /* Text of the new string */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */
+){
+ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
}
/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
-** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
-** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
+** Free an sqlite3_value object
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
- union {
- u64 r;
- u32 i[2];
- } u;
- u32 t;
-
- u.r = in;
- t = u.i[0];
- u.i[0] = u.i[1];
- u.i[1] = t;
- return u.r;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
+ if( !v ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
+ sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
-**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be
-** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is
-** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
-** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[]
-** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
-** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
-** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
-** zeros.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
- u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
- u32 len;
-
- /* Integer and Real */
- if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
- u64 v;
- u32 i;
- if( serial_type==7 ){
- assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
- memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
- swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
+** that it uses the encoding "enc"
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ return p->n + p->u.nZero;
}else{
- v = pMem->u.i;
- }
- len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
- assert( len<=(u32)nBuf );
- while( i-- ){
- buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
- v >>= 8;
- }
- return len;
- }
-
- /* String or blob */
- if( serial_type>=12 ){
- assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
- == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
- assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
- len = pMem->n;
- memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
- if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- len += pMem->u.nZero;
- assert( nBuf>=0 );
- if( len > (u32)nBuf ){
- len = (u32)nBuf;
- }
- memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
+ return p->n;
}
- return len;
}
-
- /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
return 0;
}
+/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
- const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
- u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
- Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
- switch( serial_type ){
- case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
- case 0: { /* NULL */
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- break;
- }
- case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 1;
- }
- case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 2;
- }
- case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 3;
- }
- case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
- pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 4;
- }
- case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
- u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
- u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 6;
- }
- case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
- case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
- u64 x;
- u32 y;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
- /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
- ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
- ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
- ** endian.
- */
- static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
- static const double r1 = 1.0;
- u64 t2 = t1;
- swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
- assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
+** 2003 September 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
+** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) Prior
+** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
+** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
+*/
- x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
- y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
- x = (x<<32) | y;
- if( serial_type==6 ){
- pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- }else{
- assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
- swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
- memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
- pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
- }
- return 8;
- }
- case 8: /* Integer 0 */
- case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
- pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
- pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
- return 0;
- }
- default: {
- u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
- pMem->z = (char *)buf;
- pMem->n = len;
- pMem->xDel = 0;
- if( serial_type&0x01 ){
- pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
- }else{
- pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
- }
- return len;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
-** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to
-** that structure.
-**
-** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
-** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned
-** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is
-** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-**
-** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
-** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
- int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
- const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
- char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */
- int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-){
- const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
- UnpackedRecord *p; /* The unpacked record that we will return */
- int nByte; /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */
- int d;
- u32 idx;
- u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
- u32 szHdr;
- Mem *pMem;
- int nOff; /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */
-
- /*
- ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
- ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift
- ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
- */
- nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
- pSpace += nOff;
- szSpace -= nOff;
- nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
- if( nByte>szSpace ){
- p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
- if( p==0 ) return 0;
- p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
- }else{
- p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace;
- p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
- }
- p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
- p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
- p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
- assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
- idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
- d = szHdr;
- u = 0;
- while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
- u32 serial_type;
+** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
+** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
+** as they are added to the instruction stream.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
+#endif
- idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
- pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
- pMem->flags = 0;
- pMem->zMalloc = 0;
- d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
- pMem++;
- u++;
+
+/*
+** Create a new virtual database engine.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ p->db = db;
+ if( db->pVdbe ){
+ db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
}
- assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
- p->nField = u;
- return (void*)p;
+ p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
+ p->pPrev = 0;
+ db->pVdbe = p;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+ return p;
}
/*
-** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object.
+** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
- int i;
- Mem *pMem;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, int isPrepareV2){
+ assert( isPrepareV2==1 || isPrepareV2==0 );
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( !isPrepareV2 ) return;
+#endif
+ assert( p->zSql==0 );
+ p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
+ p->isPrepareV2 = (u8)isPrepareV2;
+}
- assert( p!=0 );
- assert( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY );
- for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
- /* The unpacked record is always constructed by the
- ** sqlite3VdbeUnpackRecord() function above, which makes all
- ** strings and blobs static. And none of the elements are
- ** ever transformed, so there is never anything to delete.
- */
- if( NEVER(pMem->zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
- }
- if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
- }
+/*
+** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ return (p && p->isPrepareV2) ? p->zSql : 0;
}
/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
-** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
-**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
-** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the
-** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
-** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
-** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
-** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
-** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
-**
-** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
-** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is
-** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte
-** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
-** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
-** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
-** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
-** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
+** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
- UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
-){
- int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
- u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
- u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
- int i = 0;
- int nField;
- int rc = 0;
- const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
- KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- Mem mem1;
-
- pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
- mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
- mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
- mem1.flags = 0;
- mem1.u.i = 0; /* not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
- mem1.zMalloc = 0;
-
- idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
- d1 = szHdr1;
- if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
- szHdr1--;
- }
- nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
- while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
- u32 serial_type1;
-
- /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
- idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
- if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
-
- /* Extract the values to be compared.
- */
- d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
-
- /* Do the comparison
- */
- rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
- i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
- if( rc!=0 ){
- break;
- }
- i++;
- }
-
- /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. */
- if( NEVER(mem1.zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
-
- /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
- ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set
- ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
- ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
- */
- if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
- assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
- assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
- pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
- pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
- }
-
- if( rc==0 ){
- /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
- ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
- ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
- ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
- ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the
- ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
- ** if there is a difference.
- */
- if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
- rc = -1;
- }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
- /* Leave rc==0 */
- }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
- rc = 1;
- }
- }else if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField
- && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
- rc = -rc;
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
+ Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
+ char *zTmp;
+ tmp = *pA;
+ *pA = *pB;
+ *pB = tmp;
+ pTmp = pA->pNext;
+ pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
+ pB->pNext = pTmp;
+ pTmp = pA->pPrev;
+ pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
+ pB->pPrev = pTmp;
+ zTmp = pA->zSql;
+ pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
+ pB->zSql = zTmp;
+ pB->isPrepareV2 = pA->isPrepareV2;
+}
- return rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Turn tracing on or off
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
+ p->trace = trace;
}
-
+#endif
/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least one op larger than
+** it was.
**
-** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
-** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content.
+** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return
+** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain
+** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be
+** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe).
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
- u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
- u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
- Mem m, v;
-
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
-
- /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
- ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
- ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
- ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
- */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
- assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
-
- /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
- memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
+static int growOpArray(Vdbe *p){
+ VdbeOp *pNew;
+ int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op)));
+ pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op));
+ if( pNew ){
+ p->nOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew)/sizeof(Op);
+ p->aOp = pNew;
}
+ return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
+}
- /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
- testcase( szHdr==3 );
- testcase( szHdr==m.n );
- if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
- }
+/*
+** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
+** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction.
+**
+** Parameters:
+**
+** p Pointer to the VDBE
+**
+** op The opcode for this instruction
+**
+** p1, p2, p3 Operands
+**
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
+** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
+** operand.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
+ int i;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
- /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
- ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
- (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
- testcase( typeRowid==1 );
- testcase( typeRowid==2 );
- testcase( typeRowid==3 );
- testcase( typeRowid==4 );
- testcase( typeRowid==5 );
- testcase( typeRowid==6 );
- testcase( typeRowid==8 );
- testcase( typeRowid==9 );
- if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
- }
- lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
- testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
- if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
- goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ i = p->nOp;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
+ if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
+ if( growOpArray(p) ){
+ return 1;
+ }
}
+ p->nOp++;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+ pOp->opcode = (u8)op;
+ pOp->p5 = 0;
+ pOp->p1 = p1;
+ pOp->p2 = p2;
+ pOp->p3 = p3;
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pOp->zComment = 0;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+#endif
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ pOp->cycles = 0;
+ pOp->cnt = 0;
+#endif
+ return i;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
+ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
+}
- /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
- sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
- *rowid = v.u.i;
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_OK;
- /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
- ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
-idx_rowid_corruption:
- testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+/*
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+ int op, /* The new opcode */
+ int p1, /* The P1 operand */
+ int p2, /* The P2 operand */
+ int p3, /* The P3 operand */
+ const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */
+ int p4type /* P4 operand type */
+){
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
+ return addr;
}
/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
-** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also local all btrees.
**
-** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
-** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
- VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
- UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */
- int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
- i64 nCellKey = 0;
- int rc;
- BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
- Mem m;
-
- assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
- /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
- ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
- if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
- *res = 0;
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
- }
- memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
- if( rc ){
- return rc;
- }
- assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
- *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){
+ int j;
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ for(j=0; j<p->db->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j);
}
/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- db->nChange = nChange;
- db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */
+ int op, /* The new opcode */
+ int p1, /* The P1 operand */
+ int p2, /* The P2 operand */
+ int p3, /* The P3 operand */
+ int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */
+){
+ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(p4), P4_INT32);
+ return addr;
}
/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
+** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
+** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The
+** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when
+** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
+** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
+** the label into the resolved address.
+**
+** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
+** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
+** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
+**
+** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
- v->changeCntOn = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ i = p->nLabel++;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
+ int n = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 5;
+ p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
+ n*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
+ p->nLabelAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, p->aLabel)/sizeof(p->aLabel[0]);
+ }
+ if( p->aLabel ){
+ p->aLabel[i] = -1;
+ }
+ return -1-i;
}
/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
+** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
+** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
- Vdbe *p;
- for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
- p->expired = 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
+ int j = -1-x;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
+ if( p->aLabel ){
+ p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
}
}
/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
- return v->db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){
+ p->runOnlyOnce = 1;
}
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */
+
/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
+** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes
+** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may
+** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows:
**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
+** Op *pOp;
+** VdbeOpIter sIter;
**
-** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.167 2009/06/25 01:47:12 drh Exp $
+** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe*
+** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){
+** // Do something with pOp
+** }
+** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+**
*/
+typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter;
+struct VdbeOpIter {
+ Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */
+ SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */
+ int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */
+ int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */
+ int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */
+};
+static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){
+ Vdbe *v = p->v;
+ Op *pRet = 0;
+ Op *aOp;
+ int nOp;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p==0 || p->expired;
+ if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){
+
+ if( p->iSub==0 ){
+ aOp = v->aOp;
+ nOp = v->nOp;
+ }else{
+ aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp;
+ nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp;
+ }
+ assert( p->iAddr<nOp );
+
+ pRet = &aOp[p->iAddr];
+ p->iAddr++;
+ if( p->iAddr==nOp ){
+ p->iSub++;
+ p->iAddr = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<p->nSub; j++){
+ if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==p->nSub ){
+ p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte);
+ if( !p->apSub ){
+ pRet = 0;
+ }else{
+ p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pRet;
}
-#endif
/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
+** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may
+** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction
+** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any
+** sub-programs contains any of the following:
**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
+** * OP_Destroy
+** * OP_VUpdate
+** * OP_VRename
+** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint)
+**
+** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an
+** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does
+** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as
+** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to:
+**
+** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) );
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){
+ int hasAbort = 0;
+ Op *pOp;
+ VdbeOpIter sIter;
+ memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+ sIter.v = v;
+
+ while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){
+ int opcode = pOp->opcode;
+ if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ || (opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1)
#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull)
+ && (pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort))
+ ){
+ hasAbort = 1;
+ break;
+ }
}
- return rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub);
+
+ /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occured.
+ ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated
+ ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return
+ ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame
+ ** from failing. */
+ return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort );
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */
/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
+** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
+** on jump instructions. Each such value is a label. Resolve the
+** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
+**
+** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument
+** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
+**
+** The Op.opflags field is set on all opcodes.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc;
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
- assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
int i;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+ int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs;
+ Op *pOp;
+ int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
+ p->readOnly = 1;
+ for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
+ u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
+
+ pOp->opflags = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[opcode];
+ if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
+ if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
+ }else if( (opcode==OP_Transaction && pOp->p2!=0) || opcode==OP_Vacuum ){
+ p->readOnly = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
+ if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
+ }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
+ int n;
+ assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
+ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
+ n = pOp[-1].p1;
+ if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
- for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
- p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
+ assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
+ pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
+ }
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
- return rc;
-}
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
+ p->aLabel = 0;
+ *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
+}
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
+/*
+** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
- if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
- p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
- p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
- return p->z;
- }else{
- return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
- }
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
- return pVal->type;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ return p->nOp;
}
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with
+** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility
+** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the
+** vdbeFreeOpArray() function.
**
-** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
-** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
-** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned
+** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and
+** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the
+** returned program.
*/
-static void setResultStrOrError(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */
- const char *z, /* String pointer */
- int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
- u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
- void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
- sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
- }
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( n>=0 );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const char *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- const void *z,
- int n,
- void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
- pCtx->isError = errCode;
- if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){
+ VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp;
+ assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed );
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1,
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
+ /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */
+ assert( p->btreeMask==0 );
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
- pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg);
+ *pnOp = p->nOp;
+ p->aOp = 0;
+ return aOp;
}
/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
-**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
-** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return the
+** address of the first operation added.
*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
- sqlite3 *db;
- int rc;
-
- assert(p);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
- /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
- db = p->db;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
- if( ALWAYS(p->rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto end_of_step;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
+ int addr;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p) ){
+ return 0;
}
- if( p->pc<0 ){
- /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
- ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
- ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
- */
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
- }
-
- assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
- double rNow;
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
- p->startTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
- }
+ addr = p->nOp;
+ if( ALWAYS(nOp>0) ){
+ int i;
+ VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
+ for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
+ int p2 = pIn->p2;
+ VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
+ pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
+ pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
+ if( p2<0 && (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOut->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ){
+ pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
+ }else{
+ pOut->p2 = p2;
+ }
+ pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
+ pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ pOut->p4.p = 0;
+ pOut->p5 = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pOut->zComment = 0;
+ if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
+ }
#endif
-
- db->activeVdbeCnt++;
- if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
- p->pc = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( p->explain ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
- }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
- {
- rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
- }
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
+ p->nOp += nOp;
}
+ return addr;
+}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
- /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
- */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
- double rNow;
- u64 elapseTime;
-
- sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
- elapseTime = (u64)((rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0);
- elapseTime -= p->startTime;
- db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, elapseTime);
+/*
+** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( addr>=0 );
+ if( p->nOp>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
}
-#endif
+}
- db->errCode = rc;
- if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
- p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-end_of_step:
- /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
- ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
- ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
- ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
- ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
- ** were called on statement p.
- */
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
- || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
- );
- assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
- if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
- ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the
- ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
- */
- rc = db->errCode = p->rc;
+/*
+** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( addr>=0 );
+ if( p->nOp>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
}
- return (rc&db->errMask);
}
/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- if( pStmt ){
- int cnt = 0;
- Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- sqlite3 *db = v->db;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
- && cnt++ < 5
- && (rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
- v->expired = 0;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
- /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
- ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
- ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
- ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
- ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
- ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
- ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
- */
- const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
- } else {
- v->zErrMsg = 0;
- v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( addr>=0 );
+ if( p->nOp>addr ){
+ p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
}
- return rc;
}
/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
+** added operation.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ if( p->aOp ){
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
+ }
}
/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
+** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
+** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pFunc );
- return p->s.db;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ assert( addr>=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
}
+
/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
+** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If
+** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
- sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
- int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */
- sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */
-){
- const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
- char *zErr;
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
+static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
+ if( ALWAYS(pDef) && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
+ }
}
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int);
+
/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
-** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
- Mem *pMem;
- assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
- pMem = p->pMem;
- if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
- if( nByte==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- pMem->z = 0;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
- pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
- pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
- if( pMem->z ){
- memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
+ if( p4 ){
+ assert( db );
+ switch( p4type ){
+ case P4_REAL:
+ case P4_INT64:
+ case P4_DYNAMIC:
+ case P4_KEYINFO:
+ case P4_INTARRAY:
+ case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MPRINTF: {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3_free(p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
+ freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
+ }else{
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)p4;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_VTAB : {
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4);
+ break;
}
}
}
- return (void*)pMem->z;
}
/*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the
+** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain
+** nOp entries.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
- return 0;
+static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){
+ if( aOp ){
+ Op *pOp;
+ for(pOp=aOp; pOp<&aOp[nOp]; pOp++){
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
+#endif
+ }
}
- return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, aOp);
}
/*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked
+** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program
+** objects when the VM is no longer required.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
- sqlite3_context *pCtx,
- int iArg,
- void *pAux,
- void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
- struct AuxData *pAuxData;
- VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
- if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){
+ p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram;
+ pVdbe->pProgram = p;
+}
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
- pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
- if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
- int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
- int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
- pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
- if( !pVdbeFunc ){
- goto failed;
+/*
+** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
+ if( p->aOp ){
+ VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ while( N-- ){
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
+ pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
+ pOp++;
}
- pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
- memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
- pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
- pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
- }
-
- pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
- if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
- pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
- }
- pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
- pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
- return;
-
-failed:
- if( xDelete ){
- xDelete(pAux);
}
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been
-** called.
+** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
+** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
+** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
+** few minor changes to the program.
**
-** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
+** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
+** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
+** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
+**
+** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
+** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
+** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
+** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The
+** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
+** finalized.
+**
+** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
+** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
+** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
+**
+** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
- assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
- return p->pMem->n;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
+ Op *pOp;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
+ if ( n!=P4_KEYINFO && n!=P4_VTAB ) {
+ freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ assert( addr<p->nOp );
+ if( addr<0 ){
+ addr = p->nOp - 1;
+ }
+ pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
+ freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ if( n==P4_INT32 ){
+ /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
+ ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
+ pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_INT32;
+ }else if( zP4==0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = 0;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ int nField, nByte;
+
+ nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
+ nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
+ pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nByte);
+ pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ if( pKeyInfo ){
+ u8 *aSortOrder;
+ memcpy((char*)pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte - nField);
+ aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
+ if( aSortOrder ){
+ pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
+ memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
+ }
+ pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ }else{
+ p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
+ }
+ }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
+ }else if( n==P4_VTAB ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_VTAB;
+ sqlite3VtabLock((VTable *)zP4);
+ assert( ((VTable *)zP4)->db==p->db );
+ }else if( n<0 ){
+ pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
+ pOp->p4type = (signed char)n;
+ }else{
+ if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4);
+ pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
+ pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
+ }
}
-#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction. Or
+** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This
+** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens
+** in a production build.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ if( !p ) return;
+ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+ assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->nOp ){
+ char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+ *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ if( !p ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
+ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
+ assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->nOp ){
+ char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
+ *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ }
}
+#endif /* NDEBUG */
/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
+** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then
+** return the most recently inserted opcode.
+**
+** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this
+** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode
+** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value.
+** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning
+** after a OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from
+** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0,
+** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and
+** by running with Valgrind.
+**
+** About the #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE: Normally, this routine is never called
+** unless p->nOp>0. This is because in the absense of SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE,
+** an OP_Trace instruction is always inserted by sqlite3VdbeGet() as soon as
+** a new VDBE is created. So we are free to set addr to p->nOp-1 without
+** having to double-check to make sure that the result is non-negative. But
+** if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE is defined, the OP_Trace is omitted and we do need to
+** check the value of p->nOp-1 before continuing.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
- return pVm->nResColumn;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
+ /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all
+ ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */
+ static const VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ if( addr<0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( p->nOp==0 ) return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+#endif
+ addr = p->nOp - 1;
+ }
+ assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ return (VdbeOp*)&dummy;
+ }else{
+ return &p->aOp[addr];
+ }
}
-
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
+ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
+** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
+** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *pVm;
- int vals;
- Mem *pOut;
-
- pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
- pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
- }else{
- /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return
- ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the
- ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element
- ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler
- ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
- ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
- ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
- ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
- ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
- ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
- ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
- static const Mem nullMem
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
- __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
+ char *zP4 = zTemp;
+ assert( nTemp>=20 );
+ switch( pOp->p4type ){
+ case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
+ case P4_KEYINFO: {
+ int i, j;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
+ i = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp);
+ for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
+ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
+ if( pColl ){
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pColl->zName);
+ if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
+ break;
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ',';
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
+ zTemp[i++] = '-';
+ }
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
+ i += n;
+ }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
+ memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
+ i += 4;
+ }
+ }
+ zTemp[i++] = ')';
+ zTemp[i] = 0;
+ assert( i<nTemp );
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_COLLSEQ: {
+ CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_FUNCDEF: {
+ FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_INT64: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_INT32: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_REAL: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_MEM: {
+ Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
+ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
+ zP4 = pMem->z;
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
+ }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ zP4 = "(blob)";
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ case P4_VTAB: {
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
+ break;
+ }
#endif
- = {{0}, (double)0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
-
- if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
- sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ case P4_INTARRAY: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
+ break;
+ }
+ case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
+ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
+ if( zP4==0 ){
+ zP4 = zTemp;
+ zTemp[0] = 0;
+ }
}
- pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
}
- return pOut;
+ assert( zP4!=0 );
+ return zP4;
}
+#endif
/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
-**
-** sqlite3_column_int()
-** sqlite3_column_int64()
-** sqlite3_column_text()
-** sqlite3_column_text16()
-** sqlite3_column_real()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
**
-** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
-*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
- /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
- ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
- ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
- ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
- */
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- if( p ){
- p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
+** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of
+** attached databases that they will be using. A mask of these databases
+** is maintained in p->btreeMask and is used for locking and other purposes.
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val;
- val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
- ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
- ** expression.
- */
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
- if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
- pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
- pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 );
+ assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
+ p->btreeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
+ if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+ p->lockMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<i;
}
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
- columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
- return iType;
}
-/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
-** removal */
-/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-**}
-*/
-
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
+** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe,
+** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure
+** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also
+** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring
+** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required.
**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
-** name is returned. Here are the names:
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then
+** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables
+** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle
+** associated with the VM.
**
-** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
-** 1 The datatype name for the column
-** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
-** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
-** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this
+** function is a no-op.
**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared
+** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask
+** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of
+** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not
+** be a problem.
*/
-static const void *columnName(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int N,
- const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
- int useType
-){
- const void *ret = 0;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- int n;
- sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
- assert( db!=0 );
- n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
- if( N<n && N>=0 ){
- N += useType*n;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
- ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
- /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
- ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
- */
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- ret = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ yDbMask mask;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Db *aDb;
+ int nDb;
+ if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */
+ db = p->db;
+ aDb = db->aDb;
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+ if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- return ret;
}
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
+** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter().
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ yDbMask mask;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ Db *aDb;
+ int nDb;
+ if( p->lockMask==0 ) return; /* The common case */
+ db = p->db;
+ aDb = db->aDb;
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ for(i=0, mask=1; i<nDb; i++, mask += mask){
+ if( i!=1 && (mask & p->lockMask)!=0 && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt);
+ }
+ }
}
#endif
+#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
-** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only.
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
- and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
+ char *zP4;
+ char zPtr[50];
+ static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
+ if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
+ zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
+ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc,
+ sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
+#else
+ ""
#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+ );
+ fflush(pOut);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+** Release an array of N Mem elements
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
+ if( p && N ){
+ Mem *pEnd;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ u8 malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
+ if( db->pnBytesFreed ){
+ for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
+ assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+ /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
+ ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is
+ ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
+ **
+ ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to
+ ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7
+ ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if
+ ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
+ ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table
+ ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind()
+ ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
+ */
+ if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Frame|MEM_RowSet) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
+ }else if( p->zMalloc ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
+ p->zMalloc = 0;
+ }
+
+ p->flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+ db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
+ }
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are
+** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec().
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
- return columnName(
- pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){
+ int i;
+ Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p);
+ VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem];
+ for(i=0; i<p->nChildCsr; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]);
+ }
+ releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem);
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
-**
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
**
-** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
-** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of
+** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
+** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
+** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When
+** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
+** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement
+** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
+**
+** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of
+** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one.
*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
- Mem *pVar;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
+){
+ int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */
+ int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */
+ SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */
+ Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */
+
+ assert( p->explain );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+
+ /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
+ ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
+ */
+ releaseMemArray(pMem, 8);
+
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
+ ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_RANGE;
+
+ /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the
+ ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE.
+ ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus
+ ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered
+ ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are
+ ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow.
+ */
+ nRow = p->nOp;
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will
+ ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers
+ ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9
+ ** cells. */
+ assert( p->nMem>9 );
+ pSub = &p->aMem[9];
+ if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){
+ /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is
+ ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */
+ nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*);
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<nSub; i++){
+ nRow += apSub[i]->nOp;
+ }
}
- i--;
- pVar = &p->aVar[i];
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
- pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
- sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
-*/
-static int bindText(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
- int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
- const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
- int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
- void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
- u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */
-){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- Mem *pVar;
- int rc;
+ do{
+ i = p->pc++;
+ }while( i<nRow && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
+ if( i>=nRow ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
+ }else{
+ char *z;
+ Op *pOp;
+ if( i<p->nOp ){
+ /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the
+ ** main program. */
+ pOp = &p->aOp[i];
+ }else{
+ /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and
+ ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */
+ int j;
+ i -= p->nOp;
+ for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){
+ i -= apSub[j]->nOp;
+ }
+ pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i];
+ }
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( zData!=0 ){
- pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
- rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+ /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has
+ ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms
+ ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram
+ ** has not already been seen.
+ */
+ if( pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){
+ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<nSub; j++){
+ if( apSub[j]==pOp->p4.pProgram ) break;
+ }
+ if( j==nSub && SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, 1) ){
+ apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z;
+ apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+ pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*);
+ }
}
- sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
- return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const char *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
- int i,
- const void *zData,
- int nData,
- void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
- return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
- int rc;
- switch( pValue->type ){
- case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
- break;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
+
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){ /* P4 */
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
- break;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
+ if( z!=pMem->z ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
+ }else{
+ assert( pMem->z!=0 );
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
- case SQLITE_BLOB: {
- if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
- }else{
- rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem++;
+
+ if( p->explain==1 ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
+ assert( p->db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->n = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem++;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pOp->zComment ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
+ pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
+ pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z);
+ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
}
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_TEXT: {
- rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
- pValue->enc);
- break;
- }
- default: {
- rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
- break;
}
+
+ p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1);
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
}
return rc;
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
- int rc;
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
- rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
+** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
+ int nOp = p->nOp;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ if( nOp<1 ) return;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
+ while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
+ printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
+ }
}
+#endif
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
-** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
-** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
-** exist.
+** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
*/
-static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
- if( !p->okVar ){
- int j;
- Op *pOp;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
- /* The race condition here is harmless. If two threads call this
- ** routine on the same Vdbe at the same time, they both might end
- ** up initializing the Vdbe.azVar[] array. That is a little extra
- ** work but it results in the same answer.
- */
- for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
- p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
+ int nOp = p->nOp;
+ VdbeOp *pOp;
+ if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
+ if( nOp<1 ) return;
+ pOp = &p->aOp[0];
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
+ int i, j;
+ char z[1000];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
+ if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){
+ if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
+ z[j++] = ' ';
+ }
+ }else{
+ z[j++] = z[i];
}
}
- p->okVar = 1;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ z[j] = 0;
+ sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
}
}
+#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+** Allocate space from a fixed size buffer and return a pointer to
+** that space. If insufficient space is available, return NULL.
**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
+** The pBuf parameter is the initial value of a pointer which will
+** receive the new memory. pBuf is normally NULL. If pBuf is not
+** NULL, it means that memory space has already been allocated and that
+** this routine should not allocate any new memory. When pBuf is not
+** NULL simply return pBuf. Only allocate new memory space when pBuf
+** is NULL.
+**
+** nByte is the number of bytes of space needed.
+**
+** *ppFrom points to available space and pEnd points to the end of the
+** available space. When space is allocated, *ppFrom is advanced past
+** the end of the allocated space.
+**
+** *pnByte is a counter of the number of bytes of space that have failed
+** to allocate. If there is insufficient space in *ppFrom to satisfy the
+** request, then increment *pnByte by the amount of the request.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
- return 0;
- }
- createVarMap(p);
- return p->azVar[i-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
- Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- int i;
- if( p==0 ){
- return 0;
- }
- createVarMap(p);
- if( zName ){
- for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
- const char *z = p->azVar[i];
- if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
- return i+1;
- }
- }
+static void *allocSpace(
+ void *pBuf, /* Where return pointer will be stored */
+ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to allocate */
+ u8 **ppFrom, /* IN/OUT: Allocate from *ppFrom */
+ u8 *pEnd, /* Pointer to 1 byte past the end of *ppFrom buffer */
+ int *pnByte /* If allocation cannot be made, increment *pnByte */
+){
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(*ppFrom) );
+ if( pBuf ) return pBuf;
+ nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
+ if( &(*ppFrom)[nByte] <= pEnd ){
+ pBuf = (void*)*ppFrom;
+ *ppFrom += nByte;
+ }else{
+ *pnByte += nByte;
}
- return 0;
+ return pBuf;
}
/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for
+** running it.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
- Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
- Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
int i;
- assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
- assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
- for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+#endif
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+
+ /* There should be at least one opcode.
+ */
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+
+ /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ for(i=1; i<p->nMem; i++){
+ assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db );
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+ p->pc = -1;
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ p->cacheCtr = 1;
+ p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
+ p->iStatement = 0;
+ p->nFkConstraint = 0;
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
+ p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
+ }
+#endif
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
+** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after
+** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such
+** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
+** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
+** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().
**
-** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
-** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we
-** will not bother to check for that condition.
+** This function may be called exact once on a each virtual machine.
+** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready
+** to run. After this routine is called, futher calls to
+** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects
+** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the
+** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be
+** destroyed.
**
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back
+** to its initial state after it has been run.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
- Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
- Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
- if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */
+ Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ int nVar; /* Number of parameters */
+ int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */
+ int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */
+ int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */
+ int n; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 *zCsr; /* Memory available for allocation */
+ u8 *zEnd; /* First byte past allocated memory */
+ int nByte; /* How much extra memory is needed */
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->nOp>0 );
+ assert( pParse!=0 );
+ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
+ db = p->db;
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+ nVar = pParse->nVar;
+ nMem = pParse->nMem;
+ nCursor = pParse->nTab;
+ nArg = pParse->nMaxArg;
+
+ /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
+ ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
+ ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
+ ** VdbeCursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with
+ ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
+ ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
+ **
+ ** See also: allocateCursor().
+ */
+ nMem += nCursor;
+
+ /* Allocate space for memory registers, SQL variables, VDBE cursors and
+ ** an array to marshal SQL function arguments in.
+ */
+ zCsr = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOp]; /* Memory avaliable for allocation */
+ zEnd = (u8*)&p->aOp[p->nOpAlloc]; /* First byte past end of zCsr[] */
+
+ resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
+ p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+ if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){
+ nMem = 10;
}
- return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
-}
-#endif
+ memset(zCsr, 0, zEnd-zCsr);
+ zCsr += (zCsr - (u8*)0)&7;
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(zCsr) );
+ p->expired = 0;
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+ /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in two
+ ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused space at the
+ ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory
+ ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second
+ ** pass will fill in the rest using a fresh allocation.
+ **
+ ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from
+ ** the leftover space at the end of the opcode array can significantly
+ ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement.
+ */
+ do {
+ nByte = 0;
+ p->aMem = allocSpace(p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->aVar = allocSpace(p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->apArg = allocSpace(p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->azVar = allocSpace(p->azVar, nVar*sizeof(char*), &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ p->apCsr = allocSpace(p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*),
+ &zCsr, zEnd, &nByte);
+ if( nByte ){
+ p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
+ }
+ zCsr = p->pFree;
+ zEnd = &zCsr[nByte];
+ }while( nByte && !db->mallocFailed );
+
+ p->nCursor = (u16)nCursor;
+ if( p->aVar ){
+ p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar;
+ for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
+ p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->aVar[n].db = db;
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->azVar ){
+ p->nzVar = pParse->nzVar;
+ memcpy(p->azVar, pParse->azVar, p->nzVar*sizeof(p->azVar[0]));
+ memset(pParse->azVar, 0, pParse->nzVar*sizeof(pParse->azVar[0]));
+ }
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ p->aMem--; /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
+ p->nMem = nMem; /* not from 0..nMem-1 */
+ for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
+ p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
+ p->aMem[n].db = db;
+ }
+ }
+ p->explain = pParse->explain;
+ sqlite3VdbeRewind(p);
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
+** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor
+** happens to hold.
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
- sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
- if( pStmt==0 ){
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
- }else{
- pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
+ if( pCx==0 ){
+ return;
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
- return pNext;
+ if( pCx->pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
+ /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
+ ** the call above. */
+ }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
+ const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
+ p->inVtabMethod = 1;
+ pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
+ p->inVtabMethod = 0;
+ }
+#endif
}
/*
-** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
+** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This
+** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore
+** control to the main program.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
- Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
- int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
- if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
- return v;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){
+ Vdbe *v = pFrame->v;
+ v->aOp = pFrame->aOp;
+ v->nOp = pFrame->nOp;
+ v->aMem = pFrame->aMem;
+ v->nMem = pFrame->nMem;
+ v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr;
+ v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor;
+ v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid;
+ v->nChange = pFrame->nChange;
+ return pFrame->pc;
}
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements execution method of the
-** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
-** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
-** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing
-** the VDBE program.
-**
-** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
-** to a VDBE.
-**
-** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
-** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are
-** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of
-** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode
-** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4
-** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
-** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
-**
-** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
-** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store
-** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
-** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one
-** type to the other occurs as necessary.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
-** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
-** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
-** a program instruction by instruction.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
-** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+** Close all cursors.
**
-** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.874 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
+** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory
+** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain
+** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to
+** open cursors.
*/
+static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p->pFrame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pFrame;
+ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent);
+ sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+ }
+ p->pFrame = 0;
+ p->nFrame = 0;
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
+ if( p->apCsr ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
+ VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
+ if( pC ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
+ p->apCsr[i] = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->aMem ){
+ releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
+ }
+ while( p->pDelFrame ){
+ VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame;
+ p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent;
+ sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel);
+ }
+}
/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+** Clean up the VM after execution.
**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
+** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
+** sorters that were left open. It also deletes the values of
+** variables in the aVar[] array.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
+static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and
+ ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr==0 || p->apCsr[i]==0 );
+ for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++) assert( p->aMem==0 || p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Null );
#endif
-/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
- if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
- sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
- }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ p->pResultSet = 0;
}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode
-** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
-** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
-#endif
/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
+** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
+** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
+** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
+** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
+ Mem *pColName;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
- if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
- { goto no_mem; }
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
+ p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn;
+ p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
+ if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
+ while( n-- > 0 ){
+ pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pColName->db = p->db;
+ pColName++;
+ }
+}
/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
+** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
+** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
-*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
- if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
- && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-
-/*
-** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
-** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
-** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
-** register variables. This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
-** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
+** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
+**
+** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC
+** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed
+** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed.
*/
-#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
-static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
- int flags = pMem->flags;
- if( flags & MEM_Null ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
- }
- else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
- pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
- }else{
- pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(
+ Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */
+ int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */
+ int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */
+ const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */
+){
+ int rc;
+ Mem *pColName;
+ assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
+ assert( var<COLNAME_N );
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC );
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ assert( p->aColName!=0 );
+ pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+ assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 );
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** this file.
-*/
-static const unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
-
-/*
-** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
-** specified by mask.
+** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
+** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
+** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
+** takes care of the master journal trickery.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
- assert( opcode>0 && opcode<(int)sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
- return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
-}
+static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+ int i;
+ int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int needXcommit = 0;
-/*
-** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
- Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
- int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
- int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */
- int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
- int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */
-){
- /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
- ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
- ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
- ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
- **
- ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
- ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
- ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
- ** allocations.
- **
- ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
- ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
- ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
- **
- ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
- ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
- ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply
+ ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used.
*/
- Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+#endif
- int nByte;
- VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
- nByte =
- sizeof(VdbeCursor) +
- (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) +
- 2*nField*sizeof(u32);
+ /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
+ ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
+ ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is
+ ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
+ ** to the transaction.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
- assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
- if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
- sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
- p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
- }
- if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
- p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
- memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
- pCx->iDb = iDb;
- pCx->nField = nField;
- if( nField ){
- pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)];
- }
- if( isBtreeCursor ){
- pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
- &pMem->z[sizeof(VdbeCursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+ /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
+ ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not
+ ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than
+ ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
+ ** file is required for an atomic commit.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ needXcommit = 1;
+ if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
+ rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
}
}
- return pCx;
-}
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
-/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
-*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
- if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
- int realnum;
- sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
- if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
- && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
- i64 value;
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
- pRec->u.i = value;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
+ /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
+ if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
+ rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
+ if( rc ){
+ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
+ ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the
+ ** master-journal.
+ **
+ ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
+ ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In
+ ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the
+ ** simple case then too.
+ */
+ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt))
+ || nTrans<=1
+ ){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1.
+ ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
+ ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
+ ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0);
}
}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
+ }
}
-}
-/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
-** floating-point representation if an integer representation
-** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
-** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-** Convert pRec to a text representation.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
-*/
-static void applyAffinity(
- Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
- char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
- u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
-){
- if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
- /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
- ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
- ** representation.
+ /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
+ ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
+ ** committed atomicly.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
+ else{
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
+ int needSync = 0;
+ char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */
+ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
+ i64 offset = 0;
+ int res;
+
+ /* Select a master journal file name */
+ do {
+ u32 iRandom;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom);
+ zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, iRandom&0x7fffffff);
+ if( !zMaster ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster);
+ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* Open the master journal. */
+ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
+ );
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
+ ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
+ ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
+ ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
+ ** back independently if a failure occurs.
*/
- if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
+ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
+ if( zFile==0 ){
+ continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */
+ }
+ assert( zFile[0]!=0 );
+ if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
+ needSync = 1;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset);
+ offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
}
- pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
- }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
- || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
- applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
- if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
- sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+
+ /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
+ ** flag is set this is not required.
+ */
+ if( needSync
+ && 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL)
+ && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))
+ ){
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
+ ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
+ ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
+ **
+ ** If the error occurs during the first call to
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
+ ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
+ ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
+ ** file before the failure occurred.
+ */
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
+ ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
+ ** transaction files are deleted.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
+ zMaster = 0;
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
+ ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
+ ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
+ ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
+ ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
+ ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
+ */
+ disable_simulated_io_errors();
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1);
+ }
}
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ enable_simulated_io_errors();
+
+ sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
}
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+/*
+** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
+** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
+** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
+** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
+** step.
**
-** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
+** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
- Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
- applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
- storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
- return pMem->type;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ int cnt = 0;
+ int nWrite = 0;
+ p = db->pVdbe;
+ while( p ){
+ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
+ cnt++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++;
+ }
+ p = p->pNext;
+ }
+ assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
+ assert( nWrite==db->writeVdbeCnt );
}
+#else
+#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
+#endif
/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
-** not the internal Mem* type.
+** For every Btree that in database connection db which
+** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
+** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
+** can never be used again. This happens when a rollback
+*** occurs. We have to trip all the other cursors, even
+** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
+** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
+** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
+** to the rollback.
+**
+** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
+** reorder rootpages. So it is not sufficient just to save
+** the state of the cursor. We have to invalidate the cursor
+** so that it is never used again.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
- sqlite3_value *pVal,
- u8 affinity,
- u8 enc
-){
- applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
+ sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
+ }
+ }
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction,
+** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement
+** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the
+** statement transaction is commtted.
+**
+** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned.
+** Otherwise SQLITE_OK.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
- char *zCsr = zBuf;
- int f = pMem->flags;
-
- static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){
+ sqlite3 *const db = p->db;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+ /* If p->iStatement is greater than zero, then this Vdbe opened a
+ ** statement transaction that should be closed here. The only exception
+ ** is that an IO error may have occured, causing an emergency rollback.
+ ** In this case (db->nStatement==0), and there is nothing to do.
+ */
+ if( db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){
int i;
- char c;
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- c = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- c = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- c = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
- }else{
- c = 's';
- }
+ const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1;
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- }
- for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
- char z = pMem->z[i];
- if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
- else *zCsr++ = z;
- }
+ assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE);
+ assert( db->nStatement>0 );
+ assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) );
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- if( f & MEM_Zero ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
- zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
- }
- *zCsr = '\0';
- }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
- int j, k;
- zBuf[0] = ' ';
- if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
- zBuf[1] = 'z';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
- zBuf[1] = 't';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
- }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
- zBuf[1] = 'e';
- assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
- }else{
- zBuf[1] = 's';
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+ }
}
- k = 2;
- sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
- k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = '[';
- for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
- u8 c = pMem->z[j];
- if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
- zBuf[k++] = c;
- }else{
- zBuf[k++] = '.';
+ db->nStatement--;
+ p->iStatement = 0;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint);
}
}
- zBuf[k++] = ']';
- sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
- k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
- zBuf[k++] = 0;
+
+ /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the
+ ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when
+ ** the statement transaction was opened. */
+ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons;
+ }
}
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database
+** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be
+** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint
+** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns
+** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and write
+** an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR.
*/
-static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
- if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
- fprintf(out, " NULL");
- }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
- fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
- fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
- fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
-#endif
- }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
- fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
- }else{
- char zBuf[200];
- sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
- fprintf(out, " ");
- fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ if( (deferred && db->nDeferredCons>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "foreign key constraint failed");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
- fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
- memTracePrint(out, p);
- fprintf(out, "\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
-#else
-# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
#endif
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-
-/*
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
+** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE
+** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
+** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
+** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to
+** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
+** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of
+** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
+** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
- (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
- #if defined(__GNUC__)
+ /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
+ ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
+ ** execution of this virtual machine.
+ **
+ ** If any of the following errors occur:
+ **
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** SQLITE_IOERR
+ ** SQLITE_FULL
+ ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT
+ **
+ ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
+ ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
+ ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
+ */
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned int lo, hi;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
- return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ closeAllCursors(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+ /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */
+ int eStatementOp = 0;
+ int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */
- __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- __asm {
- rdtsc
- ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
- }
- }
+ /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
+ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
- #endif
+ /* Check for one of the special errors */
+ mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
+ assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); /* This error no longer exists */
+ isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
+ || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
+ if( isSpecialError ){
+ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT,
+ ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint
+ ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a
+ ** consistent state.
+ **
+ ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform
+ ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error
+ ** occured while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database
+ ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function
+ ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore
+ ** the pager to a consistent state.
+ */
+ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
+ if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+ }else{
+ /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
+ ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
+ */
+ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+ /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer
+ ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction.
+ **
+ ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled
+ ** above has occurred.
+ */
+ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db)
+ && db->autoCommit
+ && db->writeVdbeCnt==(p->readOnly==0)
+ ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ }else{
+ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful
+ ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign
+ ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit
+ ** is required. */
+ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ }else{
+ db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ }
+ db->nStatement = 0;
+ }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE;
+ }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
+ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK;
+ }else{
+ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to
+ ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to
+ ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement
+ ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the
+ ** current statement error code.
+ */
+ if( eStatementOp ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp);
+ if( rc ){
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ p->rc = rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
+ invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
+ sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction
+ ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter.
+ */
+ if( p->changeCntOn ){
+ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
+ }
+ p->nChange = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
+ }
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long val;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
- return val;
+ /* Release the locks */
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
}
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
- __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
- unsigned long long retval;
- unsigned long junk;
- __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
- 1: mftbu %1\n\
- mftb %L0\n\
- mftbu %0\n\
- cmpw %0,%1\n\
- bne 1b"
- : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
- return retval;
+ /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ db->activeVdbeCnt--;
+ if( !p->readOnly ){
+ db->writeVdbeCnt--;
+ }
+ assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>=db->writeVdbeCnt );
+ }
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
+ checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
+ if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
-#else
-
- #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
- /*
- ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
- ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
- ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
- ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
- ** least compile and run.
+ /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held
+ ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+ ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
+ if( db->autoCommit ){
+ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+ }
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+ assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 );
+ return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK);
+}
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
-#endif
+/*
+** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
+** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
-** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then
-** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
+** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
**
-** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
-** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction,
-** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the
-** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
+** again.
+**
+** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
+** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
+** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
*/
-#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ db = p->db;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){
- int res = 0;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to
- ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that
- ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail.
+ /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
+ ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt
+ ** it now.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
+
+ /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
+ ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But
+ ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
+ ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
+ */
+ if( p->pc>=0 ){
+ if( p->zErrMsg ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ db->errCode = p->rc;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }else if( p->rc ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ }
+ if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1;
+ }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
+ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
+ ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
+ ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
+ */
+ sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
+ */
+ Cleanup(p);
+
+ /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
*/
- extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
- if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 )
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ {
+ FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
+ if( out ){
+ int i;
+ fprintf(out, "---- ");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
+ }
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
+ fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
+ p->aOp[i].cnt,
+ p->aOp[i].cycles,
+ p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+ }
+ fclose(out);
+ }
+ }
#endif
- rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
- return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK);
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
+ return p->rc & db->errMask;
+}
+
+/*
+** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is
+** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
+ assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
-** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
-** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
-** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
-**
-** Usage:
-**
-** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
+** the corresponding bit in mask is clear. Auxdata entries beyond 31
+** are always destroyed. To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
+** routine with mask==0.
*/
-static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
- int n = 0;
- Savepoint *p;
- for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
- assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
- return 1;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
+ struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
+ if( (i>31 || !(mask&(((u32)1)<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
+ if( pAux->xDelete ){
+ pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
+ }
+ pAux->pAux = 0;
+ }
+ }
}
-#endif
/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument.
+** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that
+** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with
+** the database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
+ SubProgram *pSub, *pNext;
+ int i;
+ assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db );
+ releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
+ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
+ for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){
+ pNext = pSub->pNext;
+ vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub);
+ }
+ for(i=p->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azVar[i]);
+ vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete an entire VDBE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( NEVER(p==0) ) return;
+ db = p->db;
+ if( p->pPrev ){
+ p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
+ }else{
+ assert( db->pVdbe==p );
+ db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
+ }
+ if( p->pNext ){
+ p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
+ }
+ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
+ p->db = 0;
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteObject(db, p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it
+** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error
+** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position.
**
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
-** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
-** and the error message pointer.
+** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
+** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been
+** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as
+** a NULL row.
**
-** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
-** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
-** SQLITE_ROW.
+** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has
+** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){
+ if( p->deferredMoveto ){
+ int res, rc;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ extern int sqlite3_search_count;
+#endif
+ assert( p->isTable );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ p->lastRowid = p->movetoTarget;
+ if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ p->rowidIsValid = 1;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_search_count++;
+#endif
+ p->deferredMoveto = 0;
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ }else if( ALWAYS(p->pCursor) ){
+ int hasMoved;
+ int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+ if( hasMoved ){
+ p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
+ p->nullRow = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following functions:
**
-** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
-** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
-** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
+** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
**
-** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
-** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
+** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
+** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
+** integer, stored as a varint.
**
-** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
-** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
-** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
+** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
+** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
+** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
+** serial-type and data blob seperately.
**
-** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
-** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
**
-** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+** serial type bytes of data type
+** -------------- --------------- ---------------
+** 0 0 NULL
+** 1 1 signed integer
+** 2 2 signed integer
+** 3 3 signed integer
+** 4 4 signed integer
+** 5 6 signed integer
+** 6 8 signed integer
+** 7 8 IEEE float
+** 8 0 Integer constant 0
+** 9 0 Integer constant 1
+** 10,11 reserved for expansion
+** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB
+** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text
**
-** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
-** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions
+** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
- Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
-){
- int pc; /* The program counter */
- Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
- int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
- sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
- u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
- Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
- Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */
- Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */
- Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */
- u8 opProperty;
- int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
- int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
- u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
- int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
- int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
-#endif
- /********************************************************************
- ** Automatically generated code
- **
- ** The following union is automatically generated by the
- ** vdbe-compress.tcl script. The purpose of this union is to
- ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function.
- ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details.
- */
- union vdbeExecUnion {
- struct OP_Yield_stack_vars {
- int pcDest;
- } aa;
- struct OP_Variable_stack_vars {
- int p1; /* Variable to copy from */
- int p2; /* Register to copy to */
- int n; /* Number of values left to copy */
- Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
- } ab;
- struct OP_Move_stack_vars {
- char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
- int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */
- int p1; /* Register to copy from */
- int p2; /* Register to copy to */
- } ac;
- struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars {
- Mem *pMem;
- int i;
- } ad;
- struct OP_Concat_stack_vars {
- i64 nByte;
- } ae;
- struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars {
- int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
- i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */
- i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */
- double rA; /* Real value of left operand */
- double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
- } af;
- struct OP_Function_stack_vars {
- int i;
- Mem *pArg;
- sqlite3_context ctx;
- sqlite3_value **apVal;
- int n;
- } ag;
- struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars {
- i64 a;
- i64 b;
- } ah;
- struct OP_Ge_stack_vars {
- int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
- char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
- } ai;
- struct OP_Compare_stack_vars {
- int n;
- int i;
- int p1;
- int p2;
- const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
- int idx;
+
+/*
+** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+ int flags = pMem->flags;
+ int n;
+
+ if( flags&MEM_Null ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( flags&MEM_Int ){
+ /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
+# define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
+ i64 i = pMem->u.i;
+ u64 u;
+ if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
+ return 8+(u32)i;
+ }
+ if( i<0 ){
+ if( i<(-MAX_6BYTE) ) return 6;
+ /* Previous test prevents: u = -(-9223372036854775808) */
+ u = -i;
+ }else{
+ u = i;
+ }
+ if( u<=127 ) return 1;
+ if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
+ if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
+ if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
+ if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
+ return 6;
+ }
+ if( flags&MEM_Real ){
+ return 7;
+ }
+ assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
+ n = pMem->n;
+ if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ n += pMem->u.nZero;
+ }
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ return (serial_type-12)/2;
+ }else{
+ static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+ return aSize[serial_type];
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating
+** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the
+** upper 4 bytes. Return the result.
+**
+** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
+**
+** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
+** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems
+** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
+** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated
+** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
+** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
+** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
+** ABI get the byte order right.
+**
+** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
+** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG
+** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
+** floating point values is correct.
+**
+** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
+** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank
+** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
+** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full
+** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the
+** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point
+** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems,
+** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
+** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here
+** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently
+** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
+** so we trust him.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
+static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
+ union {
+ u64 r;
+ u32 i[2];
+ } u;
+ u32 t;
+
+ u.r = in;
+ t = u.i[0];
+ u.i[0] = u.i[1];
+ u.i[1] = t;
+ return u.r;
+}
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X)
+#else
+# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into
+** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
+** Return the number of bytes written.
+**
+** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. nBuf must always be
+** large enough to hold the entire field. Except, if the field is
+** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
+** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail. If buf[]
+** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
+** prefix into buf[]. But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
+** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
+** zeros.
+**
+** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number
+** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
+** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
+ u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
+ u32 len;
+
+ /* Integer and Real */
+ if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
+ u64 v;
+ u32 i;
+ if( serial_type==7 ){
+ assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
+ memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
+ }else{
+ v = pMem->u.i;
+ }
+ len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
+ assert( len<=(u32)nBuf );
+ while( i-- ){
+ buf[i] = (u8)(v&0xFF);
+ v >>= 8;
+ }
+ return len;
+ }
+
+ /* String or blob */
+ if( serial_type>=12 ){
+ assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0)
+ == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
+ assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
+ len = pMem->n;
+ memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
+ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ len += pMem->u.nZero;
+ assert( nBuf>=0 );
+ if( len > (u32)nBuf ){
+ len = (u32)nBuf;
+ }
+ memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
+ }
+ return len;
+ }
+
+ /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
+** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
+ const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */
+ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */
+ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */
+){
+ switch( serial_type ){
+ case 10: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 11: /* Reserved for future use */
+ case 0: { /* NULL */
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ break;
+ }
+ case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 3;
+ }
+ case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
+ pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 4;
+ }
+ case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
+ u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
+ u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
+ x = (x<<32) | y;
+ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 6;
+ }
+ case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */
+ case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
+ u64 x;
+ u32 y;
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
+ /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
+ ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
+ ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
+ ** endian.
+ */
+ static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
+ static const double r1 = 1.0;
+ u64 t2 = t1;
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
+ assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
+#endif
+
+ x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
+ y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
+ x = (x<<32) | y;
+ if( serial_type==6 ){
+ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ }else{
+ assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
+ swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
+ memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
+ pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
+ }
+ return 8;
+ }
+ case 8: /* Integer 0 */
+ case 9: { /* Integer 1 */
+ pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ default: {
+ u32 len = (serial_type-12)/2;
+ pMem->z = (char *)buf;
+ pMem->n = len;
+ pMem->xDel = 0;
+ if( serial_type&0x01 ){
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
+ }else{
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
+ }
+ return len;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
+** record into a UnpackedRecord structure. Return a pointer to
+** that structure.
+**
+** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
+** space at pSpace. This space can be used to hold the returned
+** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough. If it is
+** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+**
+** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
+** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */
+ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */
+ const void *pKey, /* The binary record */
+ char *pSpace, /* Unaligned space available to hold the object */
+ int szSpace /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
+){
+ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
+ UnpackedRecord *p; /* The unpacked record that we will return */
+ int nByte; /* Memory space needed to hold p, in bytes */
+ int d;
+ u32 idx;
+ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */
+ u32 szHdr;
+ Mem *pMem;
+ int nOff; /* Increase pSpace by this much to 8-byte align it */
+
+ /*
+ ** We want to shift the pointer pSpace up such that it is 8-byte aligned.
+ ** Thus, we need to calculate a value, nOff, between 0 and 7, to shift
+ ** it by. If pSpace is already 8-byte aligned, nOff should be zero.
+ */
+ nOff = (8 - (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pSpace) & 7)) & 7;
+ pSpace += nOff;
+ szSpace -= nOff;
+ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+1);
+ if( nByte>szSpace ){
+ p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
+ if( p==0 ) return 0;
+ p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+ }else{
+ p = (UnpackedRecord*)pSpace;
+ p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
+ }
+ p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
+ p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
+ p->aMem = pMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))];
+ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) );
+ idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
+ d = szHdr;
+ u = 0;
+ while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField && d<=nKey ){
+ u32 serial_type;
+
+ idx += getVarint32(&aKey[idx], serial_type);
+ pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */
+ pMem->zMalloc = 0;
+ d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
+ pMem++;
+ u++;
+ }
+ assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
+ p->nField = u;
+ return (void*)p;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ int i;
+ Mem *pMem;
+
+ assert( p!=0 );
+ assert( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY );
+ for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
+ /* The unpacked record is always constructed by the
+ ** sqlite3VdbeUnpackRecord() function above, which makes all
+ ** strings and blobs static. And none of the elements are
+ ** ever transformed, so there is never anything to delete.
+ */
+ if( NEVER(pMem->zMalloc) ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function compares the two table rows or index records
+** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero
+** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or
+** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
+** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2
+** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
+** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
+**
+** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
+** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the
+** longer key. However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
+** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
+** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
+** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
+** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
+**
+** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
+** the header of pKey1 is ignored. It is assumed that pKey1 is
+** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value. The last byte
+** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
+** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
+** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
+** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
+** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
+ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */
+){
+ int d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
+ u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
+ u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */
+ int i = 0;
+ int nField;
+ int rc = 0;
+ const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
+ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ Mem mem1;
+
+ pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
+ mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
+ mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
+ /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */
+ VVA_ONLY( mem1.zMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */
+
+ /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized.
+ ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints.
+ ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing
+ ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance
+ ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose
+ ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized.
+ */
+ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */
+
+ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
+ d1 = szHdr1;
+ if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
+ szHdr1--;
+ }
+ nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
+ while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
+ u32 serial_type1;
+
+ /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
+ idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
+ if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
+
+ /* Extract the values to be compared.
+ */
+ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
+
+ /* Do the comparison
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
+ i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
+ if( rc!=0 ){
+ assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */
+
+ /* Invert the result if we are using DESC sort order. */
+ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<nField && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
+ rc = -rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If the PREFIX_SEARCH flag is set and all fields except the final
+ ** rowid field were equal, then clear the PREFIX_SEARCH flag and set
+ ** pPKey2->rowid to the value of the rowid field in (pKey1, nKey1).
+ ** This is used by the OP_IsUnique opcode.
+ */
+ if( (pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH) && i==(pPKey2->nField-1) ){
+ assert( idx1==szHdr1 && rc );
+ assert( mem1.flags & MEM_Int );
+ pPKey2->flags &= ~UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
+ pPKey2->rowid = mem1.u.i;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using
+ ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a
+ ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1).
+ */
+ assert( mem1.zMalloc==0 );
+
+ /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
+ ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
+ ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
+ ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
+ ** are considered to be equal. Otherwise, the longer key is the
+ ** larger. As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
+ ** if there is a difference.
+ */
+ assert( rc==0 );
+ if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
+ rc = -1;
+ }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
+ /* Leave rc==0 */
+ }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
+ rc = 1;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
+** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
+** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
+**
+** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file.
+** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */
+ u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */
+ u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */
+ Mem m, v;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+
+ /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less
+ ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption.
+ ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so
+ ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+ assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey );
+
+ /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */
+ memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* The index entry must begin with a header size */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
+ testcase( szHdr==3 );
+ testcase( szHdr==m.n );
+ if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+
+ /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID.
+ ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */
+ (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
+ testcase( typeRowid==1 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==2 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==3 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==4 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==5 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==6 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==8 );
+ testcase( typeRowid==9 );
+ if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+ lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
+ testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid );
+ if( unlikely((u32)m.n<szHdr+lenRowid) ){
+ goto idx_rowid_corruption;
+ }
+
+ /* Fetch the integer off the end of the index record */
+ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
+ *rowid = v.u.i;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Jump here if database corruption is detected after m has been
+ ** allocated. Free the m object and return SQLITE_CORRUPT. */
+idx_rowid_corruption:
+ testcase( m.zMalloc!=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is pointing to against
+** the key string in pUnpacked. Write into *pRes a number
+** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
+** or greater than pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+**
+** pUnpacked is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
+** omits the rowid at the end. The rowid at the end of the index entry
+** is ignored as well. Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes
+** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
+ VdbeCursor *pC, /* The cursor to compare against */
+ UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked, /* Unpacked version of key to compare against */
+ int *res /* Write the comparison result here */
+){
+ i64 nCellKey = 0;
+ int rc;
+ BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
+ Mem m;
+
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) );
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* pCur is always valid so KeySize cannot fail */
+ /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the say
+ ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */
+ if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){
+ *res = 0;
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
+ }
+ memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, (int)nCellKey, 1, &m);
+ if( rc ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
+ *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ db->nChange = nChange;
+ db->nTotalChange += nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
+** or reset.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
+ v->changeCntOn = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
+** as expired.
+**
+** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
+** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their
+** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating
+** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
+** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
+ Vdbe *p;
+ for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
+ p->expired = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
+ return v->db;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound
+** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return
+** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_*
+** constants) to the value before returning it.
+**
+** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){
+ assert( iVar>0 );
+ if( v ){
+ Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1];
+ if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){
+ sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db);
+ if( pRet ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem);
+ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType((Mem *)pRet);
+ }
+ return pRet;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals
+** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result
+** in a better query plan.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){
+ assert( iVar>0 );
+ if( iVar>32 ){
+ v->expmask = 0xffffffff;
+ }else{
+ v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1));
+ }
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
+/*
+** 2004 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
+** VDBE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
+** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
+** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
+** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or
+** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
+** added or changed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p==0 || p->expired;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log
+** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise
+** invalid). Return false if it is ok.
+*/
+static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p->db==0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement");
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement");
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ return vdbeSafety(p);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
+** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
+** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
+** machine.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL
+ ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3 *db = v->db;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
+#endif
+ if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ mutex = v->db->mutex;
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
+** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
+** the prior execution is returned.
+**
+** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
+** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc;
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeRewind(v);
+ assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(v->db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int i;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
+ sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
+#endif
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
+ p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
+ }
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 && p->expmask ){
+ p->expired = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_value_ *******************************
+** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
+** structure.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
+ p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
+ p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
+ return p->n ? p->z : 0;
+ }else{
+ return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
+}
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
+ return pVal->type;
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_result_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
+** the function result.
+**
+** The setStrOrError() funtion calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the
+** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it
+** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG
+*/
+static void setResultStrOrError(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */
+ const char *z, /* String pointer */
+ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */
+ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */
+ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
+){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx);
+ }
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( n>=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+#endif
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const char *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ const void *z,
+ int n,
+ void (*xDel)(void *)
+){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
+}
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
+ pCtx->isError = errCode;
+ if( pCtx->s.flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1,
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1,
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
+ pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It
+** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required.
+*/
+static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
+ if( pBt ){
+ int nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt));
+ if( db->xWalCallback && nEntry>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zName, nEntry);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
+** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
+**
+** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
+** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a
+** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the
+** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
+*/
+static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
+ sqlite3 *db;
+ int rc;
+
+ assert(p);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
+ /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying
+ ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning
+ ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would
+ ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error.
+ ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility,
+ ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by
+ ** definition.
+ **
+ ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written
+ ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE
+ ** returns, and the so were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a
+ ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
+ ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the
+ ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
+ ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
+ if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+#else
+ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */
+ db = p->db;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto end_of_step;
+ }
+ if( p->pc<0 ){
+ /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
+ ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
+ ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
+ */
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ }
+
+ assert( db->writeVdbeCnt>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nDeferredCons==0 );
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ db->activeVdbeCnt++;
+ if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->writeVdbeCnt++;
+ p->pc = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( p->explain ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+ {
+ db->vdbeExecCnt++;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
+ db->vdbeExecCnt--;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+ /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
+ */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iNow;
+ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow);
+ db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db);
+ if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ db->errCode = rc;
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){
+ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+end_of_step:
+ /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be
+ ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy
+ ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only
+ ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc
+ ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize()
+ ** were called on statement p.
+ */
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR
+ || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
+ );
+ assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
+ /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
+ ** error has occured, then return the error code in p->rc to the
+ ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
+ */
+ rc = db->errCode = p->rc;
+ }
+ return (rc&db->errMask);
+}
+
+/*
+** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse
+** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+# define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 5
+#endif
+
+/*
+** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call
+** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs,
+** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Reprepare() */
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */
+ int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+
+ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ db = v->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
+ && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
+ && (rc2 = rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v))==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ v->expired = 0;
+ }
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(v->isPrepareV2) && ALWAYS(db->pErr) ){
+ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement.
+ ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded
+ ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message
+ ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
+ ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is
+ ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
+ ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
+ */
+ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
+ v->rc = rc2;
+ } else {
+ v->zErrMsg = 0;
+ v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->pFunc->pUserData;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
+** pointer to it.
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface
+** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st
+** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and
+** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the
+** application defined function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pFunc );
+ return p->s.db;
+}
+
+/*
+** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
+** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
+** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
+** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
+** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
+** method of virtual tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
+ sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */
+ int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */
+ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */
+){
+ const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
+ char *zErr;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ zErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new
+** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the
+** same context that was returned on prior calls.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
+ Mem *pMem;
+ assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
+ pMem = p->pMem;
+ testcase( nByte<0 );
+ if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
+ if( nByte<=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ pMem->z = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
+ pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
+ pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
+ if( pMem->z ){
+ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (void*)pMem->z;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
+** the user-function defined by pCtx.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+ if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
+** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
+** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx,
+ int iArg,
+ void *pAux,
+ void (*xDelete)(void*)
+){
+ struct AuxData *pAuxData;
+ VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
+ if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
+ pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
+ if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
+ int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
+ int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
+ pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
+ if( !pVdbeFunc ){
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
+ memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
+ pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
+ pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
+ }
+
+ pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
+ if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
+ pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
+ }
+ pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
+ pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
+ return;
+
+failed:
+ if( xDelete ){
+ xDelete(pAux);
+ }
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been
+** called.
+**
+** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is
+** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function
+** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
+** context.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
+ assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
+ return p->pMem->n;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
+** currently executing statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
+ return pVm->nResColumn;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If
+** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
+** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
+** of NULL.
+*/
+static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *pVm;
+ Mem *pOut;
+
+ pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
+ }else{
+ /* If the value passed as the second argument is out of range, return
+ ** a pointer to the following static Mem object which contains the
+ ** value SQL NULL. Even though the Mem structure contains an element
+ ** of type i64, on certain architecture (x86) with certain compiler
+ ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary
+ ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when
+ ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s
+ ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent
+ ** this assert() from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined
+ ** using gcc, force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical
+ ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */
+ static const Mem nullMem
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__)
+ __attribute__((aligned(8)))
+#endif
+ = {0, "", (double)0, {0}, 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0,
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ 0, 0, /* pScopyFrom, pFiller */
+#endif
+ 0, 0 };
+
+ if( pVm && ALWAYS(pVm->db) ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
+ sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ }
+ pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
+ }
+ return pOut;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a
+** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
+** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If
+** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
+** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
+**
+** Specifically, this is called from within:
+**
+** sqlite3_column_int()
+** sqlite3_column_int64()
+** sqlite3_column_text()
+** sqlite3_column_text16()
+** sqlite3_column_real()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes()
+** sqlite3_column_bytes16()
+** sqiite3_column_blob()
+*/
+static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
+{
+ /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
+ ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
+ ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
+ ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
+ */
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ if( p ){
+ p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************** sqlite3_column_ *******************************
+** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
+** in the result set.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val;
+ val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
+ ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob()
+ ** expression.
+ */
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
+ if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){
+ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static;
+ pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
+ }
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return (sqlite3_value *)pOut;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return val;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+ columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
+ return iType;
+}
+
+/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
+** removal */
+/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+** return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
+**}
+*/
+
+/*
+** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
+** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0.
+**
+** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which
+** name is returned. Here are the names:
+**
+** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output
+** 1 The datatype name for the column
+** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from
+** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from
+** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from
+**
+** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
+** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
+*/
+static const void *columnName(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int N,
+ const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
+ int useType
+){
+ const void *ret = 0;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ int n;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ assert( db!=0 );
+ n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
+ if( N<n && N>=0 ){
+ N += useType*n;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 );
+ ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
+ /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
+ ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
+ */
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
+ ret = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
+** statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
+** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
+# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
+ and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+/*
+** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
+** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+/*
+** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+
+/*
+** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
+** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
+** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
+ return columnName(
+ pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
+
+
+/******************************* sqlite3_bind_ ***************************
+**
+** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
+*/
+/*
+** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the
+** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
+** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p.
+** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs.
+**
+** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
+** value in any case.
+*/
+static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
+ Mem *pVar;
+ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
+ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql);
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_RANGE;
+ }
+ i--;
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
+ pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+
+ /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then
+ ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan.
+ **
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host
+ ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan
+ ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled,
+ ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call
+ ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter.
+ */
+ if( p->isPrepareV2 &&
+ ((i<32 && p->expmask & ((u32)1 << i)) || p->expmask==0xffffffff)
+ ){
+ p->expired = 1;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Bind a text or BLOB value.
+*/
+static int bindText(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */
+ int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */
+ const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
+ int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
+ void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */
+ u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */
+){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ Mem *pVar;
+ int rc;
+
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( zData!=0 ){
+ pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
+ }
+ sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
+ xDel((void*)zData);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
+ return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const char *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
+ int i,
+ const void *zData,
+ int nData,
+ void (*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
+ int rc;
+ switch( pValue->type ){
+ case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->r);
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_BLOB: {
+ if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case SQLITE_TEXT: {
+ rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT,
+ pValue->enc);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
+ int rc;
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
+ rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
+** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ return p ? p->nVar : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index
+** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
+**
+** The result is always UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
+ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nzVar ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return p->azVar[i-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
+** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name,
+** return 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){
+ int i;
+ if( p==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if( zName ){
+ for(i=0; i<p->nzVar; i++){
+ const char *z = p->azVar[i];
+ if( z && memcmp(z,zName,nName)==0 && z[nName]==0 ){
+ return i+1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
+ return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName));
+}
+
+/*
+** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+ Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+ int i;
+ assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db );
+ assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar );
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
+ for(i=0; i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
+/*
+** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
+** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
+**
+** Is is misuse to call this routine with statements from different
+** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we
+** will not bother to check for that condition.
+**
+** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
+** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
+ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
+ Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
+ if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ if( pTo->isPrepareV2 && pTo->expmask ){
+ pTo->expired = 1;
+ }
+ if( pFrom->isPrepareV2 && pFrom->expmask ){
+ pFrom->expired = 1;
+ }
+ return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
+** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was
+** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
+** the statement in the first place.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the
+** database.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
+** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first
+** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there
+** are no more.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
+ if( pStmt==0 ){
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
+ }else{
+ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
+ return pNext;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){
+ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
+ int v = pVdbe->aCounter[op-1];
+ if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op-1] = 0;
+ return v;
+}
+
+/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 November 25
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters
+** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace().
+*/
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
+
+/*
+** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of
+** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in
+** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return
+** the total number of bytes in the text.
+*/
+static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){
+ int tokenType;
+ int nTotal = 0;
+ int n;
+
+ *pnToken = 0;
+ while( zSql[0] ){
+ n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType);
+ assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL );
+ if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ *pnToken = n;
+ break;
+ }
+ nTotal += n;
+ zSql += n;
+ }
+ return nTotal;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory
+** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is 1, then the
+** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to
+** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.vdbeExecCnt is greater than 1,
+** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended
+** to each line of text.
+**
+** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned
+** is eventually freed.
+**
+** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of
+** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within
+** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms,
+** the host parameter index is found by scanning the perpared
+** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host
+** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render
+** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */
+ const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */
+ int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */
+ int n; /* Length of a token prefix */
+ int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */
+ StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */
+ char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */
+
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
+ out.db = db;
+ if( db->vdbeExecCnt>1 ){
+ while( *zRawSql ){
+ const char *zStart = zRawSql;
+ while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "-- ", 3);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart));
+ }
+ }else{
+ while( zRawSql[0] ){
+ n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken);
+ assert( n>0 );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, zRawSql, n);
+ zRawSql += n;
+ assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 );
+ if( nToken==0 ) break;
+ if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){
+ if( nToken>1 ){
+ assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) );
+ sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx);
+ }else{
+ idx = nextIndex;
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' );
+ testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' );
+ idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken);
+ assert( idx>0 );
+ }
+ zRawSql += nToken;
+ nextIndex = idx + 1;
+ assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar );
+ pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1];
+ if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "NULL", 4);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->r);
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ u8 enc = ENC(db);
+ if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
+ Mem utf8;
+ memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8));
+ utf8.db = db;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", utf8.n, utf8.z);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8);
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "'%.*q'", pVar->n, pVar->z);
+ }
+ }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero);
+ }else{
+ assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "x'", 2);
+ for(i=0; i<pVar->n; i++){
+ sqlite3XPrintf(&out, "%02x", pVar->z[i]&0xff);
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&out, "'", 1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out);
+}
+
+#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
+
+/************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** The code in this file implements execution method of the
+** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE). A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
+** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
+** VDBE instances. This file is solely interested in executing
+** the VDBE program.
+**
+** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
+** to a VDBE.
+**
+** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
+** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement. VDBE programs are
+** similar in form to assembly language. The program consists of
+** a linear sequence of operations. Each operation has an opcode
+** and 5 operands. Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers. Operand P4
+** is a null-terminated string. Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
+** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
+**
+** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
+** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem. Each register can store
+** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
+** number, or the SQL "NULL" value. An implicit conversion from one
+** type to the other occurs as necessary.
+**
+** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
+** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
+** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
+** a program instruction by instruction.
+**
+** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
+** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting
+** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments
+** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
+** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the
+** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are
+** not misused.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemPrepareToChange(P,M)
+#else
+# define memAboutToChange(P,M)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
+** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test
+** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
+** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
+** each instruction in the VDBE. When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
+** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
+**
+** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function
+** in an ordinary build.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
+** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that
+** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
+** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures
+** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
+** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to
+** help verify the correct operation of the library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
+static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
+ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
+ sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Found opcode
+** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key
+** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable
+** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
+** library.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
+** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
+*/
+#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P)
+#else
+# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
+** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
+*/
+#define Stringify(P, enc) \
+ if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
+ { goto no_mem; }
+
+/*
+** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
+** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
+** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register
+** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
+** knowing it.
+**
+** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
+** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it
+** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
+*/
+#define Deephemeralize(P) \
+ if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
+ && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
+
+/*
+** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
+** P if required.
+*/
+#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
+
+/*
+** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
+** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
+** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*()
+** routines.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){
+ int flags = pMem->flags;
+ if( flags & MEM_Null ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
+ }
+ else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
+ }
+ else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
+ }
+ else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
+ }else{
+ pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL
+** if we run out of memory.
+*/
+static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor(
+ Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */
+ int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */
+ int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */
+ int iDb, /* When database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */
+ int isBtreeCursor /* True for B-Tree. False for pseudo-table or vtab */
+){
+ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
+ ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a
+ ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
+ ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons:
+ **
+ ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
+ ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
+ ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
+ ** allocations.
+ **
+ ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
+ ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
+ ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
+ **
+ ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
+ ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
+ ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
+ */
+ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
+
+ int nByte;
+ VdbeCursor *pCx = 0;
+ nByte =
+ ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) +
+ (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) +
+ 2*nField*sizeof(u32);
+
+ assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
+ if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
+ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
+ p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z;
+ memset(pCx, 0, sizeof(VdbeCursor));
+ pCx->iDb = iDb;
+ pCx->nField = nField;
+ if( nField ){
+ pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))];
+ }
+ if( isBtreeCursor ){
+ pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor*)
+ &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
+ sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->pCursor);
+ }
+ }
+ return pCx;
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
+** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string
+** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not
+** look like a number, leave it alone.
+*/
+static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
+ if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
+ double rValue;
+ i64 iValue;
+ u8 enc = pRec->enc;
+ if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)==0 ) return;
+ if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return;
+ if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){
+ pRec->u.i = iValue;
+ pRec->flags |= MEM_Int;
+ }else{
+ pRec->r = rValue;
+ pRec->flags |= MEM_Real;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
+** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
+** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
+** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a
+** floating-point representation if an integer representation
+** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is
+** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
+** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
+** Convert pRec to a text representation.
+**
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
+** No-op. pRec is unchanged.
+*/
+static void applyAffinity(
+ Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */
+ char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */
+ u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */
+){
+ if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
+ ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
+ ** representation.
+ */
+ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
+ }
+ pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
+ }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
+ || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
+ applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
+ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
+** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
+** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without
+** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
+ if( pMem->type==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+ applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(pMem);
+ }
+ return pMem->type;
+}
+
+/*
+** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*,
+** not the internal Mem* type.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
+ sqlite3_value *pVal,
+ u8 affinity,
+ u8 enc
+){
+ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
+** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
+ char *zCsr = zBuf;
+ int f = pMem->flags;
+
+ static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
+
+ if( f&MEM_Blob ){
+ int i;
+ char c;
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ c = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ c = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ c = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+ }else{
+ c = 's';
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
+ char z = pMem->z[i];
+ if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
+ else *zCsr++ = z;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ if( f & MEM_Zero ){
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr);
+ }
+ *zCsr = '\0';
+ }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
+ int j, k;
+ zBuf[0] = ' ';
+ if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'z';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
+ zBuf[1] = 't';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
+ }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
+ zBuf[1] = 'e';
+ assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
+ }else{
+ zBuf[1] = 's';
+ }
+ k = 2;
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = '[';
+ for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
+ u8 c = pMem->z[j];
+ if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
+ zBuf[k++] = c;
+ }else{
+ zBuf[k++] = '.';
+ }
+ }
+ zBuf[k++] = ']';
+ sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
+ k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]);
+ zBuf[k++] = 0;
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+/*
+** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
+*/
+static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
+ if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
+ fprintf(out, " NULL");
+ }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
+ fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
+ fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
+ fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
+#endif
+ }else if( p->flags & MEM_RowSet ){
+ fprintf(out, " (rowset)");
+ }else{
+ char zBuf[200];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
+ fprintf(out, " ");
+ fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
+ }
+}
+static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
+ fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
+ memTracePrint(out, p);
+ fprintf(out, "\n");
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
+#else
+# define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+
+/*
+** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
+** high-performance timing routines.
+*/
+/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
+/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
+** counters for x86 class CPUs.
+*/
+#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
+#define _HWTIME_H_
+
+/*
+** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
+** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
+** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
+** profiling.
+*/
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
+ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
+
+ #if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned int lo, hi;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
+ return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
+ }
+
+ #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+ __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ __asm {
+ rdtsc
+ ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
+ }
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long val;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
+ return val;
+ }
+
+#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
+
+ __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
+ unsigned long long retval;
+ unsigned long junk;
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
+ 1: mftbu %1\n\
+ mftb %L0\n\
+ mftbu %0\n\
+ cmpw %0,%1\n\
+ bne 1b"
+ : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
+ return retval;
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
+
+ /*
+ ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
+ ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
+ ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
+ ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
+ ** least compile and run.
+ */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
+
+/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
+** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called. If it has been, then
+** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
+**
+** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
+** implement a loop. This test used to be on every single instruction,
+** but that meant we more testing that we needed. By only testing the
+** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
+*/
+#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
+
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+/*
+** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It
+** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to
+** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the
+** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint.
+**
+** Usage:
+**
+** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) );
+*/
+static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){
+ int n = 0;
+ Savepoint *p;
+ for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++;
+ assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) );
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored
+** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc).
+*/
+static void importVtabErrMsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
+ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
+**
+** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
+** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
+** and the error message pointer.
+**
+** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
+** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
+** SQLITE_ROW.
+**
+** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
+** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
+** return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
+** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
+** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
+** immediately. There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
+** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
+** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
+**
+** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
+** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
+ Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */
+){
+ int pc=0; /* The program counter */
+ Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */
+ Op *pOp; /* Current operation */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */
+ u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */
+ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ int checkProgress; /* True if progress callbacks are enabled */
+ int nProgressOps = 0; /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
+#endif
+ Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */
+ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */
+ Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */
+ Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */
+ Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */
+ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
+ int *aPermute = 0; /* Permutation of columns for OP_Compare */
+ i64 lastRowid = db->lastRowid; /* Saved value of the last insert ROWID */
+#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
+ u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
+ int origPc; /* Program counter at start of opcode */
+#endif
+ /********************************************************************
+ ** Automatically generated code
+ **
+ ** The following union is automatically generated by the
+ ** vdbe-compress.tcl script. The purpose of this union is to
+ ** reduce the amount of stack space required by this function.
+ ** See comments in the vdbe-compress.tcl script for details.
+ */
+ union vdbeExecUnion {
+ struct OP_Yield_stack_vars {
+ int pcDest;
+ } aa;
+ struct OP_Variable_stack_vars {
+ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
+ } ab;
+ struct OP_Move_stack_vars {
+ char *zMalloc; /* Holding variable for allocated memory */
+ int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */
+ int p1; /* Register to copy from */
+ int p2; /* Register to copy to */
+ } ac;
+ struct OP_ResultRow_stack_vars {
+ Mem *pMem;
+ int i;
+ } ad;
+ struct OP_Concat_stack_vars {
+ i64 nByte;
+ } ae;
+ struct OP_Remainder_stack_vars {
+ int flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */
+ i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */
+ i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */
+ double rA; /* Real value of left operand */
+ double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
+ } af;
+ struct OP_Function_stack_vars {
+ int i;
+ Mem *pArg;
+ sqlite3_context ctx;
+ sqlite3_value **apVal;
+ int n;
+ } ag;
+ struct OP_ShiftRight_stack_vars {
+ i64 iA;
+ u64 uA;
+ i64 iB;
+ u8 op;
+ } ah;
+ struct OP_Ge_stack_vars {
+ int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
+ char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
+ } ai;
+ struct OP_Compare_stack_vars {
+ int n;
+ int i;
+ int p1;
+ int p2;
+ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
+ int idx;
CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
} aj;
u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
- u64 offset64; /* 64-bit offset. 64 bits needed to catch overflow */
+ u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
} am;
struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
- char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
- Mem *pData0; /* First register to which to apply affinity */
- Mem *pLast; /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
- Mem *pRec; /* Current register */
+ const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
+ char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */
} an;
struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
} au;
struct OP_VerifyCookie_stack_vars {
int iMeta;
+ int iGen;
Btree *pBt;
} av;
struct OP_OpenWrite_stack_vars {
VdbeCursor *pC;
int res;
UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
} bb;
struct OP_IsUnique_stack_vars {
VdbeCursor *pCx;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
u16 nField;
- Mem *aMem;
+ Mem *aMx;
UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */
i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
} bc;
Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */
VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */
} be;
- struct OP_Insert_stack_vars {
+ struct OP_InsertInt_stack_vars {
Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
i64 iKey; /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
char *z; /* Text of the error report */
Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
} bv;
- struct OP_RowSetAdd_stack_vars {
- Mem *pIdx;
- Mem *pVal;
- } bw;
struct OP_RowSetRead_stack_vars {
- Mem *pIdx;
i64 val;
- } bx;
+ } bw;
struct OP_RowSetTest_stack_vars {
int iSet;
int exists;
- } by;
+ } bx;
struct OP_Program_stack_vars {
int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */
void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */
- } bz;
+ } by;
struct OP_Param_stack_vars {
VdbeFrame *pFrame;
Mem *pIn;
- } ca;
+ } bz;
struct OP_MemMax_stack_vars {
Mem *pIn1;
VdbeFrame *pFrame;
- } cb;
+ } ca;
struct OP_AggStep_stack_vars {
int n;
int i;
Mem *pRec;
sqlite3_context ctx;
sqlite3_value **apVal;
- } cc;
+ } cb;
struct OP_AggFinal_stack_vars {
Mem *pMem;
+ } cc;
+ struct OP_Checkpoint_stack_vars {
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int aRes[3]; /* Results */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */
} cd;
+ struct OP_JournalMode_stack_vars {
+ Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */
+ int eNew; /* New journal mode */
+ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */
+ const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */
+ } ce;
struct OP_IncrVacuum_stack_vars {
Btree *pBt;
- } ce;
+ } cf;
struct OP_VBegin_stack_vars {
VTable *pVTab;
- } cf;
+ } cg;
struct OP_VOpen_stack_vars {
VdbeCursor *pCur;
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pModule;
- } cg;
+ } ch;
struct OP_VFilter_stack_vars {
int nArg;
int iQuery;
int res;
int i;
Mem **apArg;
- } ch;
+ } ci;
struct OP_VColumn_stack_vars {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
Mem *pDest;
sqlite3_context sContext;
- } ci;
+ } cj;
struct OP_VNext_stack_vars {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
int res;
VdbeCursor *pCur;
- } cj;
+ } ck;
struct OP_VRename_stack_vars {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
Mem *pName;
- } ck;
+ } cl;
struct OP_VUpdate_stack_vars {
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pModule;
sqlite_int64 rowid;
Mem **apArg;
Mem *pX;
- } cl;
- struct OP_Pagecount_stack_vars {
- int p1;
- int nPage;
- Pager *pPager;
} cm;
struct OP_Trace_stack_vars {
char *zTrace;
+ char *z;
} cn;
} u;
/* End automatically generated code
********************************************************************/
assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
- assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
- sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p);
+ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p);
if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
/* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */
db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
+ checkProgress = db->xProgress!=0;
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( p->pc==0
- && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain"))
- ){
+ if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing)!=0 ){
int i;
printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]);
}
}
- if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){
- p->trace = stdout;
- }
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
#endif
for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
origPc = pc;
start = sqlite3Hwtime();
#endif
- pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
+ pOp = &aOp[pc];
/* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
*/
}
sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
}
- if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){
- sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
- }
#endif
** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
*/
- if( db->xProgress ){
+ if( checkProgress ){
if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
int prc;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ prc = db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
if( prc!=0 ){
rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
goto vdbe_error_halt;
}
#endif
- /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
- ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag. Such opcodes have a single
- ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter. The P2 register
- ** is initialized to a NULL.
+ /* On any opcode with the "out2-prerelase" tag, free any
+ ** external allocations out of mem[p2] and set mem[p2] to be
+ ** an undefined integer. Opcodes will either fill in the integer
+ ** value or convert mem[p2] to a different type.
*/
- opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
+ if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
assert( pOp->p2>0 );
assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- pOut->n = 0;
- }else
-
- /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
- ** combinations of properties.
- **
- ** in1
- ** in1 in2
- ** in1 in2 out3
- ** in1 in3
- **
- ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
- ** registers for inputs. Variable pOut points to the output register.
- */
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
+ }
+
+ /* Sanity checking on other operands */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
assert( pOp->p1>0 );
assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
- /* As currently implemented, in2 implies out3. There is no reason
- ** why this has to be, it just worked out that way. */
- assert( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 );
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
- assert( pOp->p3>0 );
- assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
- }
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
assert( pOp->p2>0 );
assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
- }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
assert( pOp->p3>0 );
assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
}
-
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p2>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
+ }
+ if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ }
+#endif
+
switch( pOp->opcode ){
/*****************************************************************************
** Write the current address onto register P1
** and then jump to address P2.
*/
-case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */
- assert( pOp->p1>0 );
- assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+case OP_Gosub: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
pIn1->u.i = pc;
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
*/
case OP_Return: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
pc = (int)pIn1->u.i;
break;
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.aa */
int pcDest;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aa */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
u.aa.pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i;
/* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Check the value in register P3. If is is NULL then Halt using
+** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using
** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the
** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op.
*/
case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break;
/* Fall through into OP_Halt */
}
p->nFrame--;
sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
pc = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame);
+ lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){
/* Instruction pc is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program
** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt
** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */
pc = p->aOp[pc].p2-1;
}
+ aOp = p->aOp;
+ aMem = p->aMem;
break;
}
p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2;
p->pc = pc;
if( pOp->p4.z ){
+ assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK );
sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pc, p->zSql, pOp->p4.z);
+ }else if( p->rc ){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "constraint failed at %d in [%s]", pc, p->zSql);
}
rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
*/
case OP_Integer: { /* out2-prerelease */
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
break;
}
*/
case OP_Int64: { /* out2-prerelease */
assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
break;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
**
** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
break;
}
+#endif
/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
**
** Write a NULL into register P2.
*/
case OP_Null: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
break;
}
/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
**
** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this
-** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
-** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
-** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
-** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
-** the first time it is executed.
+** blob in register P2.
*/
case OP_Blob: { /* out2-prerelease */
assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 P3 P4 *
+/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 *
**
-** Transfer the values of bound parameters P1..P1+P3-1 into registers
-** P2..P2+P3-1.
+** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2
**
** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4 and P3==1.
** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name().
*/
-case OP_Variable: {
+case OP_Variable: { /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ab */
- int p1; /* Variable to copy from */
- int p2; /* Register to copy to */
- int n; /* Number of values left to copy */
Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ab */
- u.ab.p1 = pOp->p1 - 1;
- u.ab.p2 = pOp->p2;
- u.ab.n = pOp->p3;
- assert( u.ab.p1>=0 && u.ab.p1+u.ab.n<=p->nVar );
- assert( u.ab.p2>=1 && u.ab.p2+u.ab.n-1<=p->nMem );
- assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p3==1 );
-
- while( u.ab.n-- > 0 ){
- u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[u.ab.p1++];
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){
- goto too_big;
- }
- pOut = &p->aMem[u.ab.p2++];
- sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
- pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
+ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
+ assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] );
+ u.ab.pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1];
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ab.pVar) ){
+ goto too_big;
}
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ab.pVar, MEM_Static);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
}
assert( u.ac.n>0 && u.ac.p1>0 && u.ac.p2>0 );
assert( u.ac.p1+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p2 || u.ac.p2+u.ac.n<=u.ac.p1 );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[u.ac.p1];
- pOut = &p->aMem[u.ac.p2];
+ pIn1 = &aMem[u.ac.p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[u.ac.p2];
while( u.ac.n-- ){
- assert( pOut<=&p->aMem[p->nMem] );
- assert( pIn1<=&p->aMem[p->nMem] );
+ assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
+ assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
pOut->zMalloc = 0;
sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate
** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy.
*/
-case OP_Copy: { /* in1 */
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+case OP_Copy: { /* in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
Deephemeralize(pOut);
** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete
** copy.
*/
-case OP_SCopy: { /* in1 */
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
- assert( pOp->p2>0 );
- assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+case OP_SCopy: { /* in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ if( pOut->pScopyFrom==0 ) pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1;
+#endif
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
break;
}
** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as
** as side effect.
*/
- u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ u.ad.pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1];
for(u.ad.i=0; u.ad.i<pOp->p2; u.ad.i++){
+ assert( memIsValid(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]) );
+ Deephemeralize(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
+ assert( (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0
+ || (u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
- storeTypeInfo(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i], encoding);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(&u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+u.ad.i, &u.ad.pMem[u.ad.i]);
}
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
i64 nByte;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ae */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( pIn1!=pOut );
if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
double rB; /* Real value of right operand */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.af */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
u.af.flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
u.af.iA = pIn1->u.i;
u.af.iB = pIn2->u.i;
switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_Add: u.af.iB += u.af.iA; break;
- case OP_Subtract: u.af.iB -= u.af.iA; break;
- case OP_Multiply: u.af.iB *= u.af.iA; break;
+ case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
+ case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
+ case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&u.af.iB,u.af.iA) ) goto fp_math; break;
case OP_Divide: {
if( u.af.iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
- /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by
- ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
- ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
- ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
- ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer
- ** overflow occurred.
- */
- if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) u.af.iA = 1;
+ if( u.af.iA==-1 && u.af.iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math;
u.af.iB /= u.af.iA;
break;
}
pOut->u.i = u.af.iB;
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
}else{
+fp_math:
u.af.rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
u.af.rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
switch( pOp->opcode ){
break;
}
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ pOut->u.i = u.af.rB;
+ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+#else
if( sqlite3IsNaN(u.af.rB) ){
goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
}
if( (u.af.flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
}
+#endif
}
break;
u.ag.n = pOp->p5;
u.ag.apVal = p->apArg;
assert( u.ag.apVal || u.ag.n==0 );
+ assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
assert( u.ag.n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ag.n<=p->nMem+1) );
assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+u.ag.n );
- u.ag.pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ u.ag.pArg = &aMem[pOp->p2];
for(u.ag.i=0; u.ag.i<u.ag.n; u.ag.i++, u.ag.pArg++){
+ assert( memIsValid(u.ag.pArg) );
u.ag.apVal[u.ag.i] = u.ag.pArg;
- storeTypeInfo(u.ag.pArg, encoding);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.ag.pArg);
+ Deephemeralize(u.ag.pArg);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ag.pArg);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+u.ag.i, u.ag.pArg);
}
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
u.ag.ctx.pFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
}
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
u.ag.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
u.ag.ctx.s.db = db;
u.ag.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
u.ag.ctx.isError = 0;
if( u.ag.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
- assert( pOp>p->aOp );
+ assert( pOp>aOp );
assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
u.ag.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s);
- goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ (*u.ag.ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&u.ag.ctx, u.ag.n, u.ag.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
+
+ /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
+ ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
+ */
+ if( u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
+ pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc;
+ pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
}
+
if( db->mallocFailed ){
/* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
** associated with such a value.
- **
- ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
- ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
- ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
*/
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.ag.ctx.s);
goto no_mem;
}
- /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
- ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
- */
- if( u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
- pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = u.ag.ctx.pVdbeFunc;
- pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
- }
-
/* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
if( u.ag.ctx.isError ){
sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.ag.ctx.s));
if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
goto too_big;
}
+
+#if 0
+ /* The app-defined function has done something that as caused this
+ ** statement to expire. (Perhaps the function called sqlite3_exec()
+ ** with a CREATE TABLE statement.)
+ */
+ if( p->expired ) rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+#endif
+
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
break;
/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
+** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
** Store the result in register P3.
** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
*/
case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ah */
- i64 a;
- i64 b;
+ i64 iA;
+ u64 uA;
+ i64 iB;
+ u8 op;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ah */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
break;
}
- u.ah.a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
- u.ah.b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
- switch( pOp->opcode ){
- case OP_BitAnd: u.ah.a &= u.ah.b; break;
- case OP_BitOr: u.ah.a |= u.ah.b; break;
- case OP_ShiftLeft: u.ah.a <<= u.ah.b; break;
- default: assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
- u.ah.a >>= u.ah.b; break;
+ u.ah.iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
+ u.ah.iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
+ u.ah.op = pOp->opcode;
+ if( u.ah.op==OP_BitAnd ){
+ u.ah.iA &= u.ah.iB;
+ }else if( u.ah.op==OP_BitOr ){
+ u.ah.iA |= u.ah.iB;
+ }else if( u.ah.iB!=0 ){
+ assert( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftRight || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft );
+
+ /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */
+ if( u.ah.iB<0 ){
+ assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 );
+ u.ah.op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - u.ah.op;
+ u.ah.iB = u.ah.iB>(-64) ? -u.ah.iB : 64;
+ }
+
+ if( u.ah.iB>=64 ){
+ u.ah.iA = (u.ah.iA>=0 || u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1;
+ }else{
+ memcpy(&u.ah.uA, &u.ah.iA, sizeof(u.ah.uA));
+ if( u.ah.op==OP_ShiftLeft ){
+ u.ah.uA <<= u.ah.iB;
+ }else{
+ u.ah.uA >>= u.ah.iB;
+ /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */
+ if( u.ah.iA<0 ) u.ah.uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-u.ah.iB);
+ }
+ memcpy(&u.ah.iA, &u.ah.uA, sizeof(u.ah.iA));
+ }
}
- pOut->u.i = u.ah.a;
+ pOut->u.i = u.ah.iA;
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
*/
case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
break;
** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
*/
case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
if( pOp->p2==0 ){
break;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
**
** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
** to have only a real value.
*/
case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
}
break;
}
+#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToText: { /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToBlob: { /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToNumeric: { /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
- if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
- }
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
**
-** Force the value in register P1 be an integer. If
+** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If
** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToInt: { /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
}
break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
**
** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL.
*/
case OP_ToReal: { /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pIn1);
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
}
break;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CAST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */
/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
**
** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump. If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL
-** bit is clear then fall thru if either operand is NULL.
+** bit is clear then fall through if either operand is NULL.
**
** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made
** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
** of comparison is false. If either operand is NULL then the result is true.
-** If neither operand is NULL the the result is the same as it would be if
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
*/
/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either
** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result
** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false.
-** If neither operand is NULL the the result is the same as it would be if
+** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if
** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5.
*/
/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ai */
int res; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */
char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */
+ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */
+ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ai */
- if( (pIn1->flags | pIn3->flags)&MEM_Null ){
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.ai.flags1 = pIn1->flags;
+ u.ai.flags3 = pIn3->flags;
+ if( (u.ai.flags1 | u.ai.flags3)&MEM_Null ){
/* One or both operands are NULL */
if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){
/* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is
** or not both operands are null.
*/
assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne );
- u.ai.res = (pIn1->flags & pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0;
+ u.ai.res = (u.ai.flags1 & u.ai.flags3 & MEM_Null)==0;
}else{
/* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL,
** then the result is always NULL.
** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
*/
if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
}else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
}
if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
pOut->u.i = u.ai.res;
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
}else if( u.ai.res ){
pc = pOp->p2-1;
}
+
+ /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */
+ pIn1->flags = (pIn1->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags1&MEM_TypeMask);
+ pIn3->flags = (pIn3->flags&~MEM_TypeMask) | (u.ai.flags3&MEM_TypeMask);
break;
}
/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this
-** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
+** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this
+** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of
** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
**
** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
for(u.aj.i=0; u.aj.i<u.aj.n; u.aj.i++){
u.aj.idx = aPermute ? aPermute[u.aj.i] : u.aj.i;
- REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx, &p->aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]);
- REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx, &p->aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]);
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]) );
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx, &aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx]);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx, &aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx]);
assert( u.aj.i<u.aj.pKeyInfo->nField );
u.aj.pColl = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aColl[u.aj.i];
u.aj.bRev = u.aj.pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[u.aj.i];
- iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&p->aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx], &p->aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx], u.aj.pColl);
+ iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[u.aj.p1+u.aj.idx], &aMem[u.aj.p2+u.aj.idx], u.aj.pColl);
if( iCompare ){
if( u.aj.bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
break;
int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ak */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
u.ak.v1 = 2;
}else{
u.ak.v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
}
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
u.ak.v2 = 2;
}else{
static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
u.ak.v1 = or_logic[u.ak.v1*3+u.ak.v2];
}
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
if( u.ak.v1==2 ){
MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
}else{
** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is
** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2.
*/
-case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
}else{
** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds
** a NULL then store a NULL in P2.
*/
-case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
}else{
/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value is
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value
** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
*/
/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value is
+** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value
** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value
** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
*/
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.al */
int c;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.al */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
u.al.c = pOp->p3;
}else{
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.
*/
case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.
*/
case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
u8 *zIdx; /* Index into header */
u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
u32 offset; /* Offset into the data */
- u64 offset64; /* 64-bit offset. 64 bits needed to catch overflow */
+ u32 szField; /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
int szHdr; /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
int avail; /* Number of bytes of available data */
Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */
memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
assert( u.am.p1<p->nCursor );
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.am.pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest);
MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
u.am.zRec = 0;
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* DataSize() cannot fail */
}
}else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){
- u.am.pReg = &p->aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
+ u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) );
u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning
** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column
*/
- u.am.offset64 = u.am.offset;
for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i<u.am.nField; u.am.i++){
if( u.am.zIdx<u.am.zEndHdr ){
- u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = (u32)u.am.offset64;
+ u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = u.am.offset;
u.am.zIdx += getVarint32(u.am.zIdx, u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
- u.am.offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
+ u.am.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
+ u.am.offset += u.am.szField;
+ if( u.am.offset<u.am.szField ){ /* True if u.am.offset overflows */
+ u.am.zIdx = &u.am.zEndHdr[1]; /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
+ break;
+ }
}else{
/* If u.am.i is less that u.am.nField, then there are less fields in this
** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing
** with a corrupt database.
*/
- if( (u.am.zIdx > u.am.zEndHdr)|| (u.am.offset64 > u.am.payloadSize)
- || (u.am.zIdx==u.am.zEndHdr && u.am.offset64!=(u64)u.am.payloadSize) ){
+ if( (u.am.zIdx > u.am.zEndHdr) || (u.am.offset > u.am.payloadSize)
+ || (u.am.zIdx==u.am.zEndHdr && u.am.offset!=u.am.payloadSize) ){
rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
goto op_column_out;
}
*/
case OP_Affinity: {
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.an */
- char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
- Mem *pData0; /* First register to which to apply affinity */
- Mem *pLast; /* Last register to which to apply affinity */
- Mem *pRec; /* Current register */
+ const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */
+ char cAff; /* A single character of affinity */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.an */
u.an.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
- u.an.pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- u.an.pLast = &u.an.pData0[pOp->p2-1];
- for(u.an.pRec=u.an.pData0; u.an.pRec<=u.an.pLast; u.an.pRec++){
- ExpandBlob(u.an.pRec);
- applyAffinity(u.an.pRec, u.an.zAffinity[u.an.pRec-u.an.pData0], encoding);
+ assert( u.an.zAffinity!=0 );
+ assert( u.an.zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 );
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ while( (u.an.cAff = *(u.an.zAffinity++))!=0 ){
+ assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[p->nMem] );
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
+ ExpandBlob(pIn1);
+ applyAffinity(pIn1, u.an.cAff, encoding);
+ pIn1++;
}
break;
}
/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
-** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index. The details of the format are irrelevant as long as
-** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
-** format.
+** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format]
+** use as a data record in a database table or as a key
+** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
**
** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
*/
u.ao.nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */
u.ao.nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */
- u.ao.nByte = 0; /* Data space required for this record */
u.ao.nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
u.ao.nField = pOp->p1;
u.ao.zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
assert( u.ao.nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+u.ao.nField<=p->nMem+1 );
- u.ao.pData0 = &p->aMem[u.ao.nField];
+ u.ao.pData0 = &aMem[u.ao.nField];
u.ao.nField = pOp->p2;
u.ao.pLast = &u.ao.pData0[u.ao.nField-1];
u.ao.file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
+ /* Identify the output register */
+ assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
+
/* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
** out how much space is required for the new record.
*/
for(u.ao.pRec=u.ao.pData0; u.ao.pRec<=u.ao.pLast; u.ao.pRec++){
+ assert( memIsValid(u.ao.pRec) );
if( u.ao.zAffinity ){
applyAffinity(u.ao.pRec, u.ao.zAffinity[u.ao.pRec-u.ao.pData0], encoding);
}
** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
*/
- assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)u.ao.nByte, 0) ){
goto no_mem;
}
}else{
u.ap.nEntry = 0;
}
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
break;
}
}else{
u.aq.nName = sqlite3Strlen30(u.aq.zName);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction
+ ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks.
+ ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed
+ ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */
+ assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN,
+ db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+#endif
+
/* Create a new savepoint structure. */
u.aq.pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+u.aq.nName+1);
if( u.aq.pNew ){
}
if( u.aq.p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK && (db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges)!=0 ){
sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
}
}
}else{
db->nDeferredCons = u.aq.pSavepoint->nDeferredCons;
}
+
+ if( !isTransaction ){
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, u.aq.p1, u.aq.iSavepoint);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
+ }
}
}
#endif /* local variables moved into u.as */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
u.as.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
if( u.as.pBt ){
db->nStatement++;
p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement;
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement);
+
+ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(u.as.pBt, p->iStatement);
+ }
/* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint
** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back,
assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
assert( u.at.iDb>=0 && u.at.iDb<db->nDb );
assert( db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt!=0 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.at.iDb))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.at.iDb))!=0 );
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[u.at.iDb].pBt, u.at.iCookie, (u32 *)&u.at.iMeta);
pOut->u.i = u.at.iMeta;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
#endif /* local variables moved into u.au */
assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
u.au.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
assert( u.au.pDb->pBt!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
/* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(u.au.pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
/* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */
sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ p->expired = 0;
}
break;
}
-/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
+/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
-** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.
+** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2 and that the
+** generation counter on the local schema parse equals P3.
+**
** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
** for auxiliary databases.
case OP_VerifyCookie: {
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.av */
int iMeta;
+ int iGen;
Btree *pBt;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.av */
+
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) );
u.av.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
if( u.av.pBt ){
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(u.av.pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&u.av.iMeta);
+ u.av.iGen = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration;
}else{
- u.av.iMeta = 0;
+ u.av.iGen = u.av.iMeta = 0;
}
- if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
+ if( u.av.iMeta!=pOp->p2 || u.av.iGen!=pOp->p3 ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
/* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
}
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ p->expired = 1;
rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
break;
Db *pDb;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.aw */
+ if( p->expired ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ break;
+ }
+
u.aw.nField = 0;
u.aw.pKeyInfo = 0;
u.aw.p2 = pOp->p2;
u.aw.iDb = pOp->p3;
assert( u.aw.iDb>=0 && u.aw.iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.aw.iDb))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.aw.iDb))!=0 );
u.aw.pDb = &db->aDb[u.aw.iDb];
u.aw.pX = u.aw.pDb->pBt;
assert( u.aw.pX!=0 );
if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
u.aw.wrFlag = 1;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, u.aw.iDb, 0) );
if( u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
p->minWriteFileFormat = u.aw.pDb->pSchema->file_format;
}
if( pOp->p5 ){
assert( u.aw.p2>0 );
assert( u.aw.p2<=p->nMem );
- pIn2 = &p->aMem[u.aw.p2];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[u.aw.p2];
+ assert( memIsValid(pIn2) );
+ assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
u.aw.p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i;
/* The u.aw.p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateTable opcode and
u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
+ u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1;
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if
-** the main database is read-only. The transient or virtual
+** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
+** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
** that defines the format of keys in the index.
** this opcode. Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual. But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
*/
+/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
+**
+** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a
+** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using
+** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
+** indices in joins.
+*/
+case OP_OpenAutoindex:
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ax */
VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
- static const int openFlags =
+ static const int vfsFlags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
- &u.ax.pCx->pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt,
+ BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
/* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
- ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
+ ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before
** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
- ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
+ ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table).
*/
if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
int pgno;
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
- rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.ax.pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, pgno, 1,
u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
}
}
+ u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;
break;
}
** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the
** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2.
**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold the a single
+** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single
** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode
** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table.
u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
+ assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 );
+ assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 );
+ assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 );
+ assert( u.az.pC->isOrdered );
if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
/* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do
** the seek, so covert it. */
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
applyNumericAffinity(pIn3);
u.az.iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
u.az.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
** integer. */
u.az.res = 1;
if( pIn3->r<0 ){
- if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe ){
+ if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
}
}else{
- if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+ if( u.az.oc<=OP_SeekLe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekLt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe );
rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
}
assert( u.az.nField>0 );
u.az.r.pKeyInfo = u.az.pC->pKeyInfo;
u.az.r.nField = (u16)u.az.nField;
- if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
- u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
- }else{
- u.az.r.flags = 0;
- }
- u.az.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+
+ /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster:
+ ** if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt || u.az.oc==OP_SeekLe ){
+ ** u.az.r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
+ ** }else{
+ ** u.az.r.flags = 0;
+ ** }
+ */
+ u.az.r.flags = (u16)(UNPACKED_INCRKEY * (1 & (u.az.oc - OP_SeekLt)));
+ assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGt || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
+ assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLe || u.az.r.flags==UNPACKED_INCRKEY );
+ assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekGe || u.az.r.flags==0 );
+ assert( u.az.oc!=OP_SeekLt || u.az.r.flags==0 );
+
+ u.az.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<u.az.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.az.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+ ExpandBlob(u.az.r.aMem);
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.r, 0, 0, &u.az.res);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto abort_due_to_error;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
sqlite3_search_count++;
#endif
- if( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt ){
+ if( u.az.oc>=OP_SeekGe ){ assert( u.az.oc==OP_SeekGe || u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt );
if( u.az.res<0 || (u.az.res==0 && u.az.oc==OP_SeekGt) ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(u.az.pC->pCursor, &u.az.res);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
if( ALWAYS(u.ba.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
assert( u.ba.pC->isTable );
u.ba.pC->nullRow = 0;
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
u.ba.pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
u.ba.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
u.ba.pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
}
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is an index.
-** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
-** jump to P2. If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
-** then fall thru. The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
-** if it exists.
+/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
-** left-hand side is a SELECT statement. P1 may be a true index, or it
-** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
-** statement. This instruction is also used to implement the
-** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
-**
-** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which
-** the first N serialized values exactly match the N serialized values
-** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
-** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record).
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
**
-** See also: NotFound, IsUnique, NotExists
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and
+** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry.
*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
+/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. P1 is
-** an index. If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
-** to P2. If an entry does existing, fall through. The cursor is left
-** pointing to the entry that matches.
+** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If
+** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked
+** record.
+**
+** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4
+** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1
+** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control
+** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the
+** matching entry.
**
** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
*/
VdbeCursor *pC;
int res;
UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
+ UnpackedRecord r;
char aTempRec[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*3 + 7];
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bb */
u.bb.alreadyExists = 0;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
u.bb.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bb.pC!=0 );
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
if( ALWAYS(u.bb.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
assert( u.bb.pC->isTable==0 );
- assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
- ExpandBlob(pIn3);
- u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
- u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec));
- if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
+ if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){
+ u.bb.r.pKeyInfo = u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo;
+ u.bb.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i;
+ u.bb.r.aMem = pIn3;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bb.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bb.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
+ u.bb.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
+ u.bb.pIdxKey = &u.bb.r;
+ }else{
+ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
+ assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 ); /* zeroblobs already expanded */
+ u.bb.pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(u.bb.pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
+ u.bb.aTempRec, sizeof(u.bb.aTempRec));
+ if( u.bb.pIdxKey==0 ){
+ goto no_mem;
+ }
u.bb.pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
}
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bb.pC->pCursor, u.bb.pIdxKey, 0, 0, &u.bb.res);
- sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey);
+ if( pOp->p4.i==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(u.bb.pIdxKey);
+ }
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
break;
}
/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
**
-** Cursor P1 is open on an index. So it has no data and its key consists
-** of a record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the
-** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
+** Cursor P1 is open on an index b-tree - that is to say, a btree which
+** no data and where the key are records generated by OP_MakeRecord with
+** the list field being the integer ROWID of the entry that the index
+** entry refers to.
**
** The P3 register contains an integer record number. Call this record
** number R. Register P4 is the first in a set of N contiguous registers
VdbeCursor *pCx;
BtCursor *pCrsr;
u16 nField;
- Mem *aMem;
+ Mem *aMx;
UnpackedRecord r; /* B-Tree index search key */
i64 R; /* Rowid stored in register P3 */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bc */
- u.bc.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.bc.aMx = &aMem[pOp->p4.i];
/* Assert that the values of parameters P1 and P4 are in range. */
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
/* If any of the values are NULL, take the jump. */
u.bc.nField = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo->nField;
for(u.bc.ii=0; u.bc.ii<u.bc.nField; u.bc.ii++){
- if( u.bc.aMem[u.bc.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
+ if( u.bc.aMx[u.bc.ii].flags & MEM_Null ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
u.bc.pCrsr = 0;
break;
}
}
- assert( (u.bc.aMem[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
+ assert( (u.bc.aMx[u.bc.nField].flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
if( u.bc.pCrsr!=0 ){
/* Populate the index search key. */
u.bc.r.pKeyInfo = u.bc.pCx->pKeyInfo;
u.bc.r.nField = u.bc.nField + 1;
u.bc.r.flags = UNPACKED_PREFIX_SEARCH;
- u.bc.r.aMem = u.bc.aMem;
+ u.bc.r.aMem = u.bc.aMx;
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bc.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bc.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
/* Extract the value of u.bc.R from register P3. */
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key. If a record
+** Use the content of register P3 as an integer key. If a record
** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2.
-** If the record does exist, then fall thru. The cursor is left
+** If the record does exist, then fall through. The cursor is left
** pointing to the record if it exists.
**
** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
u64 iKey;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bd */
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 );
pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds
** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are
** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum,
-** a SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
+** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the '
** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
*/
** and try again, up to 100 times.
*/
assert( u.be.pC->isTable );
- u.be.cnt = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
# define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
if( u.be.res ){
- u.be.v = 1;
+ u.be.v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */
}else{
assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.be.pC->pCursor) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(u.be.pC->pCursor, &u.be.v);
if( u.be.v==MAX_ROWID ){
u.be.pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
}else{
- u.be.v++;
+ u.be.v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */
}
}
}
}else{
/* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */
assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.be.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.be.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, u.be.pMem);
}
+ assert( memIsValid(u.be.pMem) );
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.be.pMem);
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.be.pMem);
assert( (u.be.pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
if( u.be.pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-12275-61338 */
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
if( u.be.v<u.be.pMem->u.i+1 ){
sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(u.be.pC->pCursor, u.be.v<MAX_ROWID ? u.be.v+1 : 0);
}
if( u.be.pC->useRandomRowid ){
+ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the
+ ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database
+ ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until
+ ** it finds one that is not previously used. */
assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is
** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */
- u.be.v = db->lastRowid;
+ /* on the first attempt, simply do one more than previous */
+ u.be.v = lastRowid;
+ u.be.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
+ u.be.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
u.be.cnt = 0;
- do{
- if( u.be.cnt==0 && (u.be.v&0xffffff)==u.be.v ){
- u.be.v++;
+ while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.be.v,
+ 0, &u.be.res))==SQLITE_OK)
+ && (u.be.res==0)
+ && (++u.be.cnt<100)){
+ /* collision - try another random rowid */
+ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.be.v), &u.be.v);
+ if( u.be.cnt<5 ){
+ /* try "small" random rowids for the initial attempts */
+ u.be.v &= 0xffffff;
}else{
- sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(u.be.v), &u.be.v);
- if( u.be.cnt<5 ) u.be.v &= 0xffffff;
+ u.be.v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); /* ensure doesn't go negative */
}
- rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.be.pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)u.be.v, 0, &u.be.res);
- u.be.cnt++;
- }while( u.be.cnt<100 && rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 );
+ u.be.v++; /* ensure non-zero */
+ }
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.be.res==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_FULL;
+ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
+ assert( u.be.v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */
}
u.be.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
u.be.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
u.be.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
}
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
pOut->u.i = u.be.v;
break;
}
** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction
** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
*/
-case OP_Insert: {
+/* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
+**
+** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the
+** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3.
+*/
+case OP_Insert:
+case OP_InsertInt: {
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bf */
Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */
Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */
int op; /* Opcode for update hook: SQLITE_UPDATE or SQLITE_INSERT */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bf */
- u.bf.pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- u.bf.pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.bf.pData = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pData) );
u.bf.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bf.pC!=0 );
assert( u.bf.pC->pCursor!=0 );
assert( u.bf.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
- assert( u.bf.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
assert( u.bf.pC->isTable );
REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, u.bf.pData);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pKey);
- u.bf.iKey = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
+ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){
+ u.bf.pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( u.bf.pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
+ assert( memIsValid(u.bf.pKey) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.bf.pKey);
+ u.bf.iKey = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
+ }else{
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt );
+ u.bf.iKey = pOp->p3;
+ }
+
if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
- if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = u.bf.pKey->u.i;
+ if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.bf.iKey;
if( u.bf.pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
u.bf.pData->z = 0;
u.bf.pData->n = 0;
i64 n64;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bh */
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
/* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
assert( u.bi.pC!=0 );
assert( u.bi.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
if( u.bi.pC->nullRow ){
- /* Do nothing so that reg[P2] remains NULL */
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
break;
}else if( u.bi.pC->deferredMoveto ){
u.bi.v = u.bi.pC->movetoTarget;
u.bi.pVtab = u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
u.bi.pModule = u.bi.pVtab->pModule;
assert( u.bi.pModule->xRowid );
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
rc = u.bi.pModule->xRowid(u.bi.pC->pVtabCursor, &u.bi.v);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.bi.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.bi.pVtab);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
}else{
assert( u.bi.pC->pCursor!=0 );
}
}
pOut->u.i = u.bi.v;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
+ u.bl.res = 1;
if( (u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0;
u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
- }else{
- u.bl.res = 1;
}
u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
break;
}
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
+**
** See also: Prev
*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
+**
+** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
+** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
case OP_Prev: /* jump */
case OP_Next: { /* jump */
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
+ assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
if( u.bm.pC==0 ){
break; /* See ticket #2273 */
/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * P5
**
-** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
+** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the
** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key
** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil.
**
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
u.bn.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bn.pC!=0 );
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){
u.bo.r.pKeyInfo = u.bo.pC->pKeyInfo;
u.bo.r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3;
u.bo.r.flags = 0;
- u.bo.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
+ u.bo.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bo.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bo.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bo.pCrsr, &u.bo.r, 0, 0, &u.bo.res);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.bo.res==0 ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(u.bo.pCrsr);
u.bp.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bp.pC!=0 );
u.bp.pCrsr = u.bp.pC->pCursor;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
if( ALWAYS(u.bp.pCrsr!=0) ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(u.bp.pC);
if( NEVER(rc) ) goto abort_due_to_error;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto abort_due_to_error;
}
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
pOut->u.i = u.bp.rowid;
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
}
}
break;
** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
+/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
**
** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index
** key that omits the ROWID. Compare this key value against the index
** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior
** to the comparison. This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
*/
-case OP_IdxLT: /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump, in3 */
+case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */
+case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bq */
VdbeCursor *pC;
int res;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
u.bq.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bq.pC!=0 );
+ assert( u.bq.pC->isOrdered );
if( ALWAYS(u.bq.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
assert( u.bq.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
}else{
u.bq.r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
}
- u.bq.r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.bq.r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ { int i; for(i=0; i<u.bq.r.nField; i++) assert( memIsValid(&u.bq.r.aMem[i]) ); }
+#endif
rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(u.bq.pC, &u.bq.r, &u.bq.res);
if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
u.bq.res = -u.bq.res;
#else
u.br.iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
#endif
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
if( u.br.iCnt>1 ){
rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
}else{
u.br.iDb = pOp->p3;
assert( u.br.iCnt==1 );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<u.br.iDb))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (((yDbMask)1)<<u.br.iDb))!=0 );
rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[u.br.iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &u.br.iMoved);
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
pOut->u.i = u.br.iMoved;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && u.br.iMoved!=0 ){
- sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[u.br.iDb], u.br.iMoved, pOp->p1);
+ sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, u.br.iDb, u.br.iMoved, pOp->p1);
+ /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */
+ assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==u.br.iDb+1 );
+ resetSchemaOnFault = u.br.iDb+1;
}
#endif
}
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bs */
u.bs.nChange = 0;
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(
db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &u.bs.nChange : 0)
);
if( pOp->p3 ){
p->nChange += u.bs.nChange;
if( pOp->p3>0 ){
- p->aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bs.nChange;
+ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
+ aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += u.bs.nChange;
}
}
break;
u.bt.pgno = 0;
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
u.bt.pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
assert( u.bt.pDb->pBt!=0 );
if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
/* u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
- u.bt.flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
+ u.bt.flags = BTREE_INTKEY;
}else{
- u.bt.flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
+ u.bt.flags = BTREE_BLOBKEY;
}
rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(u.bt.pDb->pBt, &u.bt.pgno, u.bt.flags);
pOut->u.i = u.bt.pgno;
- MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
break;
}
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
+/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 *
**
** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4. P2 is the "force" flag. Always do
-** the parsing if P2 is true. If P2 is false, then this routine is a
-** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded. In other words, if P2
-** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
-** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
+** that match the WHERE clause P4.
**
** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
InitData initData;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bu */
+ /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes
+ ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking
+ ** sqlite3InitCallback().
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
+ for(u.bu.iDb=0; u.bu.iDb<db->nDb; u.bu.iDb++){
+ assert( u.bu.iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt) );
+ }
+#endif
+
u.bu.iDb = pOp->p1;
assert( u.bu.iDb>=0 && u.bu.iDb<db->nDb );
-
- /* If pOp->p2 is 0, then this opcode is being executed to read a
- ** single row, for example the row corresponding to a new index
- ** created by this VDBE, from the sqlite_master table. It only
- ** does this if the corresponding in-memory schema is currently
- ** loaded. Otherwise, the new index definition can be loaded along
- ** with the rest of the schema when it is required.
- **
- ** Although the mutex on the BtShared object that corresponds to
- ** database u.bu.iDb (the database containing the sqlite_master table
- ** read by this instruction) is currently held, it is necessary to
- ** obtain the mutexes on all attached databases before checking if
- ** the schema of u.bu.iDb is loaded. This is because, at the start of
- ** the sqlite3_exec() call below, SQLite will invoke
- ** sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(). If all mutexes are not already held, the
- ** u.bu.iDb mutex may be temporarily released to avoid deadlock. If
- ** this happens, then some other thread may delete the in-memory
- ** schema of database u.bu.iDb before the SQL statement runs. The schema
- ** will not be reloaded becuase the db->init.busy flag is set. This
- ** can result in a "no such table: sqlite_master" or "malformed
- ** database schema" error being returned to the user.
- */
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].pBt) );
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- if( pOp->p2 || DbHasProperty(db, u.bu.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+ assert( DbHasProperty(db, u.bu.iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) );
+ /* Used to be a conditional */ {
u.bu.zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(u.bu.iDb);
u.bu.initData.db = db;
u.bu.initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
u.bu.initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
u.bu.zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
+ "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid",
db->aDb[u.bu.iDb].zName, u.bu.zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
if( u.bu.zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
assert( db->init.busy==0 );
db->init.busy = 1;
u.bu.initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = u.bu.initData.rc;
sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bu.zSql);
db->init.busy = 0;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
}
}
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
goto no_mem;
}
u.bv.aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(u.bv.nRoot+1) );
if( u.bv.aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.bv.pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.bv.pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3];
assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
assert( (u.bv.pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
- pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
for(u.bv.j=0; u.bv.j<u.bv.nRoot; u.bv.j++){
u.bv.aRoot[u.bv.j] = (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[u.bv.j]);
}
u.bv.aRoot[u.bv.j] = 0;
assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
u.bv.z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, u.bv.aRoot, u.bv.nRoot,
(int)u.bv.pnErr->u.i, &u.bv.nErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, u.bv.aRoot);
**
** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer.
*/
-case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in2 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */
- Mem *pIdx;
- Mem *pVal;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- u.bw.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
- u.bw.pVal = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- assert( (u.bw.pVal->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
- if( (u.bw.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(u.bw.pIdx);
- if( (u.bw.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
- }
- sqlite3RowSetInsert(u.bw.pIdx->u.pRowSet, u.bw.pVal->u.i);
+case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1);
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 ) goto no_mem;
+ }
+ sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn2->u.i);
break;
}
** register P3. Or, if boolean index P1 is initially empty, leave P3
** unchanged and jump to instruction P2.
*/
-case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, out3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */
- Mem *pIdx;
+case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bw */
i64 val;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
- assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bw */
CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
- u.bx.pIdx = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- if( (u.bx.pIdx->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
- || sqlite3RowSetNext(u.bx.pIdx->u.pRowSet, &u.bx.val)==0
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0
+ || sqlite3RowSetNext(pIn1->u.pRowSet, &u.bw.val)==0
){
/* The boolean index is empty */
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.bx.pIdx);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}else{
/* A value was pulled from the index */
- assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, u.bx.val);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], u.bw.val);
}
break;
}
** inserted as part of some other set).
*/
case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bx */
int iSet;
int exists;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bx */
- u.by.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.bx.iSet = pOp->p4.i;
assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
/* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1,
}
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
- assert( u.by.iSet==-1 || u.by.iSet>=0 );
- if( u.by.iSet ){
- u.by.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
- (u8)(u.by.iSet>=0 ? u.by.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
+ assert( u.bx.iSet==-1 || u.bx.iSet>=0 );
+ if( u.bx.iSet ){
+ u.bx.exists = sqlite3RowSetTest(pIn1->u.pRowSet,
+ (u8)(u.bx.iSet>=0 ? u.bx.iSet & 0xf : 0xff),
pIn3->u.i);
- if( u.by.exists ){
+ if( u.bx.exists ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
break;
}
}
- if( u.by.iSet>=0 ){
+ if( u.bx.iSet>=0 ){
sqlite3RowSetInsert(pIn1->u.pRowSet, pIn3->u.i);
}
break;
** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program.
*/
case OP_Program: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.by */
int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */
int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */
Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */
VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */
SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */
void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.by */
- u.bz.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
- u.bz.pRt = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- assert( u.bz.pProgram->nOp>0 );
+ u.by.pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram;
+ u.by.pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ assert( memIsValid(u.by.pRt) );
+ assert( u.by.pProgram->nOp>0 );
/* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is
** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program
** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token
** variable. */
if( pOp->p5 ){
- u.bz.t = u.bz.pProgram->token;
- for(u.bz.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.bz.pFrame && u.bz.pFrame->token!=u.bz.t; u.bz.pFrame=u.bz.pFrame->pParent);
- if( u.bz.pFrame ) break;
+ u.by.t = u.by.pProgram->token;
+ for(u.by.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.by.pFrame && u.by.pFrame->token!=u.by.t; u.by.pFrame=u.by.pFrame->pParent);
+ if( u.by.pFrame ) break;
}
if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){
break;
}
- /* Register u.bz.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
+ /* Register u.by.pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state
** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute
- ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.bz.pRt
+ ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then u.by.pRt
** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */
- if( (u.bz.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
+ if( (u.by.pRt->flags&MEM_Frame)==0 ){
/* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the
** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory
** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local
- ** variable u.bz.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
+ ** variable u.by.nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value.
*/
- u.bz.nMem = u.bz.pProgram->nMem + u.bz.pProgram->nCsr;
- u.bz.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
- + u.bz.nMem * sizeof(Mem)
- + u.bz.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *);
- u.bz.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.bz.nByte);
- if( !u.bz.pFrame ){
+ u.by.nMem = u.by.pProgram->nMem + u.by.pProgram->nCsr;
+ u.by.nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))
+ + u.by.nMem * sizeof(Mem)
+ + u.by.pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor *);
+ u.by.pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, u.by.nByte);
+ if( !u.by.pFrame ){
goto no_mem;
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.bz.pRt);
- u.bz.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
- u.bz.pRt->u.pFrame = u.bz.pFrame;
-
- u.bz.pFrame->v = p;
- u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem = u.bz.nMem;
- u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.bz.pProgram->nCsr;
- u.bz.pFrame->pc = pc;
- u.bz.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
- u.bz.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
- u.bz.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
- u.bz.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
- u.bz.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
- u.bz.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
- u.bz.pFrame->token = u.bz.pProgram->token;
-
- u.bz.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame)[u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem];
- for(u.bz.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame); u.bz.pMem!=u.bz.pEnd; u.bz.pMem++){
- u.bz.pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
- u.bz.pMem->db = db;
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(u.by.pRt);
+ u.by.pRt->flags = MEM_Frame;
+ u.by.pRt->u.pFrame = u.by.pFrame;
+
+ u.by.pFrame->v = p;
+ u.by.pFrame->nChildMem = u.by.nMem;
+ u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr = u.by.pProgram->nCsr;
+ u.by.pFrame->pc = pc;
+ u.by.pFrame->aMem = p->aMem;
+ u.by.pFrame->nMem = p->nMem;
+ u.by.pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr;
+ u.by.pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor;
+ u.by.pFrame->aOp = p->aOp;
+ u.by.pFrame->nOp = p->nOp;
+ u.by.pFrame->token = u.by.pProgram->token;
+
+ u.by.pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[u.by.pFrame->nChildMem];
+ for(u.by.pMem=VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame); u.by.pMem!=u.by.pEnd; u.by.pMem++){
+ u.by.pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
+ u.by.pMem->db = db;
}
}else{
- u.bz.pFrame = u.bz.pRt->u.pFrame;
- assert( u.bz.pProgram->nMem+u.bz.pProgram->nCsr==u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem );
- assert( u.bz.pProgram->nCsr==u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr );
- assert( pc==u.bz.pFrame->pc );
+ u.by.pFrame = u.by.pRt->u.pFrame;
+ assert( u.by.pProgram->nMem+u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildMem );
+ assert( u.by.pProgram->nCsr==u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr );
+ assert( pc==u.by.pFrame->pc );
}
p->nFrame++;
- u.bz.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
- u.bz.pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
- u.bz.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
+ u.by.pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame;
+ u.by.pFrame->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ u.by.pFrame->nChange = p->nChange;
p->nChange = 0;
- p->pFrame = u.bz.pFrame;
- p->aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.bz.pFrame)[-1];
- p->nMem = u.bz.pFrame->nChildMem;
- p->nCursor = (u16)u.bz.pFrame->nChildCsr;
- p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&p->aMem[p->nMem+1];
- p->aOp = u.bz.pProgram->aOp;
- p->nOp = u.bz.pProgram->nOp;
+ p->pFrame = u.by.pFrame;
+ p->aMem = aMem = &VdbeFrameMem(u.by.pFrame)[-1];
+ p->nMem = u.by.pFrame->nChildMem;
+ p->nCursor = (u16)u.by.pFrame->nChildCsr;
+ p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem+1];
+ p->aOp = aOp = u.by.pProgram->aOp;
+ p->nOp = u.by.pProgram->nOp;
pc = -1;
break;
** calling OP_Program instruction.
*/
case OP_Param: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.bz */
VdbeFrame *pFrame;
Mem *pIn;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */
- u.ca.pFrame = p->pFrame;
- u.ca.pIn = &u.ca.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.ca.pFrame->aOp[u.ca.pFrame->pc].p1];
- sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.ca.pIn, MEM_Ephem);
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.bz */
+ u.bz.pFrame = p->pFrame;
+ u.bz.pIn = &u.bz.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + u.bz.pFrame->aOp[u.bz.pFrame->pc].p1];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, u.bz.pIn, MEM_Ephem);
break;
}
** an integer.
*/
case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ca */
Mem *pIn1;
VdbeFrame *pFrame;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ca */
if( p->pFrame ){
- for(u.cb.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.cb.pFrame->pParent; u.cb.pFrame=u.cb.pFrame->pParent);
- u.cb.pIn1 = &u.cb.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ for(u.ca.pFrame=p->pFrame; u.ca.pFrame->pParent; u.ca.pFrame=u.ca.pFrame->pParent);
+ u.ca.pIn1 = &u.ca.pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1];
}else{
- u.cb.pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
+ u.ca.pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.cb.pIn1);
+ assert( memIsValid(u.ca.pIn1) );
+ sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(u.ca.pIn1);
+ pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2];
sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
- if( u.c
b.pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
- u.cb.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
+ if( u.c
a.pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
+ u.ca.pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
}
break;
}
** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfNeg: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
break;
}
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
+/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 P3 * *
**
-** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2.
+** The register P1 must contain an integer. Add literal P3 to the
+** value in register P1. If the result is exactly 0, jump to P2.
**
** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
** not contain an integer. An assertion fault will result if you try.
*/
case OP_IfZero: { /* jump, in1 */
+ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1];
assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
+ pIn1->u.i += pOp->p3;
if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
** successors.
*/
case OP_AggStep: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cb */
int n;
int i;
Mem *pMem;
Mem *pRec;
sqlite3_context ctx;
sqlite3_value **apVal;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cb */
- u.cc.n = pOp->p5;
- assert( u.cc.n>=0 );
- u.cc.pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
- u.cc.apVal = p->apArg;
- assert( u.cc.apVal || u.cc.n==0 );
- for(u.cc.i=0; u.cc.i<u.cc.n; u.cc.i++, u.cc.pRec++){
- u.cc.apVal[u.cc.i] = u.cc.pRec;
- storeTypeInfo(u.cc.pRec, encoding);
- }
- u.cc.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
+ u.cb.n = pOp->p5;
+ assert( u.cb.n>=0 );
+ u.cb.pRec = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ u.cb.apVal = p->apArg;
+ assert( u.cb.apVal || u.cb.n==0 );
+ for(u.cb.i=0; u.cb.i<u.cb.n; u.cb.i++, u.cb.pRec++){
+ assert( memIsValid(u.cb.pRec) );
+ u.cb.apVal[u.cb.i] = u.cb.pRec;
+ memAboutToChange(p, u.cb.pRec);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cb.pRec);
+ }
+ u.cb.ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.cc.ctx.pMem = u.cc.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.cc.pMem->n++;
- u.cc.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
- u.cc.ctx.s.z = 0;
- u.cc.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
- u.cc.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
- u.cc.ctx.s.db = db;
- u.cc.ctx.isError = 0;
- u.cc.ctx.pColl = 0;
- if( u.cc.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
+ u.cb.ctx.pMem = u.cb.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.cb.pMem->n++;
+ u.cb.ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
+ u.cb.ctx.s.z = 0;
+ u.cb.ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
+ u.cb.ctx.s.xDel = 0;
+ u.cb.ctx.s.db = db;
+ u.cb.ctx.isError = 0;
+ u.cb.ctx.pColl = 0;
+ if( u.cb.ctx.pFunc->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){
assert( pOp>p->aOp );
assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
- u.cc.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
+ u.cb.ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
}
- (u.cc.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cc.ctx, u.cc.n, u.cc.apVal);
- if( u.cc.ctx.isError ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cc.ctx.s));
- rc = u.cc.ctx.isError;
+ (u.cb.ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&u.cb.ctx, u.cb.n, u.cb.apVal); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */
+ if( u.cb.ctx.isError ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&u.cb.ctx.s));
+ rc = u.cb.ctx.isError;
}
- sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cc.ctx.s);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&u.cb.ctx.s);
+
break;
}
** the step function was not previously called.
*/
case OP_AggFinal: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cc */
Mem *pMem;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cc */
assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
- u.cd.pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( (u.cd.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
- rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cd.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
+ u.cc.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( (u.cc.pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(u.cc.pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
if( rc ){
- sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cd.pMem));
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(u.cc.pMem));
}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cd.pMem, encoding);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cd.pMem);
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cd.pMem) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(u.cc.pMem, encoding);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cc.pMem);
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cc.pMem) ){
goto too_big;
}
break;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in
+** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL
+** or RESTART. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns
+** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the
+** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages
+** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint
+** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and
+** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1.
+*/
+case OP_Checkpoint: {
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int aRes[3]; /* Results */
+ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cd */
+
+ u.cd.aRes[0] = 0;
+ u.cd.aRes[1] = u.cd.aRes[2] = -1;
+ assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
+ || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
+ || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
+ );
+ rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &u.cd.aRes[1], &u.cd.aRes[2]);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ u.cd.aRes[0] = 1;
+ }
+ for(u.cd.i=0, u.cd.pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; u.cd.i<3; u.cd.i++, u.cd.pMem++){
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(u.cd.pMem, (i64)u.cd.aRes[u.cd.i]);
+ }
+ break;
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA
+/* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * P5
+**
+** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the
+** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback
+** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple
+** operation. No IO is required.
+**
+** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated.
+**
+** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2.
+*/
+case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2-prerelease */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+ Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */
+ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */
+ int eNew; /* New journal mode */
+ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */
+ const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+
+ u.ce.eNew = pOp->p3;
+ assert( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
+ );
+ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
+
+ u.ce.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ u.ce.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(u.ce.pBt);
+ u.ce.eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager);
+ if( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
+ if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(u.ce.pPager) ) u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ u.ce.zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(u.ce.pPager);
+
+ /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database
+ ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory
+ */
+ if( u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
+ && (u.ce.zFilename[0]==0 /* Temp file */
+ || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(u.ce.pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */
+ ){
+ u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
+ }
+
+ if( (u.ce.eNew!=u.ce.eOld)
+ && (u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
+ ){
+ if( !db->autoCommit || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
+ "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction",
+ (u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of")
+ );
+ break;
+ }else{
+
+ if( u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call
+ ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log
+ ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file
+ ** after a successful return.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(u.ce.pPager);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, u.ce.eNew);
+ }
+ }else if( u.ce.eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
+ /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF
+ ** as an intermediate */
+ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF);
+ }
+
+ /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal
+ ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal.
+ */
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(u.ce.pBt)==0 );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(u.ce.pBt, (u.ce.eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
+
+ if( rc ){
+ u.ce.eNew = u.ce.eOld;
+ }
+ u.ce.eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(u.ce.pPager, u.ce.eNew);
+
+ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
+ pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
+ pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(u.ce.eNew);
+ pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z);
+ pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding);
+ break;
+};
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
** a transaction.
*/
case OP_Vacuum: {
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
break;
}
#endif
** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */
Btree *pBt;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ce */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */
assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
- u.ce.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.ce.pBt);
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
+ u.cf.pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(u.cf.pBt);
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) ){
int p1 = pOp->p1;
assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
- assert( (p->btreeMask & (
1<<p1))!=0 );
+ assert( (p->btreeMask & (
((yDbMask)1)<<p1))!=0 );
assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
case OP_VBegin: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cf */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */
VTable *pVTab;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cf */
- u.cf.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
- rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.cf.pVTab);
- if( u.cf.pVTab ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.cf.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.cf.pVTab->pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- }
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+ u.cg.pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
+ rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, u.cg.pVTab);
+ if( u.cg.pVTab ) importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cg.pVTab->pVtab);
break;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
** table and stores that cursor in P1.
*/
case OP_VOpen: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */
VdbeCursor *pCur;
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pModule;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cg */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */
- u.cg.pCur = 0;
- u.cg.pVtabCursor = 0;
- u.cg.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.cg.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cg.pVtab->pModule;
- assert(u.cg.pVtab && u.cg.pModule);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = u.cg.pModule->xOpen(u.cg.pVtab, &u.cg.pVtabCursor);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.cg.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ u.ch.pCur = 0;
+ u.ch.pVtabCursor = 0;
+ u.ch.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ u.ch.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.ch.pVtab->pModule;
+ assert(u.ch.pVtab && u.ch.pModule);
+ rc = u.ch.pModule->xOpen(u.ch.pVtab, &u.ch.pVtabCursor);
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ch.pVtab);
if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
/* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
- u.cg.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.cg.pVtab;
+ u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab = u.ch.pVtab;
/* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
- u.cg.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
- if( u.cg.pCur ){
- u.cg.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.cg.pVtabCursor;
- u.cg.pCur->pModule = u.cg.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
+ u.ch.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, 0);
+ if( u.ch.pCur ){
+ u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor = u.ch.pVtabCursor;
+ u.ch.pCur->pModule = u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
}else{
db->mallocFailed = 1;
- u.cg.pModule->xClose(u.cg.pVtabCursor);
+ u.ch.pModule->xClose(u.ch.pVtabCursor);
}
}
break;
** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
*/
case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */
int nArg;
int iQuery;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
int res;
int i;
Mem **apArg;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ch */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */
- u.ch.pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- u.ch.pArgc = &u.ch.pQuery[1];
- u.ch.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ch.pQuery);
- assert( u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor );
- u.ch.pVtabCursor = u.ch.pCur->pVtabCursor;
- u.ch.pVtab = u.ch.pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.ch.pModule = u.ch.pVtab->pModule;
+ u.ci.pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.ci.pArgc = &u.ci.pQuery[1];
+ u.ci.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( memIsValid(u.ci.pQuery) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ci.pQuery);
+ assert( u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ u.ci.pVtabCursor = u.ci.pCur->pVtabCursor;
+ u.ci.pVtab = u.ci.pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ u.ci.pModule = u.ci.pVtab->pModule;
/* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
- assert( (u.ch.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.ch.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
- u.ch.nArg = (int)u.ch.pArgc->u.i;
- u.ch.iQuery = (int)u.ch.pQuery->u.i;
+ assert( (u.ci.pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && u.ci.pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
+ u.ci.nArg = (int)u.ci.pArgc->u.i;
+ u.ci.iQuery = (int)u.ci.pQuery->u.i;
/* Invoke the xFilter method */
{
- u.ch.res = 0;
- u.ch.apArg = p->apArg;
- for(u.ch.i = 0; u.ch.i<u.ch.nArg; u.ch.i++){
- u.ch.apArg[u.ch.i] = &u.ch.pArgc[u.ch.i+1];
- storeTypeInfo(u.ch.apArg[u.ch.i], 0);
+ u.ci.res = 0;
+ u.ci.apArg = p->apArg;
+ for(u.ci.i = 0; u.ci.i<u.ci.nArg; u.ci.i++){
+ u.ci.apArg[u.ci.i] = &u.ci.pArgc[u.ci.i+1];
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.ci.apArg[u.ci.i]);
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = u.ch.pModule->xFilter(u.ch.pVtabCursor, u.ch.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.ch.nArg, u.ch.apArg);
+ rc = u.ci.pModule->xFilter(u.ci.pVtabCursor, u.ci.iQuery, pOp->p4.z, u.ci.nArg, u.ci.apArg);
p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.ch.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ci.pVtab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u.ch.res = u.ch.pModule->xEof(u.ch.pVtabCursor);
+ u.ci.res = u.ci.pModule->xEof(u.ci.pVtabCursor);
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( u.ch.res ){
+ if( u.ci.res ){
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
}
- u.ch.pCur->nullRow = 0;
+ u.ci.pCur->nullRow = 0;
break;
}
** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
*/
case OP_VColumn: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ci */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
Mem *pDest;
sqlite3_context sContext;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ci */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */
VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
- u.ci.pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
+ u.cj.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ memAboutToChange(p, u.cj.pDest);
if( pCur->nullRow ){
- sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.ci.pDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(u.cj.pDest);
break;
}
- u.ci.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.ci.pModule = u.ci.pVtab->pModule;
- assert( u.ci.pModule->xColumn );
- memset(&u.ci.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.ci.sContext));
+ u.cj.pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ u.cj.pModule = u.cj.pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( u.cj.pModule->xColumn );
+ memset(&u.cj.sContext, 0, sizeof(u.cj.sContext));
/* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
- ** the current contents to u.ci.sContext.s so in case the user-function
+ ** the current contents to u.cj.sContext.s so in case the user-function
** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a
** new one.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.ci.sContext.s, u.ci.pDest);
- MemSetTypeFlag(&u.ci.sContext.s, MEM_Null);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.cj.sContext.s, u.cj.pDest);
+ MemSetTypeFlag(&u.cj.sContext.s, MEM_Null);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = u.ci.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.ci.sContext, pOp->p2);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.ci.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( u.ci.sContext.isError ){
- rc = u.ci.sContext.isError;
+ rc = u.cj.pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &u.cj.sContext, pOp->p2);
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cj.pVtab);
+ if( u.cj.sContext.isError ){
+ rc = u.cj.sContext.isError;
}
/* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
** do this regardless of whether or not an error occurred to ensure any
- ** dynamic allocation in u.ci.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released.
+ ** dynamic allocation in u.cj.sContext.s (a Mem struct) is released.
*/
- sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.ci.sContext.s, encoding);
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.ci.pDest);
- sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.ci.pDest, &u.ci.sContext.s);
- UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.ci.pDest);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&u.cj.sContext.s, encoding);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(u.cj.pDest, &u.cj.sContext.s);
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, u.cj.pDest);
+ UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(u.cj.pDest);
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- }
- if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.ci.pDest) ){
+ if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(u.cj.pDest) ){
goto too_big;
}
break;
** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
*/
case OP_VNext: { /* jump */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
int res;
VdbeCursor *pCur;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cj */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */
- u.cj.res = 0;
- u.cj.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor );
- if( u.cj.pCur->nullRow ){
+ u.ck.res = 0;
+ u.ck.pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
+ assert( u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor );
+ if( u.ck.pCur->nullRow ){
break;
}
- u.cj.pVtab = u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
- u.cj.pModule = u.cj.pVtab->pModule;
- assert( u.cj.pModule->xNext );
+ u.ck.pVtab = u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
+ u.ck.pModule = u.ck.pVtab->pModule;
+ assert( u.ck.pModule->xNext );
/* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
*/
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
p->inVtabMethod = 1;
- rc = u.cj.pModule->xNext(u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+ rc = u.ck.pModule->xNext(u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor);
p->inVtabMethod = 0;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.cj.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.ck.pVtab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u.cj.res = u.cj.pModule->xEof(u.cj.pCur->pVtabCursor);
+ u.ck.res = u.ck.pModule->xEof(u.ck.pCur->pVtabCursor);
}
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- if( !u.cj.res ){
+ if( !u.ck.res ){
/* If there is data, jump to P2 */
pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
}
** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
*/
case OP_VRename: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
Mem *pName;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.ck */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */
- u.ck.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.ck.pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
- assert( u.ck.pVtab->pModule->xRename );
- REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.ck.pName);
- assert( u.ck.pName->flags & MEM_Str );
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = u.ck.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.ck.pVtab, u.ck.pName->z);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.ck.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ u.cl.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ u.cl.pName = &aMem[pOp->p1];
+ assert( u.cl.pVtab->pModule->xRename );
+ assert( memIsValid(u.cl.pName) );
+ REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, u.cl.pName);
+ assert( u.cl.pName->flags & MEM_Str );
+ rc = u.cl.pVtab->pModule->xRename(u.cl.pVtab, u.cl.pName->z);
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cl.pVtab);
+ p->expired = 0;
break;
}
** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
*/
case OP_VUpdate: {
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cl */
+#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pModule;
int nArg;
sqlite_int64 rowid;
Mem **apArg;
Mem *pX;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cl */
+#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */
- u.cl.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
- u.cl.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cl.pVtab->pModule;
- u.cl.nArg = pOp->p2;
+ assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback
+ || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace
+ );
+ u.cm.pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab;
+ u.cm.pModule = (sqlite3_module *)u.cm.pVtab->pModule;
+ u.cm.nArg = pOp->p2;
assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
- if( ALWAYS(u.cl.pModule->xUpdate) ){
- u.cl.apArg = p->apArg;
- u.cl.pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
- for(u.cl.i=0; u.cl.i<u.cl.nArg; u.cl.i++){
- storeTypeInfo(u.cl.pX, 0);
- u.cl.apArg[u.cl.i] = u.cl.pX;
- u.cl.pX++;
- }
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
- rc = u.cl.pModule->xUpdate(u.cl.pVtab, u.cl.nArg, u.cl.apArg, &u.cl.rowid);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
- p->zErrMsg = u.cl.pVtab->zErrMsg;
- u.cl.pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
+ if( ALWAYS(u.cm.pModule->xUpdate) ){
+ u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict;
+ u.cm.apArg = p->apArg;
+ u.cm.pX = &aMem[pOp->p3];
+ for(u.cm.i=0; u.cm.i<u.cm.nArg; u.cm.i++){
+ assert( memIsValid(u.cm.pX) );
+ memAboutToChange(p, u.cm.pX);
+ sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(u.cm.pX);
+ u.cm.apArg[u.cm.i] = u.cm.pX;
+ u.cm.pX++;
+ }
+ db->vtabOnConflict = pOp->p5;
+ rc = u.cm.pModule->xUpdate(u.cm.pVtab, u.cm.nArg, u.cm.apArg, &u.cm.rowid);
+ db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict;
+ importVtabErrMsg(p, u.cm.pVtab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){
- assert( u.cl.nArg>1 && u.cl.apArg[0] && (u.cl.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
- db->lastRowid = u.cl.rowid;
+ assert( u.cm.nArg>1 && u.cm.apArg[0] && (u.cm.apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid = u.cm.rowid;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){
+ if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5);
+ }
+ }else{
+ p->nChange++;
}
- p->nChange++;
}
break;
}
** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
*/
case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2-prerelease */
-#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cm */
- int p1;
- int nPage;
- Pager *pPager;
-#endif /* local variables moved into u.cm */
+ pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt);
+ break;
+}
+#endif
- u.cm.p1 = pOp->p1;
- u.cm.pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[u.cm.p1].pBt);
- rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(u.cm.pPager, &u.cm.nPage);
- /* OP_Pagecount is always called from within a read transaction. The
- ** page count has already been successfully read and cached. So the
- ** sqlite3PagerPagecount() call above cannot fail. */
- if( ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
- pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
- pOut->u.i = u.cm.nPage;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
+/* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * *
+**
+** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3.
+** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and
+** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0.
+**
+** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2.
+*/
+case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2-prerelease */
+ unsigned int newMax;
+ Btree *pBt;
+
+ pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
+ newMax = 0;
+ if( pOp->p3 ){
+ newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt);
+ if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3;
}
+ pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
break;
}
#endif
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
**
case OP_Trace: {
#if 0 /* local variables moved into u.cn */
char *zTrace;
+ char *z;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.cn */
- u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql);
- if( u.cn.zTrace ){
- if( db->xTrace ){
- db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cn.zTrace);
- }
+ if( db->xTrace && (u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){
+ u.cn.z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, u.cn.zTrace);
+ db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, u.cn.z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, u.cn.z);
+ }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
- sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cn.zTrace);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
+ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0
+ && (u.cn.zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0
+ ){
+ sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", u.cn.zTrace);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
break;
}
#endif
** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
*/
default: { /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
+ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain );
break;
}
pOp->cnt++;
#if 0
fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
- sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
+ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &aOp[origPc]);
#endif
}
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( p->trace ){
if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
- if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
+ if( pOp->opflags & (OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE|OPFLG_OUT2) ){
+ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]);
}
- if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
- registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
+ if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
+ registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]);
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
vdbe_error_halt:
assert( rc );
p->rc = rc;
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s",
+ pc, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg);
sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1);
+ }
/* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to
** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
** top. */
vdbe_return:
- sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
+ db->lastRowid = lastRowid;
+ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p);
return rc;
/* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto vdbe_error_halt;
- /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
- */
-abort_due_to_misuse:
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
-
/* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error. The "rc" variable
** should hold the error number.
*/
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.35 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
+ int iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */
BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
};
+
+/*
+** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks
+** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to
+** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the
+** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may
+** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using
+** sqlite3DbFree().
+**
+** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent
+** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){
+ int rc; /* Error code */
+ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt;
+
+ /* Set the value of the SQL statements only variable to integer iRow.
+ ** This is done directly instead of using sqlite3_bind_int64() to avoid
+ ** triggering asserts related to mutexes.
+ */
+ assert( v->aVar[0].flags&MEM_Int );
+ v->aVar[0].u.i = iRow;
+
+ rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[p->iCol];
+ if( type<12 ){
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s",
+ type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
+ );
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ p->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[p->iCol];
+ p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
+ p->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
+ sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(p->pCsr);
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( p->pStmt ){
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
+ p->pStmt = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db));
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+
+ *pzErr = zErr;
+ return rc;
+}
+
/*
** Open a blob handle.
*/
{OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
{OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 5: Push the rowid to the stack */
- {OP_NotExists, 0, 9, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */
+ {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1}, /* 6: Seek the cursor */
{OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 7 */
{OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 8 */
- {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
- {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
+ {OP_Goto, 0, 5, 0}, /* 9 */
+ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 10 */
+ {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */
};
- Vdbe *v = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char *zErr = 0;
Table *pTab;
- Parse *pParse;
+ Parse *pParse = 0;
+ Incrblob *pBlob = 0;
+ flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
*ppBlob = 0;
+
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
+ if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
- if( pParse==0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
+ if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
+
do {
memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
pParse->db = db;
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ zErr = 0;
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
}
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
/* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
- for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
break;
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
}
- v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
- if( v ){
+ pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
+ assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed );
+ if( pBlob->pStmt ){
+ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt;
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
- flags = !!flags; /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
+
/* Configure the OP_Transaction */
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
/* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration);
/* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
/* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, 2, 1);
+#else
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 2, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 2, pTab->tnum);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 2, flags);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
+#endif
/* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 3+flags, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1),P4_INT32);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 7, pTab->nCol);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0);
+ pParse->nVar = 1;
+ pParse->nMem = 1;
+ pParse->nTab = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
}
}
+ pBlob->flags = flags;
+ pBlob->iCol = iCol;
+ pBlob->db = db;
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || db->mallocFailed ){
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
-
- sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
- rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
- nAttempt++;
- rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- v = 0;
- }
- } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
- ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
- ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
- */
- Incrblob *pBlob;
- u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
-
- if( type<12 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open value of type %s",
- type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
- );
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto blob_open_out;
- }
- pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
goto blob_open_out;
}
- pBlob->flags = flags;
- pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
- sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
- pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
- pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
- pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
- pBlob->db = db;
- *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
- zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pBlob->pStmt, 1, iRow);
+ rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr);
+ } while( (++nAttempt)<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
blob_open_out:
- if( v && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
- sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->mallocFailed==0 ){
+ *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
+ }else{
+ if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErr);
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
Vdbe *v;
sqlite3 *db;
- if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
db = p->db;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
/* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
- } else if( v==0 ){
+ }else if( v==0 ){
/* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
*/
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
- return p ? p->nByte : 0;
+ return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same
+** database table.
+**
+** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not
+** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the
+** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all
+** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close())
+** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){
+ int rc;
+ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
+ sqlite3 *db;
+
+ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ db = p->db;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ if( p->pStmt==0 ){
+ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
+ ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
+ }else{
+ char *zErr;
+ rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ }
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA );
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
**
*************************************************************************
**
-** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.9 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-
-/*
** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
** is enabled.
** buffer, or
** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
*/
-
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
/*
0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
0, /* xFileControl */
0, /* xSectorSize */
- 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xShmMap */
+ 0, /* xShmLock */
+ 0, /* xShmBarrier */
+ 0 /* xShmUnmap */
};
/*
** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.12 2009/05/04 11:42:30 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/* Forward references to internal structures */
** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
*/
-static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ /*NO_TEST*/
- UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /*NO_TEST*/
- assert( 0 ); /*NO_TEST*/
- return SQLITE_OK; /*NO_TEST*/
-} /*NO_TEST*/
+static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
** Query the size of the file in bytes.
/*
** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
+static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
1, /* iVersion */
memjrnlClose, /* xClose */
memjrnlRead, /* xRead */
0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
0, /* xFileControl */
0, /* xSectorSize */
- 0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
+ 0, /* xShmMap */
+ 0, /* xShmLock */
+ 0, /* xShmBarrier */
+ 0 /* xShmUnlock */
};
/*
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
- p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods;
+ p->pMethod = (sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods;
}
/*
}
/*
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
+** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal file descriptor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
return sizeof(MemJournal);
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
** an SQL statement.
-**
-** $Id: walker.c,v 1.7 2009/06/15 23:15:59 drh Exp $
*/
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
** table and column.
-**
-** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.30 2009/06/15 23:15:59 drh Exp $
*/
/*
pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
}
- sqlite3ExprClear(db, pExpr);
+
+ /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This
+ ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself,
+ ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line.
+ */
+ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
}
int iCol;
pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
cntTab++;
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
- iCol = -1;
- }else{
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
- if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
- iCol = -1;
- }
- break;
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
+ if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+ iCol = -1;
}
+ break;
}
}
+ if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
+ iCol = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
+ }
if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
cnt++;
if( iCol<0 ){
testcase( iCol==31 );
testcase( iCol==32 );
pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
+ }else{
+ testcase( iCol==31 );
+ testcase( iCol==32 );
+ pParse->newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<<iCol));
}
pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol;
pExpr->pTab = pTab;
*/
if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
cnt = 1;
- pExpr->iColumn = -1;
+ pExpr->iColumn = -1; /* IMP: R-44911-55124 */
pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
}
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
}
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
pTopNC->nErr++;
}
}
/*
+** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol
+** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){
+ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0);
+ if( p ){
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc];
+ p->pTab = pItem->pTab;
+ p->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
+ if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){
+ p->iColumn = -1;
+ }else{
+ p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol;
+ testcase( iCol==BMS );
+ testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+ pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol);
+ }
+ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Resolved);
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+/*
** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
**
** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
int i; /* Loop counter */
ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */
NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+ int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */
+ u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */
assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
pEList = pSelect->pEList;
nc.pEList = pEList;
nc.allowAgg = 1;
nc.nErr = 0;
- if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE) ){
- sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
- return 0;
- }
+ db = pParse->db;
+ savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr;
+ db->suppressErr = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE);
+ db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr;
+ if( rc ) return 0;
/* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching
** result-set entry.
*/
for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE)<2 ){
return i+1;
}
}
}
/*
+** Set the explicit collating sequence for an expression to the
+** collating sequence supplied in the second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Expr *pExpr, CollSeq *pColl){
+ if( pExpr && pColl ){
+ pExpr->pColl = pColl;
+ pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
+ }
+ return pExpr;
+}
+
+/*
** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to the revised expression.
** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
** flag. An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
** collating sequences.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
char *zColl = 0; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
CollSeq *pColl;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
- if( pExpr && zColl ){
- pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
- if( pColl ){
- pExpr->pColl = pColl;
- pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
- }
- }
+ pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl);
+ sqlite3ExprSetColl(pExpr, pColl);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
return pExpr;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
CollSeq *pColl = 0;
Expr *p = pExpr;
- while( ALWAYS(p) ){
+ while( p ){
int op;
pColl = p->pColl;
if( pColl ) break;
}
/*
-** Generate the operands for a comparison operation. Before
-** generating the code for each operand, set the EP_AnyAff
-** flag on the expression so that it will be able to used a
-** cached column value that has previously undergone an
-** affinity change.
-*/
-static void codeCompareOperands(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
- Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */
- int *pRegLeft, /* Register where left operand is stored */
- int *pFreeLeft, /* Free this register when done */
- Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */
- int *pRegRight, /* Register where right operand is stored */
- int *pFreeRight /* Write temp register for right operand there */
-){
- while( pLeft->op==TK_UPLUS ) pLeft = pLeft->pLeft;
- pLeft->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
- *pRegLeft = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, pFreeLeft);
- while( pRight->op==TK_UPLUS ) pRight = pRight->pLeft;
- pRight->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
- *pRegRight = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, pFreeRight);
-}
-
-/*
** Generate code for a comparison operator.
*/
static int codeCompare(
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
(void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5);
- if( (p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1);
- }
return addr;
}
if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0
|| sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){
nExtra = pToken->n+1;
+ assert( iValue>=0 );
}
}
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra);
){
Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, op, pToken, 1);
sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight);
+ if( p ) {
+ sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
+ }
return p;
}
if( z[1]==0 ){
/* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */
assert( z[0]=='?' );
- pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
- }else if( z[0]=='?' ){
- /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and
- ** use it as the variable number */
- int i;
- pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&z[1]);
- testcase( i==0 );
- testcase( i==1 );
- testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
- testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
- if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
- db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
- }
- if( i>pParse->nVar ){
- pParse->nVar = i;
- }
+ pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
}else{
- /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable
- ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
- ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
- */
- int i;
- u32 n;
- n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
- for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
- Expr *pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i];
- assert( pE!=0 );
- if( memcmp(pE->u.zToken, z, n)==0 && pE->u.zToken[n]==0 ){
- pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
- break;
+ ynVar x = 0;
+ u32 n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
+ if( z[0]=='?' ){
+ /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and
+ ** use it as the variable number */
+ i64 i;
+ int bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i;
+ testcase( i==0 );
+ testcase( i==1 );
+ testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
+ testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
+ if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
+ db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
+ x = 0;
+ }
+ if( i>pParse->nVar ){
+ pParse->nVar = (int)i;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable
+ ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
+ ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
+ */
+ ynVar i;
+ for(i=0; i<pParse->nzVar; i++){
+ if( pParse->azVar[i] && memcmp(pParse->azVar[i],z,n+1)==0 ){
+ pExpr->iColumn = x = (ynVar)i+1;
+ break;
+ }
}
+ if( x==0 ) x = pExpr->iColumn = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar);
}
- if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
- pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
- if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
- pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
- pParse->apVarExpr =
- sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(
- db,
- pParse->apVarExpr,
- pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0])
- );
+ if( x>0 ){
+ if( x>pParse->nzVar ){
+ char **a;
+ a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pParse->azVar, x*sizeof(a[0]));
+ if( a==0 ) return; /* Error reported through db->mallocFailed */
+ pParse->azVar = a;
+ memset(&a[pParse->nzVar], 0, (x-pParse->nzVar)*sizeof(a[0]));
+ pParse->nzVar = x;
}
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
- pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
+ if( z[0]!='?' || pParse->azVar[x-1]==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[x-1]);
+ pParse->azVar[x-1] = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n);
}
}
}
}
/*
-** Clear an expression structure without deleting the structure itself.
-** Substructure is deleted.
+** Recursively delete an expression tree.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClear(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
- assert( p!=0 );
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
+ if( p==0 ) return;
+ /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 );
if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList);
}
}
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
- if( p==0 ) return;
- sqlite3ExprClear(db, p);
if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
int rc = 0;
+
+ /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit
+ ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */
+ assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0
+ || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 );
+
if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
*pValue = p->u.iValue;
return 1;
}
switch( p->op ){
- case TK_INTEGER: {
- rc = sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, pValue);
- assert( rc==0 );
- break;
- }
case TK_UPLUS: {
rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
break;
}
default: break;
}
- if( rc ){
- assert( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly)
- || (p->flags2 & EP2_MallocedToken)==0 );
- p->op = TK_INTEGER;
- p->flags |= EP_IntValue;
- p->u.iValue = *pValue;
- }
return rc;
}
/*
+** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL.
+**
+** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex
+** to tell return TRUE.
+**
+** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes
+** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive
+** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might
+** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other
+** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL)
+** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return
+** TRUE.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){
+ u8 op;
+ while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+ op = p->op;
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_INTEGER:
+ case TK_STRING:
+ case TK_FLOAT:
+ case TK_BLOB:
+ return 0;
+ default:
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Generate an OP_IsNull instruction that tests register iReg and jumps
+** to location iDest if the value in iReg is NULL. The value in iReg
+** was computed by pExpr. If we can look at pExpr at compile-time and
+** determine that it can never generate a NULL, then the OP_IsNull operation
+** can be omitted.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(
+ Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
+ const Expr *pExpr, /* Only generate OP_IsNull if this expr can be NULL */
+ int iReg, /* Test the value in this register for NULL */
+ int iDest /* Jump here if the value is null */
+){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pExpr) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iDest);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be
+** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second
+** argument.
+**
+** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation
+** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative
+** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong
+** answer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){
+ u8 op;
+ if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ) return 1;
+ while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; }
+ op = p->op;
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2;
+ switch( op ){
+ case TK_INTEGER: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+ }
+ case TK_FLOAT: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
+ }
+ case TK_STRING: {
+ return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
+ }
+ case TK_BLOB: {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case TK_COLUMN: {
+ assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */
+ return p->iColumn<0
+ && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC);
+ }
+ default: {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function
** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL
** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
-** If there is a chance that the b-tree might contain a NULL value at
+** If there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at
** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
-** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the b-tree contains a
+** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a
** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
**
** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
-** its initial value is NULL. If the b-tree does not remain constant
-** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT that generates the b-tree
+** its initial value is NULL. If the (...) does not remain constant
+** for the duration of the query (i.e. the SELECT within the (...)
** is a correlated subquery) then the value of the allocated register is
-** reset to NULL each time the b-tree is repopulated. This allows the
+** reset to NULL each time the subquery is rerun. This allows the
** caller to use vdbe code equivalent to the following:
**
** if( register==NULL ){
int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */
int mustBeUnique = (prNotFound==0); /* True if RHS must be unique */
+ assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
+
/* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to
** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new
** ephemeral table.
}
if( eType==0 ){
- /* Could not found an existing able or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
+ /* Could not found an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree.
** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job.
*/
+ double savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
int rMayHaveNull = 0;
eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
if( prNotFound ){
*prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
- }else if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+ }else{
+ testcase( pParse->nQueryLoop>(double)1 );
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
+ if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasAnyProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
+ }
}
sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID);
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop;
}else{
pX->iTable = iTab;
}
#endif
/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
-** and IN operators. Examples:
+** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS,
+** or IN operators. Examples:
**
** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery
** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery
** If rMayHaveNull is zero, that means that the subquery is being used
** for membership testing only. There is no need to initialize any
** registers to indicate the presense or absence of NULLs on the RHS.
+**
+** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the
+** result. For IN operators or if an error occurs, the return value is 0.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */
int rMayHaveNull, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */
int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */
){
int testAddr = 0; /* One-time test address */
+ int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( NEVER(v==0) ) return;
+ if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0;
sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
/* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+ pParse->db, "EXECUTE %s%s SUBQUERY %d", testAddr?"":"CORRELATED ",
+ pExpr->op==TK_IN?"LIST":"SCALAR", pParse->iNextSelectId
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+#endif
+
switch( pExpr->op ){
case TK_IN: {
- char affinity;
- KeyInfo keyInfo;
- int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
- Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */
+ KeyInfo keyInfo; /* Keyinfo for the generated table */
+ int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */
if( rMayHaveNull ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft);
/* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
- ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is
+ ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is
** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
**
*/
pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, !isRowid);
+ if( rMayHaveNull==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
keyInfo.nField = 1;
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
dest.affinity = (u8)affinity;
assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
+ pExpr->x.pSelect->iLimit = 0;
if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect, &dest) ){
- return;
+ return 0;
}
pEList = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList;
if( ALWAYS(pEList!=0 && pEList->nExpr>0) ){
keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
pEList->a[0].pExpr);
}
- }else if( pExpr->x.pList!=0 ){
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){
/* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist)
**
** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, r2);
for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
+ int iValToIns;
/* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
}
/* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
- r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
- if( isRowid ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+ if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns);
}else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+ r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
+ if( isRowid ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
+ }
}
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
** an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) into a memory cell
** and record that memory cell in iColumn.
*/
- static const Token one = { "1", 1 }; /* Token for literal value 1 */
Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */
SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECt result */
VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
}
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
- pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
+ pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0,
+ &sqlite3IntTokens[1]);
+ pSel->iLimit = 0;
if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
- return;
+ return 0;
}
- pExpr->iColumn = (i16)dest.iParm;
+ rReg = dest.iParm;
ExprSetIrreducible(pExpr);
break;
}
}
sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- return;
+ return rReg;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+/*
+** Generate code for an IN expression.
+**
+** x IN (SELECT ...)
+** x IN (value, value, ...)
+**
+** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar expression. The right-hand side (RHS)
+** is an array of zero or more values. The expression is true if the LHS is
+** contained within the RHS. The value of the expression is unknown (NULL)
+** if the LHS is NULL or if the LHS is not contained within the RHS and the
+** RHS contains one or more NULL values.
+**
+** This routine generates code will jump to destIfFalse if the LHS is not
+** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS
+** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained
+** within the RHS then fall through.
+*/
+static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */
+ int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */
+ int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */
+){
+ int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */
+ char affinity; /* Comparison affinity to use */
+ int eType; /* Type of the RHS */
+ int r1; /* Temporary use register */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */
+
+ /* Compute the RHS. After this step, the table with cursor
+ ** pExpr->iTable will contains the values that make up the RHS.
+ */
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */
+ VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr"));
+ eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rRhsHasNull);
+
+ /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
+ ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
+ ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
+ */
+ affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
+
+ /* Code the LHS, the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)".
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, r1);
+
+ /* If the LHS is NULL, then the result is either false or NULL depending
+ ** on whether the RHS is empty or not, respectively.
+ */
+ if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){
+ /* Shortcut for the common case where the false and NULL outcomes are
+ ** the same. */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, destIfNull);
+ }else{
+ int addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
+ }
+
+ if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
+ /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, destIfFalse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1);
+ }else{
+ /* In this case, the RHS is an index b-tree.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, r1, 1, 0, &affinity, 1);
+
+ /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the
+ ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
+ ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set
+ ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
+ ** expression is also NULL.
+ */
+ if( rRhsHasNull==0 || destIfFalse==destIfNull ){
+ /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time that the RHS
+ ** cannot contain NULL values. This happens as the result
+ ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema.
+ **
+ ** Also run this branch if NULL is equivalent to FALSE
+ ** for this particular IN operator.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, r1, 1);
+
+ }else{
+ /* In this branch, the RHS of the IN might contain a NULL and
+ ** the presence of a NULL on the RHS makes a difference in the
+ ** outcome.
+ */
+ int j1, j2, j3;
+
+ /* First check to see if the LHS is contained in the RHS. If so,
+ ** then the presence of NULLs in the RHS does not matter, so jump
+ ** over all of the code that follows.
+ */
+ j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r1, 1);
+
+ /* Here we begin generating code that runs if the LHS is not
+ ** contained within the RHS. Generate additional code that
+ ** tests the RHS for NULLs. If the RHS contains a NULL then
+ ** jump to destIfNull. If there are no NULLs in the RHS then
+ ** jump to destIfFalse.
+ */
+ j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull);
+ j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rRhsHasNull, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, rRhsHasNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, rRhsHasNull, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
+
+ /* Jump to the appropriate target depending on whether or not
+ ** the RHS contains a NULL
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, rRhsHasNull, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse);
+
+ /* The OP_Found at the top of this branch jumps here when true,
+ ** causing the overall IN expression evaluation to fall through.
+ */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+ VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr"));
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
return out;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){
double value;
char *zV;
- sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
+ sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */
if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
}
}
+#endif
/*
** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
+** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated.
*/
-static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
int i = pExpr->u.iValue;
+ assert( i>=0 );
if( negFlag ) i = -i;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
}else{
+ int c;
+ i64 value;
const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken;
assert( z!=0 );
- if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){
- i64 value;
+ c = sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( c==0 || (c==2 && negFlag) ){
char *zV;
- sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value);
- if( negFlag ) value = -value;
+ if( negFlag ){ value = c==2 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; }
zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
}else{
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z);
+#else
codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem);
+#endif
}
}
}
assert( iReg>0 ); /* Register numbers are always positive */
assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 ); /* Finite column numbers */
- /* First replace any existing entry */
+ /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache. This is used
+ ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
+ ** with and without the column cache.
+ */
+ if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ColumnCache ) return;
+
+ /* First replace any existing entry.
+ **
+ ** Actually, the way the column cache is currently used, we are guaranteed
+ ** that the object will never already be in cache. Verify this guarantee.
+ */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
+#if 0 /* This code wold remove the entry from the cache if it existed */
if( p->iReg && p->iTable==iTab && p->iColumn==iCol ){
cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
p->iLevel = pParse->iCacheLevel;
p->iReg = iReg;
- p->affChange = 0;
p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
return;
}
+#endif
+ assert( p->iReg==0 || p->iTable!=iTab || p->iColumn!=iCol );
}
+#endif
/* Find an empty slot and replace it */
for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
p->iTable = iTab;
p->iColumn = iCol;
p->iReg = iReg;
- p->affChange = 0;
p->tempReg = 0;
p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
return;
p->iTable = iTab;
p->iColumn = iCol;
p->iReg = iReg;
- p->affChange = 0;
p->tempReg = 0;
p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
return;
}
/*
-** Indicate that a register is being overwritten. Purge the register
-** from the column cache.
+** Indicate that registers between iReg..iReg+nReg-1 are being overwritten.
+** Purge the range of registers from the column cache.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
int i;
+ int iLast = iReg + nReg - 1;
struct yColCache *p;
for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg==iReg ){
+ int r = p->iReg;
+ if( r>=iReg && r<=iLast ){
cacheEntryClear(pParse, p);
p->iReg = 0;
}
}
/*
+** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(
+ Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */
+ Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */
+ int iTabCur, /* The cursor for this table */
+ int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */
+ int regOut /* Extract the valud into this register */
+){
+ if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut);
+ }else{
+ int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, iCol, regOut);
+ }
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
** table pTab and store the column value in a register. An effort
** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
**
** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
-**
-** This routine might attempt to reuse the value of the column that
-** has already been loaded into a register. The value will always
-** be used if it has not undergone any affinity changes. But if
-** an affinity change has occurred, then the cached value will only be
-** used if allowAffChng is true.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */
int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */
int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */
- int iReg, /* Store results here */
- int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */
+ int iReg /* Store results here */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
int i;
struct yColCache *p;
for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn
- && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){
+ if( p->iReg>0 && p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn ){
p->lru = pParse->iCacheCnt++;
sqlite3ExprCachePinRegister(pParse, p->iReg);
return p->iReg;
}
}
assert( v!=0 );
- if( iColumn<0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTable, iReg);
- }else if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) ){
- int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn, iReg);
- }
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
sqlite3ExprCacheStore(pParse, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
return iReg;
}
** registers starting with iStart.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
- int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1;
- int i;
- struct yColCache *p;
- for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
- int r = p->iReg;
- if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){
- p->affChange = 1;
- }
- }
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iStart, iCount);
}
/*
}
}
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
/*
** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
** is used as part of the column cache.
+**
+** This routine is used within assert() and testcase() macros only
+** and does not appear in a normal build.
*/
static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
int i;
struct yColCache *p;
for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<SQLITE_N_COLCACHE; i++, p++){
int r = p->iReg;
- if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;
+ if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1; /*NO_TEST*/
}
return 0;
}
-
-/*
-** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of
-** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then
-** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
- VdbeOp *pOp;
- Vdbe *v;
-
- assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 );
- v = pParse->pVdbe;
- assert( v!=0 );
- pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1);
- assert( pOp!=0 );
- if( pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1<iReg+nReg ){
- pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
- }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register
-** target. The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute
-** the value of the alias. The value is stored in an auxiliary register
-** and the number of that register is returned. On subsequent calls,
-** the register number is returned without generating any code.
-**
-** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the
-** same order that it is executed.
-**
-** Aliases are numbered starting with 1. So iAlias is in the range
-** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive.
-**
-** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value
-** of the iAlias-th alias is stored. If zero, that means that the
-** alias has not yet been computed.
-*/
-static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-#if 0
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- int iReg;
- if( pParse->nAliasAlloc<pParse->nAlias ){
- pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pParse->aAlias,
- sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias );
- testcase( db->mallocFailed && pParse->nAliasAlloc>0 );
- if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
- memset(&pParse->aAlias[pParse->nAliasAlloc], 0,
- (pParse->nAlias-pParse->nAliasAlloc)*sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0]));
- pParse->nAliasAlloc = pParse->nAlias;
- }
- assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias );
- iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1];
- if( iReg==0 ){
- if( pParse->iCacheLevel>0 ){
- iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
- }else{
- iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg);
- pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg;
- }
- }
- return iReg;
-#else
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(iAlias);
- return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
-#endif
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG || SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST */
/*
** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
}else{
- testcase( (pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff)!=0 );
inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
- pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target,
- pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff);
+ pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target);
}
break;
}
case TK_INTEGER: {
- codeInteger(v, pExpr, 0, target);
+ codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target);
break;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
case TK_FLOAT: {
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target);
break;
}
+#endif
case TK_STRING: {
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, target, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
}
#endif
case TK_VARIABLE: {
- VdbeOp *pOp;
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 );
assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 );
- if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]==0
- && (pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Variable
- && pOp->p1+pOp->p3==pExpr->iTable
- && pOp->p2+pOp->p3==target
- && pOp->p4.z==0
- ){
- /* If the previous instruction was a copy of the previous unnamed
- ** parameter into the previous register, then simply increment the
- ** repeat count on the prior instruction rather than making a new
- ** instruction.
- */
- pOp->p3++;
- }else{
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, target, 1);
- if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pExpr->u.zToken, 0);
- }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target);
+ if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){
+ assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?'
+ || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1])==0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pParse->azVar[pExpr->iColumn-1], P4_STATIC);
}
break;
}
break;
}
case TK_AS: {
- inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft, target);
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
testcase( op==TK_GE );
testcase( op==TK_EQ );
testcase( op==TK_NE );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
testcase( regFree1==0 );
case TK_ISNOT: {
testcase( op==TK_IS );
testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | SQLITE_NULLEQ);
case TK_UMINUS: {
Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
assert( pLeft );
- if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
+ if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
+ codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) );
codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target);
- }else if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
- codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target);
+#endif
}else{
regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %.*s()", nId, zId);
break;
}
+
+ /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and
+ ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evalation of
+ ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument.
+ */
+ if( pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){
+ int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ assert( nFarg>=2 );
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target);
+ for(i=1; i<nFarg; i++){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, target, endCoalesce);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, target, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce);
+ break;
+ }
+
+
if( pFarg ){
r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg);
sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse); /* Ticket 2ea2425d34be */
if( nFarg ){
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
}
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nFarg);
break;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
case TK_SELECT: {
testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
- sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
- inReg = pExpr->iColumn;
+ inReg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0);
break;
}
case TK_IN: {
- int rNotFound = 0;
- int rMayHaveNull = 0;
- int j2, j3, j4, j5;
- char affinity;
- int eType;
-
- VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr r%d", target));
- eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rMayHaveNull);
- if( rMayHaveNull ){
- rNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
- }
-
- /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
- ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
- ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
- */
- affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-
-
- /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
- ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
- */
- sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
- j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, target);
- if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, target);
- j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, target);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
- j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
- }else{
- r2 = regFree2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
- /* Create a record and test for set membership. If the set contains
- ** the value, then jump to the end of the test code. The target
- ** register still contains the true (1) value written to it earlier.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, target, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
- j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r2);
-
- /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the
- ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
- ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set
- ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
- ** expression is also NULL.
- */
- if( rNotFound==0 ){
- /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time (now) that
- ** the set contains no NULL values. This happens as the result
- ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. No need
- ** to test the data structure at runtime in this case.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
- }else{
- /* This block populates the rNotFound register with either NULL
- ** or 0 (an integer value). If the data structure contains one
- ** or more NULLs, then set rNotFound to NULL. Otherwise, set it
- ** to 0. If register rMayHaveNull is already set to some value
- ** other than NULL, then the test has already been run and
- ** rNotFound is already populated.
- */
- static const char nullRecord[] = { 0x02, 0x00 };
- j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rMayHaveNull);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rNotFound);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 2, rMayHaveNull, 0,
- nullRecord, P4_STATIC);
- j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rMayHaveNull);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rNotFound);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-
- /* Copy the value of register rNotFound (which is either NULL or 0)
- ** into the target register. This will be the result of the
- ** expression.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target);
- }
- }
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
- sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
- VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr r%d", target));
+ int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
break;
}
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
+
+
/*
** x BETWEEN y AND z
**
struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->x.pList->a;
Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, ®Free2);
testcase( regFree1==0 );
testcase( regFree2==0 );
r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
target
));
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an
** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. */
if( pExpr->iColumn>=0
){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target);
}
+#endif
break;
}
opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
pTest = &opCompare;
+ /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001:
+ ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result.
+ ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other
+ ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */
+ regFree1 = 0;
}
for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
int inReg;
assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
- inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
- assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
- if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+ if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target);
+ }else{
+ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
+ assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
+ }
}
return target;
}
iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
pExpr->iTable = iMem;
+ pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op;
pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
}
return inReg;
static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
switch( pExpr->op ){
+ case TK_IN:
case TK_REGISTER: {
return WRC_Prune;
}
** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
** results in registers. Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
+**
+** This routine is a no-op if the jump to the cookie-check code has
+** already occur. Since the cookie-check jump is generated prior to
+** any other serious processing, this check ensures that there is no
+** way to accidently bypass the constant initializations.
+**
+** This routine is also a no-op if the SQLITE_FactorOutConst optimization
+** is disabled via the sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS)
+** interface. This allows test logic to verify that the same answer is
+** obtained for queries regardless of whether or not constants are
+** precomputed into registers or if they are inserted in-line.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
Walker w;
+ if( pParse->cookieGoto ) return;
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_FactorOutConst)!=0 ) return;
w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
w.xSelectCallback = 0;
w.pParse = pParse;
int i, n;
assert( pList!=0 );
assert( target>0 );
+ assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */
n = pList->nExpr;
for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
- if( pItem->iAlias ){
- int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
- Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( iReg!=target+i ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i);
- }
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
- }
- if( doHardCopy && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
+ Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr;
+ int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i);
+ if( inReg!=target+i ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, doHardCopy ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy,
+ inReg, target+i);
}
}
return n;
}
/*
+** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator.
+**
+** x BETWEEN y AND z
+**
+** The above is equivalent to
+**
+** x>=y AND x<=z
+**
+** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
+** elementation of x.
+*/
+static void exprCodeBetween(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */
+ int dest, /* Jump here if the jump is taken */
+ int jumpIfTrue, /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is true */
+ int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */
+){
+ Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */
+ Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */
+ Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */
+ Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */
+ int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */
+
+ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
+ exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
+ exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
+ exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
+ exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
+ compLeft.op = TK_GE;
+ compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
+ compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
+ compRight.op = TK_LE;
+ compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
+ compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
+ exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
+ exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
+ if( jumpIfTrue ){
+ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ }
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
+
+ /* Ensure adequate test coverage */
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue==0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 );
+ testcase( jumpIfTrue!=0 && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 );
+}
+
+/*
** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
testcase( op==TK_EQ );
testcase( op==TK_NE );
testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
testcase( regFree1==0 );
case TK_ISNOT: {
testcase( op==TK_IS );
testcase( op==TK_ISNOT );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE;
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
break;
}
case TK_BETWEEN: {
- /* x BETWEEN y AND z
- **
- ** Is equivalent to
- **
- ** x>=y AND x<=z
- **
- ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
- ** elementation of x.
- */
- Expr exprAnd;
- Expr compLeft;
- Expr compRight;
- Expr exprX;
-
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
- exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
- exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
- exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
- compLeft.op = TK_GE;
- compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
- compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
- compRight.op = TK_LE;
- compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
- compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 1, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_IN: {
+ int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, dest);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse);
break;
}
+#endif
default: {
r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
break;
}
case TK_NOT: {
+ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
break;
}
testcase( op==TK_EQ );
testcase( op==TK_NE );
testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
testcase( regFree1==0 );
case TK_ISNOT: {
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS );
testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT );
- codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, ®Free1,
- pExpr->pRight, &r2, ®Free2);
+ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1);
+ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2);
op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ;
codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
r1, r2, dest, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
break;
}
case TK_BETWEEN: {
- /* x BETWEEN y AND z
- **
- ** Is equivalent to
- **
- ** x>=y AND x<=z
- **
- ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
- ** elementation of x.
- */
- Expr exprAnd;
- Expr compLeft;
- Expr compRight;
- Expr exprX;
-
- assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) );
- exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
- exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
- exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
- exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
- compLeft.op = TK_GE;
- compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
- compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
- compRight.op = TK_LE;
- compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
- compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1);
- testcase( regFree1==0 );
- exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
- sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
+ exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, 0, jumpIfNull);
+ break;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ case TK_IN: {
+ if( jumpIfNull ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest);
+ }else{
+ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull);
+ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull);
+ }
break;
}
+#endif
default: {
r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
}
/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return TRUE (non-zero)
-** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
+** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two
+** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only
+** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences
+** other than the top-level COLLATE operator.
**
-** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions
+** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions
** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe. So if this routine
-** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same. But if you get a TRUE return, then you
+** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine
+** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two
+** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you
** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that
+** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that
** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning
-** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction.
+** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
- int i;
if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
- return pB==pA;
+ return pB==pA ? 0 : 2;
}
assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pA, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pB, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_xIsSelect) || ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_xIsSelect) ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
- if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
-
- if( pA->x.pList && pB->x.pList ){
- if( pA->x.pList->nExpr!=pB->x.pList->nExpr ) return 0;
- for(i=0; i<pA->x.pList->nExpr; i++){
- Expr *pExprA = pA->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
- Expr *pExprB = pB->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
- if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 0;
- }
- }else if( pA->x.pList || pB->x.pList ){
- return 0;
+ return 2;
}
-
- if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
+ if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2;
+ if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 2;
+ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList) ) return 2;
+ if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2;
if( ExprHasProperty(pA, EP_IntValue) ){
if( !ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || pA->u.iValue!=pB->u.iValue ){
- return 0;
+ return 2;
}
}else if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){
- if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 0;
+ if( ExprHasProperty(pB, EP_IntValue) || NEVER(pB->u.zToken==0) ) return 2;
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){
- return 0;
+ return 2;
}
}
- return 1;
+ if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=(pB->flags & EP_ExpCollate) ) return 1;
+ if( (pA->flags & EP_ExpCollate)!=0 && pA->pColl!=pB->pColl ) return 2;
+ return 0;
}
+/*
+** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and
+** non-zero if they differ in any way.
+**
+** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The
+** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine
+** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or
+** a malfunction will result.
+**
+** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer
+** always differs from a non-NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB){
+ int i;
+ if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0;
+ if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1;
+ if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pA->nExpr; i++){
+ Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr;
+ Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr;
+ if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1;
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pExprA, pExprB) ) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
/*
** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of
*/
struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
- if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
+ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr)==0 ){
break;
}
}
int i, n;
i = pParse->iRangeReg;
n = pParse->nRangeReg;
- if( nReg<=n && !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ){
+ if( nReg<=n ){
+ assert( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) );
pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
}else{
return i;
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, iReg, nReg);
if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-**
-** $Id: alter.c,v 1.62 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
/*
** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
- renameTableFunc, 0, 0);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){
+ static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = {
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 2, 0, 0, renameTableFunc),
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
- renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0);
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_trigger, 2, 0, 0, renameTriggerFunc),
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_parent", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
- renameParentFunc, 0, 0);
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_parent, 3, 0, 0, renameParentFunc),
#endif
+ };
+ int i;
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aAlterTableFuncs);
+
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs); i++){
+ sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
+ }
}
/*
}
}
}
+ if( zWhere ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "type='trigger' AND (%s)", zWhere);
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zWhere);
+ zWhere = zNew;
+ }
return zWhere;
}
/* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
if( !zWhere ) return;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
*/
if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, 1, zWhere);
}
#endif
}
/*
+** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered
+** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN).
+** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message
+** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero.
+**
+** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned.
+*/
+static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
+ if( sqlite3Strlen30(zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
** command.
*/
char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
#endif
VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */
-
+ int savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->flags */
+
+ savedDbFlags = db->flags;
if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table;
assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
/* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
/* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
** that the table is being renamed to.
*/
- if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6
- && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
- ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
goto exit_rename_table;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
- goto exit_rename_table;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto
+ exit_rename_table;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
** for which the renamed table is the parent table. */
if( (zWhere=whereForeignKeys(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "UPDATE sqlite_master SET "
+ "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_parent(sql, %Q, %Q) "
- "WHERE %s;", zTabName, zName, zWhere);
+ "WHERE %s;", zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zTabName, zName, zWhere);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
}
}
exit_rename_table:
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
+ db->flags = savedDbFlags;
}
zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
if( zCol ){
char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
+ int savedDbFlags = db->flags;
while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){
*zEnd-- = '\0';
}
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
"sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
zTab
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
+ db->flags = savedDbFlags;
}
/* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){
+ goto exit_begin_add_column;
+ }
assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
pNew->nRef = 1;
- pNew->dbMem = pTab->dbMem;
pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.52 2009/04/16 17:45:48 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
- const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */
+ const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */
+ const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */
){
- static struct {
+ static const struct {
const char *zName;
const char *zCols;
} aTable[] = {
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab);
if( zWhere ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhere
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere
);
}else{
/* The sqlite_stat[12] table already exists. Delete all rows. */
static void analyzeOneTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
+ Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */
int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */
){
int i; /* Loop counter */
int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */
int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */
- int addr; /* The address of an instruction */
+ int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */
int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */
int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ int addr = 0; /* Instruction address */
int regTemp2 = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */
int regSamplerecno = iMem++; /* Index of next sample to record */
int regRecno = iMem++; /* Current sample index */
#endif
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
- if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
- /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
+ if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){
+ return;
+ }
+ if( pTab->tnum==0 ){
+ /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */
+ return;
+ }
+ if( memcmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
+ /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */
return;
}
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
- KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ int nCol;
+ KeyInfo *pKey;
+ if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue;
+ nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
+ pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
if( iMem+1+(nCol*2)>pParse->nMem ){
pParse->nMem = iMem+1+(nCol*2);
}
(char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
- /* Populate the registers containing the table and index names. */
- if( pTab->pIndex==pIdx ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTabname, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
- }
+ /* Populate the register containing the index name. */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regIdxname, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
if( i==0 ){
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
/* Check if the record that cursor iIdxCur points to contains a
** value that should be stored in the sqlite_stat2 table. If so,
** store it. */
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ne);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRecno, 1);
- }
#endif
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
- /**** TODO: add collating sequence *****/
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
+ /* Always record the very first row */
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem+1);
+ }
+ assert( pIdx->azColl!=0 );
+ assert( pIdx->azColl[i]!=0 );
+ pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pIdx->azColl[i]);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1,
+ (char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ);
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
/* If a malloc failure has occurred, then the result of the expression
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-(nCol*2));
+ int addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - (nCol*2);
+ if( i==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2-1); /* Set jump dest for the OP_IfNot */
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); /* Set jump dest for the OP_Ne */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
}
** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
** is never possible.
*/
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regSampleno);
+ if( jZeroRows<0 ){
+ jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
+ }
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regSampleno, regSampleno);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
+
+ /* If the table has no indices, create a single sqlite_stat1 entry
+ ** containing NULL as the index name and the row count as the content.
+ */
+ if( pTab->pIndex==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
+ VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regSampleno);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
+ jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regSampleno);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
+ jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
+ if( pParse->nMem<regRec ) pParse->nMem = regRec;
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows);
}
/*
** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
+** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
*/
static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
pParse->nTab += 2;
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0);
iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
+ analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem);
}
loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
/*
** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.
+** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index
+** in pTab that should be analyzed.
*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
+static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){
int iDb;
int iStatCur;
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
iStatCur = pParse->nTab;
pParse->nTab += 2;
- openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
- analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
+ if( pOnlyIdx ){
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx");
+ }else{
+ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl");
+ }
+ analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
int i;
char *z, *zDb;
Table *pTab;
+ Index *pIdx;
Token *pTableName;
/* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
}else{
z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
if( z ){
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- if( pTab ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, 0))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+ }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
}
}
}else{
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
if( z ){
- pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
- if( pTab ){
- analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
+ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx);
+ }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){
+ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
}
}
}
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.
**
-** argv[0] = name of the index
-** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+** argv[0] = name of the table
+** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL)
+** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
+**
+** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in
+** the table.
*/
static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
Index *pIndex;
- int i, c;
+ Table *pTable;
+ int i, c, n;
unsigned int v;
const char *z;
- assert( argc==2 );
+ assert( argc==3 );
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
- if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
+ if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){
return 0;
}
- pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
- if( pIndex==0 ){
+ pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
+ if( pTable==0 ){
return 0;
}
- z = argv[1];
- for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
+ if( argv[1] ){
+ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase);
+ }else{
+ pIndex = 0;
+ }
+ n = pIndex ? pIndex->nColumn : 0;
+ z = argv[2];
+ for(i=0; *z && i<=n; i++){
v = 0;
while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
v = v*10 + c - '0';
z++;
}
+ if( i==0 ) pTable->nRowEst = v;
+ if( pIndex==0 ) break;
pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
if( *z==' ' ) z++;
+ if( memcmp(z, "unordered", 10)==0 ){
+ pIndex->bUnordered = 1;
+ break;
+ }
}
return 0;
}
** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array
** and its contents.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(Index *pIdx){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
if( pIdx->aSample ){
int j;
- sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem;
for(j=0; j<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; j++){
IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j];
if( p->eType==SQLITE_TEXT || p->eType==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- sqlite3DbFree(pIdx->pTable->dbMem, p->u.z);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.z);
}
}
- sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, pIdx->aSample);
- pIdx->aSample = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample);
}
#else
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx);
#endif
}
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
- assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
/* Clear any prior statistics */
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
- sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(pIdx);
+ sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx);
+ pIdx->aSample = 0;
}
/* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table exists */
/* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
+ "SELECT tbl, idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
}
if( !zSql ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
- char *zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
- Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase);
+ char *zIndex; /* Index name */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */
+
+ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0);
+ pIdx = zIndex ? sqlite3FindIndex(db, zIndex, sInfo.zDatabase) : 0;
if( pIdx ){
int iSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1);
- sqlite3 *dbMem = pIdx->pTable->dbMem;
- assert( dbMem==db || dbMem==0 );
if( iSample<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES && iSample>=0 ){
int eType = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 2);
if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
static const int sz = sizeof(IndexSample)*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(dbMem, sz);
+ pIdx->aSample = (IndexSample *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, sz);
if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
break;
}
+ memset(pIdx->aSample, 0, sz);
}
assert( pIdx->aSample );
n = 24;
}
pSample->nByte = (u8)n;
- pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(dbMem, n);
- if( pSample->u.z ){
- memcpy(pSample->u.z, z, n);
+ if( n < 1){
+ pSample->u.z = 0;
}else{
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- break;
+ pSample->u.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(0, z, n);
+ if( pSample->u.z==0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ break;
+ }
}
}
}
}
}
rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
}
}
#endif
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-**
-** $Id: attach.c,v 1.93 2009/05/31 21:21:41 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
const char *zName;
const char *zFile;
+ char *zPath = 0;
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ unsigned int flags;
Db *aNew;
char *zErrDyn = 0;
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
** or may not be initialised.
*/
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
- db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
- &aNew->pBt);
+ flags = db->openFlags;
+ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
+ }
+ assert( pVfs );
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &aNew->pBt, 0, flags);
+ sqlite3_free( zPath );
db->nDb++;
if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
- sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(aNew->pBt,
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) );
}
- aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
aNew->safety_level = 3;
+ aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && aNew->zName==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
- {
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
int nKey;
case SQLITE_BLOB:
nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
- sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
break;
case SQLITE_NULL:
/* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */
sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
- sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+ if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
+ }
break;
}
}
** we found it.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
}
if( rc ){
int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
}
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
db->nDb = iDb;
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
pDb->pBt = 0;
pDb->pSchema = 0;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
return;
detach_error:
static void codeAttach(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
- FuncDef *pFunc, /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
+ FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
if( pAuthArg ){
- char *zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
- if( NEVER(zAuthArg==0) ){
- goto attach_end;
+ char *zAuthArg;
+ if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){
+ zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken;
+ }else{
+ zAuthArg = 0;
}
rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
** DETACH pDbname
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
- static FuncDef detach_func = {
+ static const FuncDef detach_func = {
1, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
0, /* flags */
0, /* xStep */
0, /* xFinalize */
"sqlite_detach", /* zName */
- 0 /* pHash */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
};
codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
}
** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
- static FuncDef attach_func = {
+ static const FuncDef attach_func = {
3, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
0, /* flags */
0, /* xStep */
0, /* xFinalize */
"sqlite_attach", /* zName */
- 0 /* pHash */
+ 0, /* pHash */
+ 0 /* pDestructor */
};
codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
}
** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded
** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-**
-** $Id: auth.c,v 1.32 2009/07/02 18:40:35 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** BEGIN TRANSACTION
** COMMIT
** ROLLBACK
-**
-** $Id: build.c,v 1.557 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** on each used database.
*/
if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
- u32 mask;
+ yDbMask mask;
int iDb;
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
if( db->init.busy==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VerifyCookie,
+ iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb],
+ db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->iGeneration);
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used
* See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */
if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1;
- sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem,
- pParse->nTab, pParse->nMaxArg, pParse->explain,
- pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort);
+ sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse);
pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
- }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ }else{
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pParse->nTab = 0;
int nName;
assert( zName!=0 );
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
+ assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
if( p ) break;
}
Index *p = 0;
int i;
int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */
+ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
assert( pSchema );
if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
if( p ) break;
}
/*
** Reclaim the memory used by an index
*/
-static void freeIndex(Index *p){
- sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->dbMem;
+static void freeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
- sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(p);
+ sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p);
#endif
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
/*
-** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
-** its memory structures.
-**
-** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
-** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
-** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
-*/
-static void sqlite3DeleteIndex(Index *p){
- Index *pOld;
- const char *zName = p->zName;
-
- pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName,
- sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
- assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
- freeIndex(p);
-}
-
-/*
** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
Index *pIndex;
int len;
- Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
+ Hash *pHash;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
len = sqlite3Strlen30(zIdxName);
pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len, 0);
- if( pIndex ){
+ if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){
if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
}else{
p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
}
}
- freeIndex(pIndex);
+ freeIndex(db, pIndex);
}
db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
**
-** If iDb==0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files. If iDb>=1 then reset the internal schema for only the
+** If iDb<0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
+** files. If iDb>=0 then reset the internal schema for only the
** single file indicated.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
int i, j;
- assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
+ assert( iDb<db->nDb );
- if( iDb==0 ){
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ if( iDb>=0 ){
+ /* Case 1: Reset the single schema identified by iDb */
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+
+ /* If any database other than TEMP is reset, then also reset TEMP
+ ** since TEMP might be holding triggers that reference tables in the
+ ** other database.
+ */
+ if( iDb!=1 ){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[1];
+ assert( pDb->pSchema!=0 );
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
+ }
+ return;
}
- for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ /* Case 2 (from here to the end): Reset all schemas for all attached
+ ** databases. */
+ assert( iDb<0 );
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
if( pDb->pSchema ){
- assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt)));
- sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
+ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema);
}
- if( iDb>0 ) return;
}
- assert( iDb==0 );
db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
}
/*
-** Clear the column names from a table or view.
+** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the
+** Table.aCol[] array).
*/
-static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
+static void sqliteDeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
int i;
Column *pCol;
- sqlite3 *db = pTable->dbMem;
- testcase( db==0 );
assert( pTable!=0 );
if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
}
- pTable->aCol = 0;
- pTable->nCol = 0;
}
/*
** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with
** the table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){
Index *pIndex, *pNext;
- sqlite3 *db;
- if( pTable==0 ) return;
- db = pTable->dbMem;
- testcase( db==0 );
+ assert( !pTable || pTable->nRef>0 );
/* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
- pTable->nRef--;
- if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
- return;
- }
- assert( pTable->nRef==0 );
+ if( !pTable ) return;
+ if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nRef)>0) ) return;
- /* Delete all indices associated with this table
- */
+ /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */
for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
pNext = pIndex->pNext;
assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
- sqlite3DeleteIndex(pIndex);
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ char *zName = pIndex->zName;
+ TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert(
+ &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0
+ );
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
+ assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 );
+ }
+ freeIndex(db, pIndex);
}
/* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */
- sqlite3FkDelete(pTable);
+ sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable);
/* Delete the Table structure itself.
*/
- sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
+ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTable);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
#endif
- sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable);
+#endif
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
}
assert( db!=0 );
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
- assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
+ assert( zTabName );
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName,
sqlite3Strlen30(zTabName),0);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
*/
iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
if( iDb<0 ) return;
- if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
- /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
+ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){
+ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless
+ ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
return;
}
** collisions.
*/
if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
goto begin_table_error;
}
- pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
+ pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb);
if( pTable ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
}
goto begin_table_error;
}
- if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
+ if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
goto begin_table_error;
}
pTable->iPKey = -1;
pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
pTable->nRef = 1;
- pTable->dbMem = 0;
+ pTable->nRowEst = 1000000;
assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
}
#endif
int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, r1);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
zEnd = "\n)";
}
n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
- zStmt = sqlite3Malloc( n );
+ zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n);
if( zStmt==0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return 0;
zSep = zSep2;
identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT >= 0 );
- assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < sizeof(azType)/sizeof(azType[0]) );
+ assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_TEXT < ArraySize(azType) );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE );
testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
pSelTab->nCol = 0;
pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
}
}
*/
if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
#endif
/* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'", p->zName));
}
if( db->init.busy ){
Table *pOld;
Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName,
sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName),p);
if( pOld ){
}
sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
p = pParse->pNewTable;
- if( p==0 ){
+ if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
return;
}
- assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* If sqlite3StartTable return non-NULL then
- ** there could not have been an error */
sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
pSelTab->nCol = 0;
pSelTab->aCol = 0;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) );
pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
}else{
pTable->nCol = 0;
*/
static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
HashElem *i;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) );
if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
if( pTab->pSelect ){
- sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
+ sqliteDeleteColumnNames(db, pTab);
+ pTab->aCol = 0;
+ pTab->nCol = 0;
}
}
DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
HashElem *pElem;
Hash *pHash;
+ Db *pDb;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
}
assert( pParse->nErr==0 );
assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
+ if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++;
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView,
pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
+ if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--;
if( pTab==0 ){
- if( noErr ){
- sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
- }
+ if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
goto exit_drop_table;
}
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */
pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash,
pFKey->zTo, sqlite3Strlen30(pFKey->zTo), (void *)pFKey
);
if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
if( !ifNotExist ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
}
goto exit_create_index;
}
pIndex->onError = (u8)onError;
pIndex->autoIndex = (u8)(pName==0);
pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
/* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
*/
if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
pTab->zName, zColName);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
goto exit_create_index;
}
pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
*/
if( db->init.busy ){
Index *p;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) );
p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash,
pIndex->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pIndex->zName),
pIndex);
if( pTblName ){
sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
- sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
}
}
/* Clean up before exiting */
exit_create_index:
if( pIndex ){
- sqlite3_free(pIndex->zColAff);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex->zColAff);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pIndex);
}
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
int i;
+ unsigned n;
assert( a!=0 );
- a[0] = 1000000;
- for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
- a[i] = 5;
- }
- while( i>=1 ){
- a[i] = 11 - i;
- i--;
+ a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowEst;
+ if( a[0]<10 ) a[0] = 10;
+ n = 10;
+ for(i=1; i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
+ a[i] = n;
+ if( n>5 ) n--;
}
if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
if( pIndex==0 ){
if( !ifExists ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
}
pParse->checkSchema = 1;
goto exit_drop_index;
if( v ){
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
- "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
+ "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
pIndex->zName
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zIndex);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
if( zName ){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
- static const char *az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
+ static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" };
assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 );
#endif
if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
int rc;
+ Btree *pBt;
static const int flags =
SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags,
- &db->aDb[1].pBt);
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
"file for storing temporary tables");
pParse->rc = rc;
return 1;
}
- assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans)==0 || db->autoCommit );
+ db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt;
assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
- sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[1].pBt),
- db->dfltJournalMode);
+ if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
}
return 0;
}
}
if( iDb>=0 ){
sqlite3 *db = pToplevel->db;
- int mask;
+ yDbMask mask;
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
- mask = 1<<iDb;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ mask = ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
if( (pToplevel->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
pToplevel->cookieMask |= mask;
pToplevel->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
}
/*
+** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each
+** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
+ if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zName)) ){
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
** might change the database.
**
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse);
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
- pToplevel->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
+ pToplevel->writeMask |= ((yDbMask)1)<<iDb;
pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement;
}
HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */
Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */
+ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */
for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
assert( pDb!=0 );
for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
**
** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-**
-** $Id: callback.c,v 1.42 2009/06/17 00:35:31 drh Exp $
*/
/* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
**
+ ** If the SQLITE_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in
+ ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give
+ ** priority to built-in functions.
+ **
** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
- ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will
+ ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will
** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
*/
- if( !createFlag && !pBest ){
+ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->flags & SQLITE_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){
FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ bestScore = 0;
p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
while( p ){
int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
/*
** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
+** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents
** of the schema hash tables).
**
** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){
Hash temp1;
Hash temp2;
HashElem *pElem;
sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash);
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
- assert( pTab->dbMem==0 );
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab);
}
sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash);
pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
- pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+ if( pSchema->flags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){
+ pSchema->iGeneration++;
+ pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
+ }
}
/*
SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
Schema * p;
if( pBt ){
- p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
+ p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear);
}else{
- p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
+ p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema));
}
if( !p ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
-**
-** $Id: delete.c,v 1.207 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
*/
/*
-** Look up every table that is named in pSrc. If any table is not found,
-** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables
-** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
+** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries
+** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains
+** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE,
+** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and
+** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table
+** name is not found or if any other error occurs.
+**
+** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc:
+**
+** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object
+** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one
+**
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
Table *pTab;
assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
pItem->pTab = pTab;
if( pTab ){
pTab->nRef++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere,0,WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
- regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid, 0);
+ regRowid = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTab, -1, iCur, iRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, regRowid);
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort);
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
}else
#endif
/* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to
** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */
- mask = sqlite3TriggerOldmask(pParse, pTrigger, 0, pTab, onconf);
+ mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+ pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf
+ );
mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab);
iOld = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iRowid, iOld);
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
if( mask==0xffffffff || mask&(1<<iCol) ){
- int iTarget = iOld + iCol + 1;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, iCol, iTarget);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, iTarget);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1);
}
}
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
if( count ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
}
}
}
if( doMakeRec ){
+ const char *zAff;
+ if( pTab->pSelect || (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IdxRealAsInt)!=0 ){
+ zAff = 0;
+ }else{
+ zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
+ }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
return regBase;
}
-
/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
/*
}
/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function
+** Implementation of the abs() function.
+**
+** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of
+** the numeric argument X.
*/
static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
assert( argc==1 );
i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
if( iVal<0 ){
if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
+ /* IMP: R-35460-15084 If X is the integer -9223372036854775807 then
+ ** abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no
+ ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */
sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
return;
}
break;
}
case SQLITE_NULL: {
+ /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */
sqlite3_result_null(context);
break;
}
default: {
+ /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not
+ ** something that can be converted into a number, we have:
+ ** IMP: R-57326-31541 Abs(X) return 0.0 if X is a string or blob that
+ ** cannot be converted to a numeric value.
+ */
double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
**
** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
+**
+** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceeding p1.
*/
static void substrFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
return;
}
p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
+ p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
if( z==0 ) return;
len = 0;
- for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
- SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+ if( p1<0 ){
+ for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
+ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
+ }
}
}
- p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
if( argc==3 ){
p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
if( p2<0 ){
}
}
assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 );
- if( p1+p2>len ){
- p2 = len-p1;
- if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
- }
if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
while( *z && p1 ){
SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
}
sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, (int)(z2-z), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}else{
+ if( p1+p2>len ){
+ p2 = len-p1;
+ if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
+ }
sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], (int)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
}
}
if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
- zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
- if( zBuf==0 ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int,
+ ** handle the rounding directly,
+ ** otherwise use printf.
+ */
+ if( n==0 && r>=0 && r<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+ r = (double)((sqlite_int64)(r+0.5));
+ }else if( n==0 && r<0 && (-r)<LARGEST_INT64-1 ){
+ r = -(double)((sqlite_int64)((-r)+0.5));
}else{
- sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%.*f",n,r);
+ if( zBuf==0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf), SQLITE_UTF8);
sqlite3_free(zBuf);
- sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
+ sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
}
#endif
}
}
+
+#if 0 /* This function is never used. */
+/*
+** The COALESCE() and IFNULL() functions used to be implemented as shown
+** here. But now they are implemented as VDBE code so that unused arguments
+** do not have to be computed. This legacy implementation is retained as
+** comment.
+*/
/*
** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.
** All three do the same thing. They return the first non-NULL
}
}
}
+#endif /* NOT USED */
+#define ifnullFunc versionFunc /* Substitute function - never called */
/*
** Implementation of random(). Return a random integer.
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-51513-12026 The last_insert_rowid() SQL function is a
+ ** wrapper around the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() C/C++ interface
+ ** function. */
sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
}
/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function. The return value is the
-** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
+** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.
+**
+** IMP: R-62073-11209 The changes() SQL function is a wrapper
+** around the sqlite3_changes() C/C++ function and hence follows the same
+** rules for counting changes.
*/
static void changes(
sqlite3_context *context,
){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
+ /* IMP: R-52756-41993 This function is a wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_total_changes() C/C++ interface. */
sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
}
** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++))
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
+# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,C) (*(A++))
+# define GlogUpperToLower(A) A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
#else
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( A<0x80 ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
+# define GlogUpperToLower(A) if( !((A)&~0x7f) ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
#endif
static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
const u8 *zPattern, /* The glob pattern */
const u8 *zString, /* The string to compare against the glob */
const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
- const int esc /* The escape character */
+ u32 esc /* The escape character */
){
- int c, c2;
+ u32 c, c2;
int invert;
int seen;
u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
return 0;
}
}else if( c==matchSet ){
- int prior_c = 0;
+ u32 prior_c = 0;
assert( esc==0 ); /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
seen = 0;
invert = 0;
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
- int escape = 0;
+ u32 escape = 0;
int nPat;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
/*
sqlite3_value **NotUsed2
){
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, SQLITE_SOURCE_ID, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the
+ ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around
+** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for
+** its side-effects.
+*/
+static void errlogFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(context);
+ sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]));
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function.
+** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option
+** was used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptionusedFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ const char *zOptName;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL
+ ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++
+ ** function.
+ */
+ if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName));
+ }
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function.
+** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options
+** used to build SQLite.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+static void compileoptiongetFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ int n;
+ assert( argc==1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function
+ ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function.
+ */
+ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
** digits. */
if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
}else{
- sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n);
+ sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, (int)n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */
}
}
testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] );
if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut);
+ sqlite3_free(zOut);
return;
}
zOld = zOut;
zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
if( zOut==0 ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld);
+ sqlite3_free(zOld);
return;
}
memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
}
+/* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It
+** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used
+** when SQLite is built.
+*/
#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
/*
** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
+**
+** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the
+** soundex encoding of the string X.
*/
static void soundexFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
zResult[j] = 0;
sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}else{
+ /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument
+ ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */
sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
-#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
p->rSum += v;
- if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
- i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
- int s1 = (int)(p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- int s2 = (int)(v >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- int s3 = (int)(iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1));
- p->overflow = ((s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3))?1:0;
- p->iSum = iNewSum;
+ if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){
+ p->overflow = 1;
}
}else{
p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
if( pAccum ){
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
int firstTerm = pAccum->useMalloc==0;
- pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
+ pAccum->useMalloc = 2;
pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
if( !firstTerm ){
if( argc==2 ){
}
/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
+** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most
+** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set.
+** This routine only deals with those that are not global.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
- sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
-#endif
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }
+ int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}
}else{
pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
}
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_ANY, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_ANY,
- (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0);
setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
setLikeOptFlag(db, "like",
caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ),
FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ),
FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ),
- FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ),
FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ),
+/* FUNCTION(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */
+ {-1,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"coalesce",0,0},
FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ),
- FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc ),
+/* FUNCTION(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, ifnullFunc ), */
+ {2,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE,0,0,ifnullFunc,0,0,"ifnull",0,0},
FUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ),
FUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ),
FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ),
FUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ),
FUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ),
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ),
+ FUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ),
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ),
FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
FUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ),
AGGREGATE(total, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, totalFinalize ),
AGGREGATE(avg, 1, 0, 0, sumStep, avgFinalize ),
/* AGGREGATE(count, 0, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ), */
- {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0},
+ {0,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT,0,0,0,countStep,countFinalize,"count",0,0},
AGGREGATE(count, 1, 0, 0, countStep, countFinalize ),
AGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
AGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
}
sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
+ sqlite3AlterFunctions();
+#endif
}
/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, aiCol[i]+1+regData, regTemp+i);
}
/* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about
** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation),
** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not
- ** increment the constraint-counter. */
+ ** increment the constraint-counter.
+ **
+ ** If any of the parent-key values are NULL, then the row cannot match
+ ** itself. So set JUMPIFNULL to make sure we do the OP_Found if any
+ ** of the parent-key values are NULL (at this point it is known that
+ ** none of the child key values are).
+ */
if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){
int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1;
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
int iChild = aiCol[i]+1+regData;
int iParent = pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1+regData;
+ assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey );
+ if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){
+ /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */
+ iParent = regData;
+ }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iOk);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v,pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol);
if( pIdx ){
Column *pCol;
iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
- pCol = &pIdx->pTable->aCol[iCol];
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ if( pTab->iPKey==iCol ) iCol = -1;
pLeft->iTable = regData+iCol+1;
pLeft->affinity = pCol->affinity;
pLeft->pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pCol->zColl);
int regNew /* New row data is stored here */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
- Vdbe *v; /* VM to write code to */
FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */
/* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */
if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return;
- v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
pWhere = 0;
}
- /* In the current implementation, pTab->dbMem==0 for all tables except
- ** for temporary tables used to describe subqueries. And temporary
- ** tables do not have foreign key constraints. Hence, pTab->dbMem
- ** should always be 0 there.
- */
+ /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */
enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash
** hash table.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(Table *pTab){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){
FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */
FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) );
for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){
/* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */
- if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
- pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
- }else{
- void *data = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
- const char *z = (data ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
- sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), data);
- }
- if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
- pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){
+ if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){
+ pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo;
+ }else{
+ void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo;
+ const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo);
+ sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z), p);
+ }
+ if( pFKey->pNextTo ){
+ pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo;
+ }
}
- /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
- fkTriggerDelete(pTab->dbMem, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
-#endif
-
/* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is
** classified as either immediate or deferred.
*/
assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 );
+ /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]);
+ fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]);
+#endif
+
pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom;
- sqlite3DbFree(pTab->dbMem, pFKey);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
}
}
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: insert.c,v 1.270 2009/07/24 17:58:53 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
int n;
Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
- pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2);
+ pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+2);
if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return 0;
int i;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
- zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pTab->nCol+1);
+ zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1);
if( !zColAff ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return;
pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
/*
for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){
pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb];
memId = p->regCtr;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, p->pTab->zName, 0);
int memId = p->regCtr;
iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) );
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Rewind);
int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */
int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */
- int regRecord; /* Holds the assemblied row record */
int regEof = 0; /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
- pParse->nErr++;
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
goto insert_cleanup;
}
}
/* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
*/
- regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
}
}
- if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
+ if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1);
}else if( useTempTable ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1);
const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
}else
#endif
case OE_Rollback:
case OE_Fail: {
char *zMsg;
- j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull,
SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, regData+i);
zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
}else{
+ if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */
sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, onError, 0, 0);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries.
**
** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers
- ** flag is not set, call GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes
- ** the index b-tree entries only. The table b-tree entry will be
- ** replaced by the new entry when it is inserted. */
+ ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call
+ ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries
+ ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry
+ ** when it is inserted.
+ **
+ ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called,
+ ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require
+ ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete
+ ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless,
+ ** but being more selective here allows statements like:
+ **
+ ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid)
+ **
+ ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the
+ ** table.
+ */
Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
}
- sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
pParse, pTab, baseCur, regRowid, 0, pTrigger, OE_Replace
);
- }else{
+ }else if( pTab->pIndex ){
+ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse);
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
}
seenReplace = 1;
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx), P4_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
/* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
if( !pParse->nested ){
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
}
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
- if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
+ if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */
}
#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
+ /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains
+ ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary.
+ ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM
+ ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So
+ ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably
+ ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e]
+ */
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+#endif
/* If we get this far, it means either:
**
** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.35 2009/08/07 16:56:00 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retry attempts */
int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
** the SQLite library.
-**
-** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.60 2009/06/03 01:24:54 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of
** sqlite3.h.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.25 2008/10/12 00:27:54 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
+ int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*);
+ int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*);
+ int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int);
+ const char *(*compileoption_get)(int);
+ int (*compileoption_used)(const char*);
+ int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),void(*xDestroy)(void*));
+ int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...);
+ sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*);
+ int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int);
+ int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*);
+ void (*log)(int,const char*,...);
+ sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64);
+ const char *(*sourceid)(void);
+ int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
+ int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int);
+ int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*);
+ int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int);
+ int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*);
+ void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*);
};
/*
#define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt
#define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql
#define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status
+#define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish
+#define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init
+#define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount
+#define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining
+#define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get
+#define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used
+#define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2
+#define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config
+#define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex
+#define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status
+#define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode
+#define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log
+#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64
+#define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid
+#define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status
+#define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp
+#define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify
+#define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint
+#define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook
#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
# define sqlite3_complete16 0
#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
+# define sqlite3_column_decltype 0
+#endif
+
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
#endif
sqlite3_next_stmt,
sqlite3_sql,
sqlite3_status,
+
+ /*
+ ** Added for 3.7.4
+ */
+ sqlite3_backup_finish,
+ sqlite3_backup_init,
+ sqlite3_backup_pagecount,
+ sqlite3_backup_remaining,
+ sqlite3_backup_step,
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ sqlite3_compileoption_get,
+ sqlite3_compileoption_used,
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0,
+#endif
+ sqlite3_create_function_v2,
+ sqlite3_db_config,
+ sqlite3_db_mutex,
+ sqlite3_db_status,
+ sqlite3_extended_errcode,
+ sqlite3_log,
+ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64,
+ sqlite3_sourceid,
+ sqlite3_stmt_status,
+ sqlite3_strnicmp,
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+ sqlite3_unlock_notify,
+#else
+ 0,
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint,
+ sqlite3_wal_checkpoint,
+ sqlite3_wal_hook,
+#else
+ 0,
+ 0,
+ 0,
+#endif
};
/*
handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
if( handle==0 ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
- zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg);
+ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
if( zErrmsg ){
sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
"unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg);
- sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg);
}
}
return SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
if( xInit==0 ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
- zErrmsg = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, nMsg);
+ *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc(nMsg);
if( zErrmsg ){
sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg,
"no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg);
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErrmsg);
- sqlite3StackFree(db, zErrmsg);
}
sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
}
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
-**
-** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.214 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF,
static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
int i, n;
if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
- return (u8)atoi(z);
+ return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z);
}
n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(iLength); i++){
/*
** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
*/
-static u8 getBoolean(const char *z){
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z){
return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
}
+/* The sqlite3GetBoolean() function is used by other modules but the
+** remainder of this file is specific to PRAGMA processing. So omit
+** the rest of the file if PRAGMAs are omitted from the build.
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA)
+
/*
** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
*/
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
- i = atoi(z);
+ i = sqlite3Atoi(z);
return (u8)((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
}
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
}
sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
{ "empty_result_callbacks", SQLITE_NullCallback },
{ "legacy_file_format", SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
{ "fullfsync", SQLITE_FullFSync },
+ { "checkpoint_fullfsync", SQLITE_CkptFullFSync },
{ "reverse_unordered_selects", SQLITE_ReverseOrder },
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ { "automatic_index", SQLITE_AutoIndex },
+#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
{ "sql_trace", SQLITE_SqlTrace },
{ "vdbe_listing", SQLITE_VdbeListing },
mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
}
- if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){
db->flags |= mask;
}else{
db->flags &= ~mask;
}
#endif
+
+/*
+** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants
+** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase
+** journal-mode name.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){
+ static char * const azModeName[] = {
+ "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ , "wal"
+#endif
+ };
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 );
+ assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 );
+ assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) );
+
+ if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0;
+ return azModeName[eMode];
+}
+
/*
** Process a pragma statement.
**
Db *pDb;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
if( v==0 ) return;
+ sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
pParse->nMem = 2;
/* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
** stored in the database file.
**
- ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
- ** database file. The cache size is actually the absolute value of
- ** this memory location. The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
- ** synchronous setting. A negative value means synchronous is off
- ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
+ ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a
+ ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous
+ ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache
+ ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache
+ ** size of historical compatibility.
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+6, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
}else{
- int size = atoi(zRight);
- if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+ int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
- addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 1);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
}
/* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
*/
- db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight);
+ db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight);
if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}else
/*
- ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
- ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]secure_delete=ON/OFF
**
** The first form reports the current setting for the
- ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
- ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
- ** forms return the current setting.
+ ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete
+ ** flag setting and reports thenew value.
*/
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"secure_delete")==0 ){
Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
- int newMax = 0;
+ int b = -1;
assert( pBt!=0 );
if( zRight ){
- newMax = atoi(zRight);
+ b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight);
}
- if( ALWAYS(pBt) ){
- newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
+ if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=0; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
+ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b);
+ }
}
- returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
+ b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b);
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "secure_delete", b);
}else
/*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
+ **
+ ** The first form reports the current setting for the
+ ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The
+ ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both
+ ** forms return the current setting.
+ **
** PRAGMA [database.]page_count
**
** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
*/
- if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0
+ || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0
+ ){
int iReg;
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+ if( zLeft[0]=='p' ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ }
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}else
/*
/*
** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
- ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory)
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode =
+ ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off)
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
- int eMode;
- static char * const azModeName[] = {
- "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory"
- };
+ int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */
+ int ii; /* Loop counter */
+
+ /* Force the schema to be loaded on all databases. This cases all
+ ** database files to be opened and the journal_modes set. */
+ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
+ goto pragma_out;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
if( zRight==0 ){
+ /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the
+ ** current mode */
eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
}else{
+ const char *zMode;
int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight);
- eMode = sizeof(azModeName)/sizeof(azModeName[0]) - 1;
- while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){
- eMode--;
+ for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){
+ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break;
+ }
+ if( !zMode ){
+ /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode,
+ ** then do a query */
+ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
}
}
- if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){
- /* Simple "PRAGMA journal_mode;" statement. This is a query for
- ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to
- ** the journal-mode of the main database).
- */
- eMode = db->dfltJournalMode;
- }else{
- Pager *pPager;
- if( pId2->n==0 ){
- /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
- ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be
- ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
- **
- ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that
- ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
- ** journal mode.
- */
- int ii;
- assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
- for(ii=1; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
- if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
- sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
- }
- }
- db->dfltJournalMode = (u8)eMode;
+ if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){
+ /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */
+ iDb = 0;
+ pId2->n = 1;
+ }
+ for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){
+ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode);
}
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
- eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
}
- assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
- || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
- sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0,
- azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
}else
Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
i64 iLimit = -2;
if( zRight ){
- sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit);
+ sqlite3Atoi64(zRight, &iLimit, 1000000, SQLITE_UTF8);
if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1;
}
iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( !zRight ){
returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
}else{
- int size = atoi(zRight);
- if( size<0 ) size = -size;
+ int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
}
}
sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
if( zRight[0] ){
- sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zRight);
+ sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight);
}else{
sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
if( zRight ){
- if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
+ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight) ){
sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
}else{
sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
*/
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
if( zRight ){
- sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
+ sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight));
}
}else
/* Set the maximum error count */
mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
if( zRight ){
- mxErr = atoi(zRight);
+ sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr);
if( mxErr<=0 ){
mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
}
** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
** for all tables and indices in the database.
*/
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1); /* increment entry count */
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
int jmp2;
+ int r1;
static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
{ OP_AddImm, 1, -1, 0},
{ OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 1 */
{ OP_IfPos, 1, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
{ OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},
};
- sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 1);
- jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, 3);
+ r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 0);
+ jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, r1, pIdx->nColumn+1);
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
}
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6,
"wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
}
}
}
};
int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
}else{
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA compile_options
+ **
+ ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build,
+ ** one option per row.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "compile_options")==0 ){
+ int i = 0;
+ const char *zOpt;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
+ pParse->nMem = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "compile_option", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zOpt, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
+ }
+ }else
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA [database.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart
+ **
+ ** Checkpoint the database.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_checkpoint")==0 ){
+ int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED);
+ int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE;
+ if( zRight ){
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){
+ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL;
+ }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){
+ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART;
+ }
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
+ pParse->nMem = 3;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "busy", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "log", SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "checkpointed", SQLITE_STATIC);
+
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
+ }else
+
+ /*
+ ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint
+ ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N
+ **
+ ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database
+ ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value
+ ** of N.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "wal_autocheckpoint")==0 ){
+ if( zRight ){
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
+ }
+ returnSingleInt(pParse, "wal_autocheckpoint",
+ db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ?
+ SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0);
+ }else
+#endif
+
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
}else
#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 && zRight ){
sqlite3_key(db, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight));
}else
}
}else
#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
+#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
+#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
- extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
}
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
- extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
}
#endif
{/* Empty ELSE clause */}
- /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
- ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
- ** are only valid for a single execution.
- */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
-
/*
** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
** setting changed.
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
if( db->autoCommit ){
sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
- (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
+ (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0,
+ (db->flags&SQLITE_CkptFullFSync)!=0);
}
#endif
pragma_out:
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
-**
-** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.131 2009/08/06 17:43:31 drh Exp $
*/
/*
"%s - %s", *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
}
}
- pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+ pData->rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
}
/*
** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data
** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
*/
- char *zErr;
int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */
+
assert( db->init.busy );
db->init.iDb = iDb;
- db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
+ db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]);
db->init.orphanTrigger = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
+ TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ rc = db->errCode;
+ assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) );
db->init.iDb = 0;
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){
assert( iDb==1 );
pData->rc = rc;
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
- corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
+ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db));
}
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
}
+ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}else if( argv[0]==0 ){
corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
}else{
int meta[5];
InitData initData;
char const *zMasterSchema;
- char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
+ char const *zMasterName;
int openedTransaction = 0;
/*
initData.iDb = iDb;
initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
if( initData.rc ){
rc = initData.rc;
goto error_out;
pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
- size = meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1];
+ size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]);
if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
- if( size<0 ) size = -size;
pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
}
{
char *zSql;
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
- "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
+ "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s ORDER BY rowid",
db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
}
#endif
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
/* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
}
/* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the
- ** value stored as part of the in the in-memory schema representation,
+ ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation,
** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */
sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, iDb);
pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+ Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto end_prepare;
}
-
- if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- goto end_prepare;
- }
+ pParse->pReprepare = pReprepare;
assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( rc ){
const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
goto end_prepare;
}
sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db);
pParse->db = db;
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = (double)1;
if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
char *zSqlCopy;
int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 );
if( nBytes>mxLen ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
goto end_prepare;
}
}else{
sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
}
+ assert( 1==(int)pParse->nQueryLoop );
if( db->mallocFailed ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
if( pParse->checkSchema ){
schemaIsValid(pParse);
}
- if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- }
if( db->mallocFailed ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pParse->pVdbe && pParse->explain ){
static const char * const azColName[] = {
"addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment",
- "order", "from", "detail"
+ "selectid", "order", "from", "detail"
};
int iFirst, mx;
if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 3);
+ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 4);
iFirst = 8;
- mx = 11;
+ mx = 12;
}else{
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(pParse->pVdbe, 8);
iFirst = 0;
}
#endif
- if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
- rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 );
if( db->init.busy==0 ){
Vdbe *pVdbe = pParse->pVdbe;
while( pParse->pTriggerPrg ){
TriggerPrg *pT = pParse->pTriggerPrg;
pParse->pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext;
- sqlite3VdbeProgramDelete(db, pT->pProgram, 0);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pT);
}
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
+ Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
assert( ppStmt!=0 );
*ppStmt = 0;
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
sqlite3_finalize(*ppStmt);
- rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
+ rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, p, &pNew, 0);
if( rc ){
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
assert( pNew==0 );
- return (rc==SQLITE_LOCKED) ? SQLITE_LOCKED : SQLITE_SCHEMA;
+ return rc;
}else{
assert( pNew!=0 );
}
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
*/
static int sqlite3Prepare16(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
assert( ppStmt );
*ppStmt = 0;
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
+ zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
if( zSql8 ){
- rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
+ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8);
}
if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
}
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
- const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
+ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: select.c,v 1.526 2009/08/01 15:09:58 drh Exp $
*/
}
/*
-** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
+** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a
+** table that has a column named zCol.
+**
+** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index
+** of the matching column and return TRUE.
+**
+** If not found, return FALSE.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
- return sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ID, zName);
+static int tableAndColumnIndex(
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */
+ int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */
+ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */
+ int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */
+ int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */
+){
+ int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */
+ int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */
+
+ assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */
+ for(i=0; i<N; i++){
+ iCol = columnIndex(pSrc->a[i].pTab, zCol);
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ if( piTab ){
+ *piTab = i;
+ *piCol = iCol;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
-** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
+** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the
+** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which
+** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form:
+**
+** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2)
+**
+** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the
+** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is
+** column iColRight of tab2.
*/
static void addWhereTerm(
- Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
- const char *zCol, /* Name of the column */
- const Table *pTab1, /* First table */
- const char *zAlias1, /* Alias for first table. May be NULL */
- const Table *pTab2, /* Second table */
- const char *zAlias2, /* Alias for second table. May be NULL */
- int iRightJoinTable, /* VDBE cursor for the right table */
- Expr **ppExpr, /* Add the equality term to this expression */
- int isOuterJoin /* True if dealing with an OUTER join */
-){
- Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
- Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
- Expr *pE;
-
- pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
- pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
- if( zAlias1==0 ){
- zAlias1 = pTab1->zName;
- }
- pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1);
- if( zAlias2==0 ){
- zAlias2 = pTab2->zName;
- }
- pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2);
- pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
- pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
- pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
- if( pE && isOuterJoin ){
- ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
- assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pE, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
- ExprSetIrreducible(pE);
- pE->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iRightJoinTable;
- }
- *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE);
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
+ SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */
+ int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */
+ int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */
+ int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */
+ int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */
+ int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */
+ Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ Expr *pE1;
+ Expr *pE2;
+ Expr *pEq;
+
+ assert( iLeft<iRight );
+ assert( pSrc->nSrc>iRight );
+ assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab );
+ assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab );
+
+ pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft);
+ pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight);
+
+ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2, 0);
+ if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){
+ ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin);
+ assert( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) );
+ ExprSetIrreducible(pEq);
+ pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable;
+ }
+ *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq);
}
/*
"an ON or USING clause", 0);
return 1;
}
- for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
- char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
- if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
- addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias,
- pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
- pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
-
+ for(j=0; j<pRightTab->nCol; j++){
+ char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */
+ int iLeft; /* Matching left table */
+ int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */
+
+ zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName;
+ if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){
+ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j,
+ isOuter, &p->pWhere);
}
}
}
if( pRight->pUsing ){
IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
- char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
- if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
+ char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */
+ int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */
+ int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */
+ int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */
+
+ zName = pList->a[j].zName;
+ iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName);
+ if( iRightCol<0
+ || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol)
+ ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
"not present in both tables", zName);
return 1;
}
- addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias,
- pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
- pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
+ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol,
+ isOuter, &p->pWhere);
}
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
- pSelect->iLimit = 0;
}
}
v = pParse->pVdbe;
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, r1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
/*
** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
** (example: "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple
-** places.
+** column. We do this in a subroutine because the error used to occur
+** in multiple places. (The error only occurs in one place now, but we
+** retain the subroutine to minimize code disruption.)
*/
static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context. */
return 0;
}
}
+#endif
/*
** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
}
}
- if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
- return;
- }
-
switch( eDest ){
/* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
** table iParm.
#endif
}
- /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
+ /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if
+ ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited
+ ** the output for us.
*/
- if( p->iLimit ){
- assert( pOrderBy==0 ); /* If there is an ORDER BY, the call to
- ** pushOntoSorter() would have cleared p->iLimit */
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+ if( pOrderBy==0 && p->iLimit ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
}
}
return pInfo;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
+/*
+** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
+*/
+static const char *selectOpName(int id){
+ char *z;
+ switch( id ){
+ case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break;
+ case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break;
+ case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break;
+ default: z = "UNION"; break;
+ }
+ return z;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of the form:
+**
+** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx"
+**
+** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which
+** is determined by the zUsage argument.
+*/
+static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro
+** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code
+** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that
+** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the
+** code with #ifndef directives.
+*/
+# define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b
+
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainTempTable(y,z)
+# define explainSetInteger(y,z)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT)
+/*
+** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function
+** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result,
+** where the caption is of one of the two forms:
+**
+** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 (op)"
+** "COMPOSITE SUBQUERIES iSub1 and iSub2 USING TEMP B-TREE (op)"
+**
+** where iSub1 and iSub2 are the integers passed as the corresponding
+** function parameters, and op is the text representation of the parameter
+** of the same name. The parameter "op" must be one of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT,
+** TK_INTERSECT or TK_ALL. The first form is used if argument bUseTmp is
+** false, or the second form if it is true.
+*/
+static void explainComposite(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ int op, /* One of TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT etc. */
+ int iSub1, /* Subquery id 1 */
+ int iSub2, /* Subquery id 2 */
+ int bUseTmp /* True if a temp table was used */
+){
+ assert( op==TK_UNION || op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT || op==TK_ALL );
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(
+ pParse->db, "COMPOUND SUBQUERIES %d AND %d %s(%s)", iSub1, iSub2,
+ bUseTmp?"USING TEMP B-TREE ":"", selectOpName(op)
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+}
+#else
+/* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */
+# define explainComposite(v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif
/*
** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
- /* LIMIT has been implemented by the pushOntoSorter() routine.
- */
- assert( p->iLimit==0 );
-
/* The bottom of the loop
*/
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue);
** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
*/
- if(
ALWAYS(iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
+ if(
iCol>=0 && ALWAYS(iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr) ){
/* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see
** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
-*/
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
- char *z;
- switch( id ){
- case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break;
- case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break;
- case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break;
- default: z = "UNION"; break;
- }
- return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
/*
** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
return 0;
}
/* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside
- ** is disabled, so we might as well hard-code pTab->dbMem to NULL. */
+ ** is disabled */
assert( db->lookaside.bEnabled==0 );
- pTab->dbMem = 0;
pTab->nRef = 1;
pTab->zName = 0;
+ pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
pTab->iPKey = -1;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab);
return 0;
}
return pTab;
Vdbe *v = 0;
int iLimit = 0;
int iOffset;
- int addr1;
+ int addr1, n;
if( p->iLimit ) return;
/*
p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* VDBE should have already been allocated */
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
- VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
+ if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLimit, &n) ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit);
+ VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+ if( n==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak);
+ }else{
+ if( p->nSelectRow > (double)n ) p->nSelectRow = (double)n;
+ }
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
+ VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
+ }
if( p->pOffset ){
p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */
Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+ int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
/* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only
** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
assert( p->pEList );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
}
switch( p->op ){
case TK_ALL: {
int addr = 0;
+ int nLimit;
assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
p->pLimit = 0;
p->pOffset = 0;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
}
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
+ if( pPrior->pLimit
+ && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit, &nLimit)
+ && p->nSelectRow > (double)nLimit
+ ){
+ p->nSelectRow = (double)nLimit;
+ }
if( addr ){
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
*/
assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
pOffset = p->pOffset;
p->pOffset = 0;
uniondest.eDest = op;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
/* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
p->pOrderBy = 0;
+ if( p->op==TK_UNION ) p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = pLimit;
p->pOffset = pOffset;
/* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
*/
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
if( rc ){
goto multi_select_end;
pOffset = p->pOffset;
p->pOffset = 0;
intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
pDelete = p->pPrior;
p->pPrior = pPrior;
+ if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
p->pLimit = pLimit;
p->pOffset = pOffset;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
}
}
+ explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, p->op!=TK_ALL);
+
/* Compute collating sequences used by
** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
** return address.
**
-** If regPrev>0 then it is a the first register in a vector that
+** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that
** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is
** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing
/* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
*/
if( p->iLimit ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak, -1);
}
/* Generate the subroutine return
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */
int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iSub1; /* EQP id of left-hand query */
+ int iSub2; /* EQP id of right-hand query */
+#endif
assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */
/* Separate the left and the right query from one another
*/
p->pPrior = 0;
- pPrior->pRightmost = 0;
sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
*/
VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub1, pParse->iNextSelectId);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
savedOffset = p->iOffset;
p->iLimit = regLimitB;
p->iOffset = 0;
+ explainSetInteger(iSub2, pParse->iNextSelectId);
sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
p->iLimit = savedLimit;
p->iOffset = savedOffset;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
+ p->nSelectRow += pPrior->nSelectRow;
}
/* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
*/
if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
addrEofB = addrEofA;
+ if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow;
}else{
VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd);
/*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
**** subqueries ****/
+ explainComposite(pParse, p->op, iSub1, iSub2, 0);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif
** (2) The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
**
** (3) The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
-** (Originally ticket #306. Strenghtened by ticket #3300)
+** (Originally ticket #306. Strengthened by ticket #3300)
**
-** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
+** (4) The subquery is not DISTINCT.
**
-** (5) The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
-** aggregates.
+** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
+** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction
+** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries.
**
** (6) The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
** DISTINCT.
**
** (11) The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
**
-** (12) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously
+** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously
** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
**
-** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
+** (13) The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT.
**
-** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET
+** (14) The subquery does not use OFFSET.
**
** (15) The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-** subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause.
-** (See ticket #2339)
+** subquery does not have a LIMIT clause.
+** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]).
**
** (16) The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
** not contain ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter
** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But
** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case.
**
+** (21) The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not
+** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]).
+**
** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query
** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
*/
assert( p!=0 );
assert( p->pPrior==0 ); /* Unable to flatten compound queries */
+ if( db->flags & SQLITE_QueryFlattener ) return 0;
pSrc = p->pSrc;
assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
** and (14). */
if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */
if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */
- if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){
+ if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit ){
return 0; /* Restriction (15) */
}
if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */
- if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit)
- && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
- return 0;
+ if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (5) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){
+ return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */
}
if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
return 0; /* Restriction (6) */
}
if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */
if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */
+ if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){
+ return 0; /* Restriction (21) */
+ }
/* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
** Restriction 3: If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is
);
if( !pIdx ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndex, 0);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pFrom->pIndex = pIdx;
sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
- pTab->dbMem = db->lookaside.bEnabled ? db : 0;
pTab->nRef = 1;
pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
pTab->iPKey = -1;
+ pTab->nRowEst = 1000000;
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
#endif
}else{
}
if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){
- struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
- if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
- columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
+ if( (pFrom->jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0
+ && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0)
+ ){
/* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the
- ** table on the right */
+ ** table to the right of the join */
continue;
}
- if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
+ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
/* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
** using clause from the table on the right. */
continue;
struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
- assert( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 );
- p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
- pParse = pWalker->pParse;
- pTabList = p->pSrc;
- for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
- Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
- if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
- /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
- Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
- assert( pSel );
- while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
- selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
+ if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
+ p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
+ pParse = pWalker->pParse;
+ pTabList = p->pSrc;
+ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
+ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
+ if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0) && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
+ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
+ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
+ assert( pSel );
+ while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
+ selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
+ }
}
}
return WRC_Continue;
if( pList ){
nArg = pList->nExpr;
regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
- sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 1);
}else{
nArg = 0;
regAgg = 0;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
(void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg);
- sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
if( addrNext ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
}
}
+
+ /* Before populating the accumulator registers, clear the column cache.
+ ** Otherwise, if any of the required column values are already present
+ ** in registers, sqlite3ExprCode() may use OP_SCopy to copy the value
+ ** to pC->iMem. But by the time the value is used, the original register
+ ** may have been used, invalidating the underlying buffer holding the
+ ** text or blob value. See ticket [883034dcb5].
+ **
+ ** Another solution would be to change the OP_SCopy used to copy cached
+ ** values to an OP_Copy.
+ */
+ sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
}
}
/*
+** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple
+** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab").
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+static void explainSimpleCount(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */
+ Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */
+){
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ char *zEqp = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "SCAN TABLE %s %s%s(~%d rows)",
+ pTab->zName,
+ pIdx ? "USING COVERING INDEX " : "",
+ pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "",
+ pTab->nRowEst
+ );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
+ pParse->pVdbe, OP_Explain, pParse->iSelectId, 0, 0, zEqp, P4_DYNAMIC
+ );
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c)
+#endif
+
+/*
** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.
**
** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ int iRestoreSelectId = pParse->iSelectId;
+ pParse->iSelectId = pParse->iNextSelectId++;
+#endif
+
db = pParse->db;
if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
return 1;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
+ /* If writing to memory or generating a set
+ ** only a single column may be output.
+ */
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
+ if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
+ goto select_end;
+ }
+#endif
+
/* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
}else{
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 );
+ explainSetInteger(pItem->iSelectId, (u8)pParse->iNextSelectId);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
pItem->isPopulated = 1;
+ pItem->pTab->nRowEst = (unsigned)pSub->nSelectRow;
}
if( /*pParse->nErr ||*/ db->mallocFailed ){
goto select_end;
mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
- return 1;
+ goto select_end;
}
}
- return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If writing to memory or generating a set
- ** only a single column may be output.
- */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
- if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
- goto select_end;
+ rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
+ explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
+ return rc;
}
#endif
p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, 0);
pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
- isDistinct = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are
+ ** identical, then disable the ORDER BY clause since the GROUP BY
+ ** will cause elements to come out in the correct order. This is
+ ** an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless.
+ ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER
+ ** to disable this optimization for testing purposes.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p->pGroupBy, pOrderBy)==0
+ && (db->flags & SQLITE_GroupByOrder)==0 ){
+ pOrderBy = 0;
}
/* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
/* Set the limiter.
*/
iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
+ p->nSelectRow = (double)LARGEST_INT64;
computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
/* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
*/
- if( isDistinct ){
+ if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
distinct = pParse->nTab++;
pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
(char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
}else{
distinct = -1;
}
*/
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
+ if( pWInfo->nRowOut < p->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pWInfo->nRowOut;
/* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral
** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){
pItem->iAlias = 0;
}
+ if( p->nSelectRow>(double)100 ) p->nSelectRow = (double)100;
+ }else{
+ p->nSelectRow = (double)1;
}
int nCol;
int nGroupBy;
+ explainTempTable(pParse,
+ isDistinct && !(p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)?"DISTINCT":"GROUP BY");
+
groupBySort = 1;
nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
int r2;
r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse,
- pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
+ pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1);
if( r1!=r2 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
}
** and pKeyInfo to the KeyInfo structure required to navigate the
** index.
**
+ ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index.
+ **
** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only
** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy.
*/
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
- if( !pBest || pIdx->nColumn<pBest->nColumn ){
+ if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->nColumn<pBest->nColumn) ){
pBest = pIdx;
}
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr);
+ explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest);
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */
{
} /* endif aggregate query */
+ if( distinct>=0 ){
+ explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT");
+ }
+
/* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
** and send them to the callback one by one.
*/
if( pOrderBy ){
+ explainTempTable(pParse, "ORDER BY");
generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
}
** successful coding of the SELECT.
*/
select_end:
+ explainSetInteger(pParse->iSelectId, iRestoreSelectId);
/* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
*/
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
-**
-** $Id: table.c,v 1.40 2009/04/10 14:28:00 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
-**
-**
-** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.143 2009/08/10 03:57:58 shane Exp $
+** This file contains the implementation for TRIGGERs
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
HashElem *p;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) );
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
- if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
+ if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab
+ && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
iDb = 1;
}
if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
+ }else{
+ assert( !db->init.busy );
+ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
}
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
){
- Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */
- char *zName; /* Name of trigger */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
- DbFixer sFix;
- int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */
- Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */
+ Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */
+ char *zName; /* Name of trigger */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
+ DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */
+ int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */
+ Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */
- pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
zName = pTrig->zName;
goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
}
- /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table,
+ /* if we are not initializing,
** build the sqlite_master entry
*/
if( !db->init.busy ){
pTrig->table, z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
- db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName), P4_DYNAMIC
- );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb,
+ sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName));
}
if( db->init.busy ){
Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
if( pTrig ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
zName = pName->a[0].zName;
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) );
pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
if( pTrigger ) break;
}
if( !pTrigger ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb);
}
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
}
sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, 0);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->zName, P4_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
- Hash *pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
Trigger *pTrigger;
+ Hash *pHash;
+
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) );
+ pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){
if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
){
int mask = 0;
- Trigger *pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+ Trigger *pList = 0;
Trigger *p;
+
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){
+ pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
+ }
assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */
assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) );
+ assert( pTop->pVdbe );
/* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they
** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg
pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg;
pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram));
if( !pProgram ) return 0;
- pProgram->nRef = 1;
+ sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram);
pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger;
pPrg->orconf = orconf;
- pPrg->oldmask = 0xffffffff;
+ pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff;
+ pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff;
/* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the
** trigger sub-program. */
pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop;
pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName;
pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op;
+ pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse);
if( v ){
pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem;
pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab;
pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger;
- pPrg->oldmask = pSubParse->oldmask;
+ pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask;
+ pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask;
sqlite3VdbeDelete(v);
}
/* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program
** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */
if( pPrg ){
+ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers));
+
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem);
- pPrg->pProgram->nRef++;
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM);
VdbeComment(
(v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf)));
** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger,
** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers
** is clear. */
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(p->zName && !(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive);
}
}
}
/*
-** Triggers fired by UPDATE or DELETE statements may access values stored
-** in the old.* pseudo-table. This function returns a 32-bit bitmask
-** indicating which columns of the old.* table actually are used by
-** triggers. This information may be used by the caller to avoid having
-** to load the entire old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE
-** or DELETE command.
+** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table.
+** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the
+** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information
+** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire
+** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command.
**
** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the
-** table may be accessed using an old.<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
+** table may be accessed using an [old|new].<col> reference. Bit 1 is set if
** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there
** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns
** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned.
**
-** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid column is accessed
-** by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
+** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is
+** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is.
**
-** There is no equivalent function for new.* references.
+** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned
+** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table.
+**
+** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE
+** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the
+** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only
+** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerOldmask(
+SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
+ int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */
+ int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */
){
u32 mask = 0;
Trigger *p;
+ assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 );
for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
- if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) ){
+ if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm)
+ && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges)
+ ){
TriggerPrg *pPrg;
pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf);
if( pPrg ){
- mask |= pPrg->oldmask;
+ mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew];
}
}
}
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
-**
-** $Id: update.c,v 1.207 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
- Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */
NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */
- int j1; /* Addresses of jump instructions */
int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- int isView; /* Trying to update a view */
- Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+ int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */
+ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
+ int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
#endif
+ int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */
/* Register Allocations */
int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
int regNew;
int regOld = 0;
int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
- int regRec; /* Register used for new table record to insert */
memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
db = pParse->db;
** updated is a view.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 0);
+ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
+ assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 );
#else
# define pTrigger 0
# define isView 0
+# define tmask 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
- if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
+ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
+ pParse->checkSchema = 1;
goto update_cleanup;
}
}
}
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
int reg;
- if( chngRowid ){
+ if( hasFK || chngRowid ){
reg = ++pParse->nMem;
}else{
reg = 0;
/* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
- pWhere);
+ pWhere, onError);
pWhere = 0;
pTabList = 0;
goto update_cleanup;
}
regNew = pParse->nMem + 1;
pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol;
- regRec = ++pParse->nMem;
/* Start the view context. */
if( isView ){
** with the required old.* column data. */
if( hasFK || pTrigger ){
u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0);
- oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerOldmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, pTab, onError);
+ oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse,
+ pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError
+ );
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
- if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (oldmask & (1<<i)) ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regOld+i);
- sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regOld+i);
+ if( aXRef[i]<0 || oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & (1<<i))) ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, i, regOld+i);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i);
}
/* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new
** row data. This array is used to check constaints, create the new
** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references
- ** made by triggers. */
+ ** made by triggers.
+ **
+ ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the
+ ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by
+ ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The
+ ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from
+ ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger
+ ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to
+ ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes.
+ */
+ newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask(
+ pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError
+ );
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i);
}else{
j = aXRef[i];
- if( j<0 ){
+ if( j>=0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
+ }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask&(1<<i)) ){
+ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed
+ ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or
+ ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via
+ ** a new.* reference in a trigger program.
+ */
+ testcase( i==31 );
+ testcase( i==32 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
- }else{
- sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i);
}
}
}
/* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are
- ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. */
- if( pTrigger ){
+ ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong.
+ */
+ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, regNew, pTab->nCol);
sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are
** required. This behaviour - what happens when the row being updated
** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the
- ** documentation. */
+ ** documentation.
+ */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
+
+ /* If it did not delete it, the row-trigger may still have modified
+ ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for
+ ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their
+ ** registers in case this has happened.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
+ if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regNew+i);
+ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i, regNew+i);
+ }
+ }
}
if( !isView ){
+ int j1; /* Address of jump instruction */
/* Do constraint checks. */
sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
- Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
+ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */
ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
/* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
** all updated rows.
*/
- pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
- sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"));
+ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, "_rowid_"));
if( pRowid ){
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0));
if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
}else{
- pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
+ pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
}
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr);
}
assert( v );
ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED);
/* fill the ephemeral table
*/
}
sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVTab, P4_VTAB);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError);
sqlite3MayAbort(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr+1);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
**
** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
-**
-** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.91 2009/07/02 07:47:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/*
+** Finalize a prepared statement. If there was an error, store the
+** text of the error message in *pzErrMsg. Return the result code.
+*/
+static int vacuumFinalize(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pStmt);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
*/
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
VVA_ONLY( int rc; )
if( !zSql ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
return sqlite3_errcode(db);
}
VVA_ONLY( rc = ) sqlite3_step(pStmt);
assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW );
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
}
/*
** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
*/
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
+static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
return rc;
}
}
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return vacuumFinalize(db, pStmt, pzErrMsg);
}
/*
int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */
int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */
int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
+ void (*saved_xTrace)(void*,const char*); /* Saved db->xTrace */
Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */
- int nRes;
+ int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */
+ int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */
if( !db->autoCommit ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
+ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress");
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
/* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be
** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and
saved_flags = db->flags;
saved_nChange = db->nChange;
saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
- db->flags &= ~SQLITE_ForeignKeys;
+ saved_xTrace = db->xTrace;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks | SQLITE_PreferBuiltin;
+ db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder);
+ db->xTrace = 0;
pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain));
** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
** to write the journal header file.
*/
- zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
- rc = execSql(db, zSql);
+ nDb = db->nDb;
+ if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
+ zSql = "ATTACH ':memory:' AS vacuum_db;";
+ }else{
+ zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
+ }
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSql);
+ if( db->nDb>nDb ){
+ pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
+ assert( strcmp(pDb->zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
+ }
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
- assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
+ /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
+ ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
+ ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
+ ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */
+ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
+
nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
/* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
}
#endif
+ /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */
+ if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain))
+ ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
+ db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ }
+
if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
|| (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
|| NEVER(db->mallocFailed)
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto end_of_vacuum;
}
- rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto end_of_vacuum;
}
#endif
/* Begin a transaction */
- rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
** in the temporary database.
*/
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
" AND rootpage>0"
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
- ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
+ ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy
** the contents to the temporary database.
*/
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
- "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
- "FROM sqlite_master "
+ "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';'"
+ "FROM main.sqlite_master "
"WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
" AND rootpage>0"
-
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Copy over the sequence table
*/
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
"FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
- rc = execExecSql(db,
+ rc = execExecSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
- "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
+ "|| ' SELECT * FROM main.' || quote(name) || ';' "
"FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
*/
- rc = execSql(db,
+ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg,
"INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
" SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
- " FROM sqlite_master"
+ " FROM main.sqlite_master"
" WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
" OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
);
db->flags = saved_flags;
db->nChange = saved_nChange;
db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
+ db->xTrace = saved_xTrace;
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1);
/* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
pDb->pSchema = 0;
}
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[]
+ ** array. */
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
return rc;
}
+
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
-**
-** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.94 2009/08/08 18:01:08 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
+** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the
+** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of
+** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of
+** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which
+** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods.
+*/
+struct VtabCtx {
+ Table *pTab;
+ VTable *pVTable;
+};
+
+/*
** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
if( pDel==pMod ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
}else if( xDestroy ){
xDestroy(pAux);
}
if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){
sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab;
if( p ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
- if( pVTab->db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
- p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- } else
-#endif
- {
- p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
- }
+ p->pModule->xDisconnect(p);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab);
}
** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments
** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why
** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any
- ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */
- assert( db==0 ||
- sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema)].pBt)
- );
+ ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list.
+ */
+ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) );
while( pVTable ){
sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db;
** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated
** database connection.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
- vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){
+ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p);
if( p->azModuleArg ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
- sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg[i]);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
}
- sqlite3DbFree(p->dbMem, p->azModuleArg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
}
}
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
- zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0,
pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
}
Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
const char *zName = pTab->zName;
int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) );
pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
if( pOld ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
return;
}
- pSchema->db = pParse->db;
pParse->pNewTable = 0;
}
}
int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
char **pzErr
){
+ VtabCtx sCtx;
VTable *pVTable;
int rc;
const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
pVTable->db = db;
pVTable->pMod = pMod;
- assert( !db->pVTab );
- assert( xConstruct );
- db->pVTab = pTab;
-
/* Invoke the virtual table constructor */
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
+ assert( &db->pVtabCtx );
+ assert( xConstruct );
+ sCtx.pTab = pTab;
+ sCtx.pVTable = pVTable;
+ db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx;
rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
+ db->pVtabCtx = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
}else {
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable);
}else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){
** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */
pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
pVTable->nRef = 1;
- if( db->pVTab ){
+ if( sCtx.pTab ){
const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
- db->pVTab = 0;
return rc;
}
return rc;
}
-
/*
-** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[].
+** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one
+** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
*/
-static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
+static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){
const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
/* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should
+** have already been reserved using growVTrans().
+*/
+static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){
/* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab;
sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab);
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
/* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to
** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){
- rc = addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+ rc = growVTrans(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab));
+ }
}
return rc;
char *zErr = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pTab = db->pVTab;
- if( !pTab ){
+ if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
}
assert( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
}else{
pParse->declareVtab = 1;
pParse->db = db;
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = 1;
- if(
- SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) &&
- pParse->pNewTable &&
- !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect &&
- (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
+ if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zCreateTable, &zErr)
+ && pParse->pNewTable
+ && !db->mallocFailed
+ && !pParse->pNewTable->pSelect
+ && (pParse->pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
){
if( !pTab->aCol ){
pTab->aCol = pParse->pNewTable->aCol;
pParse->pNewTable->nCol = 0;
pParse->pNewTable->aCol = 0;
}
- db->pVTab = 0;
- } else {
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
+ db->pVtabCtx->pTab = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
if( pParse->pVdbe ){
sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe);
}
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
sqlite3StackFree(db, pParse);
}
if( ALWAYS(pTab!=0 && pTab->pVTable!=0) ){
VTable *p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab);
- rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
rc = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy(p->pVtab);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
/* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset);
if( x ) x(p);
}
+ pVTab->iSavepoint = 0;
sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
int i;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int rcsafety;
VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
- rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
db->aVTrans = 0;
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){
rc = x(pVtab);
sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
- *pzErrmsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
- pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
+ *pzErrmsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
}
}
db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
- rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rcsafety;
- }
return rc;
}
if( pModule->xBegin ){
int i;
-
/* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){
}
}
- /* Invoke the xBegin method */
- rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+ /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the
+ ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */
+ rc = growVTrans(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+ rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ addToVTrans(db, pVTab);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all
+** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint
+** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked.
+**
+** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is
+** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is
+** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with
+** an open transaction is invoked.
+**
+** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK,
+** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this
+** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful,
+** SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN );
+ assert( iSavepoint>=0 );
+ if( db->aVTrans ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans; i++){
+ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i];
+ const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule;
+ if( pMod->iVersion>=2 ){
+ int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN:
+ xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint;
+ pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1;
+ break;
+ case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK:
+ xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo;
+ break;
+ default:
+ xMethod = pMod->xRelease;
+ break;
+ }
+ if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){
+ rc = xMethod(db->aVTrans[i]->pVtab, iSavepoint);
+ }
+ }
}
}
return rc;
}
}
+/*
+** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual
+** table update operation currently in progress.
+**
+** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from
+** within an xUpdate method.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const unsigned char aMap[] = {
+ SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE
+ };
+ assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 );
+ assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 );
+ assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 );
+ return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1];
+}
+
+/*
+** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide
+** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior
+** of the virtual table being implemented.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: {
+ VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx;
+ if( !p ){
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pTab==0 || (p->pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 );
+ p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ break;
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting
** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
-**
-** $Id: where.c,v 1.411 2009/07/31 06:14:52 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
+
/*
** Trace output macros
*/
#define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */
#define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */
#define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+# define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */
+#else
+# define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat2 */
+#endif
/*
** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
struct WhereCost {
WherePlan plan; /* The lookup strategy */
double rCost; /* Overall cost of pursuing this search strategy */
- double nRow; /* Estimated number of output rows */
Bitmask used; /* Bitmask of cursors used by this plan */
};
#define WO_ISNULL 0x080
#define WO_OR 0x100 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */
#define WO_AND 0x200 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */
+#define WO_NOOP 0x800 /* This term does not restrict search space */
#define WO_ALL 0xfff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */
#define WO_SINGLE 0x0ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00040000 /* x IN (...) */
#define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00080000 /* x IS NULL */
#define WHERE_INDEXED 0x000f0000 /* Anything that uses an index */
+#define WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN 0x100f3000 /* Does not do a full table scan */
#define WHERE_IN_ABLE 0x000f1000 /* Able to support an IN operator */
#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00100000 /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT 0x00200000 /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
+#define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00300000 /* Both x>EXPR and x<EXPR */
#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY 0x00800000 /* Use index only - omit table */
#define WHERE_ORDERBY 0x01000000 /* Output will appear in correct order */
#define WHERE_REVERSE 0x02000000 /* Scan in reverse order */
#define WHERE_UNIQUE 0x04000000 /* Selects no more than one row */
#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x08000000 /* Use virtual-table processing */
#define WHERE_MULTI_OR 0x10000000 /* OR using multiple indices */
+#define WHERE_TEMP_INDEX 0x20000000 /* Uses an ephemeral index */
/*
** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u8 wtFlags){
WhereTerm *pTerm;
int idx;
+ testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-00211-15100 */
if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
*/
static Bitmask getMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
int i;
- assert( pMaskSet->n<=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
+ assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 );
for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are
** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
+**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59926-26393 To be usable by an index a term must be
+** of one of the following forms: column = expression column > expression
+** column >= expression column < expression column <= expression
+** expression = column expression > column expression >= column
+** expression < column expression <= column column IN
+** (expression-list) column IN (subquery) column IS NULL
*/
static int allowedOp(int op){
assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
static int isLikeOrGlob(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */
- int *pnPattern, /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
+ Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */
int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
){
- const char *z; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
+ const char *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */
Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */
ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */
int c; /* One character in z[] */
int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
char wc[3]; /* Wildcard characters */
- CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence for LHS */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
+ int op; /* Opcode of pRight */
if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
return 0;
if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
#endif
pList = pExpr->x.pList;
- pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
- if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING ){
- return 0;
- }
pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
- if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
+ if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
+ /* IMP: R-02065-49465 The left-hand side of the LIKE or GLOB operator must
+ ** be the name of an indexed column with TEXT affinity. */
return 0;
}
- pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
- assert( pColl!=0 || pLeft->iColumn==-1 );
- if( pColl==0 ) return 0;
- if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) &&
- (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){
- return 0;
+ assert( pLeft->iColumn!=(-1) ); /* Because IPK never has AFF_TEXT */
+
+ pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
+ op = pRight->op;
+ if( op==TK_REGISTER ){
+ op = pRight->op2;
+ }
+ if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare;
+ int iCol = pRight->iColumn;
+ pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
+ if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){
+ z = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ }
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
+ assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER );
+ }else if( op==TK_STRING ){
+ z = pRight->u.zToken;
}
- if( sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ) return 0;
- z = pRight->u.zToken;
- if( ALWAYS(z) ){
+ if( z ){
cnt = 0;
while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){
cnt++;
}
- if( cnt!=0 && c!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
- *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
- *pnPattern = cnt;
- return 1;
+ if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] ){
+ Expr *pPrefix;
+ *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
+ pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, z);
+ if( pPrefix ) pPrefix->u.zToken[cnt] = 0;
+ *ppPrefix = pPrefix;
+ if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
+ if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){
+ /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current
+ ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE
+ ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program.
+ ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()
+ ** API. To workaround them, add a dummy OP_Variable here.
+ */
+ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ z = 0;
}
}
- return 0;
+
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ return (z!=0);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
/* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies
** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is
** pTerm converted into an IN operator.
+ **
+ ** EV: R-00211-15100
*/
if( okToChngToIN ){
Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
}
- pTerm->eOperator = 0; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
+ pTerm->eOperator = WO_NOOP; /* case 1 trumps case 2 */
}
}
}
Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */
Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */
Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */
- Bitmask extraRight = 0;
- int nPattern;
- int isComplete;
- int noCase;
+ Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */
+ Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */
+ int noCase = 0; /* LIKE/GLOB distinguishes case */
int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */
Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse; /* Parsing context */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
pNew->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
- pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
+ testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft );
+ pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight;
pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
}
** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
** termination condition "abd".
*/
- if( isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase)
- && pWC->op==TK_AND ){
- Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
- Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
- Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
- int idxNew1, idxNew2;
+ if( pWC->op==TK_AND
+ && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase)
+ ){
+ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */
+ Expr *pNewExpr1;
+ Expr *pNewExpr2;
+ int idxNew1;
+ int idxNew2;
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use */
pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr;
- pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr;
- pStr1 = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, pRight->u.zToken);
- if( pStr1 ) pStr1->u.zToken[nPattern] = 0;
pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */
- pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[nPattern-1];
+ pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1];
c = *pC;
if( noCase ){
/* The point is to increment the last character before the first
** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full
** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag
*/
- if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0;
+ if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; /* EV: R-64339-08207 */
+
c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
}
*pC = c + 1;
}
- pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr1,0);
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, noCase ? "NOCASE" : "BINARY",0);
+ pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE,
+ sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
+ pStr1, 0);
idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
testcase( idxNew1==0 );
exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
- pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0),pStr2,0);
+ pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT,
+ sqlite3ExprSetColl(sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft,0), pColl),
+ pStr2, 0);
idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
testcase( idxNew2==0 );
exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ /* When sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available an operator of the
+ ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently
+ ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a
+ ** virtual term of that form.
+ **
+ ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. This
+ ** TERM_VNULL tag will suppress the not-null check at the beginning
+ ** of the loop. Without the TERM_VNULL flag, the not-null check at
+ ** the start of the loop will prevent any results from being returned.
+ */
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL
+ && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN
+ && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0
+ ){
+ Expr *pNewExpr;
+ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ int idxNew;
+ WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
+
+ pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT,
+ sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0),
+ sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0), 0);
+
+ idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr,
+ TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL);
+ if( idxNew ){
+ pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
+ pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0;
+ pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
+ pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
+ pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT;
+ pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
+ pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
+ pTerm->nChild = 1;
+ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED;
+ pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
+
/* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
** an index for tables to the left of the join.
*/
int base, /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
int nEqCol, /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
+ int wsFlags, /* Index usages flags */
int *pbRev /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
){
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
return 1;
}
if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
+ && (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)==0
&& !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
/* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
** clause reference other tables in a join. If this is all true then
- ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
+ ** the order by clause is superfluous. Not that if the matching
+ ** condition is IS NULL then the result is not necessarily unique
+ ** even on a UNIQUE index, so disallow those cases. */
return 1;
}
return 0;
** Required because bestIndex() is called by bestOrClauseIndex()
*/
static void bestIndex(
- Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*);
+ Parse*, WhereClause*, struct SrcList_item*,
+ Bitmask, Bitmask, ExprList*, WhereCost*);
/*
** This routine attempts to find an scanning strategy that can be used
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
WhereTerm * const pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; /* End of pWC->a[] */
WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+ /* No OR-clause optimization allowed if the INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clauses
+ ** are used */
+ if( pSrc->notIndexed || pSrc->pIndex!=0 ){
+ return;
+ }
+
/* Search the WHERE clause terms for a usable WO_OR term. */
for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR
));
if( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
WhereClause *pAndWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc;
- bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+ bestIndex(pParse, pAndWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
}else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){
WhereClause tempWC;
tempWC.pParse = pWC->pParse;
tempWC.op = TK_AND;
tempWC.a = pOrTerm;
tempWC.nTerm = 1;
- bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, 0, &sTermCost);
+ bestIndex(pParse, &tempWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, 0, &sTermCost);
}else{
continue;
}
rTotal += sTermCost.rCost;
- nRow += sTermCost.nRow;
+ nRow += sTermCost.plan.nRow;
used |= sTermCost.used;
if( rTotal>=pCost->rCost ) break;
}
/* If there is an ORDER BY clause, increase the scan cost to account
** for the cost of the sort. */
if( pOrderBy!=0 ){
+ WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost %.9g to %.9g\n",
+ rTotal, rTotal+nRow*estLog(nRow)));
rTotal += nRow*estLog(nRow);
- WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases OR cost to %.9g\n", rTotal));
}
/* If the cost of scanning using this OR term for optimization is
WHERETRACE(("... multi-index OR cost=%.9g nrow=%.9g\n", rTotal, nRow));
if( rTotal<pCost->rCost ){
pCost->rCost = rTotal;
- pCost->nRow = nRow;
pCost->used = used;
+ pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
pCost->plan.wsFlags = flags;
pCost->plan.u.pTerm = pTerm;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it
+** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate
+** index existed.
+*/
+static int termCanDriveIndex(
+ WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */
+ Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */
+){
+ char aff;
+ if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ) return 0;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0;
+ aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity;
+ if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** If the query plan for pSrc specified in pCost is a full table scan
+** and indexing is allows (if there is no NOT INDEXED clause) and it
+** possible to construct a transient index that would perform better
+** than a full table scan even when the cost of constructing the index
+** is taken into account, then alter the query plan to use the
+** transient index.
+*/
+static void bestAutomaticIndex(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
+){
+ double nTableRow; /* Rows in the input table */
+ double logN; /* log(nTableRow) */
+ double costTempIdx; /* per-query cost of the transient index */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
+ Table *pTable; /* Table tht might be indexed */
+
+ if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)==0 ){
+ /* Automatic indices are disabled at run-time */
+ return;
+ }
+ if( (pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0 ){
+ /* We already have some kind of index in use for this query. */
+ return;
+ }
+ if( pSrc->notIndexed ){
+ /* The NOT INDEXED clause appears in the SQL. */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ assert( pParse->nQueryLoop >= (double)1 );
+ pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+ nTableRow = pTable->nRowEst;
+ logN = estLog(nTableRow);
+ costTempIdx = 2*logN*(nTableRow/pParse->nQueryLoop + 1);
+ if( costTempIdx>=pCost->rCost ){
+ /* The cost of creating the transient table would be greater than
+ ** doing the full table scan */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Search for any equality comparison term */
+ pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+ WHERETRACE(("auto-index reduces cost from %.1f to %.1f\n",
+ pCost->rCost, costTempIdx));
+ pCost->rCost = costTempIdx;
+ pCost->plan.nRow = logN + 1;
+ pCost->plan.wsFlags = WHERE_TEMP_INDEX;
+ pCost->used = pTerm->prereqRight;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define bestAutomaticIndex(A,B,C,D,E) /* no-op */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+/*
+** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index
+** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator
+** makes use of the automatic index.
+*/
+static void constructAutomaticIndex(
+ Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
+ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
+ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */
+){
+ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */
+ int nByte; /* Byte of memory needed for pIdx */
+ Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */
+ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */
+ int regIsInit; /* Register set by initialization */
+ int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */
+ Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */
+ KeyInfo *pKeyinfo; /* Key information for the index */
+ int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */
+ int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */
+ int n; /* Column counter */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */
+ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */
+ Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */
+ Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */
+
+ /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the
+ ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */
+ v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ assert( v!=0 );
+ regIsInit = ++pParse->nMem;
+ addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regIsInit);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regIsInit);
+
+ /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index
+ ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
+ nColumn = 0;
+ pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+ pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
+ idxCols = 0;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
+ testcase( iCol==BMS );
+ testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
+ if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+ nColumn++;
+ idxCols |= cMask;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ assert( nColumn>0 );
+ pLevel->plan.nEq = nColumn;
+
+ /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a
+ ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all
+ ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the
+ ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must
+ ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the
+ ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used
+ ** if they go out of sync.
+ */
+ extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)));
+ mxBitCol = (pTable->nCol >= BMS-1) ? BMS-1 : pTable->nCol;
+ testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 );
+ for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+ if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ) nColumn++;
+ }
+ if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
+ nColumn += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1;
+ }
+ pLevel->plan.wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WO_EQ;
+
+ /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */
+ nByte = sizeof(Index);
+ nByte += nColumn*sizeof(int); /* Index.aiColumn */
+ nByte += nColumn*sizeof(char*); /* Index.azColl */
+ nByte += nColumn; /* Index.aSortOrder */
+ pIdx = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, nByte);
+ if( pIdx==0 ) return;
+ pLevel->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
+ pIdx->azColl = (char**)&pIdx[1];
+ pIdx->aiColumn = (int*)&pIdx->azColl[nColumn];
+ pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pIdx->aiColumn[nColumn];
+ pIdx->zName = "auto-index";
+ pIdx->nColumn = nColumn;
+ pIdx->pTable = pTable;
+ n = 0;
+ idxCols = 0;
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
+ if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
+ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? ((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1) : ((Bitmask)1)<<iCol;
+ if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){
+ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
+ idxCols |= cMask;
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
+ pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = ALWAYS(pColl) ? pColl->zName : "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ assert( (u32)n==pLevel->plan.nEq );
+
+ /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into
+ ** a covering index */
+ for(i=0; i<mxBitCol; i++){
+ if( extraCols & (((Bitmask)1)<<i) ){
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ if( pSrc->colUsed & (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
+ for(i=BMS-1; i<pTable->nCol; i++){
+ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i;
+ pIdx->azColl[n] = "BINARY";
+ n++;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( n==nColumn );
+
+ /* Create the automatic index */
+ pKeyinfo = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
+ assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 );
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nColumn+1, 0,
+ (char*)pKeyinfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
+ VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName));
+
+ /* Fill the automatic index with content */
+ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur);
+ regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
+ sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 1);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX);
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop);
+ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
+
+ /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */
+ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit);
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */
+
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the
int i;
int rc;
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p);
rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p);
TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
}
}
- sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg);
pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for index */
+ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not valid for any purpose */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The order by clause */
WhereCost *pCost, /* Lowest cost query plan */
sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
WhereTerm *pTerm;
int i, j;
int nOrderBy;
+ double rCost;
/* Make sure wsFlags is initialized to some sane value. Otherwise, if the
** malloc in allocateIndexInfo() fails and this function returns leaving
}
}
+ /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, and the selected virtual table index
+ ** does not satisfy it, increase the cost of the scan accordingly. This
+ ** matches the processing for non-virtual tables in bestBtreeIndex().
+ */
+ rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
+ if( pOrderBy && pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed==0 ){
+ rCost += estLog(rCost)*rCost;
+ }
+
/* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then the
** (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true.
** Use "(double)2" instead of "2.0" in case OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
** is defined.
*/
- if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<pIdxInfo->estimatedCost ){
+ if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2))<rCost ){
pCost->rCost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/((double)2));
}else{
- pCost->rCost = pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
+ pCost->rCost = rCost;
}
pCost->plan.u.pVtabIdx = pIdxInfo;
if( pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ){
/* Try to find a more efficient access pattern by using multiple indexes
** to optimize an OR expression within the WHERE clause.
*/
- bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
+ bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/*
** Argument pIdx is a pointer to an index structure that has an array of
** SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES evenly spaced samples of the first indexed column
-** stored in Index.aSample. The domain of values stored in said column
-** may be thought of as divided into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions.
-** Region 0 contains all values smaller than the first sample value. Region
-** 1 contains values larger than or equal to the value of the first sample,
-** but smaller than the value of the second. And so on.
+** stored in Index.aSample. These samples divide the domain of values stored
+** the index into (SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1) regions.
+** Region 0 contains all values less than the first sample value. Region
+** 1 contains values between the first and second samples. Region 2 contains
+** values between samples 2 and 3. And so on. Region SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES
+** contains values larger than the last sample.
+**
+** If the index contains many duplicates of a single value, then it is
+** possible that two or more adjacent samples can hold the same value.
+** When that is the case, the smallest possible region code is returned
+** when roundUp is false and the largest possible region code is returned
+** when roundUp is true.
**
** If successful, this function determines which of the regions value
** pVal lies in, sets *piRegion to the region index (a value between 0
Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */
Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */
sqlite3_value *pVal, /* Value to consider */
+ int roundUp, /* Return largest valid region if true */
int *piRegion /* OUT: Region of domain in which value lies */
){
+ assert( roundUp==0 || roundUp==1 );
if( ALWAYS(pVal) ){
IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample;
int i = 0;
double r = sqlite3_value_double(pVal);
for(i=0; i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
if( aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) continue;
- if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT || aSample[i].u.r>r ) break;
+ if( aSample[i].eType>=SQLITE_TEXT ) break;
+ if( roundUp ){
+ if( aSample[i].u.r>r ) break;
+ }else{
+ if( aSample[i].u.r>=r ) break;
+ }
+ }
+ }else if( eType==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ i = 0;
+ if( roundUp ){
+ while( i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES && aSample[i].eType==SQLITE_NULL ) i++;
}
}else{
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
n = sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, pColl->enc);
for(i=0; i<SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
- int r;
+ int c;
int eSampletype = aSample[i].eType;
if( eSampletype==SQLITE_NULL || eSampletype<eType ) continue;
if( (eSampletype!=eType) ) break;
assert( db->mallocFailed );
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z);
+ c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, nSample, zSample, n, z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSample);
}else
#endif
{
- r = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z);
+ c = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, aSample[i].nByte, aSample[i].u.z, n, z);
}
- if( r>0 ) break;
+ if( c-roundUp>=0 ) break;
}
}
#endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
/*
+** If expression pExpr represents a literal value, set *pp to point to
+** an sqlite3_value structure containing the same value, with affinity
+** aff applied to it, before returning. It is the responsibility of the
+** caller to eventually release this structure by passing it to
+** sqlite3ValueFree().
+**
+** If the current parse is a recompile (sqlite3Reprepare()) and pExpr
+** is an SQL variable that currently has a non-NULL value bound to it,
+** create an sqlite3_value structure containing this value, again with
+** affinity aff applied to it, instead.
+**
+** If neither of the above apply, set *pp to NULL.
+**
+** If an error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+static int valueFromExpr(
+ Parse *pParse,
+ Expr *pExpr,
+ u8 aff,
+ sqlite3_value **pp
+){
+ if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE
+ || (pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->op2==TK_VARIABLE)
+ ){
+ int iVar = pExpr->iColumn;
+ sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); /* IMP: R-23257-02778 */
+ *pp = sqlite3VdbeGetValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, aff);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ return sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, pp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited
** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper
** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper
** constraints.
**
** In the absence of sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, each range inequality
-** reduces the search space by 2/3rds. Hence a single constraint (x>?)
-** results in a return of 33 and a range constraint (x>? AND x<?) results
-** in a return of 11.
+** reduces the search space by 3/4ths. Hence a single constraint (x>?)
+** results in a return of 25 and a range constraint (x>? AND x<?) results
+** in a return of 6.
*/
static int whereRangeScanEst(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
- sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0;
- sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0;
if( nEq==0 && p->aSample ){
+ sqlite3_value *pLowerVal = 0;
+ sqlite3_value *pUpperVal = 0;
int iEst;
int iLower = 0;
int iUpper = SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
- u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[0].affinity;
+ int roundUpUpper = 0;
+ int roundUpLower = 0;
+ u8 aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
if( pLower ){
Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight;
- rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, &pLowerVal);
+ rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pLowerVal);
+ assert( pLower->eOperator==WO_GT || pLower->eOperator==WO_GE );
+ roundUpLower = (pLower->eOperator==WO_GT) ?1:0;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pUpper ){
Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight;
- rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, aff, &pUpperVal);
+ rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pUpperVal);
+ assert( pUpper->eOperator==WO_LT || pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE );
+ roundUpUpper = (pUpper->eOperator==WO_LE) ?1:0;
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pLowerVal==0 && pUpperVal==0) ){
sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
goto range_est_fallback;
}else if( pLowerVal==0 ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper);
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper);
if( pLower ) iLower = iUpper/2;
}else if( pUpperVal==0 ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower);
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower);
if( pUpper ) iUpper = (iLower + SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES + 1)/2;
}else{
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, &iUpper);
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pUpperVal, roundUpUpper, &iUpper);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, &iLower);
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pLowerVal, roundUpLower, &iLower);
}
}
+ WHERETRACE(("range scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper));
iEst = iUpper - iLower;
testcase( iEst==SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
assert( iEst<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
if( iEst<1 ){
- iEst = 1;
+ *piEst = 50/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
+ }else{
+ *piEst = (iEst*100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
}
-
sqlite3ValueFree(pLowerVal);
sqlite3ValueFree(pUpperVal);
- *piEst = (iEst * 100)/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
return rc;
}
range_est_fallback:
UNUSED_PARAMETER(nEq);
#endif
assert( pLower || pUpper );
- if( pLower && pUpper ){
- *piEst = 11;
+ *piEst = 100;
+ if( pLower && (pLower->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ) *piEst /= 4;
+ if( pUpper ) *piEst /= 4;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in
+** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most
+** column of an index and sqlite_stat2 histogram data is available
+** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is
+** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE".
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereEqualScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
+ Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */
+ double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+ sqlite3_value *pRhs = 0; /* VALUE on right-hand side of pTerm */
+ int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */
+ u8 aff; /* Column affinity */
+ int rc; /* Subfunction return code */
+ double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+
+ assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+ aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
+ if( pExpr ){
+ rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, aff, &pRhs);
+ if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
+ }else{
+ pRhs = sqlite3ValueNew(pParse->db);
+ }
+ if( pRhs==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 0, &iLower);
+ if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pRhs, 1, &iUpper);
+ if( rc ) goto whereEqualScanEst_cancel;
+ WHERETRACE(("equality scan regions: %d..%d\n", iLower, iUpper));
+ if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+ nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0]/(SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES*2);
+ if( nRowEst<*pnRow ) *pnRow = nRowEst;
}else{
- *piEst = 33;
+ nRowEst = (iUpper-iLower)*p->aiRowEst[0]/SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES;
+ *pnRow = nRowEst;
}
+
+whereEqualScanEst_cancel:
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pRhs);
return rc;
}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+/*
+** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on
+** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator
+** is a list of values. Example:
+**
+** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4)
+**
+** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK.
+** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return
+** non-zero.
+**
+** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence
+** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory
+** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored
+** in the pParse structure.
+*/
+static int whereInScanEst(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */
+ Index *p, /* The index whose left-most column is pTerm */
+ ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */
+ double *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */
+){
+ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* One value from list */
+ int iLower, iUpper; /* Range of histogram regions containing pRhs */
+ u8 aff; /* Column affinity */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */
+ double nRowEst; /* New estimate of the number of rows */
+ int nSpan = 0; /* Number of histogram regions spanned */
+ int nSingle = 0; /* Histogram regions hit by a single value */
+ int nNotFound = 0; /* Count of values that are not constants */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u8 aSpan[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions that are spanned */
+ u8 aSingle[SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES+1]; /* Histogram regions hit once */
+
+ assert( p->aSample!=0 );
+ aff = p->pTable->aCol[p->aiColumn[0]].affinity;
+ memset(aSpan, 0, sizeof(aSpan));
+ memset(aSingle, 0, sizeof(aSingle));
+ for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ rc = valueFromExpr(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr, aff, &pVal);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ if( pVal==0 || sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ nNotFound++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 0, &iLower);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ rc = whereRangeRegion(pParse, p, pVal, 1, &iUpper);
+ if( rc ) break;
+ if( iLower>=iUpper ){
+ aSingle[iLower] = 1;
+ }else{
+ assert( iLower>=0 && iUpper<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES );
+ while( iLower<iUpper ) aSpan[iLower++] = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ for(i=nSpan=0; i<=SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES; i++){
+ if( aSpan[i] ){
+ nSpan++;
+ }else if( aSingle[i] ){
+ nSingle++;
+ }
+ }
+ nRowEst = (nSpan*2+nSingle)*p->aiRowEst[0]/(2*SQLITE_INDEX_SAMPLES)
+ + nNotFound*p->aiRowEst[1];
+ if( nRowEst > p->aiRowEst[0] ) nRowEst = p->aiRowEst[0];
+ *pnRow = nRowEst;
+ WHERETRACE(("IN row estimate: nSpan=%d, nSingle=%d, nNotFound=%d, est=%g\n",
+ nSpan, nSingle, nNotFound, nRowEst));
+ }
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2) */
/*
-** Find the query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the
+** Find the best query plan for accessing a particular table. Write the
** best query plan and its cost into the WhereCost object supplied as the
** last parameter.
**
** The lowest cost plan wins. The cost is an estimate of the amount of
-** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected plan.
+** CPU and disk I/O needed to process the requested result.
** Factors that influence cost include:
**
** * The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved. (The
**
** If a NOT INDEXED clause (pSrc->notIndexed!=0) was attached to the table
** in the SELECT statement, then no indexes are considered. However, the
-** selected plan may still take advantage of the tables built-in rowid
+** selected plan may still take advantage of the built-in rowid primary key
** index.
*/
static void bestBtreeIndex(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
wsFlagMask = ~(WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE);
eqTermMask = idxEqTermMask;
}else{
- /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object to
- ** represent the primary key */
- Index *pFirst; /* Any other index on the table */
+ /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local
+ ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this
+ ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real
+ ** indices to follow */
+ Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */
memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index));
sPk.nColumn = 1;
sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk;
sPk.aiRowEst = aiRowEstPk;
- aiRowEstPk[1] = 1;
sPk.onError = OE_Replace;
sPk.pTable = pSrc->pTab;
+ aiRowEstPk[0] = pSrc->pTab->nRowEst;
+ aiRowEstPk[1] = 1;
pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
if( pSrc->notIndexed==0 ){
+ /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the
+ ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */
sPk.pNext = pFirst;
}
- /* The aiRowEstPk[0] is an estimate of the total number of rows in the
- ** table. Get this information from the ANALYZE information if it is
- ** available. If not available, assume the table 1 million rows in size.
- */
- if( pFirst ){
- assert( pFirst->aiRowEst!=0 ); /* Allocated together with pFirst */
- aiRowEstPk[0] = pFirst->aiRowEst[0];
- }else{
- aiRowEstPk[0] = 1000000;
- }
pProbe = &sPk;
wsFlagMask = ~(
WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE
const unsigned int * const aiRowEst = pProbe->aiRowEst;
double cost; /* Cost of using pProbe */
double nRow; /* Estimated number of rows in result set */
+ double log10N; /* base-10 logarithm of nRow (inexact) */
int rev; /* True to scan in reverse order */
int wsFlags = 0;
Bitmask used = 0;
/* The following variables are populated based on the properties of
- ** scan being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected
+ ** index being evaluated. They are then used to determine the expected
** cost and number of rows returned.
**
** nEq:
** Number of equality terms that can be implemented using the index.
+ ** In other words, the number of initial fields in the index that
+ ** are used in == or IN or NOT NULL constraints of the WHERE clause.
**
** nInMul:
** The "in-multiplier". This is an estimate of how many seek operations
**
** bInEst:
** Set to true if there was at least one "x IN (SELECT ...)" term used
- ** in determining the value of nInMul.
+ ** in determining the value of nInMul. Note that the RHS of the
+ ** IN operator must be a SELECT, not a value list, for this variable
+ ** to be true.
**
- ** nBound:
+ ** estBound:
** An estimate on the amount of the table that must be searched. A
** value of 100 means the entire table is searched. Range constraints
** might reduce this to a value less than 100 to indicate that only
** a fraction of the table needs searching. In the absence of
** sqlite_stat2 ANALYZE data, a single inequality reduces the search
- ** space to 1/3rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces
- ** nBound to 33. Two constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduce nBound to 11.
+ ** space to 1/4rd its original size. So an x>? constraint reduces
+ ** estBound to 25. Two constraints (x>? AND x<?) reduce estBound to 6.
**
** bSort:
** Boolean. True if there is an ORDER BY clause that will require an
** correctly order records).
**
** bLookup:
- ** Boolean. True if for each index entry visited a lookup on the
- ** corresponding table b-tree is required. This is always false
- ** for the rowid index. For other indexes, it is true unless all the
- ** columns of the table used by the SELECT statement are present in
- ** the index (such an index is sometimes described as a covering index).
+ ** Boolean. True if a table lookup is required for each index entry
+ ** visited. In other words, true if this is not a covering index.
+ ** This is always false for the rowid primary key index of a table.
+ ** For other indexes, it is true unless all the columns of the table
+ ** used by the SELECT statement are present in the index (such an
+ ** index is sometimes described as a covering index).
** For example, given the index on (a, b), the second of the following
- ** two queries requires table b-tree lookups, but the first does not.
+ ** two queries requires table b-tree lookups in order to find the value
+ ** of column c, but the first does not because columns a and b are
+ ** both available in the index.
**
** SELECT a, b FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
** SELECT a, b, c FROM tbl WHERE a = 1;
*/
- int nEq;
- int bInEst = 0;
- int nInMul = 1;
- int nBound = 100;
- int bSort = 0;
- int bLookup = 0;
+ int nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms matching index */
+ int bInEst = 0; /* True if "x IN (SELECT...)" seen */
+ int nInMul = 1; /* Number of distinct equalities to lookup */
+ int estBound = 100; /* Estimated reduction in search space */
+ int nBound = 0; /* Number of range constraints seen */
+ int bSort = 0; /* True if external sort required */
+ int bLookup = 0; /* True if not a covering index */
+ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ WhereTerm *pFirstTerm = 0; /* First term matching the index */
+#endif
/* Determine the values of nEq and nInMul */
for(nEq=0; nEq<pProbe->nColumn; nEq++){
- WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */
int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pIdx);
if( pTerm==0 ) break;
Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
+ /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": Assume the SELECT returns 25 rows */
nInMul *= 25;
bInEst = 1;
- }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){
- nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr + 1;
+ }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){
+ /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */
+ nInMul *= pExpr->x.pList->nExpr;
}
}else if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ){
wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL;
}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ if( nEq==0 && pProbe->aSample ) pFirstTerm = pTerm;
+#endif
used |= pTerm->prereqRight;
}
- /* Determine the value of nBound. */
- if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn ){
+ /* Determine the value of estBound. */
+ if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn && pProbe->bUnordered==0 ){
int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx) ){
WhereTerm *pTop = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pIdx);
WhereTerm *pBtm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pIdx);
- whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &nBound);
+ whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pProbe, nEq, pBtm, pTop, &estBound);
if( pTop ){
+ nBound = 1;
wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
used |= pTop->prereqRight;
}
if( pBtm ){
+ nBound++;
wsFlags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
used |= pBtm->prereqRight;
}
** in wsFlags. Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause but the index
** will scan rows in a different order, set the bSort variable. */
if( pOrderBy ){
- if( (wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_NULL))==0
- && isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev)
+ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
+ && pProbe->bUnordered==0
+ && isSortingIndex(pParse, pWC->pMaskSet, pProbe, iCur, pOrderBy,
+ nEq, wsFlags, &rev)
){
wsFlags |= WHERE_ROWID_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_ORDERBY;
wsFlags |= (rev ? WHERE_REVERSE : 0);
/* If currently calculating the cost of using an index (not the IPK
** index), determine if all required column data may be obtained without
- ** seeking to entries in the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
+ ** using the main table (i.e. if the index is a covering
** index for this query). If it is, set the WHERE_IDX_ONLY flag in
** wsFlags. Otherwise, set the bLookup variable to true. */
if( pIdx && wsFlags ){
}
}
- /**** Begin adding up the cost of using this index (Needs improvements)
- **
- ** Estimate the number of rows of output. For an IN operator,
- ** do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table.
+ /*
+ ** Estimate the number of rows of output. For an "x IN (SELECT...)"
+ ** constraint, do not let the estimate exceed half the rows in the table.
*/
nRow = (double)(aiRowEst[nEq] * nInMul);
if( bInEst && nRow*2>aiRowEst[0] ){
nInMul = (int)(nRow / aiRowEst[nEq]);
}
- /* Assume constant cost to access a row and logarithmic cost to
- ** do a binary search. Hence, the initial cost is the number of output
- ** rows plus log2(table-size) times the number of binary searches.
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2
+ /* If the constraint is of the form x=VALUE and histogram
+ ** data is available for column x, then it might be possible
+ ** to get a better estimate on the number of rows based on
+ ** VALUE and how common that value is according to the histogram.
*/
- cost = nRow + nInMul*estLog(aiRowEst[0]);
+ if( nRow>(double)1 && nEq==1 && pFirstTerm!=0 ){
+ if( pFirstTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL) ){
+ testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
+ testcase( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
+ whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->pRight, &nRow);
+ }else if( pFirstTerm->eOperator==WO_IN && bInEst==0 ){
+ whereInScanEst(pParse, pProbe, pFirstTerm->pExpr->x.pList, &nRow);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 */
- /* Adjust the number of rows and the cost downward to reflect rows
+ /* Adjust the number of output rows and downward to reflect rows
** that are excluded by range constraints.
*/
- nRow = (nRow * (double)nBound) / (double)100;
- cost = (cost * (double)nBound) / (double)100;
+ nRow = (nRow * (double)estBound) / (double)100;
+ if( nRow<1 ) nRow = 1;
+
+ /* Experiments run on real SQLite databases show that the time needed
+ ** to do a binary search to locate a row in a table or index is roughly
+ ** log10(N) times the time to move from one row to the next row within
+ ** a table or index. The actual times can vary, with the size of
+ ** records being an important factor. Both moves and searches are
+ ** slower with larger records, presumably because fewer records fit
+ ** on one page and hence more pages have to be fetched.
+ **
+ ** The ANALYZE command and the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables do
+ ** not give us data on the relative sizes of table and index records.
+ ** So this computation assumes table records are about twice as big
+ ** as index records
+ */
+ if( (wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
+ /* The cost of a full table scan is a number of move operations equal
+ ** to the number of rows in the table.
+ **
+ ** We add an additional 4x penalty to full table scans. This causes
+ ** the cost function to err on the side of choosing an index over
+ ** choosing a full scan. This 4x full-scan penalty is an arguable
+ ** decision and one which we expect to revisit in the future. But
+ ** it seems to be working well enough at the moment.
+ */
+ cost = aiRowEst[0]*4;
+ }else{
+ log10N = estLog(aiRowEst[0]);
+ cost = nRow;
+ if( pIdx ){
+ if( bLookup ){
+ /* For an index lookup followed by a table lookup:
+ ** nInMul index searches to find the start of each index range
+ ** + nRow steps through the index
+ ** + nRow table searches to lookup the table entry using the rowid
+ */
+ cost += (nInMul + nRow)*log10N;
+ }else{
+ /* For a covering index:
+ ** nInMul index searches to find the initial entry
+ ** + nRow steps through the index
+ */
+ cost += nInMul*log10N;
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* For a rowid primary key lookup:
+ ** nInMult table searches to find the initial entry for each range
+ ** + nRow steps through the table
+ */
+ cost += nInMul*log10N;
+ }
+ }
- /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result
+ /* Add in the estimated cost of sorting the result. Actual experimental
+ ** measurements of sorting performance in SQLite show that sorting time
+ ** adds C*N*log10(N) to the cost, where N is the number of rows to be
+ ** sorted and C is a factor between 1.95 and 4.3. We will split the
+ ** difference and select C of 3.0.
*/
if( bSort ){
- cost += cost*estLog(cost);
+ cost += nRow*estLog(nRow)*3;
}
- /* If all information can be taken directly from the index, we avoid
- ** doing table lookups. This reduces the cost by half. (Not really -
- ** this needs to be fixed.)
+ /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/
+
+ /* If there are additional constraints on this table that cannot
+ ** be used with the current index, but which might lower the number
+ ** of output rows, adjust the nRow value accordingly. This only
+ ** matters if the current index is the least costly, so do not bother
+ ** with this step if we already know this index will not be chosen.
+ ** Also, never reduce the output row count below 2 using this step.
+ **
+ ** It is critical that the notValid mask be used here instead of
+ ** the notReady mask. When computing an "optimal" index, the notReady
+ ** mask will only have one bit set - the bit for the current table.
+ ** The notValid mask, on the other hand, always has all bits set for
+ ** tables that are not in outer loops. If notReady is used here instead
+ ** of notValid, then a optimal index that depends on inner joins loops
+ ** might be selected even when there exists an optimal index that has
+ ** no such dependency.
*/
- if( pIdx && bLookup==0 ){
- cost /= (double)2;
+ if( nRow>2 && cost<=pCost->rCost ){
+ int k; /* Loop counter */
+ int nSkipEq = nEq; /* Number of == constraints to skip */
+ int nSkipRange = nBound; /* Number of < constraints to skip */
+ Bitmask thisTab; /* Bitmap for pSrc */
+
+ thisTab = getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, iCur);
+ for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; nRow>2 && k; k--, pTerm++){
+ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notValid)!=thisTab ) continue;
+ if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ){
+ if( nSkipEq ){
+ /* Ignore the first nEq equality matches since the index
+ ** has already accounted for these */
+ nSkipEq--;
+ }else{
+ /* Assume each additional equality match reduces the result
+ ** set size by a factor of 10 */
+ nRow /= 10;
+ }
+ }else if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) ){
+ if( nSkipRange ){
+ /* Ignore the first nSkipRange range constraints since the index
+ ** has already accounted for these */
+ nSkipRange--;
+ }else{
+ /* Assume each additional range constraint reduces the result
+ ** set size by a factor of 3. Indexed range constraints reduce
+ ** the search space by a larger factor: 4. We make indexed range
+ ** more selective intentionally because of the subjective
+ ** observation that indexed range constraints really are more
+ ** selective in practice, on average. */
+ nRow /= 3;
+ }
+ }else if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_NOOP ){
+ /* Any other expression lowers the output row count by half */
+ nRow /= 2;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nRow<2 ) nRow = 2;
}
- /**** Cost of using this index has now been computed ****/
+
WHERETRACE((
- "tbl=%s idx=%s nEq=%d nInMul=%d nBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d"
- " wsFlags=%d (nRow=%.2f cost=%.2f)\n",
+ "%s(%s): nEq=%d nInMul=%d estBound=%d bSort=%d bLookup=%d wsFlags=0x%x\n"
+ " notReady=0x%llx log10N=%.1f nRow=%.1f cost=%.1f used=0x%llx\n",
pSrc->pTab->zName, (pIdx ? pIdx->zName : "ipk"),
- nEq, nInMul, nBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags, nRow, cost
+ nEq, nInMul, estBound, bSort, bLookup, wsFlags,
+ notReady, log10N, nRow, cost, used
));
/* If this index is the best we have seen so far, then record this
** index and its cost in the pCost structure.
*/
- if( (!pIdx || wsFlags) && cost<pCost->rCost ){
+ if( (!pIdx || wsFlags)
+ && (cost<pCost->rCost || (cost<=pCost->rCost && nRow<pCost->plan.nRow))
+ ){
pCost->rCost = cost;
- pCost->nRow = nRow;
pCost->used = used;
+ pCost->plan.nRow = nRow;
pCost->plan.wsFlags = (wsFlags&wsFlagMask);
pCost->plan.nEq = nEq;
pCost->plan.u.pIdx = pIdx;
);
WHERETRACE(("best index is: %s\n",
- (pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk")
+ ((pCost->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ? "none" :
+ pCost->plan.u.pIdx ? pCost->plan.u.pIdx->zName : "ipk")
));
- bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
+ bestOrClauseIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
+ bestAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pCost);
pCost->plan.wsFlags |= eqTermMask;
}
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */
struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to search */
- Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
+ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors not available for indexing */
+ Bitmask notValid, /* Cursors not available for any purpose */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */
WhereCost *pCost /* Lowest cost query plan */
){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ){
sqlite3_index_info *p = 0;
- bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost, &p);
+ bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost,&p);
if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ){
sqlite3_free(p->idxStr);
}
}else
#endif
{
- bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, pOrderBy, pCost);
+ bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pSrc, notReady, notValid, pOrderBy, pCost);
}
}
** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled.
**
+** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-24597-58655 No tests are done for terms that are
+** completely satisfied by indices.
+**
** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied
** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
*/
static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
if( pTerm
- && ALWAYS((pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0)
+ && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0
&& (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
){
pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff
** to the n registers starting at base.
**
-** Buffer zAff was allocated using sqlite3DbMalloc(). It is the
-** responsibility of this function to arrange for it to be eventually
-** freed using sqlite3DbFree().
+** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries (which are no-ops) at the
+** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are
+** SQLITE_AFF_NONE, then no code gets generated.
+**
+** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free
+** to modify zAff after this routine returns.
*/
static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
+ if( zAff==0 ){
+ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed );
+ return;
+ }
assert( v!=0 );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_DYNAMIC);
- sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+
+ /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_NONE entries at the beginning
+ ** and end of the affinity string.
+ */
+ while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ n--;
+ base++;
+ zAff++;
+ }
+ while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ n--;
+ }
+
+ /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */
+ if( n>0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, n);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
+ }
}
/*
** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index. The values for all constraints are left on the stack.
+** index.
**
** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
**
** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value
** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
+** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and
+** compute the affinity string.
**
** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and returns
** the index of that memory cell. The code that
int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->plan.wsFlags, pIdx);
if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break;
- assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
+ /* The following true for indices with redundant columns.
+ ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */
+ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
if( r1!=regBase+j ){
if( nReg==1 ){
testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
- if( zAff
- && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pTerm->pExpr->pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
- ){
- zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight;
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk);
+ if( zAff ){
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
+ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){
+ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
}
}
}
return regBase;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+/*
+** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below
+**
+** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term
+** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression.
+** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent
+** terms only.
+*/
+static void explainAppendTerm(
+ StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */
+ int iTerm, /* Index of this term. First is zero */
+ const char *zColumn, /* Name of the column */
+ const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */
+){
+ if( iTerm ) sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, " AND ", 5);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zColumn, -1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, zOp, 1);
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pStr, "?", 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This
+** function returns a pointer to a string buffer containing a description
+** of the subset of table rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an
+** SQL expression. Or, if all rows are scanned, NULL is returned.
+**
+** For example, if the query:
+**
+** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2;
+**
+** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a
+** string similar to:
+**
+** "a=? AND b>?"
+**
+** The returned pointer points to memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc().
+** It is the responsibility of the caller to free the buffer when it is
+** no longer required.
+*/
+static char *explainIndexRange(sqlite3 *db, WhereLevel *pLevel, Table *pTab){
+ WherePlan *pPlan = &pLevel->plan;
+ Index *pIndex = pPlan->u.pIdx;
+ int nEq = pPlan->nEq;
+ int i, j;
+ Column *aCol = pTab->aCol;
+ int *aiColumn = pIndex->aiColumn;
+ StrAccum txt;
+
+ if( nEq==0 && (pPlan->wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&txt, 0, 0, SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
+ txt.db = db;
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, " (", 2);
+ for(i=0; i<nEq; i++){
+ explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[i]].zName, "=");
+ }
+
+ j = i;
+ if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ explainAppendTerm(&txt, i++, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, ">");
+ }
+ if( pPlan->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+ explainAppendTerm(&txt, i, aCol[aiColumn[j]].zName, "<");
+ }
+ sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&txt, ")", 1);
+ return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&txt);
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN
+** command. If the query being compiled is an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN, a single
+** record is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in
+** pLevel.
+*/
+static void explainOneScan(
+ Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
+ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */
+ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */
+ int iLevel, /* Value for "level" column of output */
+ int iFrom, /* Value for "from" column of output */
+ u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */
+){
+ if( pParse->explain==2 ){
+ u32 flags = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
+ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
+ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */
+ char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */
+ sqlite3_int64 nRow; /* Expected number of rows visited by scan */
+ int iId = pParse->iSelectId; /* Select id (left-most output column) */
+ int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */
+
+ if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ) return;
+
+ isSearch = (pLevel->plan.nEq>0)
+ || (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0
+ || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX));
+
+ zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", isSearch?"SEARCH":"SCAN");
+ if( pItem->pSelect ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s SUBQUERY %d", zMsg,pItem->iSelectId);
+ }else{
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s TABLE %s", zMsg, pItem->zName);
+ }
+
+ if( pItem->zAlias ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
+ }
+ if( (flags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ char *zWhere = explainIndexRange(db, pLevel, pItem->pTab);
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING %s%sINDEX%s%s%s", zMsg,
+ ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"AUTOMATIC ":""),
+ ((flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)?"COVERING ":""),
+ ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"":" "),
+ ((flags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)?"": pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName),
+ zWhere
+ );
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
+ }else if( flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
+
+ if( flags&WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid=?)", zMsg);
+ }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>? AND rowid<?)", zMsg);
+ }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid>?)", zMsg);
+ }else if( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (rowid<?)", zMsg);
+ }
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
+ sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
+ pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
+ }
+#endif
+ if( wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX) ){
+ testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN );
+ nRow = 1;
+ }else{
+ nRow = (sqlite3_int64)pLevel->plan.nRow;
+ }
+ zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s (~%lld rows)", zMsg, nRow);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iId, iLevel, iFrom, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
+ }
+}
+#else
+# define explainOneScan(u,v,w,x,y,z)
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
+
+
/*
** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause
** implementation described by pWInfo.
const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
pVtabIdx->aConstraint;
+ sqlite3ExprCachePush(pParse);
iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
pLevel->p1 = iCur;
pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
+ sqlite3ExprCachePop(pParse, 1);
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
assert( omitTable==0 );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, iReleaseReg);
addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, iRowidReg, addrNxt);
assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */
assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */
+ testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
pX = pStart->pExpr;
assert( pX!=0 );
assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
pX = pEnd->pExpr;
assert( pX!=0 );
assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
+ testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue);
if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
pLevel->p1 = iCur;
pLevel->p2 = start;
- pLevel->p5 = (pStart==0 && pEnd==0) ?1:0;
+ if( pStart==0 && pEnd==0 ){
+ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP;
+ }else{
+ assert( pLevel->p5==0 );
+ }
if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
iRowidReg = iReleaseReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg);
** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
*/
- int aStartOp[] = {
+ static const u8 aStartOp[] = {
0,
0,
OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
OP_SeekGe, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */
OP_SeekLe /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */
};
- int aEndOp[] = {
+ static const u8 aEndOp[] = {
OP_Noop, /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
OP_IdxGE, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
OP_IdxLT /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
};
- int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq;
+ int nEq = pLevel->plan.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */
int isMinQuery = 0; /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */
int r1; /* Temp register */
int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */
int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */
- Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
- int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
- int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
- int op; /* Instruction opcode */
- char *zAff;
+ Index *pIdx; /* The index we will be using */
+ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
+ int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */
+ int op; /* Instruction opcode */
+ char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */
+ char *zEndAff; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */
pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
** starting at regBase.
*/
regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(
- pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zAff
+ pParse, pLevel, pWC, notReady, nExtraReg, &zStartAff
);
+ zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zStartAff);
addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt;
/* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the
** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
*/
- if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
+ if( nEq<pIdx->nColumn && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
}
if( pRangeStart ){
Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight;
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
- if( zAff
- && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
- ){
- /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions applied
- ** to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
- ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
- zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
+ if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ }
+ if( zStartAff ){
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zStartAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+ /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+ ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
+ ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
+ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zStartAff[nEq]) ){
+ zStartAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ }
nConstraint++;
+ testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
}else if( isMinQuery ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
nConstraint++;
startEq = 0;
start_constraints = 1;
}
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zAff);
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, zStartAff);
op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
assert( op!=0 );
testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
testcase( op==OP_SeekGe );
testcase( op==OP_SeekLe );
testcase( op==OP_SeekLt );
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
/* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
** range (if any).
nConstraint = nEq;
if( pRangeEnd ){
Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight;
- sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq);
+ sqlite3ExprCacheRemove(pParse, regBase+nEq, 1);
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
- zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, zAff);
- if( zAff
- && sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[nConstraint])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE
- ){
- /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions applied
- ** to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
- ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
- zAff[nConstraint] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
- }
- codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zAff);
+ if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){
+ sqlite3ExprCodeIsNullJump(v, pRight, regBase+nEq, addrNxt);
+ }
+ if( zEndAff ){
+ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zEndAff[nEq])==SQLITE_AFF_NONE){
+ /* Since the comparison is to be performed with no conversions
+ ** applied to the operands, set the affinity to apply to pRight to
+ ** SQLITE_AFF_NONE. */
+ zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zEndAff[nEq]) ){
+ zEndAff[nEq] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
+ }
+ }
+ codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, zEndAff);
nConstraint++;
+ testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* EV: R-30575-11662 */
}
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zStartAff);
+ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zEndAff);
/* Top of the loop body */
pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
if( op!=OP_Noop ){
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase,
- SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev ?1:0);
}
r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
testcase( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, addrCont);
}
/* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable
** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
*/
- pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
+ if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE ){
+ pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
+ }else if( bRev ){
+ pLevel->op = OP_Prev;
+ }else{
+ pLevel->op = OP_Next;
+ }
pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
}else
**
*/
WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */
- WhereTerm *pFinal; /* Final subterm within the OR-clause. */
- SrcList oneTab; /* Shortened table list */
+ SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */
int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */
int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */
int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */
int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */
int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */
+ int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */
int ii;
pTerm = pLevel->plan.u.pTerm;
assert( pTerm->eOperator==WO_OR );
assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 );
pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc;
- pFinal = &pOrWc->a[pOrWc->nTerm-1];
+ pLevel->op = OP_Return;
+ pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
- /* Set up a SrcList containing just the table being scanned by this loop. */
- oneTab.nSrc = 1;
- oneTab.nAlloc = 1;
- oneTab.a[0] = *pTabItem;
+ /* Set up a new SrcList ni pOrTab containing the table being scanned
+ ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots.
+ ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin().
+ */
+ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){
+ int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */
+ struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */
+ nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1;
+ pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(pParse->db,
+ sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0]));
+ if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady;
+ pOrTab->nAlloc = (i16)(nNotReady + 1);
+ pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc;
+ memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem));
+ origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a;
+ for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){
+ memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k]));
+ }
+ }else{
+ pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList;
+ }
/* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is
** equivalent to an empty rowset.
if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_AND ){
WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */
/* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
- pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, &oneTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
- WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE | WHERE_FORCE_TABLE);
+ pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrTerm->pExpr, 0,
+ WHERE_OMIT_OPEN | WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE |
+ WHERE_FORCE_TABLE | WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY);
if( pSubWInfo ){
+ explainOneScan(
+ pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], iLevel, pLevel->iFrom, 0
+ );
if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){
int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii);
int r;
r = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pTabItem->pTab, -1, iCur,
- regRowid, 0);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset,
- sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2,
- r, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iSet), P4_INT32);
+ regRowid);
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset,
+ sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, r, iSet);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody);
+ /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term
+ ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The
+ ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will
+ ** need to be tested later.
+ */
+ if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1;
+
/* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */
sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo);
}
}
}
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
- /* sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->addrBrk);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody);
- pLevel->op = OP_Return;
- pLevel->p1 = regReturn;
- disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
+ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(pParse->db, pOrTab);
+ if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
/* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
** computed using the current set of tables.
+ **
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49525-50935 Terms that cannot be satisfied through
+ ** the use of indices become tests that are evaluated against each row of
+ ** the relevant input tables.
*/
- k = 0;
for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
Expr *pE;
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
+ testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY)!=0 );
+ pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
pE = pTerm->pExpr;
assert( pE!=0 );
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
continue;
}
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
- k = 1;
pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
}
VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; j<pWC->nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
- testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
+ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); /* IMP: R-30575-11662 */
testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED );
if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
- if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
+ if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ){
+ assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms );
+ continue;
+ }
assert( pTerm->pExpr );
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED;
** Free a WhereInfo structure
*/
static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){
- if( pWInfo ){
+ if( ALWAYS(pWInfo) ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
}
+ if( pWInfo->a[i].plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX ){
+ Index *pIdx = pWInfo->a[i].plan.u.pIdx;
+ if( pIdx ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->zColAff);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx);
+ }
+ }
}
whereClauseClear(pWInfo->pWC);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
){
int i; /* Loop counter */
int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */
+ int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */
Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
/* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
** bits in a Bitmask
*/
+ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS );
if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
return 0;
}
+ /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in
+ ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set, then we should
+ ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that
+ ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized.
+ */
+ nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc;
+
/* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo
** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure
** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below.
*/
db = pParse->db;
- nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(pTabList->nSrc-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
+ nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel));
pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
nByteWInfo +
sizeof(WhereClause) +
sizeof(WhereMaskSet)
);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
+ pWInfo = 0;
goto whereBeginError;
}
- pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
+ pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList;
pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
pWInfo->pWC = pWC = (WhereClause *)&((u8 *)pWInfo)[nByteWInfo];
pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags;
+ pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop;
pMaskSet = (WhereMaskSet*)&pWC[1];
/* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
initMaskSet(pMaskSet);
whereClauseInit(pWC, pParse, pMaskSet);
sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
- whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND);
+ whereSplit(pWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* IMP: R-15842-53296 */
/* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant. Evaluate the
** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
*/
- if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
+ if( pWhere && (nTabList==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
pWhere = 0;
}
** to virtual table cursors are set. This is used to selectively disable
** the OR-to-IN transformation in exprAnalyzeOrTerm(). It is not helpful
** with virtual tables.
+ **
+ ** Note that bitmasks are created for all pTabList->nSrc tables in
+ ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally
+ ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the
+ ** WHERE_ONETABLE_ONLY flag is set.
*/
assert( pWC->vmask==0 && pMaskSet->n==0 );
for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
** clause.
*/
notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- pTabItem = pTabList->a;
- pLevel = pWInfo->a;
andFlags = ~0;
WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
- for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+ for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
WhereCost bestPlan; /* Most efficient plan seen so far */
Index *pIdx; /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
int j; /* For looping over FROM tables */
int bestJ = -1; /* The value of j */
Bitmask m; /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
int isOptimal; /* Iterator for optimal/non-optimal search */
+ int nUnconstrained; /* Number tables without INDEXED BY */
+ Bitmask notIndexed; /* Mask of tables that cannot use an index */
memset(&bestPlan, 0, sizeof(bestPlan));
bestPlan.rCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
+ WHERETRACE(("*** Begin search for loop %d ***\n", i));
/* Loop through the remaining entries in the FROM clause to find the
- ** next nested loop. The FROM clause entries may be iterated through
+ ** next nested loop. The loop tests all FROM clause entries
** either once or twice.
**
- ** The first iteration, which is always performed, searches for the
- ** FROM clause entry that permits the lowest-cost, "optimal" scan. In
+ ** The first test is always performed if there are two or more entries
+ ** remaining and never performed if there is only one FROM clause entry
+ ** to choose from. The first test looks for an "optimal" scan. In
** this context an optimal scan is one that uses the same strategy
** for the given FROM clause entry as would be selected if the entry
** were used as the innermost nested loop. In other words, a table
** is chosen such that the cost of running that table cannot be reduced
- ** by waiting for other tables to run first.
+ ** by waiting for other tables to run first. This "optimal" test works
+ ** by first assuming that the FROM clause is on the inner loop and finding
+ ** its query plan, then checking to see if that query plan uses any
+ ** other FROM clause terms that are notReady. If no notReady terms are
+ ** used then the "optimal" query plan works.
+ **
+ ** Note that the WhereCost.nRow parameter for an optimal scan might
+ ** not be as small as it would be if the table really were the innermost
+ ** join. The nRow value can be reduced by WHERE clause constraints
+ ** that do not use indices. But this nRow reduction only happens if the
+ ** table really is the innermost join.
**
- ** The second iteration is only performed if no optimal scan strategies
- ** were found by the first. This iteration is used to search for the
- ** lowest cost scan overall.
+ ** The second loop iteration is only performed if no optimal scan
+ ** strategies were found by the first iteration. This second iteration
+ ** is used to search for the lowest cost scan overall.
**
** Previous versions of SQLite performed only the second iteration -
** the next outermost loop was always that with the lowest overall
**
** The best strategy is to iterate through table t1 first. However it
** is not possible to determine this with a simple greedy algorithm.
- ** However, since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same
+ ** Since the cost of a linear scan through table t2 is the same
** as the cost of a linear scan through table t1, a simple greedy
** algorithm may choose to use t2 for the outer loop, which is a much
** costlier approach.
*/
- for(isOptimal=1; isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
- Bitmask mask = (isOptimal ? 0 : notReady);
- assert( (pTabList->nSrc-iFrom)>1 || isOptimal );
- for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
+ nUnconstrained = 0;
+ notIndexed = 0;
+ for(isOptimal=(iFrom<nTabList-1); isOptimal>=0 && bestJ<0; isOptimal--){
+ Bitmask mask; /* Mask of tables not yet ready */
+ for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<nTabList; j++, pTabItem++){
int doNotReorder; /* True if this table should not be reordered */
WhereCost sCost; /* Cost information from best[Virtual]Index() */
ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause for index to optimize */
if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
continue;
}
+ mask = (isOptimal ? m : notReady);
pOrderBy = ((i==0 && ppOrderBy )?*ppOrderBy:0);
+ if( pTabItem->pIndex==0 ) nUnconstrained++;
+ WHERETRACE(("=== trying table %d with isOptimal=%d ===\n",
+ j, isOptimal));
assert( pTabItem->pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
sqlite3_index_info **pp = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
- bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost, pp);
+ bestVirtualIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
+ &sCost, pp);
}else
#endif
{
- bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, pOrderBy, &sCost);
+ bestBtreeIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, mask, notReady, pOrderBy,
+ &sCost);
}
assert( isOptimal || (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 );
- if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0
- && (j==iFrom || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost)
+ /* If an INDEXED BY clause is present, then the plan must use that
+ ** index if it uses any index at all */
+ assert( pTabItem->pIndex==0
+ || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
+ || sCost.plan.u.pIdx==pTabItem->pIndex );
+
+ if( isOptimal && (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0 ){
+ notIndexed |= m;
+ }
+
+ /* Conditions under which this table becomes the best so far:
+ **
+ ** (1) The table must not depend on other tables that have not
+ ** yet run.
+ **
+ ** (2) A full-table-scan plan cannot supercede indexed plan unless
+ ** the full-table-scan is an "optimal" plan as defined above.
+ **
+ ** (3) All tables have an INDEXED BY clause or this table lacks an
+ ** INDEXED BY clause or this table uses the specific
+ ** index specified by its INDEXED BY clause. This rule ensures
+ ** that a best-so-far is always selected even if an impossible
+ ** combination of INDEXED BY clauses are given. The error
+ ** will be detected and relayed back to the application later.
+ ** The NEVER() comes about because rule (2) above prevents
+ ** An indexable full-table-scan from reaching rule (3).
+ **
+ ** (4) The plan cost must be lower than prior plans or else the
+ ** cost must be the same and the number of rows must be lower.
+ */
+ if( (sCost.used¬Ready)==0 /* (1) */
+ && (bestJ<0 || (notIndexed&m)!=0 /* (2) */
+ || (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)==0
+ || (sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0)
+ && (nUnconstrained==0 || pTabItem->pIndex==0 /* (3) */
+ || NEVER((sCost.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_NOT_FULLSCAN)!=0))
+ && (bestJ<0 || sCost.rCost<bestPlan.rCost /* (4) */
+ || (sCost.rCost<=bestPlan.rCost
+ && sCost.plan.nRow<bestPlan.plan.nRow))
){
+ WHERETRACE(("=== table %d is best so far"
+ " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
+ j, sCost.rCost, sCost.plan.nRow));
bestPlan = sCost;
bestJ = j;
}
}
assert( bestJ>=0 );
assert( notReady & getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor) );
- WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
- pLevel-pWInfo->a));
+ WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d"
+ " with cost=%g and nRow=%g\n",
+ bestJ, pLevel-pWInfo->a, bestPlan.rCost, bestPlan.plan.nRow));
if( (bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
*ppOrderBy = 0;
}
andFlags &= bestPlan.plan.wsFlags;
pLevel->plan = bestPlan.plan;
- if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){
+ testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED );
+ testcase( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX );
+ if( bestPlan.plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_TEMP_INDEX) ){
pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
}else{
pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
}
notReady &= ~getMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
pLevel->iFrom = (u8)bestJ;
+ if( bestPlan.plan.nRow>=(double)1 ){
+ pParse->nQueryLoop *= bestPlan.plan.nRow;
+ }
/* Check that if the table scanned by this loop iteration had an
** INDEXED BY clause attached to it, that the named index is being
** searching those tables.
*/
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
- for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
+ pWInfo->nRowOut = (double)1;
+ for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<nTabList; i++, pLevel++){
Table *pTab; /* Table to open */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing table/index */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( pParse->explain==2 ){
- char *zMsg;
- struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
- zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
- if( pItem->zAlias ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
- }
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s",
- zMsg, pLevel->plan.u.pIdx->zName);
- }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIA MULTI-INDEX UNION", zMsg);
- }else if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- else if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
- sqlite3_index_info *pVtabIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pVtabIdx;
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
- pVtabIdx->idxNum, pVtabIdx->idxStr);
- }
-#endif
- if( pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
- zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s ORDER BY", zMsg);
- }
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
+ pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+ pWInfo->nRowOut *= pLevel->plan.nRow;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){
+ /* Do nothing */
+ }else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){
const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab);
&& (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_OPEN)==0 ){
int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
+ testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS-1 );
+ testcase( pTab->nCol==BMS );
if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<BMS ){
Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
int n = 0;
for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
- sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
+ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1,
+ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32);
assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
}
}else{
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
}
- pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)!=0 ){
+ constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, pWC, pTabItem, notReady, pLevel);
+ }else
+#endif
if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
Index *pIx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
}
sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
+ notReady &= ~getMask(pWC->pMaskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
}
pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError;
/* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for
** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
** program.
*/
notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
- for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
+ pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
+ explainOneScan(pParse, pTabList, pLevel, i, pLevel->iFrom, wctrlFlags);
notReady = codeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, i, wctrlFlags, notReady);
- pWInfo->iContinue = pWInfo->a[i].addrCont;
+ pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* For testing and debugging use only */
** the index is listed as "{}". If the primary key is used the
** index name is '*'.
*/
- for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
+ for(i=0; i<nTabList; i++){
char *z;
int n;
pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
/* Jump here if malloc fails */
whereBeginError:
- whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+ if( pWInfo ){
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
+ whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
+ }
return 0;
}
/* Generate loop termination code.
*/
sqlite3ExprCacheClear(pParse);
- for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
+ for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){
pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont);
if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
int addr;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
- sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+ || (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 );
+ if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
+ }
if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
/* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
*/
- for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
+ assert( pWInfo->nLevel==1 || pWInfo->nLevel==pTabList->nSrc );
+ for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++, pLevel++){
struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
assert( pTab!=0 );
- if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
- if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0 ){
- if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
+ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0
+ && pTab->pSelect==0
+ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OMIT_CLOSE)==0
+ ){
+ int ws = pLevel->plan.wsFlags;
+ if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
}
- if( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ){
+ if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ws & WHERE_TEMP_INDEX)==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
}
}
int k, j, last;
VdbeOp *pOp;
Index *pIdx = pLevel->plan.u.pIdx;
- int useIndexOnly = pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
assert( pIdx!=0 );
pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
break;
}
}
- assert(!useIndexOnly || j<pIdx->nColumn);
+ assert( (pLevel->plan.wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0
+ || j<pIdx->nColumn );
}else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
- }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow && useIndexOnly ){
- pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
}
}
}
/* Final cleanup
*/
+ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop;
whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo);
return;
}
pOut->zEnd = &pPostOp->z[pPostOp->n];
}
+ /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a
+ ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */
+ static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
+ if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pY->op==TK_NULL ){
+ pA->op = (u8)op;
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight);
+ pA->pRight = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
/* Construct an expression node for a unary prefix operator
*/
static void spanUnaryPrefix(
** defined, then do no error processing.
*/
#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 254
+#define YYNOCODE 253
#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
#define YYWILDCARD 67
#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
typedef union {
int yyinit;
sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
- Select* yy3;
- ExprList* yy14;
- SrcList* yy65;
- struct LikeOp yy96;
- Expr* yy132;
- u8 yy186;
- int yy328;
- ExprSpan yy346;
- struct TrigEvent yy378;
- IdList* yy408;
- struct {int value; int mask;} yy429;
- TriggerStep* yy473;
- struct LimitVal yy476;
+ int yy4;
+ struct TrigEvent yy90;
+ ExprSpan yy118;
+ TriggerStep* yy203;
+ u8 yy210;
+ struct {int value; int mask;} yy215;
+ SrcList* yy259;
+ struct LimitVal yy292;
+ Expr* yy314;
+ ExprList* yy322;
+ struct LikeOp yy342;
+ IdList* yy384;
+ Select* yy387;
} YYMINORTYPE;
#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 629
+#define YYNSTATE 630
#define YYNRULE 329
#define YYFALLBACK 1
#define YY_NO_ACTION (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
** shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
** yy_default[] Default action for each state.
*/
+#define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (1557)
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /* 0 */ 312, 959, 182, 628, 2, 157, 219, 450, 24, 24,
- /* 10 */ 24, 24, 221, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28,
- /* 20 */ 28, 28, 29, 221, 424, 425, 30, 492, 33, 141,
- /* 30 */ 457, 463, 31, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28,
- /* 40 */ 28, 28, 29, 221, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 23,
- /* 50 */ 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24,
- /* 60 */ 24, 24, 293, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28,
- /* 70 */ 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 450, 319, 479, 344, 208,
- /* 80 */ 47, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28,
- /* 90 */ 29, 221, 427, 428, 163, 339, 543, 368, 371, 372,
- /* 100 */ 521, 317, 472, 473, 457, 463, 296, 373, 294, 21,
- /* 110 */ 336, 367, 419, 416, 424, 425, 523, 1, 544, 446,
- /* 120 */ 80, 424, 425, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464,
- /* 130 */ 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 564, 26, 26, 26,
- /* 140 */ 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 233,
- /* 150 */ 319, 441, 554, 152, 139, 263, 365, 268, 366, 160,
- /* 160 */ 551, 352, 332, 421, 222, 272, 362, 322, 218, 557,
- /* 170 */ 116, 339, 248, 574, 477, 223, 216, 573, 457, 463,
- /* 180 */ 450, 59, 427, 428, 295, 610, 336, 563, 538, 427,
- /* 190 */ 428, 385, 608, 609, 562, 446, 87, 23, 22, 32,
- /* 200 */ 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- /* 210 */ 447, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28,
- /* 220 */ 29, 221, 312, 233, 477, 223, 576, 134, 139, 263,
- /* 230 */ 365, 268, 366, 160, 406, 354, 226, 498, 481, 272,
- /* 240 */ 339, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 450, 442,
- /* 250 */ 199, 540, 457, 463, 349, 336, 163, 551, 66, 368,
- /* 260 */ 371, 372, 450, 415, 446, 80, 522, 581, 401, 373,
- /* 270 */ 452, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25,
- /* 280 */ 24, 24, 24, 24, 447, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27,
- /* 290 */ 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 339, 556, 607,
- /* 300 */ 197, 454, 454, 454, 546, 578, 352, 198, 607, 440,
- /* 310 */ 65, 351, 336, 426, 426, 399, 289, 424, 425, 606,
- /* 320 */ 605, 446, 73, 426, 214, 219, 457, 463, 606, 410,
- /* 330 */ 450, 241, 306, 196, 565, 479, 555, 208, 288, 29,
- /* 340 */ 221, 447, 4, 874, 504, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466,
- /* 350 */ 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 447, 26,
- /* 360 */ 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221,
- /* 370 */ 312, 163, 582, 339, 368, 371, 372, 314, 424, 425,
- /* 380 */ 604, 222, 397, 227, 373, 427, 428, 339, 336, 409,
- /* 390 */ 222, 478, 339, 30, 396, 33, 141, 446, 81, 62,
- /* 400 */ 457, 463, 336, 157, 400, 450, 504, 336, 438, 426,
- /* 410 */ 500, 446, 87, 41, 380, 613, 446, 80, 581, 23,
- /* 420 */ 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24,
- /* 430 */ 24, 24, 213, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28,
- /* 440 */ 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 513, 427, 428, 517, 254,
- /* 450 */ 524, 386, 225, 339, 486, 363, 389, 339, 356, 443,
- /* 460 */ 494, 236, 30, 497, 33, 141, 399, 289, 336, 495,
- /* 470 */ 487, 501, 336, 450, 457, 463, 219, 446, 95, 445,
- /* 480 */ 68, 446, 95, 444, 424, 425, 488, 44, 348, 288,
- /* 490 */ 504, 424, 425, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464,
- /* 500 */ 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 391, 26, 26, 26,
- /* 510 */ 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 361,
- /* 520 */ 556, 426, 520, 328, 191, 271, 339, 329, 247, 259,
- /* 530 */ 339, 566, 65, 249, 336, 426, 424, 425, 445, 516,
- /* 540 */ 426, 336, 444, 446, 9, 336, 556, 451, 457, 463,
- /* 550 */ 446, 74, 427, 428, 446, 69, 192, 618, 65, 427,
- /* 560 */ 428, 426, 323, 277, 16, 202, 189, 23, 22, 32,
- /* 570 */ 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- /* 580 */ 255, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28,
- /* 590 */ 29, 221, 312, 339, 486, 426, 537, 235, 515, 447,
- /* 600 */ 339, 629, 419, 416, 427, 428, 217, 281, 336, 279,
- /* 610 */ 487, 203, 144, 526, 527, 336, 391, 446, 78, 429,
- /* 620 */ 430, 431, 457, 463, 446, 99, 488, 341, 528, 468,
- /* 630 */ 468, 426, 343, 472, 473, 626, 949, 474, 949, 529,
- /* 640 */ 447, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25,
- /* 650 */ 24, 24, 24, 24, 339, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27,
- /* 660 */ 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 339, 162, 336,
- /* 670 */ 275, 283, 476, 376, 339, 579, 527, 346, 446, 98,
- /* 680 */ 622, 30, 336, 33, 141, 339, 426, 339, 508, 336,
- /* 690 */ 469, 446, 105, 418, 2, 222, 457, 463, 446, 101,
- /* 700 */ 336, 219, 336, 426, 161, 626, 948, 290, 948, 446,
- /* 710 */ 108, 446, 109, 398, 284, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466,
- /* 720 */ 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 339, 26,
- /* 730 */ 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221,
- /* 740 */ 312, 339, 271, 336, 339, 58, 535, 482, 143, 339,
- /* 750 */ 622, 318, 446, 133, 408, 257, 336, 426, 321, 336,
- /* 760 */ 357, 339, 272, 426, 336, 446, 135, 184, 446, 61,
- /* 770 */ 457, 463, 219, 446, 106, 426, 336, 493, 341, 234,
- /* 780 */ 468, 468, 621, 310, 407, 446, 102, 209, 144, 23,
- /* 790 */ 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24,
- /* 800 */ 24, 24, 339, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28,
- /* 810 */ 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 339, 271, 336, 339, 341,
- /* 820 */ 538, 468, 468, 572, 383, 496, 446, 79, 499, 549,
- /* 830 */ 336, 426, 508, 336, 508, 341, 339, 468, 468, 446,
- /* 840 */ 103, 391, 446, 70, 457, 463, 572, 426, 40, 426,
- /* 850 */ 42, 336, 220, 324, 504, 341, 426, 468, 468, 18,
- /* 860 */ 446, 100, 266, 23, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464,
- /* 870 */ 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 339, 26, 26, 26,
- /* 880 */ 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 339,
- /* 890 */ 283, 336, 339, 261, 548, 384, 339, 327, 142, 550,
- /* 900 */ 446, 136, 475, 475, 336, 426, 185, 336, 499, 396,
- /* 910 */ 339, 336, 370, 446, 137, 256, 446, 138, 457, 463,
- /* 920 */ 446, 71, 499, 360, 426, 336, 161, 311, 623, 215,
- /* 930 */ 426, 359, 237, 412, 446, 82, 200, 23, 34, 32,
- /* 940 */ 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24,
- /* 950 */ 339, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28,
- /* 960 */ 29, 221, 312, 447, 271, 336, 339, 271, 340, 210,
- /* 970 */ 447, 172, 625, 211, 446, 83, 240, 552, 142, 426,
- /* 980 */ 321, 336, 426, 426, 339, 414, 331, 181, 458, 459,
- /* 990 */ 446, 72, 457, 463, 470, 506, 67, 158, 394, 336,
- /* 1000 */ 587, 325, 499, 447, 326, 311, 624, 447, 446, 84,
- /* 1010 */ 461, 462, 22, 32, 465, 466, 464, 464, 25, 25,
- /* 1020 */ 24, 24, 24, 24, 339, 26, 26, 26, 26, 27,
- /* 1030 */ 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221, 312, 460, 339, 336,
- /* 1040 */ 339, 283, 423, 393, 532, 533, 204, 205, 446, 85,
- /* 1050 */ 625, 392, 547, 336, 162, 336, 426, 426, 339, 435,
- /* 1060 */ 436, 339, 446, 104, 446, 86, 457, 463, 264, 291,
- /* 1070 */ 274, 49, 162, 336, 426, 426, 336, 297, 265, 542,
- /* 1080 */ 541, 405, 446, 88, 594, 446, 89, 32, 465, 466,
- /* 1090 */ 464, 464, 25, 25, 24, 24, 24, 24, 600, 26,
- /* 1100 */ 26, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, 28, 29, 221,
- /* 1110 */ 36, 345, 339, 3, 214, 8, 422, 335, 425, 437,
- /* 1120 */ 375, 148, 162, 36, 345, 339, 3, 336, 342, 432,
- /* 1130 */ 335, 425, 149, 577, 426, 162, 446, 90, 151, 339,
- /* 1140 */ 336, 342, 434, 339, 283, 433, 333, 347, 447, 446,
- /* 1150 */ 75, 588, 6, 158, 336, 448, 140, 481, 336, 426,
- /* 1160 */ 347, 453, 334, 446, 76, 49, 350, 446, 91, 7,
- /* 1170 */ 481, 426, 397, 283, 355, 250, 426, 39, 38, 251,
- /* 1180 */ 339, 426, 48, 353, 37, 337, 338, 596, 426, 452,
- /* 1190 */ 39, 38, 514, 252, 390, 336, 20, 37, 337, 338,
- /* 1200 */ 253, 43, 452, 206, 446, 92, 219, 449, 242, 243,
- /* 1210 */ 244, 150, 246, 283, 491, 593, 597, 490, 224, 258,
- /* 1220 */ 454, 454, 454, 455, 456, 10, 503, 183, 426, 178,
- /* 1230 */ 156, 301, 426, 454, 454, 454, 455, 456, 10, 339,
- /* 1240 */ 302, 426, 36, 345, 50, 3, 339, 505, 260, 335,
- /* 1250 */ 425, 262, 339, 176, 336, 581, 598, 358, 364, 175,
- /* 1260 */ 342, 336, 177, 446, 93, 46, 345, 336, 3, 339,
- /* 1270 */ 446, 94, 335, 425, 525, 339, 446, 77, 320, 347,
- /* 1280 */ 511, 339, 507, 342, 336, 589, 601, 56, 56, 481,
- /* 1290 */ 336, 512, 283, 446, 17, 531, 336, 426, 530, 446,
- /* 1300 */ 96, 534, 347, 404, 298, 446, 97, 426, 313, 39,
- /* 1310 */ 38, 267, 481, 219, 535, 536, 37, 337, 338, 283,
- /* 1320 */ 620, 452, 309, 283, 111, 19, 288, 509, 269, 424,
- /* 1330 */ 425, 539, 39, 38, 426, 238, 270, 411, 426, 37,
- /* 1340 */ 337, 338, 426, 426, 452, 558, 426, 307, 231, 276,
- /* 1350 */ 278, 426, 454, 454, 454, 455, 456, 10, 553, 280,
- /* 1360 */ 426, 559, 239, 230, 426, 426, 299, 282, 287, 481,
- /* 1370 */ 560, 388, 584, 232, 426, 454, 454, 454, 455, 456,
- /* 1380 */ 10, 561, 426, 426, 585, 395, 426, 426, 292, 194,
- /* 1390 */ 195, 592, 603, 300, 303, 308, 377, 522, 381, 426,
- /* 1400 */ 426, 452, 567, 426, 304, 617, 426, 426, 426, 426,
- /* 1410 */ 379, 53, 147, 165, 166, 167, 580, 212, 569, 426,
- /* 1420 */ 426, 285, 168, 570, 387, 120, 123, 187, 590, 402,
- /* 1430 */ 403, 125, 454, 454, 454, 330, 599, 614, 186, 126,
- /* 1440 */ 127, 128, 615, 616, 57, 60, 619, 107, 229, 64,
- /* 1450 */ 115, 420, 245, 130, 439, 180, 315, 207, 670, 316,
- /* 1460 */ 671, 467, 672, 153, 154, 35, 483, 471, 480, 188,
- /* 1470 */ 201, 155, 484, 5, 485, 489, 12, 502, 45, 11,
- /* 1480 */ 110, 145, 518, 519, 510, 228, 51, 112, 369, 273,
- /* 1490 */ 113, 159, 545, 52, 374, 114, 164, 265, 378, 190,
- /* 1500 */ 146, 568, 117, 158, 286, 382, 169, 119, 15, 583,
- /* 1510 */ 170, 171, 121, 586, 122, 54, 55, 13, 124, 591,
- /* 1520 */ 173, 174, 118, 575, 129, 595, 571, 131, 14, 132,
- /* 1530 */ 611, 63, 612, 193, 602, 179, 305, 413, 417, 960,
- /* 1540 */ 627,
+ /* 0 */ 313, 960, 186, 419, 2, 172, 627, 597, 55, 55,
+ /* 10 */ 55, 55, 48, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
+ /* 20 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 302, 283, 623, 622, 516, 515,
+ /* 30 */ 590, 584, 55, 55, 55, 55, 282, 53, 53, 53,
+ /* 40 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 6, 56,
+ /* 50 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
+ /* 60 */ 55, 55, 608, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
+ /* 70 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 597, 409, 330, 579, 579,
+ /* 80 */ 32, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
+ /* 90 */ 50, 238, 330, 217, 620, 619, 166, 411, 624, 382,
+ /* 100 */ 379, 378, 7, 491, 590, 584, 200, 199, 198, 58,
+ /* 110 */ 377, 300, 414, 621, 481, 66, 623, 622, 621, 580,
+ /* 120 */ 254, 601, 94, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
+ /* 130 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 671, 53, 53, 53,
+ /* 140 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 532,
+ /* 150 */ 226, 506, 507, 133, 177, 139, 284, 385, 279, 384,
+ /* 160 */ 169, 197, 342, 398, 251, 226, 253, 275, 388, 167,
+ /* 170 */ 139, 284, 385, 279, 384, 169, 570, 236, 590, 584,
+ /* 180 */ 672, 240, 275, 157, 620, 619, 554, 437, 51, 51,
+ /* 190 */ 51, 50, 238, 343, 439, 553, 438, 56, 57, 47,
+ /* 200 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
+ /* 210 */ 465, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
+ /* 220 */ 50, 238, 313, 390, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50,
+ /* 230 */ 238, 391, 166, 491, 566, 382, 379, 378, 409, 440,
+ /* 240 */ 579, 579, 252, 440, 607, 66, 377, 513, 621, 49,
+ /* 250 */ 46, 147, 590, 584, 621, 16, 466, 189, 621, 441,
+ /* 260 */ 442, 673, 526, 441, 340, 577, 595, 64, 194, 482,
+ /* 270 */ 434, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
+ /* 280 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 30, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
+ /* 290 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 593, 593, 593,
+ /* 300 */ 387, 578, 606, 493, 259, 351, 258, 411, 1, 623,
+ /* 310 */ 622, 496, 623, 622, 65, 240, 623, 622, 597, 443,
+ /* 320 */ 237, 239, 414, 341, 237, 602, 590, 584, 18, 603,
+ /* 330 */ 166, 601, 87, 382, 379, 378, 67, 623, 622, 38,
+ /* 340 */ 623, 622, 176, 270, 377, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581,
+ /* 350 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 175, 53,
+ /* 360 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
+ /* 370 */ 313, 396, 233, 411, 531, 565, 317, 620, 619, 44,
+ /* 380 */ 620, 619, 240, 206, 620, 619, 597, 266, 414, 268,
+ /* 390 */ 409, 597, 579, 579, 352, 184, 505, 601, 73, 533,
+ /* 400 */ 590, 584, 466, 548, 190, 620, 619, 576, 620, 619,
+ /* 410 */ 547, 383, 551, 35, 332, 575, 574, 600, 504, 56,
+ /* 420 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
+ /* 430 */ 55, 55, 567, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
+ /* 440 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 561, 561, 528, 364,
+ /* 450 */ 259, 351, 258, 183, 361, 549, 524, 374, 411, 597,
+ /* 460 */ 414, 240, 560, 560, 409, 604, 579, 579, 328, 601,
+ /* 470 */ 93, 623, 622, 414, 590, 584, 237, 564, 559, 559,
+ /* 480 */ 520, 402, 601, 87, 409, 210, 579, 579, 168, 421,
+ /* 490 */ 950, 519, 950, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
+ /* 500 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 192, 53, 53, 53,
+ /* 510 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600,
+ /* 520 */ 293, 563, 511, 234, 357, 146, 475, 475, 367, 411,
+ /* 530 */ 562, 411, 358, 542, 425, 171, 411, 215, 144, 620,
+ /* 540 */ 619, 544, 318, 353, 414, 203, 414, 275, 590, 584,
+ /* 550 */ 549, 414, 174, 601, 94, 601, 79, 558, 471, 61,
+ /* 560 */ 601, 79, 421, 949, 350, 949, 34, 56, 57, 47,
+ /* 570 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
+ /* 580 */ 535, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
+ /* 590 */ 50, 238, 313, 307, 424, 394, 272, 49, 46, 147,
+ /* 600 */ 349, 322, 4, 411, 491, 312, 321, 425, 568, 492,
+ /* 610 */ 216, 264, 407, 575, 574, 429, 66, 549, 414, 621,
+ /* 620 */ 540, 602, 590, 584, 13, 603, 621, 601, 72, 12,
+ /* 630 */ 618, 617, 616, 202, 210, 621, 546, 469, 422, 319,
+ /* 640 */ 148, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
+ /* 650 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 338, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
+ /* 660 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 600, 600, 411,
+ /* 670 */ 39, 21, 37, 170, 237, 875, 411, 572, 572, 201,
+ /* 680 */ 144, 473, 538, 331, 414, 474, 143, 146, 630, 628,
+ /* 690 */ 334, 414, 353, 601, 68, 168, 590, 584, 132, 365,
+ /* 700 */ 601, 96, 307, 423, 530, 336, 49, 46, 147, 568,
+ /* 710 */ 406, 216, 549, 360, 529, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581,
+ /* 720 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53,
+ /* 730 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
+ /* 740 */ 313, 411, 605, 414, 484, 510, 172, 422, 597, 318,
+ /* 750 */ 496, 485, 601, 99, 411, 142, 414, 411, 231, 411,
+ /* 760 */ 540, 411, 359, 629, 2, 601, 97, 426, 308, 414,
+ /* 770 */ 590, 584, 414, 20, 414, 621, 414, 621, 601, 106,
+ /* 780 */ 503, 601, 105, 601, 108, 601, 109, 204, 28, 56,
+ /* 790 */ 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55,
+ /* 800 */ 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51,
+ /* 810 */ 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411, 597, 414, 411, 276,
+ /* 820 */ 214, 600, 411, 366, 213, 381, 601, 134, 274, 500,
+ /* 830 */ 414, 167, 130, 414, 621, 411, 354, 414, 376, 601,
+ /* 840 */ 135, 129, 601, 100, 590, 584, 601, 104, 522, 521,
+ /* 850 */ 414, 621, 224, 273, 600, 167, 327, 282, 600, 601,
+ /* 860 */ 103, 468, 521, 56, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583,
+ /* 870 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53,
+ /* 880 */ 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 411,
+ /* 890 */ 27, 414, 411, 375, 276, 167, 359, 544, 50, 238,
+ /* 900 */ 601, 95, 128, 223, 414, 411, 165, 414, 411, 621,
+ /* 910 */ 411, 621, 612, 601, 102, 372, 601, 76, 590, 584,
+ /* 920 */ 414, 570, 236, 414, 470, 414, 167, 621, 188, 601,
+ /* 930 */ 98, 225, 601, 138, 601, 137, 232, 56, 45, 47,
+ /* 940 */ 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55,
+ /* 950 */ 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51,
+ /* 960 */ 50, 238, 313, 276, 276, 414, 411, 276, 544, 459,
+ /* 970 */ 359, 171, 209, 479, 601, 136, 628, 334, 621, 621,
+ /* 980 */ 125, 414, 621, 368, 411, 621, 257, 540, 589, 588,
+ /* 990 */ 601, 75, 590, 584, 458, 446, 23, 23, 124, 414,
+ /* 1000 */ 326, 325, 621, 427, 324, 309, 600, 288, 601, 92,
+ /* 1010 */ 586, 585, 57, 47, 582, 581, 583, 583, 54, 54,
+ /* 1020 */ 55, 55, 55, 55, 411, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52,
+ /* 1030 */ 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238, 313, 587, 411, 414,
+ /* 1040 */ 411, 207, 611, 476, 171, 472, 160, 123, 601, 91,
+ /* 1050 */ 323, 261, 15, 414, 464, 414, 411, 621, 411, 354,
+ /* 1060 */ 222, 411, 601, 74, 601, 90, 590, 584, 159, 264,
+ /* 1070 */ 158, 414, 461, 414, 621, 600, 414, 121, 120, 25,
+ /* 1080 */ 601, 89, 601, 101, 621, 601, 88, 47, 582, 581,
+ /* 1090 */ 583, 583, 54, 54, 55, 55, 55, 55, 544, 53,
+ /* 1100 */ 53, 53, 53, 52, 52, 51, 51, 51, 50, 238,
+ /* 1110 */ 43, 405, 263, 3, 610, 264, 140, 415, 622, 24,
+ /* 1120 */ 410, 11, 456, 594, 118, 155, 219, 452, 408, 621,
+ /* 1130 */ 621, 621, 156, 43, 405, 621, 3, 286, 621, 113,
+ /* 1140 */ 415, 622, 111, 445, 411, 400, 557, 403, 545, 10,
+ /* 1150 */ 411, 408, 264, 110, 205, 436, 541, 566, 453, 414,
+ /* 1160 */ 621, 621, 63, 621, 435, 414, 411, 621, 601, 94,
+ /* 1170 */ 403, 621, 411, 337, 601, 86, 150, 40, 41, 534,
+ /* 1180 */ 566, 414, 242, 264, 42, 413, 412, 414, 600, 595,
+ /* 1190 */ 601, 85, 191, 333, 107, 451, 601, 84, 621, 539,
+ /* 1200 */ 40, 41, 420, 230, 411, 149, 316, 42, 413, 412,
+ /* 1210 */ 398, 127, 595, 315, 621, 399, 278, 625, 181, 414,
+ /* 1220 */ 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 450, 411, 601, 71,
+ /* 1230 */ 240, 621, 43, 405, 264, 3, 615, 180, 264, 415,
+ /* 1240 */ 622, 614, 414, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 621,
+ /* 1250 */ 408, 601, 70, 621, 417, 33, 405, 613, 3, 411,
+ /* 1260 */ 264, 411, 415, 622, 418, 626, 178, 509, 8, 403,
+ /* 1270 */ 241, 416, 126, 408, 414, 621, 414, 449, 208, 566,
+ /* 1280 */ 240, 221, 621, 601, 83, 601, 82, 599, 297, 277,
+ /* 1290 */ 296, 30, 403, 31, 395, 264, 295, 397, 489, 40,
+ /* 1300 */ 41, 411, 566, 220, 621, 294, 42, 413, 412, 271,
+ /* 1310 */ 621, 595, 600, 621, 59, 60, 414, 269, 267, 623,
+ /* 1320 */ 622, 36, 40, 41, 621, 601, 81, 598, 235, 42,
+ /* 1330 */ 413, 412, 621, 621, 595, 265, 344, 411, 248, 556,
+ /* 1340 */ 173, 185, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591, 14, 218, 29,
+ /* 1350 */ 621, 543, 414, 305, 304, 303, 179, 301, 411, 566,
+ /* 1360 */ 454, 601, 80, 289, 335, 593, 593, 593, 592, 591,
+ /* 1370 */ 14, 411, 287, 414, 151, 392, 246, 260, 411, 196,
+ /* 1380 */ 195, 523, 601, 69, 411, 245, 414, 526, 537, 285,
+ /* 1390 */ 389, 595, 621, 414, 536, 601, 17, 362, 153, 414,
+ /* 1400 */ 466, 463, 601, 78, 154, 414, 462, 152, 601, 77,
+ /* 1410 */ 355, 255, 621, 455, 601, 9, 621, 386, 444, 517,
+ /* 1420 */ 247, 621, 593, 593, 593, 621, 621, 244, 621, 243,
+ /* 1430 */ 430, 518, 292, 621, 329, 621, 145, 393, 280, 513,
+ /* 1440 */ 291, 131, 621, 514, 621, 621, 311, 621, 259, 346,
+ /* 1450 */ 249, 621, 621, 229, 314, 621, 228, 512, 227, 240,
+ /* 1460 */ 494, 488, 310, 164, 487, 486, 373, 480, 163, 262,
+ /* 1470 */ 369, 371, 162, 26, 212, 478, 477, 161, 141, 363,
+ /* 1480 */ 467, 122, 339, 187, 119, 348, 347, 117, 116, 115,
+ /* 1490 */ 114, 112, 182, 457, 320, 22, 433, 432, 448, 19,
+ /* 1500 */ 609, 431, 428, 62, 193, 596, 573, 298, 555, 552,
+ /* 1510 */ 571, 404, 290, 380, 498, 510, 495, 306, 281, 499,
+ /* 1520 */ 250, 5, 497, 460, 345, 447, 569, 550, 238, 299,
+ /* 1530 */ 527, 525, 508, 961, 502, 501, 961, 401, 961, 211,
+ /* 1540 */ 490, 356, 256, 961, 483, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961,
+ /* 1550 */ 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 961, 370,
};
static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 115, 26, 77, 78,
- /* 10 */ 79, 80, 92, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 26, 27, 222, 223, 224, 225,
- /* 30 */ 49, 50, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 40 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 68,
+ /* 0 */ 19, 142, 143, 144, 145, 24, 1, 26, 77, 78,
+ /* 10 */ 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 20 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 15, 98, 26, 27, 7, 8,
+ /* 30 */ 49, 50, 77, 78, 79, 80, 109, 82, 83, 84,
+ /* 40 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 22, 68,
/* 50 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 60 */ 79, 80, 16, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 19, 166, 167, 168,
+ /* 60 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 70 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 94, 112, 19, 114, 115,
/* 80 */ 25, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 90 */ 91, 92, 94, 95, 96, 150, 36, 99, 100, 101,
- /* 100 */ 174, 169, 170, 171, 49, 50, 60, 109, 62, 54,
- /* 110 */ 165, 51, 1, 2, 26, 27, 174, 22, 58, 174,
- /* 120 */ 175, 26, 27, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
- /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 186, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 92,
- /* 150 */ 19, 172, 173, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102,
- /* 160 */ 181, 216, 146, 147, 232, 108, 221, 107, 152, 186,
- /* 170 */ 154, 150, 195, 30, 86, 87, 160, 34, 49, 50,
- /* 180 */ 26, 52, 94, 95, 138, 97, 165, 181, 182, 94,
- /* 190 */ 95, 48, 104, 105, 188, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70,
+ /* 90 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 94, 95, 96, 150, 150, 99,
+ /* 100 */ 100, 101, 76, 150, 49, 50, 105, 106, 107, 54,
+ /* 110 */ 110, 158, 165, 165, 161, 162, 26, 27, 165, 113,
+ /* 120 */ 16, 174, 175, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 130 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82, 83, 84,
+ /* 140 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 23,
+ /* 150 */ 92, 97, 98, 24, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101,
+ /* 160 */ 102, 25, 97, 216, 60, 92, 62, 109, 221, 25,
+ /* 170 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 86, 87, 49, 50,
+ /* 180 */ 118, 116, 109, 25, 94, 95, 32, 97, 88, 89,
+ /* 190 */ 90, 91, 92, 128, 104, 41, 106, 68, 69, 70,
/* 200 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 210 */ 194, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 92, 86, 87, 21, 24, 97, 98,
- /* 230 */ 99, 100, 101, 102, 218, 214, 215, 208, 66, 108,
- /* 240 */ 150, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 94, 173,
- /* 250 */ 160, 183, 49, 50, 191, 165, 96, 181, 22, 99,
- /* 260 */ 100, 101, 26, 247, 174, 175, 94, 57, 63, 109,
- /* 270 */ 98, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 194, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
- /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 150,
- /* 300 */ 25, 129, 130, 131, 183, 100, 216, 160, 150, 161,
- /* 310 */ 162, 221, 165, 165, 165, 105, 106, 26, 27, 170,
- /* 320 */ 171, 174, 175, 165, 160, 115, 49, 50, 170, 171,
- /* 330 */ 94, 148, 163, 185, 186, 166, 167, 168, 128, 91,
- /* 340 */ 92, 194, 196, 138, 166, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
- /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 194, 82,
+ /* 210 */ 11, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
+ /* 220 */ 91, 92, 19, 19, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91,
+ /* 230 */ 92, 27, 96, 150, 66, 99, 100, 101, 112, 150,
+ /* 240 */ 114, 115, 138, 150, 161, 162, 110, 103, 165, 222,
+ /* 250 */ 223, 224, 49, 50, 165, 22, 57, 24, 165, 170,
+ /* 260 */ 171, 118, 94, 170, 171, 23, 98, 25, 185, 186,
+ /* 270 */ 243, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
+ /* 280 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 126, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 290 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 129, 130, 131,
+ /* 300 */ 88, 23, 172, 173, 105, 106, 107, 150, 22, 26,
+ /* 310 */ 27, 181, 26, 27, 22, 116, 26, 27, 26, 230,
+ /* 320 */ 231, 197, 165, 230, 231, 113, 49, 50, 204, 117,
+ /* 330 */ 96, 174, 175, 99, 100, 101, 22, 26, 27, 136,
+ /* 340 */ 26, 27, 118, 16, 110, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
+ /* 350 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 118, 82,
/* 360 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 370 */ 19, 96, 11, 150, 99, 100, 101, 155, 26, 27,
- /* 380 */ 231, 232, 218, 205, 109, 94, 95, 150, 165, 231,
- /* 390 */ 232, 166, 150, 222, 150, 224, 225, 174, 175, 235,
- /* 400 */ 49, 50, 165, 24, 240, 26, 166, 165, 153, 165,
- /* 410 */ 119, 174, 175, 136, 237, 244, 174, 175, 57, 68,
+ /* 370 */ 19, 214, 215, 150, 23, 23, 155, 94, 95, 22,
+ /* 380 */ 94, 95, 116, 160, 94, 95, 94, 60, 165, 62,
+ /* 390 */ 112, 26, 114, 115, 128, 23, 36, 174, 175, 88,
+ /* 400 */ 49, 50, 57, 120, 22, 94, 95, 23, 94, 95,
+ /* 410 */ 120, 51, 25, 136, 169, 170, 171, 194, 58, 68,
/* 420 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
- /* 430 */ 79, 80, 236, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 205, 94, 95, 23, 226,
- /* 450 */ 165, 229, 215, 150, 12, 88, 234, 150, 216, 174,
- /* 460 */ 32, 217, 222, 25, 224, 225, 105, 106, 165, 41,
- /* 470 */ 28, 119, 165, 94, 49, 50, 115, 174, 175, 112,
- /* 480 */ 22, 174, 175, 116, 26, 27, 44, 136, 46, 128,
- /* 490 */ 166, 26, 27, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
- /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84,
- /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150,
- /* 520 */ 150, 165, 23, 220, 196, 150, 150, 220, 158, 205,
- /* 530 */ 150, 161, 162, 198, 165, 165, 26, 27, 112, 23,
- /* 540 */ 165, 165, 116, 174, 175, 165, 150, 166, 49, 50,
- /* 550 */ 174, 175, 94, 95, 174, 175, 118, 161, 162, 94,
- /* 560 */ 95, 165, 187, 16, 22, 160, 24, 68, 69, 70,
+ /* 430 */ 79, 80, 23, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 440 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 12, 23, 228,
+ /* 450 */ 105, 106, 107, 23, 233, 25, 165, 19, 150, 94,
+ /* 460 */ 165, 116, 28, 28, 112, 174, 114, 115, 108, 174,
+ /* 470 */ 175, 26, 27, 165, 49, 50, 231, 11, 44, 44,
+ /* 480 */ 46, 46, 174, 175, 112, 160, 114, 115, 50, 22,
+ /* 490 */ 23, 57, 25, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 500 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 119, 82, 83, 84,
+ /* 510 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194,
+ /* 520 */ 225, 23, 23, 215, 19, 95, 105, 106, 107, 150,
+ /* 530 */ 23, 150, 27, 23, 67, 25, 150, 206, 207, 94,
+ /* 540 */ 95, 166, 104, 218, 165, 22, 165, 109, 49, 50,
+ /* 550 */ 120, 165, 25, 174, 175, 174, 175, 23, 21, 234,
+ /* 560 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 239, 25, 25, 68, 69, 70,
/* 570 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
- /* 580 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 12, 165, 23, 241, 88, 194,
- /* 600 */ 150, 0, 1, 2, 94, 95, 160, 60, 165, 62,
- /* 610 */ 28, 206, 207, 190, 191, 165, 150, 174, 175, 7,
- /* 620 */ 8, 9, 49, 50, 174, 175, 44, 111, 46, 113,
- /* 630 */ 114, 165, 169, 170, 171, 22, 23, 233, 25, 57,
- /* 640 */ 194, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
- /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
- /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 25, 165,
- /* 670 */ 23, 150, 233, 19, 150, 190, 191, 228, 174, 175,
- /* 680 */ 67, 222, 165, 224, 225, 150, 165, 150, 150, 165,
- /* 690 */ 23, 174, 175, 144, 145, 232, 49, 50, 174, 175,
- /* 700 */ 165, 115, 165, 165, 50, 22, 23, 241, 25, 174,
- /* 710 */ 175, 174, 175, 127, 193, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
+ /* 580 */ 205, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
+ /* 590 */ 91, 92, 19, 22, 23, 216, 23, 222, 223, 224,
+ /* 600 */ 63, 220, 35, 150, 150, 163, 220, 67, 166, 167,
+ /* 610 */ 168, 150, 169, 170, 171, 161, 162, 25, 165, 165,
+ /* 620 */ 150, 113, 49, 50, 25, 117, 165, 174, 175, 35,
+ /* 630 */ 7, 8, 9, 160, 160, 165, 120, 100, 67, 247,
+ /* 640 */ 248, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
+ /* 650 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 193, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
+ /* 660 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 194, 194, 150,
+ /* 670 */ 135, 24, 137, 35, 231, 138, 150, 129, 130, 206,
+ /* 680 */ 207, 30, 27, 213, 165, 34, 118, 95, 0, 1,
+ /* 690 */ 2, 165, 218, 174, 175, 50, 49, 50, 22, 48,
+ /* 700 */ 174, 175, 22, 23, 23, 244, 222, 223, 224, 166,
+ /* 710 */ 167, 168, 120, 239, 23, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72,
/* 720 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82,
/* 730 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 740 */ 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 24, 103, 23, 150, 150,
- /* 750 */ 67, 213, 174, 175, 97, 209, 165, 165, 104, 165,
- /* 760 */ 150, 150, 108, 165, 165, 174, 175, 23, 174, 175,
- /* 770 */ 49, 50, 115, 174, 175, 165, 165, 177, 111, 187,
- /* 780 */ 113, 114, 250, 251, 127, 174, 175, 206, 207, 68,
+ /* 740 */ 19, 150, 173, 165, 181, 182, 24, 67, 26, 104,
+ /* 750 */ 181, 188, 174, 175, 150, 39, 165, 150, 52, 150,
+ /* 760 */ 150, 150, 150, 144, 145, 174, 175, 249, 250, 165,
+ /* 770 */ 49, 50, 165, 52, 165, 165, 165, 165, 174, 175,
+ /* 780 */ 29, 174, 175, 174, 175, 174, 175, 160, 22, 68,
/* 790 */ 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78,
/* 800 */ 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88,
- /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 111,
- /* 820 */ 182, 113, 114, 105, 106, 177, 174, 175, 25, 166,
- /* 830 */ 165, 165, 150, 165, 150, 111, 150, 113, 114, 174,
- /* 840 */ 175, 150, 174, 175, 49, 50, 128, 165, 135, 165,
- /* 850 */ 137, 165, 197, 187, 166, 111, 165, 113, 114, 204,
- /* 860 */ 174, 175, 177, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
+ /* 810 */ 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150, 94, 165, 150, 150,
+ /* 820 */ 160, 194, 150, 213, 160, 52, 174, 175, 23, 23,
+ /* 830 */ 165, 25, 22, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 52, 174,
+ /* 840 */ 175, 22, 174, 175, 49, 50, 174, 175, 190, 191,
+ /* 850 */ 165, 165, 240, 23, 194, 25, 187, 109, 194, 174,
+ /* 860 */ 175, 190, 191, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,
/* 870 */ 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84,
/* 880 */ 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 150,
- /* 890 */ 150, 165, 150, 205, 177, 213, 150, 213, 95, 177,
- /* 900 */ 174, 175, 129, 130, 165, 165, 23, 165, 25, 150,
- /* 910 */ 150, 165, 178, 174, 175, 150, 174, 175, 49, 50,
- /* 920 */ 174, 175, 119, 19, 165, 165, 50, 22, 23, 160,
- /* 930 */ 165, 27, 241, 193, 174, 175, 160, 68, 69, 70,
+ /* 890 */ 22, 165, 150, 23, 150, 25, 150, 166, 91, 92,
+ /* 900 */ 174, 175, 22, 217, 165, 150, 102, 165, 150, 165,
+ /* 910 */ 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 19, 174, 175, 49, 50,
+ /* 920 */ 165, 86, 87, 165, 23, 165, 25, 165, 24, 174,
+ /* 930 */ 175, 187, 174, 175, 174, 175, 205, 68, 69, 70,
/* 940 */ 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80,
/* 950 */ 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,
- /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 194, 150, 165, 150, 150, 150, 160,
- /* 970 */ 194, 25, 67, 160, 174, 175, 217, 166, 95, 165,
- /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 165, 150, 245, 248, 249, 49, 50,
- /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 242, 165,
- /* 1000 */ 199, 187, 119, 194, 187, 22, 23, 194, 174, 175,
+ /* 960 */ 91, 92, 19, 150, 150, 165, 150, 150, 166, 23,
+ /* 970 */ 150, 25, 160, 20, 174, 175, 1, 2, 165, 165,
+ /* 980 */ 104, 165, 165, 43, 150, 165, 240, 150, 49, 50,
+ /* 990 */ 174, 175, 49, 50, 23, 23, 25, 25, 53, 165,
+ /* 1000 */ 187, 187, 165, 23, 187, 25, 194, 205, 174, 175,
/* 1010 */ 71, 72, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,
/* 1020 */ 77, 78, 79, 80, 150, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,
/* 1030 */ 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 19, 98, 150, 165,
- /* 1040 */ 150, 150, 150, 19, 7, 8, 105, 106, 174, 175,
- /* 1050 */ 67, 27, 23, 165, 25, 165, 165, 165, 150, 150,
- /* 1060 */ 150, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 98, 242,
- /* 1070 */ 23, 125, 25, 165, 165, 165, 165, 209, 108, 97,
- /* 1080 */ 98, 209, 174, 175, 193, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72,
- /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 199, 82,
+ /* 1040 */ 150, 160, 150, 59, 25, 53, 104, 22, 174, 175,
+ /* 1050 */ 213, 138, 5, 165, 1, 165, 150, 165, 150, 150,
+ /* 1060 */ 240, 150, 174, 175, 174, 175, 49, 50, 118, 150,
+ /* 1070 */ 35, 165, 27, 165, 165, 194, 165, 108, 127, 76,
+ /* 1080 */ 174, 175, 174, 175, 165, 174, 175, 70, 71, 72,
+ /* 1090 */ 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 166, 82,
/* 1100 */ 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92,
- /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 150, 22, 160, 22, 149, 26, 27, 150,
- /* 1120 */ 23, 6, 25, 19, 20, 150, 22, 165, 37, 149,
- /* 1130 */ 26, 27, 151, 23, 165, 25, 174, 175, 151, 150,
- /* 1140 */ 165, 37, 13, 150, 150, 149, 149, 56, 194, 174,
- /* 1150 */ 175, 23, 25, 25, 165, 194, 150, 66, 165, 165,
- /* 1160 */ 56, 150, 159, 174, 175, 125, 150, 174, 175, 76,
- /* 1170 */ 66, 165, 218, 150, 122, 199, 165, 86, 87, 200,
- /* 1180 */ 150, 165, 123, 121, 93, 94, 95, 193, 165, 98,
- /* 1190 */ 86, 87, 88, 201, 240, 165, 124, 93, 94, 95,
- /* 1200 */ 202, 135, 98, 5, 174, 175, 115, 203, 10, 11,
- /* 1210 */ 12, 13, 14, 150, 157, 17, 193, 150, 227, 210,
- /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 150, 157, 165, 31,
- /* 1230 */ 117, 33, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 150,
- /* 1240 */ 42, 165, 19, 20, 104, 22, 150, 211, 210, 26,
- /* 1250 */ 27, 210, 150, 55, 165, 57, 193, 120, 104, 61,
- /* 1260 */ 37, 165, 64, 174, 175, 19, 20, 165, 22, 150,
- /* 1270 */ 174, 175, 26, 27, 176, 150, 174, 175, 47, 56,
- /* 1280 */ 211, 150, 150, 37, 165, 23, 23, 25, 25, 66,
- /* 1290 */ 165, 211, 150, 174, 175, 184, 165, 165, 176, 174,
- /* 1300 */ 175, 178, 56, 105, 106, 174, 175, 165, 110, 86,
- /* 1310 */ 87, 176, 66, 115, 103, 176, 93, 94, 95, 150,
- /* 1320 */ 23, 98, 25, 150, 22, 22, 128, 150, 150, 26,
- /* 1330 */ 27, 150, 86, 87, 165, 193, 150, 139, 165, 93,
- /* 1340 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 165, 179, 92, 150,
- /* 1350 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 184, 150,
- /* 1360 */ 165, 176, 193, 230, 165, 165, 193, 150, 150, 66,
- /* 1370 */ 176, 150, 150, 230, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133,
- /* 1380 */ 134, 176, 165, 165, 150, 150, 165, 165, 150, 86,
- /* 1390 */ 87, 150, 150, 150, 150, 179, 18, 94, 45, 165,
- /* 1400 */ 165, 98, 157, 165, 150, 150, 165, 165, 165, 165,
- /* 1410 */ 157, 135, 68, 156, 156, 156, 189, 157, 157, 165,
- /* 1420 */ 165, 238, 156, 239, 157, 189, 22, 219, 199, 157,
- /* 1430 */ 18, 192, 129, 130, 131, 157, 199, 40, 219, 192,
- /* 1440 */ 192, 192, 157, 157, 243, 243, 38, 164, 180, 246,
- /* 1450 */ 180, 1, 15, 189, 23, 249, 252, 22, 117, 252,
- /* 1460 */ 117, 112, 117, 117, 117, 22, 11, 23, 23, 22,
- /* 1470 */ 22, 25, 23, 35, 23, 23, 35, 119, 25, 25,
- /* 1480 */ 22, 117, 23, 23, 27, 52, 22, 22, 52, 23,
- /* 1490 */ 22, 35, 29, 22, 52, 22, 102, 108, 19, 24,
- /* 1500 */ 39, 20, 104, 25, 138, 43, 104, 22, 5, 1,
- /* 1510 */ 117, 35, 107, 27, 126, 76, 76, 22, 118, 1,
- /* 1520 */ 16, 120, 53, 53, 118, 20, 59, 107, 22, 126,
- /* 1530 */ 23, 16, 23, 22, 127, 15, 140, 65, 3, 253,
- /* 1540 */ 4,
+ /* 1110 */ 19, 20, 193, 22, 150, 150, 150, 26, 27, 76,
+ /* 1120 */ 150, 22, 1, 150, 119, 121, 217, 20, 37, 165,
+ /* 1130 */ 165, 165, 16, 19, 20, 165, 22, 205, 165, 119,
+ /* 1140 */ 26, 27, 108, 128, 150, 150, 150, 56, 150, 22,
+ /* 1150 */ 150, 37, 150, 127, 160, 23, 150, 66, 193, 165,
+ /* 1160 */ 165, 165, 16, 165, 23, 165, 150, 165, 174, 175,
+ /* 1170 */ 56, 165, 150, 65, 174, 175, 15, 86, 87, 88,
+ /* 1180 */ 66, 165, 140, 150, 93, 94, 95, 165, 194, 98,
+ /* 1190 */ 174, 175, 22, 3, 164, 193, 174, 175, 165, 150,
+ /* 1200 */ 86, 87, 4, 180, 150, 248, 251, 93, 94, 95,
+ /* 1210 */ 216, 180, 98, 251, 165, 221, 150, 149, 6, 165,
+ /* 1220 */ 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 193, 150, 174, 175,
+ /* 1230 */ 116, 165, 19, 20, 150, 22, 149, 151, 150, 26,
+ /* 1240 */ 27, 149, 165, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 165,
+ /* 1250 */ 37, 174, 175, 165, 149, 19, 20, 13, 22, 150,
+ /* 1260 */ 150, 150, 26, 27, 146, 147, 151, 150, 25, 56,
+ /* 1270 */ 152, 159, 154, 37, 165, 165, 165, 193, 160, 66,
+ /* 1280 */ 116, 193, 165, 174, 175, 174, 175, 194, 199, 150,
+ /* 1290 */ 200, 126, 56, 124, 123, 150, 201, 122, 150, 86,
+ /* 1300 */ 87, 150, 66, 193, 165, 202, 93, 94, 95, 150,
+ /* 1310 */ 165, 98, 194, 165, 125, 22, 165, 150, 150, 26,
+ /* 1320 */ 27, 135, 86, 87, 165, 174, 175, 203, 226, 93,
+ /* 1330 */ 94, 95, 165, 165, 98, 150, 218, 150, 193, 157,
+ /* 1340 */ 118, 157, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 5, 104,
+ /* 1350 */ 165, 211, 165, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 150, 66,
+ /* 1360 */ 17, 174, 175, 210, 246, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133,
+ /* 1370 */ 134, 150, 210, 165, 31, 121, 33, 150, 150, 86,
+ /* 1380 */ 87, 176, 174, 175, 150, 42, 165, 94, 211, 210,
+ /* 1390 */ 150, 98, 165, 165, 211, 174, 175, 150, 55, 165,
+ /* 1400 */ 57, 150, 174, 175, 61, 165, 150, 64, 174, 175,
+ /* 1410 */ 150, 150, 165, 150, 174, 175, 165, 104, 150, 184,
+ /* 1420 */ 150, 165, 129, 130, 131, 165, 165, 150, 165, 150,
+ /* 1430 */ 150, 176, 150, 165, 47, 165, 150, 150, 176, 103,
+ /* 1440 */ 150, 22, 165, 178, 165, 165, 179, 165, 105, 106,
+ /* 1450 */ 107, 165, 165, 229, 111, 165, 92, 176, 229, 116,
+ /* 1460 */ 184, 176, 179, 156, 176, 176, 18, 157, 156, 237,
+ /* 1470 */ 45, 157, 156, 135, 157, 157, 238, 156, 68, 157,
+ /* 1480 */ 189, 189, 139, 219, 22, 157, 18, 192, 192, 192,
+ /* 1490 */ 192, 189, 219, 199, 157, 242, 40, 157, 199, 242,
+ /* 1500 */ 153, 157, 38, 245, 196, 166, 232, 198, 177, 177,
+ /* 1510 */ 232, 227, 209, 178, 166, 182, 166, 148, 177, 177,
+ /* 1520 */ 209, 196, 177, 199, 209, 199, 166, 208, 92, 195,
+ /* 1530 */ 174, 174, 183, 252, 183, 183, 252, 191, 252, 235,
+ /* 1540 */ 186, 241, 241, 252, 186, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252,
+ /* 1550 */ 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 252, 236,
};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-110)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 417
+#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-74)
+#define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (418)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MIN (-73)
+#define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1468)
static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ 111, 1091, 1198, 1091, 1223, 1223, -2, 88, 88, -19,
- /* 10 */ 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 210, 465, 129, 1104, 1223,
- /* 20 */ 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
- /* 30 */ 1223, 1223, 1246, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
- /* 40 */ 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
- /* 50 */ 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223, 1223,
- /* 60 */ 1223, -49, 361, 465, 465, 154, 138, 138, -109, 55,
- /* 70 */ 203, 277, 351, 425, 499, 573, 647, 721, 795, 869,
+ /* 0 */ 975, 1114, 1343, 1114, 1213, 1213, 90, 90, 0, -19,
+ /* 10 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 345, 445, 721, 1091, 1213,
+ /* 20 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
+ /* 30 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
+ /* 40 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1236, 1213, 1213,
+ /* 50 */ 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213, 1213,
+ /* 60 */ 1213, 199, 445, 445, 835, 835, 365, 1164, 55, 647,
+ /* 70 */ 573, 499, 425, 351, 277, 203, 129, 795, 795, 795,
/* 80 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795,
- /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 943, 1017,
- /* 100 */ 1017, -69, -69, -69, -69, -1, -1, 57, 155, -44,
- /* 110 */ 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 654, 205, 465, 465, 465,
- /* 120 */ 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465,
- /* 130 */ 465, 465, 465, 248, 154, -80, -110, -110, -110, 1303,
- /* 140 */ 131, 95, 291, 352, 458, 510, 582, 582, 465, 465,
- /* 150 */ 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465,
- /* 160 */ 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465,
- /* 170 */ 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465, 465,
- /* 180 */ 613, 683, 601, 379, 379, 379, 657, 586, -109, -109,
- /* 190 */ -109, -110, -110, -110, 172, 172, 275, 160, 516, 667,
- /* 200 */ 724, 442, 744, 883, 60, 60, 612, 367, 236, 803,
- /* 210 */ 708, 708, 143, 718, 708, 708, 708, 708, 542, 426,
- /* 220 */ 438, 154, 773, 773, 713, 428, 428, 904, 428, 876,
- /* 230 */ 428, 154, 428, 154, 643, 1024, 946, 1024, 904, 904,
- /* 240 */ 946, 1115, 1115, 1115, 1115, 1129, 1129, 1127, -109, 1040,
- /* 250 */ 1052, 1059, 1062, 1072, 1066, 1113, 1113, 1140, 1137, 1140,
- /* 260 */ 1137, 1140, 1137, 1154, 1154, 1231, 1154, 1211, 1154, 1302,
- /* 270 */ 1256, 1256, 1231, 1154, 1154, 1154, 1302, 1378, 1113, 1378,
- /* 280 */ 1113, 1378, 1113, 1113, 1353, 1276, 1378, 1113, 1344, 1344,
- /* 290 */ 1404, 1040, 1113, 1412, 1412, 1412, 1412, 1040, 1344, 1404,
- /* 300 */ 1113, 1397, 1397, 1113, 1113, 1408, -110, -110, -110, -110,
- /* 310 */ -110, -110, 939, 46, 547, 905, 983, 971, 972, 970,
- /* 320 */ 1037, 941, 982, 1029, 1047, 1097, 1110, 1128, 1262, 1263,
- /* 330 */ 1093, 1297, 1450, 1437, 1431, 1435, 1341, 1343, 1345, 1346,
- /* 340 */ 1347, 1349, 1443, 1444, 1445, 1447, 1455, 1448, 1449, 1446,
- /* 350 */ 1451, 1452, 1453, 1438, 1454, 1441, 1453, 1358, 1458, 1456,
- /* 360 */ 1457, 1364, 1459, 1460, 1461, 1433, 1464, 1463, 1436, 1465,
- /* 370 */ 1466, 1468, 1471, 1442, 1473, 1394, 1389, 1479, 1481, 1475,
- /* 380 */ 1398, 1462, 1467, 1469, 1478, 1470, 1366, 1402, 1485, 1503,
- /* 390 */ 1508, 1393, 1476, 1486, 1405, 1439, 1440, 1388, 1495, 1400,
- /* 400 */ 1518, 1504, 1401, 1505, 1406, 1420, 1403, 1506, 1407, 1507,
- /* 410 */ 1509, 1515, 1472, 1520, 1396, 1511, 1535, 1536,
+ /* 90 */ 795, 795, 795, 795, 795, 869, 795, 943, 1017, 1017,
+ /* 100 */ -69, -45, -45, -45, -45, -45, -1, 58, 138, 100,
+ /* 110 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
+ /* 120 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 537, 438, 445, 445,
+ /* 130 */ 445, 445, 445, 365, 807, 1436, -74, -74, -74, 1293,
+ /* 140 */ 73, 434, 434, 311, 314, 290, 283, 286, 540, 467,
+ /* 150 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
+ /* 160 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
+ /* 170 */ 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445, 445,
+ /* 180 */ 445, 445, 65, 722, 722, 722, 688, 266, 1164, 1164,
+ /* 190 */ 1164, -74, -74, -74, 136, 168, 168, 234, 360, 360,
+ /* 200 */ 360, 430, 372, 435, 352, 278, 126, -36, -36, -36,
+ /* 210 */ -36, 421, 651, -36, -36, 592, 292, 212, 623, 158,
+ /* 220 */ 204, 204, 505, 158, 505, 144, 365, 154, 365, 154,
+ /* 230 */ 645, 154, 204, 154, 154, 535, 548, 548, 365, 387,
+ /* 240 */ 508, 233, 1464, 1222, 1222, 1456, 1456, 1222, 1462, 1410,
+ /* 250 */ 1165, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1468, 1222, 1165, 1462, 1410, 1410,
+ /* 260 */ 1222, 1448, 1338, 1425, 1222, 1222, 1448, 1222, 1448, 1222,
+ /* 270 */ 1448, 1419, 1313, 1313, 1313, 1387, 1364, 1364, 1419, 1313,
+ /* 280 */ 1336, 1313, 1387, 1313, 1313, 1254, 1245, 1254, 1245, 1254,
+ /* 290 */ 1245, 1222, 1222, 1186, 1189, 1175, 1169, 1171, 1165, 1164,
+ /* 300 */ 1243, 1244, 1244, 1212, 1212, 1212, 1212, -74, -74, -74,
+ /* 310 */ -74, -74, -74, 939, 104, 680, 571, 327, 1, 980,
+ /* 320 */ 26, 972, 971, 946, 901, 870, 830, 806, 54, 21,
+ /* 330 */ -73, 510, 242, 1198, 1190, 1170, 1042, 1161, 1108, 1146,
+ /* 340 */ 1141, 1132, 1015, 1127, 1026, 1034, 1020, 1107, 1004, 1116,
+ /* 350 */ 1121, 1005, 1099, 951, 1043, 1003, 969, 1045, 1035, 950,
+ /* 360 */ 1053, 1047, 1025, 942, 913, 992, 1019, 945, 984, 940,
+ /* 370 */ 876, 904, 953, 896, 748, 804, 880, 786, 868, 819,
+ /* 380 */ 805, 810, 773, 751, 766, 706, 716, 691, 681, 568,
+ /* 390 */ 655, 638, 676, 516, 541, 594, 599, 567, 541, 534,
+ /* 400 */ 507, 527, 498, 523, 466, 382, 409, 384, 357, 6,
+ /* 410 */ 240, 224, 143, 62, 18, 71, 39, 9, 5,
};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-197)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 311
+#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
+#define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (312)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-141)
+#define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1369)
static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /* 0 */ -141, 90, 16, 147, -55, 21, 148, 149, 158, 240,
- /* 10 */ 223, 237, 242, 303, 307, 164, 370, 171, 369, 376,
- /* 20 */ 380, 443, 450, 504, 517, 524, 535, 537, 578, 591,
- /* 30 */ 594, 599, 611, 652, 665, 668, 686, 726, 739, 742,
- /* 40 */ 746, 760, 800, 816, 834, 874, 888, 890, 908, 911,
- /* 50 */ 962, 975, 989, 993, 1030, 1089, 1096, 1102, 1119, 1125,
- /* 60 */ 1131, -196, 954, 740, 396, 169, -68, 463, 405, 459,
- /* 70 */ 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459,
- /* 80 */ 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459,
- /* 90 */ 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459,
- /* 100 */ 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, 459, -21, 459, 459,
- /* 110 */ 538, 375, 592, 666, 814, 6, 222, 521, 682, 817,
- /* 120 */ 356, 244, 466, 684, 691, 891, 994, 1023, 1063, 1142,
- /* 130 */ 1169, 759, 1173, 459, -89, 459, 459, 459, 459, 285,
- /* 140 */ 76, 430, 598, 610, 765, 818, 423, 485, 892, 909,
- /* 150 */ 910, 969, 1006, 818, 1011, 1016, 1067, 1076, 1132, 1177,
- /* 160 */ 1178, 1181, 1186, 1195, 1199, 1200, 1209, 1217, 1218, 1221,
- /* 170 */ 1222, 1234, 1235, 1238, 1241, 1242, 1243, 1244, 1254, 1255,
- /* 180 */ 532, 532, 549, 178, 324, 688, 446, 769, 776, 809,
- /* 190 */ 813, 655, 581, 738, -74, -58, -50, -17, -23, -23,
- /* 200 */ -23, 63, -23, 29, 68, 121, 183, 146, 225, 29,
- /* 210 */ -23, -23, 196, 177, -23, -23, -23, -23, 255, 328,
- /* 220 */ 335, 381, 404, 439, 449, 600, 648, 546, 685, 638,
- /* 230 */ 717, 663, 722, 811, 734, 756, 801, 827, 868, 872,
- /* 240 */ 899, 967, 980, 996, 997, 981, 987, 1003, 961, 976,
- /* 250 */ 979, 992, 998, 1004, 991, 1057, 1070, 1009, 1036, 1038,
- /* 260 */ 1069, 1041, 1080, 1098, 1122, 1111, 1135, 1123, 1139, 1168,
- /* 270 */ 1133, 1143, 1174, 1185, 1194, 1205, 1216, 1257, 1245, 1258,
- /* 280 */ 1253, 1259, 1260, 1261, 1183, 1184, 1266, 1267, 1227, 1236,
- /* 290 */ 1208, 1229, 1272, 1239, 1247, 1248, 1249, 1237, 1264, 1219,
- /* 300 */ 1278, 1201, 1202, 1285, 1286, 1203, 1283, 1268, 1270, 1206,
- /* 310 */ 1204, 1207,
+ /* 0 */ -141, 994, 1118, 223, 157, -53, 93, 89, 83, 375,
+ /* 10 */ 386, 381, 379, 308, 295, 325, -47, 27, 1240, 1234,
+ /* 20 */ 1228, 1221, 1208, 1187, 1151, 1111, 1109, 1077, 1054, 1022,
+ /* 30 */ 1016, 1000, 911, 908, 906, 890, 888, 874, 834, 816,
+ /* 40 */ 800, 760, 758, 755, 742, 739, 726, 685, 672, 668,
+ /* 50 */ 665, 652, 611, 609, 607, 604, 591, 578, 526, 519,
+ /* 60 */ 453, 474, 454, 461, 443, 245, 442, 473, 484, 484,
+ /* 70 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
+ /* 80 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
+ /* 90 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484,
+ /* 100 */ 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 130, 484, 484,
+ /* 110 */ 1145, 909, 1110, 1088, 1084, 1033, 1002, 965, 820, 837,
+ /* 120 */ 746, 686, 612, 817, 610, 919, 221, 563, 814, 813,
+ /* 130 */ 744, 669, 470, 543, 484, 484, 484, 484, 484, 291,
+ /* 140 */ 569, 671, 658, 970, 1290, 1287, 1286, 1282, 518, 518,
+ /* 150 */ 1280, 1279, 1277, 1270, 1268, 1263, 1261, 1260, 1256, 1251,
+ /* 160 */ 1247, 1227, 1185, 1168, 1167, 1159, 1148, 1139, 1117, 1066,
+ /* 170 */ 1049, 1006, 998, 996, 995, 973, 970, 966, 964, 892,
+ /* 180 */ 762, -52, 881, 932, 802, 731, 619, 812, 664, 660,
+ /* 190 */ 627, 392, 331, 124, 1358, 1357, 1356, 1354, 1352, 1351,
+ /* 200 */ 1349, 1319, 1334, 1346, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334, 1334,
+ /* 210 */ 1334, 1320, 1304, 1334, 1334, 1319, 1360, 1325, 1369, 1326,
+ /* 220 */ 1315, 1311, 1301, 1324, 1300, 1335, 1350, 1345, 1348, 1342,
+ /* 230 */ 1333, 1341, 1303, 1332, 1331, 1284, 1278, 1274, 1339, 1309,
+ /* 240 */ 1308, 1347, 1258, 1344, 1340, 1257, 1253, 1337, 1273, 1302,
+ /* 250 */ 1299, 1298, 1297, 1296, 1295, 1328, 1294, 1264, 1292, 1291,
+ /* 260 */ 1322, 1321, 1238, 1232, 1318, 1317, 1316, 1314, 1312, 1310,
+ /* 270 */ 1307, 1283, 1289, 1288, 1285, 1276, 1229, 1224, 1267, 1281,
+ /* 280 */ 1265, 1262, 1235, 1255, 1205, 1183, 1179, 1177, 1162, 1140,
+ /* 290 */ 1153, 1184, 1182, 1102, 1124, 1103, 1095, 1090, 1089, 1093,
+ /* 300 */ 1112, 1115, 1086, 1105, 1092, 1087, 1068, 962, 955, 957,
+ /* 310 */ 1031, 1023, 1030,
};
static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /* 0 */ 634, 869, 958, 958, 869, 958, 958, 898, 898, 757,
- /* 10 */ 867, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 932, 958, 958,
- /* 20 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 30 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 40 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 50 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 60 */ 958, 841, 958, 958, 958, 673, 898, 898, 761, 792,
- /* 70 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 793, 958,
- /* 80 */ 871, 866, 862, 864, 863, 870, 794, 783, 790, 797,
- /* 90 */ 772, 911, 799, 800, 806, 807, 933, 931, 829, 828,
- /* 100 */ 847, 831, 845, 853, 846, 830, 840, 665, 832, 833,
- /* 110 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 726, 660, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 120 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 130 */ 958, 958, 958, 834, 958, 835, 848, 849, 850, 958,
- /* 140 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 640, 958,
- /* 150 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 160 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 170 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 882, 958, 936, 938, 958,
- /* 180 */ 958, 958, 634, 757, 757, 757, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 190 */ 958, 751, 761, 950, 958, 958, 717, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 200 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 642, 749, 675, 759,
- /* 210 */ 662, 738, 904, 958, 923, 921, 740, 802, 958, 749,
- /* 220 */ 758, 958, 958, 958, 865, 786, 786, 774, 786, 696,
- /* 230 */ 786, 958, 786, 958, 699, 916, 796, 916, 774, 774,
- /* 240 */ 796, 639, 639, 639, 639, 650, 650, 716, 958, 796,
- /* 250 */ 787, 789, 779, 791, 958, 765, 765, 773, 778, 773,
- /* 260 */ 778, 773, 778, 728, 728, 713, 728, 699, 728, 875,
- /* 270 */ 879, 879, 713, 728, 728, 728, 875, 657, 765, 657,
- /* 280 */ 765, 657, 765, 765, 908, 910, 657, 765, 730, 730,
- /* 290 */ 808, 796, 765, 737, 737, 737, 737, 796, 730, 808,
- /* 300 */ 765, 935, 935, 765, 765, 943, 683, 701, 701, 950,
- /* 310 */ 955, 955, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 320 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 330 */ 884, 958, 958, 648, 958, 667, 815, 820, 816, 958,
- /* 340 */ 817, 743, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 350 */ 958, 958, 868, 958, 780, 958, 788, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 360 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 370 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 380 */ 958, 958, 958, 906, 907, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 390 */ 958, 914, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 400 */ 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958, 958,
- /* 410 */ 958, 958, 942, 958, 958, 945, 635, 958, 630, 632,
- /* 420 */ 633, 637, 638, 641, 667, 668, 670, 671, 672, 643,
- /* 430 */ 644, 645, 646, 647, 649, 653, 651, 652, 654, 661,
- /* 440 */ 663, 682, 684, 686, 747, 748, 812, 741, 742, 746,
- /* 450 */ 669, 823, 814, 818, 819, 821, 822, 836, 837, 839,
- /* 460 */ 844, 852, 855, 838, 843, 851, 854, 744, 745, 858,
- /* 470 */ 676, 677, 680, 681, 894, 896, 895, 897, 679, 678,
- /* 480 */ 824, 827, 860, 861, 924, 925, 926, 927, 928, 856,
- /* 490 */ 766, 859, 842, 781, 784, 785, 782, 750, 760, 768,
- /* 500 */ 769, 770, 771, 755, 756, 762, 777, 810, 811, 775,
- /* 510 */ 776, 763, 764, 752, 753, 754, 857, 813, 825, 826,
- /* 520 */ 687, 688, 820, 689, 690, 691, 729, 732, 733, 734,
- /* 530 */ 692, 711, 714, 715, 693, 700, 694, 695, 702, 703,
- /* 540 */ 704, 706, 707, 708, 709, 710, 705, 876, 877, 880,
- /* 550 */ 878, 697, 698, 712, 685, 674, 666, 718, 721, 722,
- /* 560 */ 723, 724, 725, 727, 719, 720, 664, 655, 658, 767,
- /* 570 */ 900, 909, 905, 901, 902, 903, 659, 872, 873, 731,
- /* 580 */ 804, 805, 899, 912, 915, 917, 918, 919, 809, 920,
- /* 590 */ 922, 913, 947, 656, 735, 736, 739, 881, 929, 795,
- /* 600 */ 798, 801, 803, 883, 885, 887, 889, 890, 891, 892,
- /* 610 */ 893, 886, 888, 930, 934, 937, 939, 940, 941, 944,
- /* 620 */ 946, 951, 952, 953, 956, 957, 954, 636, 631,
+ /* 0 */ 635, 870, 959, 959, 959, 870, 899, 899, 959, 759,
+ /* 10 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 868, 959, 959, 933, 959, 959,
+ /* 20 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 30 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 40 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 50 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 60 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 899, 899, 674, 763, 794, 959,
+ /* 70 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 932, 934, 809,
+ /* 80 */ 808, 802, 801, 912, 774, 799, 792, 785, 796, 871,
+ /* 90 */ 864, 865, 863, 867, 872, 959, 795, 831, 848, 830,
+ /* 100 */ 842, 847, 854, 846, 843, 833, 832, 666, 834, 835,
+ /* 110 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 120 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 661, 728, 959, 959,
+ /* 130 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 836, 837, 851, 850, 849, 959,
+ /* 140 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 150 */ 959, 939, 937, 959, 883, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 160 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 170 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 180 */ 959, 641, 959, 759, 759, 759, 635, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 190 */ 959, 951, 763, 753, 719, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 200 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 804, 742, 922,
+ /* 210 */ 924, 959, 905, 740, 663, 761, 676, 751, 643, 798,
+ /* 220 */ 776, 776, 917, 798, 917, 700, 959, 788, 959, 788,
+ /* 230 */ 697, 788, 776, 788, 788, 866, 959, 959, 959, 760,
+ /* 240 */ 751, 959, 944, 767, 767, 936, 936, 767, 810, 732,
+ /* 250 */ 798, 739, 739, 739, 739, 767, 798, 810, 732, 732,
+ /* 260 */ 767, 658, 911, 909, 767, 767, 658, 767, 658, 767,
+ /* 270 */ 658, 876, 730, 730, 730, 715, 880, 880, 876, 730,
+ /* 280 */ 700, 730, 715, 730, 730, 780, 775, 780, 775, 780,
+ /* 290 */ 775, 767, 767, 959, 793, 781, 791, 789, 798, 959,
+ /* 300 */ 718, 651, 651, 640, 640, 640, 640, 956, 956, 951,
+ /* 310 */ 702, 702, 684, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 320 */ 885, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 330 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 636, 946, 959, 959, 943, 959,
+ /* 340 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 350 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 915,
+ /* 360 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 908, 907, 959, 959,
+ /* 370 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 380 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959,
+ /* 390 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 790, 959, 782, 959, 869, 959,
+ /* 400 */ 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 959, 745,
+ /* 410 */ 819, 959, 818, 822, 817, 668, 959, 649, 959, 632,
+ /* 420 */ 637, 955, 958, 957, 954, 953, 952, 947, 945, 942,
+ /* 430 */ 941, 940, 938, 935, 931, 889, 887, 894, 893, 892,
+ /* 440 */ 891, 890, 888, 886, 884, 805, 803, 800, 797, 930,
+ /* 450 */ 882, 741, 738, 737, 657, 948, 914, 923, 921, 811,
+ /* 460 */ 920, 919, 918, 916, 913, 900, 807, 806, 733, 874,
+ /* 470 */ 873, 660, 904, 903, 902, 906, 910, 901, 769, 659,
+ /* 480 */ 656, 665, 722, 721, 729, 727, 726, 725, 724, 723,
+ /* 490 */ 720, 667, 675, 686, 714, 699, 698, 879, 881, 878,
+ /* 500 */ 877, 707, 706, 712, 711, 710, 709, 708, 705, 704,
+ /* 510 */ 703, 696, 695, 701, 694, 717, 716, 713, 693, 736,
+ /* 520 */ 735, 734, 731, 692, 691, 690, 822, 689, 688, 828,
+ /* 530 */ 827, 815, 858, 756, 755, 754, 766, 765, 778, 777,
+ /* 540 */ 813, 812, 779, 764, 758, 757, 773, 772, 771, 770,
+ /* 550 */ 762, 752, 784, 787, 786, 783, 860, 768, 857, 929,
+ /* 560 */ 928, 927, 926, 925, 862, 861, 829, 826, 679, 680,
+ /* 570 */ 898, 896, 897, 895, 682, 681, 678, 677, 859, 747,
+ /* 580 */ 746, 855, 852, 844, 840, 856, 853, 845, 841, 839,
+ /* 590 */ 838, 824, 823, 821, 820, 816, 825, 670, 748, 744,
+ /* 600 */ 743, 814, 750, 749, 687, 685, 683, 664, 662, 655,
+ /* 610 */ 653, 652, 654, 650, 648, 647, 646, 645, 644, 673,
+ /* 620 */ 672, 671, 669, 668, 642, 639, 638, 634, 633, 631,
};
-#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens. If a construct
** like the following:
"COLLATE", "BITNOT", "STRING", "JOIN_KW",
"CONSTRAINT", "DEFAULT", "NULL", "PRIMARY",
"UNIQUE", "CHECK", "REFERENCES", "AUTOINCR",
- "ON", "DELETE", "UPDATE", "SET",
- "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP", "UNION",
- "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT", "SELECT",
- "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM", "JOIN",
- "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP", "HAVING",
- "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO", "VALUES",
- "INSERT", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB",
+ "ON", "INSERT", "DELETE", "UPDATE",
+ "SET", "DEFERRABLE", "FOREIGN", "DROP",
+ "UNION", "ALL", "EXCEPT", "INTERSECT",
+ "SELECT", "DISTINCT", "DOT", "FROM",
+ "JOIN", "USING", "ORDER", "GROUP",
+ "HAVING", "LIMIT", "WHERE", "INTO",
+ "VALUES", "INTEGER", "FLOAT", "BLOB",
"REGISTER", "VARIABLE", "CASE", "WHEN",
"THEN", "ELSE", "INDEX", "ALTER",
"ADD", "error", "input", "cmdlist",
"joinop", "indexed_opt", "on_opt", "using_opt",
"joinop2", "inscollist", "sortlist", "sortitem",
"nexprlist", "setlist", "insert_cmd", "inscollist_opt",
- "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "escape",
- "between_op", "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist",
- "case_else", "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum",
- "plus_opt", "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list",
- "trigger_time", "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause",
- "trigger_cmd", "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt",
- "key_opt", "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab",
- "vtabarglist", "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp",
- "anylist",
+ "itemlist", "exprlist", "likeop", "between_op",
+ "in_op", "case_operand", "case_exprlist", "case_else",
+ "uniqueflag", "collate", "nmnum", "plus_opt",
+ "number", "trigger_decl", "trigger_cmd_list", "trigger_time",
+ "trigger_event", "foreach_clause", "when_clause", "trigger_cmd",
+ "trnm", "tridxby", "database_kw_opt", "key_opt",
+ "add_column_fullname", "kwcolumn_opt", "create_vtab", "vtabarglist",
+ "vtabarg", "vtabargtoken", "lp", "anylist",
};
#endif /* NDEBUG */
/* 72 */ "refargs ::=",
/* 73 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
/* 74 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /* 77 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /* 79 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /* 80 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /* 81 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
- /* 82 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /* 84 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /* 87 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /* 89 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
- /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
- /* 91 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /* 92 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /* 93 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /* 94 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /* 95 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /* 96 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /* 97 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /* 99 */ "onconf ::=",
- /* 100 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /* 101 */ "orconf ::=",
- /* 102 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /* 103 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /* 106 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 107 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 108 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 109 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 110 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 111 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 112 */ "select ::= oneselect",
- /* 113 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 114 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 117 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 118 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 119 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 120 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 121 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 122 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 123 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 126 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 127 */ "as ::= ids",
- /* 128 */ "as ::=",
- /* 129 */ "from ::=",
- /* 130 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 131 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 133 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
- /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 136 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 137 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 138 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 139 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 140 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 143 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 144 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 145 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
- /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
- /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
- /* 148 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
- /* 149 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 150 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 152 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
- /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
- /* 154 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
- /* 155 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 157 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 158 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 160 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 161 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 162 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 166 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
- /* 167 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 168 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 169 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 170 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 171 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 172 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 175 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 177 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
- /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
- /* 179 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
- /* 181 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
- /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
- /* 183 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 185 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 186 */ "expr ::= id",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 190 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 191 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
- /* 198 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 207 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
- /* 208 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
- /* 209 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
- /* 210 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
- /* 211 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
- /* 212 */ "escape ::=",
- /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
+ /* 75 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
+ /* 76 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
+ /* 77 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
+ /* 78 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
+ /* 79 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
+ /* 80 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
+ /* 81 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
+ /* 82 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION",
+ /* 83 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 84 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
+ /* 85 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
+ /* 86 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
+ /* 87 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
+ /* 88 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
+ /* 89 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
+ /* 90 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
+ /* 91 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
+ /* 92 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
+ /* 93 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
+ /* 94 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
+ /* 95 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
+ /* 96 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
+ /* 97 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
+ /* 98 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
+ /* 99 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
+ /* 100 */ "onconf ::=",
+ /* 101 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
+ /* 102 */ "orconf ::=",
+ /* 103 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
+ /* 104 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
+ /* 105 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
+ /* 106 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 107 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
+ /* 108 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
+ /* 109 */ "ifexists ::=",
+ /* 110 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
+ /* 111 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
+ /* 112 */ "cmd ::= select",
+ /* 113 */ "select ::= oneselect",
+ /* 114 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
+ /* 115 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
+ /* 116 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
+ /* 117 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
+ /* 118 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
+ /* 119 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
+ /* 120 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
+ /* 121 */ "distinct ::=",
+ /* 122 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
+ /* 123 */ "sclp ::=",
+ /* 124 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
+ /* 125 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
+ /* 126 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
+ /* 127 */ "as ::= AS nm",
+ /* 128 */ "as ::= ids",
+ /* 129 */ "as ::=",
+ /* 130 */ "from ::=",
+ /* 131 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
+ /* 132 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
+ /* 133 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
+ /* 134 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 135 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 136 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt",
+ /* 137 */ "dbnm ::=",
+ /* 138 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
+ /* 139 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
+ /* 140 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
+ /* 141 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
+ /* 142 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
+ /* 143 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
+ /* 144 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
+ /* 145 */ "on_opt ::=",
+ /* 146 */ "indexed_opt ::=",
+ /* 147 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm",
+ /* 148 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED",
+ /* 149 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 150 */ "using_opt ::=",
+ /* 151 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
+ /* 152 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
+ /* 153 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 154 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
+ /* 155 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
+ /* 156 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
+ /* 157 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
+ /* 158 */ "sortorder ::=",
+ /* 159 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
+ /* 160 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
+ /* 161 */ "having_opt ::=",
+ /* 162 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
+ /* 163 */ "limit_opt ::=",
+ /* 164 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
+ /* 165 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
+ /* 166 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
+ /* 167 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt",
+ /* 168 */ "where_opt ::=",
+ /* 169 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
+ /* 170 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt",
+ /* 171 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
+ /* 172 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
+ /* 173 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
+ /* 174 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
+ /* 175 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
+ /* 176 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
+ /* 177 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
+ /* 178 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
+ /* 179 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
+ /* 180 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
+ /* 181 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
+ /* 182 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
+ /* 183 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
+ /* 184 */ "expr ::= term",
+ /* 185 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
+ /* 186 */ "term ::= NULL",
+ /* 187 */ "expr ::= id",
+ /* 188 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
+ /* 189 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
+ /* 190 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
+ /* 191 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
+ /* 192 */ "term ::= STRING",
+ /* 193 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
+ /* 194 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
+ /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
+ /* 196 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
+ /* 197 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
+ /* 198 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
+ /* 199 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
+ /* 200 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
+ /* 201 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
+ /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
+ /* 203 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
+ /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
+ /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
+ /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
+ /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
+ /* 208 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
+ /* 209 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
+ /* 210 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
+ /* 211 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
+ /* 212 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr",
+ /* 213 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr",
/* 214 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
/* 215 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
/* 216 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr",
case 160: /* select */
case 194: /* oneselect */
{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy3));
+sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy387));
}
break;
case 174: /* term */
case 175: /* expr */
- case 223: /* escape */
{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy346).pExpr);
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy118).pExpr);
}
break;
case 179: /* idxlist_opt */
case 217: /* setlist */
case 220: /* itemlist */
case 221: /* exprlist */
- case 227: /* case_exprlist */
+ case 226: /* case_exprlist */
{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy14));
+sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy322));
}
break;
case 193: /* fullname */
case 206: /* seltablist */
case 207: /* stl_prefix */
{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy65));
+sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy259));
}
break;
case 199: /* where_opt */
case 201: /* having_opt */
case 210: /* on_opt */
case 215: /* sortitem */
- case 226: /* case_operand */
- case 228: /* case_else */
- case 239: /* when_clause */
- case 244: /* key_opt */
+ case 225: /* case_operand */
+ case 227: /* case_else */
+ case 238: /* when_clause */
+ case 243: /* key_opt */
{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy132));
+sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy314));
}
break;
case 211: /* using_opt */
case 213: /* inscollist */
case 219: /* inscollist_opt */
{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy408));
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy384));
}
break;
- case 235: /* trigger_cmd_list */
- case 240: /* trigger_cmd */
+ case 234: /* trigger_cmd_list */
+ case 239: /* trigger_cmd */
{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy473));
+sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy203));
}
break;
- case 237: /* trigger_event */
+ case 236: /* trigger_event */
{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy378).b);
+sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy90).b);
}
break;
default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
int i;
int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
- if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
+ if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_COUNT
+ || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
return yy_default[stateno];
}
assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
i += iLookAhead;
- if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
- /* The user of ";" instead of "\000" as a statement terminator in SQLite
- ** means that we always have a look-ahead token. */
+ if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
if( iLookAhead>0 ){
#ifdef YYFALLBACK
YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */
#ifdef YYWILDCARD
{
int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
- if( j>=0 && j<YY_SZ_ACTTAB && yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD ){
+ if(
+#if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0
+ j>=0 &&
+#endif
+#if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT
+ j<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT &&
+#endif
+ yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD
+ ){
#ifndef NDEBUG
if( yyTraceFILE ){
fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
){
int i;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ){
+ if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){
return yy_default[stateno];
}
#else
- assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_MAX );
+ assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT );
#endif
i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
i += iLookAhead;
#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
+ if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
return yy_default[stateno];
}
#else
- assert( i>=0 && i<YY_SZ_ACTTAB );
+ assert( i>=0 && i<YY_ACTTAB_COUNT );
assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
#endif
return yy_action[i];
{ 182, 2 },
{ 182, 3 },
{ 182, 3 },
+ { 182, 3 },
{ 183, 2 },
{ 183, 2 },
{ 183, 1 },
{ 222, 2 },
{ 222, 1 },
{ 222, 2 },
- { 223, 2 },
- { 223, 0 },
- { 175, 4 },
+ { 175, 3 },
+ { 175, 5 },
{ 175, 2 },
{ 175, 3 },
{ 175, 3 },
{ 175, 2 },
{ 175, 2 },
{ 175, 2 },
+ { 223, 1 },
+ { 223, 2 },
+ { 175, 5 },
{ 224, 1 },
{ 224, 2 },
{ 175, 5 },
- { 225, 1 },
- { 225, 2 },
- { 175, 5 },
{ 175, 3 },
{ 175, 5 },
{ 175, 4 },
{ 175, 4 },
{ 175, 5 },
- { 227, 5 },
- { 227, 4 },
- { 228, 2 },
- { 228, 0 },
- { 226, 1 },
- { 226, 0 },
+ { 226, 5 },
+ { 226, 4 },
+ { 227, 2 },
+ { 227, 0 },
+ { 225, 1 },
+ { 225, 0 },
{ 221, 1 },
{ 221, 0 },
{ 216, 3 },
{ 216, 1 },
{ 147, 11 },
- { 229, 1 },
- { 229, 0 },
+ { 228, 1 },
+ { 228, 0 },
{ 179, 0 },
{ 179, 3 },
{ 187, 5 },
{ 187, 3 },
- { 230, 0 },
- { 230, 2 },
+ { 229, 0 },
+ { 229, 2 },
{ 147, 4 },
{ 147, 1 },
{ 147, 2 },
{ 147, 6 },
{ 147, 5 },
{ 147, 6 },
- { 231, 1 },
- { 231, 1 },
- { 231, 1 },
- { 231, 1 },
- { 231, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
+ { 230, 1 },
{ 170, 2 },
{ 171, 2 },
- { 233, 1 },
{ 232, 1 },
- { 232, 0 },
+ { 231, 1 },
+ { 231, 0 },
{ 147, 5 },
- { 234, 11 },
+ { 233, 11 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 1 },
+ { 235, 2 },
+ { 235, 0 },
{ 236, 1 },
{ 236, 1 },
- { 236, 2 },
- { 236, 0 },
- { 237, 1 },
- { 237, 1 },
+ { 236, 3 },
+ { 237, 0 },
{ 237, 3 },
{ 238, 0 },
- { 238, 3 },
- { 239, 0 },
- { 239, 2 },
- { 235, 3 },
- { 235, 2 },
- { 241, 1 },
- { 241, 3 },
- { 242, 0 },
- { 242, 3 },
- { 242, 2 },
- { 240, 7 },
- { 240, 8 },
- { 240, 5 },
- { 240, 5 },
+ { 238, 2 },
+ { 234, 3 },
+ { 234, 2 },
{ 240, 1 },
+ { 240, 3 },
+ { 241, 0 },
+ { 241, 3 },
+ { 241, 2 },
+ { 239, 7 },
+ { 239, 8 },
+ { 239, 5 },
+ { 239, 5 },
+ { 239, 1 },
{ 175, 4 },
{ 175, 6 },
{ 191, 1 },
{ 147, 4 },
{ 147, 6 },
{ 147, 3 },
- { 244, 0 },
- { 244, 2 },
- { 243, 1 },
{ 243, 0 },
+ { 243, 2 },
+ { 242, 1 },
+ { 242, 0 },
{ 147, 1 },
{ 147, 3 },
{ 147, 1 },
{ 147, 3 },
{ 147, 6 },
{ 147, 6 },
+ { 244, 1 },
+ { 245, 0 },
{ 245, 1 },
- { 246, 0 },
- { 246, 1 },
{ 147, 1 },
{ 147, 4 },
- { 247, 7 },
- { 248, 1 },
- { 248, 3 },
- { 249, 0 },
- { 249, 2 },
+ { 246, 7 },
+ { 247, 1 },
+ { 247, 3 },
+ { 248, 0 },
+ { 248, 2 },
+ { 249, 1 },
+ { 249, 3 },
{ 250, 1 },
- { 250, 3 },
- { 251, 1 },
- { 252, 0 },
- { 252, 4 },
- { 252, 2 },
+ { 251, 0 },
+ { 251, 4 },
+ { 251, 2 },
};
static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */
{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
break;
case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_DEFERRED;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_DEFERRED;}
break;
case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==15);
case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==16);
- case 114: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==114);
- case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==116);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].major;}
+ case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==115);
+ case 117: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==117);
+{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].major;}
break;
case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18);
break;
case 26: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
{
- sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy328,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy4,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);
}
break;
case 27: /* createkw ::= CREATE */
case 28: /* ifnotexists ::= */
case 31: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==31);
case 70: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70);
- case 82: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==82);
- case 84: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==84);
- case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86);
- case 97: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==97);
- case 108: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
- case 119: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
- case 120: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
+ case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==83);
+ case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
+ case 87: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==87);
+ case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
+ case 109: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109);
+ case 120: /* distinct ::= ALL */ yytestcase(yyruleno==120);
+ case 121: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==121);
case 222: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222);
case 225: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==225);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = 0;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = 0;}
break;
case 29: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
case 30: /* temp ::= TEMP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==30);
case 71: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71);
- case 85: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==85);
- case 107: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==107);
- case 118: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==118);
+ case 86: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86);
+ case 108: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==108);
+ case 119: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==119);
case 223: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223);
case 226: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = 1;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = 1;}
break;
case 32: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
{
break;
case 33: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
{
- sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
}
break;
case 36: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
case 43: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43);
case 46: /* typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==46);
case 49: /* typename ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==49);
- case 126: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==126);
- case 127: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
- case 137: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==137);
- case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
+ case 127: /* as ::= AS nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127);
+ case 128: /* as ::= ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==128);
+ case 138: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138);
+ case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==147);
case 251: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */ yytestcase(yyruleno==251);
case 260: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260);
case 261: /* nmnum ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==261);
break;
case 57: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
case 59: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */ yytestcase(yyruleno==59);
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);}
break;
case 58: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);}
+{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);}
break;
case 60: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
{
ExprSpan v;
- v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ v.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
v.zStart = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z;
- v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+ v.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,&v);
}
break;
}
break;
case 63: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 64: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 65: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);}
break;
case 66: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
break;
case 67: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 68: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 69: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 72: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None * 0x000101; }
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */}
break;
case 73: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy328 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy429.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy429.value; }
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy4 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy215.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy215.value; }
break;
case 74: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = 0; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x000000; }
+ case 75: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75);
+{ yygotominor.yy215.value = 0; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x000000; }
break;
- case 75: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x0000ff; }
+ case 76: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x0000ff; }
break;
- case 76: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy429.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy328<<8; yygotominor.yy429.mask = 0x00ff00; }
+ case 77: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
+{ yygotominor.yy215.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy4<<8; yygotominor.yy215.mask = 0x00ff00; }
break;
- case 77: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetNull; }
+ case 78: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 78: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_SetDflt; }
+ case 79: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 79: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Cascade; }
+ case 80: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 80: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Restrict; }
+ case 81: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 81: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None; }
+ case 82: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */}
break;
- case 83: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
- case 98: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==98);
- case 100: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==100);
- case 103: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==103);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+ case 84: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
+ case 99: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99);
+ case 101: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==101);
+ case 104: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==104);
+{yygotominor.yy4 = yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
break;
- case 87: /* conslist_opt ::= */
+ case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
break;
- case 88: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
+ case 89: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
break;
- case 93: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,yymsp[-2].minor.yy328,0);}
+ case 94: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,yymsp[-2].minor.yy4,0);}
break;
- case 94: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy328,0,0,0,0);}
+ case 95: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
+{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy4,0,0,0,0);}
break;
- case 95: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+ case 96: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
+{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
break;
- case 96: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
+ case 97: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
{
- sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
- sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
+ sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 99: /* onconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Default;}
+ case 100: /* onconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Default;}
break;
- case 101: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Default;}
+ case 102: /* orconf ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Default;}
break;
- case 102: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;}
+ case 103: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
+{yygotominor.yy210 = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;}
break;
- case 104: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Ignore;}
+ case 105: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Ignore;}
break;
- case 105: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Replace;}
+ case 106: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Replace;}
break;
- case 106: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
+ case 107: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 109: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
+ case 110: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
{
- sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-6].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-6].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 110: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
+ case 111: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
- case 111: /* cmd ::= select */
+ case 112: /* cmd ::= select */
{
SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
- sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, &dest);
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, &dest);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387);
}
break;
- case 112: /* select ::= oneselect */
-{yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;}
+ case 113: /* select ::= oneselect */
+{yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;}
break;
- case 113: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
+ case 114: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
{
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy3 ){
- yymsp[0].minor.yy3->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy328;
- yymsp[0].minor.yy3->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy3;
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy387 ){
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy387->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy4;
+ yymsp[0].minor.yy387->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy387;
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy387);
}
- yygotominor.yy3 = yymsp[0].minor.yy3;
+ yygotominor.yy387 = yymsp[0].minor.yy387;
}
break;
- case 115: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = TK_ALL;}
+ case 116: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
+{yygotominor.yy4 = TK_ALL;}
break;
- case 117: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
+ case 118: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy3 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy14,yymsp[-5].minor.yy65,yymsp[-4].minor.yy132,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-2].minor.yy132,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[-7].minor.yy328,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy476.pOffset);
+ yygotominor.yy387 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy322,yymsp[-5].minor.yy259,yymsp[-4].minor.yy314,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-2].minor.yy314,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[-7].minor.yy4,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy292.pOffset);
}
break;
- case 121: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
+ case 122: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
case 247: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==247);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;}
+{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;}
break;
- case 122: /* sclp ::= */
- case 150: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==150);
- case 158: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158);
+ case 123: /* sclp ::= */
+ case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==151);
+ case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159);
case 240: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==240);
case 246: /* idxlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==246);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = 0;}
+{yygotominor.yy322 = 0;}
break;
- case 123: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
+ case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118);
}
break;
- case 124: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
+ case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
{
Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ALL, 0);
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, p);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, p);
}
break;
- case 125: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
+ case 126: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
{
Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14, pDot);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322, pDot);
}
break;
- case 128: /* as ::= */
+ case 129: /* as ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
break;
- case 129: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy65));}
+ case 130: /* from ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy259));}
break;
- case 130: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
+ case 131: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
{
- yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[0].minor.yy65;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy65);
+ yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[0].minor.yy259;
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy259);
}
break;
- case 131: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
+ case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
{
- yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy65;
- if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy65 && yygotominor.yy65->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy65->a[yygotominor.yy65->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy259;
+ if( ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy259 && yygotominor.yy259->nSrc>0) ) yygotominor.yy259->a[yygotominor.yy259->nSrc-1].jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
- case 132: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = 0;}
+ case 133: /* stl_prefix ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy259 = 0;}
break;
- case 133: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
+ case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy65, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yygotominor.yy259, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 134: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy3,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+ yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy387,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
}
break;
- case 135: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
+ case 136: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */
{
- if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy65==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy132==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy408==0 ){
- yygotominor.yy65 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy65;
+ if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy259==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy314==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy384==0 ){
+ yygotominor.yy259 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy259;
}else{
Select *pSubquery;
- sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy65);
- pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy65,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132,yymsp[0].minor.yy408);
+ sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy259);
+ pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy259,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314,yymsp[0].minor.yy384);
}
}
break;
- case 136: /* dbnm ::= */
- case 145: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==145);
+ case 137: /* dbnm ::= */
+ case 146: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==146);
{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
break;
- case 138: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy65 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 139: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
+{yygotominor.yy259 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 139: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = JT_INNER; }
+ case 140: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = JT_INNER; }
break;
- case 140: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
+ case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
break;
- case 141: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
+ case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
break;
- case 142: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
+ case 143: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
break;
- case 143: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
- case 154: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==154);
- case 161: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
- case 168: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
+ case 144: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
+ case 155: /* sortitem ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==155);
+ case 162: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==162);
+ case 169: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==169);
case 235: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==235);
case 237: /* case_operand ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237);
-{yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+{yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
break;
- case 144: /* on_opt ::= */
- case 160: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
- case 167: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==167);
+ case 145: /* on_opt ::= */
+ case 161: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==161);
+ case 168: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168);
case 236: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236);
case 238: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==238);
-{yygotominor.yy132 = 0;}
+{yygotominor.yy314 = 0;}
break;
- case 147: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
+ case 148: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */
{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=1;}
break;
- case 148: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
- case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
-{yygotominor.yy408 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy408;}
+ case 149: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
+ case 181: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181);
+{yygotominor.yy384 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy384;}
break;
- case 149: /* using_opt ::= */
- case 179: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==179);
-{yygotominor.yy408 = 0;}
+ case 150: /* using_opt ::= */
+ case 180: /* inscollist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180);
+{yygotominor.yy384 = 0;}
break;
- case 151: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
- case 159: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==159);
+ case 152: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
+ case 160: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==160);
case 239: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==239);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = yymsp[0].minor.yy14;}
+{yygotominor.yy322 = yymsp[0].minor.yy322;}
break;
- case 152: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
+ case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
- if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy322,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
+ if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
- case 153: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
+ case 154: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
- if( yygotominor.yy14 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy14->a) ) yygotominor.yy14->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy314);
+ if( yygotominor.yy322 && ALWAYS(yygotominor.yy322->a) ) yygotominor.yy322->a[0].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
- case 155: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
- case 157: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==157);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
+ case 156: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
+ case 158: /* sortorder ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158);
+{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
break;
- case 156: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
+ case 157: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
+{yygotominor.yy4 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
break;
- case 162: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 163: /* limit_opt ::= */
+{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;}
break;
- case 163: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = 0;}
+ case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
+{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = 0;}
break;
- case 164: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+ case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
+{yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
break;
- case 165: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy476.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr; yygotominor.yy476.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr;}
+ case 166: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
+{yygotominor.yy292.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr; yygotominor.yy292.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr;}
break;
- case 166: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
+ case 167: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname indexed_opt where_opt */
{
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy65,yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy259,yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
- case 169: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
+ case 170: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */
{
- sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy65, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,"set list");
- sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy132,yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);
+ sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy259, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,"set list");
+ sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy314,yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);
}
break;
- case 170: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
+ case 171: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
}
break;
- case 171: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
+ case 172: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
}
break;
- case 172: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);}
+ case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);}
break;
- case 173: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+ case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);}
break;
- case 174: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy65, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy408, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186);}
+ case 175: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
+{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy259, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy384, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210);}
break;
- case 175: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = yymsp[0].minor.yy186;}
+ case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
+{yygotominor.yy210 = yymsp[0].minor.yy210;}
break;
- case 176: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy186 = OE_Replace;}
+ case 177: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
+{yygotominor.yy210 = OE_Replace;}
break;
- case 177: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
+ case 178: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
case 241: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==241);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy322,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
break;
- case 178: /* itemlist ::= expr */
+ case 179: /* itemlist ::= expr */
case 242: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==242);
-{yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);}
+{yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);}
break;
- case 181: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy408,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 182: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
+{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy384,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 182: /* inscollist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy408 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 183: /* inscollist ::= nm */
+{yygotominor.yy384 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 183: /* expr ::= term */
- case 211: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211);
-{yygotominor.yy346 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346;}
+ case 184: /* expr ::= term */
+{yygotominor.yy118 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118;}
break;
- case 184: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 185: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
+{yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr; spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 185: /* term ::= NULL */
- case 190: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==190);
- case 191: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 186: /* term ::= NULL */
+ case 191: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */ yytestcase(yyruleno==191);
+ case 192: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==192);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, yymsp[0].major, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 186: /* expr ::= id */
- case 187: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==187);
-{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+ case 187: /* expr ::= id */
+ case 188: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==188);
+{spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
- case 188: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
+ case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 189: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
+ case 190: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
{
Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 192: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
+ case 193: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
{
/* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression
** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers
** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */
if( pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = 0;
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = 0;
}else{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->iTable);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) sqlite3GetInt32(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1], &yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->iTable);
}
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 193: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
+ case 194: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
{
- spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy346, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ spanExpr(&yygotominor.yy118, pParse, TK_VARIABLE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 194: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
+ case 195: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
- case 195: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
+ case 196: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 196: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
+ case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
{
- if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy14 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy14->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy322->nExpr>pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 && yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 && yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_Distinct;
}
}
break;
- case 197: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
+ case 198: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 198: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
+ case 199: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
{
/* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
** treated as functions that return constants */
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;
}
- spanSet(&yygotominor.yy346, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ spanSet(&yygotominor.yy118, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
- case 199: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
- case 200: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200);
- case 201: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
- case 202: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
- case 203: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
- case 204: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
- case 205: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
- case 206: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206);
-{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);}
+ case 200: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
+ case 201: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201);
+ case 202: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==202);
+ case 203: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==203);
+ case 204: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==204);
+ case 205: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==205);
+ case 206: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==206);
+ case 207: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==207);
+{spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);}
break;
- case 207: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
- case 209: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==209);
-{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 0;}
+ case 208: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
+ case 210: /* likeop ::= MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
+{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 0;}
break;
- case 208: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
- case 210: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210);
-{yygotominor.yy96.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy96.not = 1;}
+ case 209: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
+ case 211: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211);
+{yygotominor.yy342.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy342.not = 1;}
break;
- case 212: /* escape ::= */
-{memset(&yygotominor.yy346,0,sizeof(yygotominor.yy346));}
+ case 212: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */
+{
+ ExprList *pList;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.eOperator);
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+}
break;
- case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
+ case 213: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */
{
ExprList *pList;
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- if( yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr ){
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- }
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.eOperator);
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy96.not ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.zEnd;
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.eOperator);
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy342.not ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
}
break;
case 214: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[0].major,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 215: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
+{spanUnaryPostfix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_NOTNULL,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 216: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */
{
- spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
- if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr->op==TK_NULL ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_ISNULL;
- }
+ spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_IS,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_ISNULL);
}
break;
case 217: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */
{
- spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy346,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346);
- if( pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr->op==TK_NULL ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->op = TK_NOTNULL;
- }
+ spanBinaryExpr(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_ISNOT,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy118,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118);
+ binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, TK_NOTNULL);
}
break;
case 218: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
case 219: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==219);
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,yymsp[-1].major,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 220: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UMINUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 221: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy346,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy346,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
+{spanUnaryPrefix(&yygotominor.yy118,pParse,TK_UPLUS,&yymsp[0].minor.yy118,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);}
break;
case 224: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
{
- ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
+ ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = pList;
}else{
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.zEnd;
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.zEnd;
}
break;
case 227: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy322==0 ){
+ /* Expressions of the form
+ **
+ ** expr1 IN ()
+ ** expr1 NOT IN ()
+ **
+ ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively,
+ ** regardless of the value of expr1.
+ */
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy4]);
+ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy322;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322);
+ }
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 228: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 229: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
- if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 230: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
{
SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
- ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
+ ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
}else{
sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
}
- if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
+ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy4 ) yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr, 0, 0);
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.zStart;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 231: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
{
- Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
+ Expr *p = yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
if( p ){
- p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
+ p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy387;
ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
}else{
- sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
+ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy387);
}
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 232: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
- sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy314, yymsp[-1].minor.yy314, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy322;
+ sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy118.pExpr);
}else{
- sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
+ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy322);
}
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 233: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
}
break;
case 234: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
{
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy346.pExpr);
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy118.pExpr);
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
}
break;
case 243: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
{
sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,
- sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[-9].minor.yy328,
- &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[-9].minor.yy4,
+ &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy4);
}
break;
case 244: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
case 298: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==298);
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Abort;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Abort;}
break;
case 245: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_None;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_None;}
break;
case 248: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
{
Expr *p = 0;
if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy14, p);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy14,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy322, p);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse,yygotominor.yy322,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,1);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
case 249: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
Expr *p = 0;
if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3ExprSetCollByToken(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
}
- yygotominor.yy14 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
- sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
- sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy14, "index");
- if( yygotominor.yy14 ) yygotominor.yy14->a[yygotominor.yy14->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy322 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p);
+ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1);
+ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy322, "index");
+ if( yygotominor.yy322 ) yygotominor.yy322->a[yygotominor.yy322->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy4;
}
break;
case 250: /* collate ::= */
{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
break;
case 252: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65, yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);}
+{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259, yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);}
break;
case 253: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
case 254: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==254);
Token all;
all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
- sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy473, &all);
+ sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy203, &all);
}
break;
case 271: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
{
- sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy328, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy378.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy65, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-10].minor.yy328, yymsp[-8].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy4, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy90.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy259, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-10].minor.yy4, yymsp[-8].minor.yy4);
yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
}
break;
case 272: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
case 275: /* trigger_time ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==275);
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_BEFORE; }
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_BEFORE; }
break;
case 273: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_AFTER; }
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_AFTER; }
break;
case 274: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy328 = TK_INSTEAD;}
+{ yygotominor.yy4 = TK_INSTEAD;}
break;
case 276: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
case 277: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==277);
-{yygotominor.yy378.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy378.b = 0;}
+{yygotominor.yy90.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy90.b = 0;}
break;
case 278: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
-{yygotominor.yy378.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy378.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy408;}
+{yygotominor.yy90.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy90.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy384;}
break;
case 281: /* when_clause ::= */
case 303: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==303);
-{ yygotominor.yy132 = 0; }
+{ yygotominor.yy314 = 0; }
break;
case 282: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
case 304: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==304);
-{ yygotominor.yy132 = yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr; }
+{ yygotominor.yy314 = yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr; }
break;
case 283: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
{
- assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy473!=0 );
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
- yymsp[-2].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
- yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy473;
+ assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy203!=0 );
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
+ yymsp[-2].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
+ yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy203;
}
break;
case 284: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
{
- assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy473!=0 );
- yymsp[-1].minor.yy473->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
- yygotominor.yy473 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy473;
+ assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy203!=0 );
+ yymsp[-1].minor.yy203->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
+ yygotominor.yy203 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy203;
}
break;
case 286: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */
}
break;
case 290: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, yymsp[0].minor.yy132, yymsp[-5].minor.yy186); }
+{ yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, yymsp[0].minor.yy314, yymsp[-5].minor.yy210); }
break;
case 291: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy408, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy186);}
+{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy384, yymsp[-1].minor.yy322, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy210);}
break;
case 292: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO trnm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy408, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy3, yymsp[-4].minor.yy186);}
+{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy384, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy387, yymsp[-4].minor.yy210);}
break;
case 293: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);}
+{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);}
break;
case 294: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy473 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy3); }
+{yygotominor.yy203 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy387); }
break;
case 295: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ){
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = OE_Ignore;
}
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 296: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
{
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
- if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ) {
- yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy328;
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
+ if( yygotominor.yy118.pExpr ) {
+ yygotominor.yy118.pExpr->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy4;
}
- yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
- yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
+ yygotominor.yy118.zStart = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
+ yygotominor.yy118.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
break;
case 297: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Rollback;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Rollback;}
break;
case 299: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy328 = OE_Fail;}
+{yygotominor.yy4 = OE_Fail;}
break;
case 300: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
{
- sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy65,yymsp[-1].minor.yy328);
+ sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy259,yymsp[-1].minor.yy4);
}
break;
case 301: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
{
- sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy346.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy132);
+ sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[-1].minor.yy118.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy314);
}
break;
case 302: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
{
- sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy346.pExpr);
+ sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy118.pExpr);
}
break;
case 307: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
break;
case 311: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
{
- sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy65,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
+ sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy259,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
}
break;
case 312: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
case 313: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
{
pParse->db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy65);
+ sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy259);
}
break;
case 316: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
/* (55) carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==55);
/* (56) carg ::= ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==56);
/* (62) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62);
- /* (89) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==89);
- /* (90) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
- /* (91) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
- /* (92) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+ /* (90) conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==90);
+ /* (91) conslist ::= conslist tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==91);
+ /* (92) conslist ::= tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==92);
+ /* (93) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93);
/* (268) plus_opt ::= PLUS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==268);
/* (269) plus_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==269);
/* (279) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==279);
if( yyTraceFILE ){
fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
}
-#endif
- while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
- /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
- ** parser accepts */
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+#endif
+ while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
+ ** parser accepts */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
+}
+
+/* The main parser program.
+** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
+** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
+** The second argument is the major token number. The third is
+** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the
+** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
+** use by the action routines.
+**
+** Inputs:
+** <ul>
+** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
+** <li> The major token number.
+** <li> The minor token number.
+** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
+** </ul>
+**
+** Outputs:
+** None.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
+ void *yyp, /* The parser */
+ int yymajor, /* The major token code number */
+ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */
+ sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
+){
+ YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
+ int yyact; /* The parser action. */
+ int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#endif
+ yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */
+
+ /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
+ yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
+ if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
+#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
+ if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
+ /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
+ yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
+ yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
+ return;
+ }
+#endif
+ yypParser->yyidx = 0;
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
+ yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
+ yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
+ }
+ yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
+ yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
+ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ do{
+ yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
+ if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
+ assert( !yyendofinput ); /* Impossible to shift the $ token */
+ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
+ yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
+ }else{
+ assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ int yymx;
+#endif
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+ }
+#endif
+#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
+ /* A syntax error has occurred.
+ ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
+ ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
+ **
+ ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
+ **
+ ** * Call the %syntax_error function.
+ **
+ ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
+ ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
+ ** the error symbol.
+ **
+ ** * Set the error count to three.
+ **
+ ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error
+ ** processing will occur until three tokens have been
+ ** shifted successfully.
+ **
+ */
+ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ }
+ yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
+ if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ if( yyTraceFILE ){
+ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
+ yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
+ }
+#endif
+ yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else{
+ while(
+ yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
+ yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
+ (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
+ yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
+ YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
+ ){
+ yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ }
+ if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+ }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
+ YYMINORTYPE u2;
+ u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
+ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+ }
+ }
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+ yyerrorhit = 1;
+#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
+ /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
+ ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax
+ ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
+ **
+ ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
+ ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
+ */
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+
+#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
+ /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
+ **
+ ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
+ **
+ ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
+ **
+ ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
+ ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
+ */
+ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
+ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ }
+ yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
+ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
+ if( yyendofinput ){
+ yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+ }
+ yymajor = YYNOCODE;
+#endif
+ }
+ }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
+ return;
+}
+
+/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
+/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** An tokenizer for SQL
+**
+** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
+** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
+** parser for analysis.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
+** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
+** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
+** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores
+** need to be translated.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
+const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
+/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */
+ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */
+ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
+ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */
+ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */
+ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
+** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
+** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
+**
+** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
+** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
+** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
+** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
+** the #include below.
+*/
+/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
+/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
+/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+**
+** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+**
+** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+**
+** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
+** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
+** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
+** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
+** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
+** on platforms with limited memory.
+*/
+/* Hash score: 175 */
+static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
+ /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
+ /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
+ /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
+ /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
+ /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */
+ /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */
+ /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */
+ /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */
+ /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */
+ /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */
+ /* INITIALLY */
+ static const char zText[540] = {
+ 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
+ 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
+ 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
+ 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
+ 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
+ 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
+ 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
+ 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
+ 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
+ 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
+ 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
+ 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
+ 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
+ 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
+ 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
+ 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
+ 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
+ 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
+ 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
+ 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
+ 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
+ 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
+ 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
+ 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
+ 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
+ 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
+ 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
+ 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
+ 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
+ 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
+ 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 45, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0,
+ 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0,
+ 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67,
+ 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 44,
+ 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25,
+ 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0,
+ 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14,
+ 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109,
+ 58, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0,
+ 29, 0, 82, 59, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aNext[121] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 0, 54, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+ 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0,
+ 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0,
+ 35, 64, 0, 0,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aLen[121] = {
+ 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6,
+ 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
+ 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10,
+ 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6,
+ 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 3, 2, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4,
+ 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6,
+ 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4,
+ 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4,
+ 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5,
+ 6, 4, 9, 3,
+ };
+ static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = {
+ 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
+ 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
+ 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
+ 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197,
+ 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244,
+ 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320,
+ 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383,
+ 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458,
+ 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516,
+ 521, 527, 531, 536,
+ };
+ static const unsigned char aCode[121] = {
+ TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
+ TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
+ TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
+ TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
+ TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
+ TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
+ TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
+ TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
+ TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING,
+ TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE,
+ TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL,
+ TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE,
+ TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE,
+ TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE,
+ TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT,
+ TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE,
+ TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN,
+ TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT,
+ TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW,
+ TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER,
+ TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW,
+ TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY,
+ TK_ALL,
+ };
+ int h, i;
+ if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
+ h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
+ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
+ n) % 127;
+ for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
+ if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
+ testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
+ testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
+ testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
+ testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
+ testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
+ testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
+ testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
+ testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
+ testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
+ testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
+ testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
+ testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
+ testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
+ testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
+ testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
+ testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
+ testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
+ testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
+ testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
+ testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
+ testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
+ testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
+ testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
+ testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
+ testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
+ testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
+ testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
+ testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
+ testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
+ testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
+ testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
+ testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
+ testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
+ testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
+ testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
+ testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
+ testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
+ testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
+ testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
+ testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
+ testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
+ testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
+ testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
+ testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMPORARY */
+ testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMP */
+ testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
+ testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
+ testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
+ testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */
+ testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */
+ testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */
+ testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */
+ testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */
+ testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */
+ testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */
+ testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */
+ testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */
+ testcase( i==57 ); /* NOT */
+ testcase( i==58 ); /* NO */
+ testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */
+ testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */
+ testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */
+ testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */
+ testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */
+ testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */
+ testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */
+ testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */
+ testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
+ testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */
+ testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
+ testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */
+ testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */
+ testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */
+ testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */
+ testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */
+ testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */
+ testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */
+ testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */
+ testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */
+ testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */
+ testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */
+ testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */
+ testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */
+ testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */
+ testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */
+ testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */
+ testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */
+ testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
+ testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */
+ testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */
+ testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */
+ testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */
+ testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */
+ testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */
+ testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */
+ testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
+ testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
+ testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */
+ testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */
+ testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */
+ testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */
+ testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */
+ testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */
+ testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */
+ testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */
+ testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */
+ testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */
+ testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */
+ testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */
+ testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */
+ testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */
+ testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */
+ testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */
+ testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */
+ testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */
+ testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */
+ testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */
+ testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */
+ testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */
+ testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */
+ testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */
+ return aCode[i];
+ }
+ }
+ return TK_ID;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
+ return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
}
+#define SQLITE_N_KEYWORD 121
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number. The third is
-** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
+/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+
+
+/*
+** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
+** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** <li> The major token number.
-** <li> The minor token number.
-** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** </ul>
+** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
+** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
+** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
+** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
+** end result.
+**
+** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
+** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do.
+** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
+** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
- void *yyp, /* The parser */
- int yymajor, /* The major token code number */
- sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */
- sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
-){
- YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
- int yyact; /* The parser action. */
- int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
+#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
#endif
- yyParser *yypParser; /* The parser */
-
- /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
- yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
- if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
- if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
- /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
- yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
- yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
- return;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */
+ 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */
+ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */
+};
+#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
#endif
- yypParser->yyidx = 0;
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
- yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
- yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
- }
- yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
- yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
- sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
- }
-#endif
- do{
- yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor);
- if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
- assert( !yyendofinput ); /* Impossible to shift the $ token */
- yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
- yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
- }else{
- assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- int yymx;
+/*
+** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
+** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
+ int i, c;
+ switch( *z ){
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
+ testcase( z[0]==' ' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '-': {
+ if( z[1]=='-' ){
+ /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */
+ for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+ return i;
+ }
+ *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '(': {
+ *tokenType = TK_LP;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case ')': {
+ *tokenType = TK_RP;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case ';': {
+ *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '+': {
+ *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '*': {
+ *tokenType = TK_STAR;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '/': {
+ if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* IMP: R-15891-05542 -- syntax diagram for comments */
+ for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+ if( c ) i++;
+ *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '%': {
+ *tokenType = TK_REM;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '=': {
+ *tokenType = TK_EQ;
+ return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+ }
+ case '<': {
+ if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_LE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='>' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_NE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='<' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_LT;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ case '>': {
+ if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_GE;
+ return 2;
+ }else if( c=='>' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_GT;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ case '!': {
+ if( z[1]!='=' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return 2;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_NE;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ }
+ case '|': {
+ if( z[1]!='|' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
+ return 1;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ }
+ case ',': {
+ *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '&': {
+ *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '~': {
+ *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ case '`':
+ case '\'':
+ case '"': {
+ int delim = z[0];
+ testcase( delim=='`' );
+ testcase( delim=='\'' );
+ testcase( delim=='"' );
+ for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+ if( c==delim ){
+ if( z[i+1]==delim ){
+ i++;
+ }else{
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( c=='\'' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_STRING;
+ return i+1;
+ }else if( c!=0 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ID;
+ return i+1;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ case '.': {
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
+ {
+ *tokenType = TK_DOT;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
+ ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
+ }
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+ case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
+ testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' );
+ testcase( z[0]=='9' );
+ *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
+ for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ if( z[i]=='.' ){
+ i++;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
+ }
+ if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
+ ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
+ || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
+ )
+ ){
+ i += 2;
+ while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
+ *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
- /* A syntax error has occurred.
- ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
- ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".
- **
- ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
- **
- ** * Call the %syntax_error function.
- **
- ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
- ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
- ** the error symbol.
- **
- ** * Set the error count to three.
- **
- ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error
- ** processing will occur until three tokens have been
- ** shifted successfully.
- **
- */
- if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ i++;
}
- yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
- if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- if( yyTraceFILE ){
- fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
- yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
- }
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '[': {
+ for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
+ *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '?': {
+ *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ return i;
+ }
+ case '#': {
+ for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ if( i>1 ){
+ /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
+ ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */
+ *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
+ return i;
+ }
+ /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
+ ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ case '$':
#endif
- yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else{
- while(
- yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
- yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
- (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
- yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
- YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
- ){
- yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
+ case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
+ case ':': {
+ int n = 0;
+ testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' );
+ *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
+ for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
+ if( IdChar(c) ){
+ n++;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
+ }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
+ do{
+ i++;
+ }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
+ if( c==')' ){
+ i++;
+ }else{
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ }
+ break;
+ }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
+ i++;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ break;
}
- if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
- }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
- YYMINORTYPE u2;
- u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
- yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
+ }
+ if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return i;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
+ case 'x': case 'X': {
+ testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
+ if( z[1]=='\'' ){
+ *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
+ for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){}
+ if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; }
}
+ if( z[i] ) i++;
+ return i;
}
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
- yyerrorhit = 1;
-#elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY)
- /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to
- ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax
- ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened.
- **
- ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if
- ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen.
- */
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-
-#else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
- /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
- **
- ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
- **
- ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
- **
- ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
- ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
- */
- if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
- yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
+ /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+ }
+#endif
+ default: {
+ if( !IdChar(*z) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
+ *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
+ return i;
+ }
+ }
+ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
+** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
+** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
+** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
+** error message.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
+ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
+ int tokenType; /* type of the next token */
+ int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */
+ u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
+ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
+ int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */
+
+
+ mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
+ }
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ pParse->zTail = zSql;
+ i = 0;
+ assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+ pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
+ if( pEngine==0 ){
+ db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
+ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
+ assert( pParse->nzVar==0 );
+ assert( pParse->azVar==0 );
+ enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
+ if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+ while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
+ assert( i>=0 );
+ pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
+ pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
+ i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
+ if( i>mxSqlLen ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
+ break;
+ }
+ switch( tokenType ){
+ case TK_SPACE: {
+ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
+ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
+ goto abort_parse;
+ }
+ break;
}
- yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
- yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion);
- if( yyendofinput ){
- yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
+ case TK_ILLEGAL: {
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
+ &pParse->sLastToken);
+ nErr++;
+ goto abort_parse;
+ }
+ case TK_SEMI: {
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+ /* Fall thru into the default case */
+ }
+ default: {
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
+ if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto abort_parse;
+ }
+ break;
}
- yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
}
- }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
- return;
+ }
+abort_parse:
+ if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+ }
+ sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
+ }
+#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
+ sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
+ sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
+ );
+#endif /* YYDEBUG */
+ sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
+ sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
+ }
+ assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
+ if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
+ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
+ sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s", *pzErrMsg);
+ pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
+ nErr++;
+ }
+ if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
+ sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
+ pParse->pVdbe = 0;
+ }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
+ if( pParse->nested==0 ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
+ pParse->aTableLock = 0;
+ pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+ }
+#endif
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
+ sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock);
+#endif
+
+ if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
+ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
+ ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
+ ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
+ */
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
+ for(i=pParse->nzVar-1; i>=0; i--) sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar[i]);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->azVar);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
+ while( pParse->pAinc ){
+ AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
+ pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ }
+ while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
+ Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
+ pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
+ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p);
+ }
+ if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return nErr;
}
-/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
+/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
-**
-** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.163 2009/07/03 22:54:37 drh Exp $
+** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
+** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
+** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
+** static links that do not use it.
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
/*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
+** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
+#define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0)
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
- 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */
- 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */
- 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
- 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */
- 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */
- 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
+#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
#endif
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+
/*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
-** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
-**
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
+** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
+** comments on that procedure for additional information.
*/
-/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
-/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
-/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
+#define tkSEMI 0
+#define tkWS 1
+#define tkOTHER 2
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+#define tkEXPLAIN 3
+#define tkCREATE 4
+#define tkTEMP 5
+#define tkTRIGGER 6
+#define tkEND 7
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
**
-** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
+** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
+** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
+** must end with ";END;".
**
-** $Header: /home/drh/sqlite/trans/cvs/sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.38 2009/06/09 14:27:41 drh Exp $
+** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states:
**
-** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
-** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
-** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
-** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
-** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
-** on platforms with limited memory.
+** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character.
+**
+** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
+** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
+** in any other state.
+**
+** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
+** semicolon.
+**
+** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
+** a statement.
+**
+** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
+** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
+** TEMP or TEMPORARY
+**
+** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
+** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
+**
+** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
+** the end of a trigger definition.
+**
+** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
+** of a trigger difinition.
+**
+** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
+** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
+**
+** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
+** (1) tkWS Whitespace.
+** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
+** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
+** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
+** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
+** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
+** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
+**
+** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
+** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid.
+**
+** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
+** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
+** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
*/
-/* Hash score: 175 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
- /* zText[] encodes 811 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
- /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
- /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
- /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
- /* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */
- /* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */
- /* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */
- /* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */
- /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */
- /* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */
- /* INITIALLY */
- static const char zText[540] = {
- 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
- 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
- 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
- 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
- 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
- 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
- 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
- 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
- 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
- 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
- 'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
- 'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
- 'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
- 'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
- 'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
- 'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
- 'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
- 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
- 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
- 'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
- 'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
- 'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
- 'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
- 'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
- 'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
- 'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
- 'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
- 'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
- 'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
- 'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
- };
- static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
- 72, 101, 114, 70, 0, 44, 0, 0, 78, 0, 73, 0, 0,
- 42, 12, 74, 15, 0, 113, 81, 50, 108, 0, 19, 0, 0,
- 118, 0, 116, 111, 0, 22, 89, 0, 9, 0, 0, 66, 67,
- 0, 65, 6, 0, 48, 86, 98, 0, 115, 97, 0, 0, 45,
- 0, 99, 24, 0, 17, 0, 119, 49, 23, 0, 5, 106, 25,
- 92, 0, 0, 121, 102, 56, 120, 53, 28, 51, 0, 87, 0,
- 96, 26, 0, 95, 0, 0, 0, 91, 88, 93, 84, 105, 14,
- 39, 104, 0, 77, 0, 18, 85, 107, 32, 0, 117, 76, 109,
- 59, 46, 80, 0, 0, 90, 40, 0, 112, 0, 36, 0, 0,
- 29, 0, 82, 58, 60, 0, 20, 57, 0, 52,
- };
- static const unsigned char aNext[121] = {
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 21, 0, 0, 0, 43, 3, 47,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 30, 54, 0, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 1,
- 62, 0, 0, 63, 0, 41, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 61, 0, 0, 0, 0, 31, 55, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 68, 75, 0, 8, 0, 100, 94, 0,
- 103, 0, 83, 0, 71, 0, 0, 110, 27, 37, 69, 79, 0,
- 35, 64, 0, 0,
- };
- static const unsigned char aLen[121] = {
- 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6,
- 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
- 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10,
- 4, 6, 2, 3, 4, 9, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6,
- 5, 5, 7, 7, 7, 2, 3, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4,
- 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6,
- 7, 5, 4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4,
- 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4,
- 4, 4, 2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5,
- 6, 4, 9, 3,
- };
- static const unsigned short int aOffset[121] = {
- 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
- 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
- 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152,
- 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197,
- 203, 206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244,
- 248, 255, 261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320,
- 326, 332, 337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383,
- 387, 393, 399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458,
- 462, 466, 469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516,
- 521, 527, 531, 536,
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
+ u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
+ u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
+ ** statement. This is the normal case.
+ */
+ static const u8 trans[8][8] = {
+ /* Token: */
+ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
+ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, },
+ /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, },
+ /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
+ /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, },
+ /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, },
};
- static const unsigned char aCode[121] = {
- TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
- TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN,
- TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
- TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
- TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
- TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT,
- TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO,
- TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP,
- TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING,
- TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE,
- TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NO, TK_NOT, TK_NULL,
- TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE,
- TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE,
- TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE,
- TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT,
- TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE, TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE,
- TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN,
- TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT,
- TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW,
- TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER,
- TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW,
- TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY,
- TK_ALL,
+#else
+ /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine
+ ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
+ */
+ static const u8 trans[3][3] = {
+ /* Token: */
+ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
+ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, },
+ /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, },
+ /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, },
};
- int h, i;
- if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
- h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
- (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
- n) % 127;
- for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
- if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
- testcase( i==0 ); /* REINDEX */
- testcase( i==1 ); /* INDEXED */
- testcase( i==2 ); /* INDEX */
- testcase( i==3 ); /* DESC */
- testcase( i==4 ); /* ESCAPE */
- testcase( i==5 ); /* EACH */
- testcase( i==6 ); /* CHECK */
- testcase( i==7 ); /* KEY */
- testcase( i==8 ); /* BEFORE */
- testcase( i==9 ); /* FOREIGN */
- testcase( i==10 ); /* FOR */
- testcase( i==11 ); /* IGNORE */
- testcase( i==12 ); /* REGEXP */
- testcase( i==13 ); /* EXPLAIN */
- testcase( i==14 ); /* INSTEAD */
- testcase( i==15 ); /* ADD */
- testcase( i==16 ); /* DATABASE */
- testcase( i==17 ); /* AS */
- testcase( i==18 ); /* SELECT */
- testcase( i==19 ); /* TABLE */
- testcase( i==20 ); /* LEFT */
- testcase( i==21 ); /* THEN */
- testcase( i==22 ); /* END */
- testcase( i==23 ); /* DEFERRABLE */
- testcase( i==24 ); /* ELSE */
- testcase( i==25 ); /* EXCEPT */
- testcase( i==26 ); /* TRANSACTION */
- testcase( i==27 ); /* ACTION */
- testcase( i==28 ); /* ON */
- testcase( i==29 ); /* NATURAL */
- testcase( i==30 ); /* ALTER */
- testcase( i==31 ); /* RAISE */
- testcase( i==32 ); /* EXCLUSIVE */
- testcase( i==33 ); /* EXISTS */
- testcase( i==34 ); /* SAVEPOINT */
- testcase( i==35 ); /* INTERSECT */
- testcase( i==36 ); /* TRIGGER */
- testcase( i==37 ); /* REFERENCES */
- testcase( i==38 ); /* CONSTRAINT */
- testcase( i==39 ); /* INTO */
- testcase( i==40 ); /* OFFSET */
- testcase( i==41 ); /* OF */
- testcase( i==42 ); /* SET */
- testcase( i==43 ); /* TEMP */
- testcase( i==44 ); /* TEMPORARY */
- testcase( i==45 ); /* OR */
- testcase( i==46 ); /* UNIQUE */
- testcase( i==47 ); /* QUERY */
- testcase( i==48 ); /* ATTACH */
- testcase( i==49 ); /* HAVING */
- testcase( i==50 ); /* GROUP */
- testcase( i==51 ); /* UPDATE */
- testcase( i==52 ); /* BEGIN */
- testcase( i==53 ); /* INNER */
- testcase( i==54 ); /* RELEASE */
- testcase( i==55 ); /* BETWEEN */
- testcase( i==56 ); /* NOTNULL */
- testcase( i==57 ); /* NO */
- testcase( i==58 ); /* NOT */
- testcase( i==59 ); /* NULL */
- testcase( i==60 ); /* LIKE */
- testcase( i==61 ); /* CASCADE */
- testcase( i==62 ); /* ASC */
- testcase( i==63 ); /* DELETE */
- testcase( i==64 ); /* CASE */
- testcase( i==65 ); /* COLLATE */
- testcase( i==66 ); /* CREATE */
- testcase( i==67 ); /* CURRENT_DATE */
- testcase( i==68 ); /* DETACH */
- testcase( i==69 ); /* IMMEDIATE */
- testcase( i==70 ); /* JOIN */
- testcase( i==71 ); /* INSERT */
- testcase( i==72 ); /* MATCH */
- testcase( i==73 ); /* PLAN */
- testcase( i==74 ); /* ANALYZE */
- testcase( i==75 ); /* PRAGMA */
- testcase( i==76 ); /* ABORT */
- testcase( i==77 ); /* VALUES */
- testcase( i==78 ); /* VIRTUAL */
- testcase( i==79 ); /* LIMIT */
- testcase( i==80 ); /* WHEN */
- testcase( i==81 ); /* WHERE */
- testcase( i==82 ); /* RENAME */
- testcase( i==83 ); /* AFTER */
- testcase( i==84 ); /* REPLACE */
- testcase( i==85 ); /* AND */
- testcase( i==86 ); /* DEFAULT */
- testcase( i==87 ); /* AUTOINCREMENT */
- testcase( i==88 ); /* TO */
- testcase( i==89 ); /* IN */
- testcase( i==90 ); /* CAST */
- testcase( i==91 ); /* COLUMN */
- testcase( i==92 ); /* COMMIT */
- testcase( i==93 ); /* CONFLICT */
- testcase( i==94 ); /* CROSS */
- testcase( i==95 ); /* CURRENT_TIMESTAMP */
- testcase( i==96 ); /* CURRENT_TIME */
- testcase( i==97 ); /* PRIMARY */
- testcase( i==98 ); /* DEFERRED */
- testcase( i==99 ); /* DISTINCT */
- testcase( i==100 ); /* IS */
- testcase( i==101 ); /* DROP */
- testcase( i==102 ); /* FAIL */
- testcase( i==103 ); /* FROM */
- testcase( i==104 ); /* FULL */
- testcase( i==105 ); /* GLOB */
- testcase( i==106 ); /* BY */
- testcase( i==107 ); /* IF */
- testcase( i==108 ); /* ISNULL */
- testcase( i==109 ); /* ORDER */
- testcase( i==110 ); /* RESTRICT */
- testcase( i==111 ); /* OUTER */
- testcase( i==112 ); /* RIGHT */
- testcase( i==113 ); /* ROLLBACK */
- testcase( i==114 ); /* ROW */
- testcase( i==115 ); /* UNION */
- testcase( i==116 ); /* USING */
- testcase( i==117 ); /* VACUUM */
- testcase( i==118 ); /* VIEW */
- testcase( i==119 ); /* INITIALLY */
- testcase( i==120 ); /* ALL */
- return aCode[i];
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+
+ while( *zSql ){
+ switch( *zSql ){
+ case ';': { /* A semicolon */
+ token = tkSEMI;
+ break;
+ }
+ case ' ':
+ case '\r':
+ case '\t':
+ case '\n':
+ case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '/': { /* C-style comments */
+ if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ zSql += 2;
+ while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
+ if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
+ zSql++;
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
+ if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1;
+ token = tkWS;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
+ zSql++;
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
+ case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
+ case '\'': {
+ int c = *zSql;
+ zSql++;
+ while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
+ if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
+ unsigned char c;
+#endif
+ if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
+ /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
+ int nId;
+ for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
+ token = tkOTHER;
+#else
+ switch( *zSql ){
+ case 'c': case 'C': {
+ if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
+ token = tkCREATE;
+ }else{
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 't': case 'T': {
+ if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
+ token = tkTRIGGER;
+ }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
+ token = tkTEMP;
+ }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
+ token = tkTEMP;
+ }else{
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case 'e': case 'E': {
+ if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
+ token = tkEND;
+ }else
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
+ if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
+ token = tkEXPLAIN;
+ }else
+#endif
+ {
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+ zSql += nId-1;
+ }else{
+ /* Operators and special symbols */
+ token = tkOTHER;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
+ state = trans[state][token];
+ zSql++;
}
- return TK_ID;
+ return state==1;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
- return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+/*
+** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
+** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
+** UTF-8.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
+ sqlite3_value *pVal;
+ char const *zSql8;
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( zSql8 ){
+ rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
+/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 15
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
+** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
+** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
+** accessed by users of the library.
+*/
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
+/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
+** 2008 May 26
**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do.
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
-};
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */
- 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */
- 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
+/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2008 May 26
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+*/
+
+#if 0
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#if 0
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant
+** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
#endif
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns
+** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-63124-39300 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a
+** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the
+** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function
+** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
+
+/* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-54823-41343 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns
+** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled mutexing code omitted due to
+** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
+** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
+** I/O active are written using this function. These messages
+** are intended for debugging activity only.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
- int i, c;
- switch( *z ){
- case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
- testcase( z[0]==' ' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\t' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\n' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\f' );
- testcase( z[0]=='\r' );
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
- return i;
- }
- case '-': {
- if( z[1]=='-' ){
- for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
- return i;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+#endif
+
+/*
+** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
+** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
+** temporary files.
+**
+** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+*/
+SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+
+/*
+** Initialize SQLite.
+**
+** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
+** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
+** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
+** sqlite3_open().
+**
+** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
+** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
+**
+** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
+** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
+** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
+** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
+**
+** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive
+** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the
+** initialization process would never complete.
+**
+** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other
+** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
+** incomplete, it is required that:
+**
+** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
+** call by X completes.
+**
+** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
+** without blocking.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */
+ int rc; /* Result code */
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
+ ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization
+ ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
+ ** of this routine.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
+ ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
+ ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
+ ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
+ **
+ ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
+ ** initialization.
+ */
+ rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+
+ /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
+ ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
+ ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
+ ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
+ ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
+ */
+ pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+ rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
+ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
+ sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
- return 1;
}
- case '(': {
- *tokenType = TK_LP;
- return 1;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+ /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
+ ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
+ ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
+ ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
+ ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through
+ ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
+ ** recursive calls might also be possible.
+ **
+ ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls
+ ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe.
+ **
+ ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit
+ ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the
+ ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize().
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
+ FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
+ memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
+ sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
}
- case ')': {
- *tokenType = TK_RP;
- return 1;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3OsInit();
}
- case ';': {
- *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
- return 1;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
}
- case '+': {
- *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
- return 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+
+ /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
+ ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
+ */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
+ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+
+ /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
+ ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
+ ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
+ ** reason. So we run it once during initialization.
+ */
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
+ /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
+ if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
+ double y;
+ assert(sizeof(x)==8);
+ assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
+ memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
+ assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
+ }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while
+** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
+** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This
+** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine
+** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down
+** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
+ sqlite3_os_end();
+ sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
+ sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
+ sqlite3MallocEnd();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
+ sqlite3MutexEnd();
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
+** the SQLite library at run-time.
+**
+** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
+** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not
+** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
+** behavior.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
+ ** the SQLite library is in use. */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+
+ /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
+ ** compile.
+ */
+#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
+ /* Disable all mutexing */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+ break;
}
- case '*': {
- *tokenType = TK_STAR;
- return 1;
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
+ /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
+ /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
+ break;
}
- case '/': {
- if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
- *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
- return 1;
- }
- for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
- if( c ) i++;
- *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
- return i;
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
+ /* Enable all mutexing */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
+ break;
}
- case '%': {
- *tokenType = TK_REM;
- return 1;
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
+ /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
+ break;
}
- case '=': {
- *tokenType = TK_EQ;
- return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
+ /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
+ break;
}
- case '<': {
- if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_LE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='>' ){
- *tokenType = TK_NE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='<' ){
- *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_LT;
- return 1;
- }
+#endif
+
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
+ /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
+ break;
}
- case '>': {
- if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_GE;
- return 2;
- }else if( c=='>' ){
- *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_GT;
- return 1;
- }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
+ /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
+ break;
}
- case '!': {
- if( z[1]!='=' ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return 2;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_NE;
- return 2;
- }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
+ /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
}
- case '|': {
- if( z[1]!='|' ){
- *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
- return 1;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
- return 2;
- }
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
}
- case ',': {
- *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
- return 1;
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
}
- case '&': {
- *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
- return 1;
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
+ /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*);
+ break;
}
- case '~': {
- *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
- return 1;
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
+ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+ }
+ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache;
+ break;
}
- case '`':
- case '\'':
- case '"': {
- int delim = z[0];
- testcase( delim=='`' );
- testcase( delim=='\'' );
- testcase( delim=='"' );
- for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
- if( c==delim ){
- if( z[i+1]==delim ){
- i++;
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
+ /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1;
+ }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){
+ /* cap min request size at 2^12 */
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12);
}
- if( c=='\'' ){
- *tokenType = TK_STRING;
- return i+1;
- }else if( c!=0 ){
- *tokenType = TK_ID;
- return i+1;
+
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
+ /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
+ ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go
+ ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
+ ** run.
+ */
+ memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
}else{
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
- }
- }
- case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
+ /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
+ ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
+ ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
#endif
- {
- *tokenType = TK_DOT;
- return 1;
}
- /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
- ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
+ break;
}
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
- testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' );
- testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' );
- testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' );
- testcase( z[0]=='9' );
- *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
- for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- if( z[i]=='.' ){
- i++;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
- *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
- }
- if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
- ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
- || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
- )
- ){
- i += 2;
- while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
- *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
- }
#endif
- while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- i++;
- }
- return i;
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
}
- case '[': {
- for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
- *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
+
+ /* Record a pointer to the logger funcction and its first argument.
+ ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is
+ ** NULL.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: {
+ /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists.
+ ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961
+ ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*));
+ */
+ typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t);
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ break;
}
- case '?': {
- *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
- return i;
+
+ case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
}
- case '#': {
- for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
- if( i>1 ){
- /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
- ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */
- *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
- return i;
- }
- /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
- ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
+
+ default: {
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
- case '$':
-#endif
- case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
- case ':': {
- int n = 0;
- testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' );
- *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
- for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
- if( IdChar(c) ){
- n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
- }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
- do{
- i++;
- }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
- if( c==')' ){
- i++;
- }else{
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
+** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
+** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
+**
+** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
+** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the
+** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
+** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
+** the lookaside memory.
+*/
+static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
+ void *pStart;
+ if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
+ ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
+ ** both at the same time.
+ */
+ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+ }
+ /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer
+ ** to be useful.
+ */
+ if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
+ if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
+ if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
+ sz = 0;
+ pStart = 0;
+ }else if( pBuf==0 ){
+ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ }else{
+ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */
+ pStart = pBuf;
+ }
+ db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
+ db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
+ db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
+ if( pStart ){
+ int i;
+ LookasideSlot *p;
+ assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
+ p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
+ for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
+ p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
+ db->lookaside.pFree = p;
+ p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+ }
+ db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
+ }else{
+ db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
+ db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
+ db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->mutex;
+}
+
+/*
+** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
+ va_list ap;
+ int rc;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
+ case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
+ void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */
+ int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */
+ int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */
+ rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
+ break;
+ }
+ default: {
+ static const struct {
+ int op; /* The opcode */
+ u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */
+ } aFlagOp[] = {
+ { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys },
+ { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger },
+ };
+ unsigned int i;
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */
+ for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aFlagOp); i++){
+ if( aFlagOp[i].op==op ){
+ int onoff = va_arg(ap, int);
+ int *pRes = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ int oldFlags = db->flags;
+ if( onoff>0 ){
+ db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask;
+ }else if( onoff==0 ){
+ db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask;
}
- break;
- }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
- i++;
-#endif
- }else{
+ if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }
+ if( pRes ){
+ *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0;
+ }
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
break;
}
}
- if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return i;
+ break;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
- case 'x': case 'X': {
- testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' );
- if( z[1]=='\'' ){
- *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
- for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
- if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- }
- }
- if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- if( c ) i++;
- return i;
- }
- /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
+ }
+ va_end(ap);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+*/
+static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
+ while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
+ return n==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
+** available.
+**
+** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
+** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation.
+*/
+static int binCollFunc(
+ void *padFlag,
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+ int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+ int rc, n;
+ n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
+ rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( padFlag
+ && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
+ && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
+ ){
+ /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
+ }else{
+ rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+**
+** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
+** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
+** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+**
+** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+*/
+static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
+ void *NotUsed,
+ int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
+ int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+){
+ int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
+ (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
+ if( 0==r ){
+ r = nKey1-nKey2;
+ }
+ return r;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
+*/
+SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->lastRowid;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->nChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->nTotalChange;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
+** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
+** at the b-tree/pager level.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
+ while( db->pSavepoint ){
+ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
+ db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
+ }
+ db->nSavepoint = 0;
+ db->nStatement = 0;
+ db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except,
+** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple
+** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called
+** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding.
+*/
+static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->pDestructor;
+ if( pDestructor ){
+ pDestructor->nRef--;
+ if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){
+ pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Close an existing SQLite database
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
+ HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */
+ int j;
+
+ if( !db ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+
+ /* Force xDestroy calls on all virtual tables */
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+
+ /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
+ ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
+ ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
+ ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
+ ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
+ ** some prepared statements internally.
+ */
+ sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+
+ /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
+ if( db->pVdbe ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
+
+ for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
+ if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation");
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
-#endif
- default: {
- if( !IdChar(*z) ){
- break;
+ }
+
+ /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
+ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
+
+ for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
+ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
+ if( pDb->pBt ){
+ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
+ pDb->pBt = 0;
+ if( j!=1 ){
+ pDb->pSchema = 0;
}
- for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
- return i;
}
}
- *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
-** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
-** error message.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
- int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
- int i; /* Loop counter */
- void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
- int tokenType; /* type of the next token */
- int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */
- u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
- sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
- int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
+ ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+ */
+ sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
- mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
- }
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pParse->zTail = zSql;
- i = 0;
- assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
- pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
- if( pEngine==0 ){
- db->mallocFailed = 1;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
- assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
- assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
- assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
- assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
- assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
- enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
- if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
- while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
- assert( i>=0 );
- pParse->sLastToken.z = &zSql[i];
- pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
- i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
- if( i>mxSqlLen ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
- break;
- }
- switch( tokenType ){
- case TK_SPACE: {
- if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
- sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "interrupt");
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- break;
- }
- case TK_ILLEGAL: {
- sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
- *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
- &pParse->sLastToken);
- nErr++;
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- case TK_SEMI: {
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
- /* Fall thru into the default case */
- }
- default: {
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
- if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto abort_parse;
- }
- break;
+ assert( db->nDb<=2 );
+ assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
+ for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
+ FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
+ for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
+ pHash = p->pHash;
+ while( p ){
+ functionDestroy(db, p);
+ pNext = p->pNext;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
+ p = pNext;
}
}
}
-abort_parse:
- if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
+ /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
+ for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+ if( pColl[j].xDel ){
+ pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
+ }
}
- sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
- }
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
- sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
- sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
- );
-#endif /* YYDEBUG */
- sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
- sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
- }
- assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
- if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
- *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
- pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
- nErr++;
- }
- if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
- pParse->pVdbe = 0;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
- if( pParse->nested==0 ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
- pParse->aTableLock = 0;
- pParse->nTableLock = 0;
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
}
-#endif
+ sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVtabLock);
+ for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
+ Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
+ if( pMod->xDestroy ){
+ pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
+ }
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
+ }
+ sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
#endif
- if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
- /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
- ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
- ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
- */
- sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
+ if( db->pErr ){
+ sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
}
+ sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
- sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
- while( pParse->pAinc ){
- AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc;
- pParse->pAinc = p->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- }
- while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
- Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
- pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
- sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
- }
- if( nErr>0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+
+ /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
+ ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
+ ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
+ ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
+ ** structure?
+ */
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
+ sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
+ assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
+ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
+ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
}
- return nErr;
+ sqlite3_free(db);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
-**
-** $Id: complete.c,v 1.8 2009/04/28 04:46:42 drh Exp $
+** Rollback all database files.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
+ int i;
+ int inTrans = 0;
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
+ if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
+ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
+ inTrans = 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
+ db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
+ if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, -1);
+ }
+
+ /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
+ db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
+ if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
+ db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
+ }
+}
/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
+** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
+** argument.
*/
-#define tkSEMI 0
-#define tkWS 1
-#define tkOTHER 2
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE 4
-#define tkTEMP 5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND 7
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
+ static const char* const aMsg[] = {
+ /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error",
+ /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
+ /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0,
+ /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied",
+ /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort",
+ /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked",
+ /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked",
+ /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory",
+ /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
+ /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted",
+ /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error",
+ /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed",
+ /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation",
+ /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full",
+ /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file",
+ /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol",
+ /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data",
+ /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed",
+ /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big",
+ /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed",
+ /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch",
+ /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence",
+ /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled",
+ /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied",
+ /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error",
+ /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range",
+ /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
+ };
+ rc &= 0xff;
+ if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
+ return aMsg[rc];
+ }else{
+ return "unknown error";
+ }
+}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
-**
-** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
-** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-** in any other state.
-**
-** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-** semicolon.
-**
-** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
-** a statement.
-**
-** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-** TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-** the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-** of a trigger difinition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
-**
-** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
-** (1) tkWS Whitespace
-** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
-** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
-** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
-** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
-** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
+** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
+** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is
+** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
+** argument.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
- u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
- u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
- ** statement. This is the normal case.
- */
- static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
- /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 2, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
- /* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, },
- /* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
- /* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, },
- /* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
- };
-#else
- /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
- ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
- */
- static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
- /* Token: */
- /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
- /* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, },
- /* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, },
- };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
+static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
+ void *ptr, /* Database connection */
+ int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
+){
+#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
+ static const u8 delays[] =
+ { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 };
+ static const u8 totals[] =
+ { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
+# define NDELAY ArraySize(delays)
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+ int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
+ int delay, prior;
- while( *zSql ){
- switch( *zSql ){
- case ';': { /* A semicolon */
- token = tkSEMI;
- break;
- }
- case ' ':
- case '\r':
- case '\t':
- case '\n':
- case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '/': { /* C-style comments */
- if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- zSql += 2;
- while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
- if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
- zSql++;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
- if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
- token = tkWS;
- break;
- }
- case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
- case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
- case '\'': {
- int c = *zSql;
- zSql++;
- while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
- if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- default: {
- int c;
- if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
- /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
- int nId;
- for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
- token = tkOTHER;
-#else
- switch( *zSql ){
- case 'c': case 'C': {
- if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
- token = tkCREATE;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 't': case 'T': {
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkTRIGGER;
- }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
- token = tkTEMP;
- }else{
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- case 'e': case 'E': {
- if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
- token = tkEND;
- }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
- if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
- token = tkEXPLAIN;
- }else
-#endif
- {
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- default: {
- token = tkOTHER;
- break;
- }
- }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
- zSql += nId-1;
- }else{
- /* Operators and special symbols */
- token = tkOTHER;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- state = trans[state][token];
- zSql++;
+ assert( count>=0 );
+ if( count < NDELAY ){
+ delay = delays[count];
+ prior = totals[count];
+ }else{
+ delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
+ prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+ }
+ if( prior + delay > timeout ){
+ delay = timeout - prior;
+ if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
+ return 1;
+#else
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
+ int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
+ if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
+ return 0;
}
- return state==0;
+ sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
+ return 1;
+#endif
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
+** Invoke the given busy handler.
+**
+** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
+** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
+** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- char const *zSql8;
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zSql8 ){
- rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
+ int rc;
+ if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
+ rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ p->nBusy = -1;
}else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ p->nBusy++;
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
+** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
+ db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
+ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
+** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
+** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ int nOps,
+ int (*xProgress)(void*),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( nOps>0 ){
+ db->xProgress = xProgress;
+ db->nProgressOps = nOps;
+ db->pProgressArg = pArg;
+ }else{
+ db->xProgress = 0;
+ db->nProgressOps = 0;
+ db->pProgressArg = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+}
+#endif
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
+** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
+** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
+ if( ms>0 ){
+ db->busyTimeout = ms;
+ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
+/*
+** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
+ db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+}
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
+** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
+** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
+** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
+** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunctionName,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *pUserData,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ FuncDestructor *pDestructor
+){
+ FuncDef *p;
+ int nName;
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ if( zFunctionName==0 ||
+ (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
+ (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
+ (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
+ (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
+ (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+ /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+ ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+ ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+ **
+ ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
+ ** to the hash table.
+ */
+ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
+ pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pDestructor);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
+ }
+#else
+ enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+#endif
+
+ /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
+ ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
+ ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
+ ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
+ */
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
+ if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ }
+ }
-#if 0
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
+ assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is
+ ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */
+ functionDestroy(db, p);
-/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
+ if( pDestructor ){
+ pDestructor->nRef++;
+ }
+ p->pDestructor = pDestructor;
+ p->flags = 0;
+ p->xFunc = xFunc;
+ p->xStep = xStep;
+ p->xFinalize = xFinal;
+ p->pUserData = pUserData;
+ p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The version of the library
+** Create new user functions.
*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-#endif
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunc,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep,
+ xFinal, 0);
+}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function. These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zFunc,
+ int nArg,
+ int enc,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*),
+ void (*xDestroy)(void *)
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ FuncDestructor *pArg = 0;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( xDestroy ){
+ pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(FuncDestructor));
+ if( !pArg ){
+ xDestroy(p);
+ goto out;
+ }
+ pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy;
+ pArg->pUserData = p;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal, pArg);
+ if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ xDestroy(p);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, pArg);
+ }
+
+ out:
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const void *zFunctionName,
+ int nArg,
+ int eTextRep,
+ void *p,
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
+ void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zFunc8;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal,0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
#endif
+
/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
+** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
+** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
+** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
+** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
+**
+** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
+** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
+** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
+** properly.
*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int nArg
+){
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
+ sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
+ 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
/*
-** Initialize SQLite.
-**
-** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
-** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().
-**
-** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
-** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
-**
-** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
-** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
-** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
-** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
-**
-** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive
-** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the
-** initialization process would never complete.
-**
-** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other
-** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
-** incomplete, it is required that:
+** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
+** is returned.
**
-** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
-** call by X completes.
+** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
+** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
+** SQL statement.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pTraceArg;
+ db->xTrace = xTrace;
+ db->pTraceArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
+/*
+** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
+** profile function is returned.
**
-** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
-** without blocking.
+** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
+** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
+** each SQL statement that is run.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
- sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; /* The main static mutex */
- int rc; /* Result code */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
- rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
- ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization
- ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end
- ** of this routine.
- */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
- /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to
- ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
- ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
- ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
- **
- ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
- ** initialization.
- */
- rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
- if( rc ) return rc;
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
+ void *pArg
+){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pProfileArg;
+ db->xProfile = xProfile;
+ db->pProfileArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
- /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
- ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that
- ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
- ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
- ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
- */
- pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1;
- if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
- rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
- if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex =
- sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- }
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
+**
+** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
+** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
+** rollback.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pOld;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pOld = db->pCommitArg;
+ db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pCommitArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pOld;
+}
- /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc
- ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate
- ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
+** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
+ db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+}
- /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
- ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
- ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through
- ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
- ** recursive calls might also be possible.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
- FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
- memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
- sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){
- rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1;
- rc = sqlite3OsInit();
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage,
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1;
- }
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
+/*
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
+** back by this database connection.
+*/
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
+ void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
+ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+){
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
+ db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+}
- /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
- ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
- */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
- assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
- sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint().
+** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file
+** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by
+** wal_autocheckpoint()).
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(
+ void *pClientData, /* Argument */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */
+ const char *zDb, /* Database */
+ int nFrame /* Size of WAL */
+){
+ if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb);
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
- /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
- ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but
- ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
- ** reason. So we run it once during initialization.
- */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
- /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
- if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
- double y;
- assert(sizeof(x)==8);
- assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
- memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
- assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
+/*
+** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint
+** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or
+** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the
+** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely.
+**
+** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback
+** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback
+** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism
+** configured by this function.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(db);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame);
+#else
+ if( nFrame>0 ){
+ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame));
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0);
}
#endif
-#endif
-
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while
-** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
-** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This
-** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine
-** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down
-** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op.
+** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written
+** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
- sqlite3_os_end();
- sqlite3_reset_auto_extension();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){
- sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
- sqlite3MallocEnd();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
- }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){
- sqlite3MutexEnd();
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0;
- }
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */
+ int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int),
+ void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */
+){
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ void *pRet;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ pRet = db->pWalArg;
+ db->xWalCallback = xCallback;
+ db->pWalArg = pArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return pRet;
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
}
/*
-** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
-** the SQLite library at run-time.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
-** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not
-** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
-** behavior.
+** Checkpoint database zDb.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */
+ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */
+ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */
+ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */
+){
+#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+#else
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */
- /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
- ** the SQLite library is in use. */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */
+ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1;
+ if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1;
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE );
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+ assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE+2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART );
+ if( eMode<SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || eMode>SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+ }
- /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe
- ** compile.
- */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
- /* Disable all mutexing */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
- /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
- /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
- /* Enable all mutexing */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
- /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
- /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
- break;
- }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( zDb && zDb[0] ){
+ iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb);
+ }
+ if( iDb<0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb);
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
#endif
+}
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
- /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
- /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
- /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
- /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
- /* Designate a buffer for page cache memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
+/*
+** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points
+** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are
+** checkpointed.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){
+ return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db, zDb, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0);
+}
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: {
- /* Specify an alternative page cache implementation */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*);
- break;
- }
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
+/*
+** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is
+** not currently open in WAL mode.
+**
+** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this
+** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If
+** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is
+** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex
+** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by
+** this function while the checkpoint is running.
+**
+** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are
+** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately -
+** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases.
+**
+** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */
+ int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: {
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
- sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 );
+ assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<db->nDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt);
+ pnLog = 0;
+ pnCkpt = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
+ bBusy = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache;
- break;
}
+ }
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
- /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc;
+}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
- /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
- ** back to NULL pointers too. This will cause the malloc to go
- ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
- ** run.
- */
- memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
- }else{
- /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
- ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
- ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
+/*
+** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
+** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
+** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
+** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
+** following table describes the relationship between these two values
+** and this functions return value.
+**
+** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database
+** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------
+** 0 any file (return 0)
+** 1 1 file (return 0)
+** 1 2 memory (return 1)
+** 1 0 file (return 0)
+** 2 1 file (return 0)
+** 2 2 memory (return 1)
+** 2 0 memory (return 1)
+** 3 any memory (return 1)
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
+ return ( db->temp_store==2 );
#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
+ return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
#endif
- }
- break;
- }
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
+ return 1;
#endif
+#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
- case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
- break;
- }
-
- default: {
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
+/*
+** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
+ const char *z;
+ if( !db ){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT);
+ }
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
+ }else{
+ z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ if( z==0 ){
+ z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
}
}
- va_end(ap);
- return rc;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return z;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
-** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the
-** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
-** the lookaside memory.
+** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
+** error.
*/
-static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
- void *pStart;
- if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
+ 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
+ };
+ static const u16 misuse[] = {
+ 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ',
+ 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ',
+ 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ',
+ 'o', 'u', 't', ' ',
+ 'o', 'f', ' ',
+ 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
+ };
+
+ const void *z;
+ if( !db ){
+ return (void *)outOfMem;
}
- /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before
- ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for
- ** both at the same time.
- */
- if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
- sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return (void *)misuse;
}
- /* The size of a lookaside slot needs to be larger than a pointer
- ** to be useful.
- */
- if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0;
- if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
- if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){
- sz = 0;
- pStart = 0;
- }else if( pBuf==0 ){
- sz = ROUND8(sz);
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ z = (void *)outOfMem;
}else{
- sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
- pStart = pBuf;
- }
- db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
- db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
- db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz;
- if( pStart ){
- int i;
- LookasideSlot *p;
- assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) );
- p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
- for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
- p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
- db->lookaside.pFree = p;
- p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
+ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
+ if( z==0 ){
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
+ SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
}
- db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
- db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0;
- }else{
- db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
- db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
- db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0;
+ /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
+ ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
+ ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
+ ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
+ */
+ db->mallocFailed = 0;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return z;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return the mutex associated with a database connection.
+** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
+** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->mutex;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
+ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+ if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return db->errCode;
}
/*
-** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
+** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
+** and the encoding is enc.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
- va_list ap;
- int rc;
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
- case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
- void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*);
- int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
- int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);
- rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
- break;
+static int createCollation(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ u8 enc,
+ u8 collType,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+ void(*xDel)(void*)
+){
+ CollSeq *pColl;
+ int enc2;
+ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
+
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+
+ /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
+ ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
+ ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
+ */
+ enc2 = enc;
+ testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
+ testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
+ if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
+ enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ }
+ if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
+ ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
+ ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
+ */
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
+ if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
+ if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
+ "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
+ return SQLITE_BUSY;
}
- default: {
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
+ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+
+ /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
+ ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
+ ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
+ ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
+ ** to be called.
+ */
+ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
+ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
+ int j;
+ for(j=0; j<3; j++){
+ CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
+ if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
+ if( p->xDel ){
+ p->xDel(p->pUser);
+ }
+ p->xCmp = 0;
+ }
+ }
}
}
- va_end(ap);
- return rc;
+
+ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
+ if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
+ pColl->pUser = pCtx;
+ pColl->xDel = xDel;
+ pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
+ pColl->type = collType;
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
+** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The
+** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
+** #defines in sqlite3.h.
*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
- while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
- return n==0;
-}
+static const int aHardLimit[] = {
+ SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
+ SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
+ SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
+ SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
+ SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
+ SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
+ SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
+ SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
+};
/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
+** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+*/
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
+# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
+# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>62
+# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 62
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
+# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
+# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value.
+** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
+** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
+** new limit is negative.
**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation.
+** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
+** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
+** from forming.
*/
-static int binCollFunc(
- void *padFlag,
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
- int rc, n;
- n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
- rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
- if( rc==0 ){
- if( padFlag
- && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
- && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
- ){
- /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
- }else{
- rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
+ int oldLimit;
+
+
+ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME
+ ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor
+ ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to
+ ** "_MAX_".)
+ */
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT);
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]==
+ SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH );
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER);
+ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH );
+ assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) );
+
+
+ if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
+ return -1;
+ }
+ oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
+ if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */
+ if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
+ newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */
}
+ db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
}
- return rc;
+ return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */
}
/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE.
+** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the
+** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database
+** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements.
**
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
+** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or
+** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx"
+** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename)
+** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain
+** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in
+** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains
+** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters.
**
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to
+** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to
+** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release
+** this buffer.
+**
+** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg
+** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error
+** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release
+** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free().
*/
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
- void *NotUsed,
- int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
- int nKey2, const void *pKey2
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(
+ const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */
+ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */
+ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */
+ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */
+ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */
+ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */
){
- int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
- (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
- if( 0==r ){
- r = nKey1-nKey2;
- }
- return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->lastRowid;
-}
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ unsigned int flags = *pFlags;
+ const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs;
+ char *zFile;
+ char c;
+ int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri);
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nChange;
-}
+ assert( *pzErrMsg==0 );
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->nTotalChange;
-}
+ if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri)
+ && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0
+ ){
+ char *zOpt;
+ int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */
+ int iIn; /* Input character index */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */
+ int nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */
+
+ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen
+ ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI;
+
+ for(iIn=0; iIn<nUri; iIn++) nByte += (zUri[iIn]=='&');
+ zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* Discard the scheme and authority segments of the URI. */
+ if( zUri[5]=='/' && zUri[6]=='/' ){
+ iIn = 7;
+ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='/' ) iIn++;
+
+ if( iIn!=7 && (iIn!=16 || memcmp("localhost", &zUri[7], 9)) ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid uri authority: %.*s",
+ iIn-7, &zUri[7]);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ }else{
+ iIn = 5;
+ }
-/*
-** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the
-** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open
-** at the b-tree/pager level.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){
- while( db->pSavepoint ){
- Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint;
- db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
- }
- db->nSavepoint = 0;
- db->nStatement = 0;
- db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0;
-}
+ /* Copy the filename and any query parameters into the zFile buffer.
+ ** Decode %HH escape codes along the way.
+ **
+ ** Within this loop, variable eState may be set to 0, 1 or 2, depending
+ ** on the parsing context. As follows:
+ **
+ ** 0: Parsing file-name.
+ ** 1: Parsing name section of a name=value query parameter.
+ ** 2: Parsing value section of a name=value query parameter.
+ */
+ eState = 0;
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' ){
+ iIn++;
+ if( c=='%'
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn])
+ && sqlite3Isxdigit(zUri[iIn+1])
+ ){
+ int octet = (sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]) << 4);
+ octet += sqlite3HexToInt(zUri[iIn++]);
+
+ assert( octet>=0 && octet<256 );
+ if( octet==0 ){
+ /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this
+ ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or
+ ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character
+ ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */
+ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#'
+ && (eState!=0 || c!='?')
+ && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&'))
+ && (eState!=2 || c!='&')
+ ){
+ iIn++;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ c = octet;
+ }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){
+ if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){
+ /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */
+ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if( c=='&' ){
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ }else{
+ eState = 2;
+ }
+ c = 0;
+ }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){
+ c = 0;
+ eState = 1;
+ }
+ zFile[iOut++] = c;
+ }
+ if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+ zFile[iOut++] = '\0';
+
+ /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted
+ ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that
+ ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2()
+ ** method. */
+ zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1];
+ while( zOpt[0] ){
+ int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt);
+ char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1];
+ int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal);
+
+ if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){
+ zVfs = zVal;
+ }else{
+ struct OpenMode {
+ const char *z;
+ int mode;
+ } *aMode = 0;
+ char *zModeType = 0;
+ int mask = 0;
+ int limit = 0;
+
+ if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){
+ static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = {
+ { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE },
+ { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
- HashElem *i;
- int j;
+ mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE;
+ aMode = aCacheMode;
+ limit = mask;
+ zModeType = "cache";
+ }
+ if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){
+ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = {
+ { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY },
+ { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE },
+ { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE },
+ { 0, 0 }
+ };
- if( !db ){
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
+ aMode = aOpenMode;
+ limit = mask & flags;
+ zModeType = "access";
+ }
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
+ if( aMode ){
+ int i;
+ int mode = 0;
+ for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){
+ const char *z = aMode[i].z;
+ if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){
+ mode = aMode[i].mode;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( mode==0 ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ if( mode>limit ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s",
+ zModeType, zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_PERM;
+ goto parse_uri_out;
+ }
+ flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode;
+ }
+ }
- /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
- ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
- ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
- ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
- ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
- ** some prepared statements internally.
- */
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
+ zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1];
+ }
- /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
- if( db->pVdbe ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ }else{
+ zFile = sqlite3_malloc(nUri+2);
+ if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri);
+ zFile[nUri] = '\0';
+ zFile[nUri+1] = '\0';
}
- assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
- for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
- Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt;
- if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to close due to unfinished backup operation");
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }
+ *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
+ if( *ppVfs==0 ){
+ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ parse_uri_out:
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(zFile);
+ zFile = 0;
}
+ *pFlags = flags;
+ *pzFile = zFile;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */
- sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db);
- for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
- struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
- if( pDb->pBt ){
- sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
- pDb->pBt = 0;
- if( j!=1 ){
- pDb->pSchema = 0;
- }
- }
+/*
+** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
+** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
+** is UTF-8 encoded.
+*/
+static int openDatabase(
+ const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
+ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */
+ unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */
+ const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */
+){
+ sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */
+ char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */
+ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */
+
+ *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
+#endif
+
+ /* Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument.
+ ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we
+ ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger
+ ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations
+ ** are:
+ **
+ ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY
+ ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
+ ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
+ */
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 );
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 );
+ assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 );
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */
+ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */
+ if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
+
+ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
+ isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 0;
+ }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
+ isThreadsafe = 1;
+ }else{
+ isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
+ }
+ if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
+ flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
+ }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
+ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
}
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any
- ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks.
+ /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
+ **
+ ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
+ ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only
+ ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
+ ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE,
+ ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask
+ ** off all other flags.
*/
- sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db);
+ flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX |
+ SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
+ );
- assert( db->nDb<=2 );
- assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
- for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
- FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
- for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
- pHash = p->pHash;
- while( p ){
- pNext = p->pNext;
- sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
- p = pNext;
- }
- }
- }
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
- /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
- for(j=0; j<3; j++){
- if( pColl[j].xDel ){
- pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
- }
+ /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
+ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
+ if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
+ if( isThreadsafe ){
+ db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
+ if( db->mutex==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(db);
+ db = 0;
+ goto opendb_out;
}
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
}
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->errMask = 0xff;
+ db->nDb = 2;
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
+ db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
+
+ assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
+ memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
+ db->autoCommit = 1;
+ db->nextAutovac = -1;
+ db->nextPagesize = 0;
+ db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_AutoIndex | SQLITE_EnableTrigger
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
+ | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
+ | SQLITE_LoadExtension
+#endif
+#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
+ | SQLITE_RecTriggers
+#endif
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS
+ | SQLITE_ForeignKeys
+#endif
+ ;
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
- Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
- if( pMod->xDestroy ){
- pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
- }
- sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
- }
- sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
+ sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
#endif
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
- if( db->pErr ){
- sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
+ /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
+ ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
+ ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
+ */
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+ binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+ binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
+ binCollFunc, 0);
+ createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1,
+ binCollFunc, 0);
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto opendb_out;
}
- sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
+ db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
+ assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
+ /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
+ createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0,
+ nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
- /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
- ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
- ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
- ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database
- ** structure?
- */
- sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
- sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
- assert( db->lookaside.nOut==0 ); /* Fails on a lookaside memory leak */
- if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
- sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
+ /* Parse the filename/URI argument. */
+ db->openFlags = flags;
+ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+ goto opendb_out;
}
- sqlite3_free(db);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
- int i;
- int inTrans = 0;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
- if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
- if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
- inTrans = 1;
- }
- sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
- db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
+ /* Open the backend database driver */
+ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0,
+ flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+ goto opendb_out;
}
- sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
- if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
- sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
- }
-
- /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */
- db->nDeferredCons = 0;
+ db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
+ db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
- /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
- if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
- db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
- }
-}
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
- static const char* const aMsg[] = {
- /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error",
- /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error or missing database",
- /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0,
- /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied",
- /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "callback requested query abort",
- /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked",
- /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked",
- /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory",
- /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database",
- /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted",
- /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error",
- /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed",
- /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ 0,
- /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full",
- /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file",
- /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ 0,
- /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ "table contains no data",
- /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed",
- /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big",
- /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed",
- /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch",
- /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "library routine called out of sequence",
- /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled",
- /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied",
- /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ "auxiliary database format error",
- /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "bind or column index out of range",
- /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is encrypted or is not a database",
- };
- rc &= 0xff;
- if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rc<(int)(sizeof(aMsg)/sizeof(aMsg[0])) && aMsg[rc]!=0 ){
- return aMsg[rc];
- }else{
- return "unknown error";
- }
-}
+ /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
+ ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.
+ */
+ db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
+ db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
+ db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
+ db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached. The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr, /* Database connection */
- int count /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
- static const u8 delays[] =
- { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25, 25, 50, 50, 100 };
- static const u8 totals[] =
- { 0, 1, 3, 8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
- int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
- int delay, prior;
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
+ if( db->mallocFailed ){
+ goto opendb_out;
+ }
- assert( count>=0 );
- if( count < NDELAY ){
- delay = delays[count];
- prior = totals[count];
- }else{
- delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
- prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
+ /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
+ ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
+ ** is accessed.
+ */
+ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
+ sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+
+ /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
+ ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
+ */
+ sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto opendb_out;
}
- if( prior + delay > timeout ){
- delay = timeout - prior;
- if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
+ if( !db->mallocFailed ){
+ extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
}
- sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
- return 1;
-#else
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
- int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
- if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
- return 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
}
- sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
- return 1;
#endif
-}
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
- int rc;
- if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
- rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
- if( rc==0 ){
- p->nBusy = -1;
- }else{
- p->nBusy++;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
}
- return rc;
-}
+#endif
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
- void *pArg
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
- db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
- db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+ }
+#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
- sqlite3 *db,
- int nOps,
- int (*xProgress)(void*),
- void *pArg
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( nOps>0 ){
- db->xProgress = xProgress;
- db->nProgressOps = nOps;
- db->pProgressArg = pArg;
- }else{
- db->xProgress = 0;
- db->nProgressOps = 0;
- db->pProgressArg = 0;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
+ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
+ rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
}
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-}
#endif
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
- if( ms>0 ){
- db->busyTimeout = ms;
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
- }else{
- sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
+ /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
+ ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
+ ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
+ */
+#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
+ db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
+ sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
+ SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
+#endif
+
+ /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
+ setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+
+ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT);
+
+opendb_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zOpen);
+ if( db ){
+ assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_close(db);
+ db = 0;
+ }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
+ }
+ *ppDb = db;
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
+** Open a new database handle.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
- db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
+ const char *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
+){
+ return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+}
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
+ const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
+ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
+ int flags, /* Flags */
+ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */
+){
+ return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, (unsigned int)flags, zVfs);
}
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared.
+** Open a new database handle.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *pUserData,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
+ const void *zFilename,
+ sqlite3 **ppDb
){
- FuncDef *p;
- int nName;
+ char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal;
+ int rc;
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- if( zFunctionName==0 ||
- (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
- (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
- (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
- (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- **
- ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
- ** to the hash table.
- */
- if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
- }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
- int rc;
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
- pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
- enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
- }
-#else
- enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ assert( zFilename );
+ assert( ppDb );
+ *ppDb = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
+ rc = sqlite3_initialize();
+ if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
-
- /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
- ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
- ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
- ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
- */
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0);
- if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
- }else{
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
+ pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
+ sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
+ if( zFilename8 ){
+ rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
+ SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
+ assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
+ ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
}
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
- p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1);
- assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
- if( !p ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- p->flags = 0;
- p->xFunc = xFunc;
- p->xStep = xStep;
- p->xFinalize = xFinal;
- p->pUserData = pUserData;
- p->nArg = (u16)nArg;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Create new user functions.
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int enc,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
int rc;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const void *zFunctionName,
- int nArg,
- int eTextRep,
- void *p,
- void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
+/*
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const char *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
+ void(*xDel)(void*)
){
int rc;
- char *zFunc8;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1);
- rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
-#endif
-
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
+** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
- int nArg
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
+ sqlite3* db,
+ const void *zName,
+ int enc,
+ void* pCtx,
+ int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
){
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
- int rc;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char *zName8;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
- sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
- 0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
+ if( zName8 ){
+ rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
}
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pTraceArg;
- db->xTrace = xTrace;
- db->pTraceArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered
-** profile function is returned.
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
- void *pArg
-){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pProfileArg;
- db->xProfile = xProfile;
- db->pProfileArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
-**
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pOld;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pOld = db->pCommitArg;
- db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
- db->pCommitArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pOld;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
-){
- void *pRet;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
- db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
- db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pRet;
-}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */
- void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
- void *pArg /* Argument to the function */
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
+ void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
){
- void *pRet;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
- db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
- db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of
-** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals.
-** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime
-** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The
-** following table describes the relationship between these two values
-** and this functions return value.
-**
-** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database
-** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------
-** 0 any file (return 0)
-** 1 1 file (return 0)
-** 1 2 memory (return 1)
-** 1 0 file (return 0)
-** 2 1 file (return 0)
-** 2 2 memory (return 1)
-** 2 0 memory (return 1)
-** 3 any memory (return 1)
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
- return ( db->temp_store==2 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
- return ( db->temp_store!=1 );
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
- return 1;
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3
- return 0;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
-** driver. If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
-** opened and used. If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
-** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
-** the connection is closed.) If zFilename is NULL then the database
-** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
-** soon as the connection is closed.
-**
-** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
-** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory.
-** The sqlite3TempInMemory() function is used to determine which.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
- const sqlite3 *db, /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
- const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
- int omitJournal, /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
- int nCache, /* How many pages in the page cache */
- int vfsFlags, /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */
- Btree **ppBtree /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-){
- int btFlags = 0;
- int rc;
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
- assert( ppBtree != 0);
- if( omitJournal ){
- btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
- }
- if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
- btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
- }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
- if( zFilename==0 && sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){
- zFilename = ":memory:";
- }
-#endif
-
- if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){
- vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
- }
- rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags);
-
- /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
- ** default value. Except, if the call to BtreeOpen() returned a handle
- ** open on an existing shared pager-cache, do not change the pager-cache
- ** size.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeSchema(*ppBtree, 0, 0) ){
- sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
- }
- return rc;
+ db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
+ db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
+ db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
+** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
- const char *z;
- if( !db ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
- }
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void *pCollNeededArg,
+ void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
- }else{
- z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- if( z==0 ){
- z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
- }
- }
+ db->xCollNeeded = 0;
+ db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
+ db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return z;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
+** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
+** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
- static const u16 outOfMem[] = {
- 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0
- };
- static const u16 misuse[] = {
- 'l', 'i', 'b', 'r', 'a', 'r', 'y', ' ',
- 'r', 'o', 'u', 't', 'i', 'n', 'e', ' ',
- 'c', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'd', ' ',
- 'o', 'u', 't', ' ',
- 'o', 'f', ' ',
- 's', 'e', 'q', 'u', 'e', 'n', 'c', 'e', 0
- };
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+#endif
- const void *z;
- if( !db ){
- return (void *)outOfMem;
- }
- if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return (void *)misuse;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- z = (void *)outOfMem;
- }else{
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- if( z==0 ){
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
- SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
- z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
- }
- /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
- ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
- ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
- ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
- */
- db->mallocFailed = 0;
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return z;
+/*
+** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
+** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on
+** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
+** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
+**
+******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
+ return db->autoCommit;
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
+** The following routines are subtitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_IOERR and possibly other error
+** constants. They server two purposes:
+**
+** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger
+** to detect when version error conditions occurs.
+**
+** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where
+** a low-level error is first detected.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return db->errCode & db->errMask;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CORRUPT,
+ "database corruption at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
- if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
- }
- if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- return db->errCode;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE,
+ "misuse at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){
+ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 );
+ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_CANTOPEN,
+ "cannot open file at line %d of [%.10s]",
+ lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid());
+ return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
+}
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
+** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
+** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+**
+** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
+** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility.
*/
-static int createCollation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- u8 enc,
- u8 collType,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
- void(*xDel)(void*)
+SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
+** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */
+ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */
+ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */
+ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */
+ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
+ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
+ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
+ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
+ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
){
- CollSeq *pColl;
- int enc2;
- int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
-
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
+ int rc;
+ char *zErrMsg = 0;
+ Table *pTab = 0;
+ Column *pCol = 0;
+ int iCol;
- /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
- ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
- ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
- */
- enc2 = enc;
- testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 );
- testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED );
- if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){
- enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ char const *zDataType = 0;
+ char const *zCollSeq = 0;
+ int notnull = 0;
+ int primarykey = 0;
+ int autoinc = 0;
+
+ /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
+ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
+ goto error_out;
}
- if( enc2<SQLITE_UTF8 || enc2>SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
- return SQLITE_MISUSE;
+
+ /* Locate the table in question */
+ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
+ if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ goto error_out;
}
- /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation
- ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
- ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
- */
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0);
- if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
- if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY,
- "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
- return SQLITE_BUSY;
+ /* Find the column for which info is requested */
+ if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
+ iCol = pTab->iPKey;
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
}
- sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-
- /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
- ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
- ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
- ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
- ** to be called.
- */
- if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
- CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
- int j;
- for(j=0; j<3; j++){
- CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
- if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
- if( p->xDel ){
- p->xDel(p->pUser);
- }
- p->xCmp = 0;
- }
+ }else{
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
+ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
+ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
+ break;
}
}
+ if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
+ pTab = 0;
+ goto error_out;
+ }
}
- pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1);
- if( pColl ){
- pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
- pColl->pUser = pCtx;
- pColl->xDel = xDel;
- pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED));
- pColl->type = collType;
+ /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
+ ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
+ ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
+ **
+ ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
+ ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
+ **
+ ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
+ ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
+ */
+ if( pCol ){
+ zDataType = pCol->zType;
+ zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
+ notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
+ primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
+ autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
+ }else{
+ zDataType = "INTEGER";
+ primarykey = 1;
}
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ if( !zCollSeq ){
+ zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+ }
+
+error_out:
+ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
+
+ /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
+ ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
+ ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
+ */
+ if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
+ if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
+ if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
+ if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
+ if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+ zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
+ zColumnName);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
+ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
+ rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
+}
+#endif
/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
+** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
- SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
- SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
- SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
- SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
- SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
- SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
- SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
- SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH,
-};
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
+ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
+ int rc;
+ pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
+ if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+
+ /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
+ ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
+ */
+ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
+** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>1000
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 1000
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
-**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
+** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
- int oldLimit;
- if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
- return -1;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
+ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ int iDb;
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ if( zDbName==0 ){
+ iDb = 0;
+ }else{
+ for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
+ if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
+ }
}
- oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
- if( newLimit>=0 ){
- if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
- newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];
+ if( iDb<db->nDb ){
+ Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
+ if( pBtree ){
+ Pager *pPager;
+ sqlite3_file *fd;
+ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
+ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
+ assert( pPager!=0 );
+ fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
+ assert( fd!=0 );
+ if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){
+ *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( fd->pMethods ){
+ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
+ }
+ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
}
- db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
}
- return oldLimit;
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
+** Interface to the testing logic.
*/
-static int openDatabase(
- const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
- sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */
- unsigned flags, /* Operational flags */
- const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */
-){
- sqlite3 *db;
- int rc;
- int isThreadsafe;
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
+ int rc = 0;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+ switch( op ){
- *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
+ /*
+ ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
+ sqlite3PrngSaveState();
+ break;
+ }
- if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
- isThreadsafe = 0;
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
- isThreadsafe = 0;
- }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
- isThreadsafe = 1;
- }else{
- isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
- }
- if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){
- flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
- }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
- flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
+ ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
+ ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
+ sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
+ break;
+ }
- /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter
- **
- ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were
- ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only
- ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY,
- ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. Silently mask
- ** off all other flags.
- */
- flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
- SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
- SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX
- );
+ /*
+ ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call
+ ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
+ ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
+ sqlite3PrngResetState();
+ break;
+ }
- /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
- db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
- if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
- if( isThreadsafe ){
- db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
- if( db->mutex==0 ){
- sqlite3_free(db);
- db = 0;
- goto opendb_out;
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
+ **
+ ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument
+ ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a
+ ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
+ ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
+ int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+ int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
+ rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
+ **
+ ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
+ ** are benign.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
+ typedef void (*void_function)(void);
+ void_function xBenignBegin;
+ void_function xBenignEnd;
+ xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+ xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
+ sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
+ break;
}
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->errMask = 0xff;
- db->nDb = 2;
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
- db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
- assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
- memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
- db->autoCommit = 1;
- db->nextAutovac = -1;
- db->nextPagesize = 0;
- db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
- | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
- | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
- | SQLITE_RecTriggers
-#endif
- ;
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
- sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule);
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
+ **
+ ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
+ ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte
+ ** as it existing before this routine was called.
+ **
+ ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
+ ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte
+ ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
+ ** dileterious behavior.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
+ rc = PENDING_BYTE;
+#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
+ {
+ unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
+ if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
+ }
#endif
+ break;
+ }
- db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
- if( !db->pVfs ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
- goto opendb_out;
- }
-
- /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
- ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
- ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
- */
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_COLL_BINARY, 0,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_USER, (void*)1,
- binCollFunc, 0);
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 0);
- assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
-
- /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
- createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE, 0,
- nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
-
- /* Open the backend database driver */
- db->openFlags = flags;
- rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
- flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
- &db->aDb[0].pBt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
+ **
+ ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
+ ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert()
+ ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and
+ ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is
+ ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
+ ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
+ ** return value is zero.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
+ volatile int x = 0;
+ assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
+ rc = x;
+ break;
}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
- goto opendb_out;
- }
- db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
- db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
- /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
- ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.
- */
- db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
- db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
- db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
- db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
+ /*
+ ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
+ **
+ ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
+ ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
+ **
+ ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).
+ **
+ ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means
+ ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
+ ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
+ ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
+ ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
+ ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
+ ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
+ ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
+ **
+ ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
+ **
+ ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
+ ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
+ ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
+ ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
+ ** }else{
+ ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
+ ** }
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
+ int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+ rc = ALWAYS(x);
+ break;
+ }
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
- if( db->mallocFailed ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+ **
+ ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
+ ** connection db.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
+ sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+ int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
+ sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ break;
+ }
- /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
- ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
- ** is accessed.
- */
- sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
- sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N)
+ **
+ ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The
+ ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal
+ ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the
+ ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times
+ ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer
+ ** is obtained in every case.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: {
+ sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
+ int x = va_arg(ap,int);
+ db->flags = (x & SQLITE_OptMask) | (db->flags & ~SQLITE_OptMask);
+ break;
+ }
- /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
- ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
- */
- sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
- rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- goto opendb_out;
- }
+#ifdef SQLITE_N_KEYWORD
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD, const char *zWord)
+ **
+ ** If zWord is a keyword recognized by the parser, then return the
+ ** number of keywords. Or if zWord is not a keyword, return 0.
+ **
+ ** This test feature is only available in the amalgamation since
+ ** the SQLITE_N_KEYWORD macro is not defined in this file if SQLite
+ ** is built using separate source files.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD: {
+ const char *zWord = va_arg(ap, const char*);
+ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zWord);
+ rc = (sqlite3KeywordCode((u8*)zWord, n)!=TK_ID) ? SQLITE_N_KEYWORD : 0;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
- if( !db->mallocFailed ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
- }
-#endif
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ)
+ **
+ ** Return the size of a pcache header in bytes.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PGHDRSZ: {
+ rc = sizeof(PgHdr);
+ break;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
- rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
- }
-#endif
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC, sz, &pNew, pFree);
+ **
+ ** Pass pFree into sqlite3ScratchFree().
+ ** If sz>0 then allocate a scratch buffer into pNew.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC: {
+ void *pFree, **ppNew;
+ int sz;
+ sz = va_arg(ap, int);
+ ppNew = va_arg(ap, void**);
+ pFree = va_arg(ap, void*);
+ if( sz ) *ppNew = sqlite3ScratchMalloc(sz);
+ sqlite3ScratchFree(pFree);
+ break;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
- }
-#endif
+ /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff);
+ **
+ ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all
+ ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero,
+ ** undo this setting.
+ */
+ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: {
+ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int);
+ break;
+ }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
}
-#endif
+ va_end(ap);
+#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
- if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
- rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
+/*
+** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks
+** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query
+** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter.
+**
+** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen()
+** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the
+** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam
+** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine
+** returns a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ while( zFilename[0] ){
+ int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam);
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
+ if( x==0 ) return zFilename;
+ zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1;
}
-#endif
+ return 0;
+}
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
+/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+/*
+** 2009 March 3
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+**
+** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** API method and its associated functionality.
+*/
- /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
- ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
- ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
- db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
- sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
- SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
-#endif
+/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
- /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
- setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside,
- sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
+/*
+** Public interfaces:
+**
+** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
+** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
+** sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
+** sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+*/
-opendb_out:
- if( db ){
- assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- }
- rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_close(db);
- db = 0;
- }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
- }
- *ppDb = db;
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
+#define assertMutexHeld() \
+ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
/*
-** Open a new database handle.
+** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
+** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
+** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
+** mutex is held.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
- const char *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
- const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
- sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
- int flags, /* Flags */
- const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */
-){
- return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs);
-}
+static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
+#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** Open a new database handle.
+** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
+** properties of the blocked connections list:
+**
+** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
+** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+**
+** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
+** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+**
+** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
+** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
+** set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
- const void *zFilename,
- sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
- char const *zFilename8; /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
- sqlite3_value *pVal;
- int rc;
+static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 *p;
+ for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
+ int seen = 0;
+ sqlite3 *p2;
- assert( zFilename );
- assert( ppDb );
- *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
- rc = sqlite3_initialize();
- if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
- pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
- sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
- zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
- if( zFilename8 ){
- rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
- SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
- assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
- ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
+ /* Verify property (1) */
+ assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+
+ /* Verify property (2) */
+ for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
+ if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
+ assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
+ assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
+ assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
}
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
- return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+#else
+# define checkListProperties(x)
+#endif
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
+** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 **pp;
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
+ if( *pp==db ){
+ *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
+** that it is not already a part of the list.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
- sqlite3* db,
- const char *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
- void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3 **pp;
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ for(
+ pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
+ *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
+ pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
+ );
+ db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
+ *pp = db;
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
+** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
- sqlite3* db,
- const void *zName,
- int enc,
- void* pCtx,
- int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- char *zName8;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1);
- if( zName8 ){
- rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, SQLITE_COLL_USER, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
- }
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+static void enterMutex(void){
+ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
+ checkListProperties(0);
}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static void leaveMutex(void){
+ assertMutexHeld();
+ checkListProperties(0);
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
+** Register an unlock-notify callback.
+**
+** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
+** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
+** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
+** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
+**
+** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
+** before this routine returns.
+**
+** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
+** a deadlock.
+**
+** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
+** its locks.
+**
+** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
+** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
+** cancelled.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pCollNeededArg,
- void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
+ void *pArg
){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->xCollNeeded = 0;
- db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
- db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
+ enterMutex();
+
+ if( xNotify==0 ){
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ db->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+ db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+ db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+ db->pUnlockArg = 0;
+ }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
+ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
+ ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
+ ** immediately.
+ */
+ xNotify(&pArg, 1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3 *p;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-#endif
+ for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
+ if( p ){
+ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */
+ }else{
+ db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
+ db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
+ db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ addToBlockedList(db);
+ }
+ }
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on
-** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-**
-******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
- return db->autoCommit;
+ leaveMutex();
+ assert( !db->mallocFailed );
+ sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
+ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
+ return rc;
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
-** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in
-** debugging builds. This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
-** corruption is first detected.
+** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
+** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
+** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
+** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Corrupt(void){
- return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
+ enterMutex();
+ if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+ addToBlockedList(db);
+ }
+ db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
+ leaveMutex();
}
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
+** This function is called when
+** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
+** by database connection db have been released.
**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility.
+** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
+** list and does the following:
+**
+** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
+** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
+**
+** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
+** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
+** set pUnlockConnection=0.
+**
+** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
+** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
+** list.
*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
-}
-#endif
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
+ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
+ int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
+ sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */
+ void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
+ void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
+ void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
- sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */
- const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */
- const char *zTableName, /* Table name */
- const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */
- char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
- char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
- int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
- int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
- int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-){
- int rc;
- char *zErrMsg = 0;
- Table *pTab = 0;
- Column *pCol = 0;
- int iCol;
+ aArg = aStatic;
+ enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
- char const *zDataType = 0;
- char const *zCollSeq = 0;
- int notnull = 0;
- int primarykey = 0;
- int autoinc = 0;
+ /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
+ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
+ sqlite3 *p = *pp;
- /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
- sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
- rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
- if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
- goto error_out;
- }
+ /* Step 1. */
+ if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
+ p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
+ }
- /* Locate the table in question */
- pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
- if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
- }
+ /* Step 2. */
+ if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
+ assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
+ if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+ nArg = 0;
+ }
- /* Find the column for which info is requested */
- if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
- iCol = pTab->iPKey;
- if( iCol>=0 ){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- }
- }else{
- for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
- pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
- if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
- break;
+ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
+ assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
+ assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
+ if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
+ || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
+ ){
+ /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
+ void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
+ if( pNew ){
+ memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
+ sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+ aDyn = aArg = pNew;
+ }else{
+ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
+ ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
+ ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
+ ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
+ **
+ ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
+ ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
+ ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
+ ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
+ ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
+ ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
+ ** arrive.
+ **
+ ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
+ ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
+ ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
+ ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
+ ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
+ ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
+ ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
+ ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
+ ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
+ ** circumstances.
+ */
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
+ nArg = 0;
+ }
}
+ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+
+ aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
+ xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
+ p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
+ p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
+ p->pUnlockArg = 0;
}
- if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
- pTab = 0;
- goto error_out;
+
+ /* Step 3. */
+ if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
+ /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
+ *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
+ p->pNextBlocked = 0;
+ }else{
+ pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
}
}
- /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
- ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
- ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
- **
- ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_"
- ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column.
- **
- ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an
- ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
- */
- if( pCol ){
- zDataType = pCol->zType;
- zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
- notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
- primarykey = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
- autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
- }else{
- zDataType = "INTEGER";
- primarykey = 1;
- }
- if( !zCollSeq ){
- zCollSeq = "BINARY";
+ if( nArg!=0 ){
+ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
}
+ sqlite3_free(aDyn);
+ leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+}
-error_out:
- sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
- (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-
- /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
- ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
- ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
- */
- if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
- if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
- if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
- if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
- if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
- zColumnName);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
- sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
- rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
+/*
+** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
+** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
+ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
+ enterMutex();
+ removeFromBlockedList(db);
+ checkListProperties(db);
+ leaveMutex();
}
#endif
+/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+
+/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
+** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The
+** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
+** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees
+** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
+** bottom up.
+**
+**
+**** Varints ****
+** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
+** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
+** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
+**
+** KEY:
+** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
+** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
+**
+** 7 bits - A
+** 14 bits - BA
+** 21 bits - BBA
+** and so on.
+**
+** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but
+** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian
+** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are
+** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory).
+**
+** Example encodings:
+**
+** 1: 0x01
+** 127: 0x7f
+** 128: 0x81 0x00
+**
+**
+**** Document lists ****
+** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
+** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions.
+** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document.
+** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first
+** word of the document has a position of 0.
+**
+** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time
+** option. But that functionality is no longer supported.
+**
+** A doclist is stored like this:
+**
+** array {
+** varint docid;
+** array { (position list for column 0)
+** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+** }
+** array {
+** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column)
+** varint column; (index of new column)
+** array {
+** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position)
+** }
+** }
+** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document.
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
+** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur
+** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
+** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1.
+** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more
+** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus
+** 2 for the first position. Example:
+**
+** label: A B C D E F G H I J K
+** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0
+**
+** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document
+** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1
+** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the
+** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45
+** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The
+** 234 at I is the next docid. It has one position 72 (72-2) and then
+** terminates with the 0 at K.
+**
+** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for
+** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single
+** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists,
+** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and
+** a doclist consists of one or more document records.
+**
+** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an
+** array of varint-encoded docids.
+**
+**** Segment leaf nodes ****
+** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf
+** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
+** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
+** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have
+** the format:
+**
+** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0)
+** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
+** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
+** array {
+** (further terms are delta-encoded)
+** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term)
+** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
+** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
+** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
+** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
+** }
+**
+** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
+** memory.
+**
+** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
+** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end
+** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
+** greater node id.
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
+** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is
+** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
+** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of
+** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
+** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The
+** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
+** likely to be query targets.
+**
+** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
+** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
+** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is
+** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
+**
+**
+**** Segment interior nodes ****
+** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
+** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior
+** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
+** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when
+** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
+** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior
+** nodes:
+**
+** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0)
+** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
+** optional {
+** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
+** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
+** array {
+** (further terms are delta-encoded)
+** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term)
+** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
+** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
+** }
+** }
+**
+** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
+** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
+**
+** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The
+** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
+** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
+** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
+** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
+** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
+** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to
+** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
+** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
+** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
+**
+** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
+** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
+** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
+** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes
+** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
+** height+1, and so on.
+**
+**
+**** Segment directory ****
+** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
+** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
+** segment's tree.
+**
+** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
+** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
+** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top
+** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
+** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
+** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
+** height and the blockid of the previous root).
+**
+** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
+** level - segment level (see below)
+** idx - index within level
+** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
+** start_block - first leaf node
+** leaves_end_block - last leaf node
+** end_block - last block (including interior nodes)
+** root - contents of root node
+**
+** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
+** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
+**
+**
+**** Segment merging ****
+** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
+** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
+** more documents.
+**
+** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
+** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
+** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
+** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1
+** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
+** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
+** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+**
+** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
+** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment
+** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
+** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
+** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
+** deleted.
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be
+** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show
+** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
+** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
+** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
+** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+**
+** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
+** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs
+** inserted:
+**
+** MERGE_COUNT segments
+** 16 25
+** 8 12
+** 4 10
+** 2 6
+**
+** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
+** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
+** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
+** even with many segments.
+**
+** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
+** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that
+** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
+** spot around.
+**
+**
+**
+**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
+** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
+** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
+** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we
+** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
+** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older
+** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
+** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The
+** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
+** older data.
+**
+** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
+** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge
+** into a single segment.
+*/
+
+/************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/
+/************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/
/*
-** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept.
+** 2009 Nov 12
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
- sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
- int rc;
- pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
- if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
+#ifndef _FTSINT_H
+#define _FTSINT_H
- /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep()
- ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
- */
- rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
- return rc;
-}
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
+** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the
+** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all
+** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+# define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
+/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
- int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- int iDb;
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- if( zDbName==0 ){
- iDb = 0;
- }else{
- for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
- if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
- }
- }
- if( iDb<db->nDb ){
- Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
- if( pBtree ){
- Pager *pPager;
- sqlite3_file *fd;
- sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
- pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
- assert( pPager!=0 );
- fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
- assert( fd!=0 );
- if( fd->pMethods ){
- rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
- }
- sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
- }
- }
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
- int rc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
- va_list ap;
- va_start(ap, op);
- switch( op ){
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
- /*
- ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
- sqlite3PrngSaveState();
- break;
- }
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
- /*
- ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
- ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
- ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
- sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
+ */
+ int iVersion;
- /*
- ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call
- ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
- ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
- sqlite3PrngResetState();
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+ ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+ ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+ ** the following SQL is executed:
+ **
+ ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+ **
+ ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+ ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+ **
+ ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
+ ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+ ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+ ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+ ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+ */
+ int (*xCreate)(
+ int argc, /* Size of argv array */
+ const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+ );
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
- **
- ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument
- ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a
- ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
- ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
- int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
- int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
- rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+ ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+ */
+ int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
- **
- ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures
- ** are benign.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
- typedef void (*void_function)(void);
- void_function xBenignBegin;
- void_function xBenignEnd;
- xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
- xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
- sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+ ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+ ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
+ */
+ int (*xOpen)(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
+ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+ );
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X)
- **
- ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0.
- ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte
- ** as it existing before this routine was called.
- **
- ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in
- ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte
- ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and
- ** dileterious behavior.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: {
- unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int);
- rc = sqlite3PendingByte;
- if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal;
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
+ ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+ */
+ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X)
- **
- ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not
- ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert()
- ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and
- ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is
- ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the
- ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the
- ** return value is zero.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: {
- volatile int x = 0;
- assert( (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 );
- rc = x;
- break;
- }
+ /*
+ ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+ ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+ ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+ ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+ **
+ ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
+ ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+ ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+ ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+ ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+ ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
+ ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
+ ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
+ ** the input buffer.
+ **
+ ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+ ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+ ** to xNext() or xClose().
+ */
+ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+ ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+ ** should be converted to zInput.
+ */
+ int (*xNext)(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
+ const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+ );
+};
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
+ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
- /*
- ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X)
- **
- ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and
- ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time.
- **
- ** The return value is ALWAYS(X).
- **
- ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means
- ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the
- ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either
- ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false.
- ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if
- ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second
- ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if
- ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled.
- **
- ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this:
- **
- ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){
- ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros
- ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){
- ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false.
- ** }else{
- ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0.
- ** }
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: {
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- rc = ALWAYS(x);
- break;
- }
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
- /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N)
- **
- ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database
- ** connection db.
- */
- case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: {
- sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
- int x = va_arg(ap,int);
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- break;
- }
+int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
+int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol);
- }
- va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
- return rc;
-}
-/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file notify.c ******************************************/
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2009 March 3
+** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
**
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
-** API method and its associated functionality.
-**
-** $Id: notify.c,v 1.4 2009/04/07 22:06:57 drh Exp $
*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
-/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash;
+typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Fts3Hash {
+ char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+ char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+ int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
+ Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
+ int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+ struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
+ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
+ Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+ } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
+** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct Fts3HashElem {
+ Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
+ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
+};
/*
-** Public interfaces:
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
**
-** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
-** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
-** sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
-** sqlite3_unlock_notify()
+** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
+** is respected in comparisons.
+**
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
+** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
-#define assertMutexHeld() \
- assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
+/*
+** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int);
/*
-** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
-** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
-** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex is held.
+** Shorthand for the functions above
*/
-static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
+#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+#define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem
-#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
-** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
-** properties of the blocked connections list:
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
+** like this:
**
-** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
-** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
+** Fts3Hash h;
+** Fts3HashElem *p;
+** ...
+** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+** // do something with pData
+** }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+
+/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/
+
+/*
+** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are
+** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single
+** segment of level N+1.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16
+
+/*
+** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the
+** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is
+** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction
+** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed.
+** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new
+** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately.
+*/
+#define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024)
+
+/*
+** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a
+** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid
+** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3.
+*/
+#define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0])))
+
+
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different
+** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9.
+*/
+#define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10
+
+/*
+** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms
+** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored
+** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables.
**
-** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
-** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
+** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the
+** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index
+** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with
+** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels
+** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on.
**
-** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
-** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
-** set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
+** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In
+** theory though this may happen, but only after at least
+** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables.
*/
-static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 *p;
- for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
- int seen = 0;
- sqlite3 *p2;
-
- /* Verify property (1) */
- assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024
+#define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024"
- /* Verify property (2) */
- for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
- if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
- assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
- assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
- assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
- }
- }
-}
-#else
-# define checkListProperties(x)
+/*
+** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined,
+** make it a no-op.
+*/
+#ifndef testcase
+# define testcase(X)
#endif
/*
-** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
-** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
+** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists.
*/
-static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 **pp;
- assertMutexHeld();
- for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
- if( *pp==db ){
- *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
- break;
- }
- }
-}
+#define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */
+#define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */
+
+/*
+** This section provides definitions to allow the
+** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the
+** amalgamation.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+/*
+** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or
+** false.
+*/
+#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
+# define ALWAYS(x) (1)
+# define NEVER(X) (0)
+#else
+# define ALWAYS(x) (x)
+# define NEVER(X) (x)
+#endif
/*
-** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
-** that it is not already a part of the list.
+** Internal types used by SQLite.
*/
-static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3 **pp;
- assertMutexHeld();
- for(
- pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
- *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
- pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
- );
- db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
- *pp = db;
-}
+typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */
+typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */
+typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
+typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
/*
-** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters.
*/
-static void enterMutex(void){
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
- checkListProperties(0);
-}
+#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
/*
-** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
+** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled.
*/
-static void leaveMutex(void){
- assertMutexHeld();
- checkListProperties(0);
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
/*
-** Register an unlock-notify callback.
-**
-** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
-** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
-** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
-** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
-**
-** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
-** before this routine returns.
-**
-** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
-** a deadlock.
-**
-** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
-** its locks.
-**
-** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
-** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
-** cancelled.
+** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or
+** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments
+** within testcase() and assert() macros.
*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
- void *pArg
-){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
- sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
- enterMutex();
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST)
+# define TESTONLY(X) X
+#else
+# define TESTONLY(X)
+#endif
- if( xNotify==0 ){
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
- db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
- db->pUnlockArg = 0;
- }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
- /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
- ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
- ** immediately.
- */
- xNotify(&pArg, 1);
- }else{
- sqlite3 *p;
+#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
- for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
- if( p ){
- rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */
- }else{
- db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
- db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
- db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- addToBlockedList(db);
- }
- }
+typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table;
+typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor;
+typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
+typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken;
- leaveMutex();
- assert( !db->mallocFailed );
- sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
- sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
- return rc;
-}
+typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist;
+typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter;
+typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken;
+typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader;
+typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader;
/*
-** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
-** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
-** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
-** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
+** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
+** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
+** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
+** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
+** arguments.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
- enterMutex();
- if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
- addToBlockedList(db);
- }
- db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
- leaveMutex();
-}
+struct Fts3Table {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
+ const char *zDb; /* logical database name */
+ const char *zName; /* virtual table name */
+ int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */
+ char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
-/*
-** This function is called when
-** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
-** by database connection db have been released.
-**
-** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
-** list and does the following:
-**
-** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
-** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
-**
-** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
-** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
-** set pUnlockConnection=0.
-**
-** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
-** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
-** list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
- void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
- int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
- sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */
- void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
- void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
- void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
+ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these
+ ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call.
+ */
+ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[27];
- aArg = aStatic;
- enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
+ char *zReadExprlist;
+ char *zWriteExprlist;
- /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
- for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
- sqlite3 *p = *pp;
+ int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */
+ u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists */
+ u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */
+ u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */
+ int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */
+ char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */
+ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */
- /* Step 1. */
- if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
- p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
- }
+ /* TODO: Fix the first paragraph of this comment.
+ **
+ ** The following hash table is used to buffer pending index updates during
+ ** transactions. Variable nPendingData estimates the memory size of the
+ ** pending data, including hash table overhead, but not malloc overhead.
+ ** When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, the buffer is flushed
+ ** automatically. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most recently
+ ** inserted record.
+ **
+ ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index
+ ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the
+ ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[]
+ ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length.
+ */
+ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */
+ struct Fts3Index {
+ int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */
+ Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */
+ } *aIndex;
+ int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */
+ int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */
+ sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */
- /* Step 2. */
- if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
- assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
- if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
- nArg = 0;
- }
+#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+ /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control
+ ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These
+ ** values do not contribution to the FTS computation; they are used for
+ ** verifying the SQLite core.
+ */
+ int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */
+ int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */
+#endif
+};
- sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
- assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
- assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
- if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
- || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
- ){
- /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
- void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
- if( pNew ){
- memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
- sqlite3_free(aDyn);
- aDyn = aArg = pNew;
- }else{
- /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
- ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
- ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
- ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
- **
- ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
- ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
- ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
- ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
- ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
- ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
- ** arrive.
- **
- ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
- ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
- ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
- ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
- ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
- ** context pointers the application will receive two or more
- ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
- ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
- ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
- ** circumstances.
- */
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
- nArg = 0;
- }
- }
- sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
+/*
+** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a
+** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using
+** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method.
+*/
+struct Fts3Cursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */
+ u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */
+ u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */
+ char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */
+ char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */
+ u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */
+ int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */
+ int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */
+
+ int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */
+ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Information about most recent match */
+ int nMatchinfo; /* Number of elements in aMatchinfo[] */
+ char *zMatchinfo; /* Matchinfo specification */
+};
- aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
- xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
- p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
- p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
- p->pUnlockArg = 0;
- }
+#define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0
+#define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1
+#define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2
- /* Step 3. */
- if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
- /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
- *pp = p->pNextBlocked;
- p->pNextBlocked = 0;
- }else{
- pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
- }
- }
+/*
+** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following.
+** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to
+** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index
+** of the column to be searched. For example, in
+**
+** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d);
+** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three';
+**
+** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b",
+** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a,
+** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1"
+** indicating that all columns should be searched,
+** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4.
+*/
+#define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */
+#define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */
+#define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */
- if( nArg!=0 ){
- xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
- }
- sqlite3_free(aDyn);
- leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
-}
+
+struct Fts3Doclist {
+ char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */
+ int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */
+ char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */
+
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */
+ int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */
+ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */
+ int nList; /* Length of position list */
+} doclist;
/*
-** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
-** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
- sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
- enterMutex();
- removeFromBlockedList(db);
- checkListProperties(db);
- leaveMutex();
-}
-#endif
+** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
+** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
+** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three")
+** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string.
+*/
+struct Fts3PhraseToken {
+ char *z; /* Text of the token */
+ int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */
+ int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */
+
+ /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is
+ ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are
+ ** used when evaluating the expression. */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */
+};
+
+struct Fts3Phrase {
+ /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */
+ Fts3Doclist doclist;
+ int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */
+ int iDoclistToken;
+
+ /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing
+ ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase.
+ */
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
+ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
+ Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
+};
-/************** End of notify.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
+** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist
+** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results
+** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial
+** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this
+** buffer.
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global
+** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3,
+** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array
+** is populated as follows:
**
-******************************************************************************
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
**
-** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed
+** when the expression node is.
*/
+struct Fts3Expr {
+ int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
+ int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
+ Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
+ Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
+
+ /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */
+ u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */
+ u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */
+ u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */
+
+ u32 *aMI;
+};
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
+** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
+** example, the following:
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** is equivalent to:
+**
+** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
*/
+#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
+#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
+#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
+#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
+#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+
+
+/* fts3_write.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, sqlite3_int64,
+ sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+ Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *);
+
+/* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1
+#define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Table *, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *);
+
+/* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008
+#define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010
+
+/* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */
+struct Fts3SegFilter {
+ const char *zTerm;
+ int nTerm;
+ int iCol;
+ int flags;
+};
+
+struct Fts3MultiSegReader {
+ /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */
+ int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */
+ int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */
+ char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */
+ int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */
+
+ int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */
+ int bRestart;
+
+ /* Used by fts3.c only. */
+ int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */
+ int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */
+
+ /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */
+};
+
+/* fts3.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *);
+
+/* fts3_tokenizer.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **, char **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char);
+
+/* fts3_snippet.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *,
+ const char *, const char *, int, int
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *);
+
+/* fts3_expr.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *,
+ char **, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **
+);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db);
+#endif
+
+/* fts3_aux.c */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+ Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+ Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr);
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *);
+
+#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */
+#endif /* _FTSINT_H */
+
+/************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/
+/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
+# define SQLITE_CORE 1
+#endif
-/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the
-** wiki.
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
+** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes.
+** The number of bytes written is returned.
*/
-/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
-** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The
-** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
-** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees
-** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
-** bottom up.
-**
-**
-**** Varints ****
-** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
-** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
-** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
-** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**
-** 7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** and so on.
-**
-** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c).
-**
-**
-**** Document lists ****
-** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
-** given term. Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate
-** token positions and offsets with docids.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this:
-**
-** array {
-** varint docid;
-** array { (position list for column 0)
-** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-** varint startOffset; (delta from previous startOffset)
-** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset)
-** }
-** array {
-** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column)
-** varint column; (index of new column)
-** array {
-** varint position; (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-** varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset)
-** varint endOffset; (delta from startOffset)
-** }
-** }
-** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document.
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset,
-** both based at 0. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the
-** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
-** ending a position list array.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset
-** information. A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and
-** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids.
-**
-** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize
-** the type. Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation
-** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions.
-**
-**
-**** Segment leaf nodes ****
-** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf
-** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
-** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
-** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have
-** the format:
-**
-** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0)
-** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
-** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
-** array {
-** (further terms are delta-encoded)
-** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term)
-** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
-** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
-** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist)
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.
-**
-** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
-** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end
-** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
-** greater node id.
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
-** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is
-** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
-** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of
-** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
-** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The
-** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
-** likely to be query targets.
-**
-** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
-** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
-** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is
-** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
-**
-**
-**** Segment interior nodes ****
-** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
-** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior
-** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
-** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when
-** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
-** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior
-** nodes:
-**
-** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0)
-** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
-** optional {
-** varint nTerm; (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term)
-** array {
-** (further terms are delta-encoded)
-** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term)
-** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix)
-** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
-** }
-** }
-**
-** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
-** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
-**
-** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The
-** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
-** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
-** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
-** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
-** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
-** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to
-** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
-** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
-** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
-** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
-** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
-** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes
-** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
-** height+1, and so on.
-**
-**
-**** Segment directory ****
-** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
-** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
-** segment's tree.
-**
-** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
-** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
-** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top
-** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
-** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
-** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
-** height and the blockid of the previous root).
-**
-** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
-** level - segment level (see below)
-** idx - index within level
-** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
-** start_block - first leaf node
-** leaves_end_block - last leaf node
-** end_block - last block (including interior nodes)
-** root - contents of root node
-**
-** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
-** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
-**
-**
-**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and
-** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially
-** more documents.
-**
-** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
-** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
-** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
-** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1
-** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
-** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
-** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
+ unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
+ sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
+ do{
+ *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
+ vu >>= 7;
+ }while( vu!=0 );
+ q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */
+ assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX );
+ return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
+** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
+** The value is stored in *v.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
+ const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
+ sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
+ while( (*q&0x80)==0x80 && q-(unsigned char *)p<FTS3_VARINT_MAX ){
+ x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
+ y <<= 7;
+ }
+ x += y * (*q++);
+ *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
+ return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to a
+** 32-bit integer before it is returned.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
+ sqlite_int64 i;
+ int ret = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
+ *pi = (int) i;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){
+ int i = 0;
+ do{
+ i++;
+ v >>= 7;
+ }while( v!=0 );
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
+** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the
+** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
+** is a no-op.
**
-** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
-** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment
-** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
-** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
-** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
-** deleted.
+** Examples:
**
-** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be
-** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show
-** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
-** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
-** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
-** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
+** "abc" becomes abc
+** 'xyz' becomes xyz
+** [pqr] becomes pqr
+** `mno` becomes mno
**
-** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
-** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs
-** inserted:
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){
+ char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */
+
+ quote = z[0];
+ if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){
+ int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */
+ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */
+
+ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */
+ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']';
+
+ while( ALWAYS(z[iIn]) ){
+ if( z[iIn]==quote ){
+ if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break;
+ z[iOut++] = quote;
+ iIn += 2;
+ }else{
+ z[iOut++] = z[iIn++];
+ }
+ }
+ z[iOut] = '\0';
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point
+** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint
+** to *pVal.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+ *pVal += iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a
+** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list
+** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint,
+** and sets *pVal by the varint value.
**
-** MERGE_COUNT segments
-** 16 25
-** 8 12
-** 4 10
-** 2 6
+** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the
+** varint is part of.
+*/
+static void fts3GetReverseVarint(
+ char **pp,
+ char *pStart,
+ sqlite3_int64 *pVal
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ char *p = *pp;
+
+ /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are
+ ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is
+ ** clear on character p[-1]. */
+ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--);
+ p++;
+ *pp = p;
+
+ sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal);
+ *pVal = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDisconnect() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ int i;
+
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+ /* Free any prepared statements held */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(p->aStmt); i++){
+ sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist);
+ sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist);
+
+ /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */
+ p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer);
+
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given
+** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written
+** into *pRc.
**
-** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
-** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
-** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
-** even with many segments.
+** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op.
+*/
+static void fts3DbExec(
+ int *pRc, /* Success code */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */
+ const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */
+ ... /* Arguments to the format string */
+){
+ va_list ap;
+ char *zSql;
+ if( *pRc ) return;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ if( zSql==0 ){
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** The xDestroy() virtual table method.
+*/
+static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db;
+
+ /* Drop the shadow tables */
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", p->zDb, p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", p->zDb,p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", p->zDb, p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", p->zDb, p->zName);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", p->zDb, p->zName);
+
+ /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the
+ ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK.
+ ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code.
+ */
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc);
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table
+** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect()
+** and xCreate() methods.
**
-** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
-** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that
-** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
-** spot around.
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */
+ char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */
+
+ sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
+
+ /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */
+ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]);
+ for(i=1; zCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]);
+ }
+
+ /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName
+ );
+ if( !zCols || !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ sqlite3_free(zCols);
+ *pRc = rc;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir)
+** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done
+** as part of the vtab xCreate() method.
**
+** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an
+** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and
+** %_stat tables required by FTS4.
+*/
+static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */
+
+ /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */
+ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
+ for(i=0; zContentCols && i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ char *z = p->azColumn[i];
+ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z);
+ }
+ if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ /* Create the content table */
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols
+ );
+ sqlite3_free(zContentCols);
+ /* Create other tables */
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'("
+ "level INTEGER,"
+ "idx INTEGER,"
+ "start_block INTEGER,"
+ "leaves_end_block INTEGER,"
+ "end_block INTEGER,"
+ "root BLOB,"
+ "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)"
+ ");",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ }
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_stat'(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);",
+ p->zDb, p->zName
+ );
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz.
**
+** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc
+** before returning.
+*/
+static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */
+
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb);
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){
+ p->nPgsz = 1024;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ *pRc = rc;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form:
**
-**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
-** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
-** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
-** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we
-** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
-** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older
-** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
-** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The
-** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
-** older data.
+** <key> = <value>
**
-** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
-** deletions and duplications. This would basically be a forced merge
-** into a single segment.
+** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The <value>
+** term may be quoted, but the <key> may not.
*/
+static int fts3IsSpecialColumn(
+ const char *z,
+ int *pnKey,
+ char **pzValue
+){
+ char *zValue;
+ const char *zCsr = z;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+ while( *zCsr!='=' ){
+ if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0;
+ zCsr++;
+ }
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
-# define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#endif
+ *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z);
+ zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]);
+ if( zValue ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue);
+ }
+ *pzValue = zValue;
+ return 1;
+}
+/*
+** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string.
+*/
+static void fts3Appendf(
+ int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */
+ char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */
+ const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */
+ ... /* Arguments for printf format string */
+){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ va_list ap;
+ char *z;
+ va_start(ap, zFormat);
+ z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
+ if( z && *pz ){
+ char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z);
+ sqlite3_free(z);
+ z = z2;
+ }
+ if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ sqlite3_free(*pz);
+ *pz = z;
+ }
+}
-/************** Include fts3_expr.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_expr.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2008 Nov 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and
+** with all double quote characters escaped. For example:
**
-******************************************************************************
+** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\""
**
+** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this
+** memory.
*/
+static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){
+ int nRet;
+ char *zRet;
+ nRet = 2 + strlen(zInput)*2 + 1;
+ zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet);
+ if( zRet ){
+ int i;
+ char *z = zRet;
+ *(z++) = '"';
+ for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){
+ if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"';
+ *(z++) = zInput[i];
+ }
+ *(z++) = '"';
+ *(z++) = '\0';
+ }
+ return zRet;
+}
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3_expr.h ********/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
/*
-** 2006 July 10
+** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions that could be used
+** in a SELECT statement such as the following:
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+** SELECT <list of expressions> FROM %_content AS x ...
**
-*************************************************************************
-** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
-** are three basic components:
+** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order
+** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of
+** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL
+** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the
+** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following
+** string is returned:
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
-** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
-** tokenizers.
+** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c')"
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
-** including customization information defined at creation time.
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
-** tokens from a particular input.
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+ char *zRet = 0;
+ char *zFree = 0;
+ char *zFunction;
+ int i;
-/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
-** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
-** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
-*/
+ if( !zFunc ){
+ zFunction = "";
+ }else{
+ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+ }
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zFree);
+ return zRet;
+}
/*
-** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
-** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
-** functions that make up an implementation.
+** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number
+** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each
+** user-defined text column).
**
-** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
-** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
-** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
-** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark
+** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed
+** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three
+** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned:
**
-** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
-** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
-** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
-** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
-** object.
+** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)"
+**
+** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It
+** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it.
+**
+** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and
+** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If
+** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified.
*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){
+ char *zRet = 0;
+ char *zFree = 0;
+ char *zFunction;
+ int i;
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+ if( !zFunc ){
+ zFunction = "";
+ }else{
+ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc);
+ }
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?");
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn; i++){
+ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zFree);
+ return zRet;
+}
- /*
- ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
- */
- int iVersion;
+static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){
+ const char *p = *pp;
+ int nInt = 0;
+ for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){
+ nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0');
+ }
+ if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ *pnOut = nInt;
+ *pp = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /*
- ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
- ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
- ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
- ** the following SQL is executed:
- **
- ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+
+static int fts3PrefixParameter(
+ const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */
+ int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */
+ struct Fts3Index **apIndex, /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */
+ struct Fts3Index **apFree /* OUT: Free this with sqlite3_free() */
+){
+ struct Fts3Index *aIndex;
+ int nIndex = 1;
+
+ if( zParam && zParam[0] ){
+ const char *p;
+ nIndex++;
+ for(p=zParam; *p; p++){
+ if( *p==',' ) nIndex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ *apIndex = *apFree = aIndex;
+ *pnIndex = nIndex;
+ if( !aIndex ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ if( zParam ){
+ const char *p = zParam;
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<nIndex; i++){
+ int nPrefix;
+ if( fts3GobbleInt(&p, &nPrefix) ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix;
+ p++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
+** methods of the FTS3 virtual table.
+**
+** The argv[] array contains the following:
+**
+** argv[0] -> module name ("fts3" or "fts4")
+** argv[1] -> database name
+** argv[2] -> table name
+** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields.
+*/
+static int fts3InitVtab(
+ int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+ sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
+ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
+){
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux;
+ Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */
+ int iCol; /* Column index */
+ int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */
+ int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */
+ char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */
+ int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */
+ int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */
+ int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */
+ const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */
+
+ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] array */
+ struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Array of indexes for this table */
+ struct Fts3Index *aFree = 0; /* Free this before returning */
+
+ /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */
+ int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */
+ int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */
+ char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */
+ char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+ char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */
+
+ assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 );
+ assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4)
+ || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4)
+ );
+
+ nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1;
+ nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1;
+
+ aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2) );
+ if( !aCol ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset((void *)aCol, 0, sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2));
+
+ /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4
+ ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop
+ ** does the following:
**
- ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
- ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+ ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and
+ ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies
+ ** of the column names.
**
- ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
- ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
- ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
- ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
- ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+ ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments,
+ ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer.
*/
- int (*xCreate)(
- int argc, /* Size of argv array */
- const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
- );
+ for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<argc; i++){
+ char const *z = argv[i];
+ int nKey;
+ char *zVal;
- /*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
- ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
- */
- int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+ /* Check if this is a tokenizer specification */
+ if( !pTokenizer
+ && strlen(z)>8
+ && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8)
+ && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8])
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */
+ else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){
+ struct Fts4Option {
+ const char *zOpt;
+ int nOpt;
+ char **pzVar;
+ } aFts4Opt[] = {
+ { "matchinfo", 9, 0 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */
+ { "prefix", 6, 0 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */
+ { "compress", 8, 0 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */
+ { "uncompress", 10, 0 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */
+ { "order", 5, 0 } /* 4 -> ORDER */
+ };
- /*
- ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
- ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
- ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
+ int iOpt;
+ if( !zVal ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ for(iOpt=0; iOpt<SizeofArray(aFts4Opt); iOpt++){
+ struct Fts4Option *pOp = &aFts4Opt[iOpt];
+ if( nKey==pOp->nOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized parameter: %s", z);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ switch( iOpt ){
+ case 0: /* MATCHINFO */
+ if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ bNoDocsize = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case 1: /* PREFIX */
+ sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+ zPrefix = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 2: /* COMPRESS */
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ zCompress = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ zUncompress = zVal;
+ zVal = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 4: /* ORDER */
+ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3))
+ && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 3))
+ ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized order: %s", zVal);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D');
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zVal);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */
+ else {
+ nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1);
+ aCol[nCol++] = z;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+ if( nCol==0 ){
+ assert( nString==0 );
+ aCol[0] = "content";
+ nString = 8;
+ nCol = 1;
+ }
+
+ if( pTokenizer==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, "simple", &pTokenizer, pzErr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+ }
+ assert( pTokenizer );
+
+ rc = fts3PrefixParameter(zPrefix, &nIndex, &aIndex, &aFree);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ assert( zPrefix );
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error parsing prefix parameter: %s", zPrefix);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+ /* Allocate and populate the Fts3Table structure. */
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Table) + /* Fts3Table */
+ nCol * sizeof(char *) + /* azColumn */
+ nIndex * sizeof(struct Fts3Index) + /* aIndex */
+ nName + /* zName */
+ nDb + /* zDb */
+ nString; /* Space for azColumn strings */
+ p = (Fts3Table*)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( p==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto fts3_init_out;
+ }
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
+ p->db = db;
+ p->nColumn = nCol;
+ p->nPendingData = 0;
+ p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1];
+ p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA;
+ p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0);
+ p->bHasStat = isFts4;
+ p->bDescIdx = bDescIdx;
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 );
+
+ p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol];
+ memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex);
+ p->nIndex = nIndex;
+ for(i=0; i<nIndex; i++){
+ fts3HashInit(&p->aIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */
+ zCsr = (char *)&p->aIndex[nIndex];
+ p->zName = zCsr;
+ memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName);
+ zCsr += nName;
+ p->zDb = zCsr;
+ memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb);
+ zCsr += nDb;
+
+ /* Fill in the azColumn array */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+ char *z;
+ int n = 0;
+ z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(aCol[iCol], &n);
+ memcpy(zCsr, z, n);
+ zCsr[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr);
+ p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr;
+ zCsr += n+1;
+ assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] );
+ }
+
+ if( (zCompress==0)!=(zUncompress==0) ){
+ char const *zMiss = (zCompress==0 ? "compress" : "uncompress");
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("missing %s parameter in fts4 constructor", zMiss);
+ }
+ p->zReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc);
+ p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out;
+
+ /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the
+ ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist.
*/
- int (*xOpen)(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
- const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
- );
+ if( isCreate ){
+ rc = fts3CreateTables(p);
+ }
- /*
- ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
- ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+ /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to
+ ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */
+ fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p);
+ p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35;
+
+ /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */
+ fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p);
+
+fts3_init_out:
+ sqlite3_free(zPrefix);
+ sqlite3_free(aFree);
+ sqlite3_free(zCompress);
+ sqlite3_free(zUncompress);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aCol);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( p ){
+ fts3DisconnectMethod((sqlite3_vtab *)p);
+ }else if( pTokenizer ){
+ pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+ }
+ }else{
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ *ppVTab = &p->base;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the
+** work is done in function fts3InitVtab().
+*/
+static int fts3ConnectMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+static int fts3CreateMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There
+** are three possible strategies, in order of preference:
+**
+** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid.
+** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column.
+** 3. Linear scan of %_content table.
+*/
+static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab;
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */
+
+ /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option,
+ ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient
+ ** strategy is possible.
*/
- int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 500000;
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
+ if( pCons->usable==0 ) continue;
- /*
- ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
- ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
- ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
- ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
- **
- ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
- ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
- ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
- ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
- ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
- ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
- ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
- ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
- ** the input buffer.
- **
- ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
- ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
- ** to xNext() or xClose().
+ /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ
+ && (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 )
+ ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+ iCons = i;
+ }
+
+ /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search.
+ **
+ ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first
+ ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct
+ ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even
+ ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting
+ ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested
+ ** context" error.
+ */
+ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH
+ && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn
+ ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0;
+ iCons = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( iCons>=0 ){
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = 1;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or
+ ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible.
*/
- /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
- ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
- ** should be converted to zInput.
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){
+ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0];
+ if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){
+ if( pOrder->desc ){
+ pInfo->idxStr = "DESC";
+ }else{
+ pInfo->idxStr = "ASC";
+ }
+ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xOpen method.
+*/
+static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
+
+ /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the
+ ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
+ ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
- int (*xNext)(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
- const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
- );
-};
+ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+ if( !pCsr ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
+** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
+*/
+static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row
+** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return
+** SQLITE_OK on success.
+*/
+static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId);
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0;
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ int rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If no row was found and no error has occured, then the %_content
+ ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index.
+ ** The data structures are corrupt.
+ */
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ if( pContext ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching
+** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this
+** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is
+** passed in zTerm/nTerm.
+**
+** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid
+** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term.
+**
+** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node
+** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is
+** a prefix.
+**
+** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
+*/
+static int fts3ScanInteriorNode(
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */
+ const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */
+ char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */
+ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */
+ int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */
+ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */
+
+ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every
+ ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree
+ ** node into variable iChild.
+ **
+ ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two
+ ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a
+ ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does
+ ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always
+ ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of
+ ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments
+ ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the
+ ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details).
+ */
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild);
+ if( zCsr>zEnd ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+
+ while( zCsr<zEnd && (piFirst || piLast) ){
+ int cmp; /* memcmp() result */
+ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix */
+ int nPrefix = 0; /* Size of term prefix */
+ int nBuffer; /* Total term size */
+
+ /* Load the next term on the node into zBuffer. Use realloc() to expand
+ ** the size of zBuffer if required. */
+ if( !isFirstTerm ){
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nPrefix);
+ }
+ isFirstTerm = 0;
+ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zCsr, &nSuffix);
+
+ if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<0 || &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ goto finish_scan;
+ }
+ if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){
+ char *zNew;
+ nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2;
+ zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto finish_scan;
+ }
+ zBuffer = zNew;
+ }
+ memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix);
+ nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix;
+ zCsr += nSuffix;
+
+ /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from
+ ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal
+ ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree
+ ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search
+ ** iChild.
+ **
+ ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then
+ ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term.
+ */
+ cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer));
+ if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){
+ *piFirst = iChild;
+ piFirst = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( piLast && cmp<0 ){
+ *piLast = iChild;
+ piLast = 0;
+ }
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
- /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+ iChild++;
+ };
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
- /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
+ if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild;
+ if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild;
-#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
+ finish_scan:
+ sqlite3_free(zBuffer);
+ return rc;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3_expr.h ******************/
/*
-** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
-** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
-** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
-** custom parser.
-**
-** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an
+** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes)
+** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode
+** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term
+** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix.
**
-** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the
+** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term.
+** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the
+** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified
+** term is a prefix.
**
-** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
-** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain
+** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the
+** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified
+** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and
+** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure.
**
-** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
+** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3SelectLeaf(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */
+ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */
+
+ assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 );
+
+ sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight);
+ rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+ assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) );
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){
+ char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */
+ int nBlob; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */
+
+ if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+ piLeaf = 0;
+ zBlob = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zBlob);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3
+** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list.
+*/
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+ assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) );
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev);
+ *piPrev = iVal;
+}
+
+/*
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** first byte after the position-list.
**
-** distance_opt ::= .
-** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
+** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for
+** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this
+** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in
+** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist.
**
-** phrase ::= TOKEN.
-** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
-** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns.
*/
+static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+ char c = 0;
-typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
-typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
+ /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3
+ ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by
+ ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail
+ ** of some other, multi-byte, value.
+ **
+ ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not
+ ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments
+ ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the
+ ** last byte in the position-list.
+ */
+ while( *pEnd | c ){
+ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+ testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 );
+ }
+ pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */
+
+ if( pp ){
+ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+ char *p = *pp;
+ memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+ p += n;
+ *pp = p;
+ }
+ *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
/*
-** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
-** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
-** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number
-** of tokens in the string.
+** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the
+** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the
+** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list.
+**
+** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column
+** within a single document within a doclist.
+**
+** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or
+** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to
+** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list.
+**
+** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied
+** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied
+** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator
+** is not copied into *pp.
*/
-struct Fts3Phrase {
- int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
- int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
- int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */
- struct PhraseToken {
- char *z; /* Text of the token */
- int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */
- int isPrefix; /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */
- } aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
-};
+static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist;
+ char c = 0;
+
+ /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is
+ ** not part of a multi-byte varint.
+ */
+ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+ testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 );
+ }
+ if( pp ){
+ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist);
+ char *p = *pp;
+ memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n);
+ p += n;
+ *pp = p;
+ }
+ *ppPoslist = pEnd;
+}
/*
-** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
+** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because
+** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms.
*/
-struct Fts3Expr {
- int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
- int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
- Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
- Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
- Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
-};
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int,
- const char *, int, Fts3Expr **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
+#define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff
/*
-** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
-** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
-** example, the following:
+** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is
+** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list
+** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list
+** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or
+** (1)).
**
-** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
+** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to
+** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp,
+** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to
+** point to the next value before returning.
**
-** is equivalent to:
+** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of
+** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position
+** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value
+** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of
+** the next position.
+*/
+static void fts3ReadNextPos(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */
+){
+ if( (**pp)&0xFE ){
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi);
+ *pi -= 2;
+ }else{
+ *pi = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by
+** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new
+** column list.
**
-** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
+** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before
+** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes
+** written (0 if iCol==0).
*/
-#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
-#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
-#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
-#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
-#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
+static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){
+ int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */
+ if( iCol ){
+ char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */
+ n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol);
+ *p = 0x01;
+ *pp = &p[n];
+ }
+ return n;
+}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
-#endif
+/*
+** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written
+** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted
+** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are
+** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring
+** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output.
+*/
+static void fts3PoslistMerge(
+ char **pp, /* Output buffer */
+ char **pp1, /* Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* Right input list */
+){
+ char *p = *pp;
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+ while( *p1 || *p2 ){
+ int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */
+ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */
+
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1);
+ else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ else iCol1 = 0;
+
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2);
+ else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END;
+ else iCol2 = 0;
+
+ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+ p1 += n;
+ p2 += n;
+
+ /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists
+ ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2).
+ ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each
+ ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a
+ ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists
+ ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte
+ ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is
+ ** written to the output.
+ */
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2);
+ do {
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1<i2) ? i1 : i2);
+ iPrev -= 2;
+ if( i1==i2 ){
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+ }else if( i1<i2 ){
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p1, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3ReadNextPos(&p2, &i2);
+ }
+ }while( i1!=POSITION_LIST_END || i2!=POSITION_LIST_END );
+ }else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+ p1 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p1);
+ }else{
+ p2 += fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol2);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(&p, &p2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *p++ = POS_END;
+ *pp = p;
+ *pp1 = p1 + 1;
+ *pp2 = p2 + 1;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_expr.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 22
+** nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** This function is used to merge two position lists into one. When it is
+** called, *pp1 and *pp2 must both point to position lists. A position-list is
+** the part of a doclist that follows each document id. For example, if a row
+** contains:
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** 'a b c'|'x y z'|'a b b a'
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+** Then the position list for this row for token 'b' would consist of:
+**
+** 0x02 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x03 0x00
**
+** When this function returns, both *pp1 and *pp2 are left pointing to the
+** byte following the 0x00 terminator of their respective position lists.
+**
+** If isSaveLeft is 0, an entry is added to the output position list for
+** each position in *pp2 for which there exists one or more positions in
+** *pp1 so that (pos(*pp2)>pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e.
+** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken
+** slots before it.
*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */
+ int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */
+ int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */
+ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+ char *p = (pp ? *pp : 0);
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
+ int iCol1 = 0;
+ int iCol2 = 0;
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
-typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
+ /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */
+ assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 );
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct fts3Hash {
- char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
- char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
- int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
- fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
- int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
- struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
- int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
- fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
- } *ht;
-};
+ assert( *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 );
+ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){
+ p1++;
+ p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ }
+ if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){
+ p2++;
+ p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
-** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct fts3HashElem {
- fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
- void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
- void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
-};
+ while( 1 ){
+ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){
+ char *pSave = p;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0;
+
+ if( pp && iCol1 ){
+ *p++ = POS_COLUMN;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1);
+ }
+
+ assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN );
+ assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN );
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+
+ while( 1 ){
+ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken
+ || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken)
+ ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iSave;
+ if( !pp ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+ *pp1 = p1;
+ *pp2 = p2;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2;
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2;
+ pSave = 0;
+ }
+ if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){
+ if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2;
+ }else{
+ if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pSave ){
+ assert( pp && p );
+ p = pSave;
+ }
+
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+ assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 );
+ if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break;
+
+ p1++;
+ p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ p2++;
+ p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
+
+ /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of
+ ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the
+ ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next
+ ** column-number in the position list.
+ */
+ else if( iCol1<iCol2 ){
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1);
+ if( 0==*p1 ) break;
+ p1++;
+ p1 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1);
+ }else{
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2);
+ if( 0==*p2 ) break;
+ p2++;
+ p2 += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+ *pp1 = p1;
+ *pp2 = p2;
+ if( !pp || *pp==p ){
+ return 0;
+ }
+ *p++ = 0x00;
+ *pp = p;
+ return 1;
+}
/*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+** Merge two position-lists as required by the NEAR operator. The argument
+** position lists correspond to the left and right phrases of an expression
+** like:
**
-** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
-** is respected in comparisons.
+** "phrase 1" NEAR "phrase number 2"
**
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
-** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+** Position list *pp1 corresponds to the left-hand side of the NEAR
+** expression and *pp2 to the right. As usual, the indexes in the position
+** lists are the offsets of the last token in each phrase (tokens "1" and "2"
+** in the example above).
**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
+** The output position list - written to *pp - is a copy of *pp2 with those
+** entries that are not sufficiently NEAR entries in *pp1 removed.
*/
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
+static int fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+ char **pp, /* Output buffer */
+ char *aTmp, /* Temporary buffer space */
+ int nRight, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ int nLeft, /* Maximum difference in token positions */
+ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */
+ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */
+){
+ char *p1 = *pp1;
+ char *p2 = *pp2;
+
+ char *pTmp1 = aTmp;
+ char *pTmp2;
+ char *aTmp2;
+ int res = 1;
+
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp1, nRight, 0, 0, pp1, pp2);
+ aTmp2 = pTmp2 = pTmp1;
+ *pp1 = p1;
+ *pp2 = p2;
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pTmp2, nLeft, 1, 0, pp2, pp1);
+ if( pTmp1!=aTmp && pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+ fts3PoslistMerge(pp, &aTmp, &aTmp2);
+ }else if( pTmp1!=aTmp ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp);
+ }else if( pTmp2!=aTmp2 ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(pp, &aTmp2);
+ }else{
+ res = 0;
+ }
-/*
-** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
+ return res;
+}
+
+/*
+** A pointer to an instance of this structure is used as the context
+** argument to sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+*/
+typedef struct TermSelect TermSelect;
+struct TermSelect {
+ int isReqPos;
+ char *aaOutput[16]; /* Malloc'd output buffer */
+ int anOutput[16]; /* Size of output in bytes */
+};
+
+
+static void fts3GetDeltaVarint3(
+ char **pp,
+ char *pEnd,
+ int bDescIdx,
+ sqlite3_int64 *pVal
+){
+ if( *pp>=pEnd ){
+ *pp = 0;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal;
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal);
+ if( bDescIdx ){
+ *pVal -= iVal;
+ }else{
+ *pVal += iVal;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3(
+ char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */
+ int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */
+ int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */
+ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 iWrite;
+ if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){
+ iWrite = iVal - *piPrev;
+ }else{
+ iWrite = *piPrev - iVal;
+ }
+ assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 );
+ assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 );
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite);
+ *piPrev = iVal;
+ *pbFirst = 1;
+}
+
+#define COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2) ((bDescIdx?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+
+static int fts3DoclistOrMerge(
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if arguments are desc */
+ char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */
+ char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */
+ char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1];
+ char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2];
+ char *p1 = a1;
+ char *p2 = a2;
+ char *p;
+ char *aOut;
+ int bFirstOut = 0;
+
+ *paOut = 0;
+ *pnOut = 0;
+ aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2);
+ if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ p = aOut;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+ while( p1 || p2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);
+
+ if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
+ }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2);
+ fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *paOut = aOut;
+ *pnOut = (p-aOut);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static void fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if arguments are desc */
+ int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */
+ char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */
+ char *aRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */
+){
+ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0;
+ char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft];
+ char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight];
+ char *p1 = aLeft;
+ char *p2 = aRight;
+ char *p;
+ int bFirstOut = 0;
+ char *aOut = aRight;
+
+ assert( nDist>0 );
+
+ p = aOut;
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2);
+
+ while( p1 && p2 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = COMPARE_DOCID(i1, i2);
+ if( iDiff==0 ){
+ char *pSave = p;
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev;
+ int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut;
+
+ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescIdx, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1);
+ if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+ p = pSave;
+ iPrev = iPrevSave;
+ bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave;
+ }
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
+ }else if( iDiff<0 ){
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescIdx, &i1);
+ }else{
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2);
+ fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescIdx, &i2);
+ }
+ }
+
+ *pnRight = p - aOut;
+}
-/*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
-*/
-#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
-** like this:
+** Merge all doclists in the TermSelect.aaOutput[] array into a single
+** doclist stored in TermSelect.aaOutput[0]. If successful, delete all
+** other doclists (except the aaOutput[0] one) and return SQLITE_OK.
**
-** fts3Hash h;
-** fts3HashElem *p;
-** ...
-** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-** // do something with pData
-** }
+** If an OOM error occurs, return SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case it is
+** the responsibility of the caller to free any doclists left in the
+** TermSelect.aaOutput[] array.
*/
-#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+static int fts3TermSelectMerge(Fts3Table *p, TermSelect *pTS){
+ char *aOut = 0;
+ int nOut = 0;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Loop through the doclists in the aaOutput[] array. Merge them all
+ ** into a single doclist.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); i++){
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){
+ if( !aOut ){
+ aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i];
+ nOut = pTS->anOutput[i];
+ pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+ }else{
+ int nNew;
+ char *aNew;
+
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx,
+ pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]);
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0;
+ aOut = aNew;
+ nOut = nNew;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut;
+ pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
+** This function is used as the sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() callback when
+** querying the full-text index for a doclist associated with a term or
+** term-prefix.
*/
-#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
+static int fts3TermSelectCb(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table object */
+ void *pContext, /* Pointer to TermSelect structure */
+ char *zTerm,
+ int nTerm,
+ char *aDoclist,
+ int nDoclist
+){
+ TermSelect *pTS = (TermSelect *)pContext;
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(zTerm);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nTerm);
+
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){
+ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output
+ ** buffer using memcpy(). */
+ pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist);
+ pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist;
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){
+ memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+ }else{
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *aMerge = aDoclist;
+ int nMerge = nDoclist;
+ int iOut;
+
+ for(iOut=0; iOut<SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput); iOut++){
+ if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){
+ assert( iOut>0 );
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+ pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ char *aNew;
+ int nNew;
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
+ int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge,
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge);
+ sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]);
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0;
+
+ aMerge = aNew;
+ nMerge = nNew;
+ if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){
+ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge;
+ pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring. At minimum, it
-** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the
-** lines of:
-**
-** - utility functions
-** - table setup functions
-** - table update functions
-** - table query functions
-**
-** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference
-** typedefs or functions from the table update section.
+/*
+** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array.
*/
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr,
+ Fts3SegReader *pNew
+){
+ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){
+ Fts3SegReader **apNew;
+ int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*);
+ apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte);
+ if( !apNew ){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->apSegment = apNew;
+ }
+ pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-#if 0
-# define FTSTRACE(A) printf A; fflush(stdout)
-#else
-# define FTSTRACE(A)
-#endif
+static int fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int rc2;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on
-** hi-bit-set characters. This is the same solution used in the
-** tokenizer.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the
-** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local
-** tokenization.
+ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader
+ ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being
+ ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling
+ ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by
+ ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these
+ ** calls out here. */
+ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &pSeg);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt);
+ }
+
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0;
+
+ /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1);
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2);
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3);
+ int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4);
+ char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4);
+
+ /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its
+ ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */
+ if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){
+ sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0);
+ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock;
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1,
+ iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ finished:
+ rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2;
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a
+** single level therein.
*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
-static int safe_isspace(char c){
- return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */
+){
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel>=0
+ );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL<0 && FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING<0 );
+ assert( isPrefix==0 || isScan==0 );
+
+ /* "isScan" is only set to true by the ft4aux module, an ordinary
+ ** full-text tables. */
+ assert( isScan==0 || p->aIndex==0 );
+
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, iIndex, iLevel, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, isScan, pCsr
+ );
}
-static int safe_tolower(char c){
- return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
+
+static int fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ const char *zTerm,
+ int nTerm,
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr
+){
+ return fts3SegReaderCursor(p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0,pCsr);
}
-static int safe_isalnum(char c){
- return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Virtual table cursor handle */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */
+ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader **ppSegcsr /* OUT: Allocated seg-reader cursor */
+){
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Object to allocate and return */
+ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Return code */
+
+ pSegcsr = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3MultiSegReader));
+ if( pSegcsr ){
+ int i;
+ int bFound = 0; /* True once an index has been found */
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+ if( isPrefix ){
+ for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){
+ bFound = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr);
+ pSegcsr->bLookup = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for(i=1; bFound==0 && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){
+ bFound = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero(p, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( bFound==0 ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(
+ p, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr
+ );
+ pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr;
+ return rc;
}
-typedef enum DocListType {
- DL_DOCIDS, /* docids only */
- DL_POSITIONS, /* docids + positions */
- DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS /* docids + positions + offsets */
-} DocListType;
+static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr);
+ sqlite3_free(pSegcsr);
+}
/*
-** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists.
-** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with
-**
-** -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS
+** This function retreives the doclist for the specified term (or term
+** prefix) from the database.
**
-** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted
-** into (no deletes or updates).
+** The returned doclist may be in one of two formats, depending on the
+** value of parameter isReqPos. If isReqPos is zero, then the doclist is
+** a sorted list of delta-compressed docids (a bare doclist). If isReqPos
+** is non-zero, then the returned list is in the same format as is stored
+** in the database without the found length specifier at the start of on-disk
+** doclists.
*/
-#ifndef DL_DEFAULT
-# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS
-#endif
+static int fts3TermSelect(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */
+ int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */
+ int isReqPos, /* True to include position lists in output */
+ int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */
+ char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */
+ TermSelect tsc; /* Context object for fts3TermSelectCb() */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */
+
+ pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr;
+ memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect));
+ tsc.isReqPos = isReqPos;
+
+ filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY
+ | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0)
+ | (isReqPos ? FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS : 0)
+ | (iColumn<p->nColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0);
+ filter.iCol = iColumn;
+ filter.zTerm = pTok->z;
+ filter.nTerm = pTok->n;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter);
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr))
+ ){
+ rc = fts3TermSelectCb(p, (void *)&tsc,
+ pSegcsr->zTerm, pSegcsr->nTerm, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist
+ );
+ }
-enum {
- POS_END = 0, /* end of this position list */
- POS_COLUMN, /* followed by new column number */
- POS_BASE
-};
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0];
+ *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0];
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(tsc.aaOutput); i++){
+ sqlite3_free(tsc.aaOutput[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pSegcsr);
+ pTok->pSegcsr = 0;
+ return rc;
+}
-/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at
-** top of file).
+/*
+** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored
+** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes.
+**
+** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist
+** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed
+** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded
+** varints.
*/
-#define MERGE_COUNT 16
+static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(int isPoslist, char *aList, int nList){
+ int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */
+ if( aList ){
+ char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */
+ char *p = aList; /* Cursor */
+ if( !isPoslist ){
+ /* The number of docids in the list is the same as the number of
+ ** varints. In FTS3 a varint consists of a single byte with the 0x80
+ ** bit cleared and zero or more bytes with the 0x80 bit set. So to
+ ** count the varints in the buffer, just count the number of bytes
+ ** with the 0x80 bit clear. */
+ while( p<aEnd ) nDoc += (((*p++)&0x80)==0);
+ }else{
+ while( p<aEnd ){
+ nDoc++;
+ while( (*p++)&0x80 ); /* Skip docid varint */
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); /* Skip over position list */
+ }
+ }
+ }
-/* utility functions */
+ return nDoc;
+}
-/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single
-** record to prevent errors of the form:
+/*
+** Advance the cursor to the next row in the %_content table that
+** matches the search criteria. For a MATCH search, this will be
+** the next row that matches. For a full-table scan, this will be
+** simply the next row in the %_content table. For a docid lookup,
+** this routine simply sets the EOF flag.
**
-** my_function(SomeType *b){
-** memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b)); // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b)
-** }
+** Return SQLITE_OK if nothing goes wrong. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** even if we reach end-of-file. The fts3EofMethod() will be called
+** subsequently to determine whether or not an EOF was hit.
*/
-/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */
-#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b)))
+static int fts3NextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+ if( pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ }else{
+ pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor);
+ }
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ return rc;
+}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-# define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b)))
-#else
-# define SCRAMBLE(b)
-#endif
+/*
+** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
+** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
+** information.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against
+** the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry
+** in the %_content table.
+**
+** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The
+** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
+** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand
+** side of the MATCH operator.
+*/
+static int fts3FilterMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
+ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
+ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
+ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor;
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+
+ assert( idxNum>=0 && idxNum<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) );
+ assert( nVal==0 || nVal==1 );
+ assert( (nVal==0)==(idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH) );
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+ /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */
+ sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr);
+ memset(&pCursor[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor));
+
+ if( idxStr ){
+ pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D');
+ }else{
+ pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx;
+ }
+ pCsr->eSearch = (i16)idxNum;
-/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */
-#define VARINT_MAX 10
+ if( idxNum!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && idxNum!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ int iCol = idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH;
+ const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
-/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
- * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes.
- * The number of bytes written is returned. */
-static int fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
- unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
- sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
- do{
- *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
- vu >>= 7;
- }while( vu!=0 );
- q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */
- assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX );
- return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+ if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, p->azColumn, p->nColumn,
+ iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
+ static const char *zErr = "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]";
+ p->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(zErr, zQuery);
+ }
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, 1);
+
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
+ ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
+ ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
+ ** row by docid.
+ */
+ if( idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
+ const char *zSort = (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC");
+ const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x ORDER BY docid %s";
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName, zSort);
+ }else{
+ const char *zTmpl = "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE docid = ?";
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zTmpl, p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName);
+ }
+ if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ if( idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, apVal[0]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+
+ return fts3NextMethod(pCursor);
}
-/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
- * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
- * The value is stored in *v. */
-static int fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
- const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
- sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
- while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){
- x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
- y <<= 7;
- if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){ /* bad data */
- assert( 0 );
- return 0;
+/*
+** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this
+** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set.
+*/
+static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ return ((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor)->isEof;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
+** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
+** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
+** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
+*/
+static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+ *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from
+** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to.
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab;
+
+ /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+1 );
+
+ if( iCol==p->nColumn+1 ){
+ /* This call is a request for the "docid" column. Since "docid" is an
+ ** alias for "rowid", use the xRowid() method to obtain the value.
+ */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, pCsr->iPrevId);
+ }else if( iCol==p->nColumn ){
+ /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
+ ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor.
+ */
+ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &pCsr, sizeof(pCsr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_result_value(pContext, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1));
}
}
- x += y * (*q++);
- *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
- return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
+
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 );
+ return rc;
}
-static int fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
- sqlite_int64 i;
- int ret = fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
- *pi = (int) i;
- assert( *pi==i );
- return ret;
+/*
+** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by
+** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be
+** inserted, updated or deleted.
+*/
+static int fts3UpdateMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+ return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid);
}
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal
-** fashion. It implements the usual distinction between amount of
-** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity).
-**
-** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity.
-** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity.
-** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data.
-** dataBufferSwap - swap contents of two buffers.
-** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data.
-** dataBufferAppend - append data.
-** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once.
-** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data.
+/*
+** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table to the database.
*/
-typedef struct DataBuffer {
- char *pData; /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */
- int nCapacity; /* Size of pData buffer. */
- int nData; /* End of data loaded into pData. */
-} DataBuffer;
+static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush((Fts3Table *)pVtab);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose((Fts3Table *)pVtab);
+ return rc;
+}
-static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){
- assert( nCapacity>=0 );
- pBuffer->nData = 0;
- pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity;
- pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : sqlite3_malloc(nCapacity);
+/*
+** Implementation of xBegin() method. This is a no-op.
+*/
+static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
- pBuffer->nData = 0;
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of
+** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database
+** by fts3SyncMethod().
+*/
+static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ assert( p->nPendingData==0 );
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
- if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffer->pData);
- SCRAMBLE(pBuffer);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms
+** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite.
+*/
+static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ assert( p->inTransaction!=0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void dataBufferSwap(DataBuffer *pBuffer1, DataBuffer *pBuffer2){
- DataBuffer tmp = *pBuffer1;
- *pBuffer1 = *pBuffer2;
- *pBuffer2 = tmp;
+
+/*
+** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the
+** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function
+** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the
+** same position list.
+*/
+static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){
+ char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2];
+ char c;
+
+ while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 );
+ while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){
+ c = *p--;
+ }
+ if( p>pStart ){ p = &p[2]; }
+ while( *p++&0x80 );
+ *ppPoslist = p;
}
-static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){
- assert( nAddCapacity>0 );
- /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively. Note that the
- ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for
- ** us already.
- */
- if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){
- pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity;
- pBuffer->pData = sqlite3_realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity);
+
+/*
+** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(),
+** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions.
+**
+** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size
+** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the
+** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error
+** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The
+** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message.
+*/
+static int fts3FunctionArg(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */
+ const char *zFunc, /* Function name */
+ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */
+ Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pRet;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)!=SQLITE_BLOB
+ || sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal)!=sizeof(Fts3Cursor *)
+ ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc);
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
- const char *pSource, int nSource){
- assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL );
- dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource);
- memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource);
- pBuffer->nData += nSource;
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
- const char *pSource1, int nSource1,
- const char *pSource2, int nSource2){
- assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL );
- assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL );
- dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2);
- memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1);
- memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2);
- pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2;
-}
-static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
- const char *pSource, int nSource){
- dataBufferReset(pBuffer);
- dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource);
+ memcpy(&pRet, sqlite3_value_blob(pVal), sizeof(Fts3Cursor *));
+ *ppCsr = pRet;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */
-typedef struct StringBuffer {
- DataBuffer b; /* Includes null terminator. */
-} StringBuffer;
+/*
+** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+ const char *zStart = "<b>";
+ const char *zEnd = "</b>";
+ const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
+ int iCol = -1;
+ int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */
-static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){
- dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100);
- dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1);
-}
-static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){
- return sb->b.nData-1;
-}
-static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){
- return sb->b.pData;
-}
-static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){
- dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b);
-}
+ /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise
+ ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one).
+ */
+ assert( nVal>=1 );
-static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){
- assert( sb->b.nData>0 );
- if( nFrom>0 ){
- sb->b.nData--;
- dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1);
- }
-}
-static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){
- nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom));
-}
-
-/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */
-static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){
- int i;
- for(i=0; i<nString; ++i){
- if( i>0 ) append(sb, ", ");
- append(sb, azString[i]);
+ if( nVal>6 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext,
+ "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1);
+ return;
}
-}
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
-static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
- return stringBufferLength(p)>0 &&
- safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]);
+ switch( nVal ){
+ case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]);
+ case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]);
+ case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]);
+ case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]);
+ case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
+ }
+ if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext);
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken);
+ }
}
-/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a
-** single space character to the end.
+/*
+** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
*/
-static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
- if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return;
- if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " ");
-}
+static void fts3OffsetsFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
-/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */
-static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
- while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){
- p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0';
+ assert( nVal==1 );
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return;
+ assert( pCsr );
+ if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){
+ sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr);
}
}
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist. The
-** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast. DLReader does not
-** own the doclist buffer.
-**
-** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read.
-** dlrDocid - docid of current document.
-** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid).
-** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same.
-** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data.
-** dlrPosData - position data for current document.
-** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END).
-** dlrStep - step to current document.
-** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data.
-** dlrDestroy - clean up.
+/*
+** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This
+** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment.
+** Example usage is:
**
-** Expected usage is something like:
+** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1;
**
-** DLReader reader;
-** dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData);
-** while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){
-** // calls to dlrDocid() and kin.
-** dlrStep(&reader);
-** }
-** dlrDestroy(&reader);
+** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table.
*/
-typedef struct DLReader {
- DocListType iType;
- const char *pData;
- int nData;
+static void fts3OptimizeFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
- sqlite_int64 iDocid;
- int nElement;
-} DLReader;
-
-static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( pReader->nData>=0 );
- return pReader->nData==0;
-}
-static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->iDocid;
-}
-static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->pData;
-}
-static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->nElement;
-}
-static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->nData;
-}
-/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length
-** to make these two functions faster. This might matter (a tiny bit)
-** for queries.
-*/
-static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){
- sqlite_int64 iDummy;
- int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->pData+n;
-}
-static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){
- sqlite_int64 iDummy;
- int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->nElement-n;
-}
-static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){
- assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-
- /* Skip past current doclist element. */
- assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
- pReader->pData += pReader->nElement;
- pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement;
-
- /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */
- if( pReader->nData!=0 ){
- sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
- int iDummy, n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta);
- pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta;
- if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){
- assert( n<pReader->nData );
- while( 1 ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
- assert( n<=pReader->nData );
- if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
- if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
- assert( n<pReader->nData );
- }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
- assert( n<pReader->nData );
- }
- }
- }
- pReader->nElement = n;
- assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
- }
-}
-static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType,
- const char *pData, int nData){
- assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 );
- pReader->iType = iType;
- pReader->pData = pData;
- pReader->nData = nData;
- pReader->nElement = 0;
- pReader->iDocid = 0;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
- /* Load the first element's data. There must be a first element. */
- dlrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){
- SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+ assert( nVal==1 );
+ if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return;
+ p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab;
+ assert( p );
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p);
+
+ switch( rc ){
+ case SQLITE_OK:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ case SQLITE_DONE:
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ break;
+ default:
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+ break;
+ }
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded. Also returns the
-** last docid found because it is convenient in other assertions for
-** DLWriter.
-*/
-static void docListValidate(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
- sqlite_int64 *pLastDocid){
- sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid = 0;
- assert( nData>0 );
- assert( pData!=0 );
- assert( pData+nData>pData );
- while( nData!=0 ){
- sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
- int n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta);
- iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta;
- if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
- int iDummy;
- while( 1 ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
- if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
- if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
- }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
- }
- assert( n<=nData );
- }
+/*
+** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3
+*/
+static void fts3MatchinfoFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */
+ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */
+){
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */
+ assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 );
+ if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){
+ const char *zArg = 0;
+ if( nVal>1 ){
+ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]);
}
- assert( n<=nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
+ sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg);
}
- if( pLastDocid ) *pLastDocid = iPrevDocid;
}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer. DLWriter
-** always appends to the buffer and does not own it.
-**
-** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer.
-** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory. Does not free buffer.
-** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer.
-** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer.
-** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer.
-** Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter).
+/*
+** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
+** virtual table.
*/
-typedef struct DLWriter {
- DocListType iType;
- DataBuffer *b;
- sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- int has_iPrevDocid;
-#endif
-} DLWriter;
+static int fts3FindFunctionMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */
+ const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */
+ void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */
+ void **ppArg /* Unused */
+){
+ struct Overloaded {
+ const char *zName;
+ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+ } aOverload[] = {
+ { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc },
+ { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc },
+ { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc },
+ { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc },
+ };
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
-static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){
- pWriter->b = b;
- pWriter->iType = iType;
- pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0;
-#endif
-}
-static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){
- SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg);
+
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(aOverload); i++){
+ if( strcmp(zName, aOverload[i].zName)==0 ){
+ *pxFunc = aOverload[i].xFunc;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* No function of the specified name was found. Return 0. */
+ return 0;
}
-/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData. It is
-** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which
-** case the first item would be delta-encoded.
-**
-** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData. It is
-** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding. The
-** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but
-** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this
-** information.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This has become just a helper for docListMerge.
-** Consider a refactor to make this cleaner.
-*/
-static void dlwAppend(DLWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pData, int nData,
- sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid, sqlite_int64 iLastDocid){
- sqlite_int64 iDocid = 0;
- char c[VARINT_MAX];
- int nFirstOld, nFirstNew; /* Old and new varint len of first docid. */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- sqlite_int64 iLastDocidDelta;
-#endif
- /* Recode the initial docid as delta from iPrevDocid. */
- nFirstOld = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocid);
- assert( nFirstOld<nData || (nFirstOld==nData && pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS) );
- nFirstNew = fts3PutVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
+/*
+** Implementation of FTS3 xRename method. Rename an fts3 table.
+*/
+static int fts3RenameMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */
+ const char *zName /* New name of table */
+){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database connection */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
- /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with
- ** the expected docid. This is essential because we'll trust this
- ** docid in future delta-encoding.
- */
- ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta);
- assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta );
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
- /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else. Rest of docids
- ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid.
- */
- if( nFirstOld<nData ){
- dataBufferAppend2(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew,
- pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld);
- }else{
- dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew);
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ }
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
}
- pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid;
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ fts3DbExec(&rc, db,
+ "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';",
+ p->zDb, p->zName, zName
+ );
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction );
+ assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint < iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+ return fts3SyncMethod(pVtab);
+}
+static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab);
+ assert( p->inTransaction );
+ assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 );
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){
- dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader),
- dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader));
+static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint);
+ assert( p->inTransaction );
+ assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint );
+ TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint );
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- char c[VARINT_MAX];
- int n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
- /* Docids must ascend. */
- assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid );
- assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS );
+static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
+ /* iVersion */ 2,
+ /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod,
+ /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod,
+ /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod,
+ /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod,
+ /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod,
+ /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod,
+ /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod,
+ /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod,
+ /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod,
+ /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod,
+ /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod,
+ /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod,
+ /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod,
+ /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod,
+ /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod,
+ /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod,
+ /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod,
+ /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod,
+ /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod,
+ /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod,
+ /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod,
+ /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod,
+};
- dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n);
- pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
+/*
+** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an
+** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory
+** allocated for the tokenizer hash table.
+*/
+static void hashDestroy(void *p){
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p;
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
}
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list. As
-** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints
-** only need to be decoded once.
+/*
+** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are
+** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c
+** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions
+** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations.
**
-** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader.
-** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors
-** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true.
-** plrStep - step to the next element.
+** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
+** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
+** And so on.
*/
-typedef struct PLReader {
- /* These refer to the next position's data. nData will reach 0 when
- ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting
- ** pData to NULL.
- */
- const char *pData;
- int nData;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
+** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
+** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
+** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
- DocListType iType;
- int iColumn; /* the last column read */
- int iPosition; /* the last position read */
- int iStartOffset; /* the last start offset read */
- int iEndOffset; /* the last end offset read */
-} PLReader;
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
+ sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
+#endif
-static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){
- return pReader->pData==NULL;
-}
-static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){
- assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->iColumn;
-}
-static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){
- assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->iPosition;
-}
-static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){
- assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->iStartOffset;
-}
-static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){
- assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->iEndOffset;
-}
-static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){
- int i, n;
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#endif
- assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( pReader->nData==0 ){
- pReader->pData = NULL;
- return;
+ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
+ sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
+
+ /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
+ pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash));
+ if( !pHash ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
+ || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+ || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
+#endif
+ ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
}
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &i);
- if( i==POS_COLUMN ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn);
- pReader->iPosition = 0;
- pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
}
- /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */
- assert( i!=POS_COLUMN );
+#endif
- if( i==POS_END ){
- pReader->nData = 0;
- pReader->pData = NULL;
- return;
+ /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
+ ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
+ ** module with sqlite.
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2))
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1))
+ ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(
+ db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0
+ );
+ }
+ return rc;
}
- pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE;
- if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
- pReader->iStartOffset += i;
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
- pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i;
+ /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
+ if( pHash ){
+ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
+ sqlite3_free(pHash);
}
- assert( n<=pReader->nData );
- pReader->pData += n;
- pReader->nData -= n;
+ return rc;
}
-static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){
- pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader);
- pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader);
- pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType;
- pReader->iColumn = 0;
- pReader->iPosition = 0;
- pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
- pReader->iEndOffset = 0;
- plrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){
- SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char **pzErrMsg,
+ const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+ return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
}
+#endif
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list. As a
-** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op.
-** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer.
-**
-** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist.
-** plwDestroy - clear a writer.
-** plwAdd - append position and offset information.
-** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer.
-** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator.
-**
-** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt
-** doclist.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the
-** first item's information. Then we'd have three states:
+
+/*
+** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed
+** by pExpr.
**
-** - initialized with docid, no positions.
-** - docid and one position.
-** - docid and multiple positions.
+** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of
+** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple
+** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan
+** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name.
**
-** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would
-** be an improvement in the DLCollector case.
+** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a
+** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which
+** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed
+** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory
+** doclist and then traversed.
*/
-typedef struct PLWriter {
- DLWriter *dlw;
-
- int iColumn; /* the last column written */
- int iPos; /* the last position written */
- int iOffset; /* the last start offset written */
-} PLWriter;
+static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */
+ int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */
+ int *pRc
+){
+ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ int i;
+ int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ *pnToken += nToken;
+ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i];
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr,
+ pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pRc = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 );
+ pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1;
+ }else{
+ *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR);
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc);
+ }
+ }
+}
-/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values
-** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has
-** the same type as pWriter.
-*/
-static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos,
- int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
- /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta,
- ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta.
- */
- char c[5*VARINT_MAX];
- int n = 0;
+static void fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3Phrase *p,
+ int iToken,
+ char *pList,
+ int nList
+){
+ assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken );
- /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */
- assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 );
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll);
+ p->doclist.aAll = 0;
+ p->doclist.nAll = 0;
+ }
- if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return;
+ else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){
+ p->doclist.aAll = pList;
+ p->doclist.nAll = nList;
+ }
- if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN);
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iColumn);
- pWriter->iColumn = iColumn;
- pWriter->iPos = 0;
- pWriter->iOffset = 0;
+ else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
}
- assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos );
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos));
- pWriter->iPos = iPos;
- if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
- assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset );
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset);
- pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset;
- assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset );
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset);
+
+ else {
+ char *pLeft;
+ char *pRight;
+ int nLeft;
+ int nRight;
+ int nDiff;
+
+ if( p->iDoclistToken<iToken ){
+ pLeft = p->doclist.aAll;
+ nLeft = p->doclist.nAll;
+ pRight = pList;
+ nRight = nList;
+ nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken;
+ }else{
+ pRight = p->doclist.aAll;
+ nRight = p->doclist.nAll;
+ pLeft = pList;
+ nLeft = nList;
+ nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken;
+ }
+
+ fts3DoclistPhraseMerge(pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, pRight,&nRight);
+ sqlite3_free(pLeft);
+ p->doclist.aAll = pRight;
+ p->doclist.nAll = nRight;
}
- dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-}
-static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){
- plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader),
- plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader));
+
+ if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken;
}
-static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- char c[VARINT_MAX];
- int n;
- pWriter->dlw = dlw;
+static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Phrase *p
+){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int iToken;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- /* Docids must ascend. */
- assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid );
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid);
- dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
- pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
+ for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<p->nToken; iToken++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken];
+ assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
- pWriter->iColumn = 0;
- pWriter->iPos = 0;
- pWriter->iOffset = 0;
-}
-/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist? But
-** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would
-** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom.
-** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary
-** terminator, so that the output is always correct. But that would
-** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being
-** API elegance. Punt for now.
-*/
-static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){
- if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
- char c[VARINT_MAX];
- int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
- dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
- }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */
- pWriter->iPos = -1;
-#endif
-}
-static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){
- SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a
-** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization.
-**
-** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector.
-** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items.
-** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information.
-** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer.
-** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another.
-*/
-typedef struct DLCollector {
- DataBuffer b;
- DLWriter dlw;
- PLWriter plw;
-} DLCollector;
-
-/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and
-** dataBufferAppend(). I tried that, expecting nominal performance
-** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code
-** it this way. I suspect it is the incremental malloc overhead (some
-** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so
-** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation
-** changes.
-*/
-static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){
- if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
- char c[VARINT_MAX];
- int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
- dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n);
- }else{
- dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData);
+ if( pToken->pSegcsr ){
+ int nThis = 0;
+ char *pThis = 0;
+ rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, 1, &nThis, &pThis);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis);
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 );
}
-}
-static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw);
- plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
- plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
-}
-static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos,
- int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
- plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
-}
-static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){
- DLCollector *pCollector = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(DLCollector));
- dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0);
- dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b);
- plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
- return pCollector;
-}
-static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){
- plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
- dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw);
- dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b);
- SCRAMBLE(pCollector);
- sqlite3_free(pCollector);
+ return rc;
}
+static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ int iToken;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming
-** unnecessary data as we go. Only columns matching iColumn are
-** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1. Elements with no
-** matching columns are dropped. The output is an iOutType doclist.
-*/
-/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged.
-** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent
-** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion
-** during the merge.
-*/
-static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
- int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){
- DLReader dlReader;
- DLWriter dlWriter;
+ int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken;
+ char *aPoslist = 0;
+ int nPoslist = 0;
+ int iPrev = -1;
+
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
- assert( iOutType<=iType );
+ for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iToken<pPhrase->nToken; iToken++){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken];
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred;
- dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData);
- dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out);
+ if( pDeferred ){
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){
- PLReader plReader;
- PLWriter plWriter;
- int match = 0;
+ if( pList==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
- plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
+ }else if( aPoslist==0 ){
+ aPoslist = pList;
+ nPoslist = nList;
- while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
- if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){
- if( !match ){
- plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader));
- match = 1;
+ }else{
+ char *aOut = pList;
+ char *p1 = aPoslist;
+ char *p2 = aOut;
+
+ assert( iPrev>=0 );
+ fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2);
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ aPoslist = pList;
+ nPoslist = aOut - aPoslist;
+ if( nPoslist==0 ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader),
- plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
}
- plrStep(&plReader);
- }
- if( match ){
- plwTerminate(&plWriter);
- plwDestroy(&plWriter);
+ iPrev = iToken;
}
+ }
- plrDestroy(&plReader);
- dlrStep(&dlReader);
+ if( iPrev>=0 ){
+ if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist;
+ pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+ }else{
+ int nDistance;
+ char *p1;
+ char *p2;
+ char *aOut;
+
+ if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){
+ p1 = aPoslist;
+ p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev;
+ }else{
+ p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ p2 = aPoslist;
+ nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred;
+ }
+
+ aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8);
+ if( !aOut ){
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut;
+ if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = (aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(aOut);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(aPoslist);
+ }
}
- dlwDestroy(&dlWriter);
- dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by
-** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first).
+/*
+** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query
+** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this
+** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be
+** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids.
*/
-typedef struct OrderedDLReader {
- DLReader *pReader;
-
- /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by
- ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break
- ** ties.
- */
- int idx;
-} OrderedDLReader;
+static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){
+ int rc;
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pFirst = &p->aToken[0];
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+ if( pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx
+ && bOptOk==1
+ && p->nToken==1
+ && pFirst->pSegcsr
+ && pFirst->pSegcsr->bLookup
+ ){
+ /* Use the incremental approach. */
+ int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+ pTab, pFirst->pSegcsr, iCol, pFirst->z, pFirst->n);
+ p->bIncr = 1;
-/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */
-static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){
- if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){
- if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0; /* Both atEnd(). */
- return 1; /* Only r1 atEnd(). */
+ }else{
+ /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */
+ rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p);
+ p->bIncr = 0;
}
- if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1; /* Only r2 atEnd(). */
-
- if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)<dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return -1;
- if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1;
- /* Descending on idx. */
- return r2->idx-r1->idx;
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr );
+ return rc;
}
-/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1]. Assumes that
-** p[1..n-1] is already sorted.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search?
-** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check. In most
-** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very
-** high proportion of the time.
+/*
+** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start)
+** through doclists.
*/
-static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){
- while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){
- OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0];
- p[0] = p[1];
- p[1] = tmp;
- n--;
- p++;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(
+ int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */
+ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */
+ int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */
+ char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */
+ int *pnList, /* IN/OUT: List length pointer */
+ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */
+){
+ char *p = *ppIter;
+
+ assert( nDoclist>0 );
+ assert( *pbEof==0 );
+ assert( p || *piDocid==0 );
+ assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) );
+
+ if( p==0 ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0;
+ char *pNext = 0;
+ char *pDocid = aDoclist;
+ char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist];
+ int iMul = 1;
+
+ while( pDocid<pEnd ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pDocid += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pDocid, &iDelta);
+ iDocid += (iMul * iDelta);
+ pNext = pDocid;
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pDocid);
+ while( pDocid<pEnd && *pDocid==0 ) pDocid++;
+ iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+ }
+
+ *pnList = pEnd - pNext;
+ *ppIter = pNext;
+ *piDocid = iDocid;
+ }else{
+ int iMul = (bDescIdx ? -1 : 1);
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ fts3GetReverseVarint(&p, aDoclist, &iDelta);
+ *piDocid -= (iMul * iDelta);
+
+ if( p==aDoclist ){
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ char *pSave = p;
+ fts3ReversePoslist(aDoclist, &p);
+ *pnList = (pSave - p);
+ }
+ *ppIter = p;
}
}
-/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements
-** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older
-** readers when there is a duplicate docid. pReaders is assumed to be
-** ordered by age, oldest first.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT. This should probably
-** be fixed.
+/*
+** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid.
+** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return
+** SQLITE_OK.
+**
+** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to
+** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is
+** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0.
*/
-static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out,
- DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
- OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT];
- DLWriter writer;
- int i, n;
- const char *pStart = 0;
- int nStart = 0;
- sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0;
+static int fts3EvalPhraseNext(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Phrase *p,
+ u8 *pbEof
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+
+ if( p->bIncr ){
+ assert( p->nToken==1 );
+ assert( pDL->pNextDocid==0 );
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr,
+ &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pDL->pList ){
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }
+ }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll,
+ &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof
+ );
+ pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid;
+ }else{
+ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */
+ char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */
+ if( pDL->pNextDocid ){
+ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid;
+ }else{
+ pIter = pDL->aAll;
+ }
- assert( nReaders>0 );
- if( nReaders==1 ){
- dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders));
- return;
- }
+ if( pIter>=pEnd ){
+ /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta);
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){
+ pDL->iDocid += iDelta;
+ }else{
+ pDL->iDocid -= iDelta;
+ }
+ pDL->pList = pIter;
+ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter);
+ pDL->nList = (pIter - pDL->pList);
- assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
- n = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nReaders; i++){
- assert( pReaders[i].iType==pReaders[0].iType );
- readers[i].pReader = pReaders+i;
- readers[i].idx = i;
- n += dlrAllDataBytes(&pReaders[i]);
- }
- /* Conservatively size output to sum of inputs. Output should end
- ** up strictly smaller than input.
- */
- dataBufferExpand(out, n);
+ /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position-
+ ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was
+ ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim2(), then pIter may not actually
+ ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals
+ ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by
+ ** fts3EvalNearTrim2(). */
+ while( pIter<pEnd && *pIter==0 ) pIter++;
- /* Get the readers into sorted order. */
- while( i-->0 ){
- orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
+ pDL->pNextDocid = pIter;
+ assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter );
+ *pbEof = 0;
+ }
}
- dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out);
- while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){
- sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader);
+ return rc;
+}
- /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend
- ** that buffer. memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a
- ** lots of data to copy.
- */
- if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){
- nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
- }else{
- if( pStart!=0 ){
- dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
+static void fts3EvalStartReaders(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ int bOptOk,
+ int *pRc
+){
+ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ int i;
+ int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+ if( pExpr->pPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break;
}
- pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader);
- nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
- iFirstDocid = iDocid;
+ pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, bOptOk, pExpr->pPhrase);
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, bOptOk, pRc);
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, bOptOk, pRc);
+ pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred);
}
- iLastDocid = iDocid;
- dlrStep(readers[0].pReader);
+ }
+}
- /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */
- for(i=1; i<nReaders &&
- !dlrAtEnd(readers[i].pReader) &&
- dlrDocid(readers[i].pReader)==iDocid; i++){
- dlrStep(readers[i].pReader);
- }
+typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost;
+struct Fts3TokenAndCost {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */
+ int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot;
+ int nOvfl;
+ int iCol; /* The column the token must match */
+};
+
+static void fts3EvalTokenCosts(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC,
+ Fts3Expr ***ppOr,
+ int *pRc
+){
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++;
+ pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase;
+ pTC->iToken = i;
+ pTC->pRoot = pRoot;
+ pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i];
+ pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
+ *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl);
+ }
+ }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ pRoot = pExpr->pLeft;
+ **ppOr = pRoot;
+ (*ppOr)++;
+ }
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ pRoot = pExpr->pRight;
+ **ppOr = pRoot;
+ (*ppOr)++;
+ }
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){
+ if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){
+ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost
+ ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required
+ ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it.
+ **
+ ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3
+ ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table.
+ ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in
+ ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of
+ ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left
+ ** to right.
+ */
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+ sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0;
+ const char *pEnd;
+ const char *a;
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+ assert( a );
- /* Get the readers back into order. */
- while( i-->0 ){
- orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
+ pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)];
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+ while( a<pEnd ){
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nByte);
+ }
+ if( nDoc==0 || nByte==0 ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
+
+ pCsr->nDoc = nDoc;
+ pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz);
+ assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 );
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- /* Copy over any remaining elements. */
- if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
+ *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Helper function for posListUnion(). Compares the current position
-** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if
-** left<right, >0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right. "End" always
-** compares greater.
-*/
-static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
- assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
- if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0;
+static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot,
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC,
+ int nTC
+){
+ int nDocSize = 0;
+ int nDocEst = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int ii;
+
+ int nOvfl = 0;
+ int nTerm = 0;
+
+ for(ii=0; ii<nTC; ii++){
+ if( aTC[ii].pRoot==pRoot ){
+ nOvfl += aTC[ii].nOvfl;
+ nTerm++;
+ }
+ }
+ if( nOvfl==0 || nTerm<2 ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1;
- if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1;
+ rc = fts3EvalAverageDocsize(pCsr, &nDocSize);
- if( plrColumn(pLeft)<plrColumn(pRight) ) return -1;
- if( plrColumn(pLeft)>plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1;
+ for(ii=0; ii<nTerm && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ int jj;
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = 0;
- if( plrPosition(pLeft)<plrPosition(pRight) ) return -1;
- if( plrPosition(pLeft)>plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1;
- if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0;
+ for(jj=0; jj<nTC; jj++){
+ if( aTC[jj].pToken && aTC[jj].pRoot==pRoot
+ && (!pTC || aTC[jj].nOvfl<pTC->nOvfl)
+ ){
+ pTC = &aTC[jj];
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pTC );
- if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)<plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return -1;
- if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)>plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
+ /* At this point pTC points to the cheapest remaining token. */
+ if( ii==0 ){
+ if( pTC->nOvfl ){
+ nDocEst = (pTC->nOvfl * pTab->nPgsz + pTab->nPgsz) / 10;
+ }else{
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+ int nList = 0;
+ char *pList = 0;
+ rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, 1, &nList, &pList);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 );
- if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)<plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return -1;
- if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)>plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nDocEst = fts3DoclistCountDocids(1, pList, nList);
+ fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList);
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ if( pTC->nOvfl>=(nDocEst*nDocSize) ){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol);
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr);
+ pToken->pSegcsr = 0;
+ }
+ nDocEst = 1 + (nDocEst/4);
+ }
+ pTC->pToken = 0;
+ }
- return 0;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.
-** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples". Should
-** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output
-** should be the same type.
-*/
-static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){
- PLReader left, right;
- PLWriter writer;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int bOptOk){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int nToken = 0;
+ int nOr = 0;
- assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
- assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
- assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType );
+ /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */
+ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc);
- plrInit(&left, pLeft);
- plrInit(&right, pRight);
- plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
+ /* Call fts3EvalPhraseStart() on all phrases in the expression. TODO:
+ ** This call will eventually also be responsible for determining which
+ ** tokens are 'deferred' until the document text is loaded into memory.
+ **
+ ** Each token in each phrase is dealt with using one of the following
+ ** three strategies:
+ **
+ ** 1. Entire doclist loaded into memory as part of the
+ ** fts3EvalStartReaders() call.
+ **
+ ** 2. Doclist loaded into memory incrementally, as part of each
+ ** sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() call.
+ **
+ ** 3. Token doclist is never loaded. Instead, documents are loaded into
+ ** memory and scanned for the token as part of the sqlite3Fts3EvalNext()
+ ** call. This is known as a "deferred" token.
+ */
- while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
- int c = posListCmp(&left, &right);
- if( c<0 ){
- plwCopy(&writer, &left);
- plrStep(&left);
- }else if( c>0 ){
- plwCopy(&writer, &right);
- plrStep(&right);
+ /* If bOptOk is true, check if there are any tokens that should be deferred.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOptOk && nToken>1 && pTab->bHasStat ){
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC;
+ Fts3Expr **apOr;
+ aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc(
+ sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken
+ + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2
+ );
+ apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken];
+
+ if( !aTC ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- plwCopy(&writer, &left);
- plrStep(&left);
- plrStep(&right);
+ int ii;
+ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC;
+ Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr;
+
+ fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc);
+ nToken = pTC-aTC;
+ nOr = ppOr-apOr;
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken);
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nOr; ii++){
+ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, apOr[ii], aTC, nToken);
+ }
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(aTC);
}
}
- plwTerminate(&writer);
- plwDestroy(&writer);
- plrDestroy(&left);
- plrDestroy(&right);
+ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr, bOptOk, &rc);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static void fts3EvalZeroPoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){
+ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList);
+ }
+ pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0;
}
-/* Write the union of doclists in pLeft and pRight to pOut. For
-** docids in common between the inputs, the union of the position
-** lists is written. Inputs and outputs are always type DL_DEFAULT.
-*/
-static void docListUnion(
- const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
- const char *pRight, int nRight,
- DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */
+static int fts3EvalNearTrim2(
+ int nNear,
+ char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */
+ char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */
+ int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */
){
- DLReader left, right;
- DLWriter writer;
+ int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken;
+ int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken;
+ int nNew;
+ char *p2;
+ char *pOut;
+ int res;
- if( nLeft==0 ){
- if( nRight!=0) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
- return;
- }
- if( nRight==0 ){
- dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
- return;
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList );
+
+ p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ res = fts3PoslistNearMerge(
+ &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2
+ );
+ if( res ){
+ nNew = (pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1;
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' );
+ assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 );
+ memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew);
+ pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew;
+ *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken;
}
- dlrInit(&left, DL_DEFAULT, pLeft, nLeft);
- dlrInit(&right, DL_DEFAULT, pRight, nRight);
- dlwInit(&writer, DL_DEFAULT, pOut);
-
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
- dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
- dlrStep(&right);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&left)>dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
- dlrStep(&right);
+ return res;
+}
+
+static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
+ int res = 1;
+
+ /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query.
+ ** For example, the query:
+ **
+ ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z"
+ **
+ ** which is represented in tree form as:
+ **
+ ** |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query
+ ** | |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ "z"
+ ** | |
+ ** +--NEAR--+ "y"
+ ** | |
+ ** "w" "x"
+ **
+ ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The
+ ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are
+ ** no exceptions to this.
+ */
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && pExpr->bEof==0
+ && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ ){
+ Fts3Expr *p;
+ int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */
+ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */
+
+ /* Allocate temporary working space. */
+ for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){
+ nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+ }
+ nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList;
+ aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2);
+ if( !aTmp ){
+ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ res = 0;
}else{
- posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer);
- dlrStep(&left);
- dlrStep(&right);
+ char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+ for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase;
+ int nNear = p->nNear;
+ res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+ }
+
+ aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
+ for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){
+ int nNear = p->pParent->nNear;
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = (
+ p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase
+ );
+ res = fts3EvalNearTrim2(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase);
+ }
}
+
+ sqlite3_free(aTmp);
}
- dlrDestroy(&left);
- dlrDestroy(&right);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
+ return res;
}
-/*
-** This function is used as part of the implementation of phrase and
-** NEAR matching.
-**
-** pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid in
-** lists of type DL_POSITION. This function writes an entry to the
-** DLWriter pOut for each position in pRight that is less than
-** (nNear+1) greater (but not equal to or smaller) than a position
-** in pLeft. For example, if nNear is 0, and the positions contained
-** by pLeft and pRight are:
-**
-** pLeft: 5 10 15 20
-** pRight: 6 9 17 21
-**
-** then the docid is added to pOut. If pOut is of type DL_POSITIONS,
-** then a positionids "6" and "21" are also added to pOut.
-**
-** If boolean argument isSaveLeft is true, then positionids are copied
-** from pLeft instead of pRight. In the example above, the positions "5"
-** and "20" would be added instead of "6" and "21".
+/*
+** This macro is used by the fts3EvalNext() function. The two arguments are
+** 64-bit docid values. If the current query is "ORDER BY docid ASC", then
+** the macro returns (i1 - i2). Or if it is "ORDER BY docid DESC", then
+** it returns (i2 - i1). This allows the same code to be used for merging
+** doclists in ascending or descending order.
*/
-static void posListPhraseMerge(
- DLReader *pLeft,
- DLReader *pRight,
- int nNear,
- int isSaveLeft,
- DLWriter *pOut
+#define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((pCsr->bDesc?-1:1) * (i1-i2))
+
+static void fts3EvalNext(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ int *pRc
){
- PLReader left, right;
- PLWriter writer;
- int match = 0;
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pExpr->bEof==0 );
+ pExpr->bStart = 1;
+
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ case FTSQUERY_AND: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred );
+ if( pLeft->bDeferred ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof;
+ }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+
+ while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+ if( iDiff==0 ) break;
+ if( iDiff<0 ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ }
+ }
- assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
- assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
+ sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
- plrInit(&left, pLeft);
- plrInit(&right, pRight);
+ assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
+ assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid );
- while( !plrAtEnd(&left) && !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
- if( plrColumn(&left)<plrColumn(&right) ){
- plrStep(&left);
- }else if( plrColumn(&left)>plrColumn(&right) ){
- plrStep(&right);
- }else if( plrPosition(&left)>=plrPosition(&right) ){
- plrStep(&right);
- }else{
- if( (plrPosition(&right)-plrPosition(&left))<=(nNear+1) ){
- if( !match ){
- plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
- match = 1;
+ if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ }else if( pLeft->bEof || (pRight->bEof==0 && iCmp>0) ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ }else{
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
}
- if( !isSaveLeft ){
- plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0);
+
+ pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof);
+ iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid);
+ if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
}else{
- plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&left), plrPosition(&left), 0, 0);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid;
}
- plrStep(&right);
- }else{
- plrStep(&left);
+
+ break;
}
- }
- }
- if( match ){
- plwTerminate(&writer);
- plwDestroy(&writer);
- }
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
+ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
+ Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- plrDestroy(&left);
- plrDestroy(&right);
-}
+ if( pRight->bStart==0 ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart );
+ }
-/*
-** Compare the values pointed to by the PLReaders passed as arguments.
-** Return -1 if the value pointed to by pLeft is considered less than
-** the value pointed to by pRight, +1 if it is considered greater
-** than it, or 0 if it is equal. i.e.
-**
-** (*pLeft - *pRight)
-**
-** A PLReader that is in the EOF condition is considered greater than
-** any other. If neither argument is in EOF state, the return value of
-** plrColumn() is used. If the plrColumn() values are equal, the
-** comparison is on the basis of plrPosition().
-*/
-static int plrCompare(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
- assert(!plrAtEnd(pLeft) || !plrAtEnd(pRight));
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pLeft, pRc);
+ if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){
+ while( !*pRc
+ && !pRight->bEof
+ && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0
+ ){
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRight, pRc);
+ }
+ }
+ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid;
+ pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof;
+ break;
+ }
- if( plrAtEnd(pRight) || plrAtEnd(pLeft) ){
- return (plrAtEnd(pRight) ? -1 : 1);
- }
- if( plrColumn(pLeft)!=plrColumn(pRight) ){
- return ((plrColumn(pLeft)<plrColumn(pRight)) ? -1 : 1);
- }
- if( plrPosition(pLeft)!=plrPosition(pRight) ){
- return ((plrPosition(pLeft)<plrPosition(pRight)) ? -1 : 1);
+ default: {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
- return 0;
}
-/* We have two doclists with positions: pLeft and pRight. Depending
-** on the value of the nNear parameter, perform either a phrase
-** intersection (if nNear==0) or a NEAR intersection (if nNear>0)
-** and write the results into pOut.
-**
-** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match
-** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos.
-**
-** A NEAR intersection means that two documents only match if
-** (abs(pLeft.iPos-pRight.iPos)<nNear).
-**
-** If a NEAR intersection is requested, then the nPhrase argument should
-** be passed the number of tokens in the two operands to the NEAR operator
-** combined. For example:
-**
-** Query syntax nPhrase
-** ------------------------------------
-** "A B C" NEAR "D E" 5
-** A NEAR B 2
-**
-** iType controls the type of data written to pOut. If iType is
-** DL_POSITIONS, the positions are those from pRight.
-*/
-static void docListPhraseMerge(
- const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
- const char *pRight, int nRight,
- int nNear, /* 0 for a phrase merge, non-zero for a NEAR merge */
- int nPhrase, /* Number of tokens in left+right operands to NEAR */
- DocListType iType, /* Type of doclist to write to pOut */
- DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
- DLReader left, right;
- DLWriter writer;
+static int fts3EvalDeferredTest(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){
+ int bHit = 1;
+ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ case FTSQUERY_AND:
+ bHit = (
+ fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+ && fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+ && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc)
+ );
+
+ /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for
+ ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(),
+ ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize
+ ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries.
+ ** For example if this expression:
+ **
+ ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)'
+ **
+ ** is matched against a row containing:
+ **
+ ** 'a b d e'
+ **
+ ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b"
+ ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause).
+ */
+ if( bHit==0
+ && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ ){
+ Fts3Expr *p;
+ for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){
+ if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase);
+ }
+ }
+ if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(p->pPhrase);
+ }
+ }
- if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
+ break;
- assert( iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
+ case FTSQUERY_OR: {
+ int bHit1 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+ int bHit2 = fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+ bHit = bHit1 || bHit2;
+ break;
+ }
- dlrInit(&left, DL_POSITIONS, pLeft, nLeft);
- dlrInit(&right, DL_POSITIONS, pRight, nRight);
- dlwInit(&writer, iType, pOut);
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+ bHit = (
+ fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc)
+ && !fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc)
+ );
+ break;
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
- dlrStep(&right);
- }else{
- if( nNear==0 ){
- posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, 0, 0, &writer);
- }else{
- /* This case occurs when two terms (simple terms or phrases) are
- * connected by a NEAR operator, span (nNear+1). i.e.
- *
- * '"terrible company" NEAR widget'
- */
- DataBuffer one = {0, 0, 0};
- DataBuffer two = {0, 0, 0};
-
- DLWriter dlwriter2;
- DLReader dr1 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
- DLReader dr2 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-
- dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &one);
- posListPhraseMerge(&right, &left, nNear-3+nPhrase, 1, &dlwriter2);
- dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &two);
- posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, nNear-1, 0, &dlwriter2);
-
- if( one.nData) dlrInit(&dr1, iType, one.pData, one.nData);
- if( two.nData) dlrInit(&dr2, iType, two.pData, two.nData);
-
- if( !dlrAtEnd(&dr1) || !dlrAtEnd(&dr2) ){
- PLReader pr1 = {0};
- PLReader pr2 = {0};
-
- PLWriter plwriter;
- plwInit(&plwriter, &writer, dlrDocid(dlrAtEnd(&dr1)?&dr2:&dr1));
-
- if( one.nData ) plrInit(&pr1, &dr1);
- if( two.nData ) plrInit(&pr2, &dr2);
- while( !plrAtEnd(&pr1) || !plrAtEnd(&pr2) ){
- int iCompare = plrCompare(&pr1, &pr2);
- switch( iCompare ){
- case -1:
- plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
- plrStep(&pr1);
- break;
- case 1:
- plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr2);
- plrStep(&pr2);
- break;
- case 0:
- plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
- plrStep(&pr1);
- plrStep(&pr2);
- break;
- }
+ default: {
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred
+ && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred)
+ ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 );
+ if( pExpr->bDeferred ){
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
}
- plwTerminate(&plwriter);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase);
+ bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0);
+ pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ }else{
+ bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId);
}
- dataBufferDestroy(&one);
- dataBufferDestroy(&two);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return bHit;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return 1 if both of the following are true:
+**
+** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and
+**
+** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens,
+** it is determined that the row does not match the query.
+**
+** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS
+** query, return 0.
+*/
+static int fts3EvalLoadDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){
+ int rc = *pRc;
+ int bMiss = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
}
- dlrStep(&left);
- dlrStep(&right);
}
+ bMiss = (0==fts3EvalDeferredTest(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc));
+ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr);
+ *pRc = rc;
}
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss);
+}
- dlrDestroy(&left);
- dlrDestroy(&right);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
+/*
+** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in
+** Fts3Cursor.pExpr.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+ assert( pCsr->isEof==0 );
+ if( pExpr==0 ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ }else{
+ do {
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ }
+ assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pExpr, &rc);
+ pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof;
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid;
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc) );
+ }
+ return rc;
}
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists: pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the intersection of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
+/*
+** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to
+** sqlite3Fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental
+** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration.
+**
+** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is
+** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an
+** SQLite error code before returning.
*/
-static void docListAndMerge(
- const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
- const char *pRight, int nRight,
- DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */
+static void fts3EvalRestart(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr,
+ int *pRc
){
- DLReader left, right;
- DLWriter writer;
-
- if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
+ if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
- dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
- dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+ if( pPhrase ){
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
+ if( pPhrase->bIncr ){
+ assert( pPhrase->nToken==1 );
+ assert( pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr );
+ sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pPhrase->aToken[0].pSegcsr);
+ *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase);
+ }
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
- dlrStep(&right);
- }else{
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
- dlrStep(&left);
- dlrStep(&right);
+ pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0;
+ pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0;
}
- }
- dlrDestroy(&left);
- dlrDestroy(&right);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
+ pExpr->iDocid = 0;
+ pExpr->bEof = 0;
+ pExpr->bStart = 0;
+
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc);
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc);
+ }
}
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists: pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the union of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
+/*
+** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the
+** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched
+** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments
+** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently
+** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase
+** expression nodes.
*/
-static void docListOrMerge(
- const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
- const char *pRight, int nRight,
- DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
- DLReader left, right;
- DLWriter writer;
+static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+ if( pExpr ){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){
+ int iCol = 0;
+ char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
- if( nLeft==0 ){
- if( nRight!=0 ) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
- return;
- }
- if( nRight==0 ){
- dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
- return;
- }
+ assert( *p );
+ while( 1 ){
+ u8 c = 0;
+ int iCnt = 0;
+ while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){
+ if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++;
+ c = *p++ & 0x80;
+ }
- dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
- dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
- dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
-
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
- dlrStep(&right);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
- dlrStep(&left);
- }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
- dlrStep(&right);
- }else{
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
- dlrStep(&left);
- dlrStep(&right);
+ /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+ ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+ */
+ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt;
+ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0);
+ if( *p==0x00 ) break;
+ p++;
+ p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol);
+ }
}
- }
- dlrDestroy(&left);
- dlrDestroy(&right);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft);
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight);
+ }
}
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists: pLeft and pRight.
-** Write into pOut as DL_DOCIDS doclist containing all documents that
-** occur in pLeft but not in pRight.
+/*
+** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and
+** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part
+** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array
+** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression.
+**
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and
+** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-static void docListExceptMerge(
- const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
- const char *pRight, int nRight,
- DataBuffer *pOut /* Write the combined doclist here */
+static int fts3EvalGatherStats(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */
){
- DLReader left, right;
- DLWriter writer;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- if( nLeft==0 ) return;
- if( nRight==0 ){
- dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
- return;
- }
+ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */
+ Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */
- dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
- dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
- dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+ u8 bEof;
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
- while( !dlrAtEnd(&right) && dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
- dlrStep(&right);
+ /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */
+ pRoot = pExpr;
+ while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
}
- if( dlrAtEnd(&right) || dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
- dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
+ iDocid = pRoot->iDocid;
+ bEof = pRoot->bEof;
+ assert( pRoot->bStart );
+
+ /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */
+ for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){
+ Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight);
+ assert( pE->aMI==0 );
+ pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
+ if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32));
}
- dlrStep(&left);
- }
- dlrDestroy(&left);
- dlrDestroy(&right);
- dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
-static char *string_dup_n(const char *s, int n){
- char *str = sqlite3_malloc(n + 1);
- memcpy(str, s, n);
- str[n] = '\0';
- return str;
-}
+ while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-/* Duplicate a string; the caller must free() the returned string.
- * (We don't use strdup() since it is not part of the standard C library and
- * may not be available everywhere.) */
-static char *string_dup(const char *s){
- return string_dup_n(s, strlen(s));
-}
+ do {
+ /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */
+ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt);
+ assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 );
+
+ /* Advance to the next document */
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof;
+ pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1;
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid;
+ }while( pCsr->isEof==0
+ && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR
+ && fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc)
+ );
-/* Format a string, replacing each occurrence of the % character with
- * zDb.zName. This may be more convenient than sqlite_mprintf()
- * when one string is used repeatedly in a format string.
- * The caller must free() the returned string. */
-static char *string_format(const char *zFormat,
- const char *zDb, const char *zName){
- const char *p;
- size_t len = 0;
- size_t nDb = strlen(zDb);
- size_t nName = strlen(zName);
- size_t nFullTableName = nDb+1+nName;
- char *result;
- char *r;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){
+ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot);
+ }
+ }
- /* first compute length needed */
- for(p = zFormat ; *p ; ++p){
- len += (*p=='%' ? nFullTableName : 1);
- }
- len += 1; /* for null terminator */
+ pCsr->isEof = 0;
+ pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId;
- r = result = sqlite3_malloc(len);
- for(p = zFormat; *p; ++p){
- if( *p=='%' ){
- memcpy(r, zDb, nDb);
- r += nDb;
- *r++ = '.';
- memcpy(r, zName, nName);
- r += nName;
- } else {
- *r++ = *p;
+ if( bEof ){
+ pRoot->bEof = bEof;
+ }else{
+ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending
+ ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the
+ ** do loop can not be written:
+ **
+ ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocid<iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ */
+ fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ do {
+ fts3EvalNext(pCsr, pRoot, &rc);
+ assert( pRoot->bEof==0 );
+ }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ fts3EvalLoadDeferred(pCsr, &rc);
}
}
- *r++ = '\0';
- assert( r == result + len );
- return result;
-}
-
-static int sql_exec(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
- const char *zFormat){
- char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
- int rc;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 sql: %s\n", zCommand));
- rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCommand, NULL, 0, NULL);
- sqlite3_free(zCommand);
- return rc;
-}
-
-static int sql_prepare(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, const char *zFormat){
- char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
- int rc;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 prepare: %s\n", zCommand));
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zCommand, -1, ppStmt, NULL);
- sqlite3_free(zCommand);
return rc;
}
-/* end utility functions */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-typedef struct fulltext_vtab fulltext_vtab;
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated
-** matching-word offset information and snippets.
-*/
-typedef struct Snippet {
- int nMatch; /* Total number of matches */
- int nAlloc; /* Space allocated for aMatch[] */
- struct snippetMatch { /* One entry for each matching term */
- char snStatus; /* Status flag for use while constructing snippets */
- short int iCol; /* The column that contains the match */
- short int iTerm; /* The index in Query.pTerms[] of the matching term */
- int iToken; /* The index of the matching document token */
- short int nByte; /* Number of bytes in the term */
- int iStart; /* The offset to the first character of the term */
- } *aMatch; /* Points to space obtained from malloc */
- char *zOffset; /* Text rendering of aMatch[] */
- int nOffset; /* strlen(zOffset) */
- char *zSnippet; /* Snippet text */
- int nSnippet; /* strlen(zSnippet) */
-} Snippet;
-
-
-typedef enum QueryType {
- QUERY_GENERIC, /* table scan */
- QUERY_DOCID, /* lookup by docid */
- QUERY_FULLTEXT /* QUERY_FULLTEXT + [i] is a full-text search for column i*/
-} QueryType;
-
-typedef enum fulltext_statement {
- CONTENT_INSERT_STMT,
- CONTENT_SELECT_STMT,
- CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT,
- CONTENT_DELETE_STMT,
- CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT,
-
- BLOCK_INSERT_STMT,
- BLOCK_SELECT_STMT,
- BLOCK_DELETE_STMT,
- BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
-
- SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT,
- SEGDIR_SET_STMT,
- SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT,
- SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT,
- SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT,
- SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT,
- SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT,
- SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
- SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT,
-
- MAX_STMT /* Always at end! */
-} fulltext_statement;
-
-/* These must exactly match the enum above. */
-/* TODO(shess): Is there some risk that a statement will be used in two
-** cursors at once, e.g. if a query joins a virtual table to itself?
-** If so perhaps we should move some of these to the cursor object.
-*/
-static const char *const fulltext_zStatement[MAX_STMT] = {
- /* CONTENT_INSERT */ NULL, /* generated in contentInsertStatement() */
- /* CONTENT_SELECT */ NULL, /* generated in contentSelectStatement() */
- /* CONTENT_UPDATE */ NULL, /* generated in contentUpdateStatement() */
- /* CONTENT_DELETE */ "delete from %_content where docid = ?",
- /* CONTENT_EXISTS */ "select docid from %_content limit 1",
-
- /* BLOCK_INSERT */
- "insert into %_segments (blockid, block) values (null, ?)",
- /* BLOCK_SELECT */ "select block from %_segments where blockid = ?",
- /* BLOCK_DELETE */ "delete from %_segments where blockid between ? and ?",
- /* BLOCK_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segments",
-
- /* SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX */ "select max(idx) from %_segdir where level = ?",
- /* SEGDIR_SET */ "insert into %_segdir values (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?)",
- /* SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL */
- "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
- " where level = ? order by idx",
- /* SEGDIR_SPAN */
- "select min(start_block), max(end_block) from %_segdir "
- " where level = ? and start_block <> 0",
- /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?",
-
- /* NOTE(shess): The first three results of the following two
- ** statements must match.
- */
- /* SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT */
- "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
- " where level = ? and idx = ?",
- /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */
- "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
- " order by level desc, idx asc",
- /* SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segdir",
- /* SEGDIR_COUNT */ "select count(*), ifnull(max(level),0) from %_segdir",
-};
-
/*
-** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
-** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
-** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
-** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
-** arguments.
+** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase
+** expression node for the following information:
+**
+** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of
+** the FTS table (considering all rows), and
+**
+** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the
+** column contains at least one instance of the phrase.
+**
+** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column
+** written into the array aiOut as follows:
+**
+** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences
+** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance
+**
+** Caveats:
+**
+** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output
+** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other
+** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each
+** column of each row of the table.
+**
+** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred
+** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering
+** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences.
+**
+** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances
+** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts.
*/
-struct fulltext_vtab {
- sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
- const char *zDb; /* logical database name */
- const char *zName; /* virtual table name */
- int nColumn; /* number of columns in virtual table */
- char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */
- char **azContentColumn; /* column names in content table; malloced */
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
-
- /* Precompiled statements which we keep as long as the table is
- ** open.
- */
- sqlite3_stmt *pFulltextStatements[MAX_STMT];
-
- /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges. We run a
- ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged.
- */
- sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT];
- /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */
-#define LEAF_SELECT \
- "select block from %_segments where blockid between ? and ? order by blockid"
-
- /* These buffer pending index updates during transactions.
- ** nPendingData estimates the memory size of the pending data. It
- ** doesn't include the hash-bucket overhead, nor any malloc
- ** overhead. When nPendingData exceeds kPendingThreshold, the
- ** buffer is flushed even before the transaction closes.
- ** pendingTerms stores the data, and is only valid when nPendingData
- ** is >=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been
- ** initialized). iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make
- ** certain we're inserting in sorted order.
- */
- int nPendingData;
-#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024)
- sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
- fts3Hash pendingTerms;
-};
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */
+ u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */
+){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int iCol;
-/*
-** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a
-** call to xOpen. This structure is an instance of a cursor. It
-** is destroyed by xClose.
-*/
-typedef struct fulltext_cursor {
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
- QueryType iCursorType; /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
- int eof; /* True if at End Of Results */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */
- Snippet snippet; /* Cached snippet for the current row */
- int iColumn; /* Column being searched */
- DataBuffer result; /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */
- DLReader reader; /* Result reader if result not empty */
-} fulltext_cursor;
+ if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 );
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( pExpr->aMI );
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1];
+ aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2];
+ }
+ }
+ }
-static fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
- return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab;
+ return rc;
}
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module; /* forward declaration */
+/*
+** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function
+** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE.
+**
+** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing
+** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol
+** of the current row.
+**
+** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each
+** occurence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2)
+** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example,
+** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list
+** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain:
+**
+** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00
+**
+** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred,
+** incremental, or neither.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */
+ int iCol /* Column to return position list for */
+){
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
+ int iThis;
+
+ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nColumn );
+ if( !pIter
+ || pExpr->bEof
+ || pExpr->iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId
+ || (pPhrase->iColumn<pTab->nColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol)
+ ){
+ return 0;
+ }
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- * insert into %_content (docid, ...) values (?, ...)
- */
-static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
- StringBuffer sb;
- int i;
+ assert( pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 );
+ if( *pIter==0x01 ){
+ pIter++;
+ pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+ }else{
+ iThis = 0;
+ }
+ while( iThis<iCol ){
+ fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &pIter);
+ if( *pIter==0x00 ) return 0;
+ pIter++;
+ pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis);
+ }
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
- append(&sb, "insert into %_content (docid, ");
- appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
- append(&sb, ") values (?");
- for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i)
- append(&sb, ", ?");
- append(&sb, ")");
- return stringBufferData(&sb);
+ return ((iCol==iThis)?pIter:0);
}
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- * select <content columns> from %_content where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentSelectStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
- StringBuffer sb;
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
- append(&sb, "SELECT ");
- appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
- append(&sb, " FROM %_content WHERE docid = ?");
- return stringBufferData(&sb);
-}
-
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- * update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ...
- * where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
- StringBuffer sb;
- int i;
-
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
- append(&sb, "update %_content set ");
- for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i) {
- if( i>0 ){
- append(&sb, ", ");
+/*
+** Free all components of the Fts3Phrase structure that were allocated by
+** the eval module. Specifically, this means to free:
+**
+** * the contents of pPhrase->doclist, and
+** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){
+ if( pPhrase ){
+ int i;
+ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll);
+ fts3EvalZeroPoslist(pPhrase);
+ memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist));
+ for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr);
+ pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0;
}
- append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]);
- append(&sb, " = ?");
}
- append(&sb, " where docid = ?");
- return stringBufferData(&sb);
}
-/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt.
-** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared
-** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset.
+#endif
+
+/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/
+/*
+** 2011 Jan 27
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
*/
-static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt,
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
- assert( iStmt<MAX_STMT );
- if( v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){
- const char *zStmt;
- int rc;
- switch( iStmt ){
- case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT:
- zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break;
- case CONTENT_SELECT_STMT:
- zStmt = contentSelectStatement(v); break;
- case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT:
- zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break;
- default:
- zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt];
- }
- rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt],
- zStmt);
- if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) sqlite3_free((void *) zStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- } else {
- int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt];
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and
-** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR. Useful for statements like UPDATE,
-** where we expect no results.
-*/
-static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){
- int rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
-}
+typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
+typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;
-/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT
-** statements. idx -1 is a special case for an uncached version of
-** the statement (used in the optimize implementation).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share
-** that between the cached-statement functions.
-*/
-static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx,
- sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
- assert( idx>=-1 && idx<MERGE_COUNT );
- if( idx==-1 ){
- return sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, ppStmt, LEAF_SELECT);
- }else if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){
- int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx],
- LEAF_SELECT);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }else{
- int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
+struct Fts3auxTable {
+ sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
+};
- *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx];
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+struct Fts3auxCursor {
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter;
+ char *zStop;
+ int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */
+ int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */
+ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */
+
+ int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */
+ int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */
+ struct Fts3auxColstats {
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */
+ sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */
+ } *aStat;
+};
-/* insert into %_content (docid, ...) values ([docid], [pValues])
-** If the docid contains SQL NULL, then a unique docid will be
-** generated.
+/*
+** Schema of the terms table.
*/
-static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *docid,
- sqlite3_value **pValues){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int i;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, docid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#define FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences)"
- for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect
+** and xCreate are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxConnectMethod(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
+ void *pUnused, /* Unused */
+ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */
+ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */
+ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */
+){
+ char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */
+ char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */
+ int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */
+ int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */
+ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */
+ int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */
+ Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused);
+
+ /* The user should specify a single argument - the name of an fts3 table. */
+ if( argc!=4 ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "wrong number of arguments to fts4aux constructor"
+ );
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+ zDb = argv[1];
+ nDb = strlen(zDb);
+ zFts3 = argv[3];
+ nFts3 = strlen(zFts3);
-/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ...
- * where docid = [iDocid] */
-static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues,
- sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int i;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s);
+ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_TERMS_SCHEMA);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2;
+ p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(p, 0, nByte);
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iDocid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1];
+ p->pFts3Tab->db = db;
+ p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1;
- return sql_single_step(s);
+ memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb);
+ memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3);
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName);
+
+ *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){
+/*
+** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods.
+** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect
+** and xDestroy are identical operations.
+*/
+static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
+ Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab;
int i;
- for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) {
- if( pString[i]!=NULL ) sqlite3_free((void *) pString[i]);
+ /* Free any prepared statements held */
+ for(i=0; i<SizeofArray(pFts3->aStmt); i++){
+ sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]);
}
- sqlite3_free((void *) pString);
+ sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* select * from %_content where docid = [iDocid]
- * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it.
- * null fields will be NULL in the returned array.
- *
- * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency
- * with other code which uses pointer/length. */
-static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
- const char ***pValues){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- const char **values;
- int i;
- int rc;
-
- *pValues = NULL;
+#define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1
+#define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2
+#define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/*
+** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause.
+*/
+static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVTab,
+ sqlite3_index_info *pInfo
+){
+ int i;
+ int iEq = -1;
+ int iGe = -1;
+ int iLe = -1;
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+ /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */
+ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0
+ && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0
+ ){
+ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1;
+ }
- values = (const char **) sqlite3_malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *));
- for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
- if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){
- values[i] = NULL;
- }else{
- values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i));
+ /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. */
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; i++){
+ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 ){
+ int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i;
+ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i;
}
}
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- *pValues = values;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( iEq>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = 1;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 5;
+ }else{
+ pInfo->idxNum = 0;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000;
+ if( iGe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = 1;
+ pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+ }
+ if( iLe>=0 ){
+ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT;
+ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = 1 + (iGe>=0);
+ pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2;
+ }
}
- freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* delete from %_content where docid = [iDocid ] */
-static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Returns SQLITE_ROW if any rows exist in %_content, SQLITE_DONE if
-** no rows exist, and any error in case of failure.
-*/
-static int content_exists(fulltext_vtab *v){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ROW;
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* insert into %_segments values ([pData])
-** returns assigned blockid in *piBlockid
+/*
+** xOpen - Open a cursor.
*/
-static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
- sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */
- rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab);
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+ pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
+ if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor));
- /* blockid column is an alias for rowid. */
- *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
+ *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* delete from %_segments
-** where blockid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid]
-**
-** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks
-** which form a segment.
+/*
+** xClose - Close a cursor.
*/
-static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v,
- sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
- return sql_single_step(s);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found
-** at iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at
-** iLevel. Otherwise returns an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
- /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */
- if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc;
+static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){
+ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){
+ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew;
+ aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat,
+ sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize
+ );
+ if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0,
+ sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat)
+ );
+ pCsr->aStat = aNew;
+ pCsr->nStat = nSize;
}
-
- *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
-
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
- return SQLITE_ROW;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* insert into %_segdir values (
-** [iLevel], [idx],
-** [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid],
-** [pRootData]
-** )
+/*
+** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any.
*/
-static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx,
- sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
- sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid,
- sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
- const char *pRootData, int nRootData){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ int rc;
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */
+ pCsr->iRowid++;
- rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iCol<pCsr->nStat; pCsr->iCol++){
+ if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
- return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ int i = 0;
+ int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist;
+ char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist;
+ int iCol;
-/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level
-** iLevel. Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel,
-** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
- sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid,
- sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ int eState = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( pCsr->zStop ){
+ int n = (pCsr->nStop<pCsr->csr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm;
+ int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n);
+ if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE; /* Should never happen */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
+ if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat);
+ iCol = 0;
- /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */
- if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- return rc2;
- }
+ while( i<nDoclist ){
+ sqlite3_int64 v = 0;
- *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
- *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
+ i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&aDoclist[i], &v);
+ switch( eState ){
+ /* State 0. In this state the integer just read was a docid. */
+ case 0:
+ pCsr->aStat[0].nDoc++;
+ eState = 1;
+ iCol = 0;
+ break;
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
- return SQLITE_ROW;
-}
+ /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating
+ ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the
+ ** start of a position list for column 0.
+ **
+ ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the
+ ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to
+ ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term.
+ */
+ case 1:
+ assert( iCol==0 );
+ if( v>1 ){
+ pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++;
+ }
+ eState = 2;
+ /* fall through */
+
+ case 2:
+ if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */
+ eState = 0;
+ }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */
+ eState = 3;
+ }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */
+ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++;
+ pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++;
+ }
+ break;
-/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all
-** segments at iLevel.
-*/
-static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid;
- int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
+ /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */
+ default: assert( eState==3 );
+ iCol = (int)v;
+ if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++;
+ eState = 2;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pCsr->iCol = 0;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else{
+ pCsr->isEof = 1;
}
-
- /* Delete the segment directory itself. */
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- return sql_single_step(s);
+ return rc;
}
-/* Delete entire fts index, SQLITE_OK on success, relevant error on
-** failure.
+/*
+** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data.
*/
-static int segdir_delete_all(fulltext_vtab *v){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+static int fts3auxFilterMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
+ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */
+ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */
+ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab;
+ int rc;
+ int isScan;
- rc = sql_single_step(s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr);
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( idxStr==0 );
+ assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0
+ || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT
+ || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT)
+ );
+ isScan = (idxNum!=FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT);
- return sql_single_step(s);
-}
+ /* In case this cursor is being reused, close and zero it. */
+ testcase(pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat);
+ memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr);
-/* Returns SQLITE_OK with *pnSegments set to the number of entries in
-** %_segdir and *piMaxLevel set to the highest level which has a
-** segment. Otherwise returns the SQLite error which caused failure.
-*/
-static int segdir_count(fulltext_vtab *v, int *pnSegments, int *piMaxLevel){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY;
+ if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN;
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- /* TODO(shess): This case should not be possible? Should stronger
- ** measures be taken if it happens?
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- *pnSegments = 0;
- *piMaxLevel = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( idxNum&(FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ){
+ const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]);
+ if( zStr ){
+ pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr);
+ pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]);
+ if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ if( idxNum&FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){
+ int iIdx = (idxNum&FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ? 1 : 0;
+ pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iIdx]));
+ pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iIdx]);
+ if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
- *pnSegments = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
- *piMaxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(s, 1);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL,
+ pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr
+ );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter);
+ }
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor);
return rc;
}
-/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because
-** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far
-** down the file. Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab
-** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward
-** reference.
+/*
+** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise.
*/
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
+static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ return pCsr->isEof;
+}
/*
-** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure.
+** xColumn - Return a column value.
*/
-static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){
- int iStmt, i;
-
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", v));
- for( iStmt=0; iStmt<MAX_STMT; iStmt++ ){
- if( v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){
- sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
- v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- for( i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++ ){
- if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){
- sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]);
- v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL;
+static int fts3auxColumnMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */
+ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */
+){
+ Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+
+ assert( p->isEof==0 );
+ if( iCol==0 ){ /* Column "term" */
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }else if( iCol==1 ){ /* Column "col" */
+ if( p->iCol ){
+ sqlite3_result_int(pContext, p->iCol-1);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
+ }else if( iCol==2 ){ /* Column "documents" */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc);
+ }else{ /* Column "occurrences" */
+ sqlite3_result_int64(pContext, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc);
}
- if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){
- v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer);
- v->pTokenizer = NULL;
- }
-
- clearPendingTerms(v);
-
- sqlite3_free(v->azColumn);
- for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
- sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]);
- }
- sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn);
- sqlite3_free(v);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate.
+** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor.
*/
-#define TOKEN_EOF 0 /* End of file */
-#define TOKEN_SPACE 1 /* Any kind of whitespace */
-#define TOKEN_ID 2 /* An identifier */
-#define TOKEN_STRING 3 /* A string literal */
-#define TOKEN_PUNCT 4 /* A single punctuation character */
+static int fts3auxRowidMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */
+){
+ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor;
+ *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** ftsIdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
-** isFtsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do.
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
-*/
-static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
-};
-#define ftsIdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isFtsIdChar[c-0x20]))
-
+** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK
+** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){
+ static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = {
+ 0, /* iVersion */
+ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */
+ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */
+ fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */
+ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */
+ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */
+ fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */
+ fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */
+ fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */
+ fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */
+ fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */
+ fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */
+ fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */
+ 0, /* xUpdate */
+ 0, /* xBegin */
+ 0, /* xSync */
+ 0, /* xCommit */
+ 0, /* xRollback */
+ 0, /* xFindFunction */
+ 0, /* xRename */
+ 0, /* xSavepoint */
+ 0, /* xRelease */
+ 0 /* xRollbackTo */
+ };
+ int rc; /* Return code */
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
-*/
-static int ftsGetToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){
- int i, c;
- switch( *z ){
- case 0: {
- *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF;
- return 0;
- }
- case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
- for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE;
- return i;
- }
- case '`':
- case '\'':
- case '"': {
- int delim = z[0];
- for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
- if( c==delim ){
- if( z[i+1]==delim ){
- i++;
- }else{
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING;
- return i + (c!=0);
- }
- case '[': {
- for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
- *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
- return i;
- }
- default: {
- if( !ftsIdChar(*z) ){
- break;
- }
- for(i=1; ftsIdChar(z[i]); i++){}
- *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
- return i;
- }
- }
- *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT;
- return 1;
+ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0);
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-typedef struct FtsToken {
- const char *z; /* Pointer to token text. Not '\000' terminated */
- short int n; /* Length of the token text in bytes. */
-} FtsToken;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+/************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
/*
-** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters
-** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens.
-** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string
-** for each non-whitespace token.
+** 2008 Nov 28
**
-** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer.
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single
-** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free().
-** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of
-** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once.
-*/
-static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){
- int nToken = 0;
- FtsToken *aToken = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) );
- int n = 1;
- int e, i;
- int totalSize = 0;
- char **azToken;
- char *zCopy;
- while( n>0 ){
- n = ftsGetToken(z, &e);
- if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){
- aToken[nToken].z = z;
- aToken[nToken].n = n;
- nToken++;
- totalSize += n+1;
- }
- z += n;
- }
- azToken = (char**)sqlite3_malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize );
- zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken];
- nToken--;
- for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
- azToken[i] = zCopy;
- n = aToken[i].n;
- memcpy(zCopy, aToken[i].z, n);
- zCopy[n] = 0;
- zCopy += n+1;
- }
- azToken[nToken] = 0;
- sqlite3_free(aToken);
- *pnToken = nToken;
- return azToken;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** Examples:
+******************************************************************************
**
-** "abc" becomes abc
-** 'xyz' becomes xyz
-** [pqr] becomes pqr
-** `mno` becomes mno
+** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
+** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
+** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
+** hand-coded.
*/
-static void dequoteString(char *z){
- int quote;
- int i, j;
- if( z==0 ) return;
- quote = z[0];
- switch( quote ){
- case '\'': break;
- case '"': break;
- case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */
- case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
- default: return;
- }
- for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
- if( z[i]==quote ){
- if( z[i+1]==quote ){
- z[j++] = quote;
- i++;
- }else{
- z[j++] = 0;
- break;
- }
- }else{
- z[j++] = z[i];
- }
- }
-}
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
/*
-** The input azIn is a NULL-terminated list of tokens. Remove the first
-** token and all punctuation tokens. Remove the quotes from
-** around string literal tokens.
+** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
+** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
+** the new and the old syntaxes are:
**
-** Example:
+** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
+**
+** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+**
+** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
+** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+**
+** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
+** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
+** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+**
+** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
+** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
+** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
+** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
+** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+**
+** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
+** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
+** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
+** custom parser.
**
-** input: tokenize chinese ( 'simplifed' , 'mixed' )
-** output: chinese simplifed mixed
+** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
+**
+** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
+**
+** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
+** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
+**
+** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
**
-** Another example:
+** distance_opt ::= .
+** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
**
-** input: delimiters ( '[' , ']' , '...' )
-** output: [ ] ...
+** phrase ::= TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
+** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
*/
-static void tokenListToIdList(char **azIn){
- int i, j;
- if( azIn ){
- for(i=0, j=-1; azIn[i]; i++){
- if( safe_isalnum(azIn[i][0]) || azIn[i][1] ){
- dequoteString(azIn[i]);
- if( j>=0 ){
- azIn[j] = azIn[i];
- }
- j++;
- }
- }
- azIn[j] = 0;
- }
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+#else
+# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
+# else
+# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
+# endif
+#endif
/*
-** Find the first alphanumeric token in the string zIn. Null-terminate
-** this token. Remove any quotation marks. And return a pointer to
-** the result.
+** Default span for NEAR operators.
*/
-static char *firstToken(char *zIn, char **pzTail){
- int n, ttype;
- while(1){
- n = ftsGetToken(zIn, &ttype);
- if( ttype==TOKEN_SPACE ){
- zIn += n;
- }else if( ttype==TOKEN_EOF ){
- *pzTail = zIn;
- return 0;
- }else{
- zIn[n] = 0;
- *pzTail = &zIn[1];
- dequoteString(zIn);
- return zIn;
- }
- }
- /*NOTREACHED*/
-}
+#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
-/* Return true if...
-**
-** * s begins with the string t, ignoring case
-** * s is longer than t
-** * The first character of s beyond t is not a alphanumeric
-**
-** Ignore leading space in *s.
-**
-** To put it another way, return true if the first token of
-** s[] is t[].
+
+/*
+** isNot:
+** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
+** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a
+** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
+** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
+** zero.
*/
-static int startsWith(const char *s, const char *t){
- while( safe_isspace(*s) ){ s++; }
- while( *t ){
- if( safe_tolower(*s++)!=safe_tolower(*t++) ) return 0;
- }
- return *s!='_' && !safe_isalnum(*s);
-}
+typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
+struct ParseContext {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
+ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
+ int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
+ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
+};
/*
-** An instance of this structure defines the "spec" of a
-** full text index. This structure is populated by parseSpec
-** and use by fulltextConnect and fulltextCreate.
+** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+**
+** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
+** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
+** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
+** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
+** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
+** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
+** negative values).
*/
-typedef struct TableSpec {
- const char *zDb; /* Logical database name */
- const char *zName; /* Name of the full-text index */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns to be indexed */
- char **azColumn; /* Original names of columns to be indexed */
- char **azContentColumn; /* Column names for %_content */
- char **azTokenizer; /* Name of tokenizer and its arguments */
-} TableSpec;
+static int fts3isspace(char c){
+ return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f';
+}
/*
-** Reclaim all of the memory used by a TableSpec
+** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful,
+** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful,
+** return NULL.
*/
-static void clearTableSpec(TableSpec *p) {
- sqlite3_free(p->azColumn);
- sqlite3_free(p->azContentColumn);
- sqlite3_free(p->azTokenizer);
+static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){
+ void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
+ return pRet;
}
-/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this:
- *
- * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email
- * USING fts3(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg))
- *
- * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure.
- *
- */
-static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv,
- char**pzErr){
- int i, n;
- char *z, *zDummy;
- char **azArg;
- const char *zTokenizer = 0; /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */
-
- assert( argc>=3 );
- /* Current interface:
- ** argv[0] - module name
- ** argv[1] - database name
- ** argv[2] - table name
- ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification
- ** and snippet delimiters specification.
- */
-
- /* Make a copy of the complete argv[][] array in a single allocation.
- ** The argv[][] array is read-only and transient. We can write to the
- ** copy in order to modify things and the copy is persistent.
- */
- CLEAR(pSpec);
- for(i=n=0; i<argc; i++){
- n += strlen(argv[i]) + 1;
- }
- azArg = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*argc + n );
- if( azArg==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- z = (char*)&azArg[argc];
- for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
- azArg[i] = z;
- strcpy(z, argv[i]);
- z += strlen(z)+1;
- }
-
- /* Identify the column names and the tokenizer and delimiter arguments
- ** in the argv[][] array.
- */
- pSpec->zDb = azArg[1];
- pSpec->zName = azArg[2];
- pSpec->nColumn = 0;
- pSpec->azColumn = azArg;
- zTokenizer = "tokenize simple";
- for(i=3; i<argc; ++i){
- if( startsWith(azArg[i],"tokenize") ){
- zTokenizer = azArg[i];
- }else{
- z = azArg[pSpec->nColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy);
- pSpec->nColumn++;
- }
- }
- if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){
- azArg[0] = "content";
- pSpec->nColumn = 1;
- }
-
- /*
- ** Construct the list of content column names.
- **
- ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA
- ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized
- ** column name. "sanitized" means that special characters are
- ** converted to "_". The cNN prefix guarantees that all column
- ** names are unique.
- **
- ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary. It is included
- ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated
- ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for.
- */
- pSpec->azContentColumn = sqlite3_malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) );
- if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){
- clearTableSpec(pSpec);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- for(i=0; i<pSpec->nColumn; i++){
- char *p;
- pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]);
- for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) {
- if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_';
- }
- }
-
- /*
- ** Parse the tokenizer specification string.
- */
- pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n);
- tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer);
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of
-** the virtual table. Return a pointer to this schema string.
+** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
+** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
+** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
+** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
+** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
+** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
+** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
**
-** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed
-** using sqlite3_free().
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
+** fails.
*/
-static char *fulltextSchema(
- int nColumn, /* Number of columns */
- const char *const* azColumn, /* List of columns */
- const char *zTableName /* Name of the table */
-){
- int i;
- char *zSchema, *zNext;
- const char *zSep = "(";
- zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x");
- for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
- zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s%Q", zSchema, zSep, azColumn[i]);
- sqlite3_free(zSchema);
- zSchema = zNext;
- zSep = ",";
- }
- zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s,%Q HIDDEN", zSchema, zTableName);
- sqlite3_free(zSchema);
- zSchema = zNext;
- zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s,docid HIDDEN)", zSchema);
- sqlite3_free(zSchema);
- return zNext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Build a new sqlite3_vtab structure that will describe the
-** fulltext index defined by spec.
-*/
-static int constructVtab(
- sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */
- fts3Hash *pHash, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
- TableSpec *spec, /* Parsed spec information from parseSpec() */
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
- char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */
+static int getNextToken(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
- int n;
- fulltext_vtab *v = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m = NULL;
- char *schema;
-
- char const *zTok; /* Name of tokenizer to use for this fts table */
- int nTok; /* Length of zTok, including nul terminator */
-
- v = (fulltext_vtab *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_vtab));
- if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- CLEAR(v);
- /* sqlite will initialize v->base */
- v->db = db;
- v->zDb = spec->zDb; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
- v->zName = spec->zName; /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
- v->nColumn = spec->nColumn;
- v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn;
- spec->azContentColumn = 0;
- v->azColumn = spec->azColumn;
- spec->azColumn = 0;
-
- if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
-
- zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0];
- if( !zTok ){
- zTok = "simple";
- }
- nTok = strlen(zTok)+1;
-
- m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok);
- if( !m ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto err;
- }
-
- for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){}
- if( n ){
- rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1],
- &v->pTokenizer);
- }else{
- rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer);
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
- v->pTokenizer->pModule = m;
-
- /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */
-
- schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn,
- spec->zName);
- rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema);
- sqlite3_free(schema);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ int nConsumed = 0;
- memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements));
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
+ int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
- /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */
- v->nPendingData = -1;
+ pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
- *ppVTab = &v->base;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Connect %p\n", v));
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
+ pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
+ pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
+ memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
- return rc;
+ if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
+ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
+ iEnd++;
+ }
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
+ pParse->isNot = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ nConsumed = iEnd;
+ }
-err:
- fulltext_vtab_destroy(v);
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ }
+
+ *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
-static int fulltextConnect(
- sqlite3 *db,
- void *pAux,
- int argc, const char *const*argv,
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
- char **pzErr
-){
- TableSpec spec;
- int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
- clearTableSpec(&spec);
- return rc;
+/*
+** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
+** then free the old allocation.
+*/
+static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
+ void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
+ if( !pRet ){
+ sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+ }
+ return pRet;
}
-/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with
-** the docid column exposed as the SQLite rowid for the table.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated
-** code. Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time.
+/*
+** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
+** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
+** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
+** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
+** containing the results.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
+** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
+** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
+** to 0.
*/
-static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux,
- int argc, const char * const *argv,
- sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){
+static int getNextString(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
- TableSpec spec;
- StringBuffer schema;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Create\n"));
-
- rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- initStringBuffer(&schema);
- append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content(");
- append(&schema, " docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,");
- appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn);
- append(&schema, ")");
- rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema));
- stringBufferDestroy(&schema);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
- rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
- "create table %_segments("
- " blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
- " block blob"
- ");"
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
- rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
- "create table %_segdir("
- " level integer,"
- " idx integer,"
- " start_block integer,"
- " leaves_end_block integer,"
- " end_block integer,"
- " root blob,"
- " primary key(level, idx)"
- ");");
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
- rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
-
-out:
- clearTableSpec(&spec);
- return rc;
-}
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
+ char *zTemp = 0;
+ int nTemp = 0;
-/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */
-static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
- fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
- int i;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 BestIndex\n"));
-
- for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; ++i){
- const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
- pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
- if( pConstraint->usable ) {
- if( (pConstraint->iColumn==-1 || pConstraint->iColumn==v->nColumn+1) &&
- pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
- pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_DOCID; /* lookup by docid */
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_DOCID\n"));
- } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && pConstraint->iColumn<=v->nColumn &&
- pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
- /* full-text search */
- pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn));
- } else continue;
-
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
- pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
-
- /* An arbitrary value for now.
- * TODO: Perhaps docid matches should be considered cheaper than
- * full-text searches. */
- pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;
+ const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
+ int nToken = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase,
+ ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single
+ ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to
+ ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach.
+ **
+ ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate
+ ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree()
+ ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers:
+ **
+ ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase
+ ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken
+ ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array.
+ **
+ ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens.
+ **
+ ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below,
+ ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase
+ ** structures.
+ */
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int ii;
+ pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
+ const char *zByte;
+ int nByte, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken;
-static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab));
- fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
+ if( !p ) goto no_mem;
-static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
- fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
- int rc;
+ zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte);
+ if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", pVTab));
- rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName,
- "drop table if exists %_content;"
- "drop table if exists %_segments;"
- "drop table if exists %_segdir;"
- );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( nToken==ii );
+ pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii];
+ memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken));
- fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte);
+ nTemp += nByte;
-static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
- fulltext_cursor *c;
+ pToken->n = nByte;
+ pToken->isPrefix = (iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*');
+ nToken = ii+1;
+ }
+ }
- c = (fulltext_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
- if( c ){
- memset(c, 0, sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
- /* sqlite will initialize c->base */
- *ppCursor = &c->base;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c));
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }else{
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ pCursor = 0;
}
-}
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the
-** Snippet
-*/
-static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){
- sqlite3_free(p->aMatch);
- sqlite3_free(p->zOffset);
- sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet);
- CLEAR(p);
-}
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ int jj;
+ char *zBuf = 0;
-/*
-** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log.
-*/
-static void snippetAppendMatch(
- Snippet *p, /* Append the entry to this snippet */
- int iCol, int iTerm, /* The column and query term */
- int iToken, /* Matching token in document */
- int iStart, int nByte /* Offset and size of the match */
-){
- int i;
- struct snippetMatch *pMatch;
- if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){
- p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10;
- p->aMatch = sqlite3_realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) );
- if( p->aMatch==0 ){
- p->nMatch = 0;
- p->nAlloc = 0;
- return;
- }
- }
- i = p->nMatch++;
- pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
- pMatch->iCol = iCol;
- pMatch->iTerm = iTerm;
- pMatch->iToken = iToken;
- pMatch->iStart = iStart;
- pMatch->nByte = nByte;
-}
+ p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp);
+ if( !p ) goto no_mem;
+ memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p);
+ p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
+ p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
+ p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken;
-/*
-** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn()
-*/
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_SZ (32)
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1)
+ zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken];
+ memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
-/*
-** Function to iterate through the tokens of a compiled expression.
-**
-** Except, skip all tokens on the right-hand side of a NOT operator.
-** This function is used to find tokens as part of snippet and offset
-** generation and we do nt want snippets and offsets to report matches
-** for tokens on the RHS of a NOT.
-*/
-static int fts3NextExprToken(Fts3Expr **ppExpr, int *piToken){
- Fts3Expr *p = *ppExpr;
- int iToken = *piToken;
- if( iToken<0 ){
- /* In this case the expression p is the root of an expression tree.
- ** Move to the first token in the expression tree.
- */
- while( p->pLeft ){
- p = p->pLeft;
- }
- iToken = 0;
- }else{
- assert(p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- if( iToken<(p->pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
- iToken++;
- }else{
- iToken = 0;
- while( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft!=p ){
- assert( p->pParent->pRight==p );
- p = p->pParent;
- }
- p = p->pParent;
- if( p ){
- assert( p->pRight!=0 );
- p = p->pRight;
- while( p->pLeft ){
- p = p->pLeft;
- }
- }
+ for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
+ p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf;
+ zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
}
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
*ppExpr = p;
- *piToken = iToken;
- return p?1:0;
-}
+ return rc;
+no_mem:
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the expression node pExpr is located beneath the
-** RHS of a NOT operator.
-*/
-static int fts3ExprBeneathNot(Fts3Expr *p){
- Fts3Expr *pParent;
- while( p ){
- pParent = p->pParent;
- if( pParent && pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NOT && pParent->pRight==p ){
- return 1;
- }
- p = pParent;
+ if( pCursor ){
+ pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
- return 0;
+ sqlite3_free(zTemp);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
/*
-** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against
-** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn.
+** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
+** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
*/
-static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn(
- fulltext_cursor *pCur, /* The fulltest search cursor */
- Snippet *pSnippet, /* The Snippet object to be filled in */
- int iColumn, /* Index of fulltext table column */
- const char *zDoc, /* Text of the fulltext table column */
- int nDoc /* Length of zDoc in bytes */
-){
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule; /* The tokenizer module */
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* The specific tokenizer */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor; /* Tokenizer cursor */
- fulltext_vtab *pVtab; /* The full text index */
- int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the index */
- int i, j; /* Loop counters */
- int rc; /* Return code */
- unsigned int match, prevMatch; /* Phrase search bitmasks */
- const char *zToken; /* Next token from the tokenizer */
- int nToken; /* Size of zToken */
- int iBegin, iEnd, iPos; /* Offsets of beginning and end */
-
- /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last
- ** few tokens */
- unsigned int iRotor = 0; /* Index of current token */
- int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Beginning offset of token */
- int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ]; /* Length of token */
-
- pVtab = cursor_vtab(pCur);
- nColumn = pVtab->nColumn;
- pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer;
- pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor);
- if( rc ) return;
- pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-
- prevMatch = 0;
- while( !pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
- Fts3Expr *pIter = pCur->pExpr;
- int iIter = -1;
- iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin;
- iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin;
- match = 0;
- for(i=0; i<(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1) && fts3NextExprToken(&pIter, &iIter); i++){
- int nPhrase; /* Number of tokens in current phrase */
- struct PhraseToken *pToken; /* Current token */
- int iCol; /* Column index */
-
- if( fts3ExprBeneathNot(pIter) ) continue;
- nPhrase = pIter->pPhrase->nToken;
- pToken = &pIter->pPhrase->aToken[iIter];
- iCol = pIter->pPhrase->iColumn;
- if( iCol>=0 && iCol<nColumn && iCol!=iColumn ) continue;
- if( pToken->n>nToken ) continue;
- if( !pToken->isPrefix && pToken->n<nToken ) continue;
- assert( pToken->n<=nToken );
- if( memcmp(pToken->z, zToken, pToken->n) ) continue;
- if( iIter>0 && (prevMatch & (1<<i))==0 ) continue;
- match |= 1<<i;
- if( i==(FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-2) || nPhrase==iIter+1 ){
- for(j=nPhrase-1; j>=0; j--){
- int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK;
- snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j,
- iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]);
- }
- }
- }
- prevMatch = match<<1;
- iRotor++;
- }
- pTModule->xClose(pTCursor);
-}
+static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
/*
-** Remove entries from the pSnippet structure to account for the NEAR
-** operator. When this is called, pSnippet contains the list of token
-** offsets produced by treating all NEAR operators as AND operators.
-** This function removes any entries that should not be present after
-** accounting for the NEAR restriction. For example, if the queried
-** document is:
-**
-** "A B C D E A"
-**
-** and the query is:
-**
-** A NEAR/0 E
-**
-** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets
-** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A
-** is not near enough to an E).
-**
-** When this function is called, the value pointed to by parameter piLeft is
-** the integer id of the left-most token in the expression tree headed by
-** pExpr. This function increments *piLeft by the total number of tokens
-** in the expression tree headed by pExpr.
+** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
+** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
**
-** Return 1 if any trimming occurs. Return 0 if no trimming is required.
+** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
+** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
+** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
*/
-static int trimSnippetOffsets(
- Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* The search expression */
- Snippet *pSnippet, /* The set of snippet offsets to be trimmed */
- int *piLeft /* Index of left-most token in pExpr */
+static int getNextNode(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
- if( pExpr ){
- if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pLeft, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
- return 1;
- }
-
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_PHRASE:
- *piLeft += pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
- /* The right-hand-side of a NEAR operator is always a phrase. The
- ** left-hand-side is either a phrase or an expression tree that is
- ** itself headed by a NEAR operator. The following initializations
- ** set local variable iLeft to the token number of the left-most
- ** token in the right-hand phrase, and iRight to the right most
- ** token in the same phrase. For example, if we had:
- **
- ** <col> MATCH '"abc def" NEAR/2 "ghi jkl"'
- **
- ** then iLeft will be set to 2 (token number of ghi) and nToken will
- ** be set to 4.
- */
- Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
- int iLeft = *piLeft;
- int nNear = pExpr->nNear;
- int nToken = pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
- int jj, ii;
- if( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- pLeft = pLeft->pRight;
- }
- assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- nToken += pLeft->pPhrase->nToken;
-
- for(ii=0; ii<pSnippet->nMatch; ii++){
- struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
- if( p->iTerm==iLeft ){
- int isOk = 0;
- /* Snippet ii is an occurence of query term iLeft in the document.
- ** It occurs at position (p->iToken) of the document. We now
- ** search for an instance of token (iLeft-1) somewhere in the
- ** range (p->iToken - nNear)...(p->iToken + nNear + nToken) within
- ** the set of snippetMatch structures. If one is found, proceed.
- ** If one cannot be found, then remove snippets ii..(ii+N-1)
- ** from the matching snippets, where N is the number of tokens
- ** in phrase pRight->pPhrase.
- */
- for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
- struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
- if( p2->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
- if( p2->iToken>=(p->iToken-nNear-1)
- && p2->iToken<(p->iToken+nNear+nToken)
- ){
- isOk = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- if( !isOk ){
- int kk;
- for(kk=0; kk<pRight->pPhrase->nToken; kk++){
- pSnippet->aMatch[kk+ii].iTerm = -2;
- }
- return 1;
- }
- }
- if( p->iTerm==(iLeft-1) ){
- int isOk = 0;
- for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
- struct snippetMatch *p2 = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
- if( p2->iTerm==iLeft ){
- if( p2->iToken<=(p->iToken+nNear+1)
- && p2->iToken>(p->iToken-nNear-nToken)
- ){
- isOk = 1;
- }
- }
- }
- if( !isOk ){
- int kk;
- for(kk=0; kk<pLeft->pPhrase->nToken; kk++){
- pSnippet->aMatch[ii-kk].iTerm = -2;
- }
- return 1;
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- }
+ static const struct Fts3Keyword {
+ char *z; /* Keyword text */
+ unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
+ unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
+ unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
+ } aKeyword[] = {
+ { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
+ { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
+ { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
+ { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
+ };
+ int ii;
+ int iCol;
+ int iColLen;
+ int rc;
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- if( trimSnippetOffsets(pExpr->pRight, pSnippet, piLeft) ){
- return 1;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
+ const char *zInput = z;
+ int nInput = n;
-/*
-** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query.
-** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){
- int nColumn;
- int iColumn, i;
- int iFirst, iLast;
- int iTerm = 0;
- fulltext_vtab *pFts = cursor_vtab(p);
+ pParse->isNot = 0;
- if( p->snippet.nMatch || p->pExpr==0 ){
- return;
- }
- nColumn = pFts->nColumn;
- iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT);
- if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){
- /* Look for matches over all columns of the full-text index */
- iFirst = 0;
- iLast = nColumn-1;
- }else{
- /* Look for matches in the iColumn-th column of the index only */
- iFirst = iColumn;
- iLast = iColumn;
- }
- for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){
- const char *zDoc;
- int nDoc;
- zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1);
- nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1);
- snippetOffsetsOfColumn(p, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
+ /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
+ ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
+ */
+ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
+ nInput--;
+ zInput++;
}
-
- while( trimSnippetOffsets(p->pExpr, &p->snippet, &iTerm) ){
- iTerm = 0;
+ if( nInput==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
-}
-/*
-** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet
-** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1]. This string is used as
-** the return of the SQL offsets() function.
-*/
-static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){
- int i;
- int cnt = 0;
- StringBuffer sb;
- char zBuf[200];
- if( p->zOffset ) return;
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
- for(i=0; i<p->nMatch; i++){
- struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
- if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 ){
- /* If snippetMatch.iTerm is less than 0, then the match was
- ** discarded as part of processing the NEAR operator (see the
- ** trimSnippetOffsetsForNear() function for details). Ignore
- ** it in this case
- */
- zBuf[0] = ' ';
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-1, &zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d",
- pMatch->iCol, pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte);
- append(&sb, zBuf);
- cnt++;
- }
- }
- p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb);
- p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb);
-}
+ /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
+ for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
+ const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
-/*
-** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text. aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set
-** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc. zDoc is column
-** number iCol.
-**
-** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an
-** excerpt. Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted
-** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better.
-*/
-static int wordBoundary(
- int iBreak, /* The suggested break point */
- const char *zDoc, /* Document text */
- int nDoc, /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */
- struct snippetMatch *aMatch, /* Matching words */
- int nMatch, /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */
- int iCol /* The column number for zDoc[] */
-){
- int i;
- if( iBreak<=10 ){
- return 0;
- }
- if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){
- return nDoc;
- }
- for(i=0; i<nMatch && aMatch[i].iCol<iCol; i++){}
- while( i<nMatch && aMatch[i].iStart+aMatch[i].nByte<iBreak ){ i++; }
- if( i<nMatch ){
- if( aMatch[i].iStart<iBreak+10 ){
- return aMatch[i].iStart;
- }
- if( i>0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){
- return aMatch[i-1].iStart;
- }
- }
- for(i=1; i<=10; i++){
- if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){
- return iBreak - i + 1;
- }
- if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){
- return iBreak + i + 1;
+ if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
+ continue;
}
- }
- return iBreak;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus
-*/
-#define SNIPPET_IGNORE 0 /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */
-#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1 /* We want to include this match in the snippet */
+ if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
+ int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
+ int nKey = pKey->n;
+ char cNext;
-/*
-** Generate the text of a snippet.
-*/
-static void snippetText(
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor we need the snippet for */
- const char *zStartMark, /* Markup to appear before each match */
- const char *zEndMark, /* Markup to appear after each match */
- const char *zEllipsis /* Ellipsis mark */
-){
- int i, j;
- struct snippetMatch *aMatch;
- int nMatch;
- int nDesired;
- StringBuffer sb;
- int tailCol;
- int tailOffset;
- int iCol;
- int nDoc;
- const char *zDoc;
- int iStart, iEnd;
- int tailEllipsis = 0;
- int iMatch;
-
+ /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
+ if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ assert( nKey==4 );
+ if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
+ nNear = 0;
+ for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
+ nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
+ }
+ }
+ }
- sqlite3_free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet);
- pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0;
- aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch;
- nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch;
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
-
- for(i=0; i<nMatch; i++){
- aMatch[i].snStatus = SNIPPET_IGNORE;
- }
- nDesired = 0;
- for(i=0; i<FTS3_ROTOR_SZ; i++){
- for(j=0; j<nMatch; j++){
- if( aMatch[j].iTerm==i ){
- aMatch[j].snStatus = SNIPPET_DESIRED;
- nDesired++;
- break;
+ /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
+ ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
+ ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
+ */
+ cNext = zInput[nKey];
+ if( fts3isspace(cNext)
+ || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
+ ){
+ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pRet ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
+ pRet->nNear = nNear;
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+ /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
+ ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
+ */
}
}
- iMatch = 0;
- tailCol = -1;
- tailOffset = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nMatch && nDesired>0; i++){
- if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue;
- nDesired--;
- iCol = aMatch[i].iCol;
- zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
- nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
- iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40;
- iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
- if( iStart<=10 ){
- iStart = 0;
- }
- if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){
- iStart = tailOffset;
- }
- if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){
- trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
- appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
- append(&sb, zEllipsis);
- appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
- }
- iEnd = aMatch[i].iStart + aMatch[i].nByte + 40;
- iEnd = wordBoundary(iEnd, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
- if( iEnd>=nDoc-10 ){
- iEnd = nDoc;
- tailEllipsis = 0;
- }else{
- tailEllipsis = 1;
- }
- while( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iCol<iCol ){ iMatch++; }
- while( iStart<iEnd ){
- while( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iStart<iStart
- && aMatch[iMatch].iCol<=iCol ){
- iMatch++;
- }
- if( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iStart<iEnd
- && aMatch[iMatch].iCol==iCol ){
- nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], aMatch[iMatch].iStart - iStart);
- iStart = aMatch[iMatch].iStart;
- append(&sb, zStartMark);
- nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], aMatch[iMatch].nByte);
- append(&sb, zEndMark);
- iStart += aMatch[iMatch].nByte;
- for(j=iMatch+1; j<nMatch; j++){
- if( aMatch[j].iTerm==aMatch[iMatch].iTerm
- && aMatch[j].snStatus==SNIPPET_DESIRED ){
- nDesired--;
- aMatch[j].snStatus = SNIPPET_IGNORE;
- }
- }
- }else{
- nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], iEnd - iStart);
- iStart = iEnd;
+ /* Check for an open bracket. */
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ if( *zInput=='(' ){
+ int nConsumed;
+ pParse->nNest++;
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed);
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Check for a close bracket. */
+ if( *zInput==')' ){
+ pParse->nNest--;
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1);
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
- tailCol = iCol;
- tailOffset = iEnd;
- }
- trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
- if( tailEllipsis ){
- appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
- append(&sb, zEllipsis);
}
- pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb);
- pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation
-** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
-*/
-static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c));
- sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(c->pExpr);
- snippetClear(&c->snippet);
- if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
- dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
+ /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
+ ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
+ ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
+ ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+ */
+ if( *zInput=='"' ){
+ for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
+ *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + ii + 1);
+ if( ii==nInput ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+ return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
}
- dataBufferDestroy(&c->result);
- sqlite3_free(c);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
- int rc;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Next %p\n", pCursor));
- snippetClear(&c->snippet);
- if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){
- /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
- switch( rc ){
- case SQLITE_ROW:
- c->eof = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- case SQLITE_DONE:
- c->eof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- default:
- c->eof = 1;
- return rc;
- }
- } else { /* full-text query */
- rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){
- c->eof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader));
- dlrStep(&c->reader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ /* the case we expect */
- c->eof = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
+ ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
+ ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
+ ** column specifier for the token.
+ **
+ ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
+ ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
+ ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
+ ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
+ ** limitation.
+ */
+ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
+ iColLen = 0;
+ for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
+ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
+ int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr);
+ if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
+ && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
+ ){
+ iCol = ii;
+ iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
+ break;
}
- /* an error occurred; abort */
- return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc;
}
+ rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
+ *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+ return rc;
}
-
-/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to
-** another file, term_select() could be pushed above
-** docListOfTerm().
+/*
+** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
+** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
+** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
+** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
+** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
+**
+** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
+** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
+** lowest is:
+**
+** NEAR
+** NOT
+** AND (including implicit ANDs)
+** OR
+**
+** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
+** precedence than the AND operator.
*/
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out);
+static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
+ assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
+ if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
+ return p->eType;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
+ return 1;
+ }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
+ return 2;
+ }
+ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
+ return 3;
+}
-/*
-** Return a DocList corresponding to the phrase *pPhrase.
-**
-** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is
-** overwritten.
+/*
+** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
+** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
+** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
+** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
+** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
+** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
*/
-static int docListOfPhrase(
- fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* The full text index */
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to return a doclist corresponding to */
- DocListType eListType, /* Either DL_DOCIDS or DL_POSITIONS */
- DataBuffer *pResult /* Write the result here */
+static void insertBinaryOperator(
+ Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
+ Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
){
- int ii;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int iCol = pPhrase->iColumn;
- DocListType eType = eListType;
- assert( eType==DL_POSITIONS || eType==DL_DOCIDS );
- if( pPhrase->nToken>1 ){
- eType = DL_POSITIONS;
+ Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
+ while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
+ pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
}
- /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
- assert( pTab->nPendingData<0 );
-
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPhrase->nToken; ii++){
- DataBuffer tmp;
- struct PhraseToken *p = &pPhrase->aToken[ii];
- rc = termSelect(pTab, iCol, p->z, p->n, p->isPrefix, eType, &tmp);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( ii==0 ){
- *pResult = tmp;
- }else{
- DataBuffer res = *pResult;
- dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
- if( ii==(pPhrase->nToken-1) ){
- eType = eListType;
- }
- docListPhraseMerge(
- res.pData, res.nData, tmp.pData, tmp.nData, 0, 0, eType, pResult
- );
- dataBufferDestroy(&res);
- dataBufferDestroy(&tmp);
- }
- }
+ if( pSplit->pParent ){
+ assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
+ pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
+ pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
+ }else{
+ *ppHead = pNew;
}
-
- return rc;
+ pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
+ pSplit->pParent = pNew;
}
/*
-** Evaluate the full-text expression pExpr against fts3 table pTab. Write
-** the results into pRes.
+** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
+** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
+** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
+** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
+** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
+** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
*/
-static int evalFts3Expr(
- fulltext_vtab *pTab, /* Fts3 Virtual table object */
- Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Parsed fts3 expression */
- DataBuffer *pRes /* OUT: Write results of the expression here */
+static int fts3ExprParse(
+ ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
+ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
+ Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
+ int nIn = n;
+ const char *zIn = z;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int isRequirePhrase = 1;
- /* Initialize the output buffer. If this is an empty query (pExpr==0),
- ** this is all that needs to be done. Empty queries produce empty
- ** result sets.
- */
- dataBufferInit(pRes, 0);
-
- if( pExpr ){
- if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
- DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
- if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- eType = DL_POSITIONS;
- }
- rc = docListOfPhrase(pTab, pExpr->pPhrase, eType, pRes);
- }else{
- DataBuffer lhs;
- DataBuffer rhs;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ Fts3Expr *p = 0;
+ int nByte = 0;
+ rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int isPhrase;
- dataBufferInit(&rhs, 0);
- if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pLeft, &lhs))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = evalFts3Expr(pTab, pExpr->pRight, &rhs))
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
+ && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot
){
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR: {
- int nToken;
- Fts3Expr *pLeft;
- DocListType eType = DL_DOCIDS;
- if( pExpr->pParent && pExpr->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- eType = DL_POSITIONS;
- }
- pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
- while( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- pLeft=pLeft->pRight;
- }
- assert( pExpr->pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- assert( pLeft->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- nToken = pLeft->pPhrase->nToken + pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken;
- docListPhraseMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,
- pExpr->nNear+1, nToken, eType, pRes
- );
- break;
- }
- case FTSQUERY_NOT: {
- docListExceptMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData,pRes);
- break;
- }
- case FTSQUERY_AND: {
- docListAndMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
- break;
+ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pNot ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+ pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
+ pNot->pRight = p;
+ if( pNotBranch ){
+ pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
+ }
+ pNotBranch = pNot;
+ p = pPrev;
+ }else{
+ int eType = p->eType;
+ isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
+
+ /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
+ ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
+ ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
+ ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
+ */
+ if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+
+ if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
+ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
+ Fts3Expr *pAnd;
+ assert( pRet && pPrev );
+ pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
+ if( !pAnd ){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto exprparse_out;
}
- case FTSQUERY_OR: {
- docListOrMerge(lhs.pData, lhs.nData, rhs.pData, rhs.nData, pRes);
- break;
+ pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
+ pPrev = pAnd;
+ }
+
+ /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
+ ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
+ ** the following:
+ **
+ ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
+ ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
+ **
+ ** Return an error in either case.
+ */
+ if( pPrev && (
+ (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
+ || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
+ )){
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ goto exprparse_out;
+ }
+
+ if( isPhrase ){
+ if( pRet ){
+ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
+ pPrev->pRight = p;
+ p->pParent = pPrev;
+ }else{
+ pRet = p;
}
+ }else{
+ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
}
+ isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
}
- dataBufferDestroy(&lhs);
- dataBufferDestroy(&rhs);
+ assert( nByte>0 );
}
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
+ nIn -= nByte;
+ zIn += nByte;
+ pPrev = p;
}
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
-static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
-
-/* Perform a full-text query using the search expression in
-** zInput[0..nInput-1]. Return a list of matching documents
-** in pResult.
-**
-** Queries must match column iColumn. Or if iColumn>=nColumn
-** they are allowed to match against any column.
-*/
-static int fulltextQuery(
- fulltext_vtab *v, /* The full text index */
- int iColumn, /* Match against this column by default */
- const char *zInput, /* The query string */
- int nInput, /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */
- DataBuffer *pResult, /* Write the result doclist here */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* Put parsed query string here */
-){
- int rc;
-
- /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for
- ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from
- ** the database. Wait and see if this is a common issue, first.
- **
- ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related
- ** error codes from here.
- */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
- /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */
- rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
+ if( !pRet ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
+ while( pIter->pLeft ){
+ pIter = pIter->pLeft;
+ }
+ pIter->pLeft = pRet;
+ pRet = pNotBranch;
+ }
+ }
}
+ *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
- /* Parse the query passed to the MATCH operator. */
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(v->pTokenizer,
- v->azColumn, v->nColumn, iColumn, zInput, nInput, ppExpr
- );
+exprparse_out:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- assert( 0==(*ppExpr) );
- return rc;
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
+ pRet = 0;
}
-
- return evalFts3Expr(v, *ppExpr, pResult);
+ *ppExpr = pRet;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See
-** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
-** information.
+** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
+** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
+** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
+** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
+** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
+** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
+** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
**
-** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against
-** the %_content table.
+** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
+** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
**
-** If idxNum==QUERY_DOCID then do a docid lookup for a single entry
-** in the %_content table.
+** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
+** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
+** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
+** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
+** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
**
-** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index. The
-** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
-** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand
-** side of the MATCH operator.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to
-** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the
-** same cursor. The current solution is very fragile. Apply fix to
-** fts3 as appropriate.
+** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
+** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
+** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
+** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
+** match any table column.
*/
-static int fulltextFilter(
- sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */
- int idxNum, const char *idxStr, /* Which indexing scheme to use */
- int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
+ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
+ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
+ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
+ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
+ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
- fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
+ int nParsed;
int rc;
-
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Filter %p\n",pCursor));
-
- /* If the cursor has a statement that was not prepared according to
- ** idxNum, clear it. I believe all calls to fulltextFilter with a
- ** given cursor will have the same idxNum , but in this case it's
- ** easy to be safe.
- */
- if( c->pStmt && c->iCursorType!=idxNum ){
- sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
- c->pStmt = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Get a fresh statement appropriate to idxNum. */
- /* TODO(shess): Add a prepared-statement cache in the vt structure.
- ** The cache must handle multiple open cursors. Easier to cache the
- ** statement variants at the vt to reduce malloc/realloc/free here.
- ** Or we could have a StringBuffer variant which allowed stack
- ** construction for small values.
- */
- if( !c->pStmt ){
- StringBuffer sb;
- initStringBuffer(&sb);
- append(&sb, "SELECT docid, ");
- appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
- append(&sb, " FROM %_content");
- if( idxNum!=QUERY_GENERIC ) append(&sb, " WHERE docid = ?");
- rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt,
- stringBufferData(&sb));
- stringBufferDestroy(&sb);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- c->iCursorType = idxNum;
- }else{
- sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
- assert( c->iCursorType==idxNum );
- }
-
- switch( idxNum ){
- case QUERY_GENERIC:
- break;
-
- case QUERY_DOCID:
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]));
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- break;
-
- default: /* full-text search */
- {
- int iCol = idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT;
- const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn);
- assert( argc==1 );
- if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
- /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */
- dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
- dataBufferReset(&c->result);
- }else{
- dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0);
- }
- rc = fulltextQuery(v, iCol, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->pExpr);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
- dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData);
- }
- break;
- }
+ ParseContext sParse;
+ sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+ sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
+ sParse.nCol = nCol;
+ sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
+ sParse.nNest = 0;
+ if( z==0 ){
+ *ppExpr = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
- return fulltextNext(pCursor);
-}
-
-/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table. The SQLite core
-** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of
-** a query's results set.
-*/
-static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
- return c->eof;
-}
-
-/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table. The SQLite
-** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value
-** of a column from the virtual table. This method needs to use
-** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested
-** value back in the pContext.
-*/
-static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
- sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
- fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
-
- if( idxCol<v->nColumn ){
- sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1);
- sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
- }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){
- /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
- ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor
- */
- sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn+1 ){
- /* The docid column, which is an alias for rowid. */
- sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, 0);
- sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
+ if( n<0 ){
+ n = (int)strlen(z);
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to
-** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3
-** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The
-** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
-*/
-static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
- fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-
- *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table. If [iColumn] > 0,
-** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that
-** column number.
-*/
-static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
- const char *zText, int iColumn){
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
- const char *pToken;
- int nTokenBytes;
- int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition;
- int rc;
-
- rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- while( SQLITE_OK==(rc=pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor,
- &pToken, &nTokenBytes,
- &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset,
- &iPosition)) ){
- DLCollector *p;
- int nData; /* Size of doclist before our update. */
-
- /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator
- * internally. Token can't be NULL or empty. */
- if( iPosition<0 || pToken == NULL || nTokenBytes == 0 ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- break;
- }
-
- p = fts3HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes);
- if( p==NULL ){
- nData = 0;
- p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT);
- fts3HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p);
-
- /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */
- v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts3HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes;
- }else{
- nData = p->b.nData;
- if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid);
- }
- if( iColumn>=0 ){
- dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
- }
+ rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
- /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */
- v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData;
+ /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
+ *ppExpr = 0;
}
- /* TODO(shess) Check return? Should this be able to cause errors at
- ** this point? Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(),
- ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is
- ** not durable. *ponder*
- */
- pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor);
- if( SQLITE_DONE == rc ) return SQLITE_OK;
return rc;
}
-/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */
-static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
- sqlite3_value **pValues){
- int i;
- for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){
- char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]);
- int rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, zText, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to
-** pendingTerms.
+/*
+** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
*/
-static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- const char **pValues;
- int i, rc;
-
- /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */
- if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
- rc = content_select(v, iDocid, &pValues);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
- rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, pValues[i], -1);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 );
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
+ sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase);
+ sqlite3_free(p->aMI);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
-
- freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues);
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid);
-
-/* Insert a row into the %_content table; set *piDocid to be the ID of the
-** new row. Add doclists for terms to pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int index_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid,
- sqlite3_value **pValues, sqlite_int64 *piDocid){
- int rc;
-
- rc = content_insert(v, pRequestDocid, pValues); /* execute an SQL INSERT */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* docid column is an alias for rowid. */
- *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
- rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piDocid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- return insertTerms(v, *piDocid, pValues);
-}
-
-/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms
-** to pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){
- int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- return content_delete(v, iRow); /* execute an SQL DELETE */
-}
-
-/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to
-** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists
-** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data.
-*/
-static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow,
- sqlite3_value **pValues){
- int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this
- * row. */
- rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow); /* execute an SQL UPDATE */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */
- return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues);
}
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into
-** interior nodes in %_segments. See commentary at top of file for
-** format.
+/****************************************************************************
+*****************************************************************************
+** Everything after this point is just test code.
*/
-/* How large interior nodes can grow. */
-#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048
-
-/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This
-** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0
-** so that the tree always makes progress. Note that the min tree
-** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1.
-*/
-#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7
-#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1
-# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0.
-#endif
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment
-** directory.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things. It's
-** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo()
-** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even
-** need a define.
-*/
-#define ROOT_MAX 1024
-#if ROOT_MAX<VARINT_MAX*2
-# error ROOT_MAX must have enough space for a header.
-#endif
-/* InteriorBlock stores a linked-list of interior blocks while a lower
-** layer is being constructed.
+/*
+** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
-typedef struct InteriorBlock {
- DataBuffer term; /* Leftmost term in block's subtree. */
- DataBuffer data; /* Accumulated data for the block. */
- struct InteriorBlock *next;
-} InteriorBlock;
-
-static InteriorBlock *interiorBlockNew(int iHeight, sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
- InteriorBlock *block = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(InteriorBlock));
- char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
- int n;
-
- if( block ){
- memset(block, 0, sizeof(*block));
- dataBufferInit(&block->term, 0);
- dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm);
+static int queryTestTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, iHeight);
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iChildBlock);
- dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX);
- dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n);
+ *pp = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- return block;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */
-static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){
- const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData;
- int nData = pBlock->data.nData;
- int n, iDummy;
- sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-
- assert( nData>0 );
- assert( pData!=0 );
- assert( pData+nData>pData );
-
- /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n<nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
-
- /* Must contain iBlockid. */
- n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iBlockid);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( n<=nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
-
- /* Zero or more terms of positive length */
- if( nData!=0 ){
- /* First term is not delta-encoded. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0);
- assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
-
- /* Following terms delta-encoded. */
- while( nData!=0 ){
- /* Length of shared prefix. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>=0 );
- assert( n<nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
- /* Length and data of distinct suffix. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0);
- assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
}
}
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-typedef struct InteriorWriter {
- int iHeight; /* from 0 at leaves. */
- InteriorBlock *first, *last;
- struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter;
-
- DataBuffer term; /* Last term written to block "last". */
- sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock; /* for consistency checks. */
-#endif
-} InteriorWriter;
-/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost
-** term in the tree. iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the
-** next level down the tree.
-*/
-static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
- sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
- InteriorWriter *pWriter){
- InteriorBlock *block;
- assert( iHeight>0 );
- CLEAR(pWriter);
-
- pWriter->iHeight = iHeight;
- pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#endif
- block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm);
- pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block;
- ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
- dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0);
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
-/* Append the child node rooted at iChildBlock to the interior node,
-** with pTerm[nTerm] as the leftmost term in iChildBlock's subtree.
+/*
+** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the
+** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from
+** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use
+** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered,
+** NULL is returned.
+**
+** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to
+** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free().
*/
-static void interiorWriterAppend(InteriorWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
- sqlite_int64 iChildBlock){
- char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
- int n, nPrefix = 0;
-
- ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-
- /* The first term written into an interior node is actually
- ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added
- ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this
- ** function). That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left
- ** at 0.
- */
- if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, nTerm);
- }else{
- while( nPrefix<pWriter->term.nData &&
- pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
- nPrefix++;
+static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
+ switch( pExpr->eType ){
+ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ int i;
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn);
+ for(i=0; zBuf && i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf,
+ pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z,
+ (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"")
+ );
+ }
+ return zBuf;
}
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
+ case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_NOT:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_AND:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf);
+ break;
+ case FTSQUERY_OR:
+ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf);
+ break;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- pWriter->iLastChildBlock++;
-#endif
- assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock );
-
- /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block
- ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms.
- */
- if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX &&
- iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){
- pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock,
- pTerm, nTerm);
- pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next;
- pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
- dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term);
- }else{
- dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n,
- pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
- dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
- }
- ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-}
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf);
-/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of
-** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present.
-*/
-static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){
- InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
+ if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf);
- while( block!=NULL ){
- InteriorBlock *b = block;
- block = block->next;
- dataBufferDestroy(&b->term);
- dataBufferDestroy(&b->data);
- sqlite3_free(b);
- }
- if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){
- interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter);
- sqlite3_free(pWriter->parentWriter);
- }
- dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
- SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return zBuf;
}
-/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info
-** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged. Otherwise, flush
-** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and
-** recursively ask for their root into.
+/*
+** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
+** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
+**
+** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
+**
+** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
+** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
+** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
+** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
+** For example:
+**
+** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
*/
-static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter,
- char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
- sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
- InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
- sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
+static void fts3ExprTest(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
int rc;
+ char **azCol = 0;
+ const char *zExpr;
+ int nExpr;
+ int nCol;
+ int ii;
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+ char *zBuf = 0;
+ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
- /* If we can fit the segment inline */
- if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nData<ROOT_MAX ){
- *ppRootInfo = block->data.pData;
- *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( argc<3 ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context,
+ "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+ );
+ return;
}
- /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of
- ** interior node.
- */
- ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
- rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
- pWriter->parentWriter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter));
- interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1,
- block->term.pData, block->term.nData,
- iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter);
-
- /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior
- ** node.
- */
- for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){
- ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
- rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
- interiorWriterAppend(pWriter->parentWriter,
- block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid);
+ rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
+ (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }else if( !pModule ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
+ goto exprtest_out;
}
- /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */
- return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter,
- ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node
-** (see comment at top of file for the format).
-*/
-typedef struct InteriorReader {
- const char *pData;
- int nData;
-
- DataBuffer term; /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */
-
- sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-} InteriorReader;
-
-static void interiorReaderDestroy(InteriorReader *pReader){
- dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
- SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG
-** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data?
-*/
-static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
- InteriorReader *pReader){
- int n, nTerm;
-
- /* Require at least the leading flag byte */
- assert( nData>0 );
- assert( pData[0]!='\0' );
-
- CLEAR(pReader);
-
- /* Decode the base blockid, and set the cursor to the first term. */
- n = fts3GetVarint(pData+1, &pReader->iBlockid);
- assert( 1+n<=nData );
- pReader->pData = pData+1+n;
- pReader->nData = nData-(1+n);
-
- /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too
- ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms.
- ** Otherwise, decode the first term.
- */
- if( pReader->nData==0 ){
- dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0);
- }else{
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm);
- dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
- dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm);
- assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData );
- pReader->pData += n+nTerm;
- pReader->nData -= n+nTerm;
+ rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
}
-}
-
-static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){
- return pReader->term.nData==0;
-}
-
-static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){
- return pReader->iBlockid;
-}
-
-static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){
- assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->term.nData;
-}
-static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){
- assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
- return pReader->term.pData;
-}
+ pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
-/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */
-static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){
- assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+ zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ nCol = argc-2;
+ azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
+ if( !azCol ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
+ goto exprtest_out;
+ }
+ for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
+ azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+ }
- /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the
- ** next term.
- */
- if( pReader->nData==0 ){
- dataBufferReset(&pReader->term);
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
+ pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || !(zBuf = exprToString(pExpr, 0)) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
}else{
- int n, nPrefix, nSuffix;
-
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ sqlite3_free(zBuf);
+ }
- /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */
- pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
- dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
+ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
- assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData );
- pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
- pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
+exprtest_out:
+ if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
+ rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
}
- pReader->iBlockid++;
+ sqlite3_free(azCol);
}
-/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style
-** results. If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
+/*
+** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
+** with database connection db.
*/
-static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
- const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader);
- int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader);
- int c, n = nReaderTerm<nTerm ? nReaderTerm : nTerm;
-
- if( n==0 ){
- if( nReaderTerm>0 ) return -1;
- if( nTerm>0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }
-
- c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n);
- if( c!=0 ) return c;
- if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
- return nReaderTerm - nTerm;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
+ return sqlite3_create_function(
+ db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
+ );
}
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data
-** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info).
-** Expected usage is:
+#endif
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
**
-** LeafWriter writer;
-** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer);
-** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){
-** // data is doclist data for that term.
-** rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData);
-** if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-** }
-** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-**err:
-** leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-** return rc;
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments.
-** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores
-** a root node in %_segdir. leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and
-** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment.
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge().
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
*/
-/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */
-#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024
-
-/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */
-#define LEAF_MAX 2048
-
-typedef struct LeafWriter {
- int iLevel;
- int idx;
- sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid; /* needed to create the root info */
- sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid; /* when we're done writing. */
-
- DataBuffer term; /* previous encoded term */
- DataBuffer data; /* encoding buffer */
-
- /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that
- ** term from the last term of the previous node.
- */
- int nTermDistinct;
-
- InteriorWriter parentWriter; /* if we overflow */
- int has_parent;
-} LeafWriter;
-
-static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){
- CLEAR(pWriter);
- pWriter->iLevel = iLevel;
- pWriter->idx = idx;
-
- dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 32);
-
- /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */
- dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */
-static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){
- int n, iDummy;
-
- if( nData==0 ) return;
- assert( nData>0 );
- assert( pData!=0 );
- assert( pData+nData>pData );
-
- /* Must lead with a varint(0) */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( iDummy==0 );
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( n<nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
-
- /* Leading term length and data must fit in buffer. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy<nData );
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
-
- /* Leading term's doclist length and data must fit. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
- ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
-
- /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */
- while( nData!=0 ){
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>=0 );
- assert( n<nData );
- pData += n;
- nData -= n;
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy<nData );
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
-
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
- assert( n>0 );
- assert( iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy>0 );
- assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
- ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
- pData += n+iDummy;
- nData -= n+iDummy;
- }
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting
-** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will
-** contain it.
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
-static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
- int iData, int nData){
- sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
- const char *pStartingTerm;
- int nStartingTerm, rc, n;
-
- /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some
- ** valid-looking data.
- */
- assert( nData>2 );
- assert( iData>=0 );
- assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData );
- ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData);
-
- rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- assert( iBlockid!=0 );
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building
- ** the interior node.
- */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm);
- pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n;
- assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm );
- assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 );
- assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm );
- nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct;
- if( pWriter->has_parent ){
- interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter,
- pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid);
- }else{
- interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid,
- &pWriter->parentWriter);
- pWriter->has_parent = 1;
- }
- /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */
- if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){
- pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid;
- }else{
- pWriter->iEndBlockid++;
- assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid );
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+ if( p ){
+ memset(p, 0, n);
}
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
}
-static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
- int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */
- dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){
+ assert( pNew!=0 );
+ assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+ pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+ pNew->first = 0;
+ pNew->count = 0;
+ pNew->htsize = 0;
+ pNew->ht = 0;
}
-/* Fetch the root info for the segment. If the entire leaf fits
-** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it
-** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the
-** interior node. *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last
-** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at
-** all).
-*/
-static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
- char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
- sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
- /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */
- if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nData<ROOT_MAX ){
- *ppRootInfo = pWriter->data.pData;
- *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData;
- *piEndBlockid = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
- /* Flush remaining leaf data. */
- if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){
- int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( pH!=0 );
+ elem = pH->first;
+ pH->first = 0;
+ fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+ pH->ht = 0;
+ pH->htsize = 0;
+ while( elem ){
+ Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+ if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ }
+ fts3HashFree(elem);
+ elem = next_elem;
}
-
- /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */
- assert( pWriter->has_parent );
-
- /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid. If the
- ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final
- ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by
- ** interiorWriterRootInfo().
- */
- *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid;
-
- return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter,
- ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
+ pH->count = 0;
}
-/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory.
-** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to
-** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments.
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
*/
-static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
- sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;
- char *pRootInfo;
- int rc, nRootInfo;
-
- rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */
- if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
- return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx,
- pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid,
- iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo);
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+ int h = 0;
+ if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+ while( nKey > 0 ){
+ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+ nKey--;
+ }
+ return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
-
-static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){
- if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter);
- dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
- dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data);
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+ return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}
-/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate.
-** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the
-** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node
-** boundary is crossed.
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
*/
-static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
- char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
- int n, nPrefix = 0;
-
- assert( nTerm>0 );
- while( nPrefix<pWriter->term.nData &&
- pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
- nPrefix++;
- /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */
- assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ int h = 0;
+ const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+ while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
}
+ return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+ return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
- if( pWriter->data.nData==0 ){
- /* Encode the node header and leading term as:
- ** varint(0)
- ** varint(nTerm)
- ** char pTerm[nTerm]
- */
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, '\0');
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
- dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm);
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+ return &fts3StrHash;
}else{
- /* Delta-encode the term as:
- ** varint(nPrefix)
- ** varint(nSuffix)
- ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]
- */
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
- dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
+ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ return &fts3BinHash;
}
- dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
-
- return nPrefix+1;
}
-/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in
-** the buffer. This constructs a node and term header before
-** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using
-** leafWriterInternalFlush().
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
*/
-static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
- int iDoclistData){
- char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
- int iData, n = fts3PutVarint(c, 0);
- n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
-
- /* There should always be room for the header. Even if pTerm shared
- ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix
- ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there
- ** should be room.
- */
- assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm );
-
- iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm);
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n);
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
-
- return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData);
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+ return &fts3StrCompare;
+ }else{
+ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+ return &fts3BinCompare;
+ }
}
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
+/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
-static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
- DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
- char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
- int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData;
- int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct;
-
- ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
- nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm);
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+ Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+ Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
+ pHead = pEntry->chain;
+ if( pHead ){
+ pNew->next = pHead;
+ pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+ if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+ else { pH->first = pNew; }
+ pHead->prev = pNew;
+ }else{
+ pNew->next = pH->first;
+ if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+ pNew->prev = 0;
+ pH->first = pNew;
+ }
+ pEntry->count++;
+ pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
- /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */
- if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
- iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData;
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+**
+** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs.
+*/
+static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+ struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
+ Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
- /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space
- ** to encode it.
- */
- for(i=0, nData=0; i<nReaders; i++){
- nData += dlrAllDataBytes(&pReaders[i]);
+ assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+ new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+ if( new_ht==0 ) return 1;
+ fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+ pH->ht = new_ht;
+ pH->htsize = new_size;
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+ int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+ next_elem = elem->next;
+ fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
}
- n = fts3PutVarint(c, nData);
- dataBufferAppend(&pWriter->data, c, n);
-
- docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders);
- ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT,
- pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
- pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL);
-
- /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller
- ** than the length we encoded. Additionally, the space required to
- ** encode this length could be smaller. For small doclists, this is
- ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things.
- */
- nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n);
- nActual = fts3PutVarint(c, nActualData);
- assert( nActualData<=nData );
- assert( nActual<=n );
+ return 0;
+}
- /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf
- ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the
- ** memmove().
- */
- /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
- ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
- ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to
- ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN.
- */
- if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){
- /* Push leaf node from before this term. */
- if( iTermData>0 ){
- rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+ const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+ const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
+ int nKey,
+ int h /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
+ int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
- pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
+ if( pH->ht ){
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+ elem = pEntry->chain;
+ count = pEntry->count;
+ xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ while( count-- && elem ){
+ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
+ return elem;
+ }
+ elem = elem->next;
}
-
- /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */
- iDoclistData += n - nActual;
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
-
- /* Push the standalone leaf node. */
- rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Leave the node empty. */
- dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
-
- return rc;
}
+ return 0;
+}
- /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the
- ** memmove if indicated.
- */
- if( nActual<n ){
- memmove(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+nActual,
- pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
- pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n));
- pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual;
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
+ Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+ int h /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+ struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+ if( elem->prev ){
+ elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ }else{
+ pH->first = elem->next;
}
-
- /* Replace written length with actual length. */
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
-
- /* If the node is too large, break things up. */
- /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
- ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
- ** doclist lengths. At some point, change to
- ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX.
- */
- if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){
- /* Flush out the leading data as a node */
- rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-
- /* Rebuild header using the current term */
- n = fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0);
- n += fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm);
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
- n += nTerm;
-
- /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding
- ** included all data necessary to construct the term.
- */
- assert( n<iDoclistData );
- /* So long as STANDALONE_MIN is half or less of LEAF_MAX, the
- ** following memcpy() is safe (as opposed to needing a memmove).
- */
- assert( 2*STANDALONE_MIN<=LEAF_MAX );
- assert( n+pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData<iDoclistData );
- memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n,
- pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData,
- pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData);
- pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n;
+ if( elem->next ){
+ elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+ }
+ pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+ if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+ pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+ }
+ pEntry->count--;
+ if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+ pEntry->chain = 0;
+ }
+ if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ }
+ fts3HashFree( elem );
+ pH->count--;
+ if( pH->count<=0 ){
+ assert( pH->first==0 );
+ assert( pH->count==0 );
+ fts3HashClear(pH);
}
- ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are
-** constructed directly in pWriter->data.
-*/
-static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
- const char *pData, int nData){
- int rc;
- DLReader reader;
-
- dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
- rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1);
- dlrDestroy(&reader);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(
+ const Fts3Hash *pH,
+ const void *pKey,
+ int nKey
+){
+ int h; /* A hash on key */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
- return rc;
+ if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ assert( xHash!=0 );
+ h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
}
+/*
+** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */
-typedef struct LeafReader {
- DataBuffer term; /* copy of current term. */
-
- const char *pData; /* data for current term. */
- int nData;
-} LeafReader;
-
-static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){
- dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
- SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+ pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
+ return pElem ? pElem->data : 0;
}
-static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){
- return pReader->nData<=0;
-}
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set. NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+ Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
+ const void *pKey, /* The key */
+ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
+ void *data /* The data */
+){
+ int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
+ int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+ Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
+ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
- return pReader->term.nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){
- assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
- return pReader->term.pData;
+ assert( pH!=0 );
+ xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+ assert( xHash!=0 );
+ hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+ elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+ if( elem ){
+ void *old_data = elem->data;
+ if( data==0 ){
+ fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+ }else{
+ elem->data = data;
+ }
+ return old_data;
+ }
+ if( data==0 ) return 0;
+ if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8))
+ || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2))
+ ){
+ pH->count = 0;
+ return data;
+ }
+ assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+ new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) );
+ if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+ if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+ new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+ if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+ fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+ return data;
+ }
+ memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+ }else{
+ new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+ }
+ new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+ pH->count++;
+ assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+ assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+ h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+ fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+ new_elem->data = data;
+ return 0;
}
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
- int nData;
- assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
- fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
- return nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){
- int n, nData;
- assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
- return pReader->pData+n;
-}
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-static void leafReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
- LeafReader *pReader){
- int nTerm, n;
+/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
- assert( nData>0 );
- assert( pData[0]=='\0' );
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- CLEAR(pReader);
- /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm);
- dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
- dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm);
- /* Position after the first term. */
- assert( 1+n+nTerm<nData );
- pReader->pData = pData+1+n+nTerm;
- pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm;
-}
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
-/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */
-static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){
- int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix;
- assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+ const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
+ int nInput; /* size of the input */
+ int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
+ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
+ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
+ int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
- /* Skip previous entry's data block. */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
- assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData );
- pReader->pData += n+nData;
- pReader->nData -= n+nData;
- if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){
- /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a
- ** suffix from the leaf data.
- */
- n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
- n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
- assert( n+nSuffix<pReader->nData );
- pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
- dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+ int argc, const char * const *argv,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+ porter_tokenizer *t;
- pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
- pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
+
+ t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+ if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+ *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm.
-** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
-static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
- int c, n = pReader->term.nData<nTerm ? pReader->term.nData : nTerm;
- if( n==0 ){
- if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1;
- if(nTerm>0 ) return 1;
- return 0;
- }
-
- c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n);
- if( c!=0 ) return c;
- if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
- return pReader->term.nData - nTerm;
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire
-** leaf layer of the tree.
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
*/
-typedef struct LeavesReader {
- int idx; /* Index within the segment. */
+static int porterOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */
- int eof; /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
- LeafReader leafReader; /* reader for the current leaf. */
- DataBuffer rootData; /* root data for inline. */
-} LeavesReader;
+ c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+ if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
- assert( !pReader->eof );
- return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){
- assert( !pReader->eof );
- return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
+ c->zInput = zInput;
+ if( zInput==0 ){
+ c->nInput = 0;
+ }else if( nInput<0 ){
+ c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+ }else{
+ c->nInput = nInput;
+ }
+ c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+ c->iToken = 0;
+ c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
+ c->nAllocated = 0;
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
- assert( !pReader->eof );
- return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){
- assert( !pReader->eof );
- return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader);
+ *ppCursor = &c->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){
- return pReader->eof;
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+ sqlite3_free(c);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-
-/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus
-** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table.
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
*/
-/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory. Really, there
-** should be check-in function for all statement handles which
-** arranges to call sqlite3_reset(). This most likely will require
-** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now
-** just punt.
+static const char cType[] = {
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+ 1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
**
-** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
-** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in
-** this case. Probably a brittle assumption.
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
*/
-static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){
- return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt);
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+ int j;
+ char x = *z;
+ if( x==0 ) return 0;
+ assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+ j = cType[x-'a'];
+ if( j<2 ) return j;
+ return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
}
-
-static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){
- /* If idx is -1, that means we're using a non-cached statement
- ** handle in the optimize() case, so we need to release it.
- */
- if( pReader->pStmt!=NULL && pReader->idx==-1 ){
- sqlite3_finalize(pReader->pStmt);
- }
- leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
- dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData);
- SCRAMBLE(pReader);
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+ int j;
+ char x = *z;
+ if( x==0 ) return 0;
+ assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+ j = cType[x-'a'];
+ if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+ return isConsonant(z + 1);
}
-/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0
-** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the
-** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive.
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+** [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
*/
-static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v,
- int idx,
- sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
- sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
- const char *pRootData, int nRootData,
- LeavesReader *pReader){
- CLEAR(pReader);
- pReader->idx = idx;
-
- dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0);
- if( iStartBlockid==0 ){
- /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */
- dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData);
- leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData,
- &pReader->leafReader);
- }else{
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- pReader->eof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
- pReader->pStmt = s;
- leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
- sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
- &pReader->leafReader);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
}
-/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term. If we reach the
-** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block.
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
*/
-static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){
- assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
- leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader);
-
- if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){
- int rc;
- if( pReader->rootData.pData ){
- pReader->eof = 1;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
- pReader->eof = 1;
- return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
- }
- leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
- leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
- sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
- &pReader->leafReader);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z==0;
}
-/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx. Readers at eof
-** always sort to the end.
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
*/
-static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
- if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){
- if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0;
- return 1;
- }
- if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1;
-
- return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader,
- leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2),
- 0);
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+ if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
}
-/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx
-** so that older segments sort before newer segments.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
*/
-static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
- int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
- if( c!=0 ) return c;
- return lr1->idx-lr2->idx;
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+ return *z!=0;
}
-/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted. Bubble pLr[0] into its
-** sorted position.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
*/
-static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
- while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
- LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
- pLr[0] = pLr[1];
- pLr[1] = tmp;
- nLr--;
- pLr++;
- }
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1];
}
-/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning
-** the number of segments in *piReaders. Leaves pReaders in sorted
-** order.
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
*/
-static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
- LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- i = 0;
- while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
- sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
- sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
- assert( i<MERGE_COUNT );
- rc = leavesReaderInit(v, i, iStart, iEnd, pRootData, nRootData,
- &pReaders[i]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
- i++;
- }
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- while( i-->0 ){
- leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]);
- }
- return rc;
- }
-
- *piReaders = i;
-
- /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */
- while( i-- ){
- leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i);
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+ return
+ isConsonant(z) &&
+ z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+ isVowel(z+1) &&
+ isConsonant(z+2);
}
-/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which
-** is written to pWriter. Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to
-** newest.
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
+** is in normal order.
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */
-static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v,
- LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders,
- LeafWriter *pWriter){
- DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
- const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders);
- int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders);
-
- assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
-
- for(i=0; i<nReaders; i++){
- dlrInit(&dlReaders[i], DL_DEFAULT,
- leavesReaderData(pReaders+i),
- leavesReaderDataBytes(pReaders+i));
+static int stem(
+ char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+ const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+ const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+ int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+ char *z = *pz;
+ while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+ if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+ if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+ while( *zTo ){
+ *(--z) = *(zTo++);
}
-
- return leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, dlReaders, nReaders);
+ *pz = z;
+ return 1;
}
-/* Forward ref due to mutual recursion with segdirNextIndex(). */
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel);
-
-/* Put the next available index at iLevel into *pidx. If iLevel
-** already has MERGE_COUNT segments, they are merged to a higher
-** level to make room.
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
*/
-static int segdirNextIndex(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
- int rc = segdir_max_index(v, iLevel, pidx);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* No segments at iLevel. */
- *pidx = 0;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- if( *pidx==(MERGE_COUNT-1) ){
- rc = segmentMerge(v, iLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- *pidx = 0;
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+ int i, mx, j;
+ int hasDigit = 0;
+ for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+ char c = zIn[i];
+ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+ zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
}else{
- (*pidx)++;
+ if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+ zOut[i] = c;
}
- }else{
- return rc;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Merge MERGE_COUNT segments at iLevel into a new segment at
-** iLevel+1. If iLevel+1 is already full of segments, those will be
-** merged to make room.
-*/
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
- LeafWriter writer;
- LeavesReader lrs[MERGE_COUNT];
- int i, rc, idx = 0;
-
- /* Determine the next available segment index at the next level,
- ** merging as necessary.
- */
- rc = segdirNextIndex(v, iLevel+1, &idx);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* TODO(shess) This assumes that we'll always see exactly
- ** MERGE_COUNT segments to merge at a given level. That will be
- ** broken if we allow the developer to request preemptive or
- ** deferred merging.
- */
- memset(&lrs, '\0', sizeof(lrs));
- rc = leavesReadersInit(v, iLevel, lrs, &i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- assert( i==MERGE_COUNT );
-
- leafWriterInit(iLevel+1, idx, &writer);
-
- /* Since leavesReaderReorder() pushes readers at eof to the end,
- ** when the first reader is empty, all will be empty.
- */
- while( !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs) ){
- /* Figure out how many readers share their next term. */
- for(i=1; i<MERGE_COUNT && !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs+i); i++){
- if( 0!=leavesReaderTermCmp(lrs, lrs+i) ) break;
- }
-
- rc = leavesReadersMerge(v, lrs, i, &writer);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
- /* Step forward those that were merged. */
- while( i-->0 ){
- rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
- /* Reorder by term, then by age. */
- leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i);
+ mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+ if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+ for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+ zOut[j] = zOut[i];
}
+ i = j;
}
-
- for(i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++){
- leavesReaderDestroy(&lrs[i]);
- }
-
- rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
- leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* Delete the merged segment data. */
- return segdir_delete(v, iLevel);
-
- err:
- for(i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++){
- leavesReaderDestroy(&lrs[i]);
- }
- leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Accumulate the union of *acc and *pData into *acc. */
-static void docListAccumulateUnion(DataBuffer *acc,
- const char *pData, int nData) {
- DataBuffer tmp = *acc;
- dataBufferInit(acc, tmp.nData+nData);
- docListUnion(tmp.pData, tmp.nData, pData, nData, acc);
- dataBufferDestroy(&tmp);
+ zOut[i] = 0;
+ *pnOut = i;
}
-/* TODO(shess) It might be interesting to explore different merge
-** strategies, here. For instance, since this is a sorted merge, we
-** could easily merge many doclists in parallel. With some
-** comprehension of the storage format, we could merge all of the
-** doclists within a leaf node directly from the leaf node's storage.
-** It may be worthwhile to merge smaller doclists before larger
-** doclists, since they can be traversed more quickly - but the
-** results may have less overlap, making them more expensive in a
-** different way.
-*/
-/* Scan pReader for pTerm/nTerm, and merge the term's doclist over
-** *out (any doclists with duplicate docids overwrite those in *out).
-** Internal function for loadSegmentLeaf().
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+**
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
*/
-static int loadSegmentLeavesInt(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DataBuffer *out){
- /* doclist data is accumulated into pBuffers similar to how one does
- ** increment in binary arithmetic. If index 0 is empty, the data is
- ** stored there. If there is data there, it is merged and the
- ** results carried into position 1, with further merge-and-carry
- ** until an empty position is found.
- */
- DataBuffer *pBuffers = NULL;
- int nBuffers = 0, nMaxBuffers = 0, rc;
-
- assert( nTerm>0 );
-
- for(rc=SQLITE_OK; rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader);
- rc=leavesReaderStep(v, pReader)){
- /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is
- ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders. Think
- ** on a better name. [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than
- ** use a confusing name.]
- */
- int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix);
- if( c>0 ) break; /* Past any possible matches. */
- if( c==0 ){
- const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader);
- int iBuffer, nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader);
-
- /* Find the first empty buffer. */
- for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer<nBuffers; ++iBuffer){
- if( 0==pBuffers[iBuffer].nData ) break;
- }
-
- /* Out of buffers, add an empty one. */
- if( iBuffer==nBuffers ){
- if( nBuffers==nMaxBuffers ){
- DataBuffer *p;
- nMaxBuffers += 20;
-
- /* Manual realloc so we can handle NULL appropriately. */
- p = sqlite3_malloc(nMaxBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
- if( p==NULL ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- break;
- }
-
- if( nBuffers>0 ){
- assert(pBuffers!=NULL);
- memcpy(p, pBuffers, nBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
- sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
- }
- pBuffers = p;
- }
- dataBufferInit(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]), 0);
- nBuffers++;
- }
-
- /* At this point, must have an empty at iBuffer. */
- assert(iBuffer<nBuffers && pBuffers[iBuffer].nData==0);
-
- /* If empty was first buffer, no need for merge logic. */
- if( iBuffer==0 ){
- dataBufferReplace(&(pBuffers[0]), pData, nData);
- }else{
- /* pAcc is the empty buffer the merged data will end up in. */
- DataBuffer *pAcc = &(pBuffers[iBuffer]);
- DataBuffer *p = &(pBuffers[0]);
-
- /* Handle position 0 specially to avoid need to prime pAcc
- ** with pData/nData.
- */
- dataBufferSwap(p, pAcc);
- docListAccumulateUnion(pAcc, pData, nData);
-
- /* Accumulate remaining doclists into pAcc. */
- for(++p; p<pAcc; ++p){
- docListAccumulateUnion(pAcc, p->pData, p->nData);
-
- /* dataBufferReset() could allow a large doclist to blow up
- ** our memory requirements.
- */
- if( p->nCapacity<1024 ){
- dataBufferReset(p);
- }else{
- dataBufferDestroy(p);
- dataBufferInit(p, 0);
- }
- }
- }
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+ int i, j;
+ char zReverse[28];
+ char *z, *z2;
+ if( nIn<3 || nIn>=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+ /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+ ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+ char c = zIn[i];
+ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+ zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+ }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+ zReverse[j] = c;
+ }else{
+ /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+ ** to the copy stemmer */
+ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+ return;
}
}
+ memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+ z = &zReverse[j+1];
- /* Union all the doclists together into *out. */
- /* TODO(shess) What if *out is big? Sigh. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nBuffers>0 ){
- int iBuffer;
- for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer<nBuffers; ++iBuffer){
- if( pBuffers[iBuffer].nData>0 ){
- if( out->nData==0 ){
- dataBufferSwap(out, &(pBuffers[iBuffer]));
- }else{
- docListAccumulateUnion(out, pBuffers[iBuffer].pData,
- pBuffers[iBuffer].nData);
- }
- }
+
+ /* Step 1a */
+ if( z[0]=='s' ){
+ if(
+ !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+ !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) &&
+ !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+ ){
+ z++;
}
}
- while( nBuffers-- ){
- dataBufferDestroy(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]));
+ /* Step 1b */
+ z2 = z;
+ if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
+ }else if(
+ (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+ && z!=z2
+ ){
+ if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+ stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+ stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
+ }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+ z++;
+ }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+ *(--z) = 'e';
+ }
}
- if( pBuffers!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
-
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with pData/nData as input. */
-static int loadSegmentLeaf(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DataBuffer *out){
- LeavesReader reader;
- int rc;
-
- assert( nData>1 );
- assert( *pData=='\0' );
- rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
- leavesReaderReset(&reader);
- leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to
-** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into
-** out.
-*/
-static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v,
- sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DataBuffer *out){
- int rc;
- LeavesReader reader;
-
- assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
- rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
- leavesReaderReset(&reader);
- leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
- return rc;
-}
-/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child
-** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix. Note that the
-** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is
-** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >=
-** the last interior-node term).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is
-** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling
-** node. Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile. I suspect
-** it is not worthwhile.
-*/
-static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- sqlite_int64 *piStartChild,
- sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){
- InteriorReader reader;
-
- assert( nData>1 );
- assert( *pData!='\0' );
- interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader);
-
- /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */
- while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
- if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break;
- interiorReaderStep(&reader);
+ /* Step 1c */
+ if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+ z[0] = 'i';
}
- *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
- /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix
- ** comparison if indicated. If isPrefix is false, this will be the
- ** same blockid as the starting block.
- */
- while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
- if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break;
- interiorReaderStep(&reader);
+ /* Step 2 */
+ switch( z[1] ){
+ case 'a':
+ stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'g':
+ stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+ break;
}
- *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
-
- interiorReaderDestroy(&reader);
-
- /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */
- assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild );
- assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild );
-}
-
-/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to
-** getChildrenContaining().
-*/
-static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining(
- fulltext_vtab *v,
- sqlite_int64 iBlockid,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild
-){
- sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
- int rc;
-
- assert( iBlockid!=0 );
- assert( pTerm!=NULL );
- assert( nTerm!=0 ); /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */
- assert( piStartChild!=NULL );
- assert( piEndChild!=NULL );
-
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
- getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0),
- pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild);
-
- /* We expect only one row. We must execute another sqlite3_step()
- * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain
- * locked. */
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for
-** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out. This is internal to
-** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner.
-*/
-static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
- sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DataBuffer *out){
- /* Special case where root is a leaf. */
- if( *pData=='\0' ){
- return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
- }else{
- int rc;
- sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild;
+ /* Step 3 */
+ switch( z[0] ){
+ case 'e':
+ stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+ stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+ break;
+ }
- /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree
- ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term.
- */
- getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
- &iStartChild, &iEndChild);
- while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){
- sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd;
- rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
- &iNextStart, &iNextEnd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ /* Step 4 */
+ switch( z[1] ){
+ case 'a':
+ if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+ z += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'e':
+ if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+ z += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if( z[0]=='t' ){
+ if( z[2]=='a' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+ stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+ stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+ stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'o':
+ if( z[0]=='u' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+ z += 2;
+ }
+ }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+ stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+ stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+ break;
+ case 'u':
+ if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'v':
+ case 'z':
+ if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+ z += 3;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
- /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */
- if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){
- sqlite_int64 iDummy;
- rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
- &iDummy, &iNextEnd);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
+ /* Step 5a */
+ if( z[0]=='e' ){
+ if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+ z++;
+ }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+ z++;
+ }
+ }
- assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd );
- iStartChild = iNextStart;
- iEndChild = iNextEnd;
- }
- assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd );
- assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd );
+ /* Step 5b */
+ if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+ z++;
+ }
- /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */
- return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild,
- pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
+ /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
+ ** around into forward order and return.
+ */
+ *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z);
+ zOut[i] = 0;
+ while( *z ){
+ zOut[--i] = *(z++);
}
}
-/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then
-** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the
-** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the
-** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when
-** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of
-** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly).
-** Either feels somewhat tricky to me.
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
*/
-/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large
-** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to
-** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad). It might be useful to
-** modify things to allow for N-way merging. This could either be
-** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across
-** all segments at once.
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
*/
-static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
- sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
- DataBuffer *out){
- DataBuffer result;
- int rc;
+static int porterNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+ const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ const char *z = c->zInput;
- assert( nData>1 );
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+ int iStartOffset, ch;
- /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
- assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
+ /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
+ }
- dataBufferInit(&result, 0);
- rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd,
- pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){
- if( out->nData==0 ){
- DataBuffer tmp = *out;
- *out = result;
- result = tmp;
- }else{
- DataBuffer merged;
- DLReader readers[2];
+ /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+ iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
+ }
- dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData);
- dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData);
- dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData);
- docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2);
- dataBufferDestroy(out);
- *out = merged;
- dlrDestroy(&readers[0]);
- dlrDestroy(&readers[1]);
+ if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+ int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+ if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+ char *pNew;
+ c->nAllocated = n+20;
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ c->zToken = pNew;
+ }
+ porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+ *pzToken = c->zToken;
+ *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+ *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+ *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- dataBufferDestroy(&result);
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
-/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term
-** into *out.
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
*/
-static int termSelect(
- fulltext_vtab *v,
- int iColumn,
- const char *pTerm, int nTerm, /* Term to query for */
- int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */
- DocListType iType,
- DataBuffer *out /* Write results here */
-){
- DataBuffer doclist;
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
- int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
- assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-
- dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
- dataBufferInit(out, 0);
-
- /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist
- ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements.
- */
- while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
- const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
- const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
- &doclist);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- if( doclist.nData!=0 ){
- /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column
- ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers.
- ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage
- ** system is checked in.
- */
- if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1;
- docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
- iColumn, iType, out);
- }
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+ 0,
+ porterCreate,
+ porterDestroy,
+ porterOpen,
+ porterClose,
+ porterNext,
+};
- err:
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- return rc;
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+ *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
}
-/****************************************************************/
-/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */
-typedef struct TermData {
- const char *pTerm;
- int nTerm;
- DLCollector *pCollector;
-} TermData;
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0
-** for equal, >0 for greater-than).
+/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
*/
-static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){
- const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av;
- const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv;
- int n = a->nTerm<b->nTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm;
- int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n);
- if( c!=0 ) return c;
- return a->nTerm-b->nTerm;
-}
-/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using
-** LeafWriter.
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
-static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts3Hash *pTerms){
- fts3HashElem *e;
- int idx, rc, i, n;
- TermData *pData;
- LeafWriter writer;
- DataBuffer dl;
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
- /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */
- rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- n = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
- pData = sqlite3_malloc(n*sizeof(TermData));
- for(i = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
- assert( i<n );
- pData[i].pTerm = fts3HashKey(e);
- pData[i].nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(e);
- pData[i].pCollector = fts3HashData(e);
- }
- assert( i==n );
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
+ void *pPtr = 0;
+ const unsigned char *zName;
+ int nName;
- /* TODO(shess) Should we allow user-defined collation sequences,
- ** here? I think we only need that once we support prefix searches.
- */
- if( n>1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
+ assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
- /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment
- ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges.
- */
- leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer);
- dataBufferInit(&dl, 0);
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- dataBufferReset(&dl);
- dlcAddDoclist(pData[i].pCollector, &dl);
- rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer,
- pData[i].pTerm, pData[i].nTerm, dl.pData, dl.nData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
- }
- rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
+ pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- err:
- dataBufferDestroy(&dl);
- sqlite3_free(pData);
- leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
- return rc;
-}
+ zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
-/* If pendingTerms has data, free it. */
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
- if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
- fts3HashElem *e;
- for(e=fts3HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts3HashNext(e)){
- dlcDelete(fts3HashData(e));
+ if( argc==2 ){
+ void *pOld;
+ int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+ if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+ pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+ if( pOld==pPtr ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+ return;
+ }
+ }else{
+ pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+ if( !pPtr ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
}
- fts3HashClear(&v->pendingTerms);
- v->nPendingData = -1;
}
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and
-** free it.
-*/
-static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
- if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
- int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v);
- return rc;
- }
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
-/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it.
-** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use.
-*/
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
- /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
- ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if
- ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
- ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
- ** generate longer doclists.
- */
- if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){
- int rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
- }
- if( v->nPendingData<0 ){
- fts3HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
- v->nPendingData = 0;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){
+ static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
+ };
+ return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){
+ const char *z1;
+ const char *z2 = 0;
+
+ /* Find the start of the next token. */
+ z1 = zStr;
+ while( z2==0 ){
+ char c = *z1;
+ switch( c ){
+ case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */
+ case '\'':
+ case '"':
+ case '`': {
+ z2 = z1;
+ while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) );
+ break;
+ }
+ case '[':
+ z2 = &z1[1];
+ while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++;
+ if( *z2 ) z2++;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){
+ z2 = &z1[1];
+ while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++;
+ }else{
+ z1++;
+ }
+ }
}
- v->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ *pn = (int)(z2-z1);
+ return z1;
}
-/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it is the top-level entry
- * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */
-static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg,
- sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
- fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(
+ Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */
+ const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */
+ char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */
+){
int rc;
+ char *z = (char *)zArg;
+ int n = 0;
+ char *zCopy;
+ char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Update %p\n", pVtab));
+ zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg);
+ if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)];
- if( nArg<2 ){
- rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- /* If we just deleted the last row in the table, clear out the
- ** index data.
- */
- rc = content_exists(v);
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- /* Clear the pending terms so we don't flush a useless level-0
- ** segment when the transaction closes.
- */
- rc = clearPendingTerms(v);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = segdir_delete_all(v);
- }
+ z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n);
+ z[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+
+ m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1);
+ if( !m ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", z);
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }else{
+ char const **aArg = 0;
+ int iArg = 0;
+ z = &z[n+1];
+ while( z<zEnd && (NULL!=(z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(z, &n))) ){
+ int nNew = sizeof(char *)*(iArg+1);
+ char const **aNew = (const char **)sqlite3_realloc((void *)aArg, nNew);
+ if( !aNew ){
+ sqlite3_free(zCopy);
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
+ aArg = aNew;
+ aArg[iArg++] = z;
+ z[n] = '\0';
+ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z);
+ z = &z[n+1];
}
- } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){
- /* An update:
- * ppArg[0] = old rowid
- * ppArg[1] = new rowid
- * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
- * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
- * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
- */
- sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]);
- if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
- sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* we don't allow changing the rowid */
- }else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
- sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != rowid ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* we don't allow changing the docid */
- }else{
- assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
- rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]);
- }
- } else {
- /* An insert:
- * ppArg[1] = requested rowid
- * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
- * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
- * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
- */
- sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid = ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1];
- assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
- if( SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) &&
- SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) ){
- /* TODO(shess) Consider allowing this to work if the values are
- ** identical. I'm inclined to discourage that usage, though,
- ** given that both rowid and docid are special columns. Better
- ** would be to define one or the other as the default winner,
- ** but should it be fts3-centric (docid) or SQLite-centric
- ** (rowid)?
- */
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ rc = m->xCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer");
}else{
- if( SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) ){
- pRequestDocid = ppArg[1];
- }
- rc = index_insert(v, pRequestDocid, &ppArg[2], pRowid);
+ (*ppTok)->pModule = m;
}
+ sqlite3_free((void *)aArg);
}
+ sqlite3_free(zCopy);
return rc;
}
-static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xSync()\n"));
- return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
-}
-
-static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xBegin()\n"));
-
- /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous
- ** transaction.
- */
- assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
- return clearPendingTerms(v);
-}
-
-static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xCommit()\n"));
-
- /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */
- assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
- return clearPendingTerms(v);
-}
-static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
- FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xRollback()\n"));
- return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
-}
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void snippetFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
- if( argc<1 ) return;
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
- sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1);
- }else{
- const char *zStart = "<b>";
- const char *zEnd = "</b>";
- const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
- memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
- if( argc>=2 ){
- zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- if( argc>=3 ){
- zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
- if( argc>=4 ){
- zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]);
- }
- }
- }
- snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
- snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis);
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet,
- pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-}
/*
-** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two arguments:
+**
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
+** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**
*/
-static void snippetOffsetsFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext,
+static void testFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
- if( argc<1 ) return;
- if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
- sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1);
- }else{
- memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
- snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
- snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet);
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext,
- pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset,
- SQLITE_STATIC);
- }
-}
-
-/* OptLeavesReader is nearly identical to LeavesReader, except that
-** where LeavesReader is geared towards the merging of complete
-** segment levels (with exactly MERGE_COUNT segments), OptLeavesReader
-** is geared towards implementation of the optimize() function, and
-** can merge all segments simultaneously. This version may be
-** somewhat less efficient than LeavesReader because it merges into an
-** accumulator rather than doing an N-way merge, but since segment
-** size grows exponentially (so segment count logrithmically) this is
-** probably not an immediate problem.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess): Prove that assertion, or extend the merge code to
-** merge tree fashion (like the prefix-searching code does).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess): OptLeavesReader and LeavesReader could probably be
-** merged with little or no loss of performance for LeavesReader. The
-** merged code would need to handle >MERGE_COUNT segments, and would
-** also need to be able to optionally optimize away deletes.
-*/
-typedef struct OptLeavesReader {
- /* Segment number, to order readers by age. */
- int segment;
- LeavesReader reader;
-} OptLeavesReader;
-
-static int optLeavesReaderAtEnd(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderAtEnd(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderTermBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderTermBytes(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static const char *optLeavesReaderData(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderData(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderDataBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderDataBytes(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static const char *optLeavesReaderTerm(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderTerm(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, OptLeavesReader *pReader){
- return leavesReaderStep(v, &pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderTermCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
- return leavesReaderTermCmp(&lr1->reader, &lr2->reader);
-}
-/* Order by term ascending, segment ascending (oldest to newest), with
-** exhausted readers to the end.
-*/
-static int optLeavesReaderCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
- int c = optLeavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
- if( c!=0 ) return c;
- return lr1->segment-lr2->segment;
-}
-/* Bubble pLr[0] to appropriate place in pLr[1..nLr-1]. Assumes that
-** pLr[1..nLr-1] is already sorted.
-*/
-static void optLeavesReaderReorder(OptLeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
- while( nLr>1 && optLeavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
- OptLeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
- pLr[0] = pLr[1];
- pLr[1] = tmp;
- nLr--;
- pLr++;
- }
-}
-
-/* optimize() helper function. Put the readers in order and iterate
-** through them, merging doclists for matching terms into pWriter.
-** Returns SQLITE_OK on success, or the SQLite error code which
-** prevented success.
-*/
-static int optimizeInternal(fulltext_vtab *v,
- OptLeavesReader *readers, int nReaders,
- LeafWriter *pWriter){
- int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
- DataBuffer doclist, merged, tmp;
-
- /* Order the readers. */
- i = nReaders;
- while( i-- > 0 ){
- optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
- }
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
- dataBufferInit(&doclist, LEAF_MAX);
- dataBufferInit(&merged, LEAF_MAX);
+ const char *zErr = 0;
- /* Exhausted readers bubble to the end, so when the first reader is
- ** at eof, all are at eof.
- */
- while( !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[0]) ){
+ const char *zName;
+ int nName;
+ const char *zInput;
+ int nInput;
- /* Figure out how many readers share the next term. */
- for(i=1; i<nReaders && !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[i]); i++){
- if( 0!=optLeavesReaderTermCmp(&readers[0], &readers[i]) ) break;
- }
+ const char *zArg = 0;
- /* Special-case for no merge. */
- if( i==1 ){
- /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
- dataBufferReset(&merged);
- docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT,
- optLeavesReaderData(&readers[0]),
- optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[0]),
- -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
- }else{
- DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
- int iReader, nReaders;
+ const char *zToken;
+ int nToken;
+ int iStart;
+ int iEnd;
+ int iPos;
- /* Prime the pipeline with the first reader's doclist. After
- ** one pass index 0 will reference the accumulated doclist.
- */
- dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT,
- optLeavesReaderData(&readers[0]),
- optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[0]));
- iReader = 1;
-
- assert( iReader<i ); /* Must execute the loop at least once. */
- while( iReader<i ){
- /* Merge 16 inputs per pass. */
- for( nReaders=1; iReader<i && nReaders<MERGE_COUNT;
- iReader++, nReaders++ ){
- dlrInit(&dlReaders[nReaders], DL_DEFAULT,
- optLeavesReaderData(&readers[iReader]),
- optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[iReader]));
- }
+ Tcl_Obj *pRet;
- /* Merge doclists and swap result into accumulator. */
- dataBufferReset(&merged);
- docListMerge(&merged, dlReaders, nReaders);
- tmp = merged;
- merged = doclist;
- doclist = tmp;
+ assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
- while( nReaders-- > 0 ){
- dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[nReaders]);
- }
+ nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+ zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+ nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+ zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
- /* Accumulated doclist to reader 0 for next pass. */
- dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
- }
+ if( argc==3 ){
+ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ }
- /* Destroy reader that was left in the pipeline. */
- dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[0]);
+ pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+ p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
- /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
- dataBufferReset(&merged);
- docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
- -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
- }
+ if( !p ){
+ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
+ }
- /* Only pass doclists with hits (skip if all hits deleted). */
- if( merged.nData>0 ){
- rc = leafWriterStep(v, pWriter,
- optLeavesReaderTerm(&readers[0]),
- optLeavesReaderTermBytes(&readers[0]),
- merged.pData, merged.nData);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
- }
+ pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+ Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
- /* Step merged readers to next term and reorder. */
- while( i-- > 0 ){
- rc = optLeavesReaderStep(v, &readers[i]);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+ zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+ pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+ zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+ pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
- }
+ while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+ zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+ nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
}
- err:
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- dataBufferDestroy(&merged);
- return rc;
-}
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+ zErr = "error in xClose()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+ zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+ goto finish;
+ }
-/* Implement optimize() function for FTS3. optimize(t) merges all
-** segments in the fts index into a single segment. 't' is the magic
-** table-named column.
-*/
-static void optimizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pContext,
- int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
- if( argc>1 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "excess arguments to optimize()",-1);
- }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
- sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to optimize",-1);
+finish:
+ if( zErr ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}else{
- fulltext_vtab *v;
- int i, rc, iMaxLevel;
- OptLeavesReader *readers;
- int nReaders;
- LeafWriter writer;
- sqlite3_stmt *s;
-
- memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
- v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
-
- /* Flush any buffered updates before optimizing. */
- rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
- rc = segdir_count(v, &nReaders, &iMaxLevel);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
- if( nReaders==0 || nReaders==1 ){
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1,
- SQLITE_STATIC);
- return;
- }
-
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
- readers = sqlite3_malloc(nReaders*sizeof(readers[0]));
- if( readers==NULL ) goto err;
-
- /* Note that there will already be a segment at this position
- ** until we call segdir_delete() on iMaxLevel.
- */
- leafWriterInit(iMaxLevel, 0, &writer);
-
- i = 0;
- while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
- sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
- sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
- assert( i<nReaders );
- rc = leavesReaderInit(v, -1, iStart, iEnd, pRootData, nRootData,
- &readers[i].reader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
- readers[i].segment = i;
- i++;
- }
-
- /* If we managed to successfully read them all, optimize them. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- assert( i==nReaders );
- rc = optimizeInternal(v, readers, nReaders, &writer);
- }
-
- while( i-- > 0 ){
- leavesReaderDestroy(&readers[i].reader);
- }
- sqlite3_free(readers);
-
- /* If we've successfully gotten to here, delete the old segments
- ** and flush the interior structure of the new segment.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- for( i=0; i<=iMaxLevel; i++ ){
- rc = segdir_delete(v, i);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- }
-
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
- }
-
- leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- return;
-
- /* TODO(shess): Error-handling needs to be improved along the
- ** lines of the dump_ functions.
- */
- err:
- {
- char buf[512];
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "Error in optimize: %s",
- sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext)));
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
- }
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
+ Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
}
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* Generate an error of the form "<prefix>: <msg>". If msg is NULL,
-** pull the error from the context's db handle.
-*/
-static void generateError(sqlite3_context *pContext,
- const char *prefix, const char *msg){
- char buf[512];
- if( msg==NULL ) msg = sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext));
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%s: %s", prefix, msg);
- sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
-}
-
-/* Helper function to collect the set of terms in the segment into
-** pTerms. The segment is defined by the leaf nodes between
-** iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive, or by the contents of
-** pRootData if iStartBlockid is 0 (in which case the entire segment
-** fit in a leaf).
-*/
-static int collectSegmentTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_stmt *s,
- fts3Hash *pTerms){
- const sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
- const sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- const int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
- LeavesReader reader;
- int rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid,
- pRootData, nRootData, &reader);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
- const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(&reader);
- const int nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(&reader);
- void *oldValue = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm);
- void *newValue = (void *)((char *)oldValue+1);
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
- /* From the comment before sqlite3Fts3HashInsert in fts3_hash.c,
- ** the data value passed is returned in case of malloc failure.
- */
- if( newValue==sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm, newValue) ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- rc = leavesReaderStep(v, &reader);
- }
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
- return rc;
-}
-
-/* Helper function to build the result string for dump_terms(). */
-static int generateTermsResult(sqlite3_context *pContext, fts3Hash *pTerms){
- int iTerm, nTerms, nResultBytes, iByte;
- char *result;
- TermData *pData;
- fts3HashElem *e;
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
- /* Iterate pTerms to generate an array of terms in pData for
- ** sorting.
- */
- nTerms = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
- assert( nTerms>0 );
- pData = sqlite3_malloc(nTerms*sizeof(TermData));
- if( pData==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
- nResultBytes = 0;
- for(iTerm = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; iTerm++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
- nResultBytes += fts3HashKeysize(e)+1; /* Term plus trailing space */
- assert( iTerm<nTerms );
- pData[iTerm].pTerm = fts3HashKey(e);
- pData[iTerm].nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(e);
- pData[iTerm].pCollector = fts3HashData(e); /* unused */
- }
- assert( iTerm==nTerms );
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ char *zName,
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
- assert( nResultBytes>0 ); /* nTerms>0, nResultsBytes must be, too. */
- result = sqlite3_malloc(nResultBytes);
- if( result==NULL ){
- sqlite3_free(pData);
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ *pp = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- if( nTerms>1 ) qsort(pData, nTerms, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
-
- /* Read the terms in order to build the result. */
- iByte = 0;
- for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerms; ++iTerm){
- memcpy(result+iByte, pData[iTerm].pTerm, pData[iTerm].nTerm);
- iByte += pData[iTerm].nTerm;
- result[iByte++] = ' ';
+ sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+ }
}
- assert( iByte==nResultBytes );
- assert( result[nResultBytes-1]==' ' );
- result[nResultBytes-1] = '\0';
- /* Passes away ownership of result. */
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, result, nResultBytes-1, sqlite3_free);
- sqlite3_free(pData);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
-/* Implements dump_terms() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
-** tests. TEXT result containing the ordered list of terms joined by
-** spaces. dump_terms(t, level, idx) dumps the terms for the segment
-** specified by level, idx (in %_segdir), while dump_terms(t) dumps
-** all terms in the index. In both cases t is the fts table's magic
-** table-named column.
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
*/
-static void dumpTermsFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext,
- int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
+static void intTestFunc(
+ sqlite3_context *context,
+ int argc,
+ sqlite3_value **argv
){
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
- if( argc!=3 && argc!=1 ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "incorrect arguments");
- }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
- sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "illegal first argument");
- }else{
- fulltext_vtab *v;
- fts3Hash terms;
- sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
- int rc;
-
- memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
- v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
+ int rc;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- /* If passed only the cursor column, get all segments. Otherwise
- ** get the segment described by the following two arguments.
- */
- if( argc==1 ){
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
- }else{
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
- }
- }
- }
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
- return;
- }
+ /* Test the query function */
+ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p1==p2 );
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+ assert( p2==0 );
+ assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
- /* Collect the terms for each segment. */
- sqlite3Fts3HashInit(&terms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
- while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
- rc = collectSegmentTerms(v, s, &terms);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
- }
+ /* Test the storage function */
+ rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ assert( p2==p1 );
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- sqlite3_reset(s);
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
- }else{
- const int nTerms = fts3HashCount(&terms);
- if( nTerms>0 ){
- rc = generateTermsResult(pContext, &terms);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "out of memory");
- }else{
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- }
- }else if( argc==3 ){
- /* The specific segment asked for could not be found. */
- generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "segment not found");
- }else{
- /* No segments found. */
- /* TODO(shess): It should be impossible to reach this. This
- ** case can only happen for an empty table, in which case
- ** SQLite has no rows to call this function on.
- */
- sqlite3_result_null(pContext);
- }
- }
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(&terms);
- }
+ sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
-/* Expand the DL_DEFAULT doclist in pData into a text result in
-** pContext.
-*/
-static void createDoclistResult(sqlite3_context *pContext,
- const char *pData, int nData){
- DataBuffer dump;
- DLReader dlReader;
-
- assert( pData!=NULL && nData>0 );
+#endif
- dataBufferInit(&dump, 0);
- dlrInit(&dlReader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
- for( ; !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader); dlrStep(&dlReader) ){
- char buf[256];
- PLReader plReader;
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash,
+ const char *zName
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ void *p = (void *)pHash;
+ const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
- plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
- if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS || plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld] ", dlrDocid(&dlReader));
- dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
- }else{
- int iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
-
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld %d[",
- dlrDocid(&dlReader), iColumn);
- dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
-
- for( ; !plrAtEnd(&plReader); plrStep(&plReader) ){
- if( plrColumn(&plReader)!=iColumn ){
- iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "] %d[", iColumn);
- assert( dump.nData>0 );
- dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */
- assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
- dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
- }
- if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d,%d,%d ",
- plrPosition(&plReader),
- plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
- }else if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS ){
- sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d ", plrPosition(&plReader));
- }else{
- assert( NULL=="Unhandled DL_DEFAULT value");
- }
- dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
- }
- plrDestroy(&plReader);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ char *zTest = 0;
+ char *zTest2 = 0;
+ void *pdb = (void *)db;
+ zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+ zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+ if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+#endif
- assert( dump.nData>0 );
- dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */
- assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
- dataBufferAppend(&dump, "]] ", 3);
- }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0);
+ }
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0);
+ }
+ if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0);
}
- dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
+#endif
- assert( dump.nData>0 );
- dump.nData--; /* Overwrite trailing space. */
- assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
- dump.pData[dump.nData] = '\0';
- assert( dump.nData>0 );
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ sqlite3_free(zTest);
+ sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+#endif
- /* Passes ownership of dump's buffer to pContext. */
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, dump.pData, dump.nData, sqlite3_free);
- dump.pData = NULL;
- dump.nData = dump.nCapacity = 0;
+ return rc;
}
-/* Implements dump_doclist() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
-** tests. TEXT result containing a string representation of the
-** doclist for the indicated term. dump_doclist(t, term, level, idx)
-** dumps the doclist for term from the segment specified by level, idx
-** (in %_segdir), while dump_doclist(t, term) dumps the logical
-** doclist for the term across all segments. The per-segment doclist
-** can contain deletions, while the full-index doclist will not
-** (deletions are omitted).
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
-** Result formats differ with the setting of DL_DEFAULTS. Examples:
+** May you do good and not evil.
+** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
-** DL_DOCIDS: [1] [3] [7]
-** DL_POSITIONS: [1 0[0 4] 1[17]] [3 1[5]]
-** DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS: [1 0[0,0,3 4,23,26] 1[17,102,105]] [3 1[5,20,23]]
+******************************************************************************
**
-** In each case the number after the outer '[' is the docid. In the
-** latter two cases, the number before the inner '[' is the column
-** associated with the values within. For DL_POSITIONS the numbers
-** within are the positions, for DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS they are the
-** position, the start offset, and the end offset.
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/
-static void dumpDoclistFunc(
- sqlite3_context *pContext,
- int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
- if( argc!=2 && argc!=4 ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "incorrect arguments");
- }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
- sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "illegal first argument");
- }else if( sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])==NULL ||
- sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])[0]=='\0' ){
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "empty second argument");
- }else{
- const char *pTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- const int nTerm = strlen(pTerm);
- fulltext_vtab *v;
- int rc;
- DataBuffer doclist;
- memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
- v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
- dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
- /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are
- ** run against.
- */
- if( argc==2 ){
- rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist);
- }else{
- sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
- /* Get our specific segment's information. */
- rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]));
- }
- }
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+ char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+ const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
+ int nBytes; /* size of the input */
+ int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
+ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
+ char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
+ int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found");
- return;
- }
- /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */
- if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
- const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
- const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
- const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+ return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+static int fts3_isalnum(int x){
+ return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z');
+}
- /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each
- ** segment's data.
- */
- rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0,
- &doclist);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-
- /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */
- if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
- sqlite3_reset(s);
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir");
- return;
- }
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- }
- }
- }
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+ int argc, const char * const *argv,
+ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+ simple_tokenizer *t;
- sqlite3_reset(s);
- }
+ t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+ if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( doclist.nData>0 ){
- createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
- }else{
- /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or
- ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is
- ** an all-index dump. It may be interesting to distinguish
- ** these cases.
- */
- sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+ ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to
+ ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+ ** information on the initial create.
+ */
+ if( argc>1 ){
+ int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]);
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+ /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+ if( ch>=0x80 ){
+ sqlite3_free(t);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are
- ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db
- ** handle.
- */
- /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively.
- ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal.
- */
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory");
- }else{
- generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL);
+ t->delim[ch] = 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+ t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0;
}
-
- dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
}
+
+ *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
/*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
+** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
-static int fulltextFindFunction(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nArg,
- const char *zName,
- void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
- void **ppArg
-){
- if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){
- *pxFunc = optimizeFunc;
- return 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing
- ** purposes. No particular effort is made to optimize their
- ** execution or how they build their results.
- */
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){
- /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */
- *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc;
- return 1;
- }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){
- /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */
- *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc;
- return 1;
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Rename an fts3 table.
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
+** *ppCursor.
*/
-static int fulltextRename(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- const char *zName
+static int simpleOpen(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
+ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
- fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';"
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
- "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
- );
- if( zSql ){
- rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
- }
- return rc;
-}
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
- /* iVersion */ 0,
- /* xCreate */ fulltextCreate,
- /* xConnect */ fulltextConnect,
- /* xBestIndex */ fulltextBestIndex,
- /* xDisconnect */ fulltextDisconnect,
- /* xDestroy */ fulltextDestroy,
- /* xOpen */ fulltextOpen,
- /* xClose */ fulltextClose,
- /* xFilter */ fulltextFilter,
- /* xNext */ fulltextNext,
- /* xEof */ fulltextEof,
- /* xColumn */ fulltextColumn,
- /* xRowid */ fulltextRowid,
- /* xUpdate */ fulltextUpdate,
- /* xBegin */ fulltextBegin,
- /* xSync */ fulltextSync,
- /* xCommit */ fulltextCommit,
- /* xRollback */ fulltextRollback,
- /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
- /* xRename */ fulltextRename,
-};
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer);
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
- fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
+ c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+ if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ c->pInput = pInput;
+ if( pInput==0 ){
+ c->nBytes = 0;
+ }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+ c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+ }else{
+ c->nBytes = nBytes;
+ }
+ c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+ c->iToken = 0;
+ c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
+ c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+ *ppCursor = &c->base;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
-** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
-** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
-** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
-** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+ sqlite3_free(c);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
-
- sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
- sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
- sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
+static int simpleNext(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+ simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+ unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
- /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
- pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
- if( !pHash ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
- }
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+ int iStartOffset;
- /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
- || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter)
- || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
- ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
}
- }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db);
-#endif
+ /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+ iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+ while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+ c->iOffset++;
+ }
- /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload
- ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
- ** module with sqlite.
- */
- if( SQLITE_OK==rc
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1))
- && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1))
-#endif
- ){
- return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
- db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
- );
- }
+ if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+ int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+ if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+ char *pNew;
+ c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+ pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ c->pToken = pNew;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+ /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+ ** case-insensitivity.
+ */
+ unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+ c->pToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch);
+ }
+ *ppToken = c->pToken;
+ *pnBytes = n;
+ *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+ *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+ *piPosition = c->iToken++;
- /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
- if( pHash ){
- sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
- sqlite3_free(pHash);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- return rc;
+ return SQLITE_DONE;
}
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char **pzErrMsg,
- const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+ 0,
+ simpleCreate,
+ simpleDestroy,
+ simpleOpen,
+ simpleClose,
+ simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
){
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
- return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
+ *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
}
-#endif
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/
/*
-** 2008 Nov 28
+** 2009 Oct 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
******************************************************************************
**
-** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
-** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
-** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
-** hand-coded. The public interface to this module is declared in source
-** code file "fts3_expr.h".
+** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically,
+** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3
+** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
+** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query
+** code in fts3.c.
*/
+
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
/*
-** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
-** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
-** the new and the old syntaxes are:
-**
-** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
-**
-** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
+** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
+** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end
+** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
+** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
**
-** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
-** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
+** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data,
+** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an
+** overread, even if the node data is corrupted.
+*/
+#define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2)
+
+/*
+** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into
+** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance
+** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext()
+** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example,
+** if a query has a LIMIT clause).
**
-** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
-** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
-** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
+** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD
+** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes.
+** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values
+** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful
+** for testing purposes.
**
-** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
-** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
-** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
-** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
-** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
+** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may
+** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains
+** a Tcl interface to read and write the values.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
+int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024);
+int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4;
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold
#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
-# else
-# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
-# endif
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024)
+# define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4)
#endif
+typedef struct PendingList PendingList;
+typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode;
+typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter;
+
/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
+** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists
+** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details.
*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
+struct PendingList {
+ int nData;
+ char *aData;
+ int nSpace;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastCol;
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastPos;
+};
-typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
-struct ParseContext {
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
- const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
- int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
- int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
- sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
- int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
+/*
+** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects.
+*/
+struct Fts3DeferredToken {
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */
+ int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */
+ PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */
};
/*
-** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
+** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on
+** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of
+** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles
+** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through
+** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions:
**
-** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
-** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
-** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
-** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
-** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
-** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
-** negative values).
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate()
+**
+** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures:
+**
+** fts3SegReaderNext()
+** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid()
+** fts3SegReaderNextDocid()
*/
-static int fts3isspace(char c){
- return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
+struct Fts3SegReader {
+ int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */
+
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */
+ sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */
+
+ char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */
+ int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */
+ int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */
+ sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */
+
+ Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem;
+
+ /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly
+ ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns
+ ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK
+ ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE).
+ */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */
+ int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */
+ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */
+ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */
+
+ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate
+ ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist).
+ */
+ char *pOffsetList;
+ int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+};
+
+#define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0)
+#define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->aNode==(char *)&(p)[1])
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the
+** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the
+** following functions:
+**
+** fts3SegWriterAdd()
+** fts3SegWriterFlush()
+** fts3SegWriterFree()
+*/
+struct SegmentWriter {
+ SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+ int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */
+ int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */
+ char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */
+};
+
+/*
+** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create
+** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except
+** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code
+** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above.
+**
+** fts3NodeAddTerm()
+** fts3NodeWrite()
+** fts3NodeFree()
+**
+** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge
+** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the
+** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of
+** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have
+** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually
+** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively
+** little memory.
+*/
+struct SegmentNode {
+ SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */
+ SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */
+ SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */
+ int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */
+ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */
+ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
+ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */
+ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */
+ int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */
+ char *aData; /* Node data */
+};
+
+/*
+** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt().
+*/
+#define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0
+#define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6
+#define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9
+#define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10
+#define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13
+#define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14
+#define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17
+#define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18
+#define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21
+#define SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL 22
+#define SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL 23
+
+#define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24
+#define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25
+
+#define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26
+
+/*
+** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle
+** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful,
+** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0.
+**
+** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with
+** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound
+** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before
+** returning.
+*/
+static int fts3SqlStmt(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */
+ sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */
+){
+ const char *azSql[] = {
+/* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?",
+/* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)",
+/* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'",
+/* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'",
+/* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'",
+/* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'",
+/* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'",
+/* 7 */ "SELECT %s FROM %Q.'%q_content' AS x WHERE rowid=?",
+/* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1",
+/* 9 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)",
+/* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)",
+/* 11 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)",
+
+ /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/
+/* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC",
+/* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root "
+ "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?"
+ "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC",
+
+/* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+/* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?",
+/* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+/* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)",
+/* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?",
+/* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)",
+/* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?",
+/* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=0",
+/* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(0,?)",
+/* 24 */ "",
+/* 25 */ "",
+
+/* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?",
+
+ };
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+
+ assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) );
+ assert( eStmt<SizeofArray(azSql) && eStmt>=0 );
+
+ pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt];
+ if( !pStmt ){
+ char *zSql;
+ if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist);
+ }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist, p->zDb, p->zName);
+ }else{
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName);
+ }
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, NULL);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
+ p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt;
+ }
+ }
+ if( apVal ){
+ int i;
+ int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nParam; i++){
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pStmt, i+1, apVal[i]);
+ }
+ }
+ *pp = pStmt;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+static int fts3SelectDocsize(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ int eStmt, /* Either SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE or DOCTOTAL */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to bind for SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement requested from fts3SqlStmt() */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ assert( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE || eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL );
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(pTab, eStmt, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iDocid);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW || sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ pStmt = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *ppStmt = pStmt;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, 0, ppStmt);
+}
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* Fts3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid to read size data for */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Statement handle */
+){
+ return fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE, iDocid, ppStmt);
}
/*
-** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
-** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
-** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
-** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
-** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
-** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
-** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
+** Similar to fts3SqlStmt(). Except, after binding the parameters in
+** array apVal[] to the SQL statement identified by eStmt, the statement
+** is executed.
**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
-** fails.
+** Returns SQLITE_OK if the statement is successfully executed, or an
+** SQLite error code otherwise.
*/
-static int getNextToken(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
- const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+static void fts3SqlExec(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS3 table */
+ int eStmt, /* Index of statement to evaluate */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Parameters to bind */
){
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- int nConsumed = 0;
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, eStmt, &pStmt, apVal);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ *pRC = rc;
+}
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
+
+/*
+** This function ensures that the caller has obtained a shared-cache
+** table-lock on the %_content table. This is required before reading
+** data from the fts3 table. If this lock is not acquired first, then
+** the caller may end up holding read-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir
+** tables, but no read-lock on the %_content table. If this happens
+** a second connection will be able to write to the fts3 table, but
+** attempting to commit those writes might return SQLITE_LOCKED or
+** SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (because the commit attempts to obtain
+** write-locks on the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables).
+**
+** We try to avoid this because if FTS3 returns any error when committing
+** a transaction, the whole transaction will be rolled back. And this is
+** not what users expect when they get SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. It can
+** still happen if the user reads data directly from the %_segments or
+** %_segdir tables instead of going through FTS3 though.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadLock(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to obtain lock */
+
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- const char *zToken;
- int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
- int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
+ sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
+/*
+** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through
+** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful,
+** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement,
+** return an SQLite error code.
+**
+** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for
+** each FTS3 table.
+**
+** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table:
+**
+** 0: idx
+** 1: start_block
+** 2: leaves_end_block
+** 3: end_block
+** 4: root
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */
+ int iLevel, /* Level to select */
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */
+){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
- pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
- if( !pRet ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else{
- memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
- pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
- pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
- pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
- pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
- memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
- if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
- pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
- iEnd++;
- }
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
- pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1;
- }
- }
- nConsumed = iEnd;
+ if( iLevel<0 ){
+ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1);
+ }
+ }else{
+ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel+iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
}
-
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
-
- *pnConsumed = nConsumed;
- *ppExpr = pRet;
+ *ppStmt = pStmt;
return rc;
}
/*
-** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
-** then free the old allocation.
+** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned
+** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
+**
+** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself.
+** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two
+** varints:
+**
+** PendingList *p = 0;
+** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1);
+** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2);
*/
-void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
- void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
- if( !pRet ){
- sqlite3_free(pOrig);
+static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint(
+ PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */
+ sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */
+){
+ PendingList *p = *pp;
+
+ /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */
+ if( !p ){
+ p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100);
+ if( !p ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->nSpace = 100;
+ p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+ p->nData = 0;
}
- return pRet;
+ else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){
+ int nNew = p->nSpace * 2;
+ p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew);
+ if( !p ){
+ sqlite3_free(*pp);
+ *pp = 0;
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ p->nSpace = nNew;
+ p->aData = (char *)&p[1];
+ }
+
+ /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */
+ p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i);
+ p->aData[p->nData] = '\0';
+ *pp = p;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
-** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
-** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
-** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
-** containing the results.
+** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero
+** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding
+** the entry. Otherwise, zero.
**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
-** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
-** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
-** to 0.
+** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning.
+** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs,
+** it is set to SQLITE_OK.
*/
-static int getNextString(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
+static int fts3PendingListAppend(
+ PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */
+ sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */
+ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */
){
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
- int rc;
- Fts3Expr *p = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
- char *zTemp = 0;
- int nTemp = 0;
-
- rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int ii;
- pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
- const char *zToken;
- int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
- rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
- p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken));
- zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken);
- if( !p || !zTemp ){
- goto no_mem;
- }
- if( ii==0 ){
- memset(p, 0, nByte);
- p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
- }
- p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
- p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1;
- p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken;
- memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken);
- nTemp += nToken;
- if( iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*' ){
- p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1;
- }else{
- p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0;
- }
- }
- }
+ PendingList *p = *pp;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
- pCursor = 0;
- }
+ assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid );
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- int jj;
- char *zNew;
- int nNew = 0;
- int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
- nByte += (p?(p->pPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken);
- p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp);
- if( !p ){
- goto no_mem;
+ if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0);
+ if( p ){
+ assert( p->nData<p->nSpace );
+ assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 );
+ p->nData++;
}
- if( zTemp ){
- zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]);
- memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp);
- }else{
- memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp);
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){
+ goto pendinglistappend_out;
}
- p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
- for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
- p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew];
- nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
+ p->iLastCol = -1;
+ p->iLastPos = 0;
+ p->iLastDocid = iDocid;
+ }
+ if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1))
+ || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol))
+ ){
+ goto pendinglistappend_out;
+ }
+ p->iLastCol = iCol;
+ p->iLastPos = 0;
+ }
+ if( iCol>=0 ){
+ assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) );
+ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->iLastPos = iPos;
}
- sqlite3_free(zTemp);
- p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
- p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
- *ppExpr = p;
- return rc;
-no_mem:
-
- if( pCursor ){
- pModule->xClose(pCursor);
+ pendinglistappend_out:
+ *pRc = rc;
+ if( p!=*pp ){
+ *pp = p;
+ return 1;
}
- sqlite3_free(zTemp);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- *ppExpr = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return 0;
}
/*
-** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
-** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
+** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend().
*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
+static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
+}
/*
-** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
-** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
+** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iCol,
+ int iPos,
+ Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */
+ const char *zToken,
+ int nToken
+){
+ PendingList *pList;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken);
+ if( pList ){
+ p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+ }
+ if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){
+ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){
+ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only
+ ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token.
+ */
+ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) );
+ sqlite3_free(pList);
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem));
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the
+** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in
+** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol.
**
-** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
-** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
-** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int getNextNode(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+static int fts3PendingTermsAdd(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */
+ const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */
+ int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */
+ u32 *pnWord /* OUT: Number of tokens inserted */
){
- static const struct Fts3Keyword {
- char z[4]; /* Keyword text */
- unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
- unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
- unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
- } aKeyword[] = {
- { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
- { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
- { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
- { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
- };
- int ii;
- int iCol;
- int iColLen;
int rc;
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
+ int iStart;
+ int iEnd;
+ int iPos;
+ int nWord = 0;
- const char *zInput = z;
- int nInput = n;
+ char const *zToken;
+ int nToken;
- /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
- ** close bracket, or a quoted string.
- */
- while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
- nInput--;
- zInput++;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr;
+ int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+ const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*);
+
+ assert( pTokenizer && pModule );
+
+ /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with
+ ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and
+ ** return early. */
+ if( zText==0 ){
+ *pnWord = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( nInput==0 ){
- return SQLITE_DONE;
+
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCsr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
+ pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
- for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
- const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
+ xNext = pModule->xNext;
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc
+ && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos))
+ ){
+ int i;
+ if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1;
- if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
- continue;
+ /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally.
+ ** Tokens must have a non-zero length.
+ */
+ if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
+ break;
}
- if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
- int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
- int nKey = pKey->n;
- char cNext;
+ /* Add the term to the terms index */
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken
+ );
+
+ /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too
+ ** short for. */
+ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i];
+ if( nToken<pIndex->nPrefix ) continue;
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne(
+ p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix
+ );
+ }
+ }
- /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
- if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- assert( nKey==4 );
- if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
- nNear = 0;
- for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
- nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
- }
- }
- }
+ pModule->xClose(pCsr);
+ *pnWord = nWord;
+ return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc);
+}
- /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
- ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
- ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
- */
- cNext = zInput[nKey];
- if( fts3isspace(cNext)
- || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
- ){
- pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
- pRet->nNear = nNear;
- *ppExpr = pRet;
- *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + nKey;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
+/*
+** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to
+** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the
+** contents of the document with docid iDocid.
+*/
+static int fts3PendingTermsDocid(Fts3Table *p, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
+ /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
+ ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if
+ ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
+ ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
+ ** generate longer doclists.
+ */
+ if( iDocid<=p->iPrevDocid || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ p->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
- ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
- */
+/*
+** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem;
+ Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending;
+ for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){
+ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+ fts3PendingListDelete(pList);
}
+ fts3HashClear(pHash);
}
+ p->nPendingData = 0;
+}
- /* Check for an open bracket. */
- if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
- if( *zInput=='(' ){
- int nConsumed;
- int rc;
- pParse->nNest++;
- rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
- rc = SQLITE_DONE;
- }
- *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT
+** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the
+** pendingTerms hash table.
+**
+** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to
+** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row.
+*/
+static int fts3InsertTerms(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ for(i=2; i<p->nColumn+2; i++){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]);
+ int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, i-2, &aSz[i-2]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
-
- /* Check for a close bracket. */
- if( *zInput==')' ){
- pParse->nNest--;
- *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1;
- return SQLITE_DONE;
- }
+ aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]);
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
- /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
- ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
- ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
- ** a quote character embedded in a string.
+/*
+** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation.
+** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by
+** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e:
+**
+** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT.
+** apVal[1] rowid
+** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column
+** ...
+** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column
+** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table
+** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid)
+*/
+static int fts3InsertData(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */
+
+ /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content
+ ** table. The SQL for this statement is:
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...)
+ **
+ ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user
+ ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field.
*/
- if( *zInput=='"' ){
- for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
- *pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + ii + 1;
- if( ii==nInput ){
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
-
- /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
- ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
- ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
- ** column specifier for the token.
+ /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified
+ ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both.
+ ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the
+ ** same value. For example:
**
- ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
- ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
- ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
- ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
- ** limitation.
+ ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2);
+ **
+ ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values
+ ** for both docid and some other rowid alias.
*/
- iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
- iColLen = 0;
- for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
- const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
- int nStr = strlen(zStr);
- if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':'
- && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0
+ if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){
+ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])
+ && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1])
){
- iCol = ii;
- iColLen = ((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
- break;
+ /* A rowid/docid conflict. */
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
+ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
- rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
- *pnConsumed += iColLen;
+
+ /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the
+ ** new docid value.
+ */
+ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert);
+
+ *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db);
return rc;
}
-/*
-** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
-** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
-** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
-** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
-** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
-**
-** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
-** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
-** lowest is:
-**
-** NEAR
-** NOT
-** AND (including implicit ANDs)
-** OR
-**
-** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
-** precedence than the AND operator.
-*/
-static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
- assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
- if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
- return p->eType;
- }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
- return 1;
- }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
- return 2;
- }
- assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
- return 3;
-}
+
/*
-** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
-** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
-** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
-** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
-** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
-** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
+** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing
+** pending terms.
*/
-static void insertBinaryOperator(
- Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
- Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
- Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
-){
- Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
- while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
- pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
- }
+static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
- if( pSplit->pParent ){
- assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
- pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
- pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
- }else{
- *ppHead = pNew;
+ /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+
+ /* Delete everything from the %_content, %_segments and %_segdir tables. */
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0);
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0);
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0);
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0);
}
- pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
- pSplit->pParent = pNew;
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
-** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
-** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
-**
-** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
-** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
-** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
-** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
+** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid
+** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the
+** full-text index.
*/
-static int fts3ExprParse(
- ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
- const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
- int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
+static void fts3DeleteTerms(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */
+ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of deleted document written here */
){
- Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
- Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
- Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
- int nIn = n;
- const char *zIn = z;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int isRequirePhrase = 1;
-
- while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- Fts3Expr *p = 0;
- int nByte = 0;
- rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int isPhrase;
-
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
- && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot
- ){
- /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
- Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- if( !pNot ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
- memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
- pNot->pRight = p;
- if( pNotBranch ){
- pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch;
- }
- pNotBranch = pNot;
- p = pPrev;
- }else{
- int eType = p->eType;
- assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot );
- isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
-
- /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
- ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
- ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
- ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
- */
- if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
-
- if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
- /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
- Fts3Expr *pAnd;
- assert( pRet && pPrev );
- pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- if( !pAnd ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
- memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
- pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
- insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
- pPrev = pAnd;
- }
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect;
- /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
- ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
- ** the following:
- **
- ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
- ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
- **
- ** Return an error in either case.
- */
- if( pPrev && (
- (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
- || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
- )){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- goto exprparse_out;
- }
-
- if( isPhrase ){
- if( pRet ){
- assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
- pPrev->pRight = p;
- p->pParent = pPrev;
- }else{
- pRet = p;
- }
- }else{
- insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=1; i<=p->nColumn; i++){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, zText, -1, &aSz[i-1]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
}
- isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
+ aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i);
}
- assert( nByte>0 );
}
- assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
- nIn -= nByte;
- zIn += nByte;
- pPrev = p;
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
}
+ *pRC = rc;
+}
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
+/*
+** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between
+** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx().
+*/
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int);
- if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
- rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
- if( !pRet ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }else{
- Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch;
- while( pIter->pLeft ){
- pIter = pIter->pLeft;
- }
- pIter->pLeft = pRet;
- pRet = pNotBranch;
- }
+/*
+** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table.
+** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting
+** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned
+** by:
+**
+** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel
+**
+** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested
+** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the
+** allocated index is 0.
+**
+** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ int iLevel,
+ int *piIdx
+){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */
+ int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */
+
+ /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pNextIdx, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){
+ iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0);
}
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx);
}
- *pnConsumed = n - nIn;
-exprparse_out:
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
- pRet = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already
+ ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1
+ ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise,
+ ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext.
+ */
+ if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iIndex, iLevel);
+ *piIdx = 0;
+ }else{
+ *piIdx = iNext;
+ }
}
- *ppExpr = pRet;
+
return rc;
}
/*
-** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
-** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
-** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
-** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
-** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
-** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
-** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
+** The %_segments table is declared as follows:
**
-** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
-** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
+** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB)
**
-** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
-** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
-** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
-** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
-** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
+** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The
+** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not
+** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated
+** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the
+** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set
+** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning.
**
-** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
-** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
-** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
-** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
-** match any table column.
+** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row,
+** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If
+** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to
+** eventually free the returned buffer.
+**
+** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the
+** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls
+** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the
+** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy
+** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed
+** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held
+** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table
+** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function
+** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
- char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
- int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
- int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
- const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
- Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */
+ char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */
+ int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */
+ int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */
){
- int nParsed;
- int rc;
- ParseContext sParse;
- sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
- sParse.nCol = nCol;
- sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
- sParse.nNest = 0;
- if( z==0 ){
- *ppExpr = 0;
- return SQLITE_OK;
- }
- if( n<0 ){
- n = strlen(z);
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */
+ assert( pnBlob);
+
+ if( p->pSegments ){
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid);
+ }else{
+ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){
+ p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName);
+ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_open(
+ p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments
+ );
}
- rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
- /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
- *ppExpr = 0;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments);
+ *pnBlob = nByte;
+ if( paBlob ){
+ char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( !aByte ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){
+ nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE;
+ *pnLoad = nByte;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0);
+ memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_free(aByte);
+ aByte = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ *paBlob = aByte;
+ }
}
return rc;
}
/*
-** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
+** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above
+** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
- if( p ){
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
- sqlite3_free(p);
- }
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){
+ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments);
+ p->pSegments = 0;
}
+
+static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+
+ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE);
+ rc = sqlite3_blob_read(
+ pReader->pBlob,
+ &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate],
+ nRead,
+ pReader->nPopulate
+ );
-/****************************************************************************
-*****************************************************************************
-** Everything after this point is just test code.
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pReader->nPopulate += nRead;
+ memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
+ if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+ pReader->pBlob = 0;
+ pReader->nPopulate = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( !pReader->pBlob
+ || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode])
+ );
+ while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate
+ ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
+** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the
+** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term,
+** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static int queryTestTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- const char *zName,
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+static int fts3SegReaderNext(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader,
+ int bIncr
){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+ int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */
+ char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */
+ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */
+ int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */
- *pp = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ if( !pReader->aDoclist ){
+ pNext = pReader->aNode;
+ }else{
+ pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
}
- sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+ if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){
+
+ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem);
+ if( pElem==0 ){
+ pReader->aNode = 0;
+ }else{
+ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem);
+ pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem);
+ pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem);
+ pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = pList->nData + 1;
+ pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = pList->aData;
+ pReader->ppNextElem++;
+ assert( pReader->aNode );
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- }
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+ pReader->pBlob = 0;
+ }
+ pReader->aNode = 0;
-/*
-** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It
-** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the
-** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large
-** enough to store the required text representation.
-*/
-static void exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
- switch( pExpr->eType ){
- case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
- Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
- int i;
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot);
- for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z);
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":""));
- }
- return;
+ /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf
+ ** blocks have already been traversed. */
+ assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock );
+ if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
- case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear);
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_NOT:
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT ");
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_AND:
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND ");
- break;
- case FTSQUERY_OR:
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR ");
- break;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(
+ p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode,
+ (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0)
+ );
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ assert( pReader->pBlob==0 );
+ if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulate<pReader->nNode ){
+ pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments;
+ p->pSegments = 0;
+ }
+ pNext = pReader->aNode;
+ }
+
+ assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) );
+
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is
+ ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */
+ pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix);
+ pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix);
+ if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0
+ || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+
+ if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){
+ int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2;
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pReader->zTerm = zNew;
+ pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew;
}
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
- exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
- zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} ");
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix);
+ pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix;
+ pNext += nSuffix;
+ pNext += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist);
+ pReader->aDoclist = pNext;
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
- exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
- zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
- zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}");
+ /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the
+ ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either
+ ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt.
+ */
+ if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]
+ || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1])
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
-** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
-**
-** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
-**
-** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
-** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
-** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
-** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
-** For example:
-**
-** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
+** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated
+** with the current term.
*/
-static void fts3ExprTest(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( pReader->aDoclist );
+ assert( !pReader->pOffsetList );
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ u8 bEof = 0;
+ pReader->iDocid = 0;
+ pReader->nOffsetList = 0;
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList,
+ &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
+ );
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid);
+ pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n];
+ }
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist
+** associated with the current term.
+**
+** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then
+** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list
+** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint).
+** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset
+** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example:
+*/
+static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */
+ char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */
+ int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */
){
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
- int rc;
- char **azCol = 0;
- const char *zExpr;
- int nExpr;
- int nCol;
- int ii;
- Fts3Expr *pExpr;
- sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ char *p = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ char c = 0;
- if( argc<3 ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context,
- "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
+ assert( p );
+
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc.
+ ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so
+ ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */
+ u8 bEof = 0;
+ if( ppOffsetList ){
+ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1;
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0,
+ pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid,
+ &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof
);
- return;
- }
+ if( bEof ){
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+ }else{
+ pReader->pOffsetList = p;
+ }
+ }else{
+ char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist];
- rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
- (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
- }else if( !pModule ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
- goto exprtest_out;
+ /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The
+ ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of
+ ** the same offset list. */
+ while( 1 ){
+
+ /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is
+ ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired
+ ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk
+ ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte passed
+ ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[].
+ */
+ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+ assert( *p==0 );
+
+ if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break;
+ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ p++;
+
+ /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the
+ ** size of the previous offset-list.
+ */
+ if( ppOffsetList ){
+ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList;
+ *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1);
+ }
+
+ while( p<pEnd && *p==0 ) p++;
+
+ /* If there are no more entries in the doclist, set pOffsetList to
+ ** NULL. Otherwise, set Fts3SegReader.iDocid to the next docid and
+ ** Fts3SegReader.pOffsetList to point to the next offset list before
+ ** returning.
+ */
+ if( p>=pEnd ){
+ pReader->pOffsetList = 0;
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta);
+ if( pTab->bDescIdx ){
+ pReader->iDocid -= iDelta;
+ }else{
+ pReader->iDocid += iDelta;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr,
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr,
+ int *pnOvfl
+){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int nOvfl = 0;
+ int ii;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int pgsz = p->nPgsz;
+
+ assert( p->bHasStat );
+ assert( pgsz>0 );
+
+ for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pMsr->nSegment; ii++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii];
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader)
+ && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader)
+ ){
+ sqlite3_int64 jj;
+ for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){
+ int nBlob;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){
+ nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz;
+ }
+ }
+ }
}
- pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
+ *pnOvfl = nOvfl;
+ return rc;
+}
- zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
- nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
- nCol = argc-2;
- azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
- if( !azCol ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
+/*
+** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the
+** second argument.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){
+ if( pReader && !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm);
+ if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){
+ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode);
+ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob);
+ }
}
- for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
- azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
+ sqlite3_free(pReader);
+}
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new SegReader object.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(
+ int iAge, /* Segment "age". */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */
+ const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */
+ int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */
+ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */
+ int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */
+
+ assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
+ if( iStartLeaf==0 ){
+ nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING;
}
- rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
- pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
- );
- if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
- sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
- goto exprtest_out;
- }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- char zBuf[4096];
- exprToString(pExpr, zBuf);
- sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
- sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
+ pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra);
+ if( !pReader ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader));
+ pReader->iIdx = iAge;
+ pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf;
+ pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf;
+ pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock;
+
+ if( nExtra ){
+ /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */
+ pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1];
+ pReader->nNode = nRoot;
+ memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot);
+ memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING);
}else{
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
+ pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1;
}
-exprtest_out:
- if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
- rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ *ppReader = pReader;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pReader);
}
- sqlite3_free(azCol);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
-** with database connection db.
+** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting
+** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing
+** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
- sqlite3_create_function(
- db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
- );
-}
+static int fts3CompareElemByTerm(const void *lhs, const void *rhs){
+ char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+ char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
+ int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs);
+ int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs);
-#endif
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+ int n = (n1<n2 ? n1 : n2);
+ int c = memcmp(z1, z2, n);
+ if( c==0 ){
+ c = n1 - n2;
+ }
+ return c;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
/*
-** 2001 September 22
+** This function is used to allocate an Fts3SegReader that iterates through
+** a subset of the terms stored in the Fts3Table.pendingTerms array.
**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+** If the isPrefixIter parameter is zero, then the returned SegReader iterates
+** through each term in the pending-terms table. Or, if isPrefixIter is
+** non-zero, it iterates through each term and its prefixes. For example, if
+** the pending terms hash table contains the terms "sqlite", "mysql" and
+** "firebird", then the iterator visits the following 'terms' (in the order
+** shown):
**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** f fi fir fire fireb firebi firebir firebird
+** m my mys mysq mysql
+** s sq sql sqli sqlit sqlite
**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
-** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
-** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+** Whereas if isPrefixIter is zero, the terms visited are:
+**
+** firebird mysql sqlite
*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */
+ int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */
+ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */
+){
+ Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */
+ Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */
+ int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ Fts3Hash *pHash;
+
+ pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending;
+ if( bPrefix ){
+ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */
+ Fts3HashElem *pE = 0; /* Iterator variable */
+
+ for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){
+ char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE);
+ int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE);
+ if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){
+ if( nElem==nAlloc ){
+ Fts3HashElem **aElem2;
+ nAlloc += 16;
+ aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc(
+ aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)
+ );
+ if( !aElem2 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ nElem = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ aElem = aElem2;
+ }
+
+ aElem[nElem++] = pE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem
+ ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison
+ ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk.
+ */
+ if( nElem>1 ){
+ qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm);
+ }
+
+ }else{
+ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in
+ ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. */
+ Fts3HashElem *pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( pE ){
+ aElem = &pE;
+ nElem = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( nElem>0 ){
+ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *);
+ pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !pReader ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ memset(pReader, 0, nByte);
+ pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+ pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1];
+ memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( bPrefix ){
+ sqlite3_free(aElem);
+ }
+ *ppReader = pReader;
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures.
+** Comparison is as follows:
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one
+** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the
+** larger.
+**
+** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-
+static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc;
+ if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){
+ int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm;
+ if( rc2<0 ){
+ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm);
+ }else{
+ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm);
+ }
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0);
+ }
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }
+ assert( rc!=0 );
+ return rc;
+}
/*
-** Malloc and Free functions
+** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this
+** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in
+** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows:
+**
+** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF.
+**
+** 2) By current docid.
+**
+** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger.
*/
-static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
- void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
- if( p ){
- memset(p, 0, n);
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+ }
}
- return p;
+ assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+ return rc;
}
-static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
- sqlite3_free(p);
+static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){
+ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0);
+ if( rc==0 ){
+ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){
+ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx;
+ }else{
+ rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1;
+ }
+ }
+ assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode );
+ return rc;
}
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
+/*
+** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument
+** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm.
**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return
+** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are
+** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
- assert( pNew!=0 );
- assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
- pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
- pNew->first = 0;
- pNew->count = 0;
- pNew->htsize = 0;
- pNew->ht = 0;
+static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp(
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */
+ int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */
+){
+ int res = 0;
+ if( pSeg->aNode ){
+ if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){
+ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ }else{
+ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm);
+ }
+ if( res==0 ){
+ res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm;
+ }
+ }
+ return res;
}
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
+/*
+** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that
+** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order
+** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles
+** the array around until all entries are in sorted order.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
- fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+static void fts3SegReaderSort(
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */
+ int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */
+ int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */
+){
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
- assert( pH!=0 );
- elem = pH->first;
- pH->first = 0;
- fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = 0;
- pH->htsize = 0;
- while( elem ){
- fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ assert( nSuspect<=nSegment );
+
+ if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--;
+ for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){
+ int j;
+ for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pTmp;
+ if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break;
+ pTmp = apSegment[j+1];
+ apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j];
+ apSegment[j] = pTmp;
}
- fts3HashFree(elem);
- elem = next_elem;
}
- pH->count = 0;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */
+ for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){
+ assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 );
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a record into the %_segments table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegment(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */
+ char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */
+ int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Insert a record into the %_segdir table.
+*/
+static int fts3WriteSegdir(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int iLevel, /* Value for "level" field */
+ int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */
+ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */
+ char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */
+ int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iLevel);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ }
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and
+** zNext, in bytes. For example,
+**
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2
+** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0
*/
-static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- int h = 0;
- if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
- while( nKey > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
- nKey--;
+static int fts3PrefixCompress(
+ const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */
+ int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */
+ const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */
+ int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */
+){
+ int n;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext);
+ for(n=0; n<nPrev && zPrev[n]==zNext[n]; n++);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/*
+** Add term zTerm to the SegmentNode. It is guaranteed that zTerm is larger
+** (according to memcmp) than the previous term.
+*/
+static int fts3NodeAddTerm(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentNode **ppTree, /* IN/OUT: SegmentNode handle */
+ int isCopyTerm, /* True if zTerm/nTerm is transient */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+ int nTerm /* Size of term in bytes */
+){
+ SegmentNode *pTree = *ppTree;
+ int rc;
+ SegmentNode *pNew;
+
+ /* First try to append the term to the current node. Return early if
+ ** this is possible.
+ */
+ if( pTree ){
+ int nData = pTree->nData; /* Current size of node in bytes */
+ int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */
+ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */
+ int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */
+
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
+
+ nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix;
+ if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){
+
+ if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+ /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node
+ ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large
+ ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes
+ ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when
+ ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB,
+ ** this is not expected to be a serious problem.
+ */
+ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] );
+ pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq);
+ if( !pTree->aData ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( pTree->zTerm ){
+ /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+ }
+
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix;
+ pTree->nEntry++;
+
+ if( isCopyTerm ){
+ if( pTree->nMalloc<nTerm ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pTree->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+ pTree->zMalloc = zNew;
+ }
+ pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc;
+ memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+ }else{
+ pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
+ pTree->nTerm = nTerm;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the
+ ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node).
+ ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it.
+ **
+ ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for
+ ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree
+ ** has no parent, one is created here.
+ */
+ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize);
+ if( !pNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode));
+ pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX;
+ pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1];
+
+ if( pTree ){
+ SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent;
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( pTree->pParent==0 ){
+ pTree->pParent = pParent;
+ }
+ pTree->pRight = pNew;
+ pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost;
+ pNew->pParent = pParent;
+ pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc;
+ pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc;
+ pTree->zMalloc = 0;
+ }else{
+ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew;
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ }
+
+ *ppTree = pNew;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite().
*/
-static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h = 0;
- const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
- while( nKey-- > 0 ){
- h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
- }
- return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
- if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
- return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+static int fts3TreeFinishNode(
+ SegmentNode *pTree,
+ int iHeight,
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild
+){
+ int nStart;
+ assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 );
+ nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild);
+ pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight;
+ sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild);
+ return nStart;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the
+** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of
+** pTree and its peers to the database.
**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead,
+** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node.
**
-** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
-** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is
+** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no
+** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is
+** returned.
*/
-static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
- if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
- return &fts3StrHash;
+static int fts3NodeWrite(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */
+ int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */
+ sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */
+ char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */
+ int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ if( !pTree->pParent ){
+ /* Root node of the tree. */
+ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf);
+ *piLast = iFree-1;
+ *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart;
+ *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart];
}else{
- assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- return &fts3BinHash;
+ SegmentNode *pIter;
+ sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree;
+ sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf;
+ for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){
+ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf);
+ int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart;
+
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite);
+ iNextFree++;
+ iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ assert( iNextLeaf==iFree );
+ rc = fts3NodeWrite(
+ p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot
+ );
+ }
}
+
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
+** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree.
*/
-static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
- if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
- return &fts3StrCompare;
- }else{
- assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
- return &fts3BinCompare;
+static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){
+ if( pTree ){
+ SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost;
+ fts3NodeFree(p->pParent);
+ while( p ){
+ SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight;
+ if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){
+ sqlite3_free(p->aData);
+ }
+ assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 );
+ sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc);
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+ p = pRight;
+ }
}
}
-/* Link an element into the hash table
+/*
+** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object
+** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should
+** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object
+** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case.
+**
+** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static void fts3HashInsertElement(
- fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
- fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
+static int fts3SegWriterAdd(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */
+ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */
+ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */
+ const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */
+ int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */
){
- fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
- pHead = pEntry->chain;
- if( pHead ){
- pNew->next = pHead;
- pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
- if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
- else { pH->first = pNew; }
- pHead->prev = pNew;
- }else{
- pNew->next = pH->first;
- if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
- pNew->prev = 0;
- pH->first = pNew;
- }
- pEntry->count++;
- pEntry->chain = pNew;
-}
+ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */
+ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */
+ int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */
+ int nData;
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter;
+ if( !pWriter ){
+ int rc;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
-*/
-static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
- struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
- fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+ /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */
+ pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+ if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter));
+ *ppWriter = pWriter;
- assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
- new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
- if( new_ht==0 ) return;
- fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
- pH->ht = new_ht;
- pH->htsize = new_size;
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
- int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
- next_elem = elem->next;
- fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+ /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */
+ pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize);
+ if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize;
+
+ /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0);
+ pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree;
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
}
-}
+ nData = pWriter->nData;
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
- const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
- const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
- int nKey,
- int h /* The hash for this key. */
-){
- fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
- int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
+ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix;
- if( pH->ht ){
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- elem = pEntry->chain;
- count = pEntry->count;
- xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
- while( count-- && elem ){
- if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
- return elem;
+ /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */
+ nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */
+ nSuffix + /* Term suffix */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
+ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+
+ if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){
+ int rc;
+
+ /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to
+ ** the interior tree must:
+ **
+ ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written
+ ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and
+ **
+ ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new
+ ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm).
+ **
+ ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than
+ ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm.
+ */
+ assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
+ rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pWriter->pTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ nData = 0;
+ pWriter->nTerm = 0;
+
+ nPrefix = 0;
+ nSuffix = nTerm;
+ nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */
+ nTerm + /* Term suffix */
+ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */
+ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */
+ }
+
+ /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc
+ ** the buffer to make it large enough.
+ */
+ if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){
+ char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq);
+ if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pWriter->aData = aNew;
+ pWriter->nSize = nReq;
+ }
+ assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize );
+
+ /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix);
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix);
+ memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix);
+ nData += nSuffix;
+ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist);
+ memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist);
+ pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist;
+
+ /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next.
+ ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by
+ ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just
+ ** store a copy of the pointer.
+ */
+ if( isCopyTerm ){
+ if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- elem = elem->next;
+ pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2;
+ pWriter->zMalloc = zNew;
+ pWriter->zTerm = zNew;
}
+ assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc );
+ memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm);
+ }else{
+ pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm;
}
- return 0;
+ pWriter->nTerm = nTerm;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
+/*
+** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the
+** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added
+** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is
+** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code.
*/
-static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
- fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
- fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
- int h /* Hash value for the element */
+static int fts3SegWriterFlush(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */
+ int iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */
+ int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */
){
- struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
- if( elem->prev ){
- elem->prev->next = elem->next;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ if( pWriter->pTree ){
+ sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */
+ sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */
+ char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */
+ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */
+
+ iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree;
+ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1,
+ pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
+ p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, zRoot, nRoot);
+ }
}else{
- pH->first = elem->next;
- }
- if( elem->next ){
- elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
- }
- pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
- if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
- pEntry->chain = elem->next;
- }
- pEntry->count--;
- if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
- pEntry->chain = 0;
+ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */
+ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(
+ p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData);
}
- if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
- fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the
+** first argument.
+*/
+static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){
+ if( pWriter ){
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData);
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc);
+ fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree);
+ sqlite3_free(pWriter);
}
- fts3HashFree( elem );
- pH->count--;
- if( pH->count<=0 ){
- assert( pH->first==0 );
- assert( pH->count==0 );
- fts3HashClear(pH);
+}
+
+/*
+** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer.
+** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that
+** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid
+** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty.
+**
+** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for
+** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an
+** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
+ return rc;
}
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+/*
+** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index
+** iIndex.
+**
+** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
- int h; /* A hash on key */
- fts3HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int *pnMax){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ int rc;
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
- if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
- return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+ /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of:
+ **
+ ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?
+ **
+ ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR).
+ */
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, (iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ }
+ return sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set. NULL is returned.
+/*
+** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large
+** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically,
+** it:
+**
+** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with
+** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third
+** argument, and
**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir
+** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0).
**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
- fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
- const void *pKey, /* The key */
- int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
- void *data /* The data */
+static int fts3DeleteSegdir(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */
+ int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */
+ int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */
){
- int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
- int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
- fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
- fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
- int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int i; /* Iterator variable */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */
- assert( pH!=0 );
- xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
- assert( xHash!=0 );
- hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
- if( elem ){
- void *old_data = elem->data;
- if( data==0 ){
- fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
- }else{
- elem->data = data;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<nReader; i++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSegment = apSegment[i];
+ if( pSegment->iStartBlock ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSegment->iStartBlock);
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSegment->iEndBlock);
+ sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
}
- return old_data;
}
- if( data==0 ) return 0;
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- fts3Rehash(pH,8);
- if( pH->htsize==0 ){
- pH->count = 0;
- return data;
- }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
- if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
- if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
- new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
- if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
- fts3HashFree(new_elem);
- return data;
+
+ assert( iLevel>=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL );
+ if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL);
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, (iIndex+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1);
}
- memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
}else{
- new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 1, iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel);
+ }
}
- new_elem->nKey = nKey;
- pH->count++;
- if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
- fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_step(pDelete);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete);
}
- assert( pH->htsize>0 );
- assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
- h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
- fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
- new_elem->data = data;
- return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+ return rc;
+}
-/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
/*
-** 2006 September 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains
+** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This
+** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they
+** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol.
**
-*************************************************************************
-** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
-** a Porter stemmer.
+** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then
+** *pnList is set to zero before returning.
*/
+static void fts3ColumnFilter(
+ int iCol, /* Column to filter on */
+ char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */
+ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */
+){
+ char *pList = *ppList;
+ int nList = *pnList;
+ char *pEnd = &pList[nList];
+ int iCurrent = 0;
+ char *p = pList;
+
+ assert( iCol>=0 );
+ while( 1 ){
+ char c = 0;
+ while( p<pEnd && (c | *p)&0xFE ) c = *p++ & 0x80;
+
+ if( iCol==iCurrent ){
+ nList = (int)(p - pList);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ nList -= (int)(p - pList);
+ pList = p;
+ if( nList==0 ){
+ break;
+ }
+ p = &pList[1];
+ p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCurrent);
+ }
+
+ *ppList = pList;
+ *pnList = nList;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** Cache data in the Fts3MultiSegReader.aBuffer[] buffer (overwriting any
+** existing data). Grow the buffer if required.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered
+** trying to resize the buffer, return SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+static int fts3MsrBufferData(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+ char *pList,
+ int nList
+){
+ if( nList>pMsr->nBuffer ){
+ char *pNew;
+ pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2;
+ pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer);
+ if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pMsr->aBuffer = pNew;
+ }
+ memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */
+ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */
+ char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */
+ int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */
+){
+ int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance;
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
+ if( nMerge==0 ){
+ *paPoslist = 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
- sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
-} porter_tokenizer;
+ while( 1 ){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg;
+ pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0];
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
- const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
- int nInput; /* size of the input */
- int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
- int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
- char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
- int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+ if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){
+ *paPoslist = 0;
+ break;
+ }else{
+ int rc;
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+ int j;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+ j = 1;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK
+ && j<nMerge
+ && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+ && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+ ){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+ j++;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+ if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){
+ fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, &pList, &nList);
+ }
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+ if( nList>0 ){
+ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ *paPoslist = pMsr->aBuffer;
+ assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 );
+ }else{
+ *paPoslist = pList;
+ }
+ *piDocid = iDocid;
+ *pnPoslist = nList;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int porterCreate(
- int argc, const char * const *argv,
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+static int fts3SegReaderStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */
+ int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */
){
- porter_tokenizer *t;
- t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
- if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
- *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+ int i;
+ int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment;
+
+ /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search
+ ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of
+ ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many
+ ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment
+ ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term.
+ */
+ for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+ do {
+ int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }while( zTerm && fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm)<0 );
+ }
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
- sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */
+){
+ pCsr->pFilter = pFilter;
+ return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm);
}
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
-** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int porterOpen(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
- const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ int iCol, /* Column to match on. */
+ const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */
+ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */
){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+ int i;
+ int rc;
+ int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
- c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
- if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 );
+ assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 );
- c->zInput = zInput;
- if( zInput==0 ){
- c->nInput = 0;
- }else if( nInput<0 ){
- c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
- }else{
- c->nInput = nInput;
+ /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */
+ rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+
+ /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */
+ for(i=0; i<nSegment; i++){
+ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i];
+ if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){
+ break;
+ }
}
- c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
- c->iToken = 0;
- c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
- c->nAllocated = 0;
+ pCsr->nAdvance = i;
- *ppCursor = &c->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp);
+
+ assert( iCol<0 || iCol<p->nColumn );
+ pCsr->iColFilter = iCol;
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** porterOpen() above.
-*/
-static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
- sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-/*
-** Vowel or consonant
-*/
-static const char cType[] = {
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
- 1, 1, 1, 2, 1
-};
/*
-** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
-** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.
+** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using
+** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also
+** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such
+** a state that if the next two calls are:
**
-** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
-** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
-** in which case it is a vowel.
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart()
+** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep()
**
-** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule
-** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
-** consonent.
+** then the entire doclist for the term is available in
+** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist.
*/
-static int isVowel(const char*);
-static int isConsonant(const char *z){
- int j;
- char x = *z;
- if( x==0 ) return 0;
- assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
- j = cType[x-'a'];
- if( j<2 ) return j;
- return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */
+
+ assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 );
+ assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 );
+
+ pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+ pCsr->bRestart = 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0;
+ }
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+
+ int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY);
+ int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS);
+ int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER);
+ int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX);
+ int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN);
+
+ Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment;
+ int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment;
+ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter;
+ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = (
+ p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp
+ );
+
+ if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
+
+ do {
+ int nMerge;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array
+ ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nAdvance; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, apSegment[i], 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp);
+ pCsr->nAdvance = 0;
+
+ /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break;
+
+ pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm;
+ pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm;
+
+ /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points
+ ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all
+ ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early.
+ **
+ ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term
+ ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early.
+ */
+ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){
+ if( pCsr->nTerm<pFilter->nTerm
+ || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm)
+ || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm)
+ ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ nMerge = 1;
+ while( nMerge<nSegment
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->aNode
+ && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm
+ && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm)
+ ){
+ nMerge++;
+ }
+
+ assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) );
+ if( nMerge==1
+ && !isIgnoreEmpty
+ && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0)
+ ){
+ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist;
+ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){
+ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist);
+ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+ }else{
+ pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }else{
+ int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */
+ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */
+
+ /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array
+ ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged
+ ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist.
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<nMerge; i++){
+ fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, apSegment[i]);
+ }
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, nMerge, xCmp);
+ while( apSegment[0]->pOffsetList ){
+ int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */
+ char *pList;
+ int nList;
+ int nByte;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid;
+ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList);
+ j = 1;
+ while( j<nMerge
+ && apSegment[j]->pOffsetList
+ && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid
+ ){
+ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0);
+ j++;
+ }
+
+ if( isColFilter ){
+ fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, &pList, &nList);
+ }
+
+ if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){
+
+ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged
+ ** doclist. */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDelta;
+ if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){
+ iDelta = iPrev - iDocid;
+ }else{
+ iDelta = iDocid - iPrev;
+ }
+ assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) );
+ assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid );
+
+ nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0);
+ if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){
+ char *aNew;
+ pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2;
+ aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer);
+ if( !aNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pCsr->aBuffer = aNew;
+ }
+ nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta);
+ iPrev = iDocid;
+ if( isRequirePos ){
+ memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList);
+ nDoclist += nList;
+ pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+
+ fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp);
+ }
+ if( nDoclist>0 ){
+ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer;
+ pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist;
+ rc = SQLITE_ROW;
+ }
+ }
+ pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge;
+ }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+
+ return rc;
}
-static int isVowel(const char *z){
- int j;
- char x = *z;
- if( x==0 ) return 0;
- assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
- j = cType[x-'a'];
- if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
- return isConsonant(z + 1);
+
+
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(
+ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */
+){
+ if( pCsr ){
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nSegment; i++){
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment);
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer);
+
+ pCsr->nSegment = 0;
+ pCsr->apSegment = 0;
+ pCsr->aBuffer = 0;
+ }
}
/*
-** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
-** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be
-** represented as:
-**
-** [C] (VC){m} [V]
-**
-** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
-** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the
-** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value
-** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
-**
-** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words,
-** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
-** by a consonant.
+** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single
+** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a
+** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level
+** currently present in the database.
**
-** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
-** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one
+** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs,
+** an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
-static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
-}
+static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *p, int iIndex, int iLevel){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */
+ int iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */
+ SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */
+ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */
+ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */
+ int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
-** exactly 1
-*/
-static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 1;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z==0;
-}
+ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL
+ || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING
+ || iLevel>=0
+ );
+ assert( iLevel<FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL );
+ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndex<p->nIndex );
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished;
+
+ if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){
+ /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single
+ ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the the numerically
+ ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this
+ ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */
+ if( csr.nSegment==1 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_DONE;
+ goto finished;
+ }
+ rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iIndex, &iNewLevel);
+ bIgnoreEmpty = 1;
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
-** or m>0
-*/
-static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
- if( *z==0 ) return 0;
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
+ }else if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL;
+ rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, 0, &iIdx);
+ }else{
+ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next
+ ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to
+ ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to
+ ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */
+ rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx);
+ iNewLevel = iIndex * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + iLevel+1;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ assert( csr.nSegment>0 );
+ assert( iNewLevel>=(iIndex*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+ assert( iNewLevel<((iIndex+1)*FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL) );
+
+ memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegFilter));
+ filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS;
+ filter.flags |= (bIgnoreEmpty ? FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY : 0);
+
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter);
+ while( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) break;
+ rc = fts3SegWriterAdd(p, &pWriter, 1,
+ csr.zTerm, csr.nTerm, csr.aDoclist, csr.nDoclist);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ assert( pWriter );
+
+ if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){
+ rc = fts3DeleteSegdir(p, iIndex, iLevel, csr.apSegment, csr.nSegment);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished;
+ }
+ rc = fts3SegWriterFlush(p, pWriter, iNewLevel, iIdx);
+
+ finished:
+ fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr);
+ return rc;
}
-/*
-** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
-*/
-static int hasVowel(const char *z){
- while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
- return *z!=0;
-}
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
-**
-** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
-** the first two characters of z[].
+/*
+** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments.
*/
-static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
- return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
-** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
-** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
-**
-** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the
-** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+** Encode N integers as varints into a blob.
*/
-static int star_oh(const char *z){
- return
- z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
- z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
- z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
- z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+static void fts3EncodeIntArray(
+ int N, /* The number of integers to encode */
+ u32 *a, /* The integer values */
+ char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */
+ int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */
+){
+ int i, j;
+ for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+ j += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&zBuf[j], (sqlite3_int64)a[i]);
+ }
+ *pNBuf = j;
}
/*
-** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
-** ending to zTo.
-**
-** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
-** is in normal order.
-**
-** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
-** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
-** no substitution occurs.
+** Decode a blob of varints into N integers
*/
-static int stem(
- char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
- const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
- const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
- int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */
+static void fts3DecodeIntArray(
+ int N, /* The number of integers to decode */
+ u32 *a, /* Write the integer values */
+ const char *zBuf, /* The BLOB containing the varints */
+ int nBuf /* size of the BLOB */
){
- char *z = *pz;
- while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
- if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
- if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
- while( *zTo ){
- *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+ int i, j;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nBuf);
+ for(i=j=0; i<N; i++){
+ sqlite3_int64 x;
+ j += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&zBuf[j], &x);
+ assert(j<=nBuf);
+ a[i] = (u32)(x & 0xffffffff);
}
- *pz = z;
- return 1;
}
/*
-** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
-** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with
-** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more
-** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
-** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
-** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+** Insert the sizes (in tokens) for each column of the document
+** with docid equal to p->iPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as
+** a blob of varints.
*/
-static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
- int i, mx, j;
- int hasDigit = 0;
- for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
- int c = zIn[i];
- if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
- zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
- }else{
- if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
- zOut[i] = c;
- }
+static void fts3InsertDocsize(
+ int *pRC, /* Result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */
+ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column */
+){
+ char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */
+ int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn );
+ if( pBlob==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ return;
}
- mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
- if( nIn>mx*2 ){
- for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
- zOut[j] = zOut[i];
- }
- i = j;
+ fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(pBlob);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
}
- zOut[i] = 0;
- *pnOut = i;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid);
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
}
-
/*
-** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut.
-** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual
-** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints,
+** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus
+** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the
+** varints are set as follows:
**
-** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
-** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are
-** unchanged.
+** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table.
**
-** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
-** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the
-** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
-** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
-** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-**
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
-** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
-** case folding.
+** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in
+** the column for all rows of the table.
+**
+** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all
+** columns of all rows of the table.
**
-** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is
-** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
*/
-static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
- int i, j, c;
- char zReverse[28];
- char *z, *z2;
- if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
- /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
- ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
- copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+static void fts3UpdateDocTotals(
+ int *pRC, /* The result code */
+ Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */
+ u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */
+ u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */
+ int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */
+){
+ char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */
+ int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */
+ u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */
+
+ const int nStat = p->nColumn+2;
+
+ if( *pRC ) return;
+ a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat );
+ if( a==0 ){
+ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM;
return;
}
- for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
- c = zIn[i];
- if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
- zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
- }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
- zReverse[j] = c;
+ pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat];
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a,
+ sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0),
+ sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0));
+ }else{
+ memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) );
+ }
+ sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){
+ a[0] = 0;
+ }else{
+ a[0] += nChng;
+ }
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn+1; i++){
+ u32 x = a[i+1];
+ if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){
+ x = 0;
}else{
- /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
- ** to the copy stemmer */
- copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
- return;
+ x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i];
}
+ a[i+1] = x;
}
- memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
- z = &zReverse[j+1];
-
+ fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob);
+ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCTOTAL, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc ){
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+ *pRC = rc;
+ return;
+ }
+ sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 1, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
+ sqlite3_free(a);
+}
- /* Step 1a */
- if( z[0]=='s' ){
- if(
- !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
- !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) &&
- !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
- ){
- z++;
+static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){
+ int i;
+ int bSeenDone = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<p->nIndex; i++){
+ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ bSeenDone = 1;
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
}
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p);
- /* Step 1b */
- z2 = z;
- if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
- /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if(
- (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
- && z!=z2
- ){
- if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
- stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
- stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
- /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
- }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
- z++;
- }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
- *(--z) = 'e';
- }
- }
+ return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc;
+}
- /* Step 1c */
- if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
- z[0] = 'i';
- }
+/*
+** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form:
+**
+** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES(<expr>)"
+**
+** Argument pVal contains the result of <expr>. Currently the only
+** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'.
+*/
+static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
+ int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal);
- /* Step 2 */
- switch( z[1] ){
- case 'a':
- stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'c':
- stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'e':
- stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'g':
- stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'l':
- stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'o':
- stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 's':
- stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 't':
- stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
- break;
+ if( !zVal ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){
+ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0);
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+ }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){
+ p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){
+ p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]);
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
+#endif
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- /* Step 3 */
- switch( z[0] ){
- case 'e':
- stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'i':
- stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 'l':
- stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
- stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
- break;
- case 's':
- stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
- break;
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached
+** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+ for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+ fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+ pDef->pList = 0;
}
+}
- /* Step 4 */
- switch( z[1] ){
- case 'a':
- if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'c':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
- z += 4;
- }
- break;
- case 'e':
- if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'i':
- if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- break;
- case 'l':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
- z += 4;
- }
- break;
- case 'n':
- if( z[0]=='t' ){
- if( z[2]=='a' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
- stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
- }
- }
- break;
- case 'o':
- if( z[0]=='u' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
- z += 2;
- }
- }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
- stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
- }
- break;
- case 's':
- if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
- case 't':
- stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
- stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
- break;
- case 'u':
- if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
- case 'v':
- case 'z':
- if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
- z += 3;
- }
- break;
+/*
+** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to
+** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken().
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef;
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext;
+ for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){
+ pNext = pDef->pNext;
+ fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList);
+ sqlite3_free(pDef);
}
+ pCsr->pDeferred = 0;
+}
- /* Step 5a */
- if( z[0]=='e' ){
- if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
- z++;
- }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
- z++;
+/*
+** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list
+** based on the row that pCsr currently points to.
+**
+** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information
+** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the
+** table, not for all rows.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */
+
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule;
+
+ assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
+ iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0);
+
+ for(i=0; i<p->nColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1);
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0;
+
+ rc = pModule->xOpen(pT, zText, -1, &pTC);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */
+ int nToken; /* Number of bytes in token */
+ int iDum1, iDum2; /* Dummy variables */
+ int iPos; /* Position of token in zText */
+
+ pTC->pTokenizer = pT;
+ rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos);
+ for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken;
+ if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i)
+ && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->n<nToken))
+ && (0==memcmp(zToken, pPT->z, pPT->n))
+ ){
+ fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+
+ for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){
+ if( pDef->pList ){
+ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0);
+ }
}
}
- /* Step 5b */
- if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
- z++;
- }
+ return rc;
+}
- /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
- ** around into forward order and return.
- */
- *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
- zOut[i] = 0;
- while( *z ){
- zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(
+ Fts3DeferredToken *p,
+ char **ppData,
+ int *pnData
+){
+ char *pRet;
+ int nSkip;
+ sqlite3_int64 dummy;
+
+ *ppData = 0;
+ *pnData = 0;
+
+ if( p->pList==0 ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+ pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData);
+ if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy);
+ *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip;
+ *ppData = pRet;
+
+ memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character
-** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
-** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have
-** values of 0x7f or lower.
+** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list.
*/
-static const char porterIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
- 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
-};
-#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */
+ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */
+ int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */
+){
+ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred;
+ pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred));
+ if( !pDeferred ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred));
+ pDeferred->pToken = pToken;
+ pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred;
+ pDeferred->iCol = iCol;
+ pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+ assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 );
+ pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred;
+
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be
+** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents
+** of subsiduary data structures accordingly.
*/
-static int porterNext(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
- const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
- int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+static int fts3DeleteByRowid(
+ Fts3Table *p,
+ sqlite3_value *pRowid,
+ int *pnDoc,
+ u32 *aSzDel
){
- porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- const char *z = c->zInput;
+ int isEmpty = 0;
+ int rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( isEmpty ){
+ /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case
+ ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any
+ ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */
+ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p);
+ *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_int64 iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid);
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, iRemove);
+ fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel);
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid);
+ if( sqlite3_changes(p->db) ) *pnDoc = *pnDoc - 1;
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid);
+ }
+ }
+ }
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
- int iStartOffset, ch;
+ return rc;
+}
- /* Scan past delimiter characters */
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+/*
+** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual
+** tables.
+*/
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */
+ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */
+ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */
+){
+ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */
+ int isRemove = 0; /* True for an UPDATE or DELETE */
+ sqlite3_int64 iRemove = 0; /* Rowid removed by UPDATE or DELETE */
+ u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */
+ u32 *aSzDel; /* Sizes of deleted documents */
+ int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */
+ int bInsertDone = 0;
+
+ assert( p->pSegments==0 );
+
+ /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form:
+ **
+ ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command');
+ */
+ if( nArg>1
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL
+ ){
+ rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]);
+ goto update_out;
+ }
- /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
- iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
- while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+ /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */
+ aSzIns = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 );
+ if( aSzIns==0 ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto update_out;
+ }
+ aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1];
+ memset(aSzIns, 0, sizeof(aSzIns[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2);
- if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
- int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
- if( n>c->nAllocated ){
- c->nAllocated = n+20;
- c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
- if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid
+ ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling.
+ **
+ ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row
+ ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or,
+ ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must
+ ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to
+ ** modify the database file.
+ */
+ if( nArg>1 ){
+ /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */
+ sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn];
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ pNewRowid = apVal[1];
+ }
+
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && (
+ sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid)
+ )){
+ /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be
+ ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and
+ ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the
+ ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any
+ ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid.
+ **
+ ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into
+ ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any
+ ** other error) while doing so, return immediately.
+ **
+ ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot
+ ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual
+ ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this
+ ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is
+ ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have
+ ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value).
+ */
+ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+ rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel);
+ }else{
+ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+ bInsertDone = 1;
}
- porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
- *pzToken = c->zToken;
- *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
- *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
- *piPosition = c->iToken++;
- return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
- return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto update_out;
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER );
+ rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel);
+ isRemove = 1;
+ iRemove = sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0]);
+ }
+
+ /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */
+ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( bInsertDone==0 ){
+ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (!isRemove || *pRowid!=iRemove) ){
+ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, *pRowid);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, apVal, aSzIns);
+ }
+ if( p->bHasDocsize ){
+ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns);
+ }
+ nChng++;
+ }
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
- 0,
- porterCreate,
- porterDestroy,
- porterOpen,
- porterClose,
- porterNext,
-};
+ if( p->bHasStat ){
+ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng);
+ }
-/*
-** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
+ update_out:
+ sqlite3_free(aSzIns);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful,
+** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if
+** there was any data to flush) into a single segment.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
- *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+ if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p);
+ return rc;
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif
-/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
+/************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/
+/************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/
/*
-** 2007 June 22
+** 2009 Oct 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
- SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
+/*
+** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo().
+*/
+#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx"
/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
-** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
-**
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
-**
-** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
-** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
-** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
-** an error is returned.
-**
-** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
-** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to
+** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist.
*/
-static void scalarFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
-){
- fts3Hash *pHash;
- void *pPtr = 0;
- const unsigned char *zName;
- int nName;
+typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx;
+struct LoadDoclistCtx {
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */
+};
- assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+/*
+** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the
+** fts3BestSnippet() routine.
+*/
+typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter;
+typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase;
+typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment;
- pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+struct SnippetIter {
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */
+ int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */
+ int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */
+ SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */
+ int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */
+};
- zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+struct SnippetPhrase {
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+ char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */
+ int iHead; /* Next value in position list */
+ char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */
+ int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */
+ char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */
+};
- if( argc==2 ){
- void *pOld;
- int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
- if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
- return;
- }
- pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
- pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
- if( pOld==pPtr ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
- return;
- }
- }else{
- pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
- if( !pPtr ){
- char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return;
- }
- }
+struct SnippetFragment {
+ int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */
+ int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */
+ u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */
+ u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */
+};
- sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
+/*
+** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while
+** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function.
+*/
+typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo;
+struct MatchInfo {
+ Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */
+ int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */
+ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */
+ u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */
+};
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
-** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
-** function must be called with two arguments:
+** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance
+** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the
+** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details.
+*/
+typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer;
+struct StrBuffer {
+ char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */
+ int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */
+ int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */
+};
+
+
+/*
+** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position
+** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each
+** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value
+** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus
+** two. For example, to store the position-list:
**
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
-** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+** 4 9 113
**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
-** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+** the three varints:
**
-** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
-** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
-** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
-** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+** 6 7 106
**
-** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+** are encoded.
**
-** will return the string:
+** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of
+** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list.
+** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the
+** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint.
+*/
+static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){
+ int iVal;
+ *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal);
+ *piPos += (iVal-2);
+}
+
+/*
+** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below).
+*/
+static int fts3ExprIterate2(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+ int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */
+ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */
+
+ if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){
+ assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight );
+ rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){
+ rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx);
+ }
+ }else{
+ rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx);
+ (*piPhrase)++;
+ }
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that
+** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator.
+** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked.
**
-** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**
+** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK,
+** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately.
+** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for
+** all eligible phrase nodes.
*/
-static void testFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3ExprIterate(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */
+ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */
+ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */
){
- fts3Hash *pHash;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+ int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */
+ return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx);
+}
- const char *zErr = 0;
+/*
+** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists
+** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also
+** fts3ExprLoadDoclists().
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
+ LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx;
- const char *zName;
- int nName;
- const char *zInput;
- int nInput;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
- const char *zArg = 0;
+ p->nPhrase++;
+ p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken;
- const char *zToken;
- int nToken;
- int iStart;
- int iEnd;
- int iPos;
+ return rc;
+}
- Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+/*
+** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor
+** pCsr.
+**
+** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable
+** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or
+** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If
+** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all
+** matchable phrases of the expression.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */
+ int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */
+ int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */
+ sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
+ rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx);
+ if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase;
+ if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken;
+ return rc;
+}
- assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+ (*(int *)ctx)++;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pExpr);
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){
+ int nPhrase = 0;
+ (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase);
+ return nPhrase;
+}
- nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
- zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
- nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
- zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+/*
+** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two
+** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater
+** than or equal to parameter iNext.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){
+ char *pIter = *ppIter;
+ if( pIter ){
+ int iIter = *piIter;
- if( argc==3 ){
- zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+ while( iIter<iNext ){
+ if( 0==(*pIter & 0xFE) ){
+ iIter = -1;
+ pIter = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pIter, &iIter);
+ }
+
+ *piIter = iIter;
+ *ppIter = pIter;
}
+}
- pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
- p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+/*
+** Advance the snippet iterator to the next candidate snippet.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetNextCandidate(SnippetIter *pIter){
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
- if( !p ){
- char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- sqlite3_free(zErr);
- return;
+ if( pIter->iCurrent<0 ){
+ /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet
+ ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a
+ ** score of 0.0).
+ */
+ pIter->iCurrent = 0;
+
+ /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that
+ ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet).
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+ fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet);
+ }
+ }else{
+ int iStart;
+ int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+ if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHead<iEnd ){
+ iEnd = pPhrase->iHead;
+ }
+ }
+ if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1;
+ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+ fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1);
+ fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart);
+ }
}
- pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
- Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+ return 0;
+}
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
- zErr = "error in xCreate()";
- goto finish;
+/*
+** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet
+** iterator pIter.
+*/
+static void fts3SnippetDetails(
+ SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */
+ u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */
+ int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */
+ int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */
+ u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */
+ u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */
+){
+ int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */
+ int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+ u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */
+ u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */
+
+ for(i=0; i<pIter->nPhrase; i++){
+ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i];
+ if( pPhrase->pTail ){
+ char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail;
+ int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail;
+
+ while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){
+ int j;
+ u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i;
+ u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart);
+ assert( iCsr>=iStart );
+ if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){
+ iScore++;
+ }else{
+ iScore += 1000;
+ }
+ mCover |= mPhrase;
+
+ for(j=0; j<pPhrase->nToken; j++){
+ mHighlight |= (mPos>>j);
+ }
+
+ if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break;
+ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr);
+ }
+ }
}
- pTokenizer->pModule = p;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
- zErr = "error in xOpen()";
- goto finish;
+
+ /* Set the output variables before returning. */
+ *piToken = iStart;
+ *piScore = iScore;
+ *pmCover = mCover;
+ *pmHighlight = mHighlight;
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet().
+** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+ SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx;
+ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase];
+ char *pCsr;
+
+ pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+
+ pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol);
+ if( pCsr ){
+ int iFirst = 0;
+ pPhrase->pList = pCsr;
+ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst);
+ pPhrase->pHead = pCsr;
+ pPhrase->pTail = pCsr;
+ pPhrase->iHead = iFirst;
+ pPhrase->iTail = iFirst;
+ }else{
+ assert( pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 );
}
- pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
- while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
- zToken = &zInput[iStart];
- nToken = iEnd-iStart;
- Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens
+** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet
+** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated
+** by adding:
+**
+** (a) +1 point for each occurence of a matchable phrase in the snippet.
+**
+** (b) +1000 points for the first occurence of each matchable phrase in
+** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set.
+**
+** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before
+** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore
+** before returning.
+*/
+static int fts3BestSnippet(
+ int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */
+ int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */
+ u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */
+ u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */
+ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */
+ int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */
+){
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */
+ SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */
+ int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */
+ int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */
+ int i; /* Loop counter */
+
+ memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter));
+
+ /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same
+ ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase.
+ */
+ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
- zErr = "error in xClose()";
- goto finish;
+ /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero
+ ** the required space using malloc().
+ */
+ nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList;
+ sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
+ if( !sIter.aPhrase ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
- if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
- zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
- goto finish;
+ memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte);
+
+ /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through
+ ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array.
+ */
+ sIter.pCsr = pCsr;
+ sIter.iCol = iCol;
+ sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet;
+ sIter.nPhrase = nList;
+ sIter.iCurrent = -1;
+ (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void *)&sIter);
+
+ /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */
+ for(i=0; i<nList; i++){
+ if( sIter.aPhrase[i].pHead ){
+ *pmSeen |= (u64)1 << i;
+ }
}
-finish:
- if( zErr ){
- sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
- }else{
- sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ /* Loop through all candidate snippets. Store the best snippet in
+ ** *pFragment. Store its associated 'score' in iBestScore.
+ */
+ pFragment->iCol = iCol;
+ while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){
+ int iPos;
+ int iScore;
+ u64 mCover;
+ u64 mHighlight;
+ fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover, &mHighlight);
+ assert( iScore>=0 );
+ if( iScore>iBestScore ){
+ pFragment->iPos = iPos;
+ pFragment->hlmask = mHighlight;
+ pFragment->covered = mCover;
+ iBestScore = iScore;
+ }
}
- Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+
+ sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase);
+ *piScore = iBestScore;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static
-int registerTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+
+/*
+** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument.
+**
+** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is
+** determined using strlen().
+*/
+static int fts3StringAppend(
+ StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */
+ const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */
+ int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */
){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+ if( nAppend<0 ){
+ nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend);
+ }
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc()
+ ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the
+ ** appended data.
+ */
+ if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){
+ int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100;
+ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc);
+ if( !zNew ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ pStr->z = zNew;
+ pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc;
}
- sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
- sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+ /* Append the data to the string buffer. */
+ memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend);
+ pStr->n += nAppend;
+ pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0';
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static
-int queryTokenizer(
- sqlite3 *db,
- char *zName,
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+/*
+** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a
+** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term
+** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term
+** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select:
+**
+** ........X.....X
+**
+** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the
+** document so that there are approximately the same number of
+** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there
+** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this:
+**
+** ....X.....X....
+**
+** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting
+** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there
+** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document
+** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetShift(
+ Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */
+ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */
+ const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+ int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */
+ int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */
+ u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */
){
- int rc;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
- const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+ u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */
+
+ if( hlmask ){
+ int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */
+ int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */
+ int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */
+
+ for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++);
+ for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++);
+ nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2;
+
+ /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the
+ ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually
+ ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and
+ ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the
+ ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens
+ ** available.
+ */
+ if( nDesired>0 ){
+ int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */
+ int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC;
+ pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+
+ /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired)
+ ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc.
+ */
+ rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){
+ const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1, DUMMY2, DUMMY3;
+ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent);
+ }
+ pMod->xClose(pC);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; }
- *pp = 0;
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet;
+ assert( nShift<=nDesired );
+ if( nShift>0 ){
+ *piPos += nShift;
+ *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and
+** append it to string buffer pOut.
+*/
+static int fts3SnippetText(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */
+ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */
+ int iFragment, /* Fragment number */
+ int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */
+ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */
+ const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */
+ const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */
+ const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */
+ StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */
+){
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */
+ int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */
+ int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */
+ int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */
+ int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */
+ int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */
+ u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */
+ int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */
+ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+ int DUMMY1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */
+
+ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+ if( zDoc==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol);
+
+ /* Open a token cursor on the document. */
+ pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+ rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+ pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
- sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
- memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iBegin; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */
+ int iFin; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */
+ int isHighlight; /* True for highlighted terms */
+
+ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token
+ ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end
+ ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output.
+ ** Then break out of the loop. */
+ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if( iCurrent<iPos ){ continue; }
+
+ if( !isShiftDone ){
+ int n = nDoc - iBegin;
+ rc = fts3SnippetShift(pTab, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask);
+ isShiftDone = 1;
+
+ /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
+ ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
+ ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){
+ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
+ }
+
+ if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
+ if( isLast ){
+ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
+ }
+ break;
}
+
+ /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */
+ isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0;
+
+ if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1);
+
+ iEnd = iFin;
}
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ pMod->xClose(pC);
+ return rc;
}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
-** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
-** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a
+** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single
+** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the
+** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that
+** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data).
+** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after
+** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end
+** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of
+** the next column in the position-list).
**
-** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
-** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
-** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
-** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
-** test them.
+** The number of elements in the column-list is returned.
+*/
+static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){
+ char *pEnd = *ppCollist;
+ char c = 0;
+ int nEntry = 0;
+
+ /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */
+ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){
+ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80;
+ if( !c ) nEntry++;
+ }
+
+ *ppCollist = pEnd;
+ return nEntry;
+}
+
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats
+** for a single query.
**
-** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
-** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
-** detected. i.e.:
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements
+** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the
+** current query.
**
-** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This
+** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows:
**
+** for(iCol=0; iCol<nCol; iCol++){
+** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 1] = X;
+** aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*nCol + 3*iCol + 2] = Y;
+** }
+**
+** where X is the number of matches for phrase iPhrase is column iCol of all
+** rows of the table. Y is the number of rows for which column iCol contains
+** at least one instance of phrase iPhrase.
+**
+** If the phrase pExpr consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all X and
+** Y values are set to nDoc, where nDoc is the number of documents in the
+** file system. This is done because the full-text index doclist is required
+** to calculate these values properly, and the full-text index doclist is
+** not available for deferred tokens.
*/
-static void intTestFunc(
- sqlite3_context *context,
- int argc,
- sqlite3_value **argv
+static int fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */
+ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
){
- int rc;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
- const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
- sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+ MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+ return sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(
+ p->pCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol]
+ );
+}
- /* Test the query function */
- sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( p1==p2 );
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
- assert( p2==0 );
- assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+/*
+** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the
+** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the
+** array that are different for each row returned by the query.
+*/
+static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */
+ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */
+ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
+){
+ MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx;
+ int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3;
+ int i;
- /* Test the storage function */
- rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
- assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
- assert( p2==p1 );
+ for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
+ char *pCsr;
+ pCsr = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i);
+ if( pCsr ){
+ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr);
+ }else{
+ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0;
+ }
+ }
- sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
-#endif
+static int fts3MatchinfoCheck(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ char cArg,
+ char **pzErr
+){
+ if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bHasStat)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bHasStat)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS)
+ || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS)
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){
+ int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */
+
+ switch( cArg ){
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+ nVal = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH:
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+ nVal = pInfo->nCol;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+ nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return nVal;
+}
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(
+ Fts3Table *pTab,
+ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,
+ sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc,
+ const char **paLen
+){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+ const char *a;
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc;
+
+ if( !*ppStmt ){
+ int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
+ }
+ pStmt = *ppStmt;
+ assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 );
+
+ a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0);
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc);
+ if( nDoc==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc;
+
+ if( paLen ) *paLen = a;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
-** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy
-** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
-**
-** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-**
-** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
-** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
-** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
-** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while
+** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the
+** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the
+** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
- sqlite3 *db,
- fts3Hash *pHash,
- const char *zName
+typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator;
+struct LcsIterator {
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */
+ int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */
+ char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */
+ int iPos; /* Current position */
+};
+
+/*
+** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has
+** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns.
+*/
+#define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb(
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */
+ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */
+ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */
){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- void *p = (void *)pHash;
- const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
- char *zTest = 0;
- char *zTest2 = 0;
+ LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx;
+ aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return
+** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the
+** position list for the next column.
+*/
+static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){
+ char *pRead = pIter->pRead;
+ sqlite3_int64 iRead;
+ int rc = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- void *pdb = (void *)db;
- zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
- zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
- if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead);
+ if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){
+ pRead = 0;
+ rc = 1;
+ }else{
+ pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2);
}
-#endif
-
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
- || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
- || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
- || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
- || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
- || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
-#endif
- );
- sqlite3_free(zTest);
- sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+ pIter->pRead = pRead;
return rc;
}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
+
/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-** May you do good and not evil.
-** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag.
**
-******************************************************************************
+** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each
+** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[]
+** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case.
**
-** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the
+** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is
+** undefined.
*/
+static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){
+ LcsIterator *aIter;
+ int i;
+ int iCol;
+ int nToken = 0;
+
+ /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array
+ ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query.
+ **/
+ aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+ if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase);
+ (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter);
+
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+ nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ pIter->iPosOffset = nToken;
+ }
+
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+ int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */
+ int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */
+
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+ LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i];
+ pIt->pRead = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol);
+ if( pIt->pRead ){
+ pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset;
+ fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]);
+ nLive++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while( nLive>0 ){
+ LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */
+ int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */
+
+ for(i=0; i<pInfo->nPhrase; i++){
+ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i];
+ if( pIter->pRead==0 ){
+ /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */
+ nThisLcs = 0;
+ }else{
+ if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPos<pAdv->iPos ){
+ pAdv = pIter;
+ }
+ if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){
+ nThisLcs++;
+ }else{
+ nThisLcs = 1;
+ }
+ if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs;
+ }
+ }
+ if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--;
+ }
+
+ pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs;
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_free(aIter);
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to
+** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the
+** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the
+** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format
+** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array
+** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output.
+** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between
+** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS)
+** have already been populated.
**
-** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the
+** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined.
*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+static int fts3MatchinfoValues(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */
+ int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */
+ MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */
+ const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */
+){
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0;
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){
+ switch( zArg[i] ){
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE:
+ if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase;
+ break;
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL:
+ if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol;
+ break;
+
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC:
+ if( bGlobal ){
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0;
+ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0);
+ pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc;
+ }
+ break;
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
- sqlite3_tokenizer base;
- char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
-} simple_tokenizer;
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH:
+ if( bGlobal ){
+ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */
+ const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
- const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
- int nBytes; /* size of the input */
- int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
- int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
- char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
- int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iCol;
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+ u32 iVal;
+ sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+ iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc);
+ pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: {
+ sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int iCol;
+ const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0);
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pInfo->nCol; iCol++){
+ sqlite3_int64 nToken;
+ a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken);
+ pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken;
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize);
+ break;
+ }
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS:
+ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo);
+ }
+ break;
-static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
- return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+ default: {
+ Fts3Expr *pExpr;
+ assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS );
+ pExpr = pCsr->pExpr;
+ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ if( bGlobal ){
+ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){
+ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ }
+ rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
+ }
+ (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]);
+ }
+
+ sqlite3_reset(pSelect);
+ return rc;
}
+
/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The
+** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32).
*/
-static int simpleCreate(
- int argc, const char * const *argv,
- sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+static int fts3GetMatchinfo(
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */
+ const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */
){
- simple_tokenizer *t;
+ MatchInfo sInfo;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */
- t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
- if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+ memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo));
+ sInfo.pCursor = pCsr;
+ sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn;
- /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
- ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to
- ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
- ** information on the initial create.
+ /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the
+ ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard
+ ** the cached data. */
+ if( pCsr->zMatchinfo && strcmp(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){
+ assert( pCsr->aMatchinfo );
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aMatchinfo);
+ pCsr->zMatchinfo = 0;
+ pCsr->aMatchinfo = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* If Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] is NULL, then this is the first time the
+ ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case
+ ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and
+ ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row.
*/
- if( argc>1 ){
- int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
- /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
- if( ch>=0x80 ){
- sqlite3_free(t);
- return SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- t->delim[ch] = 1;
- }
- } else {
- /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
- int i;
- for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
- t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
+ if( pCsr->aMatchinfo==0 ){
+ int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */
+ int nArg; /* Bytes in zArg */
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */
+
+ /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */
+ pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr);
+ sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+
+ /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */
+ for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+ nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]);
}
+
+ /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */
+ nArg = (int)strlen(zArg);
+ pCsr->aMatchinfo = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo + nArg + 1);
+ if( !pCsr->aMatchinfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+ pCsr->zMatchinfo = (char *)&pCsr->aMatchinfo[nMatchinfo];
+ pCsr->nMatchinfo = nMatchinfo;
+ memcpy(pCsr->zMatchinfo, zArg, nArg+1);
+ memset(pCsr->aMatchinfo, 0, sizeof(u32)*nMatchinfo);
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1;
+ bGlobal = 1;
}
- *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
-}
+ sInfo.aMatchinfo = pCsr->aMatchinfo;
+ sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase;
+ if( pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded ){
+ rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg);
+ pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 0;
+ }
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
- sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
-** *ppCursor.
+** Implementation of snippet() function.
*/
-static int simpleOpen(
- sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
- const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */
+ const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "<b>" */
+ const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "</b>" */
+ const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "<b>...</b>" */
+ int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */
+ int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */
){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ int i;
+ StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0};
+
+ /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from
+ ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop
+ ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in
+ ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query
+ ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text
+ ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate
+ ** a pair of fragments, and so on.
+ */
+ int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */
+ SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */
+ int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */
+
+ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ return;
+ }
- c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
- if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){
- c->pInput = pInput;
- if( pInput==0 ){
- c->nBytes = 0;
- }else if( nBytes<0 ){
- c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
- }else{
- c->nBytes = nBytes;
+ int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */
+ u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */
+ u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */
+
+ if( nToken>=0 ){
+ nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet;
+ }else{
+ nFToken = -1 * nToken;
+ }
+
+ for(iSnip=0; iSnip<nSnippet; iSnip++){
+ int iBestScore = -1; /* Best score of columns checked so far */
+ int iRead; /* Used to iterate through columns */
+ SnippetFragment *pFragment = &aSnippet[iSnip];
+
+ memset(pFragment, 0, sizeof(*pFragment));
+
+ /* Loop through all columns of the table being considered for snippets.
+ ** If the iCol argument to this function was negative, this means all
+ ** columns of the FTS3 table. Otherwise, only column iCol is considered.
+ */
+ for(iRead=0; iRead<pTab->nColumn; iRead++){
+ SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0};
+ int iS;
+ if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue;
+
+ /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */
+ rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto snippet_out;
+ }
+ if( iS>iBestScore ){
+ *pFragment = sF;
+ iBestScore = iS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ mCovered |= pFragment->covered;
+ }
+
+ /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least
+ ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop.
+ */
+ assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered );
+ if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break;
}
- c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
- c->iToken = 0;
- c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
- c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
- *ppCursor = &c->base;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ assert( nFToken>0 );
+
+ for(i=0; i<nSnippet && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
+ rc = fts3SnippetText(pCsr, &aSnippet[i],
+ i, (i==nSnippet-1), nFToken, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, &res
+ );
+ }
+
+ snippet_out:
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+ sqlite3_free(res.z);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, -1, sqlite3_free);
+ }
}
+
+typedef struct TermOffset TermOffset;
+typedef struct TermOffsetCtx TermOffsetCtx;
+
+struct TermOffset {
+ char *pList; /* Position-list */
+ int iPos; /* Position just read from pList */
+ int iOff; /* Offset of this term from read positions */
+};
+
+struct TermOffsetCtx {
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr;
+ int iCol; /* Column of table to populate aTerm for */
+ int iTerm;
+ sqlite3_int64 iDocid;
+ TermOffset *aTerm;
+};
+
/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
+** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by sqlite3Fts3Offsets().
*/
-static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
- sqlite3_free(c);
+static int fts3ExprTermOffsetInit(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){
+ TermOffsetCtx *p = (TermOffsetCtx *)ctx;
+ int nTerm; /* Number of tokens in phrase */
+ int iTerm; /* For looping through nTerm phrase terms */
+ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list for phrase */
+ int iPos = 0; /* First position in position-list */
+
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase);
+ pList = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol);
+ nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken;
+ if( pList ){
+ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos);
+ assert( iPos>=0 );
+ }
+
+ for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerm; iTerm++){
+ TermOffset *pT = &p->aTerm[p->iTerm++];
+ pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1;
+ pT->pList = pList;
+ pT->iPos = iPos;
+ }
+
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+** Implementation of offsets() function.
*/
-static int simpleNext(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
- const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
- int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
- int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
- int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
- int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(
+ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */
){
- simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
- simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
- unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule;
+ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+ int NDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */
+ int rc; /* Return Code */
+ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */
+ int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */
+ StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */
+ TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */
+
+ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ return;
+ }
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
- int iStartOffset;
+ memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx));
+ assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 );
- /* Scan past delimiter characters */
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+ /* Count the number of terms in the query */
+ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
- /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
- iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
- while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
- c->iOffset++;
- }
+ /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */
+ sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken);
+ if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto offsets_out;
+ }
+ sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId;
+ sCtx.pCsr = pCsr;
- if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
- int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
- if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
- c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
- c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
- if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to
+ ** string-buffer res for each column.
+ */
+ for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nColumn; iCol++){
+ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */
+ int iStart;
+ int iEnd;
+ int iCurrent;
+ const char *zDoc;
+ int nDoc;
+
+ /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is
+ ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from
+ ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded.
+ */
+ sCtx.iCol = iCol;
+ sCtx.iTerm = 0;
+ (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void *)&sCtx);
+
+ /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored
+ ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop.
+ ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite
+ ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM
+ ** to the caller.
+ */
+ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+ nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1);
+ if( zDoc==0 ){
+ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){
+ continue;
}
- for(i=0; i<n; i++){
- /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
- ** case-insensitivity.
- */
- unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
- c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ goto offsets_out;
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */
+ rc = pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pC);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
+ pC->pTokenizer = pTab->pTokenizer;
+
+ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int i; /* Used to loop through terms */
+ int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */
+ TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */
+
+ for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
+ TermOffset *pT = &sCtx.aTerm[i];
+ if( pT->pList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)<iMinPos ){
+ iMinPos = pT->iPos-pT->iOff;
+ pTerm = pT;
+ }
}
- *ppToken = c->pToken;
- *pnBytes = n;
- *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
- *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
- *piPosition = c->iToken++;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( !pTerm ){
+ /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */
+ break;
+ }else{
+ assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos );
+ if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){
+ pTerm->pList = 0;
+ }else{
+ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos);
+ }
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<iMinPos ){
+ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent);
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ char aBuffer[64];
+ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer,
+ "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart
+ );
+ rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1);
+ }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
+ rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
+
+ pMod->xClose(pC);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out;
}
- return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
- 0,
- simpleCreate,
- simpleDestroy,
- simpleOpen,
- simpleClose,
- simpleNext,
-};
+ offsets_out:
+ sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm);
+ assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc);
+ sqlite3_free(res.z);
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free);
+ }
+ return;
+}
/*
-** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
+** Implementation of matchinfo() function.
*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
- sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(
+ sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */
+ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */
+ const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */
){
- *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab;
+ int rc;
+ int i;
+ const char *zFormat;
+
+ if( zArg ){
+ for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){
+ char *zErr = 0;
+ if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){
+ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1);
+ sqlite3_free(zErr);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ zFormat = zArg;
+ }else{
+ zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT;
+ }
+
+ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){
+ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */
+ rc = fts3GetMatchinfo(pCsr, zFormat);
+ sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab);
+
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc);
+ }else{
+ int n = pCsr->nMatchinfo * sizeof(u32);
+ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, pCsr->aMatchinfo, n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+ }
}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
+#endif
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
+/************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/
/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
/*
** 2001 September 15
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** Database Format of R-Tree Tables
+** --------------------------------
+**
+** The data structure for a single virtual r-tree table is stored in three
+** native SQLite tables declared as follows. In each case, the '%' character
+** in the table name is replaced with the user-supplied name of the r-tree
+** table.
+**
+** CREATE TABLE %_node(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB)
+** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER)
+** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER)
+**
+** The data for each node of the r-tree structure is stored in the %_node
+** table. For each node that is not the root node of the r-tree, there is
+** an entry in the %_parent table associating the node with its parent.
+** And for each row of data in the table, there is an entry in the %_rowid
+** table that maps from the entries rowid to the id of the node that it
+** is stored on.
+**
+** The root node of an r-tree always exists, even if the r-tree table is
+** empty. The nodeno of the root node is always 1. All other nodes in the
+** table must be the same size as the root node. The content of each node
+** is formatted as follows:
**
-** $Id: rtree.c,v 1.14 2009/08/06 18:36:47 danielk1977 Exp $
+** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
+** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
+** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
+**
+** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
+** stored in the node.
+**
+** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
+** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
+** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
+** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
+** child page.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
#define AssignCells splitNodeStartree
#endif
+#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
+# define NDEBUG 1
+#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
+#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef unsigned int u32;
#endif
+/* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings.
+*/
+#ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x)
+#endif
+
typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
+typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg;
+typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback;
typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
+/*
+** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest
+** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates).
+** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since
+** 2^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of
+** 40 or less.
+*/
+#define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40
+
/*
** An rtree cursor object.
*/
** A search constraint.
*/
struct RtreeConstraint {
- int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */
- int op; /* Constraining operation */
- double rValue; /* Constraint value. */
+ int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */
+ int op; /* Constraining operation */
+ double rValue; /* Constraint value. */
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
+ sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom; /* Constraint callback argument for a MATCH */
};
/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
-#define RTREE_EQ 0x41
-#define RTREE_LE 0x42
-#define RTREE_LT 0x43
-#define RTREE_GE 0x44
-#define RTREE_GT 0x45
+#define RTREE_EQ 0x41
+#define RTREE_LE 0x42
+#define RTREE_LT 0x43
+#define RTREE_GE 0x44
+#define RTREE_GT 0x45
+#define RTREE_MATCH 0x46
/*
** An rtree structure node.
-**
-** Data format (RtreeNode.zData):
-**
-** 1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
-** of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
-** For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
-**
-** 2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently
-** stored in the node.
-**
-** 3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
-** consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
-** of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
-** of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
-** child page.
*/
struct RtreeNode {
RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */
RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
};
+
+/*
+** Value for the first field of every RtreeMatchArg object. The MATCH
+** operator tests that the first field of a blob operand matches this
+** value to avoid operating on invalid blobs (which could cause a segfault).
+*/
+#define RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC 0x891245AB
+
+/*
+** An instance of this structure must be supplied as a blob argument to
+** the right-hand-side of an SQL MATCH operator used to constrain an
+** r-tree query.
+*/
+struct RtreeMatchArg {
+ u32 magic; /* Always RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC */
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
+ void *pContext;
+ int nParam;
+ double aParam[1];
+};
+
+/*
+** When a geometry callback is created (see sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback),
+** a single instance of the following structure is allocated. It is used
+** as the context for the user-function created by by s_r_g_c(). The object
+** is eventually deleted by the destructor mechanism provided by
+** sqlite3_create_function_v2() (which is called by s_r_g_c() to create
+** the geometry callback function).
+*/
+struct RtreeGeomCallback {
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *);
+ void *pContext;
+};
+
#ifndef MAX
# define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
#endif
** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
*/
static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
- if( p ){
- memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
- p->isDirty = 1;
- }
+ memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
+ p->isDirty = 1;
}
/*
*/
static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
RtreeNode *p;
- assert( iNode!=0 );
for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
return p;
}
** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
*/
static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
- if( pNode ){
- int iHash;
- assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
- iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
- pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
- pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
- }
+ int iHash;
+ assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
+ iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
+ pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
+ pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
}
/*
** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
** node contents out to the database.
*/
-static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent, int zero){
+static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){
RtreeNode *pNode;
pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
if( pNode ){
- memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + (zero?pRtree->iNodeSize:0));
+ memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
pNode->nRef = 1;
pNode->pParent = pParent;
RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */
){
int rc;
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
RtreeNode *pNode;
/* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
- if( !pNode ){
- *ppNode = 0;
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }
- pNode->pParent = pParent;
- pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
- pNode->nRef = 1;
- pNode->iNode = iNode;
- pNode->isDirty = 0;
- pNode->pNext = 0;
-
sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
- memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
- nodeReference(pParent);
- }else{
- sqlite3_free(pNode);
- pNode = 0;
+ if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_column_bytes(pRtree->pReadNode, 0) ){
+ pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize);
+ if( !pNode ){
+ rc2 = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else{
+ pNode->pParent = pParent;
+ pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
+ pNode->nRef = 1;
+ pNode->iNode = iNode;
+ pNode->isDirty = 0;
+ pNode->pNext = 0;
+ memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
+ nodeReference(pParent);
+ }
+ }
}
-
- *ppNode = pNode;
rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNode==1 ){
+ /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height
+ ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on
+ ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node
+ ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node
+ ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt.
+ */
+ if( pNode && iNode==1 ){
pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
+ if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries"
+ ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to
+ ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB.
+ */
+ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
}
- assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && pNode) || (pNode==0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK) );
- nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( pNode!=0 ){
+ nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
+ *ppNode = pNode;
+ }else{
+ sqlite3_free(pNode);
+ *ppNode = 0;
+ }
return rc;
}
nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
nCell = NCELL(pNode);
- assert(nCell<=nMaxCell);
-
+ assert( nCell<=nMaxCell );
if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
return rc;
}
+
+/*
+** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents.
+*/
+static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){
+ if( pCsr->aConstraint ){
+ int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */
+ for(i=0; i<pCsr->nConstraint; i++){
+ sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pGeom;
+ if( pGeom ){
+ if( pGeom->xDelUser ) pGeom->xDelUser(pGeom->pUser);
+ sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+ }
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+ pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+ }
+}
+
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
*/
Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
int rc;
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
+ freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return rc;
return (pCsr->pNode==0);
}
+/*
+** The r-tree constraint passed as the second argument to this function is
+** guaranteed to be a MATCH constraint.
+*/
+static int testRtreeGeom(
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* R-Tree object */
+ RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* MATCH constraint to test */
+ RtreeCell *pCell, /* Cell to test */
+ int *pbRes /* OUT: Test result */
+){
+ int i;
+ double aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
+ int nCoord = pRtree->nDim*2;
+
+ assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+ assert( pConstraint->pGeom );
+
+ for(i=0; i<nCoord; i++){
+ aCoord[i] = DCOORD(pCell->aCoord[i]);
+ }
+ return pConstraint->xGeom(pConstraint->pGeom, nCoord, aCoord, pbRes);
+}
+
/*
** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page.
-** Return true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
+** Set *pbEof to true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[]
** array, or false otherwise.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs within a geometry callback.
*/
-static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
+static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
RtreeCell cell;
int ii;
int bRes = 0;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
for(ii=0; bRes==0 && ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]);
assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
- || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
+ || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
);
switch( p->op ){
- case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: bRes = p->rValue<cell_min; break;
- case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT: bRes = p->rValue>cell_max; break;
- case RTREE_EQ:
+ case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT:
+ bRes = p->rValue<cell_min;
+ break;
+
+ case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT:
+ bRes = p->rValue>cell_max;
+ break;
+
+ case RTREE_EQ:
bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValue<cell_min);
break;
+
+ default: {
+ assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+ rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &bRes);
+ bRes = !bRes;
+ break;
+ }
}
}
- return bRes;
+ *pbEof = bRes;
+ return rc;
}
/*
-** Return true if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to
+** Test if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to
** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the
-** pCursor->aConstraint[] array, or false otherwise.
+** pCursor->aConstraint[] array. If so, set *pbEof to true before
+** returning. If the cell is not filtered (excluded) by the constraints,
+** set pbEof to zero.
+**
+** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an SQLite error code if an error
+** occurs within a geometry callback.
**
** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node.
*/
-static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
+static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor, int *pbEof){
RtreeCell cell;
int ii;
+ *pbEof = 0;
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
for(ii=0; ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]);
int res;
assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE
- || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
+ || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ || p->op==RTREE_MATCH
);
switch( p->op ){
case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break;
case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break;
case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue); break;
case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break;
+ default: {
+ int rc;
+ assert( p->op==RTREE_MATCH );
+ rc = testRtreeGeom(pRtree, p, &cell, &res);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
- if( !res ) return 1;
+ if( !res ){
+ *pbEof = 1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- return 0;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
assert( iHeight>=0 );
if( iHeight==0 ){
- isEof = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor);
+ rc = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
}else{
- isEof = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor);
+ rc = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor, &isEof);
}
- if( isEof || iHeight==0 ){
- *pEof = isEof;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isEof || iHeight==0 ){
+ goto descend_to_cell_out;
}
iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell);
rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ goto descend_to_cell_out;
}
nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode);
pCursor->iCell = ii;
rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+ goto descend_to_cell_out;
}
}
pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell;
}
+descend_to_cell_out:
*pEof = isEof;
- return SQLITE_OK;
+ return rc;
}
/*
** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit
** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
*/
-static int nodeRowidIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){
+static int nodeRowidIndex(
+ Rtree *pRtree,
+ RtreeNode *pNode,
+ i64 iRowid,
+ int *piIndex
+){
int ii;
- for(ii=0; nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)!=iRowid; ii++){
- assert( ii<(NCELL(pNode)-1) );
+ int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
+ for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
+ if( nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)==iRowid ){
+ *piIndex = ii;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+ }
}
- return ii;
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
}
/*
** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
*/
-static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int *piIndex){
RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
if( pParent ){
- return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode);
+ return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex);
}
- return -1;
+ *piIndex = -1;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ /* RtreeCursor.pNode must not be NULL. If is is NULL, then this cursor is
+ ** already at EOF. It is against the rules to call the xNext() method of
+ ** a cursor that has already reached EOF.
+ */
+ assert( pCsr->pNode );
+
if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){
/* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */
nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
pCsr->pNode = 0;
- }
-
- else if( pCsr->pNode ){
+ }else{
/* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
int iHeight = 0;
while( pCsr->pNode ){
}
}
pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent;
- pCsr->iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
+ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &pCsr->iCell);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ return rc;
+ }
nodeReference(pCsr->pNode);
nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
iHeight++;
return rc;
}
+/*
+** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed
+** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the
+** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH
+** operator.
+*/
+static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){
+ RtreeMatchArg *p;
+ sqlite3_rtree_geometry *pGeom;
+ int nBlob;
+
+ /* Check that value is actually a blob. */
+ if( !sqlite3_value_type(pValue)==SQLITE_BLOB ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
+
+ /* Check that the blob is roughly the right size. */
+ nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue);
+ if( nBlob<(int)sizeof(RtreeMatchArg)
+ || ((nBlob-sizeof(RtreeMatchArg))%sizeof(double))!=0
+ ){
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ pGeom = (sqlite3_rtree_geometry *)sqlite3_malloc(
+ sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry) + nBlob
+ );
+ if( !pGeom ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ memset(pGeom, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_rtree_geometry));
+ p = (RtreeMatchArg *)&pGeom[1];
+
+ memcpy(p, sqlite3_value_blob(pValue), nBlob);
+ if( p->magic!=RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC
+ || nBlob!=(int)(sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (p->nParam-1)*sizeof(double))
+ ){
+ sqlite3_free(pGeom);
+ return SQLITE_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ pGeom->pContext = p->pContext;
+ pGeom->nParam = p->nParam;
+ pGeom->aParam = p->aParam;
+
+ pCons->xGeom = p->xGeom;
+ pCons->pGeom = pGeom;
+ return SQLITE_OK;
+}
/*
** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
rtreeReference(pRtree);
- sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
- pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
+ freeCursorConstraints(pCsr);
pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
if( idxNum==1 ){
i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf);
pCsr->pNode = pLeaf;
- if( pLeaf && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pCsr->iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid);
+ if( pLeaf ){
+ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+ rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &pCsr->iCell);
}
}else{
/* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array
if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
- assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 );
+ memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
+ assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 );
for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a';
- p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+ if( p->op==RTREE_MATCH ){
+ /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that
+ ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using
+ ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function.
+ */
+ rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p);
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ break;
+ }
+ }else{
+ p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
+ }
}
}
}
** idxNum idxStr Strategy
** ------------------------------------------------
** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid.
-** 2 See below R-tree query.
-** 3 Unused Full table scan.
+** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan.
** ------------------------------------------------
**
-** If strategy 1 or 3 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
+** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each
** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to
** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
** < 0x43 ('C')
** >= 0x44 ('D')
** > 0x45 ('E')
+** MATCH 0x46 ('F')
** ----------------------
**
** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
*/
static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int ii, cCol;
+ int ii;
int iIdx = 0;
char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(tab);
assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
- for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
+ for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){
struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
- if( p->usable && p->iColumn>0 ){
- u8 op = 0;
+ if( p->usable && (p->iColumn>0 || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){
+ u8 op;
switch( p->op ){
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
+ default:
+ assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
+ op = RTREE_MATCH;
+ break;
}
- if( op ){
- /* Make sure this particular constraint has not been used before.
- ** If it has been used before, ignore it.
- **
- ** A <= or < can be used if there is a prior >= or >.
- ** A >= or > can be used if there is a prior < or <=.
- ** A <= or < is disqualified if there is a prior <=, <, or ==.
- ** A >= or > is disqualified if there is a prior >=, >, or ==.
- ** A == is disqualifed if there is any prior constraint.
- */
- int j, opmsk;
- static const unsigned char compatible[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2 };
- assert( compatible[RTREE_EQ & 7]==0 );
- assert( compatible[RTREE_LT & 7]==1 );
- assert( compatible[RTREE_LE & 7]==1 );
- assert( compatible[RTREE_GT & 7]==2 );
- assert( compatible[RTREE_GE & 7]==2 );
- cCol = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
- opmsk = compatible[op & 7];
- for(j=0; j<iIdx; j+=2){
- if( zIdxStr[j+1]==cCol && (compatible[zIdxStr[j] & 7] & opmsk)!=0 ){
- op = 0;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if( op ){
- assert( iIdx<sizeof(zIdxStr)-1 );
- zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
- zIdxStr[iIdx++] = cCol;
- pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
- pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
- }
+ zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
+ zIdxStr[iIdx++] = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
+ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
}
}
float area = 1.0;
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
- area = area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+ area = (float)(area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])));
}
return area;
}
float margin = 0.0;
int ii;
for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
- margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
+ margin += (float)(DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
}
return margin;
}
int ii;
float overlap = 0.0;
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
- if( ii!=iExclude ){
+#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
+ if( ii!=iExclude )
+#else
+ assert( iExclude==-1 );
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iExclude);
+#endif
+ {
int jj;
float o = 1.0;
for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
o = 0.0;
break;
}else{
- o = o * (x2-x1);
+ o = o * (float)(x2-x1);
}
}
overlap += o;
int nCell,
int iExclude
){
- float before;
- float after;
+ double before;
+ double after;
before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert);
after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
- return after-before;
+ return (float)(after-before);
}
#endif
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
int iCell;
- sqlite3_int64 iBest;
+ sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0;
- float fMinGrowth;
- float fMinArea;
- float fMinOverlap;
+ float fMinGrowth = 0.0;
+ float fMinArea = 0.0;
+ float fMinOverlap = 0.0;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
RtreeCell cell;
** the smallest area.
*/
for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
+ int bBest = 0;
float growth;
float area;
float overlap = 0.0;
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
+
#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell);
}
-#endif
if( (iCell==0)
|| (overlap<fMinOverlap)
|| (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth<fMinGrowth)
|| (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea)
){
+ bBest = 1;
+ }
+#else
+ if( iCell==0||growth<fMinGrowth||(growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea) ){
+ bBest = 1;
+ }
+#endif
+ if( bBest ){
fMinOverlap = overlap;
fMinGrowth = growth;
fMinArea = area;
** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
** all ancestor elements.
*/
-static void AdjustTree(
+static int AdjustTree(
Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree table */
RtreeNode *pNode, /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
RtreeCell *pCell /* This cell was just inserted */
){
RtreeNode *p = pNode;
while( p->pParent ){
- RtreeCell cell;
RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
- int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p);
+ RtreeCell cell;
+ int iCell;
+
+ if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){
+ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ }
nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
p = pParent;
}
+ return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
int *aSpare;
int ii;
- int iBestDim;
- int iBestSplit;
- float fBestMargin;
+ int iBestDim = 0;
+ int iBestSplit = 0;
+ float fBestMargin = 0.0;
int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
float margin = 0.0;
- float fBestOverlap;
- float fBestArea;
- int iBestLeft;
+ float fBestOverlap = 0.0;
+ float fBestArea = 0.0;
+ int iBestLeft = 0;
int nLeft;
for(
nCell++;
if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
- pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
- pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
+ pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
+ pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode);
pRtree->iDepth++;
pNode->isDirty = 1;
writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
}else{
pLeft = pNode;
- pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, 1);
+ pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent);
nodeReference(pLeft);
}
goto splitnode_out;
}
- /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them. */
- if( (0==pRight->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)))
+ /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling
+ ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created
+ ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number.
+ ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite().
+ */
+ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight))
|| (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
){
goto splitnode_out;
}
}else{
RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
- int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft);
- nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
- AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+ int iCell;
+ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
+ rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+ goto splitnode_out;
+ }
}
if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
goto splitnode_out;
return rc;
}
+/*
+** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is
+** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate
+** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node.
+**
+** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update
+** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the
+** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which
+** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this
+** function is called to determine its ancestry.
+*/
static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- if( pLeaf->iNode!=1 && pLeaf->pParent==0 ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pLeaf->iNode);
- if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent)==SQLITE_ROW ){
- i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
- rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pLeaf->pParent);
- }else{
- rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
- }
- sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pLeaf->pParent);
+ RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf;
+ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){
+ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode);
+ rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
+ RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */
+ i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */
+
+ /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a
+ ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't
+ ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete
+ ** the referenced counted node structures.
+ */
+ iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
+ for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent);
+ if( !pTest ){
+ rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent);
+ }
}
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB;
+ pChild = pChild->pParent;
}
return rc;
}
static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
int rc;
- RtreeNode *pParent;
+ int rc2;
+ RtreeNode *pParent = 0;
int iCell;
assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
/* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
- iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
- pParent = pNode->pParent;
- pNode->pParent = 0;
- if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1))
- || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent))
- ){
+ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pParent = pNode->pParent;
+ pNode->pParent = 0;
+ rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1);
+ }
+ rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = rc2;
+ }
+ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
-static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
+static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pParent ){
int ii;
int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
}
box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
- ii = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
- nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
- fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
+ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
+ }
}
+ return rc;
}
/*
** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
*/
static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
+ RtreeNode *pParent;
int rc;
if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
** node.
*/
- if( pNode->iNode!=1 ){
- RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
- if( (pParent->iNode!=1 || NCELL(pParent)!=1)
- && (NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
- ){
+ pParent = pNode->pParent;
+ assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 );
+ if( pParent ){
+ if( NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree) ){
rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
}else{
- fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
}
}
}
aOrder[ii] = ii;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
- aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] += (float)DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
}
}
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- aCenterCoord[iDim] = aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0);
+ aCenterCoord[iDim] = (float)(aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0));
}
for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
aDistance[ii] = 0.0;
for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
- float coord = DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
- DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
+ float coord = (float)(DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) -
+ DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]));
aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
}
}
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
+ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
}
for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
/* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
#endif
}else{
- AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
- if( iHeight==0 ){
- rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
- }else{
- rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+ rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( iHeight==0 ){
+ rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+ }else{
+ rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
+ }
}
}
return rc;
/* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
*/
- rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
+ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int rc2;
- rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, pNode->iNode);
+ rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode);
rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = rc2;
return rc;
}
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int hashIsEmpty(Rtree *pRtree){
- int ii;
- for(ii=0; ii<HASHSIZE; ii++){
- assert( !pRtree->aHash[ii] );
- }
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
/*
-** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
+** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure.
*/
-static int rtreeUpdate(
- sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
- int nData,
- sqlite3_value **azData,
- sqlite_int64 *pRowid
-){
- Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){
+ int rc; /* Return code */
+ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
+ int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
+ RtreeNode *pRoot; /* Root node of rtree structure */
- rtreeReference(pRtree);
- assert(nData>=1);
- assert(hashIsEmpty(pRtree));
+ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
+ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
- /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
- ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
- ** just that.
+ /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
+ ** about to be deleted.
*/
- if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
- i64 iDelete; /* The rowid to delete */
- RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
- int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
- RtreeNode *pRoot;
-
- /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
- rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
-
- /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry
- ** about to be deleted.
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- iDelete = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]);
- rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
- }
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
+ }
- /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+ /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ int rc2;
+ rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int rc2;
- iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete);
rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
- rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = rc2;
- }
}
-
- /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
+ rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
- sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+ rc = rc2;
}
+ }
- /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
- ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
- ** reduce the tree height by one.
- **
- ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
- ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
- ** in this scenario).
- */
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 ){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
- RtreeNode *pChild;
- i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
- rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- pRtree->iDepth--;
- writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
- pRoot->isDirty = 1;
- }
- }
- }
+ /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
+ sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
+ }
- /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
- for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
- }
- pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
- sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
+ /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
+ ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and
+ ** reduce the tree height by one.
+ **
+ ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
+ ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform
+ ** in this scenario).
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
+ int rc2;
+ RtreeNode *pChild;
+ i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
+ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
+ }
+ rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pRtree->iDepth--;
+ writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
+ pRoot->isDirty = 1;
}
+ }
- /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+ /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
+ for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
- }else{
- nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+ rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
}
+ pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
+ sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
}
- /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
- ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
- ** the r-tree structure.
+ /* Release the reference to the root node. */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+ }else{
+ nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+/*
+** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
+*/
+static int rtreeUpdate(
+ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
+ int nData,
+ sqlite3_value **azData,
+ sqlite_int64 *pRowid
+){
+ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
+ int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */
+ int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */
+
+ rtreeReference(pRtree);
+ assert(nData>=1);
+
+ /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return
+ ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons:
+ **
+ ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or
+ ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint.
+ **
+ ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then
+ ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second
+ ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the
+ ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user.
*/
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
- /* Insert a new record into the r-tree */
- RtreeCell cell;
+ if( nData>1 ){
int ii;
- RtreeNode *pLeaf;
/* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
}
}
- /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
- if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])==SQLITE_NULL ){
- rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
- }else{
+ /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in
+ ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
- sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid) ){
- sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
- rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
- goto constraint;
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])==SQLITE_NULL
+ || sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0])!=cell.iRowid
+ ){
+ int steprc;
+ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
+ steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){
+ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){
+ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid);
+ }else{
+ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
+ goto constraint;
+ }
+ }
}
- rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
+ bHaveRowid = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
+ ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
+ ** just that.
+ */
+ if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
+ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]));
+ }
+
+ /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
+ ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
+ ** the r-tree structure.
+ */
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
+ /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */
+ RtreeNode *pLeaf;
+
+ /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
+ if( bHaveRowid==0 ){
+ rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
}
+ *pRowid = cell.iRowid;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
}
static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
- 0, /* iVersion */
+ 0, /* iVersion */
rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */
rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */
0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
- rtreeRename /* xRename - rename the table */
+ rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */
+ 0, /* xSavepoint */
+ 0, /* xRelease */
+ 0 /* xRollbackTo */
};
static int rtreeSqlInit(
}
/*
-** This routine queries database handle db for the page-size used by
-** database zDb. If successful, the page-size in bytes is written to
-** *piPageSize and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, and an SQLite error
-** code is returned.
+** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement
+** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed
+** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned
+** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error
+** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined.
*/
-static int getPageSize(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, int *piPageSize){
+static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- char *zSql;
- sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", zDb);
- if( !zSql ){
- return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ if( zSql ){
+ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
+ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+ *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
+ }
+ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ }
}
+ return rc;
+}
- rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
+/*
+** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to
+** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected
+** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned.
+** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned.
+**
+** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree
+** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting
+** the root node of the tree.
+**
+** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size.
+** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the
+** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries
+** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
+*/
+static int getNodeSize(
+ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */
+ Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */
+ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
+){
+ int rc;
+ char *zSql;
+ if( isCreate ){
+ int iPageSize = 0;
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb);
+ rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize);
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
+ if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
+ pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
+ }
+ }
+ }else{
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
+ "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1",
+ pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
+ );
+ rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize);
}
- if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
- *piPageSize = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
- }
- return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
+ return rc;
}
/*
int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
- int iPageSize = 0;
Rtree *pRtree;
int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */
int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */
- int eCoordType = (int)pAux;
+ int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32);
const char *aErrMsg[] = {
0, /* 0 */
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
- rc = getPageSize(db, argv[1], &iPageSize);
- if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
- return rc;
- }
+ sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1);
/* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
nDb = strlen(argv[1]);
memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
- /* Figure out the node size to use. By default, use 64 bytes less than
- ** the database page-size. This ensures that each node is stored on
- ** a single database page.
- **
- ** If the databasd page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS
- ** entries would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
- */
- pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
- if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
- pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
- }
+ /* Figure out the node size to use. */
+ rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate);
/* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
** the r-tree table schema.
*/
- if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
- *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
- }else{
- char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
- char *zTmp;
- int ii;
- for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
- zTmp = zSql;
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
- sqlite3_free(zTmp);
- }
- if( zSql ){
- zTmp = zSql;
- zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
- sqlite3_free(zTmp);
- }
- if( !zSql ){
- rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
- }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
+ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
+ if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
*pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }else{
+ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
+ char *zTmp;
+ int ii;
+ for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
+ zTmp = zSql;
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+ }
+ if( zSql ){
+ zTmp = zSql;
+ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
+ sqlite3_free(zTmp);
+ }
+ if( !zSql ){
+ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){
+ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+ }
+ sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
- sqlite3_free(zSql);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Rtree tree;
int ii;
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
int jj;
nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
- sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%d", cell.iRowid);
+ sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%lld", cell.iRowid);
nCell = strlen(zCell);
for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell]," %f",(double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
}
static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg);
if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB
|| sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
){
** function "rtreenode".
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
- int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+ const int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
+ int rc;
+ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
- rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
- }
- if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
- int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
+/*
+** A version of sqlite3_free() that can be used as a callback. This is used
+** in two places - as the destructor for the blob value returned by the
+** invocation of a geometry function, and as the destructor for the geometry
+** functions themselves.
+*/
+static void doSqlite3Free(void *p){
+ sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite
+** scalar user function. This C function is the callback used for all such
+** registered SQL functions.
+**
+** The scalar user functions return a blob that is interpreted by r-tree
+** table MATCH operators.
+*/
+static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){
+ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx);
+ RtreeMatchArg *pBlob;
+ int nBlob;
+
+ nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(double);
+ pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob);
+ if( !pBlob ){
+ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx);
+ }else{
+ int i;
+ pBlob->magic = RTREE_GEOMETRY_MAGIC;
+ pBlob->xGeom = pGeomCtx->xGeom;
+ pBlob->pContext = pGeomCtx->pContext;
+ pBlob->nParam = nArg;
+ for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
+ pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]);
+ }
+ sqlite3_result_blob(ctx, pBlob, nBlob, doSqlite3Free);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator.
+*/
+SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback(
+ sqlite3 *db,
+ const char *zGeom,
+ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry *, int, double *, int *),
+ void *pContext
+){
+ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */
+
+ /* Allocate and populate the context object. */
+ pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback));
+ if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+ pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom;
+ pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext;
+
+ /* Create the new user-function. Register a destructor function to delete
+ ** the context object when it is no longer required. */
+ return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY,
+ (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, doSqlite3Free
+ );
+}
+
#if !SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
sqlite3 *db,
UBool res;
const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
+ (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */
+
/* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL,
** then the result is also NULL.
*/
void *pContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
} scalars[] = {
- {"regexp",-1, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc},
+ {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY, 0, icuRegexpFunc},
{"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16},
{"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16, 0, icuCaseFunc16},
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
- for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){
+ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){
struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
rc = sqlite3_create_function(
db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
-**
-** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
-
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
projects / profile / ivi / qtbase.git / commitdiff